PART II - INFORMATION REQUIRED IN OFFERING CIRCULAR
An Offering Statement pursuant to Regulation A relating to these securities has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). Information contained in this Preliminary Offering Circular is subject to completion or amendment. These securities may not be sold nor may offers to buy be accepted before the Offering Statement filed with the SEC is qualified. This Preliminary Offering Circular shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy nor may there be any sales of these securities in any state in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful before registration or qualification under the laws of any such state. We may elect to satisfy our obligation to deliver a Final Offering Circular by sending you a notice within two business days after the completion of our sale to you that contains the URL where the Final Offering Circular or the Offering Statement in which such Final Offering Circular was filed may be obtained.
PRELIMINARY Offering Circular Dated SEPTEMBER 4, 2026 — SUBJECT TO COMPLETION

AGENTIQ SPORTS
1 SERIES LLC
(a Delaware Series Limited Liability Company)
Address for Notices and Inquiries:
Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC 445 Bryant Street San Francisco, CA 94107 (201) 918-2945 www.AgentiqSports.com |
With a Copy of Notices to:
Bevilacqua PLLC 800 Connecticut Ave., NW Suite 300 Washington, DC 20006 202.869.0888 lou@bevilacquapllc.com patrick@bevilacquapllc.com |
Best Efforts Offering
of Units of Series Limited Liability Company Membership Interest
Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC (“we,” “us,” “our,” “Agentiq” or, the “Company”) is a newly organized Delaware series limited liability company that has been formed to permit public investment in the future earnings of professional athletes pursuant to brand advisory agreements entered into between professional athletes and individual series of the Company. We are offering on a best efforts basis units of limited liability company membership interest in each of the series of the Company (the “Units”), as set forth in the “Series Offering Table” beginning on page viii of this Offering Circular (the “Offering Circular”).
All of the series of the Company offered hereunder may collectively be referred to in this Offering Circular as the “series” and each, individually, as a “series.” The Units of all series described above may collectively be referred to in this Offering Circular as the “Units” or “our securities,” and each, individually, as a “Unit,” and the offerings of the Units may collectively be referred to in this Offering Circular as the “offerings” and each, individually, as an “offering.” See “Description of the Securities Being Offered” on page 110 for additional information regarding the Units.
Our first four series offerings are of the Units of Agentiq Sports 1 Series Ronny Cruz (“Series RC”), Agentiq Sports 1 Series Esmerlyn Valdez Ramirez (“Series EVR”), Agentiq Sports 1 Series Justin Martinez (“Series JM”) and Agentiq Sports 1 Series Carlos Virahonda (“Series CV”):
| ● | With respect to Series RC, we are offering a maximum of 100,000 Series RC Units at $12.90 per Unit, for gross proceeds of $1,290,000 (the “Series RC Maximum Offering Amount”). The underlying asset of Series RC is the Amended and Restated Brand Advisory Agreement by and between Series RC and Ronny Cruz (the “Series RC BAA”). See “Description of the Series and Their Assets — Agentiq Sports 1 Series Ronny Cruz” on page 60 for more information. |
| ● | With respect to Series EVR, we are offering a minimum of 71,619.93 Series EVR Units at $28.21 per unit, for gross proceeds of $2,020,398 (the “Series EVR Minimum Offering Amount”) and a maximum of 100,000 Units for gross proceeds of $2,821,000 (the “Series EVR Maximum Offering Amount”). The underlying asset of Series EVR is the Amended and Restated Brand Advisory Agreement by and among Series EVR, MagicMan 55 LLC (a Florida limited liability company owned and operated by Esmerlyn Valdez Ramirez), and Esmerlyn Valdez Ramirez (the “Series EVR BAA”). See “Description of the Series and Their Assets — Agentiq Sports 1 Series Esmerlyn Valdez Ramirez” on page 69 for more information. |
| ● | With respect to Series JM, we are offering a maximum of 10,000 Series JM Units at $35.30 per Unit, for gross proceeds of $353,000 (the “Series JM Maximum Offering Amount”). The underlying asset of Series JM is the Brand Advisory Agreement by and between Series JM and Justin Martinez (the “Series JM BAA”). See “Description of the Series and Their Assets — Agentiq Sports 1 Series Justin Martinez” on page 82 for more information. |
| ● | With respect to Series CV, we are offering a maximum of 50,000 Series CV Units at $5.10 per Unit, for gross proceeds of $255,000 (the “Series CV Maximum Offering Amount”). The underlying asset of Series CV is the Brand Advisory Agreement by and between Series CV and Carlos Virahonda (the “Series CV BAA”). See “Description of the Series and Their Assets — Agentiq Sports 1 Series Carlos Virahonda” on page 91 for more information. |
The minimum offering amount for any series generally may be referred to in this Offering Circular as the “Minimum Offering Amount” and the maximum offering amount for any Series generally may be referred to in this Offering Circular as the “Maximum Offering Amount.” The Minimum Offering Amount and the Maximum Offering Amount may be different for each series offering.
No public trading market currently exists for our Units, and no investor should assume that an active, liquid or sustained secondary market will develop. The Operating Agreement permits, but does not require, the Manager to approve an alternative trading system, or ATS, for secondary trading of Units of a Series. If the Manager approves an ATS for a Series, Units of that Series may be eligible to trade through the approved ATS, subject to applicable law, the rules and procedures of the ATS, the Company’s transfer agent arrangements, and any conditions or procedures established by the Manager from time to time. Even if an ATS is available, investors may be unable to resell their Units when desired, at an acceptable price, or at all, and any resale may be delayed, restricted, suspended or conditioned. As a result, prospective investors should be prepared to hold their Units indefinitely.
Regulation A Rule 251(a)(2) limits us to aggregate gross proceeds of $75,000,000 in any rolling twelve-month period. For a series limited liability company structure such as ours, that limit applies to the aggregate amount of securities sold under Regulation A in offerings by the Company, including offerings of Units in one or more series, during the applicable twelve-month period. As a result, the maximum dollar amount of additional Units we may offer under Regulation A will increase over time as prior sales fall outside the applicable twelve-month look back period. Following SEC qualification of the Offering Circular and the offering statement of which it forms a part (the “Offering Statement”), we may file one or more post qualification amendments under Rule 252(f)(2)(ii) to seek qualification of additional Units for sale as additional capacity becomes available. However, we will not sell any such additional Units unless and until the SEC qualifies the applicable post qualification amendment. Prospective investors should also note that we may file offering circular supplements from time to time to increase the offering price of the Units of any series by up to 20% above the most recently qualified price for that series. Any increase above that threshold, or any other fundamental change to the information in a qualified offering circular, would require a post qualification amendment that must be filed with and qualified by the SEC. Notwithstanding the foregoing: (i) we will file a post-qualification amendment at least every 12 months, beginning on the initial qualification of the Offering Statement, to comply with the requirements of Section 252(f)(2)(i) of Regulation A, and (ii) no series offering may remain open beyond the date that is three years after the initial qualification of the Offering Statement, unless a new offering statement or other required filing is made and qualified or otherwise becomes effective in accordance with applicable law.
There will be at least one separate closing with respect to each series offering. Where the applicable series offering has a Minimum Offering Amount, the initial closing of a series offering will take place on the later to occur of (i) the date subscriptions for the Minimum Offering Amount for that series have been accepted and (ii) a date determined by the Manager in its sole discretion, and subscription funds will be held in escrow pending achievement of that threshold. Where the applicable series offering does not have a Minimum Offering Amount (including where the Manager has funded all or a portion of the Initial Advisory Payment through a Manager Promissory Note prior to the initial closing), the initial closing will take place on a date determined by the Manager in its sole discretion, and subscription funds will not be held in escrow pending a minimum offering threshold. Once an initial closing for a particular series offering has occurred, we may conduct additional closings for that series until the earlier to occur of (i) the date subscriptions for the Maximum Offering Amount for that series have been accepted and (ii) a date determined by the Manager in its sole discretion. If an initial closing of a particular series has not occurred, an offering shall be terminated upon (i) the date which is one year from the date the Offering Circular related to such series, or amendment thereof, as applicable, is qualified by the SEC, which period may be extended with respect to that series by an additional six months by our Manager in its sole discretion, or (ii) any date on which our Manager elects to terminate the offering for that series in its sole discretion, such date not to exceed the date which is 18 months from the date such Offering Circular related to that series or amendment thereof, as applicable, is qualified by the SEC. If a series offering is terminated without a closing, all investor funds will be returned promptly without interest or deduction.
Investors may participate in a series offering by completing and electronically signing the subscription agreement for the applicable series through the Agentiq Sports online investment platform (the “Platform”), which is owned and operated by Agentiq Sports, Inc., the Company’s Manager and the manager of each series. The Platform is accessible through www.agentiqsports.com and through the Agentiq Sports mobile applications. The subscription agreement, including the investor qualification documents, will be pre-populated based on information provided through the Platform, and the Manager and Andes Capital Group, LLC (“Andes”), as broker of record, will review the completed subscription documentation and may request additional information. Once the completed subscription agreement is signed, an integrated online payment provider will transfer funds equal to the purchase price for the applicable Units. Where the applicable series offering has a Minimum Offering Amount, subscription funds will be transferred into a non-interest-bearing escrow account with North Capital Private Securities Corporation, acting as escrow agent (the “Escrow Agent”), and will not be commingled with the operating account of the applicable series before the Initial Closing. Where the applicable series offering does not have a Minimum Offering Amount (including where the Manager has funded all or a portion of the Initial Advisory Payment through a Manager Promissory Note prior to the initial closing), subscription funds will be transferred directly to the account of the applicable series upon acceptance of the subscription and closing, without being held in escrow pending a minimum offering threshold. We reserve the right to reject any subscription, in whole or in part, for any or no reason, and to withdraw any offering at any time before a closing. Except as otherwise required by law, subscriptions may not be withdrawn or canceled by subscribers. If your subscription is rejected in whole or in part, or if a series offering is terminated without a closing, the applicable subscription funds will be returned promptly to you without interest or deduction. If all or part of your subscription is approved, the corresponding Units will be issued to you upon the closing, and subscription funds (whether held by the Escrow Agent or transferred directly to the series) will be applied as consideration for such Units. Once issued, your Units will be recorded on the books and records maintained by Colonial Stock Transfer Company, the transfer agent for the series being offered hereby.
This offering is continuous and ongoing within the meaning of Rule 251(d)(3) of Regulation A, and closings may occur from time to time throughout the term of a series offering to maximize economic efficiency. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we intend to conduct a closing at least every 2 to 4 weeks following the initial closing of any series. Each series offering is being conducted on a “best efforts” basis pursuant to Regulation A of Section 3(b)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, for Tier 2 offerings. See “Plan of Distribution and Subscription Procedure” on page 30 for additional information.
| Series | Price to Public | Discounts
and Commissions (1) | Proceeds
to Issuer (2) | |||||||||
| Agentiq Sports 1 Series Ronny Cruz | ||||||||||||
| Per Unit | $ | 12.90 | $ | 0.1290 | $ | 12.7710 | ||||||
| Total Minimum | — | — | — | |||||||||
| Total Maximum | $ | 1,290,000.0000 | $ | 12,900.0000 | $ | 1,277,100.0000 | ||||||
| Agentiq Sports 1 Series Esmerlyn Valdez Ramirez | ||||||||||||
| Per Unit | $ | 28.2100 | $ | 0.2821 | $ | 27.9279 | ||||||
| Total Minimum | $ | 2,020,398.0000 | $ | 20,203.9800 | $ | 2,000,194.0200 | ||||||
| Total Maximum | $ | 2,821,000.0000 | $ | 28,210.0000 | $ | 2,792,790.0000 | ||||||
| Agentiq Sports 1 Series Justin Martinez | ||||||||||||
| Per Unit | $ | 35.3000 | $ | 0.3530 | $ | 34.9470 | ||||||
| Total Minimum | — | — | — | |||||||||
| Total Maximum | $ | 353,000.0000 | $ | 3,530.0000 | $ | 349,470.0000 | ||||||
| Agentiq Sports 1 Series Carlos Virahonda | ||||||||||||
| Per Unit | $ | 5.1000 | $ | 0.0510 | $ | 5.0490 | ||||||
| Total Minimum | — | — | — | |||||||||
| Total Maximum | $ | 255,000.0000 | $ | 2,550.0000 | $ | 252,450.0000 | ||||||
| (1) | Andes Capital Group, LLC will be acting as our broker-dealer of record in connection with each series offering and will be entitled to a Broker Fee equal to 1% of the amount raised through each offering. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Andes will not receive any fee on funds raised from the sale of any Units to the Manager or its affiliates. See “Plan of Distribution and Subscription Procedure.” |
| (2) | Because these are best efforts offerings, the actual public offering amounts, Broker Fees and proceeds to us are not presently determinable and may be substantially less than each total maximum offering amount set forth above. The amounts shown as “Proceeds to Issuer” reflect deduction of the Broker Fee only and do not deduct the other fees and expenses described under “Use of Proceeds.” |
We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act, and, as such, may elect to comply with certain reduced reporting requirements for this Offering Circular and future filings after the offerings.
The Units offered hereby are highly speculative in nature and involve a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 10 of this Offering Circular for a discussion of other material risks of investing in our Units.
Generally, no sale may be made to you in any offering if the aggregate purchase price you pay is more than 10% of the greater of your annual income or your net worth. Different rules apply to accredited investors and non-natural persons. Before making any representation that your investment does not exceed applicable thresholds, we encourage you to review Rule 251(d)(2)(i)(C) of Regulation A. For general information on investing, we encourage you to refer to www.investor.gov.
THE U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION DOES NOT PASS UPON THE MERITS OF OR GIVE ITS APPROVAL TO ANY SECURITIES OFFERED OR THE TERMS OF ANY OFFERING, NOR DOES IT PASS UPON THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF ANY OFFERING CIRCULAR OR OTHER SOLICITATION MATERIALS. THESE SECURITIES ARE OFFERED PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION WITH THE COMMISSION; HOWEVER, THE COMMISSION HAS NOT MADE AN INDEPENDENT DETERMINATION THAT THE SECURITIES OFFERED ARE EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.
This Offering Circular is following the Offering Circular format described in Part II (a)(1)(i) of Form 1-A.
The date of this Offering Circular is September 4, 2026.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
i
This Offering Circular includes market and other industry data and estimates that are based on our management’s knowledge and experience in the markets in which we operate. The sources of such data generally state that the information they provide has been obtained from sources they believe to be reliable, but we have not investigated or verified the accuracy and completeness of such information. Our own estimates are based on information obtained from our and our affiliates’ experience in the markets in which we operate and from other contacts in these markets. We are responsible for all of the disclosure in this Offering Circular, and we believe our estimates to be accurate as of the date of this Offering Circular or such other date stated in this Offering Circular. However, this information may prove to be inaccurate because of the method by which we obtained some of the data for the estimates or because this information cannot always be verified with complete certainty due to the limits on the availability and reliability of raw data, the voluntary nature of the data gathering process and other limitations and uncertainties. As a result, you should be aware that market and other industry data included in this Offering Circular, and estimates and beliefs based on that data, may not be reliable.
Our Units are being offered and sold only to “qualified purchasers” (as defined in Regulation A under the Securities Act). As a Tier 2 offering pursuant to Regulation A under the Securities Act, this offering will be exempt from state law “Blue Sky” review, subject to meeting certain state filing requirements and complying with certain anti-fraud provisions, to the extent that our Units offered hereby are offered and sold only to “qualified purchasers” or at a time when our Units are listed on a national securities exchange. “Qualified purchasers” include: (i) “accredited investors” under Rule 501(a) of Regulation D and (ii) all other investors so long as their investment in our Units does not represent more than 10% of the greater of their annual income or net worth (for natural persons), or 10% of the greater of annual revenue or net assets at fiscal year-end (for non-natural persons). Accordingly, we reserve the right to reject any investor’s subscription in whole or in part for any reason, including if we determine in our sole and absolute discretion that such investor is not a “qualified purchaser” for purposes of Regulation A.
For purposes of determining whether a potential investor is a “qualified purchaser,” annual income and net worth should be calculated as provided in the “accredited investor” definition under Rule 501 of Regulation D. In particular, net worth in all cases should be calculated excluding the value of an investor’s home, home furnishings and automobiles.
We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information other than as set forth in this Offering Circular. Except as otherwise indicated, all information contained in this Offering Circular is given as of the date of this Offering Circular. Neither the delivery of this Offering Circular nor any sale made hereunder shall under any circumstances create any implication that there has been no change in our affairs since the date hereof.
From time to time, we may provide an “Offering Circular Supplement” that may add, update or change information contained in this Offering Circular. Any statement that we make in this Offering Circular will be modified or superseded by any inconsistent statement made by us in a subsequent Offering Circular Supplement. The Offering Statement we filed with the SEC includes exhibits that provide more detailed descriptions of the matters discussed in this Offering Circular. You should read this Offering Circular and the related exhibits filed with the SEC and any Offering Circular Supplement, together with additional information contained in our annual reports, semi-annual reports and other reports and information statements that we will file periodically with the SEC.
The offering statement and all amendments, supplements and reports that we have filed or will file in the future can be read on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov or on the Agentiq Sports platform. The contents of the Agentiq Sports platform (other than the offering statement and the Appendices and Exhibits thereto and this Offering Circular) are not incorporated by reference in or otherwise a part of this Offering Circular.
ii
The following definitions apply throughout this Offering Circular unless the context otherwise requires. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings set forth in the applicable exhibit or agreement, as described below and as qualified by the full text of such documents filed as exhibits to this Offering Circular. Terms defined in the singular include the plural and vice versa, and terms defined in one tense include all other tenses, unless the context otherwise requires.
| ● | “Account Control Agreement” means a three-party deposit account control agreement among the series (acting through the Manager), the Client, and the Designated Bank providing for springing control over the Participation Account, as further described in the applicable BAA. |
| ● | “Adjusted Brand Percentage” means the Brand Percentage, which is intended to adjust on a pro rata basis to reflect the ratio of the Funded Amount to the originally contemplated Initial Advisory Payment, as further described in the applicable BAA or unless otherwise stated with respect thereto. |
| ● | “Advisory Services” means the strategic brand enhancement and promotional advisory services to be provided by a series, acting through the Manager and its affiliates, agents and service providers, to the applicable Client pursuant to the terms of the applicable Brand Advisory Agreement. |
| ● | “Allocation Policy” means the policy pursuant to which the Manager allocates shared costs, expenses and revenues among series in accordance with the Operating Agreement. |
| ● | “Applicable Federal Rate” means the applicable federal rate as defined in Section 1274(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. |
| ● | “Andes” means Andes Capital Group, LLC, a broker-dealer registered with the SEC and a member of FINRA and SIPC, acting as the soliciting agent and executing broker in connection with the series offerings. |
| ● | “ATS” means an alternative trading system on which the series’ membership interests may be traded in secondary transactions, subject to applicable law and platform rules. |
| ● | “BAA” or “Brand Advisory Agreement” means, with respect to a series, the brand advisory agreement entered into between such series and the applicable Client, pursuant to which the series provides the Client with the Initial Advisory Payment and Advisory Services in exchange for the right to receive the Brand Amount. |
| ● | “Brand Amount” means, with respect to a series, the amount payable by the applicable Client to such series, equal to the applicable Brand Percentage of the Client’s Brand Income during the Term, as further described in the applicable BAA. |
| ● | “Brand Income” means, with respect to a Client, the gross monies, compensation or other consideration earned by or payable to the Client solely as a result of the Client’s direct participation, performance or employment as a professional athlete in the Client’s Principal Business, subject to the permitted deductions and exclusions set forth in the applicable BAA. Brand Income excludes Excluded Income. |
| ● | “Brand Percentage” means the fixed percentage of Brand Income that the applicable Client is obligated to pay to the series as the Brand Amount under the applicable BAA, as specified in the applicable Series Designation and BAA. Under the form BAA, the Brand Percentage is subject to pro rata adjustment as provided therein if the full Initial Advisory Payment is not paid by the Outside Date. In some BAAs, however, the Brand Percentage is a flat amount that is not subject to adjustment. |
| ● | “Broker Fee” means the fee payable by each series to Andes in connection with the applicable series offering, equal to 1% of the gross proceeds of such offering. |
iii
| ● | “Client” means the professional athlete or other talent who is a party to a Brand Advisory Agreement with a series of the Company. |
| ● | “Collateral” means, collectively, (a) the Brand Amount and the Client’s contractual right to receive the Brand Percentage portion of Brand Income, (b) the Participation Account and any successor accounts, and all funds credited therein, (c) all rights of the Client under, in connection with, or arising out of the direct deposit of Brand Income, the automatic bi-weekly transfer, and the Account Control Agreement, and (d) all proceeds of the foregoing. |
| ● | “Collection Failure” means any failure to establish, maintain or give effect to the Participation Account, the direct deposit of Brand Income into the Participation Account, the automatic bi-weekly transfer of the Brand Amount to the Company Account, or the Account Control Agreement, including any revocation, modification, redirection, termination, obstruction, suspension, or failure to renew any such direct deposit, automatic transfer, or Account Control Agreement. |
| ● | “Commencement Date” means the date on which the applicable series or the Manager first pays any portion of the Initial Advisory Payment to the Client, at which time the Client’s obligation to pay the Brand Amount and the series’ obligation to provide Advisory Services commence. If the Manager funds all or any portion of the Initial Advisory Payment through a Manager Promissory Note prior to the Initial Closing, the Commencement Date will be the date of that advance. If no Manager advance is used and the Initial Advisory Payment is payable in full upon the Initial Closing, the Commencement Date will be the date of the Initial Closing, which will occur once the series raises the Minimum Offering Amount needed to make the payment under the applicable BAA. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a BAA may instead define the Commencement Date as the date on which a guaranteed amount of the Initial Advisory Payment is paid by the applicable series. |
| ● | “Company” means Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC, a Delaware series limited liability company. |
| ● | “Company Account” means the account designated by the series to receive the Brand Amount through automatic bi-weekly transfers from the Participation Account. |
| ● | “Designated Bank” means the bank or financial institution designated by the Client and reasonably acceptable to the series at which the Participation Account is maintained and which is a party to the Account Control Agreement. |
| ● | “Effective Date” means the effective date of the applicable Brand Advisory Agreement, as specified therein. |
| ● | “Escrow Agent” means North Capital Private Securities Corporation, acting as escrow agent for the series offerings. |
| ● | “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. |
| ● | “Excluded Income” means all compensation, fees, royalties or other consideration for endorsements, sponsorships, personal appearances, speaking engagements, licensing of name, image or likeness, merchandising or other off-field commercial activities, and such other categories of income excluded from the definition of Brand Income under the applicable BAA. |
| ● | “FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. |
| ● | “Form 1-A” means the form of offering statement prescribed by the SEC for offerings under Regulation A. |
iv
| ● | “Free Cash Flow” means, for any period, the net cash generated by a series from its operations, less any accrued and unpaid Operating Expenses of the series for such period, less any Operating Expense Reimbursement Obligations, and less such reserves as the Manager may deem appropriate for the series’ working capital and future expenses or liabilities, as further described in the Operating Agreement. |
| ● | “Funded Amount” means, with respect to a series whose underlying BAA involves an adjustment mechanism, the aggregate amount of the Initial Advisory Payment actually paid to the Client on or prior to the Outside Date. |
| ● | “Good Reason” means, with respect to a Client’s voluntary cessation of participation in the Principal Business, a significant, documented injury, illness, or medical condition (including a documented mental-health condition) that renders the Client physically or mentally unable to continue performing in the Principal Business or that would pose a substantial risk of permanent harm to the Client’s physical or mental health beyond the ordinary risks of the profession. |
| ● | “Initial Advisory Payment” means the cash payment made by a series to the applicable Client under the Brand Advisory Agreement, a portion of which may be funded from the proceeds of the applicable series offering, as further described herein and in the applicable BAA. |
| ● | “Initial Closing” means, with respect to a series offering, the initial closing of such offering. Where the applicable series offering has a Minimum Offering Amount, the Initial Closing will take place on the later to occur of (i) the date subscriptions for the Minimum Offering Amount for that series have been accepted and (ii) a date determined by the Manager in its sole discretion. Where the applicable series offering does not have a Minimum Offering Amount (including where the Manager has funded all or a portion of the Initial Advisory Payment through a Manager Promissory Note prior to the Initial Closing), the Initial Closing will take place on a date determined by the Manager in its sole discretion. |
| ● | “LLC Act” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. C. § 18-101 et seq., as amended. |
| ● | “Maintenance Fee” means the annual fee payable by each series to the Manager for ongoing management and administration of the series, its business, its assets and the related Brand Advisory Agreement, as specified in the applicable Series Designation. The Maintenance Fee shall not accrue or become payable unless and until the series is generating revenues. |
| ● | “Manager” means Agentiq Sports, Inc., a Delaware corporation, serving as the sole managing member of the Company and, unless otherwise specified in a Series Designation, the manager of each series. |
| ● | “Manager Promissory Note” means a convertible promissory note issued by a series to the Manager in exchange for amounts advanced by the Manager to the series to fund series purposes, including funding all or a portion of the Initial Advisory Payment, Offering Expenses or Operating Expenses. |
| ● | “Maximum Offering Amount” means, with respect to a series, the maximum aggregate dollar amount of Units that may be sold in such series’ offering, as set forth in the Series Offering Table. |
| ● | “Minimum Offering Amount” means, with respect to a series, the minimum aggregate dollar amount of Units that must be sold in order for the initial closing of such series’ offering to occur, if any, as set forth in the Series Offering Table. Where the Manager has funded all or a portion of the Initial Advisory Payment through a Manager Promissory Note prior to the initial closing, the applicable series offering may have no Minimum Offering Amount, in which case the initial closing may occur on a date determined by the Manager in its sole discretion without regard to any minimum subscription threshold. |
| ● | “Negotiation Fee” means the one-time fee payable by each series to the Manager for services related to identifying, sourcing, structuring, negotiating, documenting and closing the applicable Brand Advisory Agreement, as specified in the applicable Series Designation. |
| ● | “NIL” means name, image, or likeness. |
| ● | “Offering Circular” means this offering circular, including all amendments and supplements hereto. |
| ● | “Offering Expenses” means the costs and expenses incurred in connection with a series offering, including legal, accounting, escrow, filing, compliance and marketing costs, for which the Manager may be reimbursed by the applicable series in an amount not to exceed 2% of the gross offering proceeds of such series offering. |
| ● | “Offering Statement” means the offering statement on Form 1-A filed by the Company with the SEC under Regulation A, of which this Offering Circular forms a part. |
| ● | “Operating Agreement” or “operating agreement” means the Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time. |
v
| ● | “Operating Expenses” means the costs and expenses attributable to the activities of the Company related to a series, as further described in the Operating Agreement and herein. |
| ● | “Operating Expense Reimbursement Obligation” means an agreement pursuant to which the Manager loans to a series an amount equal to excess Operating Expenses, on which the Manager may impose a reasonable rate of interest at a rate no less than the Applicable Federal Rate. |
| ● | “Outside Date” means, with respect to a BAA, the date by which the full Initial Advisory Payment is required to be paid to the Client, as specified in the applicable BAA. Under the form BAA, the Outside Date is the earlier of (i) the date that is five (5) months following the Qualification Date and (ii) the date that is twelve (12) months following the Effective Date (or, with respect to an amended and restated BAA, the Restatement Date). Certain BAAs, including the Series JM BAA, specify a different Outside Date. |
| ● | “Participation Account” means the dedicated deposit account maintained by the Client at the Designated Bank into which 100% of the Client’s Brand Income is to be deposited, subject to the Account Control Agreement. |
| ● | “Platform” means the Agentiq Sports online investment platform located at [www.agentiqsports.com](http://www.agentiqsports.com), which is owned and operated by the Manager, through which the series offerings are conducted and investors manage their holdings. |
| ● | “Prime Rate” means the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal or, if not so published, the prime rate as reasonably determined by the Manager. |
| ● | “Principal Business” means the Client’s primary professional occupation as a professional athlete in the applicable leagues specified in the BAA. |
| ● | “Qualification Date” means the date on which the SEC issues a notice of qualification for the applicable series offering under Regulation A. |
| ● | “Regulation A” means Regulation A promulgated under Section 3(b)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. |
| ● | “SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. |
| ● | “Restatement Date” means the effective date of an amended and restated Brand Advisory Agreement, as specified therein. |
| ● | “Revenue Share Trust” means a trust established for the benefit of the former members of the applicable series to receive Brand Percentage payments if the Client resumes active participation in the Principal Business after the end of the termination tolling period and the BAA has terminated. |
| ● | “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. |
| ● | “Series Designation” means, with respect to a series, the written series designation executed by the Manager and appended to the Operating Agreement setting forth the specific terms of such series. |
| ● | “Series Offering Table” means the table set forth on page viii of this Offering Circular summarizing key information related to the offering of each series. |
| ● | “Term” means, with respect to a BAA, the period commencing on the Effective Date and continuing until the earlier of (i) two years after the Client’s official retirement or permanent cessation from actively engaging in the Client’s Principal Business (subject to automatic continuation if the Client resumes the Principal Business during such period) and (ii) the 25th anniversary of the Effective Date, unless earlier terminated in accordance with the BAA. |
| ● | “Units” means the units of limited liability company membership interest in a series of the Company offered pursuant to this Offering Circular, representing denominations of the limited liability company interests in such series. The price per Unit for each series is stated in the Series Offering Table. Unit balances may be recorded in 0.01 Unit increments; a fractional Unit is not a separate class or separate security, and fractional balances vote proportionately only when voting is permitted under the governing documents. |
vi
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
The discussions and information in this Offering Circular may contain both historical and forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements relate to expectations, beliefs, projections, future plans and strategies, anticipated events or trends and similar matters that are not historical facts. Some of the statements under “Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Description of Business” and elsewhere in this Offering Circular constitute forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “should,” “will” and “would” or the negatives of these terms, or other comparable terminology. To the extent that the Offering Circular contains forward-looking statements regarding our business, please be advised that our actual financial condition, operating results, and business performance may differ materially from that projected or estimated by us in forward-looking statements.
You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. The cautionary statements set forth in this Offering Circular, including in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere, identify important factors which you should consider in evaluating the Company’s forward-looking statements. These factors include, among other things, the following considerations:
| ● | The Company has no operating history and an unproven business model, making it difficult to evaluate prospects and increasing the risk of loss. |
| ● | Each series is economically tied to a single athlete, resulting in no diversification and a heightened risk that underperformance or early career termination leads to a total loss. |
| ● | Future “Brand Income” is inherently unpredictable and excludes all off-field/endorsement income, limiting upside and potentially leading to materially lower than expected Brand Amount payments and resulting returns. |
| ● | Distributions may be delayed or withheld at the Manager’s discretion and there is no public market for Units, resulting in significant illiquidity. |
| ● | Enforcing and collecting the agreed Brand Amount payment can be difficult due to assignment restrictions, counterparty failures, and potential costly disputes or litigation. |
| ● | Changes in league rules, collective bargaining agreements, economic conditions, regulations, or tax laws could reduce athlete earnings and after-tax investor returns. |
| ● | The Company faces competition for both athletes and investors, which could pressure deal terms and impair growth and returns. |
| ● | Reliance on an online platform and third-party technology creates cybersecurity, data privacy, and operational risks that could disrupt offerings or harm reputation. |
| ● | The series LLC structure is novel and may not be respected by all courts, and shared or unallocable expenses may be charged across series, diluting returns. |
| ● | Investors have limited control and may find it difficult or impossible to remove the Manager, whose fees and affiliated transactions create inherent conflicts of interest. |
Although the forward-looking statements in this Offering Circular are based on our beliefs, assumptions, and expectations, taking into account all information currently available to us, we cannot guarantee future transactions, results, performance, achievements or outcomes. No assurance can be made to any investor by anyone that the expectations reflected in our forward-looking statements will be attained, or that deviations from them will not be material and adverse. We undertake no obligation, other than as may be required by law, to re-issue this Offering Circular or otherwise make public statements updating our forward-looking statements.
vii
The table below shows key information related to the offering of each series. See “Use of Proceeds” for more information.
| Series | Offering Price per Unit | Minimum Investment Amount | Minimum Offering Amount (Units) | Maximum Offering Amount (Units) | Opening / Closing Date | |||||||||||||
| Ronny Cruz (1) | $ | 12.90 | $ | 99.33 | — | $1,290,000 (100,000 units | ) | — | ||||||||||
| Esmerlyn Valdez Ramirez (2) | $ | 28.21 | $ | 99.86 | $2,020,398 (71,619.92 units) | $2,821,000 (100,000 units | ) | — | ||||||||||
| Justin Martinez (3) | $ | 35.30 | $ | 99.90 | — | $353,000 (10,000 units | ) | — | ||||||||||
| Carlos Virahonda (4) | $ | 5.10 | $ | 99.96 | — | $255,000 (50,000 units | ) | — | ||||||||||
| (1) | The series asset of Agentiq Sports 1 Series Ronny Cruz is the Amended and Restated Brand Advisory Agreement with Ronny Cruz, dated as of June 11, 2026 (amending and restating the Brand Advisory Agreement originally dated May 12, 2026). See “Description of the Series and Their Assets — Agentiq Sports 1 Series Ronny Cruz” for more information. |
| (2) | The series asset of Agentiq Sports 1 Series Esmerlyn Valdez Ramirez is the Amended and Restated Brand Advisory Agreement with Esmerlyn Valdez Ramirez, MagicMan 55 LLC and Esmerlyn Valdez Ramirez (amending and restating the Brand Advisory Agreement originally dated July 14, 2026). See “Description of the Series and Their Assets — Agentiq Sports 1 Series Esmerlyn Valdez Ramirez” for more information. |
| (3) | The series asset of Agentiq Sports 1 Series Justin Martinez is the Brand Advisory Agreement with Justin Martinez, effective as of August 13, 2026. See “Description of the Series and Their Assets — Agentiq Sports 1 Series Justin Martinez” for more information. |
| (4) | The series asset of Agentiq Sports 1 Series Carlos Virahonda is the Brand Advisory Agreement with Carlos Virahonda, dated August 22, 2026. See “Description of the Series and Their Assets — Agentiq Sports 1 Series Carlos Virahonda” for more information. |
viii
This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this Offering Circular. This summary is not complete and does not contain all the information that you should consider before deciding whether to invest in our Units. You should carefully read the entire Offering Circular, including the risks associated with an investment in a series discussed in the “Risk Factors” section of this Offering Circular, before making an investment decision. Some of the statements in this Offering Circular are forward-looking statements. See the section above entitled “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”
Overview
Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC is a newly organized Delaware series limited liability company formed in November 2025 to enable public investment in a portion of professional athletes’ future on-field earnings through individual series that each acquire a single Brand Advisory Agreement (each, a “BAA” or the “Series Asset”). Each Brand Advisory Agreement entitles its series to a contractually defined share of the athlete’s future professional sports income (salary, bonuses, prize money), expressly excluding any off-field or endorsement income, and investors purchase generally non-voting Units, including fractional Units recorded to two decimal places, of a specific series only. The debts and liabilities of each series are segregated under Delaware law, and Units represent an investment solely in the BAA owned by that series rather than in the company as a whole.
Under this model, each series provides the athlete with upfront capital (the “Initial Advisory Payment”) and ongoing brand advisory services in exchange for a fixed “Brand Percentage” of the athlete’s future on-field compensation, thereby aligning the athlete’s long-term career incentives with investor returns. Pursuant to the applicable Brand Advisory Agreement, the series, acting through the Manager and its affiliates, agents and service providers, will provide individualized advisory services designed to support the athlete’s personal brand development and enhance the athlete’s visibility, marketability and commercial opportunities. These services may include strategic brand positioning and image development, fan engagement strategies, social media growth initiatives, preparation for endorsements and sponsorship opportunities, marketing campaign development, content creation and broader public relations and reputation-building support. The scope and extent of these advisory services are commensurate with the full Initial Advisory Payment. In the event that, following the initial closing, the applicable series does not pay the full Initial Advisory Payment to the athlete — whether because the series’ offering does not raise the full amount or for any other reason — the series’ obligation to provide advisory services shall be reduced on a pro rata basis in proportion to the amount of the Initial Advisory Payment actually received by the athlete (the “Funded Amount”) relative to the full Initial Advisory Payment. By way of illustration, if the Funded Amount equals fifty percent (50%) of the full Initial Advisory Payment, the series would be obligated to provide advisory services at a level of effort, resource commitment and funding of brand-enhancement initiatives proportionate to fifty percent (50%) of the advisory services originally contemplated. The Manager will determine, in its reasonable discretion and in consultation with the athlete, the manner in which the scope of the advisory services will be adjusted to reflect any such proportional reduction, including the frequency of planning meetings, the budget for brand-enhancement initiatives and the breadth of services provided. For the avoidance of doubt, any such reduction in advisory services does not relieve the athlete of the obligation to pay the applicable Brand Percentage (or any adjusted Brand Percentage, as set forth in the Brand Advisory Agreement) on all qualifying on-field compensation earned during the term of the agreement.
Although the applicable series does not participate in any endorsement or other off-field income, the Company believes that strengthening an athlete’s personal brand may indirectly contribute to increased on-field earnings by enhancing the athlete’s profile, leverage and long-term career opportunities. The Manager expects to engage a combination of third-party marketing and public relations firms, together with in-house personnel, to deliver these services. The costs of providing such advisory services will be borne by the applicable series as operating expenses. There can be no assurance, however, that the provision of advisory services will have any material effect on the athlete’s earnings, performance or career trajectory, and any proportional reduction in the scope of services resulting from a partial funding of the Initial Advisory Payment may further limit the potential impact of such services.
1
Offerings are conducted on a best-efforts basis under Tier 2 of Regulation A and facilitated on the Agentiq Sports online platform, with subscriptions processed electronically and Andes Capital Group, LLC acting as registered broker-dealer of record for administrative and compliance functions. For an offering with a Minimum Offering Amount, subscription funds are held in escrow by North Capital until closing. For an offering without a Minimum Offering Amount, accepted subscription funds are transferred directly to the applicable series at closing.
The company is at an early stage with an unproven business model and proposed highly speculative, illiquid investments, and it qualifies as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act. There is currently no public trading market for Units, and although the operating agreement permits the Manager to approve an alternative trading system, or ATS, for secondary trading of Units of a Series, investors should not assume that any ATS will be approved or available, that any Units will be listed or eligible for secondary trading, or that an active, liquid or sustained secondary market for the Units will develop. Series operations and revenues depend on signing suitable athletes to BAAs and the athletes’ future performance, and the Manager anticipates launching multiple series over the next 12–24 months, subject to market conditions and regulatory compliance.
The Company’s principal executive officers are located at 445 Bryant Street, San Francisco, CA 94107, and the Company’s phone number is (202) 918-2945. The Company’s website address is www.AgentiqSports.com. The information contained therein or accessible thereby shall not be deemed to be incorporated into this Offering Circular.
Our Series LLC Structure
Each series of our Company will enter into a Brand Advisory Agreement with an identified professional athlete.
As a Delaware series limited liability company, the debts, liabilities, obligations and expenses incurred, contracted for or otherwise existing with respect to a particular series are segregated and enforceable only against the assets of such series, as provided under Delaware law.
We are offering units of limited liability company membership interest in each of the series of the Company (the “Units”), which represent denominations of the limited liability company interests in such series. The price per Unit for each series is stated in the Series Offering Table. Unit balances may be recorded in 0.01 Unit increments; a fractional Unit is not a separate class or separate security, and fractional balances vote proportionately only when voting is permitted under the governing documents. All of the series of the Company offered hereunder may collectively be referred to herein as the “series” and each, individually, as a “series.” The Units of all series described above may collectively be referred to herein as the “Units” or “our securities” and each, individually, as a “Unit,” and the offerings of the Units may collectively be referred to herein as the “offerings” and each, individually, as an “offering.” See “Description of the Securities Being Offered” for additional information regarding the Units.
The Units represent an investment solely in a particular series and, thus, indirectly in the Brand Advisory Agreement owned by that series. The Units do not represent an investment in the Company or the Manager. We do not anticipate that any series will own anything other than the Brand Advisory Agreement associated with such series. We currently anticipate that the operations of the Company will benefit investors by allowing investors to build a diversified portfolio of investments.
A purchaser of the Units may be referred to herein as an “investor” or “Unit holder.” There will be one or more separate closings, each referred to as a closing, with respect to each offering. Where the applicable series offering has a Minimum Offering Amount, the initial closing of an offering will take place on the later to occur of (i) the date subscriptions for the Minimum Offering Amount for a series have been accepted and (ii) a date determined by Agentiq Sports, Inc. (the “Manager”) in its sole discretion, and subscription funds will be held in escrow pending achievement of that threshold. Where the applicable series offering does not have a Minimum Offering Amount (including where the Manager has funded all or a portion of the Initial Advisory Payment through a Manager Promissory Note prior to the initial closing), the initial closing will take place on a date determined by the Manager in its sole discretion, and subscription funds will not be held in escrow pending a minimum offering threshold. Once an initial closing for a particular series offering has occurred, we may conduct additional closings for that series until the earlier to occur of (i) the date subscriptions for the Maximum Offering Amount for that series have been accepted and (ii) a date determined by the Manager in its sole discretion. If an initial closing has not occurred, an offering shall be terminated upon (i) the date which is one year from the date such Offering Circular or amendment thereof, as applicable, is qualified by the SEC, which period may be extended with respect to a particular series by an additional six months by our Manager in its sole discretion, or (ii) any date on which our Manager elects to terminate the offering for a particular series in its sole discretion, such date not to exceed the date which is 18 months from the date such Offering Circular or amendment thereof, as applicable, is qualified by the SEC. If a series offering is terminated without a closing, all investor funds will be returned promptly without interest or deduction.
2
Each offering is being conducted under Tier 2 Regulation A and the information contained herein is being presented in Offering Circular format. The Company is not offering, and does not anticipate selling, Units in any of the offerings in any state where Andes, its soliciting agent and executing broker, is not registered as a broker-dealer. Where the applicable series offering has a Minimum Offering Amount, the provisional requested purchase prices calculated from requested Unit quantities transferred by prospective investors as part of the subscription process will be held in a non-interest-bearing escrow account with North Capital acting as escrow agent, and will not be commingled with the operating account of the series, until, if and when there is a closing with respect to that series. The Manager will fix each accepted purchase price by multiplying the accepted Unit quantity by the applicable price per Unit and rounding the result to the nearest whole cent; only the accepted purchase price will be released to the series. For a partial rejection or cutback, the amount returned will equal the requested purchase price minus the accepted purchase price, and the price of Units not accepted will not be calculated or rounded separately. Where the applicable series offering does not have a Minimum Offering Amount (including where the Manager has funded all or a portion of the Initial Advisory Payment through a Manager Promissory Note prior to the initial closing), subscription funds will be transferred directly to the account of the applicable series upon acceptance of the subscription and closing, without being held in escrow pending a minimum offering threshold. See “Plan of Distribution and Subscription Procedure” and “Description of the Securities Being Offered” for additional information.
The Manager
The Company is managed by Agentiq Sports, Inc., a Delaware corporation and managing member of the Company, which we refer to herein as the Manager. Pursuant to the terms of the Company’s limited liability company operating agreement, which we refer to as the “operating agreement,” the Manager will provide certain management and advisory services to the Company and to each of its series and their subsidiaries, if any, as well as a management team and appropriate support personnel.
Unless otherwise set forth herein with respect to a Series of the Company, during its operational phase, the Manager will receive from a series an annual maintenance fee equal to 0.5%-2.5% of the assets of that series. The Maintenance Fee shall not accrue or become payable unless and until the series is generating revenue from the Client. Additionally, pursuant to the operating agreement, the Manager may receive reimbursements for out-of-pocket expenses in connection with (i) our organization and offering (up to a maximum of 2% of the gross offering proceeds per series offering), (ii) our operations and (iii) third parties providing services to us. The series will also pay the Manager a Negotiation Fee consisting of (i) a percentage of the total capital that the series advances to the Client under the Brand Advisory Agreement, and (ii) reimbursement of any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Manager or series in negotiating and closing that Brand Advisory Agreement. The Manager reserves the right to waive any fees or reimbursements it is due in its sole discretion. The items of compensation are summarized in the table on page 105. See “Management-Management Compensation.”
3
Operating Expenses
Each series of the Company will be responsible for the costs and expenses attributable to the activities of the Company related to such series (the “Operating Expenses”) including, but not limited to:
| ● | any and all fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with the management of a Series Asset and preparing any reports and accounts of each series, including, but not limited to, audits of a series annual financial statements, tax filings and the circulation of reports to investors; |
| ● | any and all insurance premiums or expenses; |
| ● | any withholding or transfer taxes imposed on the Company or a series or any of the members; |
| ● | any governmental fees imposed on the capital of the Company or a series; |
| ● | any legal fees and costs (including settlement costs) arising in connection with any litigation or regulatory investigation instituted against the Company, a series, or relating to legal advice directly relating to the Company’s or a series’ legal affairs; |
| ● | any fees, costs and expenses of a third-party registrar and transfer agent appointed by the Managing Member in connection with a series; |
| ● | any indemnification payments; |
| ● | any costs, fees, or payments related to interest or financing expenses for a given series; |
| ● | the costs of any third parties engaged by the Managing Member in connection with the operations of the Company or a series; and |
| ● | any similar expenses that may be determined to be Operating Expenses, as determined by the Managing Member in its reasonable discretion. |
The Manager will bear its own overhead and operating expenses.
Transferability
The Manager may refuse a transfer by a Unit holder of its Units in a series if such transfer would result in (a) there being more than 2,000 beneficial owners in such series or more than 500 beneficial owners that are not “accredited investors,” (b) the assets of a series being deemed plan assets for purposes of ERISA, (c) a change of U.S. federal income tax treatment of the Company and/or a series, or (d) the Company, any series, the Manager, or its affiliates being subject to additional regulatory requirements. Furthermore, as the Units are not registered under the Securities Act, transfers of Units may only be effected pursuant to exemptions under the Securities Act and permitted by applicable state securities laws. The operating agreement permits, but does not require, the Manager to approve an alternative trading system, or ATS, for secondary trading of Units of a Series, and an ATS Transfer effected through an ATS approved by the Manager is not subject to certain otherwise applicable transfer restrictions under the operating agreement, including the Manager’s consent requirement, prior notice requirements, and any right of first refusal, lock-up or similar restriction that may be included in a Series Designation. Any ATS Transfer remains subject to applicable securities laws, the rules and procedures of the ATS, the Company’s transfer agent arrangements, and any eligibility, documentation, settlement, trading, transfer agent, anti-money laundering, sanctions, investor suitability, tax, regulatory, or other conditions or procedures that the Manager may establish. See “Description of the Securities Being Offered — Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer” and “Description of the Securities Being Offered — Secondary Trading; Alternative Trading System” for more information.
4
Distribution Rights
The Manager has sole discretion in determining what distributions, if any, are made to Unit holders except as otherwise limited by law or the operating agreement. The Manager will determine the timing and amount of distributions for each series in accordance with the operating agreement and the applicable Series Designation, which will set forth the periodic basis on which Free Cash Flow is determined and distributed for that series. The Manager may change the timing of distributions or determine that no distributions shall be made, in its sole discretion. See “Description of the Securities Being Offered — Distribution rights.”
Mandatory Arbitration and Class Action Waiver
The Operating Agreement requires, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that disputes arising out of or relating to the Operating Agreement, the formation, governance, management, operations, capitalization or dissolution of the Company or any series, or the rights, duties or relationships among the Company, any series, the Manager, any member or their respective affiliates in such capacities, be resolved exclusively by binding arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association under the Federal Arbitration Act and the AAA Commercial Arbitration Rules. Arbitration will generally be conducted before a single neutral arbitrator, unless all parties to the dispute agree in writing to a three-arbitrator panel, and the seat and venue of arbitration will be Wilmington, Delaware, although hearings may be conducted remotely at the election of the arbitrator after conferring with the parties. By acquiring interests, investors waive the right to a jury trial and to litigate covered disputes in court, except for limited provisional remedies in Delaware courts and any claim or remedy that applicable law does not permit to be subject to mandatory arbitration. The Operating Agreement also requires disputes to proceed on an individual basis only and prohibits class, collective, private attorney general, derivative on behalf of other members and other representative proceedings, subject to limited exceptions required by non-waivable law. These provisions are not intended to waive compliance with the U.S. federal securities laws or any substantive rights or remedies available under those laws. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Units — The Operating Agreement requires mandatory arbitration of disputes and includes a waiver of jury trial, which may limit your ability to pursue claims in court and could affect the outcome, cost and remedies available to you,” “Risk Factors — Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Units — The class action waiver in the Operating Agreement may prevent investors from pursuing claims on a class, collective or representative basis, which could make small or diffuse claims more difficult or costly to pursue,” and “Risk Factors — Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Units — The Operating Agreement includes mass arbitration procedures and confidentiality requirements that may affect the timing, cost and transparency of dispute resolution” for more information.
Exclusive Forum
For legal actions or proceedings that are not subject to mandatory arbitration, and for court proceedings related to or in support of arbitration, the Operating Agreement generally requires proceedings to be brought in Delaware courts, subject to applicable federal securities laws and any written consent by the Manager to an alternative forum. The Operating Agreement also provides that Delaware law governs the Operating Agreement and the rights of the parties, subject to applicable federal law and any non-waivable requirements of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act. These provisions may limit investors’ ability to select a judicial forum or procedural posture that they view as favorable. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Units — Delaware governing law and exclusive forum provisions may limit where investors can bring non-arbitrable claims and related court proceedings” for more information.
5
We are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, which are described more fully in the section titled “Risk Factors.” These risks include, among others, the following:
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry
| ● | We are an early-stage company with no operating history and an untested model, which makes this a highly speculative investment. |
| ● | Our pipeline, pricing, and timing depend on our ability to sign athletes to BAAs on acceptable terms, which may not be achievable. |
| ● | Each series is tied to the career outcomes of a single athlete, creating concentrated exposure to unpredictable events. |
| ● | Investors will not share in any of the Client’s off-field income or endorsements, which limits the upside of your investment and may misalign incentives. |
| ● | Payment mechanics and security interests may not perform as intended under league, union, or state-level constraints. |
Risks Related to Government Regulation
| ● | Regulatory and stakeholder scrutiny could limit or prohibit income-sharing structures, payment mechanics, or marketing channels. |
| ● | The tax treatment of the Units is complex and distributions may be subject to corporate-level taxation that reduces amounts available for distribution. |
Risks Related to Conflicts of Interest
| ● | Our Manager earns fees and expense reimbursements from each series regardless of performance, creating conflicts of interest with investors. |
| ● | The Manager’s Negotiation Fee, which is tied to the Initial Advisory Payment made to a Client, may incentivize the Manager to agree to less favorable deal terms for the series. |
| ● | Our Manager may act in its own interests and has eliminated fiduciary duties to the fullest extent permitted by law, which may result in decisions that are adverse to us, a series or holders of Units. |
Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Units
| ● | Series LLC liability shields are not guaranteed to be upheld in all jurisdictions or in bankruptcy. |
| ● | There is no public market for our Units, the Manager is not required to approve or maintain any ATS for secondary trading, and you may not be able to sell or transfer your investment for an indefinite period of time. |
| ● | Distributions, if any, will vary and may be delayed, reduced, or suspended. |
| ● | The Operating Agreement requires mandatory arbitration of disputes and includes a waiver of jury trial, which may limit your ability to pursue claims in court and could affect the outcome, cost and remedies available to you. |
| ● | It may be difficult or impossible for the investors to remove the Manager, even if you are dissatisfied with its performance. |
6
| Securities Being Offered: | We are offering the maximum number of Units of each series at a price per Unit set forth in the “Series Offering Table” above.
The offering is being conducted on a “best efforts,” basis. Each series is intended to be a separate series of the Company for purposes of accounting for assets and liabilities. See “Description of the Securities Being Offered” for further details. The Units are generally non-voting except with respect to specified matters set forth in our operating agreement; when a vote is permitted, fractional Unit balances vote proportionately, with 0.01 Unit equal to 0.01 vote. The purchase of Units in a particular series is an investment only in that series and not an investment in the Company as a whole. | |
| Offering Price per Unit: | As stated in the Series Offering Table above. | |
| Minimum Offering Amount per Series: | As stated in the Series Offering Table above, if any. | |
| Maximum Offering Amount per Series: | As stated in the Series Offering Table above. | |
| Minimum Investment Amount: | As stated in the Series Offering Table above. | |
| Broker: | We have entered into an agreement with Andes Capital Group, LLC, which is acting as our soliciting agent and executing broker in connection with our series offerings. Andes is a broker-dealer registered with the SEC and which will be registered in each state where our series offerings will be made prior to the launch of each such offering and with such other regulators as may be required to execute the sale transactions and provide related services in connection with our series offerings. Andes is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, and the Securities Investor Protection Corporation, or SIPC. | |
| Broker Fees: | We will be paying Andes a Broker Fee equal to 1% of the amount raised through each series offering. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Andes will not receive any fee on funds raised from the sale of any Units to the Manager, its affiliates or the sellers of any of the Units. See “Plan of Distribution” for other fees to be paid to the Broker. | |
| Investment Qualifications: | Each investor must be a “qualified purchaser.” See “Plan of Distribution and Subscription Procedure — Investor Suitability Standards” for further details. The Manager may, in its sole discretion, decline to admit any prospective investor, or accept only a portion of such investor’s subscription, regardless of whether such person is a “qualified purchaser.” Furthermore, the Manager anticipates only accepting subscriptions from prospective investors located in states where Andes is registered.
Generally, no sale may be made to you in any of our series offerings if the aggregate purchase price you pay is more than 10% of the greater of your annual income or net worth. Different rules apply to accredited investors and non-natural persons. Before making any representation that your investment does not exceed applicable thresholds, we encourage you to review Rule 251(d)(2)(i)(c) of Regulation A. For general information on investing, we encourage you to refer to www.investor.gov. | |
| Escrow account: | Where the applicable series offering has a Minimum Offering Amount, the provisional requested purchase prices calculated from requested Unit quantities transferred by prospective investors as part of the subscription process will be held in a non-interest-bearing escrow account with North Capital, acting as the Escrow Agent, and will not be commingled with the operating account of any series, until if and when at least the applicable Minimum Offering Amount has been raised and there is an initial closing with respect to that series. Where the applicable series offering does not have a Minimum Offering Amount (including where the Manager has funded all or a portion of the Initial Advisory Payment through a Manager Promissory Note prior to the initial closing), subscription funds will be transferred directly to the account of the applicable series upon acceptance of the subscription and closing, without being held in escrow pending a minimum offering threshold.
When the Escrow Agent has received instructions from the Manager that an offering will close and the investor’s subscription is to be accepted (either in whole or part), the Escrow Agent will disburse only the accepted purchase price corresponding to the accepted Unit quantity from such investor’s subscription proceeds in its possession to the account of the applicable series.
If any offering is terminated without a closing, or if a prospective investor’s subscription is not accepted or is cut back due to oversubscription or otherwise, such amounts placed into escrow by prospective investors will be returned promptly to them without interest or deduction. Any costs and expenses associated with a terminated offering will be borne by our Manager. |
7
| Offering period; Closings: | There will be at least one separate closing with respect to each series offering. Where the applicable series offering has a Minimum Offering Amount, the initial closing of a series offering will take place on the later to occur of (i) the date subscriptions for the Minimum Offering Amount for that series have been accepted and (ii) a date determined by the Manager in its sole discretion, and subscription funds will be held in escrow pending achievement of that threshold. Where the applicable series offering does not have a Minimum Offering Amount (including where the Manager has funded all or a portion of the Initial Advisory Payment through a Manager Promissory Note prior to the initial closing), the initial closing will take place on a date determined by the Manager in its sole discretion, and subscription funds will not be held in escrow pending a minimum offering threshold. Once an initial closing for a particular series offering has occurred, we may conduct additional closings for that series until the earlier to occur of (i) the date subscriptions for the Maximum Offering Amount for that series have been accepted and (ii) a date determined by the Manager in its sole discretion. If an initial closing of a particular series has not occurred, an offering shall be terminated upon (i) the date which is one year from the date the Offering Circular related to such series, or amendment thereof, as applicable, is qualified by the SEC, which period may be extended with respect to that series by an additional six months by our Manager in its sole discretion, or (ii) any date on which our Manager elects to terminate the offering for that series in its sole discretion, such date not to exceed the date which is 18 months from the date such Offering Circular related to that series or amendment thereof, as applicable, is qualified by the SEC. If a series offering is terminated without a closing, all investor funds will be returned promptly without interest or deduction. |
| Fees and Expenses | Each series is expected to pay, either from the offering proceeds of its series offering or from its revenues, the following fees and expenses: |
| ● | Broker Fee: A Broker Fee equal to 1% of the amount raised through an offering. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Andes will not receive any fee on funds raised from the sale of Units to the Manager or its affiliates; |
| ● | Initial Advisory Payment: A cash payment to the Client under the applicable Brand Advisory Agreement, a portion of which may be funded from the proceeds of the applicable series offering. Under the form BAA, the Initial Advisory Payment may be funded in one or more tranches, with an initial amount paid within thirty (30) days following the Effective Date and the remaining balance guaranteed by the series and payable by the Outside Date. The “Outside Date” under the form BAA means the earlier of (i) the date that is five (5) months following the date on which the SEC issues a notice of qualification for the series offering under Regulation A (the “Qualification Date”) and (ii) the date that is twelve (12) months following the Effective Date. The remaining balance may be funded from the proceeds of the series offering; to the extent the series offering does not generate sufficient proceeds to pay the remaining balance in full by the Outside Date, the series is obligated to pay any shortfall from its own funds. The Commencement Date occurs when the applicable series or the Manager first pays any portion of the Initial Advisory Payment to the Client, and the Client’s obligation to pay the Brand Amount and the series’ obligation to provide Advisory Services commence at that time. If the full Initial Advisory Payment has not been paid by the Outside Date, the form BAA automatically fixes the Initial Advisory Payment at the amount actually paid to the Client on or before the Outside Date and adjusts the Brand Percentage on a pro rata basis to reflect the ratio of the amount actually paid (the Funded Amount) to the originally contemplated Initial Advisory Payment. Neither party has any right to terminate the BAA solely on account of the failure of the Initial Closing or the Qualification Date to occur by the Outside Date; |
8
| ● | Negotiation Fee: Each series will pay the Manager a one-time Negotiation Fee for services related to identifying, sourcing, structuring, negotiating, documenting and closing the Brand Advisory Agreement with the designated Client for that series. The Negotiation Fee is expected to be between 4% and 8% of each series’ Initial Advisory Payment, and covers the Manager’s associated out-of-pocket costs incurred to consummate the transaction. Without limiting the foregoing, the Negotiation Fee includes (i) sourcing activities, including outreach to Clients and their representatives and evaluation of potential opportunities; (ii) fees and expenses payable to a Client’s agent or intermediary that are incurred in connection with sourcing, negotiating or closing the Brand Advisory Agreement; and (iii) customary deal expenses reasonably incurred by the Manager in connection with negotiation and closing of the Brand Advisory Agreement, including travel and lodging, diligence and background checks, third-party research, legal and documentation costs, and closing-related technology or data-room charges. For clarity, amounts treated as Offering Expenses, such as broker-dealer fees, marketing, escrow, EDGAR/filing and blue-sky/compliance costs, are not included in the Negotiation Fee and remain subject to the separate cap applicable to Offering Expenses. The Negotiation Fee will be determined as (i) a percentage of the Initial Advisory Payment, and (ii) reimbursement of any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Manager or series in negotiating and closing that BAA. The exact percentage and amount of the Negotiation Fee for each series will be specified in the Series Designation. This fee will typically be paid out of the proceeds of the series’ offering at closing as part of the use of funds, reducing the net proceeds available for the Client’s Initial Advisory Payment and other purposes. |
| ● | Offering Expenses: Each series may reimburse the Manager for Offering Expenses (defined below) actually incurred in connection with a series offering in an amount up to 2% of gross offering proceeds. In general, these costs include legal, accounting, escrow, underwriting, filing, compliance and marketing costs, as applicable, related to a specific offering; and |
| ● | Maintenance Fee: The Maintenance Fee will be an annual fee payable by each Series to the Manager as specified in the Series Designation for ongoing management and administration of the Series and the related Brand Advisory Agreement, which fee shall be paid in such intervals as specified in the Series Designation. For planning purposes, the Maintenance Fee is expected to be a fixed amount or a percentage of the series’ assets , expected to range from 0.5% to 2.5% of capital contributions, designed to reasonably reimburse the Manager for the time and resources devoted to that series. The Maintenance Fee shall not accrue or become payable unless and until the series is generating revenue from the Client. |
| The Manager will be responsible for all offering expenses on behalf of each series and may be reimbursed by the series (except with respect to commission-based broker fees which will be paid directly by the series) through the proceeds of the series offering for offering expenses actually incurred in an amount up to 2% of gross offering proceeds. Each series will be responsible for its Acquisition Expenses which it will pay out of the proceeds of its offering and will reimburse the Manager for such costs as well as for certain other costs. See “Use of Proceeds,” “Management — Reimbursement of Expenses” and “Plan of Distribution and Subscription Procedure” for further details. |
| Risk Factors: | Investing in the Units of a particular series involves risks. See the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this Offering Circular and other information included in this Offering Circular for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our Units. |
9
An investment in our Units involves a high degree of risk. The SEC requires that we identify risks that are specific to our business and our financial condition. You should carefully consider the following risk factors and the other information in this Offering Circular before investing in our securities. Our business and results of operations could be seriously harmed by any of the following risks. The risks set out below are not the only risks we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial also may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and/or operating results. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, reputation, financial condition, results of operations, revenue and future prospects could be materially adversely affected and you could lose all or part of your investment in the Units. In such case, the value of our securities could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry
We are an early-stage company with no operating history and an untested model, which makes this a highly speculative investment.
We are a newly formed company with no operating history, and our business model is unproven. Although we have entered into the Brand Advisory Agreements described in this Offering Circular, as of the date of this offering we have not closed any series offering, and our ability to raise capital, collect Brand Amount payments and make distributions remains highly uncertain. Our concept depends on sustained investor interest under Regulation A, continued access to service providers (such as escrow, broker-dealer, and payment rails), and market acceptance by athletes and their representatives, any of which may not materialize or could take longer than expected. If we fail to close our initial series offerings or demonstrate the viability of our model, we may be unable to achieve scale, cover fixed costs, or continue operations. An investment in any series is speculative and you should be prepared to lose your entire investment.
Our pipeline, pricing, and timing depend on our ability to sign athletes to BAAs on acceptable terms, which may not be achievable.
Our strategy depends on identifying and contracting with suitable athletes; if we cannot execute Brand Advisory Agreements on attractive terms, we may never commence revenue-generating operations. Competition from traditional financing, agencies, competitors with similar products, or athlete preferences may limit our pipeline, delay launches, or force us to offer unfavorable terms that impair returns. Even when athletes are interested, each series depends on sufficient investor subscriptions and successful closings; failed or delayed raises could nullify term sheets, damage relationships, and waste sourcing costs borne at the Manager level. Shifted labor markets, agent priorities, or league policy changes may also dampen athlete appetite for our structure, requiring us to spend more on sourcing and accept thinner economics. In certain leagues, BAAs or payment directions may require approvals, acknowledgements, or compliance with collective bargaining or agent regulations; failure to obtain or maintain such approvals could delay or prevent execution or enforcement.
Each series is tied to the career outcomes of a single athlete, creating concentrated exposure to unpredictable events.
The success of each series depends heavily on the uncertain future performance, health, career duration and compensation of a single Client. Injuries, contract disputes, performance declines, early retirement, league suspensions, or changes in depth chart status can materially reduce Client Brand Income and adversely affect returns to investors in the related series. League labor disruptions, changes to salary caps or rookie wage scales, demotions, or periods without a team contract can cause Brand Income to decline sharply or cease altogether. You will not share in any off-field or endorsement earnings, limiting upside and potentially misaligning incentives if the Client focuses on non-Brand Income opportunities. Clauses in player contracts, including morality, injury and conduct provisions, may eliminate salary guarantees or reduce incentive eligibility, compounding the adverse effect on Brand Income.
10
Professional baseball careers are often short and unpredictable, which may limit the period during which a Client can generate Brand Income and may materially reduce the likelihood that investors recover their investment.
Our business model depends on the ability of Clients to generate Brand Income over time. In the case of professional baseball Clients, Brand Income generally includes salary, signing bonuses, performance bonuses, prize or award money and other covered on-field compensation earned in the Client’s Principal Business, to the extent included in the applicable Brand Advisory Agreement, and excludes endorsement, sponsorship, appearance, licensing, merchandising and other off-field commercial income. The period during which a professional baseball Client may generate meaningful Brand Income may be short and unpredictable. Professional baseball careers are subject to significant attrition, including failure to advance through the minor-league system, failure to reach the major leagues, injuries, performance decline, roster constraints, changes in organizational priorities, competition from other players and other factors outside the control of the Client, the Company, the Manager or any series.
Published analyses of Major League Baseball career length have estimated that the average major-league career is approximately 4.8 to 5.6 years, depending on the population and methodology used. One study reported an average career expectancy of approximately 5.6 years for players who reach the major leagues, while a separate SABR analysis reported an average career length of approximately 4.8 years for players who have appeared in the major leagues. In addition, a player generally must accrue six years of Major League service time to become eligible for free agency, and one year of Major League service time generally requires 172 days on a Major League roster or Major League injured list during a championship season. As a result, many professional baseball players may never reach free agency, may not remain employed long enough to earn arbitration-level or free-agent-level compensation, and may generate materially less Brand Income than the Manager anticipates.
This risk is heightened for our series that depend on the career outcomes of a single professional baseball player. A Client may spend several years in the minor leagues before reaching the major leagues, if the Client reaches the major leagues at all. Although covered minor-league compensation may constitute Brand Income under the applicable Brand Advisory Agreement, minor-league compensation is generally expected to be substantially lower than major-league compensation. Accordingly, if a Client remains in the minor leagues for an extended period, has only a brief major-league career, does not become arbitration eligible, does not reach free agency, or experiences injury, performance decline or other adverse career developments, the related series may receive only limited Brand Amounts.
Because investors’ ability to recover their investment depends on the applicable series’ receipt of Brand Amounts, the payment of series expenses and the availability of Free Cash Flow for distribution, a short or lower-earning professional baseball career may materially delay, reduce or eliminate investor distributions. Even if a Client reaches the major leagues, the Client may not remain employed at the major-league level for a period sufficient to generate Brand Income necessary for investors to recover their initial investment. If the Client’s professional baseball career is shorter than expected or earnings are materially lower than projected, investors in the applicable series may lose all or a substantial portion of their investment.
Each series will apply the substantial majority of its gross offering proceeds to the Initial Advisory Payment while receiving only a fixed minority percentage of Brand Income, so a Client must generate a multiple of the offering amount before investors can recover their investment.
For each series, the substantial majority of the gross proceeds of that series’ offering will be applied to fund the Initial Advisory Payment to its Client, including repayment of any Manager Promissory Note that funded an initial installment of that payment, and additional proceeds will be applied to the Broker Fee, the Negotiation Fee, Vendor Fees and other offering costs. In return, the series receives only the applicable Brand Percentage of the Client’s Brand Income. Because the Brand Percentage is a fraction of Brand Income, a Client must generate aggregate qualifying Brand Income equal to a multiple of the series’ offering amount before the series receives aggregate gross Brand Amounts equal to that offering amount. By way of illustration, a 10% Brand Percentage requires aggregate Brand Income of approximately ten times the offering amount, a 5% Brand Percentage requires approximately twenty times, and a 1% Brand Percentage requires approximately one hundred times. A greater amount of Brand Income would be required before investors could recover their initial investment through distributions, because each series must first pay its Operating Expenses, Advisory Services costs, the Maintenance Fee, taxes and other Series-level obligations, and the Manager may retain additional reserves in its sole discretion. Accordingly, investors in any series may be required to wait a significant period of time to recover their investment, and may never recover it. The Brand Percentage, Initial Advisory Payment and offering amount applicable to each series, and the resulting amount of Brand Income required, are described under “Description of the Series and Their Assets.”
11
The definition of Brand Income varies among the Brand Advisory Agreements, and Permitted Deductions and exclusions may cause Brand Income to be materially less than a Client’s gross compensation.
Brand Income is defined separately in each Brand Advisory Agreement, and the definitions are not uniform. Certain Brand Advisory Agreements limit Brand Income to compensation attributable to a Client’s services at the major-league level and exclude all compensation attributable to minor-league or affiliated developmental-league service, regardless of the identity of the payor. A series subject to that limitation will receive no Brand Amounts for so long as its Client remains in the minor leagues, and will receive no Brand Amounts during any period in which its Client is optioned, assigned or otherwise performing minor-league services, even if the Client has previously appeared at the major-league level. Addition to a 40-man roster alone would not cause compensation to constitute Brand Income if that compensation remains attributable to minor-league service. In addition, Brand Income is generally calculated net of Permitted Deductions, which may include reasonable, documented legal fees incurred to secure, negotiate or document a contract that generates Brand Income, reasonable, documented travel, lodging and per diem expenses incurred in securing such income, and certain self-employment taxes, and Brand Income generally excludes compensation attributable to services performed before the Commencement Date regardless of when paid, insurance proceeds, documented incidental-expense reimbursements, off-field commercial income and compensation from leagues, tournaments or competitions not included in the Client’s Principal Business, including independent leagues, winter leagues and exhibition play. Accordingly, the gross compensation payable under a Client’s player contract could materially exceed the Brand Income to which the applicable Brand Percentage applies, and publicly reported salary, bonus or contract figures should not be used to estimate Brand Amounts payable to any series. Where a single contract or payment includes both Brand Income and Excluded Income, the allocation between them may be disputed, and any such dispute could delay or reduce Brand Amounts. Investors should review the description of each series’ Brand Advisory Agreement for the definition of Brand Income, the Permitted Deductions and the exclusions applicable to that series.
A series’ failure to pay the Initial Advisory Payment in full when due may permanently reduce its Brand Percentage or terminate its Brand Advisory Agreement, in which case the series could lose its only material asset.
Each series is obligated to pay the Initial Advisory Payment to its Client, generally in installments, and each series expects to fund all or a portion of that payment from the proceeds of its offering. The consequences of a failure to pay in full when due vary among the Brand Advisory Agreements and generally follow one of two approaches. Under the first approach, if the full Initial Advisory Payment has not been paid by the Outside Date, the Initial Advisory Payment is fixed at the amount actually funded and the Brand Percentage automatically adjusts downward on a pro rata basis, permanently reducing the share of Brand Income to which the series is entitled without any right of either party to terminate on that basis. Under the second approach, no Outside Date, funded-amount or step-down mechanics apply, the series’ obligation to pay the guaranteed portion is absolute and unconditional and is not conditioned on the closing of its offering or the receipt of any particular amount of proceeds, and the sole remedy for a failure to pay is termination of the Brand Advisory Agreement together with a mutual release of claims. Where that second approach applies and a termination occurs, the Client retains the amounts previously paid, the unpaid balance is extinguished, and the series would cease to hold the Series Asset or any right to receive Brand Amounts, which would result in the loss of all or substantially all of investors’ investment in that series. If a series offering does not generate sufficient proceeds on a timely basis, the series would need to obtain funding from the Manager, an affiliate or another source, which it may be unable to do on acceptable terms or at all, and the Manager is under no obligation to provide that funding. Investors should review the description of each series’ Brand Advisory Agreement for the funding deadlines and default consequences applicable to that series.
Each series’ sole material asset is a contractual right to receive payments from an individual Client, and each series is therefore exposed to that Client’s creditworthiness. A Client is not a rated or reporting obligor, may have limited assets, limited liquidity and no established credit history, and is not required to maintain any minimum net worth, liquidity, insurance or financial covenant for the benefit of the series. No Brand Advisory Agreement is guaranteed by a club, league, players’ association, agency, parent entity or other creditworthy third party, and no series has recourse to any such person for a Client’s payment obligations. The collateral securing a Client’s obligations is generally limited to the Brand Amount, the Client’s contractual right to receive the applicable percentage of Brand Income, any designated account and related deposit, transfer and control rights, and proceeds of the foregoing, and does not extend to Excluded Income, compensation excluded from Brand Income or the Client’s other assets. Where a Client contracts through a personal holding entity, the series may also be exposed to the creditworthiness and separateness of that entity. Amounts that become owing other than as current Brand Amounts, including any clawback or liquidated damages, late fees or interest, are in substance unsecured claims against an individual. If a Client becomes insolvent, becomes subject to a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, is subject to competing creditor claims, garnishments, tax liens, judgments, support or marital obligations, or otherwise lacks the resources to pay, the series may be unable to collect amounts owed to it notwithstanding its contractual rights, and investors could lose all or a substantial portion of their investment.
12
Our Clients are individual athletes whose creditworthiness is limited and largely unsecured, and a series may be unable to recover amounts owed to it.
A Client’s personal financial circumstances are outside our control and may reduce the amounts a series is able to collect.
We expect many Clients to be early in their professional careers and to receive a substantial cash payment from a series at a comparatively young age. A Client may have limited experience managing significant income, may rely on advisors whom we do not select or supervise, and may spend, encumber, pledge, transfer or otherwise dissipate the Initial Advisory Payment and other resources without regard to the Client’s continuing obligations to the series. A Client may also incur substantial personal debt, tax liabilities, litigation costs, family support or marital property obligations, or other commitments that compete with the series’ right to payment, and third parties may assert garnishments, levies, attachments, liens, assignments or other claims against the same compensation from which Brand Amounts are payable. The priority of the series’ rights relative to competing claims may be uncertain, may vary by jurisdiction, and may require court intervention to establish. Neither the Company, any series nor the Manager controls a Client’s personal financial decisions, monitors a Client’s other obligations on a continuous basis, or has any ability to prevent a Client from incurring obligations that impair the series’ recovery. Deterioration in a Client’s financial condition may also increase the likelihood of disputes, delayed payment, non-payment or an early cessation of the Client’s participation in the Principal Business, any of which could reduce or eliminate Brand Amounts and distributions to investors.
Each series depends on its Client and third parties to perform administrative and operational obligations, and any failure in those arrangements may delay, reduce or prevent collection.
The collection of Brand Amounts depends on the continuing performance of administrative obligations by persons other than the Company and the Manager. Depending on the applicable Brand Advisory Agreement, a Client may be required to open and maintain a designated account at a bank willing to enter into a control agreement, direct all Brand Income to be deposited into that account, deliver and renew payment directions to each payor, establish and maintain automatic recurring transfers or an automatic payment authorization, remit amounts directly if any component of the mechanism fails, maintain complete and accurate books and records, and deliver periodic reports with supporting documentation. Each of these steps depends on the cooperation of the Client and, in many cases, of banks, payroll administrators, clubs, leagues, players’ associations, agents and other payors that owe no duty to the series and may decline to participate, may change their systems or policies, or may impose conditions we cannot satisfy. Accounts may be closed, frozen, replaced or subjected to bank setoff rights; direct-deposit instructions and recurring transfers may lapse, be revoked, be superseded or fail without notice; and reporting may be late, incomplete or inaccurate. Because a series generally does not control the account into which Brand Income is deposited before a specified trigger occurs, and generally learns of a shortfall only through reporting or reconciliation, an underpayment or diversion may not be detected promptly, and amounts may be spent or claimed by others before the series can act. Remedying any failure may require notice and cure procedures, replacement arrangements, audits, arbitration or litigation, each of which may be slow, expensive relative to the size of the series, contested or unsuccessful. Any of these operational failures could reduce Free Cash Flow and delay, reduce or eliminate distributions to investors.
League, players’ association and other regulatory requirements applicable to Clients could restrict, invalidate or impair the Brand Advisory Agreements and our ability to collect Brand Amounts.
The arrangements between our series and their Clients operate within regulatory and contractual frameworks that we do not control, including league constitutions, bylaws and player contract rules, collective bargaining agreements, players’ association regulations governing player representation and financial advisors, state athlete agent and talent agency statutes, licensing and registration requirements, and laws governing the assignment of personal service income, wage garnishment and consumer protection. A league, players’ association, club or regulator could determine that a Brand Advisory Agreement, a payment direction, an account control arrangement, a security interest or an element of the Advisory Services is prohibited, requires approval, registration or licensing that has not been obtained, or is otherwise impermissible, and could refuse to honor payment directions, require modification or unwinding of the arrangement, or subject the Client, the Company, a series or the Manager to discipline, penalties or restrictions. Certain of these frameworks are renegotiated periodically, and a successor collective bargaining agreement or amended league or association rule could impose new limitations that apply to existing Brand Advisory Agreements. A Client may also be subject to eligibility, immigration, work authorization, visa, licensing, tax or other requirements that must be satisfied for the Client to earn compensation at all. If any of these requirements is not satisfied, or if a Brand Advisory Agreement or any of its payment or security provisions is determined to be void, voidable, unenforceable or subject to conditions we cannot meet, a series may be unable to receive or enforce payment of Brand Amounts, may be required to restructure or terminate its Brand Advisory Agreement without compensation, and may incur substantial costs, any of which could result in the loss of all or a substantial portion of investors’ investment.
13
Misconduct, discipline or controversy involving a Client could eliminate Brand Income for the related series and damage our reputation and ability to launch future series.
Because each series’ revenue depends on compensation earned by an individual, conduct by that individual that has no relationship to athletic ability may nonetheless eliminate the series’ revenue. A Client may be suspended, placed on administrative leave, fined, released, or declared ineligible as a result of violations of league or players’ association rules, including performance-enhancing substance, substance abuse, gambling, domestic violence and personal conduct policies, or as a result of criminal charges, civil litigation, regulatory action, immigration or eligibility issues, or breach of the Client’s player contract. Compensation is frequently withheld, forfeited or not guaranteed during a suspension or following a conduct-based termination, and a Client’s player contract may include morality, conduct or injury provisions that eliminate salary guarantees or bonus eligibility. Public allegations, social media activity, political or other public statements, or association with a controversy may reduce a Client’s playing time, roster status, marketability and future compensation even in the absence of any formal finding. Any of these outcomes could materially reduce or eliminate Brand Income and Brand Amounts payable to the related series. In addition, because we market our offerings through a single platform under a common brand, a controversy involving any Client, or the perception that we finance or profit from athletes’ careers, could generate negative media attention, criticism from athlete advocacy groups, leagues or players’ associations, or restrictions imposed by service providers or advertising platforms. That could impair our ability to source new Clients, complete pending or future series offerings, retain broker-dealer, escrow, banking, payment or technology providers, or maintain investor confidence, and could adversely affect investors in every series, including series whose Clients are not involved in the controversy.
A Client may have no history of earning compensation that constitutes Brand Income, and the related series may receive no Brand Amounts for several years following its offering or at all.
We expect to contract with athletes early in their careers, including collegiate athletes transitioning to the professional level, minor-league players and young professionals. As a result, a Client may never have competed at, or earned compensation at, the level of competition at which Brand Income is generated under the applicable Brand Advisory Agreement, may not be under any contract that generates Brand Income as of the date of the related series offering, and may have no record of qualifying compensation on which investors can evaluate the series. Advancement to a level of competition that generates Brand Income depends on promotion, roster selection and retention decisions, playing time, health, development, competition from other players, organizational priorities and other factors outside the control of the Client, the Company, the Manager and the series, and admission to a roster does not itself establish that compensation earned will constitute Brand Income. Any published or internally estimated timetable for a Client’s advancement is an estimate only, is frequently revised, and does not establish that advancement will occur in any particular year or at all. Because the terms of professional compensation are governed by collective bargaining agreements and league rules that are renegotiated periodically, and that may expire before a Client advances, the minimum salaries, service-time rules, bonus programs and eligibility standards described in this Offering Circular may not apply when and if a Client reaches a qualifying level, and a work stoppage or other labor interruption could further delay or reduce compensation. Accordingly, a series may receive no Brand Amounts for a period of several years following its offering while continuing to incur Operating Expenses and other Series-level obligations, may never receive any Brand Amounts, and investors in that series could lose all of their investment.
14
Investors will not share in any of the Client’s off-field income or endorsements, which limits the upside of your investment and may misalign incentives.
Under each Brand Advisory Agreement, our series only receives a share of the athlete’s Brand Income, which is strictly limited to compensation earned from playing or participating in the sport (such as team salaries, game winnings, or performance bonuses). Importantly, this means that any money the Client earns outside of their on-field activities – including endorsement deals, sponsorships, appearances, licensing of their name/image, or other business ventures – is entirely excluded from the series’ income. As a result, even if a Client achieves substantial fame or commercial success off the field, investors in the series will not benefit from those earnings. This cap on the income stream limits the potential returns on your investment. It is possible that a Client’s off-field earnings could far exceed their on-field earnings (for example, through lucrative endorsements), yet the series would have no claim to that revenue. In addition, the Client’s interests are not fully aligned with investors in this respect: the athlete retains 100% of their off-field income, which could reduce their motivation to maximize on-field earnings or continue a sports career solely for financial reasons. While the Brand Percentage arrangement is designed to align with on-field performance, the exclusion of other income streams creates a risk that the athlete’s financial incentives diverge from the series’ interests.
Third-party infrastructure failures could interrupt core operations and investor communications.
Our reliance on third-party technology and cloud providers introduces availability and security risks. Software defects, vendor outages, integration failures, or cloud interruptions could disrupt offerings, reporting, or distributions and could damage our reputation and financial condition. As a lean organization, we may have limited redundancies and in-house IT depth to mitigate prolonged incidents.
Cybersecurity incidents could compromise data, invite regulatory scrutiny, and depress investor demand across series.
A cybersecurity breach could expose sensitive investor data or financial information, trigger mandatory notifications, and lead to regulatory investigations, litigation, and reputational harm. Security incidents at us or our vendors could reduce investor trust and participation in current or future series. Incident response and remediation can be costly and divert management attention from sourcing and operating series.
Insurance coverage may be unavailable or insufficient for key risks.
Insurance for cyber incidents, IP claims, D&O, E&O, employment, or event-related losses may have exclusions, sub-limits, or high deductibles and may not fully cover losses, defense costs, or adverse judgments, increasing volatility in series outcomes.
We may experience constraints on liquidity, access to capital, and sensitivity to interest rates.
Our ability to finance operations, launch new series, or bridge timing differences between Brand Amount payment receipts and distributions may depend on capital availability. Tighter credit markets, rising rates, or covenant restrictions could limit growth or require us to delay offerings, reduce reserves, or curtail operations.
Adverse macroeconomic or public health events could depress demand, delay offerings, and impair operations.
Macroeconomic conditions, market disruptions, and public health events may reduce investor demand, complicate offering execution, and increase operating friction. Periods of market stress or pandemic-related disruptions may slow capital formation, delay closings, or increase costs to operate, manage vendors, or communicate with investors. Volatility in financial markets can also increase our cost of capital or reduce availability of critical vendors, affecting our ability to source and launch series.
15
Disputes with Clients or third parties may be protracted, expensive, and reduce cash available for distribution.
We may be involved in disputes or enforcement actions that are costly and uncertain. Contract enforcement with Clients, disputes regarding Brand Amount payment calculations, or third-party claims could require significant time and expense and could result in delays, settlements, or losses not fully recoverable from counterparties. Arbitration or litigation may require specialized counsel and expert analysis of compensation records, increasing costs and uncertainty.
Payment mechanics and security interests may not perform as intended under league, union, or state-level constraints.
Even with direct-pay instructions and UCC filings, practical enforcement may be limited. Team payroll systems, league or union rules, and state law limitations on assignment or garnishment can hinder or delay payment flows. The priority, scope, and enforceability of security interests in Brand Income may vary and may not fully protect a series. In contested scenarios, we may face competing claims or need court intervention to perfect or realize on collateral.
Inconsistent or incomplete public data can impede reconciliation and increase reliance on Client cooperation.
Documentation asymmetry and reliance on public sources may create verification gaps. Publicly reported compensation may omit bonuses, incentives, or non-standard payments; reconciling public data with actual receipts may require cooperation and documentation from the Client that may not be promptly available. Where deductions are permitted by the BAA, additional documentation may be necessary to validate net Brand Income amounts.
Cancellations, postponements, or format changes to games and events can diminish Brand Income and marketing value.
Force majeure events, public health concerns, safety incidents, travel restrictions, or venue issues may cancel or modify seasons, games, or appearances that affect player compensation triggers and the efficacy of brand campaigns, reducing expected cash flows.
Labor actions, strikes, or lockouts can reduce or postpone athlete compensation and disrupt campaigns.
Collective bargaining negotiations or labor disputes in professional leagues and player associations can lead to work stoppages, schedule changes, or rules that reduce or defer compensation, directly reducing Brand Income and limiting marketing opportunities.
Technology and vendor dependencies introduce operational and cybersecurity risks that could disrupt offerings and harm investors.
We rely on an online platform and third-party vendors; operational failures or cybersecurity incidents could disrupt offerings, compromise investor data, or delay distributions. Platform outages, payment processing failures, vendor downtime, or cyberattacks could cause reputational damage, regulatory exposure, and financial losses, and could materially impair our operations and investor confidence. Mandatory breach notifications, remediation costs, and potential regulatory inquiries could further strain resources, and mere perception of security weaknesses could reduce demand for our offerings.
Reputational harm, brand safety incidents, or public controversies involving us or a Client could materially damage our business.
Our platform, brand partners, and investor demand are sensitive to reputation. Athlete or Company controversies, social media incidents, allegations of misconduct, political speech, or brand-safety concerns can trigger sponsor pullbacks, platform restrictions, or consumer backlash that reduce demand, constrain new Client sourcing, or force us to terminate campaigns. Third parties may amplify negative narratives online, and content-moderation or platform policy changes can limit the reach of campaigns and our marketing channels.
Our small team depends on a limited number of key personnel with specialized industry relationships.
We rely on a lean management team and a few employees and advisors with athlete, agent, and league relationships. Loss of any such personnel, difficulty in recruiting or retaining experienced sports/entertainment, compliance, or technology staff, or constraints imposed by non-compete and non-solicitation obligations could impair sourcing, negotiations, compliance, and operations for extended periods.
Failure to achieve scale could leave per-series costs elevated and erode investor returns for an extended period.
We may lack the scale necessary to realize operating efficiencies, resulting in higher per-series costs for an extended period. If we are unable to launch a sufficient number of series, we may not achieve the economies of scale required to reduce unit costs of technology, compliance, and operations, which could depress returns. Persistent fixed costs (including platform, audit, legal and compliance) could consume a disproportionate share of Brand Amount payments in early series, delaying or eliminating distributions.
16
We face intense competition from established agencies, lenders, collectives, and new market entrants for athlete relationships and sponsor dollars.
Larger, well-capitalized competitors may offer athletes more favorable economics, bundled services, advances, or cross-promotional benefits. They may also leverage long-standing relationships with teams, leagues, and sponsors to steer opportunities away from us. Competitive pressure can increase our sourcing costs, compress margins, delay closings, and reduce available Brand Amount payments.
Assumptions regarding a Client’s potential to generate Brand Income may prove inaccurate, and investors should not rely on any expectation regarding the timing or likelihood of advancement to, or participation in, any qualifying professional league or competition.
In connection with any series, the Manager may consider assumptions and judgments concerning a Client’s athletic development, professional opportunities and potential to earn qualifying compensation in a qualifying professional league or competition. Any such assumptions are inherently subjective and speculative, may be based on incomplete or rapidly changing information, and could prove to be materially incorrect. There can be no assurance that any Client will be promoted, signed, retained, remain healthy, continue to perform at a level necessary to earn qualifying compensation, or generate any Brand Income within any expected period or at all. Because compensation earned in certain leagues, levels, assignments or activities may be excluded from Brand Income under the applicable Brand Advisory Agreement, investors may not receive any return unless and until the Client earns compensation that constitutes Brand Income under that agreement. As a result, if assumptions regarding a Client’s career trajectory or earning potential are wrong, investors could lose all or a substantial portion of their investment.
Prospect rankings and third-party scouting evaluations are subjective, may change materially, and do not establish that a Client will reach or remain at a compensation level that generates Brand Income.
In describing a Client and the Manager’s evaluation of the related Brand Advisory Agreement, we may refer to prospect rankings, scouting grades, statistical measures and other evaluations published by third parties such as MLB Pipeline, Baseball America and FanGraphs. Those rankings, grades and evaluations are subjective opinions prepared by individual publications using differing and undisclosed methodologies and incomplete information, are not audited or independently verified by us, and may conflict with one another. Organizational rankings measure a player only relative to other players within the same organization and do not indicate a player’s standing relative to all professional players. Rankings, grades and estimated arrival dates can change materially, and frequently do, as players develop or fail to develop, sustain injuries, are promoted or demoted, graduate to the major leagues or enter or leave an organization. A favorable ranking, an improving ranking, a favorable grade in any single area or an estimated arrival date does not establish that a Client will be promoted, be added to a roster, receive regular playing time, remain employed at any level, reach any particular compensation stage or generate any Brand Income within any period or at all. Published analyses indicate that approximately 70% of highly ranked prospects do not meet the performance expectations associated with their ranking. Investors should not rely on any ranking, grade, estimated arrival date or other third-party evaluation in deciding whether to invest in any series.
Even robust payment and enforcement provisions may not prevent shortfalls, delays, or losses.
Contractual mechanisms may not fully assure timely or complete payment. Although the BAA includes payment instructions, reporting obligations, audit rights, and a security interest in Brand Income, practical or legal constraints could limit enforcement, and delays or underpayments may occur that we cannot fully prevent or recover. Enforcement may require costly and uncertain litigation or arbitration against the Client or third-party payors, and insolvency or bankruptcy of a Client could further impair recoveries. Payment instructions may be subordinated or delayed by league, union, or team payroll constraints, and security interests may require court intervention to perfect or enforce. In addition, setoff rights, counterclaims, or anti-assignment provisions in underlying agreements, and the automatic stay in bankruptcy, may delay or prevent collection despite contractual remedies; perfection and priority of security interests under the UCC can vary by jurisdiction and may necessitate additional filings or court relief.
Remedies tied to termination, suspension, or reinstatement may be delayed, disputed, or uncollectible.
Termination, suspension, or reinstatement provisions may not adequately protect a series. While BAAs may include clawbacks and reinstatement rights if a Client voluntarily ceases and then resumes their career, the timing, collectability, and enforceability of such remedies are uncertain and may vary by jurisdiction or fact pattern, leading to losses even where remedies exist on paper. Insurance, where available, may not fully offset losses from death or disability, and the costs of pursuing remedies may exceed potential recovery.
17
If a Client voluntarily ceases participation in the Client’s Principal Business, Brand Income may stop and contractual remedies may not be sufficient for investors to recover their investment.
Under the form BAA, if a Client voluntarily ceases to engage in the Client’s Principal Business before the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date, other than for Good Reason, the Client must repay to the applicable series, as liquidated damages, an amount equal to the aggregate Initial Advisory Payment actually received by the Client, plus interest, minus Brand Amount payments actually made by the Client to the series before the early cessation. Certain Brand Advisory Agreements instead calculate the repayment as the amount required to cause the applicable series to realize a specified internal rate of return on the aggregate Initial Advisory Payment actually paid. Under each approach, the amount repayable is reduced by a specified percentage for each year of the Client’s continued participation in the Principal Business and is eliminated entirely after a specified anniversary, so the protection afforded to a series declines over time and may be unavailable notwithstanding an early cessation. This remedy is intended to protect the series if a Client voluntarily stops participating in the Client’s Principal Business during the early years of the BAA. However, the remedy may be disputed, delayed, difficult to collect or unavailable in full, including because it is a contractual claim against an individual whose ability to pay may be uncertain following the cessation of a professional sports career and because the series may be required to pursue arbitration or litigation to collect it at its own cost, and there can be no assurance that any repayment would be sufficient for investors to recover their investment after payment of expenses, reserves and other series-level obligations.
The form BAA does not provide the same liquidated damages repayment right if a Client voluntarily ceases to engage in the Client’s Principal Business on or after the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date, although the series retains rights to Brand Income earned during the Term and any rights that survive expiration or termination. If a Client voluntarily ceases participation after that five-year period, or if the Client ceases participation for Good Reason, the series may receive little or no additional Brand Income unless and until the Client resumes participation in the Client’s Principal Business or otherwise earns covered compensation. The BAA term generally continues until the earlier of two years after the Client’s official retirement or permanent cessation from actively engaging in the Principal Business, subject to automatic continuation if the Client resumes the Principal Business during that two-year termination tolling period, and the 25th anniversary of the Effective Date. If the Client resumes active participation in the Principal Business after the end of the termination tolling period and the BAA has terminated, the BAA may require Brand Percentage payments to a Revenue Share Trust for the former members of the applicable series, but those rights may be difficult to administer, enforce or collect.
As a result, a Client’s voluntary retirement, resignation, career change or other cessation of participation in the Client’s Principal Business may materially reduce or eliminate Brand Amount payments to the related series. This risk is particularly significant if the Client has not yet generated substantial Brand Income, if the Client’s career is short, if the Client does not reach a compensation level sufficient to produce meaningful Brand Amounts, or if any repayment, trust or other post-cessation remedy is delayed, disputed or uncollectible. In those circumstances, the related series may not generate sufficient Free Cash Flow to make distributions, and investors may lose all or a substantial portion of their investment.
Limited transparency into non-public compensation and deductions can create verification gaps and disputes.
We depend on accurate, timely reporting from Clients, and on our right to review underlying records. Even with semi-annual reporting and audit rights, we may have limited visibility into non-public compensation or timing differences, which can cause disputes, delays, or shortfalls in Brand Income and could increase costs to verify or enforce compliance. Public sources may omit bonuses, deferred comp, or non-standard payments, and deductions permitted in the BAA may be difficult to substantiate without cooperative documentation from the Client.
18
Risks Related to Government Regulation
Regulatory and stakeholder scrutiny could limit or prohibit income-sharing structures, payment mechanics, or marketing channels.
Our model may face negative public perception or regulatory scrutiny in the sports ecosystem. Leagues, players’ associations, or regulators could view income-sharing arrangements unfavorably and impose restrictions that limit our ability to structure BAAs, receive payments, or market our offerings, which could reduce or eliminate expected cash flows to a series. Rule changes or guidance regarding assignment of income, wage garnishment limits, collective bargaining outcomes, or name, image or likeness (NIL) restrictions could require us to modify or unwind arrangements or increase compliance costs. Negative media attention or advocacy by athlete groups could also impair our ability to source Clients or complete offerings.
Compliance with state athlete agent, talent agency, and marketing regulations may constrain our activities and increase costs.
Many jurisdictions require registration, licensing, bonding, or other compliance for those engaging in athlete representation, endorsements, or marketing. Missteps or differing interpretations could result in fines, restrictions on activity, or voidability of certain agreements, and adapting to multi-jurisdictional requirements will increase costs.
We could face claims of interference, non-compete violations, or breach arising from existing agent or endorsement agreements.
In pursuing Clients and brand campaigns, we may encounter preexisting agency, endorsement, or management contracts. Counterparties could assert tortious interference, non-compete or exclusivity violations, or other claims that disrupt BAAs, delay campaigns, or result in damages or injunctions.
We may encounter disputes over rights of publicity, trademarks, and content usage.
Campaigns and promotional content rely on proper clearance of name, image, and likeness, logos, footage, and music. Errors or disputes can lead to takedowns, claims for statutory damages, loss of campaign revenue, and reputational harm; insurance may not cover all such claims.
The tax treatment of the Units is complex and distributions may be subject to corporate-level taxation that reduces amounts available for distribution.
We intend that the Company and each series be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, each series will be subject to U.S. federal corporate income tax on its taxable income. Distributions to investors will generally be taxable as dividends to the extent of the series’ current and accumulated earnings and profits, and will not be deductible by the series, resulting in two levels of taxation (at the corporate level and again at the investor level). Future changes in federal, state, or local tax laws could increase the corporate tax rate or modify the taxation of dividends, adversely affecting investor after-tax returns. Additionally, state and local income taxes may apply to the series and to investors receiving distributions.
The series will be subject to corporate income tax, and distributions will be taxed as dividends.
Because each series intends to be taxed as a corporation, it will pay U.S. federal corporate income tax on its taxable income (currently 21%). Distributions to investors will then be taxable as dividends to the extent of earnings and profits, resulting in two levels of taxation. Dividends may qualify for reduced rates as “qualified dividend income” if holding period requirements are met, but there is no assurance. Additionally, Congress may change the corporate tax rate or dividend tax treatment, which could adversely affect investor after-tax returns.
The series may be subject to additional penalty taxes.
Corporations that accumulate earnings beyond reasonable business needs may be subject to an accumulated earnings tax. Additionally, if (i) more than 50% of a series’ Units are owned by five or fewer individuals and (ii) at least 60% of its income is passive income, the series could be classified as a personal holding company, potentially subjecting it to an additional 20% tax on undistributed income. While the Manager intends to manage distributions to minimize these risks, no assurance can be given that these taxes will not apply.
19
Legal and policy changes may reduce Brand Income or increase costs in ways we cannot predict or control.
Changes in law, league rules, collective bargaining agreements, or tax policy could adversely affect Brand Income and series economics. Legislative or policy shifts concerning assignment of income, wage garnishment limits, personal services contracts, privacy, or data security could reduce cash flows or increase costs. Multi-jurisdictional tax or privacy regimes could also complicate reporting and enforcement across states or countries.
We are exposed to evolving advertising, consumer protection, and data privacy rules that govern digital marketing.
Endorsement disclosure rules, advertising standards, and privacy laws (including consent, targeting, and data minimization requirements) may limit targeting capabilities, increase compliance costs, and reduce campaign performance. Platform policy changes can restrict content types or paid reach.
International operations, sanctions, anti-corruption, and trade controls present additional compliance and business risks.
If we or our Clients participate in international campaigns or contracts, we may be subject to sanctions, export controls, anti-bribery/anti-corruption, and localization rules. Violations can lead to severe penalties, while compliance costs, currency controls, or geopolitical tensions may limit opportunities and delay payments.
Risks Related to Conflicts of Interest
Our Manager earns fees and expense reimbursements from each series regardless of performance, creating conflicts of interest with investors.
The Manager and its affiliates will receive compensation from each series in the form of fees and reimbursed expenses, which are paid before any distributions to investors. In particular, the Manager charges each series a one-time Negotiation Fee (for sourcing and executing the Brand Advisory Agreement) and an ongoing, annual Maintenance Fee for managing the series and providing services. These fees are due to the Manager irrespective of how well the series’ investment performs. For example, the Manager will collect its Maintenance Fee at regular intervals even if the series has not yet earned significant Brand Income. However, the Maintenance Fee shall not accrue or become payable unless and until the series is generating revenue from the Client. Additionally, the Manager is entitled to reimbursement of Operating Expenses it incurs on behalf of the series, such as insurance, legal, accounting, and other costs, which means the Manager can recover its expenditures from series funds. The priority of these payments to the Manager may incentivize the Manager to conduct series business in a way that secures its fees and repayments, potentially at the expense of maximizing returns for investors. Because these costs are deducted from series cash flows (often in advance of distributions), they reduce the Brand Amount payments that ultimately reach investors and could even strain a series that is not yet profitable. In extreme cases, if a series has very low income, the requirement to pay fees and expenses could consume most or all of its cash, delaying or preventing any investor distributions. Investors should be aware that the Manager’s financial interest (to receive steady fees) may not always align with their own interest (to receive net profits), and this misalignment is an inherent conflict in our structure.
The Manager’s Negotiation Fee, which is tied to the Initial Advisory Payment made to a Client, may incentivize the Manager to agree to less favorable deal terms for the series.
When the Manager signs a Brand Advisory Agreement with a Client, it earns a Negotiation Fee that is calculated as a percentage of the Initial Advisory Payment plus certain related costs. This structure creates a potential conflict of interest, because a larger Initial Advisory Payment to the Client results in a higher Negotiation Fee to the Manager. The Manager could thus have a financial incentive to increase the size of the Initial Advisory Payment or to accept terms that are more generous to the Client, in order to generate a greater immediate fee for itself. A higher payment to the Client means that the series is paying more for the same Brand Percentage, which could reduce the potential return for investors. Investors would generally prefer that the series negotiate the lowest Initial Advisory Payment reasonably achievable for a given share of future income, but the Manager’s fee arrangement may create an incentive to the contrary. There is also a risk that the Manager may be incentivized to close transactions in order to collect fees and demonstrate business progress, even if such transactions have narrow margins or weaker prospects for investors. While the Manager is obligated to act in good faith, this structural incentive could lead to conflicts in negotiation strategy. Investors rely on the Manager to balance these interests appropriately, but they should recognize that the Manager’s compensation structure is not directly based on long-term series performance and may at times diverge from investors’ interests.
20
The Manager has discretion to allocate opportunities and resources among different series and business activities, which could lead to conflicts of interest.
As the sponsor of multiple series, the Manager will decide how to allocate its time, attention, and resources across the series and any future offerings. There is a risk that the Manager may favor certain series or Clients over others. For example, if the Manager identifies multiple potential athlete deals but has limited capital or bandwidth, it will choose which series to pursue first or most aggressively. The Manager might be incentivized to channel the best opportunities to new series that it is launching (to attract investors), possibly to the detriment of existing series which also rely on its efforts. Additionally, expenses that benefit multiple series or the Platform as a whole, such as marketing campaigns or technology improvements, might be allocated in a way that does not perfectly reflect the benefit to each series, affecting their financial results. Because the Manager also effectively controls the Allocation Policy for expenses and the overall strategy of the business, it could make decisions that advance the growth of the Platform or the Manager’s own expansion goals while imposing costs or constraints on a given series. These conflicts are inherent in a structure where one Manager oversees many separate series. Although the Manager has a duty to allocate opportunities in good faith, it is not bound by any exclusive duty to any single series or investor. Investors in each series must depend on the Manager to balance these competing interests fairly, but there is a possibility that certain series (or the Manager’s own interests) could be prioritized in a way that negatively impacts other series.
Our Manager and its affiliates are engaged in other business activities, potentially including ones that compete with our Company, and they have no exclusive duty to us.
The Manager is not required to devote its full time or effort to our series and is free to pursue other ventures. the Operating Agreement explicitly permits the Manager and its officers or affiliates to have business interests and engage in activities in addition to those relating to the Company or any series, including business activities that may be in direct competition with us. Accordingly, the principals of the Manager could manage another fund or platform that finances athletes, or advise or invest in athletes outside of our series structure, without any obligation to share those opportunities with us. The Manager is under no obligation to offer every potential athlete deal to our Company, and it could allocate attractive opportunities elsewhere for its own benefit. Additionally, since the Manager’s fiduciary duties have been significantly limited or waived by our Operating Agreement, investors cannot rely on traditional fiduciary principles to prevent self-dealing or appropriation of corporate opportunities by the Manager. As a result, the Manager may make decisions based on its broader business interests rather than solely on the interests of any particular series. If a conflict arises between the interests of our series and the interests of the Manager or another business activity, the Manager might resolve it in favor of those other interests. Investors will not have recourse if the Manager chooses to engage in outside enterprises or if those activities negatively impact the time and attention the Manager can devote to our series.
Our Manager may act in its own interests and has eliminated fiduciary duties to the fullest extent permitted by law, which may result in decisions that are adverse to us, a series or holders of Units.
Our Operating Agreement provides that, in exercising its rights as managing member, the Manager may consider only such interests and factors as it determines in its sole discretion, including its own interests, and has no duty or obligation, fiduciary or otherwise, to consider the interests of the Company, any series or any holders of Units. The Operating Agreement further provides that the Manager will not be subject to duties or standards that might otherwise apply under the Operating Agreement, the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, other law, rule or regulation, or principles of equity, to the fullest extent permitted by law. The Operating Agreement does not, however, eliminate the implied contractual covenant of good faith and fair dealing owed by the Manager under applicable law. As a result, the Manager may make decisions that benefit itself or its affiliates but adversely affect the Company, one or more series or holders of Units. For example, the Manager may cause the Company or a series to enter into transactions with affiliates, allocate time and resources among different series or business opportunities in a manner that favors the Manager’s own interests, or decline to take actions that holders of Units believe would maximize value. Because holders of Units will have limited ability to challenge these decisions, and because the Manager has expressly disclaimed fiduciary duties to the fullest extent permitted by law, holders of Units may have fewer protections than investors in entities whose governing documents impose traditional fiduciary obligations. This could materially and adversely affect the value of your Units and your ability to obtain a remedy for actions you believe are contrary to your interests.
21
Shared expenses and overhead allocations may burden some series disproportionately.
Some costs may be difficult to allocate precisely among series, creating a risk of disproportionate expense burdens. Even with an allocation policy, shared services, platform costs, and other overhead items may be apportioned in a manner that benefits certain series more than others, adversely affecting the net returns of particular investors. Costs not clearly attributable to a specific series may be spread across all active series, which reduces cash available for distribution in the affected series.
The Manager’s role as both the operator of the Platform and the representative for each series creates potential conflicts, including in transactions with affiliates.
The Manager makes all decisions for each series and also controls the Platform through which series offerings are conducted and managed. The Manager or its affiliates may provide services to the Company in addition to management services. For example, an affiliate of the Manager could act as a technology provider for the Platform or as a broker-dealer or marketing agent in our offerings. When the Manager uses an affiliated service provider, that affiliate might receive fees or other benefits from the arrangement, which may not be on arm’s-length terms. Even if disclosed, such transactions create a conflict of interest because the Manager might favor its affiliate with Company business, potentially at a higher cost than an independent third party might charge. Additionally, the Manager oversees the provision of brand advisory and marketing services to Clients , some of which may be outsourced to affiliates or related parties of the Manager. The Manager might have an incentive to steer contracts or assignments to those affiliates to benefit its broader corporate family, even if another provider might be more qualified or cost-effective. Because the Manager acts on both sides of any affiliated transaction , as the party engaging services on behalf of the series and as the economic beneficiary of the affiliate providing such services, there is a risk that such arrangements may not be as favorable to the series as arm’s-length arrangements with independent third parties. While our policy is to disclose material affiliated transactions and for the Manager to ensure terms are fair, investors should be aware that conflicts can arise in these situations. The Manager’s judgment may be influenced by the interests of its corporate group, and that could impact operating expenses, quality of service, or other aspects of the series’ performance.
The Manager may hold Units or other financial interests that could diverge from the interests of other investors.
The Operating Agreement does not prohibit the Manager or its affiliates from investing in Units, and the Manager has the right under the Operating Agreement to purchase units in a series. If the Manager or its principals hold Units in a series, it might gain access to information or opportunities not available to other investors, and it could have incentives to influence series decisions for its own benefit as an owner. For example, if the Manager holds Units and there arises a chance to sell the series’ assets or the athlete’s contract interest, the Manager might weigh its dual role when deciding whether to approve such a transaction. Conversely, if the Manager or its affiliates do not hold Units in a series, they may lack a direct economic interest in the series’ performance, which could affect their risk appetite or commitment to maximizing investor returns. It is also possible that the Manager could sell its Units , if it holds any, at a time or in a manner that is not communicated to other investors, or that it could vote any units it holds in its own interest on matters where investors are entitled to vote. While the Manager’s ownership in a series could align interests up to a point , because the Manager would share in distributions pro rata on its Units,, it also creates a potential conflict because the Manager’s liquidity needs or strategic objectives might not match those of passive investors. Furthermore, the Manager, by virtue of its control, could influence the timing of distributions or the series’ exit in a way that benefits its own position , including deferring distributions if it has a longer investment horizon or accelerating distributions if it seeks earlier returns. All of these scenarios present conflicts of interest between the Manager and the investors. Investors must rely on the Manager to act fairly and in accordance with its contractual duties, but they should recognize that the Manager’s financial interests in the series or the absence of such interests, may affect its decisions.
Manager and affiliate promissory notes may be repaid before distributions or converted into Units, reducing available cash, diluting investors and creating conflicts of interest.
Each series offered hereby has issued a promissory note to the Manager or a related party for Series purposes, including funding all or a portion of the applicable Initial Advisory Payment and, where applicable, other Series-level obligations. Depending on the applicable note and the amount raised in the related series offering, offering proceeds or future Series cash may be used to repay the note before distributions to investors, reducing cash otherwise available for reserves, operations or distributions. The holder may also have the right to convert outstanding principal and, where applicable, accrued interest into Units at the offering price or another contractually determined conversion price, which would dilute investors. Because the Manager or a related party is a creditor and may become or already be a Unit holder, while the Manager controls offering closings, reserves, distributions and other Series decisions, its economic interests may not align with those of other investors. See “Dilution” and the applicable discussion under “Description of the Series and Their Assets” for more information.
If a series’ Operating Expenses exceed its revenues, investors may experience reduced distributions or dilution.
Operating Expenses related to a particular series incurred post-closing shall be the responsibility of the series. However, if a series lacks sufficient cash reserves or revenues to meet its Operating Expenses, the Operating Agreement provides that the Manager may, in its sole discretion: (a) cause additional Units to be issued in such series; (b) pay such excess Operating Expenses and not seek reimbursement; or (c) enter into an agreement pursuant to which the Manager loans to the series an amount equal to the excess Operating Expenses (an “Operating Expense Reimbursement Obligation”), on which the Manager may, in its sole discretion, impose a reasonable rate of interest at a rate no less than the Applicable Federal Rate (as defined in the Code). Operating Expense Reimbursement Obligations become repayable when cash becomes available for that purpose and the Operating Agreement expressly nets Operating Expense Reimbursement Obligations from the Free Cash Flow available for distribution. If there is an Operating Expense Reimbursement Obligation, the reimbursable amount would be repaid from the Free Cash Flow generated by the applicable series and could reduce the amount of any future distributions payable to investors in that series. If additional Units are issued in a particular series, this would dilute the current value of the Units of that series held by existing investors and the amount of any future distributions payable to such existing investors.
22
If there is an Operating Expense Reimbursement Obligation, this reimbursable amount between related parties would be repaid from the Free Cash Flow generated by the applicable series and could reduce the amount of any future distributions payable to investors in that series. If additional Units are issued in a particular series, this would dilute the current value of the Units of that series held by existing investors and the amount of any future distributions payable to such existing investors. Further, any additional issuance of Units of a series could result in dilution of the holders of that series.
Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Units
Your investment is limited to a single series and may not be insulated from cross-series claims in all scenarios.
Investing in a series is not an investment in the Company as a whole, and you will not benefit from the assets of other series. Each series is intended to be legally separate; however, there is residual risk that liabilities could be alleged to extend beyond a single series, particularly in insolvency or where separateness formalities are not perfectly observed. Bankruptcy courts or non-Delaware courts may not fully respect series separateness, exposing one series to another series’ liabilities in extreme cases.
Series LLC liability shields are not guaranteed to be upheld in all jurisdictions or in bankruptcy.
Our series limited liability structure is novel and may not be respected by courts, potentially exposing investors to liabilities of other series or the Company. We have organized the Company as a Delaware series limited liability company, which allows assets and liabilities to be segregated by series under Delaware law. In theory, this means that the creditors of one series should have no claim against the assets of another series or the Company as a whole, so long as certain conditions are met. However, the series structure remains relatively untested in many jurisdictions. There is no assurance that the internal liability shields of a Delaware series LLC will be respected in all circumstances. While Delaware law provides for series separateness, there is limited bankruptcy precedent, and a court could determine that cross-series or company-level assets should satisfy liabilities, which could materially harm investors in otherwise unrelated series. Observing strict separateness with respect to books, accounts, legends and operations is essential but may not eliminate risk. Administrative convenience, including centralized cash management, shared vendors or pooled reserves, if not carefully documented and allocated, could be viewed as commingling and increase the risk of veil-piercing or substantive consolidation.
Our Tier 2 Regulation A structure provides reduced reporting and evolving compliance obligations that may deter investors.
We are conducting offerings under Tier 2 of Regulation A, which subjects investors to reduced reporting compared to Exchange Act issuers and introduces regulatory uncertainty. Scaled disclosure, semi-annual reporting, and evolving state notice practices may reduce investor transparency or appetite, impairing capital formation and our growth prospects. Regulatory interpretations of Reg A continue to evolve and could impose new requirements on our offerings or ongoing reports, increasing costs or limiting access to certain states.
Our reliance on Investment Company Act and Advisers Act exclusions could be challenged, forcing costly restructuring or registration.
We are not registered under the Investment Company Act or the Investment Advisers Act and we rely on exclusions and interpretive positions that could be challenged. Any requirement to register the Company as an investment company or the Manager as an investment adviser could materially increase costs, restrict operations, or force us to restructure or wind down affected series, causing losses. In addition, we do not provide personalized investment advice to investors; any change in interpretations around online platforms, solicitation, or advice could require changes to our practices, add compliance burdens, or limit communications.
Securities law anti-fraud standards apply to all of our communications, creating rescission and enforcement risks if disclosures are inaccurate.
We are subject to rigorous anti-fraud obligations and must ensure all communications are accurate and not misleading. Any material misstatement or omission in our offering materials or ongoing updates could lead to rescission claims, regulatory enforcement, or litigation, imposing financial and reputational harm on the Company and affected series. We must also promptly update investors about material developments; failure to do so could compound liability and undermine investor trust. Claims under Section 12(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Rule 10b-5 under the Exchange Act, among others, could result in damages, rescission, or penalties and divert significant management time.
23
There is no public market for our Units, the Manager is not required to approve or maintain any ATS for secondary trading, and you may not be able to sell or transfer your investment for an indefinite period of time.
Each series of the Company is a unique, privately offered security. The Units are not listed on any stock exchange or recognized trading market, and no investor should assume that an active, liquid or sustained secondary market for the Units will develop. The operating agreement permits, but does not require, the Manager to approve an alternative trading system, or ATS, for secondary trading of Units of a Series. If the Manager approves an ATS for a Series, Units of that Series may be eligible to trade through the approved ATS, subject to applicable law, the rules and procedures of the ATS, the Company’s transfer agent arrangements, and any conditions or procedures established by the Manager from time to time. Under the operating agreement, a transfer of Units effected through an ATS approved by the Manager is an “ATS Transfer.” An ATS Transfer is not subject to certain otherwise applicable transfer restrictions under the operating agreement, including the Manager’s consent requirement, prior notice requirements, and any right of first refusal, lock-up or similar restriction that may be included in a Series Designation. Notwithstanding this exception, ATS Transfers remain subject to compliance with applicable securities laws and any eligibility, documentation, settlement, trading, transfer agent, anti-money laundering, sanctions, investor suitability, tax, regulatory, or other conditions or procedures that the Manager may establish. A purchaser in an ATS Transfer will be admitted as a Substitute Economic Member, become the Record Holder of the transferred Units, and be deemed to agree to the operating agreement only when the transfer is recognized in accordance with the procedures established by the Manager and reflected in the Company’s books and records. The Manager may suspend, limit or condition transfers through an approved ATS if the Manager determines that doing so is necessary or appropriate to comply with applicable law, protect the Company or any Series, preserve the status of the Company or any Series for tax, regulatory or other purposes, or administer the books and records of the Company or any Series. As a result, if you need liquidity or want to exit your investment, you may be unable to find any buyers, and even if an ATS is available for a Series, you may be unable to resell your Units when desired, at an acceptable price, or at all. Any resale may be delayed, restricted, suspended or conditioned by securities law requirements, ATS or transfer agent procedures, investor eligibility requirements, settlement procedures, tax or regulatory considerations, or actions taken by the Manager under the operating agreement. You should consider the Units as a long-term, illiquid investment and invest only funds that you can afford to have tied up for an extended period or potentially lost entirely.
Any approved ATS may not provide liquidity and trading prices may be volatile or below the offering price.
Even if the Manager approves an ATS for a Series and Units of that Series become eligible for secondary trading, there may be little or no trading volume, few or no willing buyers, wide bid-ask spreads, significant price volatility or no reliable market price for the Units. Any trading price may be affected by factors unrelated to the underlying performance of the applicable Series, including limited public information, investor sentiment, trading volume, platform rules, transfer restrictions, transaction costs, tax considerations and the financial circumstances of individual sellers. Units may trade at prices below the offering price, below an investor’s purchase price or below any value the investor believes reflects the Series’ assets or prospects. The availability of an ATS, if any, should not be viewed as an assurance that investors will be able to resell Units at any particular time, price or volume.
Transfers through an approved ATS would depend on third-party systems and compliance procedures, and operational or regulatory issues could delay, restrict or prevent transfers.
Any ATS Transfer would be subject to the rules and procedures of the approved ATS, the Company’s transfer agent arrangements, broker-dealer, custody, escrow, settlement and other ancillary arrangements, and eligibility, documentation, anti-money laundering, sanctions, investor suitability, tax, regulatory and other conditions or procedures established by the Manager. Failures, delays, outages, data errors, rejected documentation, identity verification issues, settlement failures, transfer agent processing issues, broker-dealer or ATS restrictions, changes in law or regulation, or regulatory or compliance concerns could delay, restrict, suspend or prevent attempted purchases or sales of Units through an ATS. If an ATS, transfer agent, broker-dealer or other service provider modifies, suspends or terminates its services, experiences operational problems or determines that transfers should not proceed, investors may be unable to complete or settle transactions when desired or at all. These risks could impair liquidity, create disputes, increase administrative costs and adversely affect the value or transferability of Units.
The Manager has broad discretion over any ATS listing or trading arrangement, which may create conflicts and may adversely affect liquidity.
The operating agreement gives the Manager broad authority to approve an ATS for a Series, determine whether and when Units may be listed or eligible for trading, enter into listing, ATS participation, transfer agent, broker, dealer, settlement, custody, escrow, compliance, tax, regulatory and other ancillary agreements, impose conditions or procedures for transfers, and suspend, limit, condition or terminate any ATS listing or trading arrangement. The Manager may exercise this authority without further investor consent and may do so based on legal, regulatory, tax, administrative, business, reputational or other considerations that may differ from the liquidity preferences of individual investors. The Manager may also have conflicts of interest in deciding whether to pursue, maintain, suspend or terminate an ATS arrangement, including because ATS availability may affect the attractiveness of future offerings, the Manager’s Platform strategy, service provider relationships, administrative burdens, costs borne by a Series or the Manager’s own holdings or business interests. Any exercise of this discretion could reduce or eliminate expected liquidity, delay or prevent transfers, increase Series expenses or adversely affect the marketability or value of Units.
24
Promotional activity relating to any approved ATS could create regulatory, reputational or liability risks.
If secondary trading functionality is launched through an approved ATS, the Company, the Manager, a Series, a Client or other service providers may engage in limited platform-level awareness or educational activities relating to the approved ATS. Any such communications must comply with applicable securities laws, broker-dealer and finder restrictions, advertising and endorsement requirements, and Company policies. If promotional or educational materials are inaccurate, incomplete, misleading, insufficiently supervised, not accompanied by required disclosures, or viewed by regulators as impermissible solicitation, investment advice, broker-dealer activity, finder activity or transaction-based promotion, the Company, the Manager, a Series or participating Clients or service providers could face regulatory scrutiny, enforcement action, rescission claims, litigation, reputational harm or restrictions on communications or trading activity. These risks could increase costs, require changes to ATS-related activities, delay or suspend secondary trading arrangements, or adversely affect investor confidence in the Platform and the Units.
Investors electing to pay for their Units with a credit card may impact the return on their investment.
Investors in this offering have the option of paying for their investment with a credit card. Interest or other fees you may incur related to using that form of payment may increase the effective purchase price of the Units you purchase in this offering. For example, you may incur interest on unpaid card balances, and credit card interest rates can be high, more than 20% in certain cases. The cost of using a credit card may also increase if you do not make the minimum monthly card payments and incur late fees. Using a credit card is a relatively new form of payment for the purchase of securities and will subject you to risks inherent in this form of payment, including that, if you fail to make a credit card payment , such as minimum monthly payments,, you risk damaging your credit score and payment by credit card may be more susceptible to abuse than other forms of payment. Moreover, where a third-party payment processor is used, as is the case in this offering, your recovery options in the case of disputes may be limited. The increased costs due to transaction fees and interest may reduce the return on your investment.
The SEC’s Office of Investor Education and Advocacy issued an Investor Alert dated February 14, 2018 entitled: Credit Cards and Investments – A Risky Combination, which explains these and other risks you may want to consider before using a credit card to pay for your investment.
Where a series offering has no Minimum Offering Amount, subscription funds will not be held in escrow and will be applied even if the series raises substantially less than its Maximum Offering Amount.
Where the Manager has funded all or a portion of the Initial Advisory Payment through a Manager Promissory Note before the initial closing, the applicable series offering generally has no Minimum Offering Amount. In those offerings, subscription funds are not held in escrow pending satisfaction of any minimum subscription threshold, accepted subscription funds are transferred directly to the account of the applicable series upon acceptance of the subscription and closing, and the initial closing occurs on a date determined by the Manager in its sole discretion. As a result, investors in those offerings do not have the benefit of a minimum funding condition, their funds may be applied even if the series raises substantially less than its Maximum Offering Amount, and they will not receive a return of their subscription funds if the amount raised proves insufficient for the series to fund its obligations or to operate. Because a substantial portion of gross proceeds is applied to the Initial Advisory Payment, the Broker Fee, the Negotiation Fee and Vendor Fees, a series that raises less than its Maximum Offering Amount will have proportionally less available for reserves and other Series-level obligations, and may depend on additional loans or advances from the Manager or an affiliate on terms determined by the Manager, which could result in delayed or reduced distributions or in dilution. The Series Offering Table identifies which series offerings have a Minimum Offering Amount and which do not.
Distributions, if any, will vary and may be delayed, reduced, or suspended.
The timing and amount of distributions are uncertain and depend on the Client’s payment cadence, our expense profile, and reserves. Even if the Brand Amount payment is received, we may establish or increase reserves, delay distributions, or experience operating or enforcement costs that materially reduce distributable cash. Investor-level tax obligations may arise even in periods with little or no cash distributions if a series recognizes taxable income.
Pricing of Units and BAA rights is uncertain and may not reflect realizable value.
Valuation of Units and underlying BAAs is inherently uncertain. Outcomes depend on a single athlete’s career path and contract trajectory, with limited comparable market data; initial pricing and any subsequent indications of value may not reflect realizable outcomes. External events (market cycles, league changes, or Client-specific news) may cause rapid repricing unrelated to fundamentals.
Our evolving internal controls may not prevent errors or delays in reporting and compliance.
Deficiencies in internal controls or financial reporting could impair transparency and compliance. As a growth-stage company, we may experience control gaps or delays as we scale systems and staff, which could lead to errors, amendments, or adverse regulatory or investor reactions. Limitations in segregation of duties and reliance on third-party systems may heighten these risks until we reach greater scale.
Each series is a single-Client exposure with no built-in diversification.
Each series represents exposure to a single Client. Lack of diversification means that adverse events affecting the Client will directly and disproportionately impact the related series. Investors seeking diversification must build it across multiple series or other investments. Concentration risk is heightened for early-career Clients whose earnings trajectories are inherently volatile.
25
Investors will not be parties to any Brand Advisory Agreement and will have limited ability to cause remedies to be pursued if a Client breaches or defaults under that agreement.
Each Brand Advisory Agreement will be entered into by the applicable series and the Client. Investors who purchase Units of that series will not be parties to the Brand Advisory Agreement and, solely by virtue of holding Units, will not have direct contractual rights or third-party beneficiary rights to enforce the Brand Advisory Agreement in their own names. If a Client fails to pay Brand Amounts, fails to maintain required payment instructions or account arrangements, diverts Brand Income, breaches a covenant or otherwise defaults under the Brand Advisory Agreement, any remedies will generally need to be pursued by the applicable series, acting through the Manager, rather than by investors directly. Those remedies may include enforcing payment, reporting, audit, collection and security rights, seeking unpaid Brand Amounts, interest, liquidated damages, equitable relief or termination rights, and exercising other rights provided under the applicable Brand Advisory Agreement, but there can be no assurance that any remedy will be available, timely, cost-effective or sufficient to make the series or investors whole.
Because the Manager controls the business and affairs of each series, investors must rely on the Manager to monitor performance under the Brand Advisory Agreement, determine whether a breach or event of default has occurred, decide whether and when to pursue remedies, select counsel or other service providers, and determine whether to settle, compromise, waive or forbear from enforcing any rights. The Manager may consider factors that differ from the interests of any particular investor, including enforcement costs, the likelihood of recovery, the Client relationship, reputational considerations, the effect on other series or future offerings, and the Manager’s own interests or conflicts. If the Manager declines to pursue a claim, delays enforcement, settles for less than investors believe is appropriate, or determines that enforcement costs are not justified, investors may have limited practical ability to require a different course of action.
Enforcement of a Brand Advisory Agreement may also be difficult, expensive and uncertain even when the series has contractual rights on paper. A Client may dispute the amount of Brand Income, the calculation of Brand Amounts, the existence of a breach, the enforceability of payment instructions, security interests or remedies, or the application of exclusions, deductions, cure periods or termination provisions. League rules, collective bargaining agreements, team payroll practices, anti-assignment restrictions, bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, competing claims, public policy limitations or applicable law may delay, limit or prevent collection. Any dispute may require litigation, arbitration or other proceedings in the forum and under the procedures specified in the applicable agreements, and proceedings under the Operating Agreement are subject to mandatory arbitration, individual-proceeding requirements, confidentiality provisions and Delaware forum provisions, subject to the limitations described below. These procedures may increase cost, delay recovery, limit discovery or appellate review, and reduce the leverage or information available to investors. As a result, a breach or event of default under a Brand Advisory Agreement could reduce or eliminate Brand Amount payments and distributions even if the series has contractual remedies.
26
The Operating Agreement requires mandatory arbitration of disputes and includes a waiver of jury trial, which may limit your ability to pursue claims in court and could affect the outcome, cost and remedies available to you.
The Operating Agreement requires, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that any dispute, claim or controversy arising out of or relating to the Operating Agreement, the formation, governance, management, operations, capitalization or dissolution of the Company or any series, or the rights, duties or relationships among the Company, any series, the Manager, any member or their respective affiliates in such capacities, be resolved exclusively by binding arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association under the Federal Arbitration Act and the AAA Commercial Arbitration Rules. Arbitration will generally be conducted before a single neutral arbitrator, unless all parties to the dispute agree in writing to a three-arbitrator panel. The seat and venue of arbitration will be Wilmington, Delaware, and hearings may be conducted remotely at the election of the arbitrator after conferring with the parties. By agreeing to these provisions, investors waive the right to a trial by jury and the right to litigate covered disputes in court, except for limited requests for temporary, preliminary or emergency injunctive relief or other provisional remedies in Delaware courts and except to the extent applicable law does not permit a particular claim or remedy to be subject to mandatory arbitration.
Arbitration may be less favorable to investors than litigation in court. The arbitrator has authority to decide questions regarding the formation, existence, validity, scope, interpretation and enforceability of the agreement to arbitrate, including whether a dispute is arbitrable and whether the individual-proceeding requirement is enforceable, except for issues that non-waivable law requires a court to decide. Although the arbitrator may award any relief available under applicable law and in equity, including monetary damages, declaratory, injunctive or other equitable relief, and attorneys’ fees and costs where authorized, arbitration may involve different procedures, narrower discovery, more limited motion practice and more limited appellate review than court proceedings. These features may affect the ability of investors to develop the factual record, challenge adverse rulings, or obtain review of legal or factual errors.
The arbitration provisions are not intended to waive, diminish, limit or disclaim any substantive rights or remedies under the U.S. federal securities laws or the rules and regulations promulgated under those laws. The Operating Agreement provides that federal securities law claims are arbitrable to the extent permitted by applicable law and that the arbitrator must afford the same substantive rights and remedies that would be available in a court of competent jurisdiction, including statutory damages, rescission, injunctive relief, attorneys’ fees and costs where authorized. To the extent applicable law does not permit a particular federal securities law claim or remedy to be subject to mandatory arbitration, that claim or remedy may be brought in a court of competent jurisdiction and will not be subject to arbitration to that extent. The enforceability and scope of these provisions may nevertheless be challenged, and any challenge could result in delay, additional expense, parallel proceedings or uncertainty regarding the proper forum for a claim.
The class action waiver in the Operating Agreement may prevent investors from pursuing claims on a class, collective or representative basis, which could make small or diffuse claims more difficult or costly to pursue.
The Operating Agreement requires disputes to be arbitrated or adjudicated, as applicable, only on an individual basis. No party has the right to have any dispute heard or decided as a class, collective, private attorney general or other representative proceeding, or in any proceeding in which a party acts or proposes to act on behalf of other members or other persons who are not parties to the proceeding. Unless all affected parties agree in writing, no arbitration, litigation or other proceeding may be consolidated with, coordinated with or joined to any other arbitration, litigation or proceeding, except for administrative case-management or batching measures expressly permitted for mass arbitration proceedings. The arbitrator or court may not award relief on a classwide, collective or representative basis or enter an order that purports to bind or grant relief to any person or entity that is not a party to the proceeding, except to the extent non-waivable applicable law requires otherwise. These limitations may prevent investors from sharing costs, increasing leverage through aggregate proceedings, or pursuing claims that may be uneconomical on an individual basis.
27
The Operating Agreement includes mass arbitration procedures and confidentiality requirements that may affect the timing, cost and transparency of dispute resolution.
If a large number of substantially similar arbitration demands asserting related claims are filed within a specified period and are brought by or with the assistance or coordination of overlapping counsel, law firms or litigation funding entities, the Operating Agreement provides for a mass arbitration protocol. That protocol contemplates use of applicable AAA mass arbitration procedures, appointment of a process arbitrator for threshold and procedural issues, organization of cases into tranches, an initial bellwether tranche, stays of non-active cases, tolling of limitation periods for stayed cases, and non-binding mediation after bellwether awards and later tranches. Fees for stayed cases generally are not due until those cases are placed into an active tranche, and the arbitrator or process arbitrator may modify tranche size, sequencing or other procedural matters for efficiency and fairness. These procedures may reduce some cost burdens associated with mass filings, but they may also delay individual claims while earlier tranches proceed and may affect settlement dynamics. Arbitration proceedings, orders and awards are also confidential to the fullest extent permitted by law, except as required by law or to enforce an award, which may limit the information available to investors about similar claims or outcomes.
Series separateness depends on rigorous, ongoing observance of formalities and documentation.
Maintaining series separateness requires continuous governance discipline. Failure to maintain separate records, accounts, contractual legends, or operational formalities could increase the risk that a court disregards internal liability shields and exposes a series to the liabilities of another series or the Company generally. Centralized functions, if not properly allocated and documented, can also create appearance of commingling.
Delaware governing law and exclusive forum provisions may limit where investors can bring non-arbitrable claims and related court proceedings.
For claims or remedies that are not subject to mandatory arbitration, and for court proceedings related to or in support of arbitration, the Operating Agreement generally requires proceedings to be brought in Delaware courts, subject to applicable federal securities laws and any written consent by the Manager to an alternative forum. The Operating Agreement also provides that Delaware law governs the Operating Agreement, non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it, and the rights and liabilities of members in the Company and each series, except to the extent applicable law requires otherwise. These provisions may require investors to bring claims in a forum that is less convenient or more costly, may limit the procedural alternatives available to investors, and may discourage claims that would otherwise be brought in another forum.
Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, and actual results may differ materially.
This section contains forward-looking statements subject to risks and uncertainties. Actual results could differ materially due to factors discussed above and elsewhere in the Offering Circular. We undertake no obligation to update these statements except as required by law.
Investors have extremely limited voting rights and no ability to influence the management of the Company or any series.
When you purchase Units, you are investing in a particular series but you do not obtain any managerial authority over that series or the Company. Under our Operating Agreement, almost all decisions concerning the business and affairs of the Company and each series, including the selection of Clients, execution of Brand Advisory Agreements, management of series assets, and timing of distributions, are made solely by the Manager. Investors do not have the right to participate in day-to-day management or to bind the Company or any series in any way. Your voting rights as a member are limited to a narrow range of situations, such as potentially voting on certain amendments to the Operating Agreement that materially and adversely affect your rights, or the removal of the Manager for cause (and even these actions typically require a large supermajority vote). In general, it would be very difficult for investors to change the course of operations or overrule decisions of the Manager. This lack of control means you are entirely dependent on the Manager’s expertise and integrity to manage the business in your best interest.
It may be difficult or impossible for the investors to remove the Manager, even if you are dissatisfied with its performance.
The Manager, Agentiq Sports, Inc., is entrusted with broad authority to manage the Company and each series, and investors cannot readily replace it. Under the Operating Agreement, removing the Manager requires a “for cause” event, meaning that the Manager has been found by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to have committed fraud in connection with a series or the Company that has a material adverse effect on the Company, and even then, removal would need to be approved by a Super Majority Vote of Unit holders representing at least 80% of the outstanding Units of all series, voting together as a single class. This threshold is exceptionally difficult to satisfy. If the Manager performs poorly , including by making disadvantageous business decisions, failing to effectively support Clients or failing to act in investors’ best interests, but has not engaged in conduct that meets this standard, investors lack a mechanism to remove it. Even in the unlikely scenario where cause for removal exists, coordinating a Super Majority Vote among all Unit holders can be impractical. Furthermore, the operating agreement provides that upon a for-cause removal of the Manager, investors may choose to liquidate and dissolve all series, which could result in the cessation of all business operations. Accordingly, the only path to removal of the Manager may entail significant disruption and the potential loss of remaining asset value. Investors should not expect to have any practical ability to change the Manager or influence management personnel. The success of your investment will depend on the Manager’s continued service, and if its performance is unsatisfactory, your options as an investor are very limited.
28
Investors in any series may experience dilution from several sources. Dilution may result from the initial issuance of Units in this offering, the issuance of additional Units after this offering, the conversion of indebtedness or reimbursement obligations into Units, the issuance or exercise of options, warrants or other equity-linked instruments, the issuance of Units as compensation or consideration for services or assets, anti-dilution or similar adjustment rights, or any other issuance of Units permitted by the Operating Agreement and the applicable Series Designation. Dilution may reduce an investor’s percentage ownership of the applicable series, voting power, if any, and share of future distributions or liquidation proceeds.
Except as set forth below, no Units of any series are or will be outstanding before commencement of its series offering. Accordingly, except as so described, the initial issuance of Units of a series in this offering is not expected to dilute any existing holders of Units of that series, because there are no existing holders of Units of that series before this offering. In addition, Units of a series may be issued after the date of this Offering Circular upon conversion of a promissory note issued by that series to the Manager or to an affiliate or principal of the Manager to fund all or a portion of the up front payment of amounts due to an athlete under the applicable BAA, or as payments-in-kind issued by a series in connection with such notes. Any Units issued upon conversion of a Manager Promissory Note would be issued at the same offering price per Unit paid by investors in the applicable series offering, and therefore any such conversion would not result in dilution of the price paid by investors, although it would reduce their percentage ownership of the applicable series as described below.
Following the issuance of Units, the principal potential source of dilution for investors in a series is the possible issuance of additional Units upon conversion of the Manager Promissory Note issued by that series. Each Manager Promissory Note is expected to be repaid in cash from the net proceeds of the applicable series offering if the maximum offering amount for that series is sold, as reflected in the applicable Use of Proceeds table, rather than converted into Units, in which case investors would experience no dilution from conversion of that note. If the maximum offering amount for a series is not sold and the net proceeds of that series offering are not sufficient to repay its Manager Promissory Note, the Manager may elect, at its option, to convert all or a portion of the outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid interest into Units of that series at the offering price per Unit for that series. Because conversion is expected to arise only if the applicable maximum offering amount is not sold, the following illustration assumes a partial raise rather than the sale of the maximum offering amount. Series RC is used for illustration only, and the same mechanics apply to each other series that has issued a Manager Promissory Note, in each case using the offering price per Unit for that series and the principal amount of that series’ Manager Promissory Note. For illustrative purposes only, and without any prediction as to the amount that will be raised, if 50,000.00 of the 100,000.00 Series RC Units offered hereby were sold at the offering price of $12.90 per Unit and none of the net proceeds were available to repay the Series RC Manager Promissory Note, conversion of the full $350,000 principal amount at $12.90 per Unit would result in the issuance of approximately 27,131.78 additional Series RC Units, 77,131.78 Series RC Units would be outstanding on a fully diluted basis, and the Units issued upon conversion would represent approximately 35.2% of the Series RC Units then outstanding. Because the amount of accrued interest, if any, that may be converted is not determinable as of the date of this Offering Circular, any Units issuable upon conversion of accrued interest are excluded from the foregoing.
Traditional net tangible book value per Unit is of limited utility for any series that is expected to hold primarily contractual rights, intangible assets or other non-tangible assets, or whose offering proceeds are expected to be used primarily to acquire contractual rights, pay fees and expenses, repay indebtedness or reimbursement obligations, and establish reserves. Each series is expected to hold primarily its BAA as an intangible asset, and the net proceeds of each series offering are expected to be used to pay the Initial Advisory Payment, fees and expenses, repay indebtedness and establish reserves. Accordingly, for each series, the as adjusted net tangible book value per Unit immediately after the closing of that series’ offering is expected to be substantially less than the offering price per Unit, and investors in each series offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution on that basis. Using Series RC for illustration only, and assuming the maximum Series RC offering is sold and the Series RC Manager Promissory Note is repaid in cash, the only tangible asset remaining immediately after closing would be the $8,520 of operating reserves reflected in the Use of Proceeds table, so the as adjusted net tangible book value of Series RC would be approximately $8,520, or approximately $0.09 per Unit on 100,000.00 Series RC Units, as compared to the $12.90 offering price per Unit, representing immediate dilution of approximately $12.81 per Unit, or approximately 99.3%. That amount is substantially less than the aggregate offering price of the Units, but it reflects the application of offering proceeds to acquire the applicable BAA and to pay related fees and expenses. Investors should not rely on net tangible book value as a measure of the value of any BAA or of the Units.
Although any conversion of a Manager Promissory Note would occur at the applicable offering price per Unit, a conversion would reduce the percentage of the applicable series represented by each Unit purchased in this offering. Because each Manager Promissory Note is expected to be repaid in cash from the net proceeds of the applicable series offering if the maximum offering amount for that series is sold, that effect would arise only if the applicable maximum offering amount is not sold and the Manager elects to convert rather than accept repayment. Using Series RC for illustration only, if the 100,000.00 Series RC Units offered hereby are outstanding and no conversion occurs, one Series RC Unit would represent approximately 0.0010% of the issued and outstanding Series RC Units. If additional Units of a series are issued upon conversion of that series’ Manager Promissory Note, the percentage represented by each Unit purchased in that series offering would be reduced accordingly, in each case before giving effect to any accrued interest on the applicable note or any future issuances.
Additional dilution may occur after this offering if the Manager causes any series to issue additional Units, including to fund operating shortfalls, repay or convert Operating Expense Reimbursement Obligations, raise additional capital, acquire or support additional assets or services, issue Units as compensation or consideration, or for any other purpose permitted by the Operating Agreement and the applicable Series Designation. Any such future issuance could reduce the percentage ownership, voting power, if any, and share of future distributions or liquidation proceeds represented by Units purchased in this offering.
The dilution discussion above assumes that, other than any applicable Manager Promissory Note, there are no additional equity-linked securities, conversion rights, anti-dilution protections, warrants, options, restricted stock units, earn-outs or similar instruments outstanding with respect to any series as of the date of this Offering Circular. If any such instruments are issued or become outstanding with respect to any series, this dilution disclosure and the related capitalization disclosure will be updated in a supplement or amendment, as applicable.
29
We are offering the Units of each of the series of the Company in the “Series Offering Table”. Each offering is being conducted on a best efforts basis. The initial offering price per Unit for each series is stated in the Series Offering Table. The sale of the Units in our series offerings is being facilitated by Andes Capital Group, LLC, or Andes, which is a registered broker-dealer under the Exchange Act and member of FINRA and is registered in each state where the offer and sales of the Units will occur. Units may not be offered or sold in states where Andes is not registered as a broker-dealer.
We are conducting each series offering on the Agentiq Sports online investment platform available at www.agentiqsports.com which is owned by our Manager. Through the use of the Platform, investors can browse and screen the potential investments and sign legal documents electronically. Neither the Manager nor any other affiliated entity involved in the offer and sale of the Units is a member firm of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, and no person associated with us will be deemed to be a broker solely by reason of his or her participation in the sale of the Units. Each primary-market subscription order, whether submitted by a new or existing investor, must meet the minimum subscription requirements stated in the Series Offering Table.
Each of the offerings is being conducted under Regulation A under the Securities Act and therefore, only offered and sold to qualified purchasers. See “— Investor Suitability Standards” for more information. As a Tier 2 offering pursuant to Regulation A under the Securities Act, these offerings will be exempt from state law blue sky registration requirements, subject to meeting certain state filing requirements and complying with certain antifraud provisions, to the extent that our Units are offered and sold only to “qualified purchasers” or at a time when our Units are listed on a national securities exchange. It is anticipated that sales of securities will only be made in states where Andes is registered.
There will be at least one separate closing with respect to each series offering. Where the applicable series offering has a Minimum Offering Amount, the initial closing of a series offering will take place on the later to occur of (i) the date subscriptions for the Minimum Offering Amount for that series have been accepted and (ii) a date determined by the Manager in its sole discretion, and subscription funds will be held in escrow pending achievement of that threshold. Where the applicable series offering does not have a Minimum Offering Amount (including where the Manager has funded all or a portion of the Initial Advisory Payment through a Manager Promissory Note prior to the initial closing), the initial closing will take place on a date determined by the Manager in its sole discretion, and subscription funds will not be held in escrow pending a minimum offering threshold. Once an initial closing for a particular series offering has occurred, we may conduct additional closings for that series until the earlier to occur of (i) the date subscriptions for the Maximum Offering Amount for that series have been accepted and (ii) a date determined by the Manager in its sole discretion. If an initial closing of a particular series has not occurred, an offering shall be terminated upon (i) the date which is one year from the date the Offering Circular related to such series, or amendment thereof, as applicable, is qualified by the SEC, which period may be extended with respect to that series by an additional six months by our Manager in its sole discretion, or (ii) any date on which our Manager elects to terminate the offering for that series in its sole discretion, such date not to exceed the date which is 18 months from the date such Offering Circular related to that series or amendment thereof, as applicable, is qualified by the SEC. If a series offering is terminated without a closing, all investor funds will be returned promptly without interest or deduction.
Those persons who want to invest in our Units must sign a subscription agreement for the particular series, which will contain representations, warranties, covenants, and conditions customary for offerings of this type for limited liability companies. See “— How to Subscribe” for more information. Copies of the form of subscription agreement for each series are filed as Exhibit 4.1 and onwards to the offering statement of which this Offering Circular forms a part.
Investor Suitability Standards
Our Units are being offered and sold only to “qualified purchasers” (as defined in Regulation A under the Securities Act), which include: (i) “accredited investors” under Rule 501(a) of Regulation D and (ii) all other investors so long as their investment in any of the Units of the Company (in connection with any series offered under Regulation A) does not represent more than 10% of the greater of their annual income or net worth (for natural persons), or 10% of the greater of annual revenue or net assets at fiscal year-end (for non-natural persons). We reserve the right to reject any investor’s subscription in whole or in part for any reason, including if we determine in our sole and absolute discretion that such investor is not a “qualified purchaser” for purposes of Regulation A.
30
For an individual potential investor to be an “accredited investor” for purposes of satisfying one of the tests in the “qualified purchaser” definition, the investor must be a natural person who has:
| 1. | an individual net worth, or joint net worth with the person’s spouse, that exceeds $1,000,000 at the time of the purchase, excluding the value of the primary residence of such person and the mortgage on that primary residence (to the extent not underwater), but including the amount of debt that exceeds the value of that residence and including any increase in debt on that residence within the prior 60 days, other than as a result of the acquisition of that primary residence; or |
| 2. | earned income exceeding $200,000 in each of the two most recent years or joint income with a spouse exceeding $300,000 for those years and a reasonable expectation of the same income level in the current year. |
If the investor is not a natural person, different standards apply. See Rule 501 of Regulation D for more details. For purposes of determining whether a potential investor is a “qualified purchaser,” annual income and net worth should be calculated as provided in the “accredited investor” definition under Rule 501 of Regulation D. In particular, net worth in all cases should be calculated excluding the value of an investor’s home, home furnishings and automobiles.
The Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA) and IRS rules have implications if retirement plan investors , such as individual retirement accounts or 401(k) plans, invest in our series. We do not currently anticipate significant investment from ERISA plan assets, but to the extent such investment occurs, the Company intends to structure each series to avoid violation of applicable plan asset regulations and prohibited transaction rules, which generally requires maintaining benefit plan participation below 25% of a series or qualifying for an applicable exemption. The Company will include appropriate legends and representations in the subscription documents to address ERISA compliance.
If you live outside the United States, it is your responsibility to fully observe the laws of any relevant territory or jurisdiction outside the United States in connection with any purchase, including obtaining required governmental or other consent and observing any other required legal or other formalities.
Our Manager and Andes, in its capacity as broker of record for these offerings, will be permitted to make a determination that the subscribers of Units in each offering are “qualified purchasers” in reliance on the information and representations provided by the subscriber regarding the subscriber’s financial situation. Before making any representation that your investment does not exceed applicable federal thresholds, we encourage you to review Rule 251(d)(2)(i)(C) of Regulation A. For general information on investing, we encourage you to refer to http://www.investor.gov.
An investment in our Units may involve significant risks. Only investors who can bear the economic risk of the investment for an indefinite period of time and the loss of their entire investment should invest in the Units. See “Risk Factors.”
Broker of Record
We have engaged Andes Capital Group, LLC, or Andes (the “Broker”), a broker-dealer registered with the SEC and a member of FINRA and SIPC, to perform the following administrative and compliance-related functions in connection with our series offerings, but not for underwriting or placement agent services:
| ● | Review investor information, including KYC, or Know Your Customer data, AML, or Anti Money Laundering, and other compliance background checks, and provide a recommendation to the company whether or not to accept the investor as a customer. | |
| ● | Review each investor’s subscription agreement to confirm such investor’s participation in the offering and provide a determination to the company whether or not to accept the use of the subscription agreement for the investor’s participation. | |
| ● | Contact and/or notify the company, if needed, to gather additional information or clarification on an investor; | |
| ● | Serve as a registered agent for each series on which it acts as broker-of-record when required for state blue-sky law requirements. | |
| ● | Not provide any investment advice nor any investment recommendations to any investor. | |
| ● | Keep investor details and data confidential and not disclose to any third party except as required by regulators or pursuant to the terms of the agreement , including as necessary for anti-money laundering and background checks. | |
| ● | Coordinate with third-party providers, including the escrow agent and the transfer agent, to ensure adequate review and compliance. |
31
The Broker will be registered in each state where each offering and sale of Units will occur, prior to the launch of each offering. The Broker will receive a Broker Fee but will not purchase any Units and, therefore, will not be eligible to receive any discounts, commissions or any underwriting or finder’s fees in connection with any series offering.
The broker-dealer agreement with Andes will remain in effect for a period of thirty-six (36) months and will renew automatically for successive renewal terms of twelve (12) months each unless either party provides notice to the other party of non-renewal at least sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the current term. Additionally, either party may terminate the broker-dealer agreement with sixty (60) days prior written notice.
As compensation for providing services to each series in connection with each offering, Andes will receive a fee equal to 1.0% of the gross proceeds of each such offering (the “Broker Fee”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Broker will not receive any fee on funds raised from the sale of Units to our Manager and its affiliates.
Each series will be responsible for paying its own Broker Fee to Andes in connection with the sale of Units in such series, except if otherwise stated for a particular series. The Broker Fee will be payable from the proceeds of such offering.
In addition to the Broker Fee, the Manager has agreed to pay Andes a one-time $7,500 onboarding fee and, beginning with the sixth (6th) series, for each new series launched, the Manager will pay a series launch fee of $1,000 to cover launch coordination, compliance review, and initial marketing setup. However, for every $500,000 raised in a series offering, Andes will waive the launch fee for one (1) new series. Waivers will be applied on a cumulative basis and may be used at our Manager’s discretion for any future series launch after the fifth series. Our Manager will require a pro rata reimbursement of Andes charges from the relevant series.
Transfer Agent
The transfer agent of the series being offered hereby is Colonial Stock Transfer Company. Each Series will be responsible for a certain percentage of fees owed to the Transfer Agent. See “Use of Proceeds” for more information.
Escrow Agent
The Escrow Agent is North Capital, which will be appointed as escrow agent for each offering pursuant to an escrow agreement among Andes, the Escrow Agent, and the Company, on behalf of each series. Our Manager has agreed to pay North Capital Investment Technology, Inc., or NCIT, a monthly licensing and service fee of $1,000 per month for technology tools to facilitate our series offerings. Our Manager also paid NCIT a one-time installation and setup fee of $3,000. These technology fees are being paid by our Manager and may be reimbursed by the series.
We agreed to indemnify the Escrow Agent and each director, officer, employee, attorney, agent and affiliate of the Escrow Agent against any and all actions, claims (whether or not valid), losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses of any kind or nature whatsoever (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses) in any third party claim arising from or in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution, performance or failure of performance of the escrow agreements or any transactions contemplated therein; provided, however, that no person shall have the right to be indemnified for any liability finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, subject to no further appeal, to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such person.
32
How to Subscribe
Potential investors who are “qualified purchasers” may subscribe to purchase Units in a series which has not had a final closing.
The subscription process for each offering is a separate process. Any potential investor wishing to acquire any Units must:
| 1. | Carefully read this Offering Circular, and any current supplement, as well as any documents described in the Offering Circular and attached hereto or which you have requested. Consult with your tax, legal and financial advisors to determine whether an investment in any of our series’ Units is suitable for you. |
| 2. | Review the subscription agreement (including the “Investor Qualification and Attestation” attached thereto), which was pre-populated following your completion of certain questions on the Platform application, and if the responses remain accurate and correct, sign the completed subscription agreement using electronic signature. Except as otherwise required by law, subscriptions may not be withdrawn or cancelled by subscribers. |
| 3. | Once the completed subscription agreement is signed and payment is submitted for a particular offering, an integrated online payment provider will transfer the payment as follows. If the applicable series offering has a Minimum Offering Amount, the payment will be transferred into a non-interest-bearing escrow account with the Escrow Agent, which will hold the subscription funds until the Manager accepts or rejects the subscription and, if accepted, until the applicable closing and issuance of the Units. If the applicable series offering does not have a Minimum Offering Amount, the payment will be transferred directly to the applicable series upon acceptance of the subscription and closing, without being held in escrow pending a minimum offering threshold. |
| 4. | The Manager and Andes will review the subscription documentation completed and signed by you. You may be asked to provide additional information. The Manager or Andes will contact you directly if required. We reserve the right to reject any subscriptions, in whole or in part, for any or no reason, and to withdraw any offering at any time prior to a closing. |
| 5. | Once the review is complete, the Manager will inform you whether or not your application to subscribe for Units is approved or denied and if approved, the number of Units accepted and the corresponding accepted purchase price. If your subscription is rejected in whole, the entire requested purchase price will be refunded promptly, without interest or deduction. If your subscription is accepted in part, the amount refunded will equal the requested purchase price minus the accepted purchase price; the price of Units not accepted will not be calculated or rounded separately. The Manager accepts subscriptions on a first-come, first-served basis subject to the right to reject or reduce subscriptions. |
| 6. | If all or a part of your subscription in a particular series is approved, then the number of Units you are entitled to subscribe for will be issued to you upon the closing. Simultaneously with the issuance of the Units, only the accepted purchase price will be transferred to the account of the applicable series as consideration for such Units, from escrow if applicable or otherwise through the integrated payment provider. If the subscription is accepted in part, the amount returned will equal the requested purchase price minus the accepted purchase price and will be returned promptly without interest or deduction. |
By executing the subscription agreement, you agree to be bound by the terms of the subscription agreement and the operating agreement of the Company, as it may be amended from time to time. The Company, the Manager and Andes will rely on the information you provide in the subscription agreement, including the “Investor Qualification and Attestation” attached thereto and the supplemental information you provide in order for the Manager and Andes to verify your status as a “qualified purchaser.” If any information about your “qualified purchaser” status changes prior to you being issued Units, please notify the Manager immediately using the contact details set out in the subscription agreement.
For further information on the subscription process, please contact the Manager using the contact details set out in the “Where to Find Additional Information” section.
Any costs and expenses associated with a terminated offering will be borne by the Manager.
33
Overview
We are a Delaware series limited liability company formed on November 3, 2025 for the purpose of establishing designated series that provide strategic brand enhancement and promotional advisory services, together with upfront capital, to athletes and other talent in exchange for a contractual right to receive a fixed percentage of such person’s future on-field revenue. In our business model, each designated series of the Company will work with a single athlete or similar talent (each, a “Client”) under a Brand Advisory Agreement, whereby the series will provide the Client with upfront capital and Advisory Services in return for the Brand Amount, which is equal to the applicable Brand Percentage of the Client’s Brand Income during the Term. Brand Income is contractually defined to include the Client’s earnings from direct participation, performance or employment in the Client’s Principal Business (for example, team salary, signing bonuses, performance bonuses, prize money and similar on-field compensation), and to exclude Excluded Income, including off-field endorsements, sponsorships, appearances, licensing of name/image/likeness, merchandising and other off-field commercial activities. By design, our series do not acquire any ownership of the Client’s persona, brand, publicity rights, business or off-field income streams – only contractual rights to receive and collect the Brand Amount and related enforcement rights. We believe this structure offers a novel platform for individual investors to indirectly invest in an athlete’s future career success, while providing athletes with immediate financial liquidity and professional brand support.
Each series of the Company operates as a separate business unit with its own assets and liabilities, as provided under Delaware law and our Operating Agreement. The Company’s business activities are expected to be conducted primarily at the series level through the Brand Advisory Agreements each series enters into. Each designated series of the Company will bear a name of the form “Agentiq Sports 1 Series [Name of Client]” and will be created by a separate Series Designation under our Operating Agreement once a target Client and agreement terms have been identified and finalized. As of the date of this Offering Circular, we have designated four series, Series RC, Series EVR, Series JM and Series CV. Our activities to date have been limited to organizing the Company, developing our business model and Platform, evaluating initial target Clients and Brand Advisory Agreement opportunities, and negotiating and executing the Series RC BAA, the Series EVR BAA, the Series JM BAA and the Series CV BAA. There can be no assurance that we will successfully launch any other series or enter into any other Brand Advisory Agreements until such time as we identify suitable Clients and raise sufficient capital in the related series offerings. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Industry — We are an early-stage company with no operating history and an untested model, which makes this a highly speculative investment” and “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Industry — Our pipeline, pricing, and timing depend on our ability to sign athletes to BAAs on acceptable terms, which may not be achievable” for more information.
The Company’s objective is to enable investments in athletes’ careers by acquiring contractual rights to a portion of the future earnings of emerging professional athletes. We expect to focus on athletes early in their careers – for example, collegiate athletes transitioning to the professional level, minor league players, or young professionals – across major sports such as baseball, football and others. By targeting talent in the early stages, we aim to balance the upfront cost of obtaining a share of their future income with the potential for that income to grow as the athlete’s career progresses. Investors in each series will, in effect, be funding a portion of a Client’s career development in return for a proportional share of the Client’s contracted future earnings. However, this is a speculative and long-term undertaking. We cannot assure investors that our strategy will succeed or that any series will receive significant Brand Amount payments, or any at all, from its Client. The actual returns of each series will depend on the performance, health, career length, and contract value of the individual Client, which are uncertain and subject to numerous risk factors outside our control. Investors should carefully consider the risks inherent in this model, including the possibility that a Client’s future Brand Income may be lower than expected or that the Client could cease generating Brand Income , including as a result of injury or retirement,, which could result in little or no distributions on the Units.
34
History and Structure
The Company was formed on November 3, 2025 as a Delaware series limited liability company. We are structured to issue separate series of limited liability company interests designated for individual athlete-linked investments. Under our Certificate of Formation and Operating Agreement, the Company may establish one or more series, each of which functions as a separate limited liability “cell” with segregated assets and liabilities pursuant to Section 18-215 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act. Each series will be created by the Manager executing a Series Designation to be appended to and become a part of the Company’s Operating Agreement, setting forth the specific terms of that series, including the series name, the Client and Brand Advisory Agreement to which it relates, the initial capital structure, and any fees applicable to that series. Upon formation, each series will be a separate legal entity, distinct from the Company itself and any other series, to the maximum extent provided by law. No series has any ownership interest in, or liability for, the assets of any other series, and creditors of one series have no claim against the assets of another series or the Company generally, provided that we observe certain separateness formalities, including separate records, bank accounts and operations for each series, as required under our Operating Agreement and Delaware law. See “Description of the Securities Being Offered” and “Risk Factors — Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Units — Series LLC liability shields are not guaranteed to be upheld in all jurisdictions or in bankruptcy” for more information.
Under Delaware law and to maintain the liability protections of our series structure, we are required to maintain certain formalities , including maintaining separate records and accounts for each series and providing notice of the series structure in the Company’s Certificate of Formation, which the Company has done. The Company will maintain each series’ records on a distinct basis and include the series separateness legend on contracts and documents where appropriate. Adhering to these requirements is both a legal obligation and a practical necessity to ensure that a court upholds the internal liability shields of each series.
From an investor’s perspective, purchasing units in a series provides an interest only in that particular series and its assets (primarily, the rights under that series’ Brand Advisory Agreement). Investors do not have any rights to share in the assets, liabilities, profits or losses of any other series or of the Company as a whole. Likewise, expenses and obligations incurred with respect to one series are borne solely by that series under our Operating Agreement, except that Company-level liabilities or expenses that are not readily associated with a particular series may be allocated among one or more series by the Manager in accordance with the Allocation Policy and the Operating Agreement. This series structure is central to our business model, as it allows each athlete-focused investment to stand on its own merits and financial results, without cross-collateralization or dilution by other projects. It also permits investors to select individual athletes (via their series) rather than investing in a pooled fund of multiple athletes.
Our Manager is Agentiq Sports, Inc. The Manager is responsible for the overall direction and operations of the Company’s business and has full authority under the Operating Agreement and applicable Series Designations to manage each series and the Company’s day-to-day affairs. In its role as Manager, Agentiq Sports, Inc. will perform or arrange for others to perform all managerial functions for each series, including identifying and sourcing potential Brand Advisory Agreement opportunities; conducting due diligence on prospective Clients, such as evaluating an athlete’s career prospects, character, contractual arrangements, compensation history and legal or league-rule considerations; negotiating and executing the Brand Advisory Agreements on behalf of each series; coordinating the launch of each series offering, including regulatory compliance, marketing of the offering and investor relations during the offering period; administering the BAA, including payment, reporting, audit, collection and enforcement rights; and overseeing the provision of Advisory Services to each Client during the Term. The Manager will also be responsible for accounting and financial reporting for each series, maintaining separate books and records for each series, managing series bank accounts, and ensuring compliance with ongoing SEC reporting requirements and other laws. Investors will not be involved in management; they are passive members of each series, and the Manager exercises sole decision-making authority for each series pursuant to the Operating Agreement and applicable Series Designations. See “Management” for more information.
Since formation, our activities have primarily involved corporate structuring, preparatory regulatory filings, and market research. The Manager has been developing our online investment platform and initiating discussions with potential athlete Clients and their representatives. We have executed the Series RC, Series EVR, Series JM and Series CV BAAs and have identified and begun diligence on additional prospective Clients. The Company’s initial operating capital has been funded by the Manager or its affiliates to cover legal, accounting, and development costs. These organizational and offering-related expenses are expected to be reimbursed or paid by each series from offering proceeds once series are launched, as further described under “— General Description of Series Level Operations.” below. To the extent any potential series offering does not proceed to completion, any expenses incurred in connection with that aborted offering will be borne by the Manager, not by the Company or any series.
Series Objectives
The objectives of each series in conducting their respective series offering are to:
| ● | Deliver consistent cash flow: Target periodic distributions sourced from each series’ share of an athlete’s future on-field professional sports income under its Brand Advisory Agreement, recognizing there can be no assurance of attainment; |
| ● | Achieve long-term capital appreciation: Seek growth in investor value over time as athlete earnings progress across a career, while acknowledging the speculative, performance-dependent nature of returns; |
35
| ● | Preserve capital: Emphasize protection of invested principal as an objective, while clearly disclosing that losses, including total loss, are possible in this high-risk, single-athlete series structure; |
| ● | Provide access and potential diversification: Enable investors to gain exposure to athlete income streams on a per-series basis and to build a diversified portfolio across multiple athletes and series over time; and |
| ● | Align operations with investor distributions: Apply proceeds by series (including client advances, fees, and reserves) to support execution of Brand Advisory Agreements and position each series to collect and distribute Brand Income when available. |
Strategy
Our strategy is to identify and secure Brand Advisory Agreements with athletes who have strong potential for future professional earnings, and to finance those agreements through series offerings to investors. We intend to build a diversified portfolio of series across different sports and athlete profiles, while maintaining a disciplined approach to evaluating each opportunity on its own merits. Key elements of our strategy include:
| ● | Focus on Early-Career Talent: We plan to primarily target athletes who are early in their professional journey – for example, players in their rookie or sophomore seasons, minor league players on the cusp of major league promotion, or collegiate athletes entering professional drafts. These individuals often have significant future earnings potential but may not yet have earned substantial salaries. By partnering with them early, our upfront investment can be relatively modest (compared to a seasoned star player), in exchange for a meaningful Brand Percentage of potentially growing income. Early-career athletes may also value the upfront capital and guidance more acutely, as they transition to the professional stage. |
| ● | Sport Diversification: While our initial efforts may concentrate on one or two disciplines, our model is applicable across the professional landscape. We anticipate engaging with athletes in sports such as football (NFL), basketball (NBA/WNBA), baseball (MLB), soccer (MLS or international leagues), and potentially others like golf, tennis, or combat sports, depending on demand and regulatory considerations. Diversifying across sports can help spread risk, as the dynamics of contracts and career lengths vary by sport (for example, baseball players have minor league development and arbitration years, whereas football players often have non-guaranteed contracts). Each sport also has its own seasonality and injury risk profile. By not concentrating solely in one sport, the Company as a whole (though each series is separate) can learn and adapt to different sports markets, and investors can choose which sports they want exposure to via different series. |
| ● | Selective Client Criteria: We will be highly selective in choosing Clients with whom to enter BAAs. Not every athlete will be a good fit for our model. We consider a variety of factors when evaluating a potential Client, including: |
| ○ | The athlete’s current performance statistics and qualitative evaluation of their potential for a successful professional career , including projected career length, physical attributes such as age and health, and performance improvements over time. The Manager evaluates whether the athlete demonstrates potential for higher levels of success and earnings, including an upward trajectory in the athlete’s sport or standout talent that is not yet fully reflected in the athlete’s current compensation. |
| ○ | The athlete’s reputation, personal character, and public image. Because each series will maintain a long-term contractual relationship with the Client, the Manager favors Clients who demonstrate professionalism, work ethic and a positive or marketable personal brand. Any history of off-field issues or conduct that could limit commercial opportunities or career advancement will be heavily weighed. The Manager also considers the breadth of the Client’s appeal to potential investors and the sports fan community, as that factor may affect the level of investor interest in the applicable series offering. |
| ○ | The terms of the athlete’s existing or expected contracts and their financial needs. We will analyze any current professional contract for athletes already signed to a team and the athlete’s prospects for future contracts , including upcoming free agency eligibility or draft position. The Manager seeks to negotiate a Brand Percentage that provides potential upside to investors while remaining attractive to the Client. We also evaluate whether the amount of the Initial Advisory Payment we can offer through the applicable series offering is likely to be sufficient and compelling for the athlete’s purposes , which may include funding training expenses, insurance, family support or the monetization of future earning potential. |
| ○ | Whether there are any league rules, NCAA regulations (for collegiate transitioning athletes), or legal impediments to entering the BAA. We ensure that the arrangement will not violate any contracts the athlete has , including standard player contract restrictions on assignment of income, or any governing rules. For example, some leagues might have policies about players assigning or pledging future salaries – we structure our agreements as revenue sharing to comply with such rules. If an athlete is in college, we would only proceed in a manner that does not jeopardize their eligibility , which may include deferring the arrangement until the athlete declares professional status or structuring the agreement in compliance with applicable Name/Image/Likeness regulations. These compliance checks are a crucial part of our due diligence. |
36
We intend to leverage the Manager’s network of sports industry contacts – including sports agents, trainers, scouts, former athletes, and other insiders – to source potential Client opportunities. The Manager’s team includes individuals with experience in sports management and marketing, which helps us identify candidates who meet our criteria and to approach them (or their representatives) in a professional manner. In some cases, athletes or agents may approach us through our Platform or marketing outreach, expressing interest in our program. We will maintain an objective evaluation process for all prospects, whether sourced internally or via inbound inquiry.
Once a potential Client is identified, our process generally involves the following steps: initial outreach and education regarding the structure and terms of the arrangement; mutual due diligence, during which the Manager evaluates the athlete’s background and prospects and the athlete and the athlete’s representatives evaluate the proposed terms; negotiation of key deal terms, including the Brand Percentage, Initial Advisory Payment amount, term and any special provisions; and execution of a letter of intent or term sheet. The Manager, or an affiliate of the Manager, may execute the Brand Advisory Agreement with the Client in principle before the series offering, with the agreement contingent on the successful closing of the offering. In such cases, the BAA or a rights assignment from the Manager will be assigned to the specific series at closing of the offering. This approach allows us to secure the commitment of the athlete while still complying with securities laws , as investor funds may not be deployed until after the offering closes. If the offering for that series fails to raise the minimum required amount, the agreement would not go into effect or would be nullified and any abort costs incurred would be borne by the Manager as noted above. The Company intends to bring to market only those series offerings for which the Manager has a reasonable basis for concluding that the underlying BAA represents a viable investment opportunity.
We plan to launch a number of series in the next 12 to 24 months, subject to market conditions and investor demand. Our intention is to offer new series on a rolling basis – potentially several in parallel across different sports – via the Platform. By staggering series launches, we can maintain continuous offerings and grow our overall business. However, we will only proceed with a series when an appropriate Client has been secured and when we believe the offering has a reasonable likelihood of success. At this time, it is difficult to predict the exact number or timing of series we will introduce, especially as we are in the inaugural stages of this model. Currently, we anticipate launching 10 to 20 series in 2026 and another 20 series in 2027; however, we cannot guarantee that we will be successful in meeting this objective. We will monitor investor reception and may adjust the pace of new offerings accordingly. We initially intend to focus on Major League Baseball and MLB athletes, then expand into other sports.
MLB Salary System and Target Market Considerations
Because we initially intend to focus on Major League Baseball and MLB athletes, we consider MLB’s compensation structure, service-time rules, salary arbitration process, free agency rules, and collective bargaining framework when evaluating prospective Clients and estimating potential Brand Income. These factors may affect the amount, timing, predictability and collectability of payments under a Brand Advisory Agreement, as well as whether any league, player-contract, collective bargaining or other restrictions could affect the structure or enforcement of the arrangement.
Unlike the NFL and NBA, Major League Baseball does not impose a hard salary cap. Instead, MLB utilizes a Competitive Balance Tax, commonly referred to as the “luxury tax,” which imposes escalating financial penalties on clubs whose payrolls exceed a predetermined threshold. For the 2026 season, the Competitive Balance Tax threshold is $244 million. The MLB minimum salary for the 2026 season is $780,000. There is no maximum individual player salary in MLB.
Pre-Arbitration Period
Players with fewer than three years of Major League service time are generally paid at or near the league minimum salary. During this period, a player’s compensation is largely determined by his team, subject to the collectively bargained minimum. A pre-arbitration bonus pool of $50 million is distributed annually among eligible pre-arbitration players based on performance metrics and awards.
Salary Arbitration
Players who have accumulated three or more years, but fewer than six years, of Major League service time are eligible for salary arbitration. In arbitration, the player and the team each submit a proposed salary figure to an independent arbitration panel, which selects one of the two figures. “Super Two” players — those in the top 22% of service time among players with between two and three years — may become arbitration-eligible after their second full season. Arbitration-eligible players typically see significant salary increases, with salaries determined by comparable players at similar service-time levels.
Free Agency
Upon accumulating six years of Major League service time, a player becomes eligible for free agency and may negotiate with any of the 30 Major League clubs. Free agent contracts are uncapped in both length and total value, although the Competitive Balance Tax may influence team spending decisions. Free agency represents the period during which a player’s earning potential is typically maximized.
Accordingly, when evaluating an MLB Client, we expect to consider the Client’s service-time status, current and projected salary level, arbitration or free-agency timeline, potential contract comparables, and any applicable CBA, club-contract, league-rule or payroll restrictions that could affect Brand Income or payment mechanics.
37
MLB Players Association and the Collective Bargaining Agreement
MLB players are represented by the Major League Baseball Players Association, a labor union that negotiates on behalf of current and future Major League players. The current Collective Bargaining Agreement between the MLB Players Association and the 30 Major League clubs covers the 2022 through 2026 seasons and expires on December 1, 2026. The CBA governs minimum salaries, arbitration procedures, free agency eligibility, revenue sharing, the Competitive Balance Tax and other matters. MLB rules, player-contract terms, payroll practices, and current or future collective bargaining agreements may affect whether, when and how Brand Income can be directed, collected or shared under a Brand Advisory Agreement, and we will consider these matters as part of our due diligence and structuring process.
The Agentiq Platform
All of our offerings and investor interactions take place through the Agentiq Sports online investment platform located at www.agentiqsports.com, which is owned and operated by the Manager. The Platform is also accessible through our mobile applications for iOS and Android devices, and is designed as a user-friendly online marketplace where investors can learn about each series offering, subscribe for Units, and thereafter manage their holdings. Key features of the Platform include:
| ● | Offering Information and Education: For each series offering, the Platform provides a dedicated page or section containing the Offering Circular, a summary of the opportunity, including the particular athlete Client’s background, the key terms of the Brand Advisory Agreement, risk factor highlights and offering terms such as price per Unit, minimum investment amount and offering deadline. Investors can review this information at their own pace and are encouraged to carefully consider all disclosures. We will also include educational content about the general risks of investing in athlete income streams and the nature of our Units, to help investors make informed decisions. |
| ● | Electronic Subscription Process: Investors will subscribe through the Platform via an electronic workflow. This involves creating a user account, completing identity verification (including any required “Know Your Customer” and anti-money laundering checks), and filling out a subscription agreement online. Non-accredited investors will be guided through a short questionnaire to ensure compliance with the Regulation A investment limits (no more than 10% of income or net worth, unless accredited). The Platform will clearly indicate these limits and require investor representations in this regard. Funding of the investment can be done through integrated payment options such as ACH bank transfer, wire, or other methods supported on the Platform. For an offering with a Minimum Offering Amount, Investor funds will be held in a segregated escrow account with our appointed escrow agent (North Capital Private Securities Corporation) until the closing of that series offering. For an offering without a Minimum Offering Amount, accepted subscription funds will be transferred directly to the applicable series upon closing, without being held in escrow pending a minimum offering threshold. |
| ● | Notification and Closing: The Platform will notify investors of their subscription status. The Manager, or an affiliate performing administrative duties on its behalf, will review subscriptions and has the right to reject any subscription in whole or in part, including where suitability concerns or compliance issues arise. Upon acceptance and once the offering closes , meaning the minimum funding threshold has been met and the offering has been qualified by the SEC,, investors are issued the corresponding Units, and the Platform will update their account to reflect the number of units held. If an offering is oversubscribed or does not close, the Platform will facilitate appropriate refunds or adjustments per the terms of the offering. Investors will receive confirmations and periodic updates through the Platform, and all contractual documents , including countersigned subscription agreements and the Operating Agreement, will be made available electronically for their records. |
| ● | Post-Offering Investor Dashboard: After investing, users can log into the Platform to view their portfolio of Units, including details such as the number of units owned, the series name (athlete), and any distributions received or pending. The Platform will provide ongoing SEC mandated disclosures such as annual reports (Form 1-K), semi-annual reports (1-SA), current reports (1-U), and any other investor communications. We intend to use the Platform as a primary channel for disseminating information to our investors, in compliance with SEC requirements (investors may be notified via email and directed to the Platform for new reports or updates). Additionally, the Platform may show performance metrics such as the amount of Brand Income received by a series to date, and any estimated valuation metrics, though investors should note these are informational and not a guarantee of market value. |
| ● | Secondary Market: Initially, there will be no public trading market for any Units, and the Platform is not expected to support secondary transactions. The operating agreement permits, but does not require, the Manager to approve an alternative trading system, or ATS, for secondary trading of Units of a Series. If the Manager approves an ATS for a Series, Units of that Series may be eligible to trade through the approved ATS, subject to applicable law, the rules and procedures of the ATS, the Company’s transfer agent arrangements, and any conditions or procedures established by the Manager from time to time. The Manager may also suspend, limit or condition transfers through an approved ATS if the Manager determines that doing so is necessary or appropriate to comply with applicable law, protect the Company or any Series, preserve the status of the Company or any Series for tax, regulatory or other purposes, or administer the books and records of the Company or any Series. Investors should not assume that any ATS will be approved or available, that any Units will be listed or eligible for secondary trading, or that an active, liquid or sustained secondary market for the Units will develop. As of now, investors should plan to hold their Units indefinitely or until the series is liquidated, and the Platform’s functionality is focused on primary issuance and holding, rather than trading. |
38
Through the Platform, the Manager aims to provide a seamless end-to-end experience: from discovering an offering, through investment, and into the ongoing management phase where investors can track the performance of their investment. The Platform also enables the Manager to efficiently manage a potentially large number of investors across many series, using technology to reduce administrative burden (for example, automating distribution calculations or annual tax information dissemination, if applicable). All user data and transactions on the Platform are secured and subject to our privacy policy and industry-standard data protection measures.
It is important to clarify that the Platform itself is not a registered broker-dealer or funding portal. Instead, the Company has engaged a registered broker-dealer, Andes Capital Group LLC, to serve as the broker-of-record for our offerings and to provide certain compliance and supervisory services. The Platform operates under the oversight of this broker-dealer arrangement, ensuring that transactions are conducted in compliance with securities laws and regulations. Investor funds in escrow are handled by a qualified third-party escrow agent (North Capital) until release at closing. By structuring the Platform in this manner, we combine a modern, direct investment interface with the regulatory safeguards of traditional securities intermediaries.
Plan of Operations
Against the prior market backdrop, over the next year, our plan of operations includes: (1) launching our first series , or initial set of series, and closing those offerings; (2) deploying the series offering proceeds to the respective Clients and commencing the brand advisory services for those Clients; (3) collecting initial Brand Income payments . The timing of initial Brand Amount payments will depend on each Client’s earnings cycle; in-season salaries may yield payments within months of closing, whereas an off-season closing may result in a delay; (4) distributing any available cash to investors as per our distribution policy , which the Manager anticipates will begin only after sufficient Brand Amount payments have been received and necessary reserves have been established; (5) expanding our pipeline by signing additional BAAs or term sheets with new athletes to feed subsequent series offerings; and (6) continuously improving our Platform and operational systems based on feedback and observed needs , including adding features to automate reporting and refining the Company’s marketing approach to expand investor reach. We will also ensure compliance with all required filings and corporate governance formalities as we grow. The Manager expects to hire or contract additional personnel in areas such as sports talent scouting, marketing, and investor relations as the number of series increases, in order to maintain quality of service to both Clients and investors.
Brand Advisory Agreements
Each series will operate by entering into a Brand Advisory Agreement with a single Client, typically a professional athlete, at or about the time the series’ offering commences. The Brand Advisory Agreement, sometimes referred to as the BAA, is the core asset of each series. Under each BAA, the series agrees to provide two main forms of value to the Client: (i) a cash payment to the Client (the “Initial Advisory Payment”), a portion of which may be partially payable upon execution of the BAA and a portion of which may be funded from the proceeds of that series’ offering, and (ii) ongoing strategic brand enhancement and promotional advisory services (the “Advisory Services”) for the benefit of the Client. Where all or a portion of the Initial Advisory Payment is payable upon execution or prior to the closing of the series’ offering, we expect that each such series will fund such initial partial payment via an advance from the Manager in exchange for a convertible promissory note (see “— Manager Advances and Promissory Notes” below for more information); in such cases, the applicable series offering will generally have no Minimum Offering Amount and subscription funds will not be held in escrow pending a minimum offering threshold. Where the Initial Advisory Payment is payable upon the initial closing of the applicable series’ offering (without a Manager advance), there will be a minimum offering amount and subscription funds will be held in escrow pending the achievement of that threshold, as contemplated by the form BAA and the applicable Series Designation. In exchange, the Client sells, assigns and grants to the series, as of the Commencement Date and continuing through the Term, the contractual right to receive the Brand Amount, equal to the applicable Brand Percentage of the Client’s Brand Income. Brand Income generally includes any and all gross monies, compensation, or other consideration earned by or payable to the Client after the Commencement Date solely as a result of the Client’s direct participation, performance, or employment as a professional athlete in the Client’s Principal Business, including base salary, signing bonuses, performance bonuses, prize or award money, and any other earnings directly attributable to the Client’s on-field activities and services as a professional athlete. In calculating Brand Income, such amounts are net of: (i) any reasonable, documented out-of-pocket legal fees incurred by the Client in securing, negotiating, or documenting any contract that generates such income (to the extent not reimbursed by a third party); (ii) any reasonable, documented travel, lodging, and per diem expenses incurred by the Client during the Term in connection with securing such income (to the extent not reimbursed by a third party); and (iii) any self-employment taxes owed by the Client in connection with such income (subject to a FICA-equivalent cap); but without deduction for any commissions or fees payable to agents or representatives, any voluntary or elective deferrals or contributions by the Client, or any taxes payable on the Client’s gross income. Brand Income expressly excludes Excluded Income, which includes (a) all proceeds from any life, disability, or injury insurance policy purchased or in effect after the Commencement Date, (b) all compensation or earnings attributable to services performed by the Client prior to the Commencement Date (regardless of when paid), (c) any reimbursement or payment for reasonable, documented incidental expenses (such as travel, lodging, or per diem), and (d) all compensation, fees, royalties, or other consideration for endorsements, sponsorships, personal appearances, speaking engagements, licensing of name, image, or likeness (“NIL”), merchandising, or any other off-field commercial activities, regardless of whether related to the Client’s persona or reputation as an athlete. If a single contract, payment or item of consideration includes both Brand Income and Excluded Income, the applicable BAA requires the parties to allocate the compensation in good faith and on a commercially reasonable basis; provided that, absent manifest error, the series’ reasonable determination will control pending final resolution, subject to audit and dispute procedures. Compensation paid by teams/leagues to the Client in exchange for on-field services is presumed to be Brand Income unless clearly and expressly documented as off-field consideration unrelated to on-field services. This structure is intended to align the series’ interests with the Client’s sports career performance while preserving for the Client the upside from separate off-field personal brand ventures.
39
The form of Brand Advisory Agreement filed as an exhibit to the offering statement is drafted on a sport-neutral basis, with blanks for the Client’s sport, the applicable leagues, and sport-specific constructs. The Client’s Principal Business is defined to mean the Client’s primary professional occupation as a professional athlete in the applicable leagues specified in the BAA. The form BAA incorporates constructs that may or may not be applicable to all professional athletes. To the extent the Company launches series in connection with athletes in other professional sports, the form of Brand Advisory Agreement is expected to be adapted to reflect the applicable sport, league structure and related definitions, and the description of the form BAA in this Offering Circular should be read accordingly.
Funding, Commencement and Adjustment Mechanics
When a new series is launched, it raises capital from investors through the sale of Units. The primary use of offering proceeds is to fund the series’ upfront obligations under the Brand Advisory Agreement with its Client, including all or the remaining portion of the Initial Advisory Payment not previously funded through a Manager advance. Under the form BAA, the Initial Advisory Payment may be funded in one or more tranches, with an initial amount paid within thirty (30) days following the Effective Date (which initial amount may be funded via a Manager advance as described above under “— Manager Advances and Promissory Notes”) and the remaining balance guaranteed by the series and payable by the Outside Date. The Outside Date is defined as the earlier of (i) the date that is five (5) months following the date on which the SEC issues a notice of qualification for the series offering under Regulation A (the “Qualification Date”) and (ii) the date that is twelve (12) months following the Restatement Date. The remaining balance may be funded from the proceeds of the series offering; to the extent the series offering does not generate sufficient proceeds to pay the remaining balance in full by the Outside Date, the series is obligated to pay any shortfall from its own funds. The series’ obligation to pay the remaining balance by the Outside Date is unconditional and is not subject to the occurrence of the Initial Closing or any closing of the series offering; provided, however, that the sole and exclusive consequence of the series’ failure to pay the full Initial Advisory Payment by the Outside Date (whether such failure results from insufficient proceeds of the series offering, inadequacy of the series’ other funds, or any other reason) is the automatic adjustment described below, and neither party has any other right, remedy, or claim with respect to any unpaid portion of the Initial Advisory Payment after the Outside Date. Where a Manager advance is used to fund all or a portion of the Initial Advisory Payment prior to the Initial Closing, the Commencement Date of the BAA will be the date on which the Manager first pays any portion of the Initial Advisory Payment to the Client (whether funded through a Manager advance or from offering proceeds), and the Client’s obligation to pay the Brand Amount and the series’ obligation to provide Advisory Services commence at that time. Where no Manager advance is used and the Initial Advisory Payment is payable in full upon the Initial Closing, the Commencement Date will be the date of the Initial Closing, which will occur when the series raises the Minimum Offering Amount necessary to make the initial or full payment under the applicable BAA.
The consequences of a series not funding the full Initial Advisory Payment vary among the Brand Advisory Agreements, and generally follow one of two approaches. Under the first approach, if the full Initial Advisory Payment has not been paid by the Outside Date, the BAA automatically: (i) fixes the Initial Advisory Payment at the aggregate amount actually paid to the Client on or prior to the Outside Date (the “Funded Amount”), with neither party having any further obligation or liability with respect to any unpaid portion, and (ii) adjusts the Brand Percentage to equal the product of the Brand Percentage as originally set forth multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Funded Amount and the denominator of which is the full Initial Advisory Payment (such adjusted percentage, the “Adjusted Brand Percentage”). In that case, neither party has any right to terminate the BAA solely on account of the failure of the Initial Closing or the Qualification Date to occur, or on account of the series’ failure to pay the full Initial Advisory Payment, by the Outside Date. For example, if a series has paid $600,000 of a $1,200,000 contemplated Initial Advisory Payment, the Adjusted Brand Percentage would be 50% of the originally contemplated Brand Percentage. Any resulting adjustment is self-executing and requires no further calculation, notice, consent, or amendment; provided that the series shall notify the Client of the Adjusted Brand Percentage as calculated from the series’ books and records (which calculation shall be controlling absent manifest error), and the Client may request reasonable supporting documentation to verify such calculation. The adjustment applies regardless of the reason the series has not paid the full Initial Advisory Payment by the Outside Date, and effective as of the Outside Date, each party irrevocably waives and releases any and all claims, demands, or causes of action (whether at law, in equity, in contract, in tort, or otherwise) against the other party arising out of or relating to the series’ failure to pay the full Initial Advisory Payment, including any claim for breach of the series’ payment obligation. Under the second approach, the Outside Date, Funded Amount and Adjusted Brand Percentage mechanics described above do not apply. Instead, the Brand Percentage is a flat percentage that is not subject to any adjustment or step-down, the operative payment deadline is a guaranteed payment date rather than the Outside Date, the applicable series’ obligation to pay the guaranteed portion of the Initial Advisory Payment in full is absolute and unconditional, and the sole remedy for a failure to pay that guaranteed portion is termination of the BAA together with a mutual release of claims. Investors should review the description of each series’ BAA for the mechanics applicable to that series. See “Description of the Series and Their Assets” for more information.
40
Manager Advances and Promissory Notes
In connection with the execution of a Brand Advisory Agreement, the Manager or an affiliate may advance amounts to a series to fund series purposes consistent with the Operating Agreement and the applicable Series Designation, including funding all or a portion of the Initial Advisory Payment due to the Client under the BAA, Offering Expenses or Operating Expenses, in each case prior to or independent of the closing of the series’ offering. Such advances allow the series to meet its obligations and to commence the BAA relationship in advance of, or independent from, the receipt of offering proceeds. In exchange for any such advance, the series will issue to the Manager a convertible promissory note (a “Manager Promissory Note”) evidencing the amounts advanced. Each Manager Promissory Note will bear interest at the per annum rate set forth therein (computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months); provided that if any portion of the advance constitutes an Operating Expense Reimbursement Obligation under the Operating Agreement, the interest rate shall not be less than the Applicable Federal Rate then in effect for instruments of comparable term. Each Manager Promissory Note will mature on the earlier of the date on which the applicable series’ offering terminates or is completed, and the outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid interest will be repaid from the net proceeds of the series’ offering within fourteen (14) days following such maturity date; provided, however, that no series shall be required to make any payment on its Manager Promissory Note until after the series has paid the full Initial Advisory Payment to its Client under the applicable BAA. The Manager may, at its option and upon not less than ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice, convert all or a portion of the outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid interest under a Manager Promissory Note into Units at the offering price per Unit in the series’ offering. Each Manager Promissory Note is an unsecured obligation solely of the applicable series, with limited recourse only to the assets associated with that series and no recourse to the Company or any other series. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Conflicts of Interest — If a series’ Operating Expenses exceed its revenues, investors may experience reduced distributions or dilution” and “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Conflicts of Interest — The Manager may hold Units or other financial interests that could diverge from the interests of other investors” for more information.
Payment and Security Terms
The BAA obligates the Client to pay the Brand Amount, equal to the applicable Brand Percentage of all Brand Income during the Term. The collection mechanism varies among the Brand Advisory Agreements. Under the primary structure described below, each BAA establishes a primary collection mechanism through (i) the deposit of one hundred percent (100%) of the Client’s Brand Income directly into a dedicated deposit account (the “Participation Account”) maintained at a bank or financial institution willing to execute the Account Control Agreement and otherwise reasonably acceptable to the series, subject to a springing Account Control Agreement among the Client, the series (acting through the Manager) and the Depositary bank designated for that purpose (the “Designated Bank”), and (ii) an automatic recurring transfer, established and maintained by the Client, of the Brand Amount from the Participation Account to an account designated by the series (the “Company Account”) on a bi-weekly basis. The Client is required to open and maintain the Participation Account, execute and deliver the Account Control Agreement providing for springing control, designate and direct all Brand Income to be deposited directly into the Participation Account (including by establishing direct deposit with and delivering payment directions to each payor of Brand Income), and establish and maintain the automatic bi-weekly transfer. Certain BAAs, including the Series JM BAA, do not use a Participation Account or an Account Control Agreement and instead rely on an automatic recurring payment authorization (an “Autopay Authorization”) directing the Client’s bank or other financial institution to transfer the Brand Amount to the Company Account during each pay cycle, with direct remittance by the Client as the fallback mechanism. Because the series does not obtain a controlled account or account control agreement in those cases, its ability to intercept Brand Income is more limited. Investors should review the description of each series’ BAA for the collection mechanism applicable to that series.
Under the springing control structure, the Account Control Agreement is a three-party agreement among the series (acting through the Manager), the Client, and the Designated Bank, providing that: (1) the Designated Bank acknowledges the series’ security interest in the Participation Account; (2) the Client retains ordinary control over the Participation Account, including the right to operate the account and direct the disposition of funds therein, unless and until a Control Trigger Event occurs; (3) upon a Control Trigger Event, the series or the Manager may deliver a notice of exclusive control to the Designated Bank, after which the Designated Bank will comply solely with instructions of the series or the Manager and will not comply with instructions of the Client; and (4) the Designated Bank subordinates, and agrees not to exercise, any right of setoff, recoupment, or banker’s lien against the Participation Account, except with respect to returned items, chargebacks, and the Designated Bank’s customary account fees and charges. A “Control Trigger Event” means a payment default by the Client that remains uncured beyond the thirty (30) day cure period set forth in the BAA. While a notice of exclusive control is in effect, within the Sweep Deadline after any Brand Income is credited to the Participation Account, the Manager, on behalf of the series, will instruct the Designated Bank to sweep the Brand Amount and any other amounts then due to the series to the Company Account and release the remaining balance to the Client’s personal account. Once the applicable payment default has been cured, control of the Participation Account springs back to the Client and the series or the Manager shall promptly rescind any notice of exclusive control.
The series’ control over the Participation Account is solely for collection, verification, sweep, release, and enforcement purposes; the series does not have any ownership interest in the Release Amount or any other funds released to the Client. If Brand Income is not deposited into the Participation Account, or any Brand Amount is not transferred to the Company Account, for any reason (including by reason of a Collection Failure, the absence of an effective Account Control Agreement, the failure of any payor to deposit Brand Income into the Participation Account, the failure or cancellation of the automatic bi-weekly transfer, or any direction by the Client in contravention of the BAA), the Client must receive such Brand Income as agent of the series, hold the Brand Amount portion in trust for the series and remit it to the series by wire transfer within fifteen (15) days after receipt.
41
Each BAA also grants the series a continuing security interest in the Client’s right, title and interest in the following collateral (collectively, the “Collateral”): (a) the Brand Amount and the Client’s contractual right to receive the Brand Percentage portion of Brand Income, (b) the Participation Account and any successor accounts, and all funds credited therein, (c) all rights of the Client under, in connection with, or arising out of the direct deposit of Brand Income, the automatic bi-weekly transfer, and the Account Control Agreement, and (d) all proceeds of the foregoing. The point at which the security interest attaches varies among the BAAs, and generally follows one of two approaches. Under the first approach, the security interest attaches immediately upon the series’ payment to the Client of any portion of the Initial Advisory Payment (including the initial installment), partial payment is sufficient to cause attachment, and the security interest secures all present and future obligations of the Client under the BAA, subject to the adjustment mechanics described above if less than the full Initial Advisory Payment is funded by the Outside Date. Under the second approach, the security interest attaches only upon the Commencement Date, which occurs upon payment in full of the guaranteed portion of the Initial Advisory Payment; no security interest or right to make UCC filings attaches upon any partial payment of that guaranteed portion, and the security interest secures the Brand Amount at the flat Brand Percentage specified in the applicable BAA and is not subject to any proportionate contraction or adjustment. Under either approach, the series may file UCC-1 financing statements and enter into related control agreements and acknowledgments to perfect, maintain and enforce its security interest.
The form BAA provides that the security interest shall not extend to, attach to, or otherwise encumber any Excluded Income, any funds held in or credited to the Client’s personal account, or any other assets, property, income, or rights of the Client that do not constitute the specified Collateral categories. The series shall not exercise any rights or remedies with respect to the security interest — other than actions necessary to create, perfect, continue, or maintain perfection — unless and until a payment default has occurred and remains uncured beyond the thirty (30) day cure period. Any UCC-1 financing statement filed in connection with the BAA shall describe the Collateral solely by reference to the specific categories set forth in the security section, and shall not describe the Collateral as “all assets,” “all personal property,” or using any similarly broad or generic description.
Failures to establish, maintain or give effect to the Participation Account, the direct deposit of Brand Income into the Participation Account, the automatic bi-weekly transfer of the Brand Amount to the Company Account, or the Account Control Agreement are Collection Failures under the BAA, including any revocation, modification, redirection, termination, obstruction, suspension, or failure to renew any such direct deposit, automatic transfer, or Account Control Agreement (except to the extent caused solely by the series’ breach). Intentional diversion or redirection of Brand Income away from the Participation Account is an immediate material breach with no cure period. Because the Account Control Agreement operates on a springing-control basis, the series does not have exclusive control over the Participation Account unless and until a Control Trigger Event occurs (i.e., a payment default remaining uncured for 30 days), which means that the Client retains ordinary account access during periods of compliance. This structure, while designed to balance the Client’s day-to-day banking needs with the series’ collection rights, may increase the risk that Brand Income is withdrawn or diverted before the series can assert control. These measures are intended to minimize non-payment risk by creating direct payment streams into a controlled account and giving the series a secured contractual claim against the Collateral; however, enforcement could be subject to legal or practical limitations, including league rules, collective bargaining agreement requirements, payroll policies, payor refusal or applicable law, and may require legal action or arbitration against a defaulting Client.
Any intentional revocation, redirection or diversion of Brand Income away from the Participation Account by the Client constitutes an immediate material breach of this Agreement, with no cure period, entitling the series to exercise all remedies under the form BAA, including termination, recovery of unpaid Brand Amounts and equitable relief. Any unauthorized cancellation, revocation, reduction, suspension or modification of the direct deposit designation or the automatic bi-weekly transfer, or any closure or replacement of the Participation Account without the series’ prior written consent, constitutes a Collection Failure and a material breach entitling the series to all remedies available under the BAA. In addition, if any Brand Amount (or portion thereof) is not timely swept, deposited, released or remitted when required under the BAA and is not cured within the thirty (30) day cure period, the following late fees apply as liquidated damages: (i) for amounts unpaid for twenty (20) days or fewer, no late fee (grace period); (ii) for amounts unpaid for more than twenty (20) days but not more than thirty (30) days, a late fee equal to the greater of $5,000 or five percent (5%) of the unpaid Brand Amount; (iii) for amounts unpaid for more than thirty (30) days but not more than sixty (60) days, a late fee equal to the greater of $15,000 or ten percent (10%) of the unpaid Brand Amount; and (iv) for amounts unpaid for more than sixty (60) days, a late fee equal to the greater of $25,000 or fifteen percent (15%) of the unpaid Brand Amount, plus, at the series’ election, acceleration of all Brand Amount obligations payable in respect of Brand Income reasonably anticipated to be earned through the end of the then-current calendar year. In addition to the foregoing late fees, the unpaid amount accrues interest in favor of the series from the date due until the date paid at the lesser of (a) the prime rate plus 3% per annum, compounded monthly, and (b) the maximum rate permitted by applicable law. Under the form BAA, any late fees and accrued interest, when owed, constitute amounts due and payable by the Client and may be collected directly from the Participation Account by the Manager instructing the Designated Bank to transfer such amounts to the Company Account in the same manner as the Brand Amount. All amounts payable by the Client to the series under the BAA are required to be paid in full without set-off, deduction or counterclaim, except as expressly provided in the BAA. The Client is responsible for any taxes applicable to the Client’s receipt of Brand Income, and Brand Amount payments are required to be made without deduction for taxes except to the extent withholding is required by law; if the Client is required by law to withhold any portion of a Brand Amount payment, the Client must promptly notify the series, provide evidence of withholding and remittance, and cooperate so the series receives credit for such tax payment, with amounts withheld and paid to the taxing authority on the series’ behalf treated as paid to the series for purposes of the Client’s obligations. The form BAA also requires the series to indemnify and hold the Client harmless from any taxes imposed on the series (as a separate taxpayer) that are sought from the Client solely because the Client failed to withhold such taxes from payments to the series, provided the Client has complied with its obligations under the applicable section.
42
Under the form BAA, while a notice of exclusive control is in effect, the series or the Manager may instruct the Designated Bank to sweep the Brand Amount and any other amounts then due to the series within the Sweep Deadline (three (3) business days after Brand Income is credited to the Participation Account, or such other period as the parties may agree in writing). If, as of the Outside Date, less than the full Initial Advisory Payment has been paid to the Client and the Brand Percentage is adjusted to the Adjusted Brand Percentage, the series is required, promptly following the Outside Date, to file an amendment to each UCC-1 financing statement then on file to reflect the resulting proportionate reduction in the Brand Amount and the Collateral, demonstrating that the security interest is self-limiting and contracts in proportion to the portion of the Initial Advisory Payment actually funded, and to provide the Client with evidence of such filing upon request.
Collection Timing and Series Accounts
After the series is in operation, its revenue will come exclusively from Brand Amount payments made by or on behalf of the Client under the BAA. The timing and frequency of those payments will depend on the Client’s actual earnings schedule, such as periodic salary payments, signing bonuses, performance bonuses, prize or award money or other Brand Income. As described above, the BAA uses the Participation Account, the direct deposit of Brand Income, the automatic bi-weekly transfer and the Account Control Agreement (on a springing-control basis) as the primary collection mechanism, with direct remittance by the Client as the fallback mechanism if Brand Income is not deposited into the Participation Account or any Brand Amount is not transferred to the Company Account. All Brand Amount payments received by a series will be deposited into a dedicated bank account for that series, separate from other series’ accounts. We have policies to ensure funds are not commingled: each series’ cash is tracked independently on our ledger and held either in separate accounts or sub-accounts titled in the name of that series.
The BAA’s fallback remittance, reconciliation, Collection Failure, late-payment interest and late fees, disclosure-of-material-breach, security and enforcement provisions are designed to address situations in which Brand Income is not deposited into the Participation Account or the Client otherwise fails to pay when required. The Client must cooperate with the series, the Manager, the Designated Bank and each payor to implement, confirm, renew or replace the direct deposit of Brand Income, the automatic bi-weekly transfer and the Account Control Agreement as necessary to preserve the series’ economic and collection rights to the maximum extent practicable. These contractual tools support collection, but our preference is to have an agreed flow of funds through the Participation Account without resorting to enforcement actions.
Investors should be aware that initial Brand Amount payments might not be received immediately after an offering. There could be a lag if, for example, the series closes in an off-season or if the athlete is not yet under an income-producing contract, or while the Participation Account, the direct deposit of Brand Income and the Account Control Agreement are being put in place with the applicable payor(s). In such cases, the series might not see significant inflows until the athlete’s season starts or the athlete signs a new contract and Brand Income begins to be deposited into the Participation Account. We will disclose in each series description the expected timing of Brand Amount payments to the extent known, including the expected frequency and commencement date of Brand Amount payments based on the Client’s then-current contract terms. Nonetheless, unexpected delays or gaps can occur, and there is no guarantee of steady cash flow. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Units — Distributions, if any, will vary and may be delayed, reduced, or suspended” and “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Industry — Payment mechanics and security interests may not perform as intended under league, union, or state-level constraints” for more information.
Services Provided to Clients
As part of each Brand Advisory Agreement, the series (acting through the Manager and its affiliates, contractors or agents) will provide Advisory Services to the Client designed to enhance the Client’s personal brand and commercial opportunities. These services may include evaluation and development of the Client’s personal brand positioning, planning and execution of fan engagement initiatives, preparation and readiness consulting for sponsorships, endorsements and other commercial opportunities related to the Client’s persona, development and execution of marketing campaigns and content to increase the Client’s public visibility and marketability, and ongoing advisory support regarding the Client’s branding and promotional activities. The Advisory Services expressly exclude services that require certification or licensing as a player agent, contract advisor or similar professional representative under applicable league, players’ association or regulatory rules, and neither the Company, any series nor the Manager will negotiate, secure or execute employment contracts, playing contracts or similar agreements on behalf of a Client where such certification or licensing is required. Each BAA also provides that the series may fund brand-enhancement initiatives agreed upon by the parties, with the budget and expenditures determined by the Manager in consultation with the Client and at the series’ discretion.
The Client’s participation obligations in connection with the Advisory Services vary among the BAAs. Under each BAA, the Client is required to meet (which may be by teleconference or videoconference) with representatives of the series or the Manager on a periodic basis, at least bi-annually (twice a year), to review recent developments and to plan upcoming brand strategy and initiatives, and, at the series’ reasonable request and subject to the Client’s professional schedule, to participate in up to two promotional events or media appearances per calendar year to help promote the brand partnership or the Company’s platform, with the specific nature and timing of any such activities to be mutually agreed, no separate compensation payable beyond the consideration provided in the BAA, and reimbursement by the series of reasonable pre-approved travel or lodging expenses incurred for an agreed event. Certain BAAs impose additional participation obligations, including the delivery of three hundred (300) autographed items (which may include photographs, memorabilia, trading cards, jerseys, or other items designated by the series) for use in connection with fan engagement initiatives, promotional campaigns, or the series offering, and participation during each calendar year of the Term in one (1) in-person fan engagement event organized by the series (a “Fan Meet-Up”), not to exceed four (4) hours in duration (excluding reasonable travel time), with at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice. Other BAAs do not include the autographed items or Fan Meet-Up obligations, and instead limit the Client’s participation obligations to the bi-annual planning meetings and up to two promotional events or media appearances per year. Investors should review the description of each series’ BAA for the participation obligations applicable to that series.
In addition, the series shall commit advertising and media resources to promote and grow the Client’s personal brand and social-media presence, and the series anticipates spending in excess of an amount specified in each applicable BAA on advertising and media that feature the Client and are designed to drive social awareness of the Client and the Client’s brand and to grow the Client’s social-media following.
43
The effect of a partial funding of the Initial Advisory Payment on the Advisory Services also varies among the BAAs. Under BAAs providing for pro rata adjustment, if less than the full Initial Advisory Payment is funded, the scope and extent of Advisory Services (including the frequency of planning meetings and the budget for brand-enhancement initiatives) are reduced on a pro rata basis in proportion to the Funded Amount relative to the full Initial Advisory Payment. Under BAAs in which the series’ obligation to pay a guaranteed portion of the Initial Advisory Payment is absolute and unconditional, no such pro rata reduction applies; in those cases the Advisory Services are commensurate with the full guaranteed portion, and no proportional reduction in scope, level of effort, resource commitment, frequency of planning meetings, or funding of brand-enhancement initiatives applies by reason of any delay in payment of that guaranteed portion. There is no guarantee that Advisory Services or funded initiatives will have any material effect on a Client’s earnings, performance, fame or commercial opportunities.
Term and Termination; Clawback Provisions
Each Brand Advisory Agreement is expected to remain in effect for a significant duration to cover a substantial portion of the Client’s career. Unless otherwise specified for a particular series, the Term of each BAA will commence on the Effective Date and continue until the earlier of (i) the date that is two years after the Client’s official retirement or permanent cessation from actively engaging in the Client’s Principal Business , provided that if the Client resumes the Principal Business at any time during such two-year tolling period the BAA will not terminate under this clause (i), and (ii) the 25th anniversary of the Effective Date. The form BAA also provides that rights and obligations with respect to Brand Income earned during the Term survive expiration or early termination until fully satisfied.
The early-cessation clawback terms vary among the BAAs. Under one approach, if the Client voluntarily ceases to engage in the Principal Business prior to the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date, other than for Good Reason as defined in the BAA, the Client must repay to the series, as liquidated damages, an amount equal to the aggregate Initial Advisory Payment actually received by the Client, plus interest from the date of early cessation to the date of repayment at the lesser of (a) the prime rate plus 5% per annum, compounded monthly, and (b) the maximum rate permitted by applicable law, minus all Brand Amount payments actually made by the Client to the series before the early cessation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the repayment amount is reduced by fifteen percent (15%) for each of the first six (6) full years of the Client’s participation in the Principal Business following the Effective Date, and by an additional ten percent (10%) for the seventh (7th) full year, such that no amount shall be repayable from and after the seventh (7th) anniversary of the Effective Date; and, in addition, no amount shall be repayable if, as of the date of such early cessation, the aggregate Brand Amount payments actually made by the Client to the series equal or exceed the sum of the aggregate Initial Advisory Payment actually received by the Client plus a twenty percent (20%) per annum internal rate of return thereon. Under another approach, the clawback period runs for the first five (5) years following the Commencement Date, the repayment amount is the amount necessary to yield the applicable series a specified internal rate of return on the aggregate Initial Advisory Payment actually paid, and that amount is reduced by twenty-five percent (25%) for each full year of the Client’s participation in the Principal Business, such that no amount is repayable following the fourth full year. Under each approach, “Good Reason” exists only if the Client’s exit is due to a significant, documented injury, illness, or medical condition (including a documented mental-health condition) that renders the Client physically or mentally unable to continue performing in the Principal Business or that would pose a substantial risk of permanent harm to the Client’s physical or mental health beyond the ordinary risks of the profession. Investors should review the description of each series’ BAA for the clawback terms applicable to that series.
The BAA also contains provisions addressing the continuation or reinstatement of revenue sharing if the Client resumes participation in the Principal Business after the Term, including payments through a Revenue Share Trust, as further described in the BAA and the Operating Agreement. Under the form BAA, the Manager serves as sole trustee of the Revenue Share Trust, the former members of the series are the beneficiaries, and disbursements from the trust, net of any trust operating costs and expenses, are made on the same terms, timing, methodology and waterfall as Brand Percentage payments under the BAA.
The BAA provides separate termination and enforcement rights for material breaches, including payment defaults, breaches of the exclusive relationship covenant, uncured Collection Failures (which must be cured within seven (7) business days after written notice), failure to maintain the Account Control Agreement, the direct deposit of Brand Income or the automatic bi-weekly transfer, and intentional diversion or redirection of Brand Income away from the Participation Account; in each case the non-breaching party may terminate the BAA following a 30-day cure period (or a shortened 10-day cure period in the case of a payment default or breach of the exclusive relationship covenant) after written notice describing the breach, except that intentional diversion or redirection is an immediate material breach with no cure period. See “Description of the Series and Their Assets” and “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Industry” for more information.
Other Terms and Conditions
Our Brand Advisory Agreements contain various other customary provisions to protect our interests and govern the series’ ongoing relationship with the Client. These include:
| ● | Reporting and Audit Rights: The Client will be required to provide semi-annual reports to the series regarding the Client’s professional income and Brand Income (itemized by source or contract, and by payment date and amount), including documentation reasonably necessary to verify proper payment. The series, acting through the Manager, will also have rights to audit records related to Brand Income and permitted deductions, with audits conducted by a nationally recognized independent accounting firm or another firm reasonably acceptable to the Client, subject to fourteen (14) days’ advance written notice and confidentiality provisions. |
| ● | Use of Client Persona: The Client will grant the series and the Manager a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free license to use the Client’s name, likeness, image, voice, signature (including facsimile signature), biography, personal characteristics, and all other indicia of identity or persona (the “Client Persona”) in connection with the series’ performance under the BAA and promotion of the series and Platform. This license does not give the series ownership of the Client Persona or the right to exploit the Client Persona for unrelated third-party endorsements without agreement from the Client. |
44
| ● | Confidentiality: The BAA includes mutual confidentiality provisions covering non-public business, strategies, financial information, projections, personal or medical information about the Client, the terms and existence of the agreement until publicly disclosed or required to be disclosed, any non-public materials related to the series’ investors or financing, and any other information designated as confidential or that should reasonably be understood to be confidential given its nature and the circumstances of disclosure. The parties may disclose information to affiliates, employees, advisors and agents with a need to know and confidentiality obligations, and disclosures required by law, regulation, court order or securities filings are permitted subject to the notice and limitation procedures in the BAA. |
| ● | Further Assurances: The Client agrees to execute additional documents and take further actions reasonably requested by the series or the Manager to carry out the purpose and intent of the BAA, including actions needed to maintain the payment, security, direct deposit and account control mechanics and to respond to changes in applicable law, league rules or collective bargaining requirements. |
| ● | Spousal Consent: If a Client is married or marries during the Term, the Client will be required to use best efforts to obtain a spousal consent or acknowledgement in a form reasonably requested by the series, addressing the BAA, the security interest in the Collateral, and the irrevocable proxy and power of attorney granted to the Manager. If the spouse declines to sign, the Client must notify the series and discuss in good faith whether alternate arrangements (such as additional security or escrow of funds) are necessary to protect the series’ interests. |
| ● | Dispute Resolution: The form BAA requires the parties to attempt in good faith to resolve disputes through negotiation before proceeding to binding arbitration administered by JAMS or a comparable arbitration organization if JAMS is unavailable. The BAA preserves the ability to seek interim or preliminary injunctive relief from a court of competent jurisdiction to prevent irreparable harm, maintain the status quo or enforce confidentiality or intellectual property provisions pending arbitration. |
| ● | No Diversion of Brand Income: The Client is prohibited from taking action for the purpose of defeating, reducing or delaying the series’ right to receive the Brand Amount, including intentionally deferring, declining, diverting or redirecting Brand Income, instructing any payor to disregard or modify the direct deposit of Brand Income or payment directions, or using any entity or arrangement to shield Brand Income from the series. Any entity through which the Client earns Brand Income must comply with the Client’s obligations under the BAA, and intentional diversion or redirection of Brand Income away from the Participation Account is an immediate material breach. |
| ● | Exclusive Relationship; Right of First Refusal: The Client represents that the Client has not entered into another contract or arrangement assigning or transferring rights to future Brand Income and, during the Term, may not enter into similar revenue-sharing arrangements without the series’ consent. If the Client receives a bona fide third-party offer for a transaction requiring consent, the form BAA gives the series fifteen (15) business days to review and elect to match the material economic terms before the Client may proceed with the third-party transaction; if the Company does not timely match, the Client may consummate the transaction on terms no more favorable to the third party, provided such transaction closes within ninety (90) days. For the avoidance of doubt, the right of first refusal applies only to a sale, assignment, pledge, or similar monetization of Brand Income or future on-field income, and does not apply to any ordinary-course agent, management, endorsement, sponsorship, NIL, or other off-field commercial arrangement. |
| ● | Client Representations and Warranties: The Client provides representations regarding authority and capacity, independent advice, binding obligations, absence of conflicts, litigation and compliance, accuracy of information, brokerage matters, prior income assignments, intellectual property, no conflicting account or deposit arrangements, and related matters. These representations support the series’ diligence regarding the enforceability of the BAA and the Client’s ability to perform the payment and collection obligations. |
| ● | Insurance: The series (or its designee) has the right, at its own expense, to purchase and maintain one or more life insurance and/or disability insurance policies on the life and/or health of the Client, with the series (or its designee) as the sole owner and beneficiary of any such policy and responsible for payment of all related premiums, and the Client having no right, title or interest in any such policy or its proceeds. |
| ● | Company Names, Publicity and Secondary Trading Promotion: Clients are restricted from using the series’ or the Manager’s name or trademarks, or referring to the BAA, in any press release or public statement except as expressly permitted under the BAA or with the series’ prior written consent, and are prohibited from promoting, marketing or soliciting investments in any securities of the Company, Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC or any other series, or other securities offerings related to the BAA, unless specifically requested or approved in writing by the series or the Manager, with unsolicited inquiries from potential investors or media required to be referred to the Manager. The series (acting through the Manager) or an affiliate may operate or make available an alternative trading system (the “ATS”) on which the series’ membership interests may be traded in secondary transactions, subject to applicable law and platform rules. Upon written notice from the series that secondary trading functionality has launched on the ATS , the series’ membership interests, if eligible, will be automatically enabled for secondary trading under applicable platform rules and the BAA. The series retains the irrevocable right to enable such secondary trading, and the Client has no obligation to participate in or promote secondary trading absent a separate written agreement. Following any such launch, any promotional activities by the Client related to the approved ATS will be documented in a separate agreement or statement of work between the series and the Client setting specific deliverables, timing and fees, will be limited to platform-level awareness and user education subject to series guidance and approval, must comply with applicable law (including broker-dealer/finder restrictions) and clear, conspicuous influencer endorsement disclosures, and may not tie any compensation to securities transactions, trading volume, proceeds or other success-based or transaction-based metrics. |
45
| ● | Player Not Issuer, Seller, or Solicitor: The form BAA provides that the Client is not, and shall not be deemed to be, the issuer, promoter, seller, underwriter, placement agent, broker, dealer, finder, or solicitor of any securities in connection with the series offering, the ATS, or any other offering of membership interests. The series shall not require the Client to engage in any activity constituting the offer, sale, or solicitation of securities without the Client’s prior written consent and a separate written agreement compliant with applicable securities laws. |
| ● | Maintenance of Collection Mechanism: Each BAA includes a maintenance covenant requiring the Client, during the Term, to (a) designate and direct 100% of Brand Income to be deposited directly into the Participation Account, (b) open and maintain the Participation Account at a bank or financial institution willing to execute the Account Control Agreement and otherwise reasonably acceptable to the series, (c) establish and maintain the automatic bi-weekly transfer of the Brand Amount to the Company Account, and (d) not cancel, revoke, reduce, suspend, or modify any such direct-deposit designation or automatic transfer, or close or replace the Participation Account, without the series’ prior written consent. Any unauthorized cancellation, revocation, reduction, suspension, or modification constitutes a Collection Failure and a material breach entitling the series to all remedies under the BAA. |
| ● | Securities Law Indemnification: The form BAA provides that the series shall indemnify and hold the Client harmless from any claim, action, or proceeding brought against the Client under federal or state securities laws solely as a result of the series’ offering activities, provided that the Client did not solicit investors, make any offering-related statement, make any misrepresentation or omission, breach the BAA, or otherwise engage in conduct giving rise to such claim. |
Term
Each Brand Advisory Agreement is expected to remain in effect for a significant duration to cover a substantial portion of the Client’s career. Unless otherwise specified for a particular series, the Term of each BAA will commence on the Effective Date and continue until the earlier of (i) the date that is two years after the Client’s official retirement or permanent cessation from actively engaging in the Client’s Principal Business, provided that if the Client resumes the Principal Business at any time during such two-year tolling period the BAA will not terminate under this clause (i), and (ii) the 25th anniversary of the Effective Date. The form BAA also provides that rights and obligations with respect to Brand Income earned during the Term survive expiration or early termination until fully satisfied. The parties may also mutually agree in writing to terminate the BAA on an agreed date, in which case, unless otherwise agreed, the series will only be entitled to the Brand Amount from Brand Income earned by the Client up to the date of termination, and no clawback will apply unless expressly agreed as part of the termination; any mutual termination agreement must be signed by both the Client and the Manager on behalf of the series.
If the Client voluntarily ceases to engage in the Principal Business prior to the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date, other than for Good Reason as defined in the BAA, the Client must repay to the series, as liquidated damages, an amount equal to the aggregate Initial Advisory Payment actually received by the Client, plus interest from the date of early cessation to the date of repayment at the lesser of (a) the prime rate plus 5% per annum, compounded monthly, and (b) the maximum rate permitted by applicable law, minus all Brand Amount payments actually made by the Client to the series before the early cessation; provided that if Brand Amounts paid exceed the foregoing sum, no amounts shall be owed. The repayment amount is reduced by fifteen percent (15%) for each of the first six (6) full years and an additional ten percent (10%) for the seventh (7th) full year such that no amount is repayable from and after the seventh anniversary; and no amount is repayable if aggregate Brand Amount payments made by the Client equal or exceed the Initial Advisory Payment received plus a twenty percent (20%) per annum internal rate of return thereon. In the case of total and permanent disability (including a documented mental-health condition certified by a licensed professional), the form BAA generally treats the resulting cessation similar to a retirement for Good Reason, the clawback provisions do not apply, and the parties (or the Client’s legal representative) will confer in good faith regarding an equitable resolution of any ongoing obligations.
The form BAA also contains provisions addressing the continuation or reinstatement of revenue sharing if the Client resumes participation in the Principal Business after the Term, including payments through a Revenue Share Trust; under the form BAA, the Manager serves as sole trustee of the Revenue Share Trust, the former members of the applicable series are the beneficiaries, and disbursements from the trust, net of any trust operating costs and expenses, are made on the same terms, timing, methodology and waterfall as Brand Percentage payments under the BAA. The BAA provides separate termination and enforcement rights for material breaches, including payment defaults, breaches of the exclusive relationship covenant, uncured Collection Failures (which must be cured within seven (7) business days after written notice), failure to maintain the Account Control Agreement, the direct deposit of Brand Income or the automatic bi-weekly transfer, and intentional diversion or redirection of Brand Income away from the Participation Account; in each case the non-breaching party may terminate the BAA following a 30-day cure period (or a shortened 10-day cure period in the case of a payment default or breach of the exclusive relationship covenant) after written notice describing the breach, except that intentional diversion is an immediate material breach with no cure period.
46
General Description of Series Level Operations
Each series of the Company will have discrete operations and financial flows related to its specific Brand Advisory Agreement. This section describes how a series will use the proceeds from its offering, how it will generate and handle cash inflows from Brand Income, the types of expenses it will incur, and how cash will ultimately be distributed to investors. After a series has commenced operations under its Brand Advisory Agreement, the series will carry out its business by ensuring that the Client receives the Advisory Services and related support contemplated by that agreement, monitoring and enforcing the Client’s obligation to pay the Brand Amount, and managing the series’ financial affairs, including payment of expenses and distribution of any available cash to investors. The Manager will monitor developments relevant to the Client’s Brand Income and performance under the Brand Advisory Agreement, including game appearances, contract signings, payment activity, reports from the Client and other events that could affect Brand Income or collection of the Brand Amount. The Manager also expects to maintain regular communication with the Client and, where appropriate, the Client’s agent, financial advisor or other representatives to support a constructive ongoing relationship. If a missed payment, Collection Failure, potential breach or other issue arises, the Manager will seek to address it promptly, including by exercising reporting, audit, collection, security or enforcement rights when necessary to protect the applicable series’ interests.
Although each series will benefit from the Manager’s oversight and the Platform’s infrastructure, each series will remain financially independent. The success or failure of one series will not determine the outcome of any other series, and the assets, Brand Income, Brand Amount payments, expenses and liabilities of one series are not intended to be available to, or borne by, any other series or the Company’s general operations, except for shared expenses allocated under the Company’s allocation policies. For example, if the Client associated with one series suffers an injury, permanent disability, early retirement or other event that materially reduces or eliminates Brand Income for that series, investors in another series linked to a different Client would not have a direct claim on, or direct exposure to, that series’ assets or income, although adverse events could indirectly affect the Platform’s reputation or the Manager’s business. The Manager may, in its discretion, use its own resources or make advances to support a particular series, but it is not obligated to provide the same support to any other series. This financial separateness is an inherent feature of the Company’s series LLC structure.
In our model, we expect that, in the aggregate, a majority of the gross proceeds of a series offering will be applied (directly to the Client at closings, or to reimburse the Manager for any initial tranche advanced by the Manager, as the Manager and the series may agree) toward the Client’s upfront compensation, though this percentage may vary by series depending on the negotiated terms and the tranche structure for that series. The remainder of the proceeds will generally be used to cover
| ● | The one-time Negotiation Fee to the Manager for that series, as described earlier, calculated as a percentage of the Client’s Initial Advisory Payment and inclusive of associated transaction costs and expenses incurred by the Manager; |
| ● | Any Offering Expenses allocated to the series, such as legal and accounting fees for preparing the offering, filing fees, marketing or promotion costs related to the offering, Broker-Dealer fees or commissions (the Broker Fee payable to our broker, Andes Capital Group, LLC, for its role in the offering), escrow agent fees, and regulatory compliance costs; and |
| ● | Establishment of initial reserves for the series, if deemed necessary by the Manager. For example, the Manager may decide to retain a small portion of proceeds in the series’ bank account as a starting cash balance to pay upcoming insurance premiums, initial Advisory Services costs, or other near-term Operating Expenses before the Brand Amount is received. |
See “Use of Proceeds” for more information. Investors should understand that not all offering proceeds are directed to the Client. A portion of the gross proceeds is applied to fees and expenses of establishing the series and to reserves for future series operations. The Company intends to maximize the amount directed to the Client while ensuring that necessary costs are covered. If the offering fails to reach the minimum amount needed to complete the Initial Closing and pay associated fees, investor funds will typically be returned, and any abort costs incurred will be borne by the Manager as discussed; however, the BAA’s obligations will depend on the funding, guarantee, Outside Date and automatic adjustment provisions described above and in the applicable BAA. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Conflicts of Interest — Our Manager earns fees and expense reimbursements from each series regardless of performance, creating conflicts of interest with investors” and “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Industry — Our pipeline, pricing, and timing depend on our ability to sign athletes to BAAs on acceptable terms, which may not be achievable” for more information.
Upon and following each closing of a series offering, the series will disburse to the Client, or reimburse the Manager to the extent the Manager funded an initial tranche through an advance, the portion of offering proceeds attributable to the Initial Advisory Payment and will pay the immediate fees and expenses of the offering. The series then holds the contractual rights to receive the Brand Amount going forward. At this point, the series’ “balance sheet” will consist primarily of the BAA, as an intangible asset representing the future income stream, and any cash reserve remaining after initial disbursements. The series will also carry on its books any liabilities incurred at inception, such as obligations to pay Manager fees, accrued offering expenses, any outstanding Manager Promissory Note issued in respect of advances, and any remaining unreimbursed portion of the Manager’s initial tranche of the Initial Advisory Payment, if applicable.
47
Cash Flow and Distributions
As the series receives Brand Amount payments, those funds will accumulate in the series account. On a periodic basis, which may be monthly, quarterly or at such other intervals as the Manager determines appropriate, the Manager will review the series’ cash balance and upcoming obligations. From the incoming funds, the series will pay any due Operating Expenses – these payments may include the Manager’s Maintenance Fee at the designated interval, any insurance premiums due and any invoiced expenses for services. The Manager may also retain a portion of funds raised in its offering as a reserve for future known expenses or to buffer against irregular income , such as retaining cash during the Client’s in-season months to cover expenses during off-season periods when Brand Income may be reduced or absent. After covering expenses and appropriate reserves, the remaining Free Cash Flow , as defined in the Operating Agreement, will be available for distribution to the series’ investors.
The Manager has the authority to determine Free Cash Flow and to make distributions from time to time, in accordance with the terms of the Operating Agreement and the specific Series Designation. The Manager determines, on the periodic basis set forth in each Series Designation, if any, the Free Cash Flow, if any, available for distribution to Unit holders of that series. Accordingly, the distribution cadence for each series (for example, quarterly, semi-annually or such other interval) will be set forth in, and governed by, the applicable Series Designation rather than the Operating Agreement. The exact timing will balance administrative feasibility with investor expectations and the variability of payments. In any event, no distribution will be made if it would impair the series’ ability to meet its liabilities or if the series has no Free Cash Flow available. Our Operating Agreement also prohibits us from distributing in kind assets, which means distributions are cash only and we will not, for example, transfer part of the BAA itself to investors.
When a distribution is declared for a series, it will be made to all investors in that series pro rata based on the number of units they hold. For example, if a series has 1,000 units outstanding and an investor owns 100 units (10%), that investor will receive 10% of any distribution amount declared for that series. Distributions will generally be paid through the Platform, meaning the cash will either be deposited into investors’ linked bank accounts or credited to their Platform account wallet, depending on our arrangements with the transfer agent and payment processors. Investors may have the option to withdraw funds or reinvest in additional offerings, to the extent a reinvestment plan or new offerings are available at such time.
Investors should be aware that a series may not have distributable cash for a significant period following its initial closing. The Manager may accumulate reserves during the early stages of a series to ensure that the series can cover fixed expenses, including audit fees and other Operating Expenses, before any distributions are made. Once a series matures and Brand Income becomes steady, the Company intends that distributions will represent the primary means by which investors realize returns. Capital appreciation of Units is uncertain in the absence of a public trading market. The Manager may adjust distribution practices depending on circumstances. If, for example, the Client’s earnings are expected to increase materially due to an anticipated promotion or contract change, the Manager may retain additional cash reserves to fund an expanded scope of Advisory Services or to support other series-level objectives that the Manager believes may enhance long-term value for the series. Any material changes to distribution policy would be disclosed to investors.
Shortfalls and Manager Support
If a series does not have enough cash on hand to pay its obligations, the Manager may, in its sole discretion: (i) loan money to the series to cover the excess Operating Expenses (an “Operating Expense Reimbursement Obligation”), on which the Manager may impose a reasonable rate of interest at a rate no less than the Applicable Federal Rate, with the series repaying that amount from future Free Cash Flow; (ii) cause the series to issue additional Units to cover such amounts, though doing so might dilute existing investors and we would expect to use this option only when necessary; or (iii) pay the excess Operating Expenses itself and not seek reimbursement. The operating agreement also expressly authorizes the Manager to enter into Operating Expense Reimbursement Obligation arrangements on behalf of a series, effectively treating such expenditures as an absorbed cost. The operating agreement separately allocates Operating Expenses to the series but does not itself define this Free Cash Flow netting. The expected practice as to which option the Manager will use in any particular case may be addressed in the applicable Series Designation or offering materials and may depend on the Manager’s confidence in future Brand Amount payments to the series and general business considerations. The Manager is not obligated to advance funds, but it may do so to protect the series’ asset . Advancing funds to pay a filing fee to maintain rights or legal fees to enforce the BAA, for example, could benefit both the series and, indirectly, the Manager’s reputation. Any such Operating Expense Reimbursement Obligation will be documented and repaid out of future Free Cash Flow before distributions. The Company will disclose in its periodic reports whether any series has outstanding Operating Expense Reimbursement Obligations to the Manager, as such obligations affect the cash available for distribution to investors.
48
Series-Level Reporting and Accounting
In addition to the SEC filings, we intend to provide investors with certain updates on each series’ performance through the Platform. This may include periodic summaries of Brand Amount payments received and expenses paid, possibly in the form of an informal investor dashboard or newsletters. However, these will be supplementary and not a substitute for the formal SEC reports. The formal financial statements included in our filings will provide the official record. We anticipate that our accounting will treat each series as a separate unit for financial statement purposes. We may present a combined balance sheet and income statement for the Company with columns for each series (and eliminating any inter-series transactions if any). Investors will thus be able to see the revenues, expenses, and net income (or loss) of the specific series they invested in.
We also intend to provide investors with annual tax information and appropriate updates on a Client’s performance. However, we must balance investor reporting with confidentiality commitments to the Client. The Brand Advisory Agreement’s confidentiality and public announcement provisions may limit how much detail we can disclose about the Client’s earnings beyond public information or information required in securities filings. We expect to disclose aggregate numbers in financial statements and other required reports, while limiting personal details as required by the BAA, applicable law and any league privacy requirements. If necessary, we may seek the Client’s consent for certain disclosures.
Related-Party Transactions
All cash flows described are generally between the series and third parties (Client, vendors) or the series and the Manager. If any other related-party transactions occur, including transactions in which an affiliate of the Manager provides a service to the series for a fee, such transactions will be conducted on arm’s-length terms and disclosed to investors. The primary related-party flows are the Manager’s fees and expense reimbursements already discussed. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Conflicts of Interest” for more information.
Operating Expenses
Each series is responsible for its own ongoing expenses. As defined in our Operating Agreement, Operating Expenses of a series include, among other things: the Maintenance Fee payable to the Manager; any fees and costs for professional services, including accounting, audits, state filings and SEC reporting compliance, allocable to that series; insurance premiums for any insurance covering the series or its Client or Manager, including liability insurance and key person insurance on the Client,; any taxes applicable to the series; any legal expenses associated with that series , such as costs of enforcing the BAA or responding to legal claims,; fees of any third-party service providers engaged specifically for that series, including a registrar or transfer agent for that series’ Units, if any,; and any other operational costs that can arise in the course of running the series , including costs of communications to members of that series. Certain of these expenses are predictable, such as the Maintenance Fee and scheduled audit costs, while others arise only as needed, such as legal costs for enforcement.
Certain expenses, such as general marketing of the Platform, common technology expenses, or salaries of personnel who service all series, may be shared across multiple series or the Company as a whole. Our Operating Agreement allows the Manager to allocate such costs among series in a fair and reasonable manner via an Allocation Policy. By way of example, if an annual SEC filing service covers all series, the Manager may allocate the cost proportionally by number of series or by complexity. The Manager has discretion in allocation but must do so consistently and in good faith. By pooling resources, series can benefit from economies of scale. no series will be charged for expenses clearly attributable to another series or to the Manager’s own ordinary overhead and administrative expenses, except to the extent such amounts constitute Operating Expenses or are otherwise payable under the Operating Agreement or the applicable Series Designation.
Each series will maintain its own books and records, and the Manager will ensure that all income and expenses are accounted for at the series level. We plan to prepare financial statements for each series (which may be included in our consolidated financial reporting with appropriate breakout, or provided separately in our annual report as required). The transparency of series-level finances is important so that investors can see how their specific series is performing.
49
Allocation of Expenses
To the extent relevant, Brokerage Fees, Offering Expenses, Negotiation Fees, Operating Expenses, revenue generated from Series Assets and indemnification payments under the Operating Agreement will be allocated among the various series in accordance with the allocation policy set forth below. Costs and expenses specific to a series offering and the administration of that specific series, such as escrow fees, the Maintenance Fee and any Brokerage Fee, will be allocated to that series, in many cases by deducting those expenses from the gross proceeds of the series offering, as the Manager’s practice will be to allocate items that are attributable to a specific series to be borne by, or distributed to (as applicable), the applicable series. If, however, an item is not allocable to a specific series but to the Company or the Manager in general, it will be allocated pro rata based on the value of the underlying Series Asset held by a series, on the gross proceeds of each series offering, or on the number of outstanding series, as reasonably determined by the Manager or as otherwise set forth in the allocation policy. By way of example, as of the date hereof revenue and expenses will be allocated as follows:
| Description | Allocation Policy | |||
| Brand Advisory Agreement revenues | Amounts received under Brand Advisory Agreements | Allocable directly to the applicable series | ||
| Regulatory filing expenses | Filing expenses related to the submission of regulatory paperwork for a series | Allocable pro rata among the applicable series | ||
| Marketing expenses | Marketing expenses incurred in connection with one or more series offerings | Allocable directly to the applicable series or pro rata among the applicable series, depending on the actual cost structure | ||
| Commission-based broker-dealer fees | Broker-dealer commissions based on the gross proceeds of a series offering | Allocable directly to the applicable series based on the gross proceeds of that series offering | ||
| Non-commission broker-dealer fees | Broker-dealer fees other than cash commissions, including onboarding fees and series launch fees | Non-allocable; borne by the Manager | ||
| Legal expenses | Legal expenses related to the submission of regulatory paperwork for a series | Allocable pro rata among the applicable series | ||
| Audit and accounting expenses | Audit and accounting work related to the regulatory paperwork for a series | Allocable directly to the applicable series | ||
| Escrow agent fees | Escrow agent fees for the administration of escrow accounts related to the offering | Allocable pro rata among the applicable series | ||
| Compliance and diligence expenses | Compliance work, including diligence related to the preparation of a series offering | Allocable pro rata among the applicable series | ||
| Bank fees | Bank transfer fees and other bank account related fees | Allocable directly to the applicable series | ||
| Negotiation Fee | A Negotiation Fee specified in the applicable Series Designation specific to each series, calculated by reference to the Initial Advisory Payment of such series’ BAA, inclusive of related transaction expenses, incurred in connection with negotiating and executing a Brand Advisory Agreement | Allocable directly to the applicable series | ||
| Transfer agent fees | Transfer agent fees related to a series | Allocable directly to the applicable series | ||
| General legal and regulatory expenses | Legal or regulatory fees incurred by the Company generally, and that relate to all series generally | Allocable pro rata among the applicable series | ||
| Maintenance fee | A Maintenance Fee specified in the applicable Series Designation for ongoing management and administration of the series, its business, its assets, and the related Brand Advisory Agreement, payable when such series is generating revenues | Allocable directly to the applicable series | ||
| Series-specific insurance premiums | Insurance premiums related to a specific series asset | Allocable directly to the applicable series | ||
| General insurance expenses | Insurance premiums or expenses, including directors’ and officers’ insurance for the directors and officers of the Manager | Allocable pro rata among the applicable series | ||
| Asset management expenses | Fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with the management of a series asset, including periodic fees associated with athlete audits, income taxes, marketing fees and investigative fees | Allocable directly to the applicable series | ||
| Ongoing reporting expenses | Expenses related to ongoing reporting requirements, including Regulation A or Securities Act reporting | Allocable pro rata among the applicable series | ||
| Audit, accounting and bookkeeping expenses | Audit, accounting and bookkeeping expenses related to the ongoing reporting requirements of the series | Allocable pro rata among the applicable series | ||
| Indemnification payments | Indemnification payments under the Operating Agreement | Allocable directly to the applicable series or, if not readily associated with a particular series, allocated by the Manager in accordance with the Allocation Policy |
50
Offering Expenses and other series expenses will be borne, allocated, reimbursed or assumed as provided in the Operating Agreement and the applicable Series Designation. The Manager may, in its discretion and in writing, assume expenses otherwise allocable to a series. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Manager may be reimbursed by a series from the proceeds of that series offering for offering expenses actually incurred, in an amount not to exceed 2% of the gross offering proceeds of such series offering.
Industry and Competitive Landscape
We operate at the intersection of the professional sports industry and the alternative investments market. Our business model – securitizing a portion of an individual athlete’s future earnings and offering it to retail investors – is novel and not yet common, but it draws on trends in both industries. Below, we discuss the context, potential competition, and external factors affecting our business environment.
Sports Industry Context
The professional sports industry is massive and composed of various leagues and organizations, each with its own rules regarding player contracts and compensation. Athletes typically earn income through contracts with teams (salary and bonuses) and through endorsements or sponsorships. Traditionally, athletes facing financial needs or looking to capitalize on future value have had limited options: they might take out loans (sometimes using future contract guarantees as collateral), enter into endorsement deals (which pay them based on their fame), or in rare cases, engage in personal brand monetization deals. A precedent for our model can be seen in historical cases like that of Fantex, Inc., which around 2013 launched a platform to buy economic interests in professional athletes’ earnings via tracking stock IPOs. While Fantex gained media attention, it was short-lived and did not become a mainstream mechanism, partly due to regulatory complexities and the difficulty of sustaining a trading market for those securities. Our approach under Regulation A with a series LLC is a more recent innovation, aiming to make such investments feasible on a wider scale.
From the athlete’s perspective, our offering competes with other means of financing or monetization. For example, an athlete might consider our Brand Advisory Agreement versus simply negotiating a higher salary (if possible), seeking an advance from their agent, or signing an endorsement that provides upfront cash. The value proposition we offer is unique in that it directly ties into their professional income and provides supportive services. However, some athletes may be hesitant to sell a slice of their future earnings due to psychological factors or advice from agents/financial advisors who are unfamiliar with our model. A factor in our favor is that we do not take any of the athlete’s off-field earnings, which means the athlete retains full upside on endorsements and other ventures – this could make our model more palatable compared to, for example, an agency that takes a percentage of all income or a loan that has to be repaid with interest regardless of success.
We must also navigate league and players’ association regulations in the sports industry. Most leagues do not explicitly contemplate third-party sharing of player salaries, but they often restrict assignment of player contracts. We structure our agreements carefully as revenue sharing contracts that do not assign or encumber the player’s contract itself, and we obtain direct payment instructions in compliance with payroll practices , including through the use of standard forms for direct deposit splitting where available. There is a risk that a league or players’ union could disapprove of or challenge these arrangements, especially if they perceive it as potentially exploitative of players or in conflict with collective bargaining agreements. As part of our industry landscape, we will monitor any guidance or rules from leagues. If, for example, the NFL or NBA were to adopt a policy prohibiting players from entering into future income contracts, the Company would be required to cease targeting athletes in those leagues. Currently, to our knowledge, no major U.S. league has formal rules prohibiting what we are doing, but the landscape could change as our model gains attention. We may seek informal or formal approval from league officials or players’ associations as we grow, to ensure our model is sustainable within the sports ecosystem.
Alternative Investments and Crowdfunding Landscape
From the investment perspective, our series offerings fall under the broader category of fractional alternative assets or crowdfunding investments. In recent years, platforms have emerged that allow retail investors to buy shares in non-traditional assets such as real estate, art, collectibles, litigation finance, royalties, and income streams. Existing platforms address asset classes such as music royalties, sports memorabilia and shares of private companies. The Manager has studied certain of these platforms, including Musicow, as comparable models. These platforms, including our own, are part of a movement to democratize access to investments that were once only available to large institutions or not available at all. We see this as our broader industry: financial technology (FinTech) companies enabling crowdfunding and fractional ownership.
51
With respect to direct competition, as of this writing, there are a limited number of companies explicitly operating similar businesses to our business. Vestible, Inc. (mentioned in the context of Vestible Platform) appears to be a venture with a similar concept of investing in athlete income, targeting early-career athletes and using a series LLC structure under Regulation A (their filings indicate a plan to acquire percentages of future income of football, basketball, baseball, and soccer players). Vestible’s platform, if active, could be considered a direct competitor as it would appeal to the same investor base and pool of athletes. We will differentiate ourselves through our branding, the specific services we offer to athletes, and possibly through focusing on different sports or niches. It is also possible that established sports agencies or new startups could attempt their own versions of athlete-backed securities. For example, a large sports agency might consider facilitating investments in their star clients (though this could raise conflict of interest concerns for them). To our knowledge, no major agency has done so yet in a public offering format.
We also face indirect competition for investors’ dollars from other sports-related investments. Some investors might find our series analogous to investing in sports teams or leagues , such as purchasing equity in publicly traded sports franchises or media companies with sports-related revenue or even participating in daily fantasy sports or sports betting as a form of engagement with athlete performance , although such activities have materially different risk profiles. Additionally, as an entertainment investment, our business might be compared with investing in music artists’ royalties or film box office shares. While the underlying assets differ, the common theme is investing in future revenue streams of talent or content. We consider any platform that offers income-sharing with talent , whether in music, acting or other fields, as part of the competitive landscape insofar as it educates investors to the concept and, conversely, if a high-profile failure were to occur, it could impact investor appetite across the board.
Our competitive strategy emphasizes transparency and the cultivation of mutually beneficial relationships with Clients. We seek to attract high-potential, early-career talent by offering competitive terms and demonstrating the value of the Advisory Services and brand support provided to each Client. If the Company establishes a reputation as a supportive partner to athletes, rather than solely a financing source, the Manager believes that athlete interest in the platform will increase, providing a competitive advantage in sourcing Brand Advisory Agreement opportunities. On the investor side, the Company intends to build credibility through regulatory compliance, clear and complete disclosures, timely distributions when available, and accurate and current investor communications. As an early participant in this market, the Company recognizes that any operational or compliance failures could undermine confidence in the model broadly. Accordingly, the Company views responsible operation as both a regulatory obligation and a competitive imperative.
Market Acceptance and Growth
The market for investing in athletes’ earnings is still in its infancy. A critical aspect of our industry landscape is investor education and acceptance. Many potential investors may be unfamiliar with investments of this nature and may require education regarding how returns are generated and the risks associated with an investment tied to an individual athlete’s career. The Company and other market participants will need to invest in market education. If the Company is successful and investors realize returns, this sector could develop into a significant new asset class. Considering that the sports industry’s athlete payrolls run in the tens of billions of dollars annually, even a small fraction of that amount structured as investable securities could represent a substantial market. Conversely, if early series underperform or if negative publicity arises, including adverse media coverage involving a Client, public perception of the model could be materially harmed. As an early participant in this market, the Company must carefully manage both investor and Client relationships to support the market’s development.
Regulatory changes could also shape the competitive landscape. Any modifications to Regulation A or securities laws that make it easier or harder to do what we do will affect potential entrants. Similarly, if leagues or governmental authorities impose rules restricting or regulating athlete income-sharing arrangements, the Company’s operations could be materially affected. We keep abreast of policy discussions around athlete income assignment, sports betting , and financial innovation in sports.
While we currently face relatively few direct competitors in offering fractional investments in athletes’ Brand Income, we operate in a broader competitive environment that includes other alternative investment platforms and the traditional sports finance ecosystem. Our success will depend on effectively carving out a reputation and niche within this environment. We believe the novelty of our product is both an opportunity and a challenge: we have the chance to lead in creating a new market, but we also must overcome the lack of historical precedent and any skepticism from potential stakeholders. We will continue to monitor the competitive landscape and adjust our outreach and offerings to maintain a compelling value proposition for both investors and athletes.
Government Regulation and Compliance
Our business and the offering and sale of Units are subject to extensive federal and state laws, rules and regulations, including securities laws, broker-dealer and offering-related requirements, ongoing reporting obligations, investment company and investment adviser considerations, tax rules, data privacy requirements, and laws and policies applicable to professional sports and athlete compensation arrangements. These regulatory frameworks are complex and may change over time, and any new or modified laws, rules, regulations, interpretations or policies could require us to modify our business model, offering structure, Platform operations, disclosure practices or contractual arrangements with Clients. We intend to operate in compliance with applicable regulatory requirements and to update investors regarding material regulatory developments, but we cannot assure investors that future regulatory changes or interpretations will not adversely affect the Company, any series, the Manager, the Platform, the Brand Advisory Agreements or the value of an investment in Units. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Government Regulation” for more information.
52
We operate in a regulated environment spanning securities law, investment company law, and sports-specific considerations. We have implemented compliance measures to address these areas of concern and we will provide investors with transparent reporting. The success of our business not only hinges on athlete performance but also on strict adherence to these legal and regulatory frameworks, which we regard as essential to protect our investors and Clients and to maintain our authorization to operate. We encourage investors to review our filings and communications, and we remain available to answer regulatory or compliance-related questions through the Platform’s investor relations channels.
In the event of any material regulatory developments, we will update investors via Form 1-U or in our annual reports. For example, if a new law is passed that limits such revenue sharing contracts, or if the SEC provides new guidance that impacts how we account for series, we would disclose the implications.
Regulation A and the Securities Act of 1933
The Units in our series to be offered to investors are securities under U.S. law. We are conducting these offerings under Tier 2 of Regulation A as qualified by the SEC. Tier 2 of Regulation A allows us to offer securities to the general public subject to certain limits and ongoing reporting requirements, without registering the securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Each series offering must be qualified by the SEC before sales may occur, meaning the SEC has reviewed and permitted the offering to proceed, although SEC qualification does not imply approval or endorsement of the investment’s merits.
As a Tier 2 Regulation A issuer, we are required to file the following reports with the SEC:
| ● | Annual Report on Form 1-K: Within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, we will file an annual report containing, among other information, audited financial statements for the year, a discussion of our business and each series’ performance, management updates, and other disclosures similar to what would be in a Form 10-K for a public company. Because we are a series company, our financial reporting will either include combined or consolidated financials showing each series (and the Company) or separate financial statements for each series, as appropriate under SEC rules. The annual report will also update certain business and risk disclosures as needed. |
| ● | Semiannual Report on Form 1-SA: Within 90 days after the end of the first six months of each fiscal year, we will file a semi-annual report with unaudited interim financial statements and a shorter management discussion and analysis of operations for the first half of the year. |
| ● | Current Reports on Form 1-U: We will file current reports to disclose important events , which serve a function analogous to Form 8-K for Exchange Act reporting companies. For example, if a new series is qualified and launched, if we enter into a material contract like a significant Brand Advisory Agreement not previously described in this Offering Circular, a change in Manager or key governance, significant legal proceedings, or other material happenings, we will file a 1-U within 4 business days of the event , or within such other timeframe as may be required by the applicable form. If a Client of a series experiences an event that materially affects the applicable series, such as a career-ending injury or announced retirement, we may file a Form 1-U to inform investors of the impact. |
These reports will be made available on the SEC’s EDGAR website for free access by the public. We will also post links or copies on our Platform for investors’ convenience. By investing, investors consent to receive these reports electronically. We do not plan to mail paper reports. The reporting obligations will continue annually until either we terminate them by deregistering, which generally may not occur until the series have fewer than the applicable minimum number of holders and certain other conditions are satisfied, or if we register the securities under the Exchange Act , which the Company does not currently intend to do.
If and when the Company (or a series) is no longer required to file reports , including if all series operations have been completed and the Company has fewer than 300 holders and elects to exit the Regulation A reporting regime,, we would inform investors of this event. Until that time, investors can expect at least annual and semi-annual updates for the foreseeable future. Since each series will have an expected life tied to the athlete’s career, which may extend for many years,, we anticipate needing to provide ongoing reporting for as long as any series remains active and investors hold such series’ Units.
State Blue-Sky Law
Tier 2 offerings pre-empt state securities law registration, which means we generally do not have to register or qualify each offering in individual states. However, we are subject to state anti-fraud provisions and may need to file notice filings in certain states or pay state filing fees. We have taken steps to ensure we meet any such requirements. Additionally, Andes and our Platform conduct the necessary investor residence verifications and other compliance checks to facilitate an orderly multi-state offering process. Investors from all states in the U.S. , and potentially certain foreign jurisdictions at the Manager’s discretion, are eligible to invest, provided the legal requirements are satisfied. We currently limit sales to U.S. persons and a small number of non-U.S. persons on a case-by-case basis. If we do accept non-U.S. investors, we will comply with any necessary offshore offering regulations , including Regulation S under the Securities Act for offers conducted outside the United States.
53
Investment Company Act of 1940
We have structured the Company and each series with the intention of avoiding regulation as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”). The 1940 Act is a federal law that imposes strict requirements on companies primarily engaged in investing or trading in securities , such as registered investment companies. Under Section 3(a)(1)(A) of the 1940 Act, an entity is an investment company if it is engaged primarily in the business of investing, reinvesting, or trading in securities. Our Company’s primary business is entering into Brand Advisory Agreements with athletes and managing those agreements, which the Company does not view as investing in “securities.” A Brand Advisory Agreement is a contract for a share of personal earnings, not a stock, bond or other traditional security, and the payments thereunder depend on the Client’s personal services and athletic performance. We believe that each series’ asset (its BAA) is not a security but rather a commercial contract, and thus the series is not holding an investment security. Accordingly, the Company, when viewed in the aggregate across all series, is not in the business of investing in securities; rather, the Company’s business consists of providing Advisory Services and earning contractual income under Brand Advisory Agreements.
Even under the 1940 Act’s broader definition in Section 3(a)(1)(C) (which looks at an entity that holds more than 40% of its assets in “investment securities”), we contend that the assets of each series (and thus of the Company in aggregate) are not “investment securities” because, again, a revenue-sharing contract tied to personal endeavor is not a security as that term is defined for 1940 Act purposes. To reinforce this, we do not plan for any series to hold a portfolio of securities; they will hold cash and a BAA (and maybe short-term deposits for cash management). We will also not engage in trading or acquiring securities with the series’ funds (aside from perhaps placing idle cash in money market funds or bank accounts, which are generally not counted toward the 40% test due to exceptions for cash/cash equivalents).
Therefore, we believe the Company and its series are not investment companies and are not subject to the 1940 Act’s requirements. If a series were deemed to be holding securities , including in the event that a BAA were construed as an investment in the Client akin to a security, we would take steps to ensure we remain within an exclusion or exemption of the 1940 Act. Certain exclusions and exemptions are available under the 1940 Act, but the Company does not anticipate needing to rely on those provisions given its current business model. We will monitor our activities and assets to prevent any inadvertent status as an investment company. The consequences of being subject to the 1940 Act could be material, as registration could require the Company to fundamentally alter its structure to comply with leverage, custody, governance and other requirements. Avoidance of such classification is therefore a significant operational priority. The Company’s counsel has analyzed this issue and will continue to monitor developments, particularly if the Company’s business scope changes.
Investment Advisers Act of 1940
The Manager, Agentiq Sports, Inc., is not registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. We do not believe such registration is required because the Manager’s activities, while they involve managing the assets of the series, do not involve providing advice to others about securities for compensation – rather, the Manager is managing its own assets (through the Company/series structure) and the compensation it receives is in the form of Managerial fees, not advisory fees from clients. Additionally, the nature of our asset (the BAA) is not a security, so the Manager is not advising on securities. If our interpretation of the law changed or if we found ourselves offering any individualized investment advice to investors, we would revisit the need for adviser registration. Currently, the Manager acts in a Managerial capacity similar to a general partner of a series of limited partnerships, which is generally excluded from the Advisers Act (the “internal adviser” exemption for managing member advice to the fund it manages).
Securities Exchange Act of 1934
As noted, in our offering process we utilize a registered broker-dealer (Andes Capital Group) to ensure compliance with FINRA rules and securities sale regulations. The Manager itself is not a broker-dealer and will not receive commissions for selling Units. The Platform’s role is primarily as a technology provider and facilitator, with the actual sale of units being conducted through the broker’s oversight. We have taken steps to structure any compensation in compliance with broker-dealer regulations (for example, Andes Capital is compensated via the Broker Fee disclosed for each series, and no unregistered persons are paid transaction-based compensation for soliciting investors). We also comply with anti-money laundering and know-your-customer requirements through our broker and escrow arrangements, verifying all investors’ identities and sources of funds as required by law.
54
Privacy and Data Security
In operating the Platform, we collect personal information from users , including names, addresses, social security numbers for tax reporting and bank account information for payments. We are subject to data privacy and protection laws including Regulation S-P , which requires investor privacy notices, and potentially state privacy laws. We maintain a privacy policy that conforms with these requirements and have implemented security measures to protect user data. We are committed to safeguarding investor information and complying with all applicable privacy regulations.
ERISA
The Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA) and IRS rules have implications if retirement plan investors , such as individual retirement accounts or 401(k) plans, invest in our series. We do not currently anticipate significant investment from ERISA plan assets, but to the extent such investment occurs, the Company intends to structure each series to avoid violation of applicable plan asset regulations and prohibited transaction rules, which generally requires maintaining benefit plan participation below 25% of a series or qualifying for an applicable exemption. The Company will include appropriate legends and representations in the subscription documents to address ERISA compliance.
Sports Gambling Laws
Although seemingly unrelated, with the rise of sports betting, regulators or leagues might scrutinize anything that looks like betting on a player’s performance. Our product is an investment, not a wager, but we will be mindful to distinguish it clearly. We do not permit any form of “betting” or short-term trading on player outcomes – investments in our series will be an investment in a long-term investment contract.
Employees
Neither the Company nor any of its series has any employees.
Legal Proceedings
From time to time, we, the Manager, our series or our Clients may become involved in claims, litigation, arbitration, regulatory inquiries or other proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business, including matters relating to the offering and sale of Units, the operation of the Platform, the administration or enforcement of Brand Advisory Agreements, payments of Brand Amounts, intellectual property, publicity rights, employment or contractor matters, data privacy and security, or other commercial disputes. As of the date of this Offering Circular, we are not aware of any legal proceedings pending or threatened against the Company, any series, the Manager or any Client that we believe would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, any series or the value of an investment in Units. Any future proceeding, whether or not resolved in our favor, could be costly, time-consuming, disruptive to our business and relationships, and could divert the attention of the Manager and other personnel from operating the Company, the Platform and the series.
55
The expected use of proceeds of each series offered pursuant to this Offering Circular is set forth below.
Agentiq Sports 1 Series RC
We estimate that the gross proceeds of the offering of Agentiq Sports 1 Series RC Units will be $1,290,000 assuming the Maximum Series Offering Amount is sold. The following table breaks down the anticipated use of proceeds into different categories:
| Raise Amount: | $1,290,000 (Maximum) | Percent of Gross Proceeds (%) | ||||||
| Uses | ||||||||
| Broker Fee (1) | $ | 12,900.00 | 1.00 | |||||
| Negotiation Fee (2) | $ | 51,600.00 | 4.00 | |||||
| Vendor Fees (3) | $ | 8,980.00 | * | |||||
| Legal/Audit/Accounting/Escrow | $ | 8,000.00 | * | |||||
| Operating Reserves | $ | 8,520.00 | * | |||||
| Initial Advisory Payment | $ | 850,000.00 | 65.89 | |||||
| Repayment of Manager loan for payment to athlete under Series RC BAA (4) | $ | 350,000 | 27.13 | |||||
| Total Proceeds | $ | 1,290,000.00 | 100.00 | |||||
| * | Denotes less than 1% |
| (1) | The Broker Fee will be 1.00% of the gross proceeds and will be payable to Andes Capital Group LLC. |
| (2) | Series RC will pay the Manager the Series RC Negotiation Fee in an amount not to exceed 4% of the Series RC Initial Advisory Payment. The Negotiation Fee is inclusive of the Manager’s compensation and associated out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in identifying, sourcing, structuring, negotiating, documenting and closing the Brand Advisory Agreement. The Negotiation Fee will be adjusted downward if the Initial Advisory Payment actually paid to the Client is less than the amount initially contemplated. |
| (3) | Vendor Fees include escrow transfer agent fees allocated to the series, and transaction processing fees (based on a blended average of 1%). |
| (4) | On May 12, 2026, Series RC issued a Convertible Note to our Manager in exchange for $350,000, to be used to satisfy the Series’ initial payment obligation under the Series RC BAA. See “Description of the Series and Their Assets — Agentiq Sports 1 Series Ronny Cruz — Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions Involving Series RC” for more information. |
The Manager will not be reimbursed for offering expenses advanced to Series RC from the proceeds of the Series RC series offering.
The allocation of the net proceeds of this offering set forth above represents our intentions based upon our current plans and assumptions regarding industry and general economic conditions, our future revenues, if any, and expenditures. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures will depend upon numerous factors, including market conditions, cash generated by our operations, business developments, and the proceeds of the offering. The Manager reserves the right to modify the use of proceeds based on the factors set forth above.
56
Agentiq Sports 1 Series EVR
We estimate that the gross proceeds of the offering of the Series EVR Units will be $2,821,000 assuming the Maximum Series Offering Amount is sold. The following table breaks down the anticipated use of proceeds into different categories under various funding scenarios:
| Minimum Offering Amount (1) | Percent of Gross Proceeds (%) | Maximum Offering Amount | Percent of Gross Proceeds (%) | |||||||||||||
| Uses | ||||||||||||||||
| Broker Fee (2) | $ | 20,203.98 | 1.00 | $ | 28,210.00 | 1.00 | ||||||||||
| Negotiation Fee (3) | — | — | $ | 113,000.00 | 4.01 | |||||||||||
| Vendor Fees (4) | — | — | $ | 13,980.00 | * | |||||||||||
| Legal/Audit/Accounting/Escrow | $ | 194.02 | — | $ | 18,000.00 | * | ||||||||||
| Operating Reserves (5) | — | — | $ | 247,810.00 | 8.78 | |||||||||||
| Initial Advisory Payment | $ | 2,000,000.00 | 98.99 | $ | 2,000,000.00 | 70.90 | ||||||||||
| Repayment of Manager loan for payment to athlete under Series EVR BAA (6) | — | — | $ | 400,000.00 | 14.18 | |||||||||||
| Total Proceeds | $ | 2,020,398.00 | 100.00 | $ | 2,821,000.00 | 100.00 | ||||||||||
| * | Denotes less than 1% |
| (1) | In the event we do not raise more than the Series EVR Minimum Offering Amount, the Negotiation Fee, Vendor Fees, Legal/Audit/Accounting/Escrow costs, and repayment of the Convertible Promissory Note will be payable from the Series EVR revenues, if any. Operating reserves will be established through revenues as well. |
| (2) | The Broker Fee will be 1.00% of the gross proceeds and will be payable to Andes Capital Group LLC. |
| (3) | Series EVR will pay the Manager the Series EVR Negotiation Fee equal to 4.7% of the Guaranteed Portion of the Series EVR Initial Advisory Payment. The Negotiation Fee is inclusive of the Manager’s compensation and associated out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in identifying, sourcing, structuring, negotiating, documenting and closing the Brand Advisory Agreement. |
| (4) | Vendor Fees include escrow transfer agent fees allocated to the series, and transaction processing fees (based on a blended average of 1%). |
| (5) | Includes the Series EVR Discretionary Advisory Payment, which represents an additional amount, over and above the Series EVR Initial Advisory Payment, that Series EVR may pay to the Client under the Series EVR Brand Advisory Agreement in the discretion of the Manager, and only to the extent the Series EVR Maximum Offering Amount is achieved. The Discretionary Advisory Payment is not a guaranteed or contractually required payment to the Client, and the amount and timing of any such payment will be determined by the Manager. |
| (6) | On July 14, 2026, Series EVR issued a Convertible Note to our Manager in exchange for $400,000, to be used to satisfy the Series’ initial payment obligation under the Series EVR BAA. See “— Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions Involving Series EVR” for more information. |
The Manager will not be reimbursed for offering expenses advanced to Series EVR from the proceeds of the Series EVR series offering.
57
The allocation of the net proceeds of this offering set forth above represents our intentions based upon our current plans and assumptions regarding industry and general economic conditions, our future revenues, if any, and expenditures. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures will depend upon numerous factors, including market conditions, cash generated by our operations, business developments, and the proceeds of the offering. The Manager reserves the right to modify the use of proceeds based on the factors set forth above.
Agentiq Sports 1 Series Justin Martinez
We estimate that the gross proceeds of the offering of Agentiq Sports 1 Series JM Units will be $353,000 assuming the Series JM Maximum Series Offering Amount is sold. The following table breaks down the anticipated use of proceeds into different categories:
| Uses | Maximum Offering ($) | Percent of Gross Proceeds (%) | ||||||
| Broker Fee (1) | $ | 3,530.00 | 1.00 | |||||
| Negotiation Fee (2) | $ | 14,000 | 3.97 | |||||
| Vendor Fees (3) | $ | 2,436.43 | * | |||||
| Legal/Audit/Accounting/Escrow | $ | 2,170.54 | * | |||||
| Operating Reserves | $ | 5,863.03 | * | |||||
| Initial Advisory Payment | 300,000.00 | 84.99 | % | |||||
| Repayment of Manager loan for payment to athlete under Series JM BAA(4) | 25,000.00 | 7.08 | % | |||||
| Total Proceeds | $ | 353,000 | 100.00 | |||||
| * | Denotes less than 1% |
| (1) | The Broker Fee will be 1.00% of the gross proceeds and will be payable to Andes Capital Group LLC. |
| (2) | Series JM will pay the Manager the Series JM Negotiation Fee equal to approximately 4.3% of the $325,000 Series JM Initial Advisory Payment. The Negotiation Fee is inclusive of the Manager’s compensation and associated out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in identifying, sourcing, structuring, negotiating, documenting and closing the Brand Advisory Agreement. The Negotiation Fee will be adjusted downward if the Initial Advisory Payment actually paid to the Client is less than the amount initially contemplated. |
| (3) | Vendor Fees include escrow transfer agent fees allocated to the series, and transaction processing fees (based on a blended average of 1%). |
| (4) | On August 13, 2026, Series JM issued a Convertible Note to our Manager in exchange for $25,000, to be used to satisfy the Series’ initial payment obligation under the Series JM BAA. See “Description of the Series and Their Assets — Agentiq Sports 1 Series Justin Martinez — Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions Involving Series JM” for more information. |
The Manager will not be reimbursed for Offering expenses advanced to Series JM from the proceeds of the Series JM offering.
The allocation of the net proceeds of this offering set forth above represents our intentions based upon our current plans and assumptions regarding industry and general economic conditions, our future revenues, if any, and expenditures. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures will depend upon numerous factors, including market conditions, cash generated by our operations, business developments, and the proceeds of the offering. The Manager reserves the right to modify the use of proceeds based on the factors set forth above.
58
Agentiq Sports 1 Series Carlos Virahonda
We estimate that the gross proceeds of the offering of the Series CV Units will be $255,000, assuming the Series CV Maximum Offering Amount is sold. The following table breaks down the anticipated use of proceeds into different categories:
| Uses | Maximum Offering Amount | Percent of Gross Proceeds (%) | ||||||
| Broker Fee (1) | $ | 2,550.00 | 1.00 | |||||
| Negotiation Fee (2) | 10,105.00 | 3.96 | ||||||
| Vendor Fees (3) | $ | 2,640.00 | 1.04 | |||||
| Legal/Audit/Accounting/Escrow | $ | 2,360.00 | * | |||||
| Operating Reserves | $ | 2,345.00 | * | |||||
| Repayment of Manager loan for payment to athlete under Series CV BAA (4) | $ | 50,000 | 19.61 | |||||
| Initial Advisory Payment | $ | 185,000.00 | 72.55 | |||||
| Total Proceeds | $ | 255,000.00 | 100.00 | |||||
| * | Denotes less than 1% |
| (1) | The Broker Fee will be 1.00% of the gross proceeds and will be payable to Andes Capital Group LLC. |
| (2) | Series CV will pay the Manager the Series CV Negotiation Fee equal to approximately 4.3% of the $235,000 Series CV Initial Advisory Payment. The Negotiation Fee is inclusive of the Manager’s compensation and associated out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in identifying, sourcing, structuring, negotiating, documenting and closing the Brand Advisory Agreement. The Negotiation Fee will be adjusted downward if the Initial Advisory Payment actually paid to the Client is less than the amount initially contemplated. |
| (3) | Vendor Fees include escrow transfer agent fees allocated to the series, and transaction processing fees (based on a blended average of 1%). |
| (4) | On August 22, 2026, Series CV issued a Convertible Note to our Manager in exchange for $50,000, to be used to satisfy the Series’ initial payment obligation under the Series CV BAA. See “Description of the Series and Their Assets — Agentiq Sports 1 Series Carlos Virahonda — Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions Involving Series CV” for more information. |
The Manager will not be reimbursed for Offering expenses advanced to Series CV from the proceeds of the Series CV offering.
The allocation of the net proceeds of this offering set forth above represents our intentions based upon our current plans and assumptions regarding industry and general economic conditions, our future revenues, if any, and expenditures. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures will depend upon numerous factors, including market conditions, cash generated by our operations, business developments, and the proceeds of the offering. The Manager reserves the right to modify the use of proceeds based on the factors set forth above.
59
DESCRIPTION OF THE SERIES AND THEIR ASSETS
This section describes the terms, structure and principal assets of each Series offered pursuant to this Offering Circular, including the Series Asset held or to be held by the applicable Series, the related Brand Advisory Agreement, the Client and the Series-specific economic terms. Each Series is established as a separate series of the Company pursuant to the Operating Agreement and the applicable Series Designation, and the specific terms and characteristics of each Series, including its capital structure, fees and expenses, distribution mechanics, governance provisions, Series Asset and any Series-specific rights, limitations or conditions, are set forth in and governed by the applicable Series Designation, as supplemented by the related Series BAA and the other transaction documents described herein. The following descriptions are intended to provide investors with a Series-level summary of the relevant assets and transaction terms and should be read together with the applicable Series Designation, the related Series BAA, “Description of the Securities Being Offered,” “Management,” “Use of Proceeds” and “Risk Factors.”
Agentiq Sports 1 Series Ronny Cruz
Agentiq Sports 1 Series Ronny Cruz (“Series RC”), a designated series of Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC, was established on May 12, 2026 to allow investors to participate in a contractual right to receive a fixed percentage of the on-field professional baseball income generated by Ronny Cruz, a top 100 baseball prospect who has been ranked as a Top 100 prospect by Baseball America and FanGraphs and has been reported as entering MLB Pipeline’s Top 100, over the course of his career.
Series RC Designation
The following table contains a summary of certain terms of the Amended and Restated Series Designation governing Series RC, dated August 4, 2026 (the “Series RC Designation”), which may be material to a prospective investor’s subscription for the RC Units. The Series RC Designation amends and restates in its entirety the original Certificate of Designation of Series RC dated May 12, 2026, and sets forth the series-specific terms of Series RC within the Company’s broader series limited liability company structure. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Series RC Designation attached as an exhibit to the Offering Statement of which this Offering Circular forms a part.
| Name of Series: | Agentiq Sports 1 Series Ronny Cruz | |
| Effective Date of Establishment: | May 12, 2026 | |
| Effective Date of Amendment and Restatement: | August 4, 2026 (the “Amendment Effective Date”). The establishment of Series RC is not affected by the amendment and restatement, and Series RC has been in existence continuously since May 12, 2026. | |
| Manager: | Agentiq Sports, Inc., appointed as Manager of the Series with effect from the Effective Date of the Series and continuing until the earlier of dissolution of the Series or the Manager’s removal or replacement, in each case in accordance with the Operating Agreement. | |
| Series Asset: | The asset of the Series shall be comprised of all rights, title, and interest in and to that certain Brand Advisory Agreement, dated May 12, 2026 (as amended and restated on June 12, 2026), by and between the Series and Ronny Cruz (the “Client”). | |
| Authorized Capital; Unit Sales; Broker-Dealer: | The Series is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Units of membership interest in the Series in one or more offerings. Each Unit is a single legal Unit and may be issued, purchased, held, transferred, converted and recorded in increments of 0.01 Unit. The Manager is authorized to cause the Series to offer and sell Units on such terms and conditions, including price, quantity and minimum investment amounts, as the Manager may determine in its sole discretion, and may engage, change or replace a broker-dealer to facilitate any such sale and cause the Series to pay that broker-dealer a commission from the gross proceeds raised from the sale of the Units. |
60
| Maintenance Fee: | In connection with each cash distribution by the Series to holders of Units, the Series shall pay to the Manager a maintenance fee (the “Series RC Maintenance Fee”) for the Manager’s management and administration of the Series, its business, its assets and the Brand Advisory Agreement. The Series RC Maintenance Fee shall equal two and one-half percent (2.5%) of the amount actually distributed in cash to holders of Units. For each cash distribution, the Manager shall determine the aggregate amount of cash legally available and designated to fund both the distribution to holders of Units and the related Maintenance Fee, determined after payment of, or reservation for, all Operating Expenses and other deductions required under the Operating Agreement (other than the Maintenance Fee payable in connection with that distribution) and before deduction of that Maintenance Fee (the “Aggregate Distribution Funding Amount”). After the Aggregate Distribution Funding Amount has been allocated among holders of outstanding Units pro rata in accordance with their respective Unit holdings, the amount actually distributed in cash with respect to each Unit shall equal the portion of the Aggregate Distribution Funding Amount allocated to that Unit divided by 1.025, and the Maintenance Fee attributable to that Unit shall equal two and one-half percent (2.5%) of the amount actually distributed in cash with respect to that Unit. The Maintenance Fee shall be paid contemporaneously with the related distribution, solely from and not in addition to the Aggregate Distribution Funding Amount, and shall be treated as an Operating Expense of the Series; provided, that it shall not reduce the Aggregate Distribution Funding Amount a second time. No Maintenance Fee shall accrue, become due or be payable except in connection with, and based on, an amount actually distributed in cash to holders of Units. | |
| Negotiation Fee: | The Series shall pay to the Manager a one-time negotiation fee (the “Series RC Negotiation Fee”) in an amount not to exceed $51,600, which amount is inclusive of the Manager’s compensation and associated out-of-pocket costs and expenses described in this section and represents 4.3% of the $1,200,000 initial advisory payment payable by the Series to the Client under the Brand Advisory Agreement; provided, that if, following the termination or completion of the Offering, the amount of such initial advisory payment actually paid to the Client is less than $1,200,000, the Negotiation Fee shall be adjusted downward to equal 4.3% of the amount actually paid. The Negotiation Fee covers costs and expenses incurred in identifying, sourcing, structuring, negotiating, documenting and closing the Brand Advisory Agreement, including fees and expenses payable to any agent or intermediary of the Client and customary deal expenses such as travel and lodging, diligence and background checks, third-party research, legal and documentation costs and closing-related technology or data-room charges.
The Series RC Negotiation Fee shall be payable at or promptly following each closing of the Offering from the gross proceeds of the Offering. | |
| Expense Reimbursement: |
Subject to the Operating Agreement, the Manager may be reimbursed by the Series for operating expenses assumed or advanced by the Manager on behalf of the Series pursuant to an Operating Expense Reimbursement Obligation or as otherwise determined by the Manager in accordance with the Operating Agreement.
The Manager has waived its right to reimbursement for Offering expenses advanced on behalf of the Series. | |
| Manager Loans: | The Manager is authorized, in its sole discretion, to make loans to the Series on such terms, including interest, as the Manager determines, consistent with the Operating Agreement. See “— Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions Involving Series RC” for more information. | |
| Distributions: | Distributions of Free Cash Flow, if any, shall be made to holders of Units pro rata in accordance with their respective Unit holdings, subject to the limitations and procedures set forth in the Operating Agreement. No distributions in kind of Series Assets shall be made. |
61
Brand Advisory Agreement with Ronny Cruz
On May 12, 2026, Series RC entered into a Brand Advisory Agreement with Ronny Cruz, a professional baseball player. On June 12, 2026, the parties entered into the Amended and Restated Brand Advisory Agreement (the “Series RC BAA”), which amends and restates the original agreement in its entirety. Pursuant to the Series RC BAA, Mr. Cruz sold, assigned and granted to us, as of the Commencement Date and continuing through the Term, the contractual right to receive the Brand Amount, which is equal to 10% of his Brand Income. Brand Income under the Series RC BAA means gross monies, compensation, or other consideration earned by or payable to Mr. Cruz after the Commencement Date solely as a result of his direct participation, performance, or employment as a professional athlete in the Principal Business, including base salary, signing bonuses, performance bonuses, prize or award money, and other earnings directly attributable to his on-field activities and services as a professional athlete, subject to the permitted deductions and exclusions set forth in the Series RC BAA. For purposes of the Series RC BAA, “Principal Business” is limited to Mr. Cruz’s primary professional occupation as a professional baseball player in Major League Baseball and its affiliated minor league system, Nippon Professional Baseball in Japan, the Korea Baseball Organization, and the Mexican League (Liga Mexicana de Béisbol). Compensation from leagues, tournaments, or competitions not listed in the Series RC BAA, including independent leagues, winter leagues, and exhibition play, does not constitute Brand Income. Brand Income also excludes all compensation, fees, royalties, and other consideration received for endorsements, sponsorships, personal appearances, speaking engagements, licensing of name, image or likeness, merchandising, or other off-field commercial activities.
In consideration of the Brand Percentage to be received by us under the Series RC BAA, Ronny Cruz is entitled to receive an Initial Advisory Payment of $1,200,000 and Advisory Services, with $350,000 payable within 30 days following June 12, 2026 (the “Restatement Date”) and the remaining unpaid balance payable within five (5) months following the Restatement Date, which may be funded from the proceeds of this Offering. If the full Initial Advisory Payment has not been paid by the Outside Date, Series RC will have no further obligation to pay the unpaid portion, the Initial Advisory Payment will be fixed at the aggregate amount actually paid on or before the Outside Date (the “Funded Amount”), and the Brand Percentage will automatically adjust on a pro rata basis as provided in the Series RC BAA. The scope of the Advisory Services will also be reduced on a pro rata basis in proportion to the Funded Amount. The Advisory Services include strategic brand enhancement and promotional advisory services, and Mr. Cruz has agreed to participate in periodic planning meetings, provide 300 autographed items for fan engagement initiatives, promotional campaigns or the Series Offering, and participate in one annual in-person fan engagement event organized by Series RC, in each case subject to the terms of the Series RC BAA. Series RC paid the initial $350,000 installment to Mr. Cruz on June 26, 2026, and June 26, 2026 is therefore the Commencement Date under the Series RC BAA. That payment was funded by the Series RC Manager Promissory Note and is expected to be repaid from Offering proceeds in accordance with the note’s payment waterfall. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions Involving Series RC” for more information.
Based on the Manager’s internal evaluation of Mr. Cruz’s current professional profile, recent performance, public prospect rankings and potential opportunities for advancement, the Manager currently believes that Mr. Cruz may have a reasonable prospect of earning Brand Income under the Series RC BAA during the term of the investment. See “— Prospect Rankings and Independent Evaluations” for more information. However, any such assessment reflects only the Manager’s subjective internal analysis and assumptions, is inherently uncertain, and should not be viewed as a prediction or assurance that Mr. Cruz will be promoted within the affiliated minor league system, to MLB, sign with or play in any other qualifying professional baseball league, reach any compensation level on any particular timeline, including the MLB league minimum, or otherwise generate Brand Income on any particular timeline or at all. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Industry — Assumptions regarding a Client’s potential to generate Brand Income may prove inaccurate, and investors should not rely on any expectation regarding the timing or likelihood of advancement to, or participation in, any qualifying professional league or competition” for more information.
62
During the Term, Ronny Cruz must open and maintain a Participation Account at a bank or financial institution willing to execute the Account Control Agreement and otherwise reasonably acceptable to the series, execute and deliver the springing Account Control Agreement, designate and direct one hundred percent (100%) of his Brand Income to be deposited directly into the Participation Account (including by establishing direct deposit with and delivering payment directions to each payor of Brand Income), and establish and maintain an automatic bi-weekly transfer of the Brand Amount from the Participation Account to the Company Account, in each case subject to the fallback direct-remittance procedures set forth in the Series RC BAA. Ronny Cruz must also maintain complete and accurate books and records of contracts generating Brand Income, Brand Income earned or received and calculations of Brand Amounts payable to Series RC, including contracts, pay stubs, earning statements, invoices, bank statements and records of any expenses or deductions claimed under the definition of Brand Income, and must retain those records during the Term and for 12 months after termination or expiration of the Series RC BAA. In addition, Ronny Cruz must deliver a Semi-Annual Report to the Manager within 10 business days after each June 30 and December 31 during the Term, including the total Brand Income earned or received during the applicable six-month period, the Brand Amount owed to Series RC, year-to-date summaries and other information reasonably requested by Series RC, together with supporting documentation. Series RC, the Manager or their designee may examine, audit and copy relevant books, records and accounts of Ronny Cruz and his Affiliates during the Term and for 12 months after the Term to verify the accuracy of Semi-Annual Reports and Brand Amount payments, subject to the audit procedures and limitations set forth in the Series RC BAA.
The Term of the Series RC BAA commenced on May 12, 2026 and, unless earlier terminated in accordance with its terms, will continue until the earlier of: (i) the date that is two years after Ronny Cruz’s official retirement or permanent cessation from actively engaging in the Principal Business, subject to automatic continuation if he resumes active participation in the Principal Business during such two-year termination tolling period; and (ii) the 25th anniversary of the Effective Date of the Series RC BAA. The Series RC BAA may also be terminated earlier by mutual written agreement of the parties or for an uncured material breach following the applicable notice and cure period, and certain Collection Failures, deposit instruction failures, Account Control Agreement failures and intentional diversion of Brand Income constitute material breaches. The Series RC BAA does not terminate solely because the Initial Closing of the series offering does not occur by the Outside Date. If Ronny Cruz resumes active participation in the Principal Business after the end of the termination tolling period and the Series RC BAA has terminated, he must pay the Brand Percentage with respect to his Brand Income to a Revenue Share Trust established for the former members of the applicable series, as provided in the Series RC BAA.
If Ronny Cruz voluntarily ceases to engage in the Principal Business before the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date of the Series RC BAA for any reason other than Good Reason, he must repay Series RC, as liquidated damages, an amount based on the aggregate Initial Advisory Payment actually received by him, plus interest at the lesser of the Prime Rate plus 5% per annum, compounded monthly from the Early Termination Date, and the maximum rate permitted by applicable law, less all Brand Amount payments made before the Early Termination Date. The resulting amount is reduced by 15% for each of the first six full years of Mr. Cruz’s participation in the Principal Business following the Effective Date and by an additional 10% for the seventh full year, so no amount is repayable under this clawback from and after the seventh anniversary of the Effective Date. No amount is repayable if, as of the Early Termination Date, aggregate Brand Amount payments equal or exceed the aggregate Initial Advisory Payment actually received plus a 20% per annum internal rate of return thereon. Any required repayment is due within 30 days after cessation. “Good Reason” exists only if Mr. Cruz’s voluntary early cessation is due to a significant, documented injury, illness or medical condition that either renders him physically or mentally unable to continue performing in the Principal Business or would pose a substantial risk of permanent harm to his physical or mental health beyond the ordinary risks of the profession. A documented mental-health condition shall constitute a Major Injury and Good Reason if certified by a licensed mental-health professional, subject to the independent verification procedure in the Series RC BAA.
63
Athlete Overview
Ronny Cruz is a professional baseball player currently ranked as a top 100 baseball prospect. Mr. Cruz is a right-handed-hitting, right-handed-throwing infielder listed at 6 feet 2 inches and 170 pounds, born August 24, 2006, in Santo Domingo, Dominican Republic. He is currently in the Washington Nationals organization and has been assigned to the Wilmington Blue Rocks, the club’s High-A affiliate in the South Atlantic League; he has logged defensive appearances at shortstop, third base, and second base, with shortstop as his primary position. Cruz attended Miami Christian School (Miami, Florida) after moving from the Dominican Republic, where he established himself as a notable prep prospect and had been committed to the University of Miami prior to signing professionally. He was selected by the Chicago Cubs in the third round (90th overall) of the 2024 MLB Draft and signed on July 20, 2024; on July 31, 2025, the Washington Nationals acquired him from the Cubs in a trade that sent Michael Soroka to Chicago.
Mr. Cruz is under a standard Minor League player contract within the Washington Nationals’ farm system and has accrued no Major League service time; he has not appeared in any MLB games and therefore has no Major League statistics. Consistent with the minor-league compensation framework negotiated in the first Minor League CBA, players at the High-A level receive at least $920 per week during the championship season, with club-provided in season housing, two meals per day, and a $31.50 per diem; spring training and certain offseason training periods are compensated at specified weekly rates, and offseason “dead periods” remain unpaid. If added to a Major League roster, pre-arbitration players earn no less than the MLB minimum salary, which is $780,000 for the 2026 season under the 2022–2026 MLB collective bargaining agreement; 2027 minimums will be determined in the next CBA following the current agreement’s December 1, 2026 expiration.
In light of the foregoing and due to the terms of the Series RC BAA, it could take a number of years for investors to recover their initial investment, and if Ronny Cruz’s career as a professional athlete is cut short, or his earnings otherwise decrease over time, investors may never recover their initial investment. For example, by way of illustration only, if Ronny Cruz is added to a major league roster and his annual salary remained static at $780,000 per year, the annual Brand Amount payable to Series RC would be approximately $78,000 per year. However, before any distributions are made to investors, the series must first pay its Operating Expenses and the Manager may retain additional reserves in its sole discretion. As a result, it could take a significant period of time before investors could expect to recover their initial investment in full, and there can be no assurance that the series will generate sufficient Free Cash Flow to begin making distributions to investors within any particular timeframe. As discussed above in the Risk Factors section, the average career length of a player in the major leagues is around five years, which raises substantial doubt about Ronny Cruz’s ability to generate sufficient Brand Income over the length of his career for investors to recover their initial investment. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Units — Distributions, if any, will vary and may be delayed, reduced, or suspended” and “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Industry — Each series is tied to the career outcomes of a single athlete, creating concentrated exposure to unpredictable events” for more information.
Athlete Statistics
| Season / Level | G | PA | AB | R | H | 2B | 3B | HR | RBI | SB | BB | SO | AVG | OBP | SLG | OPS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| ACL (Rookie), 2025 | 48 | 189 | 174 | 20 | 47 | 10 | 6 | 2 | 21 | 10 | 10 | 35 | .270 | .314 | .431 | .745 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Fredericksburg (A), 2026 | 14 | 63 | 51 | 16 | 17 | 4 | 1 | 3 | 14 | 15 | 9 | 15 | .333 | .460 | .627 | 1.087 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Wilmington (High-A), 2026 | 100 | 442 | 397 | 58 | 88 | 17 | 3 | 12 | 53 | 32 | 38 | 105 | .222 | .296 | .370 | .666 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2026 Combined | 114 | 505 | 448 | 74 | 105 | 21 | 4 | 15 | 67 | 47 | 47 | 120 | .234 | .317 | .400 | .717 |
Manager’s Evaluation of the Series RC Brand Advisory Agreement
The Manager has determined that the Series RC BAA represents a compelling economic opportunity for the Series and its investors, based on Mr. Cruz’s current prospect profile, recent on-field performance, independent third-party rankings, and the relationship between Top 100 prospect status and professional baseball career outcomes, including the potential to generate Brand Income from covered compensation earned in the Principal Business. This evaluation reflects only the Manager’s subjective internal analysis and assumptions as of the date of this Offering Circular and should not be construed as a guarantee or prediction of future performance, advancement within the affiliated minor league system, promotion to MLB, participation in any other qualifying professional baseball league or competition, compensation or Brand Income.
Prospect Rankings and Independent Evaluations
As of May 2026, Mr. Cruz has been ranked No. 91 overall by Baseball America (May 2026 update), No. 85 overall by FanGraphs (with a Future Value grade of 50) and the 4th-ranked prospect in the Washington Nationals organization by FanGraphs, and has been reported as entering MLB Pipeline’s Top 100. Baseball America’s Geoff Pontes has publicly compared Mr. Cruz’s early-career developmental trajectory to that of Fernando Tatis Jr., and FanGraphs’ Eric Longenhagen has compared his offensive profile to that of Junior Caminero, citing elite bat speed and weaponized power.
64
In 2026, Mr. Cruz slashed .333/.460/.627 with 3 home runs, 8 extra-base hits and 15 stolen bases in 14 games at Single-A Fredericksburg, earning promotion to High-A Wilmington despite never having played above the Arizona Complex League before 2026. Across 114 combined games in 2026, he posted a .234/.317/.400 line with 15 home runs, 47 stolen bases and a .717 OPS, compared with a .270/.314/.431 line and .745 OPS in 48 games in 2025. FanGraphs assigns Mr. Cruz a 50/60 future raw power grade, notes peak exit velocities of 110 mph with an EV90 of 105.5 mph and a 43% hard-hit rate, plus arm strength (55-grade) and defensive versatility across shortstop, second base and third base. The Manager believes that Mr. Cruz’s age, power and speed tools, defensive versatility and promotion support the potential described above, while his lower production after promotion underscores the developmental risk.
Historical Outcomes for Top 100 Prospects
According to a January 2026 Baseball America study of its Top 100 Prospects lists from 1990 through 2022, approximately 91.2% of the 1,794 players who appeared on at least one Top 100 list ultimately reached the major leagues, with the rate improving to approximately 96% since 2010; players ranked 81 through 100—the range in which Mr. Cruz currently falls—reached the majors approximately 89–90% of the time, compared with only approximately 17.6% of all signed MLB draft picks. The same study found that approximately 46% of Top 100 prospects achieved 5 or more career Wins Above Replacement (“WAR”), 33% achieved 10 or more WAR, 18% achieved 20 or more WAR and 9% achieved 30 or more WAR.
The following table separately illustrates the potential timing of Brand Income if Mr. Cruz remains in the minor leagues for a period of time and is later added to a Major League roster. This table is not a projection of Mr. Cruz’s call-up date, service-time status, compensation or future Brand Income. It is included only to illustrate that the Series may receive Brand Amounts during the minor-league period, but that the magnitude of such Brand Amounts would generally be expected to increase materially only if Mr. Cruz reaches the major leagues and earns MLB-level compensation.
| Career Stage | Illustrative Calendar Year if
MLB Debut Occurred in 2027 | Typical Compensation Status | Illustrative Compensation Subject to Brand Amount | Illustrative Brand Amount to Series at 10% | ||||
| Minor-league period | Before MLB debut | Minor-league compensation | Actual covered minor-league compensation | 10% of covered minor-league compensation | ||||
| MLB Year 1 | 2027 | Pre-arbitration | $780,000 to $1.0 million | $78,000 to $100,000 | ||||
| MLB Year 2 | 2028 | Pre-arbitration | $780,000 to $1.25 million | $78,000 to $125,000 | ||||
| MLB Year 3 | 2029 | Pre-arbitration or pre-arbitration bonus eligible | $780,000 to $1.5 million | $78,000 to $150,000 | ||||
| MLB Year 4 | 2030 | First arbitration-eligible year | $2 million to $5 million | $200,000 to $500,000 | ||||
| MLB Year 5 | 2031 | Second arbitration-eligible year | $4 million to $8 million | $400,000 to $800,000 | ||||
| MLB Year 6 | 2032 | Third arbitration-eligible year | $6 million to $12 million | $600,000 to $1.2 million | ||||
| MLB Year 7 and thereafter | 2033 and thereafter | Free agency or long-term extension | $10 million to $25 million or more | $1.0 million to $2.5 million or more |
These figures are illustrative only and should not be relied upon as predictions of any individual player’s earnings, including Mr. Cruz’s. They are derived from historical salary data, the current MLB minimum salary of $780,000 and publicly reported compensation for players at comparable service-time stages; actual earnings depend on career duration, performance trajectory, arbitration outcomes, free-agent market conditions and the terms of future collective bargaining agreements. The average MLB career is around five years, and under the current MLB economic structure players earn at or near the league minimum during their first three years of service, become eligible for salary arbitration in years four through six and reach unrestricted free agency after six years of major-league service. The illustrative figures do not represent amounts currently payable or expected to be payable under Mr. Cruz’s existing Minor League player contract with the Washington Nationals, and they do not model performance bonuses, pre-arbitration bonus pool allocations or other included Brand Income beyond the salary amounts expressly shown. Endorsement income, appearance fees, sponsorship income, licensing income, merchandising income and other off-field commercial compensation are excluded from Brand Income under the Series RC BAA. No representation is made that Mr. Cruz will reach the major leagues, be added to a Major League roster in 2027 or any other year, remain on a Major League roster for any period, achieve any particular WAR level, become arbitration eligible, reach free agency, or earn any particular level of compensation. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Industry — Assumptions regarding a Client’s potential to generate Brand Income may prove inaccurate” for more information.
65
Economic Analysis
Under the Series RC BAA, the Series is entitled to receive the Brand Amount equal to 10% of Mr. Cruz’s Brand Income in exchange for the $1,200,000 Initial Advisory Payment to Mr. Cruz. Brand Income includes Mr. Cruz’s covered minor-league compensation, major-league salary, bonuses and other covered compensation, in each case to the extent included in the definition of Brand Income under the Series RC BAA. Accordingly, the Series may begin receiving Brand Amounts before Mr. Cruz reaches the major leagues. However, the Manager expects that any Brand Amounts derived solely from covered minor-league compensation would be limited relative to the Initial Advisory Payment, the Series’ Operating Expenses and other Series-level obligations. As a result, the Manager believes that the economic return profile of the Series RC BAA depends primarily on whether Mr. Cruz reaches MLB, remains employed at the major-league level and earns materially higher compensation over time.
Based on the historical Top 100 prospect outcomes described above, a career in the approximately 46% cohort of Top 100 prospects that achieved 5 or more career WAR could correspond to aggregate MLB salary-based Brand Income of approximately $15 million to $400 million or more, and a player who accumulates 5 to 10 career WAR would typically earn aggregate major-league compensation of approximately $15 million to $40 million. At a 10% Brand Percentage, aggregate MLB salary-based Brand Income of $15 million to $400 million or more would produce a gross Brand Amount payable to the Series of approximately $1.5 million to $40 million or more over the term of the Series RC BAA, before payment of Series expenses, reserves and other Series-level obligations, plus 10% of any covered minor-league compensation and any other Brand Income earned in the Principal Business. In a lower-outcome scenario in which Mr. Cruz reaches the majors but has a brief career generating approximately $3 million to $15 million of aggregate MLB salary-based Brand Income, the corresponding gross Brand Amount would be approximately $300,000 to $1.5 million, plus 10% of any covered minor-league compensation and any other Brand Income earned in the Principal Business. Although that lower-outcome scenario may produce cash flow to the Series, there can be no assurance that it would be sufficient for investors to recover their initial investment after payment of Operating Expenses, reserves, Advisory Services costs, the Series RC Maintenance Fee, any Manager Promissory Note interest, taxes and other Series-level obligations.
Illustrative Gross Break-Even Analysis
The following analysis illustrates the amount and duration of qualifying Brand Income required for aggregate gross Brand Amounts received by Series RC to equal the $1,200,000 Initial Advisory Payment and the $1,290,000 Series RC Maximum Offering Amount. It assumes a fixed 10% Brand Percentage, a Commencement Date that has occurred and no interruption in qualifying Brand Income. It further assumes that the full $1,200,000 Initial Advisory Payment is funded and that no pro rata adjustment to the Brand Percentage occurs under the Series RC BAA; if the full Initial Advisory Payment is not paid by the Outside Date, the Brand Percentage would adjust downward on a pro rata basis and the aggregate gross Brand Amounts shown below would be correspondingly lower. The analysis compares aggregate gross Brand Amounts against those two amounts on a gross basis only, and neither amount is investor break-even. For each row, the listed amount is assumed to equal post-Commencement Date Brand Income after application of any Permitted Deductions under the Series RC BAA, and greater gross covered compensation may be required to generate the stated Brand Amount. The analysis does not deduct Operating Expenses, reserves, Advisory Services costs, the Series RC Maintenance Fee, any Manager Promissory Note interest, taxes or other Series-level obligations from amounts received by Series RC. It does not reflect collection delays, the timing of distributions, the Manager’s discretion to retain reserves, changes in compensation under future collective bargaining agreements or the time value of money. Actual investor recovery, if any, would require additional Brand Income and would take longer than the periods shown below.
Series RC intends to apply approximately 93.0% of the gross proceeds of the maximum offering to the Initial Advisory Payment and the Series RC Manager Promissory Note, consisting of $850,000 toward the Initial Advisory Payment and $350,000 to repay the note in accordance with its payment waterfall. Amounts received by Series RC are further reduced before distribution by the Series RC Maintenance Fee, equal to 2.5% of amounts actually distributed in cash to holders of Units, and by interest on the Series RC Manager Promissory Note at 1.0% per annum, subject to a floor equal to the Applicable Federal Rate for any advance that constitutes an Operating Expense Reimbursement Obligation. During an Event of Default, the applicable interest rate increases by 6.0 percentage points, subject to the maximum lawful rate. As described above, covered minor-league compensation is included in Brand Income under the Series RC BAA, so Series RC may receive Brand Amounts before Mr. Cruz reaches the major leagues, although the Manager expects any such amounts to be limited relative to the Initial Advisory Payment and the Series’ expenses and other obligations.
At a 10% Brand Percentage, Series RC would need to receive $1,200,000 of aggregate gross Brand Amounts to equal the Initial Advisory Payment, which would require Mr. Cruz to generate $12.0 million of aggregate qualifying Brand Income, and $1,290,000 of aggregate gross Brand Amounts to equal the gross proceeds raised in the maximum offering, which would require $12.9 million of aggregate qualifying Brand Income, in each case before taking into account any Series expenses, reserves or other obligations.
| Illustrative Annual Qualifying Brand Income | Annual Gross Brand Amount at 10% | Full Seasons to Equal the $1,200,000 Initial Advisory Payment | Full Seasons to Equal the $1,290,000 Maximum Offering Amount | |||||||||
| $ | 780,000 | $ | 78,000 | 15.4 | 16.5 | |||||||
| $ | 1,000,000 | $ | 100,000 | 12.0 | 12.9 | |||||||
| $ | 2,000,000 | $ | 200,000 | 6.0 | 6.5 | |||||||
| $ | 5,000,000 | $ | 500,000 | 2.4 | 2.6 | |||||||
| $ | 10,000,000 | $ | 1,000,000 | 1.2 | 1.3 | |||||||
| $ | 20,000,000 | $ | 2,000,000 | 0.6 | 0.6 | |||||||
66
The foregoing illustration should not be read to imply that investors would recover their initial investment within the number of seasons shown or at all. Series RC may receive little or no material Brand Amounts if Mr. Cruz remains in the minor leagues for an extended period, does not reach MLB or another qualifying professional baseball league, experiences injury or performance decline, earns less compensation than the illustrative ranges assume, or has a shorter-than-expected career. Before any distributions are made to investors, Series RC must first pay Operating Expenses and other Series-level obligations, and the Manager may retain additional reserves in its sole discretion. Actual investor recovery could be substantially later than the periods shown above, and investors may never recover their initial investment.
The following table illustrates, on a gross basis only, the aggregate Brand Amounts that Series RC would receive at selected levels of aggregate qualifying Brand Income over the course of Mr. Cruz’s career. It assumes a fixed 10% Brand Percentage, a Commencement Date that has occurred and no interruption in qualifying Brand Income. It further assumes that the full $1,200,000 Initial Advisory Payment is funded and that no pro rata adjustment to the Brand Percentage occurs under the Series RC BAA. As described above, covered minor-league compensation is included in Brand Income under the Series RC BAA, so the Series may begin receiving Brand Amounts before Mr. Cruz reaches the major leagues, although the Manager expects any Brand Amounts derived solely from covered minor-league compensation to be limited relative to the $1,200,000 Initial Advisory Payment and the Series’ expenses and other obligations. The two amounts against which the table measures aggregate gross Brand Amounts, the $1,200,000 Initial Advisory Payment and the $1,290,000 Series RC Maximum Offering Amount, are used solely as mathematical benchmarks. Neither represents investor break-even, which would require additional Brand Income to cover Operating Expenses, reserves, Advisory Services costs, the Series RC Maintenance Fee, any Manager Promissory Note interest, taxes and other Series-level obligations. The figures below are illustrative only and are not projections of Mr. Cruz’s earnings, compensation, career duration or Brand Income.
| Illustrative Career Pattern | Aggregate Qualifying Brand Income | Aggregate Gross Brand Amount at 10% | Relationship
to Initial Advisory Payment and Maximum Offering Amount | ||||||||
| No covered compensation in the Principal Business | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | Below both | ||||||
| Three full seasons at $780,000 | $ | 2,340,000 | $ | 234,000 | Below both | ||||||
| Six full seasons at $780,000 | $ | 4,680,000 | $ | 468,000 | Below both | ||||||
| Three full seasons at $780,000 followed by three full seasons at $3,000,000 | $ | 11,340,000 | $ | 1,134,000 | Below both | ||||||
| Three full seasons at $780,000 followed by three full seasons at $3,000,000 and one full season at $8,000,000 | $ | 19,340,000 | $ | 1,934,000 | Exceeds both amounts before Series expenses and other obligations | ||||||
| Aggregate covered compensation of $15,000,000 over a brief major-league career | $ | 15,000,000 | $ | 1,500,000 | Exceeds both amounts before Series expenses and other obligations | ||||||
| Aggregate covered compensation of $40,000,000 over a sustained major-league career | $ | 40,000,000 | $ | 4,000,000 | Exceeds amounts by a substantial margin before Series expenses and other obligations | ||||||
| Aggregate covered compensation of $100,000,000 over an elite major-league career | $ | 100,000,000 | $ | 10,000,000 | Exceeds both amounts by a substantial margin before Series expenses and other obligations | ||||||
The foregoing illustration should not be read to imply that Mr. Cruz will achieve any particular career pattern, earnings level or length of service. Actual Brand Income will depend on career duration, performance trajectory, roster status, arbitration outcomes, free-agent market conditions and the terms of future collective bargaining agreements, and the current MLB collective bargaining agreement expires on December 1, 2026 and the Minor League collective bargaining agreement expires on December 1, 2027. Investors should not assume that any illustrative career pattern shown above reflects the probable, expected or most likely outcome for Mr. Cruz.
The Manager believes that the 25-year term of the Series RC BAA is an important component of the Series’ economic rationale. The term is designed to permit the Series to participate in Brand Income across Mr. Cruz’s full potential professional career, including periods in which he may become arbitration eligible, reach free agency, enter into a long-term extension, receive performance-based compensation or generate other Brand Income in the Principal Business. However, the timing and amount of any Brand Amounts are materially uncertain. Even if Mr. Cruz reaches MLB, the Series may receive only modest Brand Amounts during his initial pre-arbitration years, and material Brand Amounts would generally require sustained major-league employment, continued performance, health, roster retention and compensation growth over multiple seasons.
The Manager acknowledges that substantial risks attend any investment tied to the career outcomes of a single athlete. Mr. Cruz has accrued no major-league service time, has not appeared in any MLB game, and faces inherent risks including injury, developmental plateaus, organizational decisions outside his control, roster constraints, changes in future collective bargaining agreements and the general uncertainty of baseball player development. FanGraphs’ scouting report also identifies hit-tool concerns related to breaking-ball identification and notes that Mr. Cruz’s aggressive approach may result in elevated strikeout rates at higher levels. Approximately 70% of Top 100 prospects fail to meet the performance expectations associated with their ranking, the average MLB career is short, and there can be no assurance that Mr. Cruz will sustain professional baseball employment for a period sufficient to generate returns exceeding investors’ initial contributions.
67
Before any distributions are made to investors, the Series must first pay its Operating Expenses and other Series-level obligations, and the Manager may retain additional reserves in its sole discretion. As a result, it could take a significant period before investors recover their initial investment in full, and there can be no assurance that the Series will generate sufficient Free Cash Flow to begin making distributions to investors within any particular timeframe. If Mr. Cruz’s career as a professional athlete is cut short, if he does not reach the major leagues, if his earnings are lower than anticipated, or if Series expenses materially reduce distributable cash flow, investors may never recover their initial investment. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Units — Distributions, if any, will vary and may be delayed, reduced, or suspended,” “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Industry — Each series is tied to the career outcomes of a single athlete, creating concentrated exposure to unpredictable events” and “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Industry — Assumptions regarding a Client’s potential to generate Brand Income may prove inaccurate” for more information.
Notwithstanding the foregoing risks, the Manager believes the Series RC BAA represents a favorable risk-adjusted opportunity based on the following factors taken together: Mr. Cruz’s reported Top 100 status across multiple independent ranking systems; the greater-than-89% historical rate at which similarly ranked Top 100 prospects reach the major leagues; the approximately 46% historical rate at which Top 100 prospects achieve 5 or more career WAR; Mr. Cruz’s elite physical tools, including plus raw power and bat speed generating major-league-caliber exit velocities during his age-19 season; his accelerating 2026 performance trajectory; and the favorable comparisons made by recognized industry evaluators. These factors, in the Manager’s view, support the economic rationale for the Series and the terms of the Series RC BAA, although no assurance can be given that any of these factors will result in major-league employment, material Brand Income, Free Cash Flow or distributions to investors.
Series RC-Specific Risk Factors
The following are one or more risk factors specific to Series RC. Such risk factors should be read in conjunction with the risks described elsewhere which are generally applicable to the Company and its series, and each series offering.
Series RC will use approximately 93.0% of the gross proceeds from this offering to fund the Initial Advisory Payment to Ronny Cruz, while Series RC will receive only 10% of his qualifying Brand Income, and investors may need to wait a significant period of time, if ever, to recover their investment.
If Series RC sells the Maximum Offering Amount of $1,290,000, Series RC intends to apply $1,200,000, or approximately 93.0% of the gross proceeds, to the Initial Advisory Payment and the Series RC Manager Promissory Note, consisting of $850,000 toward the Initial Advisory Payment and $350,000 to repay the note in accordance with its payment waterfall. In return, Series RC is entitled to receive the Brand Amount equal to 10% of Mr. Cruz’s Brand Income, which generally consists of covered gross on-field professional baseball compensation earned in qualifying leagues and expressly excludes endorsements, sponsorships, appearances, licensing, merchandising and other off-field commercial income. As a result, before taking into account Operating Expenses, reserves, Advisory Services costs, the Series RC Maintenance Fee and other Series-level obligations, Mr. Cruz would need to generate approximately $12.9 million of aggregate Brand Income for Series RC to receive gross Brand Amount payments equal to the $1,290,000 Maximum Offering Amount, and a greater amount would be required before investors could recover their initial investment through distributions. Mr. Cruz currently has no Major League service time and no Major League statistics, and any Brand Amounts based only on minor-league compensation are expected to be limited relative to the Initial Advisory Payment and Series expenses. Accordingly, investors may not recover their initial investment for a significant period of time, and may never recover their investment, if Mr. Cruz does not generate sufficient Brand Income or if expenses, reserves or other Series-level obligations materially reduce Free Cash Flow.
68
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions Involving Series RC
The following is a description of all transactions since establishment of Series RC and currently proposed transactions, if any, to which Series RC is or is expected to be a party and in which any of our directors, executive officers, promoters, the Manager, affiliates and control persons of our Manager, holders of more than 10% of any Series RC Units, or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest:
| ● | On May 12, 2026, Series RC issued a Convertible Promissory Note (the “Series RC Manager Promissory Note”) to the Manager in the original principal amount of $350,000 in connection with the Manager’s advance of funds for Series purposes, including Offering Expenses and Operating Expenses. The note bears interest at 1.0% per annum, subject to a floor equal to the Applicable Federal Rate for any advance that constitutes an Operating Expense Reimbursement Obligation. During an Event of Default, the applicable rate increases by 6.0 percentage points, subject to the maximum lawful rate. The Maturity Date is the earlier of payment in full of the Initial Advisory Amount or termination of the Offering. For purposes of the note, “Initial Advisory Amount” means the full aggregate Initial Advisory Payment payable to Mr. Cruz under the Series RC BAA, as adjusted to the Funded Amount if applicable; the $350,000 initial payment and any later payments are installments of that aggregate amount. Series RC must repay principal and accrued interest from net Offering proceeds within 14 days after the Maturity Date, but no amount is due until one of those maturity events occurs. Before termination of the Offering, proceeds must first be applied to the unpaid Initial Advisory Amount, with excess proceeds then applied to the note. Interest continues to accrue while payment is stayed. On or after the Maturity Date, Series RC may prepay principal and accrued interest without premium or penalty. At any time before repayment in full or the Maturity Date, the Manager may, on at least 10 Business Days’ written notice, convert all or part of the outstanding principal and accrued interest into Series RC Units at the offering price per Unit. The note is unsecured, is an obligation solely of Series RC, contains negative covenants restricting senior or pari passu indebtedness and security interests without the Manager’s consent, and is governed by Delaware law. See “Risks Related to Conflicts of Interest” under “Risk Factors” for more information. |
Series RC Unitholdings of our Manager and Certain Other Persons
Except for any Series RC Units that may be issued upon conversion of the Series RC Manager Promissory Note at our Manager’s discretion, neither our Manager nor any of its affiliates, representatives, or board members owns or proposes to own any Series RC Units. See “— Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions Involving Series RC” for more information.
Agentiq Sports 1 Series Esmerlyn Valdez Ramirez
Agentiq Sports 1 Series Esmerlyn Valdez Ramirez (“Series EVR”), a designated series of Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC, was established on July 14, 2026 to allow investors to participate in a contractual right to receive a fixed percentage of the on-field professional baseball income generated by Esmerlyn Valdez Ramirez at the major league level over the course of his career.
69
Series EVR Designation
The following table contains a summary of certain terms of the Amended and Restated Series Designation governing Series EVR, dated August 4, 2026 (the “Series EVR Designation”), which may be material to a prospective investor’s subscription for the EVR Units. The Series EVR Designation amends, restates, supersedes and replaces in its entirety the Series Designation of Series EVR originally adopted as of July 14, 2026, and sets forth the series-specific terms of Series EVR within the Company’s broader series limited liability company structure. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Series EVR Designation attached as an exhibit to the Offering Statement of which this Offering Circular forms a part.
| Name of Series: | Agentiq Sports 1 Series Esmerlyn Valdez Ramirez | |
| Effective Date of Establishment: | July 14, 2026 | |
| Effective Date of Amendment and Restatement: | August 4, 2026 (the “Amendment Effective Date”), which is the effective date of the Amended and Restated Brand Advisory Agreement. The establishment of Series EVR is not affected by the amendment and restatement, and Series EVR has been in existence continuously since July 14, 2026. | |
| Manager: | Agentiq Sports, Inc., appointed as Manager of the Series with effect from the Effective Date of the Series and continuing until the earlier of dissolution of the Series or the Manager’s removal or replacement, in each case in accordance with the Operating Agreement. | |
| Series Asset: | The asset of the Series shall be comprised of all rights, title, and interest in and to that certain Amended and Restated Brand Advisory Agreement, dated as of August 4, 2026, by and among the Series, MagicMan 55 LLC, a Florida limited liability company (the “Client”), and Esmerlyn Valdez Ramirez, an individual, in his personal capacity (the “Player”), which amends and restates in its entirety the Brand Advisory Agreement, dated as of July 14, 2026, between the Series and the Player. | |
| Authorized Capital; Unit Sales; Broker-Dealer: | The Series is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Units of membership interest in the Series in one or more offerings. Each Unit is a single legal Unit and may be issued, purchased, held, transferred, converted and recorded in increments of 0.01 Unit. The Manager is authorized to cause the Series to offer and sell Units on such terms and conditions, including price, quantity and minimum investment amounts, as the Manager may determine in its sole discretion, and may engage, change or replace a broker-dealer to facilitate any such sale and cause the Series to pay that broker-dealer a commission from the gross proceeds raised from the sale of the Units. | |
| Maintenance Fee: | In connection with each cash distribution by the Series to holders of Units, the Series shall pay to the Manager a maintenance fee (the “Series EVR Maintenance Fee”) for the Manager’s management and administration of the Series, its business, its assets and the Brand Advisory Agreement. The Series EVR Maintenance Fee shall equal two and one-half percent (2.5%) of the amount actually distributed in cash to holders of Units. For each cash distribution, the Manager shall determine the aggregate amount of cash legally available and designated to fund both the distribution to holders of Units and the related Maintenance Fee, determined after payment of, or reservation for, all Operating Expenses and other deductions required under the Operating Agreement (other than the Maintenance Fee payable in connection with that distribution) and before deduction of that Maintenance Fee (the “Aggregate Distribution Funding Amount”). After the Aggregate Distribution Funding Amount has been allocated among holders of outstanding Units pro rata in accordance with their respective Unit holdings, the amount actually distributed in cash with respect to each Unit shall equal the portion of the Aggregate Distribution Funding Amount allocated to that Unit divided by 1.025, and the Maintenance Fee attributable to that Unit shall equal two and one-half percent (2.5%) of the amount actually distributed in cash with respect to that Unit. The Maintenance Fee shall be paid contemporaneously with the related distribution, solely from and not in addition to the Aggregate Distribution Funding Amount, and shall be treated as an Operating Expense of the Series; provided, that it shall not reduce the Aggregate Distribution Funding Amount a second time. No Maintenance Fee shall accrue, become due or be payable except in connection with, and based on, an amount actually distributed in cash to holders of Units. |
70
| Negotiation Fee: | The Series shall pay to the Manager a one-time negotiation fee (the “Series EVR Negotiation Fee”) in an amount not to exceed $113,000, which amount is inclusive of the Manager’s compensation and associated out-of-pocket costs and expenses described in this section and represents approximately 4.7% of the $2,400,000 Guaranteed Portion of the initial advisory payment payable by the Series to the Client under the Brand Advisory Agreement. The Series EVR Negotiation Fee covers costs and expenses incurred in identifying, sourcing, structuring, negotiating, documenting and closing the Brand Advisory Agreement, including fees and expenses payable to any agent or intermediary of the Client and customary deal expenses such as travel and lodging, diligence and background checks, third-party research, legal and documentation costs and closing-related technology or data-room charges. Except as set forth below, the Series EVR Negotiation Fee shall be payable from the gross proceeds of the Offering.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the aggregate gross proceeds raised in the Offering do not exceed the Series EVR Minimum Offering Amount, then the Series EVR Negotiation Fee and any other fees owed or amounts otherwise payable to the Manager in connection with the offering shall not be payable in full at the closing of the Offering but shall instead be deferred and paid over time from the revenues generated by the Series. Such deferred amounts shall be paid to the Manager from the revenues of the Series (i) quarterly in arrears, promptly following the end of each fiscal quarter during which the Series generated revenues, (ii) in an amount equal to the lesser of (A) the aggregate unpaid deferred amount then outstanding and (B) fifty percent (50%) of the net revenues of the Series for such quarter (after payment of any Series expenses required to be paid from such revenues), and (iii) prior to any distributions to the holders of Units. For the avoidance of doubt, such deferred payment obligation shall not bear interest, and the Manager’s right to receive such deferred amounts shall be subordinate only to amounts owed to the Client under the Brand Advisory Agreement and other ordinary operating expenses of the Series required by law or contract to be paid in priority thereto. | |
| Expense Reimbursement: | Subject to the Operating Agreement, the Manager may be reimbursed by the Series for operating expenses assumed or advanced by the Manager on behalf of the Series pursuant to an Operating Expense Reimbursement Obligation or as otherwise determined by the Manager in accordance with the Operating Agreement.
The Manager has waived its right to reimbursement for Offering expenses advanced on behalf of the Series. | |
| Manager and Affiliate Loans: | The Manager (or an affiliate thereof) is authorized, in its sole discretion, to make loans to the Series on such terms, including interest, as the Manager determines. See “— Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions Involving Series EVR” for more information. | |
| Distributions: | Distributions of Free Cash Flow, if any, shall be made to holders of Units pro rata in accordance with their respective Unit holdings, subject to the limitations and procedures set forth in the Operating Agreement. No distributions in kind of Series Assets shall be made. |
71
Brand Advisory Agreement with Esmerlyn Valdez Ramirez
Series EVR entered into the original Brand Advisory Agreement with Esmerlyn Valdez Ramirez on July 14, 2026. On August 4, 2026, the parties entered into the Amended and Restated Brand Advisory Agreement (the “Series EVR BAA”), which amends and restates the original agreement in its entirety. The Series EVR BAA is a three-party agreement among Series EVR, MagicMan 55 LLC, a Florida limited liability company (the “Client”), and Esmerlyn Valdez Ramirez, in his personal capacity (the “Player”). The Player remains personally bound by his personal performance obligations, indemnification obligations, the security interest and all related protections under the Series EVR BAA, notwithstanding the designation of MagicMan 55 LLC as the Client. Pursuant to the Series EVR BAA, Mr. Valdez sold, assigned and granted to us, as of the Commencement Date and continuing through the Term, the contractual right to receive the Brand Amount, which is equal to 10% of his Brand Income. Brand Income under the Series EVR BAA means any and all gross monies, compensation or other consideration earned by or payable to Mr. Valdez after the Commencement Date solely as a result of his direct participation, performance or employment as a professional athlete at the major league level in the Principal Business, including base salary, prize or award money, on-field bonuses, signing bonuses and performance bonuses (but excluding pre-arbitration salary pool bonuses), and other earnings directly attributable to his on-field activities and services as a professional athlete at the major league level, subject to the permitted deductions and exclusions in the Series EVR BAA. Brand Income does not include compensation attributable to Mr. Valdez’s services at the minor league level, regardless of the payor. For purposes of the Series EVR BAA, “Principal Business” is limited to Mr. Valdez’s primary professional occupation as a professional baseball player in Major League Baseball, Nippon Professional Baseball in Japan, the Korea Baseball Organization and the Mexican League (Liga Mexicana de Béisbol). Compensation from leagues, tournaments or competitions not listed in the Series EVR BAA, including independent leagues, winter leagues and exhibition play, does not constitute Brand Income. Brand Income also excludes all compensation, fees, royalties and other consideration received for endorsements, sponsorships, personal appearances, speaking engagements, licensing of name, image or likeness, merchandising or other off-field commercial activities.
In consideration of the Brand Percentage to be received by Series EVR under the Series EVR BAA, Mr. Valdez is entitled to receive an aggregate Initial Advisory Payment of $2,600,000 and Advisory Services, comprised of the Guaranteed Portion of $2,400,000, which is absolute, unconditional and guaranteed, and the Incremental Portion of $200,000, which is wholly non-guaranteed and discretionary. Series EVR must pay $400,000 of the Guaranteed Portion within 30 days after the Effective Date, and the remaining $2,000,000 balance no later than the Guaranteed Payment Date, which is the earlier of 120 days after the Qualification Date and 150 days after the Effective Date (the “Backstop Date”); if no Qualification Date occurs, the Guaranteed Payment Date is the Backstop Date. The guaranteed payment obligation is not conditioned on qualification, commencement or closing of the Series Offering. The Brand Percentage is a flat 10% and is not adjusted based on the amount or timing of the Initial Advisory Payment. However, no Brand Percentage attaches, no Brand Amount accrues or becomes payable, no collection mechanism becomes effective, and no security interest or UCC filing right attaches or may be exercised unless and until the full $2,400,000 Guaranteed Portion has been paid. The Commencement Date occurs only when the full Guaranteed Portion has been paid, and payment of the initial $400,000 installment alone does not establish the Commencement Date. If Series EVR fails to pay any portion of the Guaranteed Portion when due and does not cure by paying all overdue portions within 30 days after written notice from the Player or the Client, the Player or the Client may terminate the Series EVR BAA without repaying amounts already received, and Series EVR must release the related collection and security rights. Nonpayment of the Incremental Portion is not a breach and gives rise to no remedy. The Advisory Services include strategic brand enhancement and promotional advisory services, and Mr. Valdez has agreed to participate in bi-annual planning meetings and up to two promotional events or media appearances per year, subject to the Series EVR BAA. Series EVR paid the initial $400,000 installment to Mr. Valdez on July 31, 2026 using proceeds of the Series EVR Manager Promissory Note. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions Involving Series EVR” for more information.
72
Based on the Manager’s internal evaluation of Mr. Valdez’s current professional profile, recent performance, public prospect rankings and potential opportunities for advancement, the Manager currently believes that Mr. Valdez may have a reasonable prospect of earning Brand Income under the Series EVR BAA during the term of the investment. See “— Prospect Rankings and Independent Evaluations” for more information. However, any such assessment reflects only the Manager’s subjective internal analysis and assumptions, is inherently uncertain, and should not be viewed as a prediction or assurance that Mr. Valdez will remain on a Major League roster, sign with or play in any other qualifying professional baseball league, sustain or increase his major-league compensation on any particular timeline, or otherwise generate Brand Income on any particular timeline or at all. Because Brand Income under the Series EVR BAA is limited to major league level compensation and expressly excludes minor league compensation, the Series will not receive any Brand Amounts for any period in which Mr. Valdez does not earn compensation at the major league level. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Industry — Assumptions regarding a Client’s potential to generate Brand Income may prove inaccurate, and investors should not rely on any expectation regarding the timing or likelihood of advancement to, or participation in, any qualifying professional league or competition” for more information.
From and after the Commencement Date, Mr. Valdez must open and maintain a Participation Account at a bank or financial institution willing to execute the Account Control Agreement and otherwise reasonably acceptable to Series EVR, execute and deliver the springing Account Control Agreement, direct 100% of his Brand Income to the Participation Account, and establish and maintain an automatic bi-weekly transfer of the Brand Amount from the Participation Account to the Company Account, subject to the fallback direct-remittance procedures in the Series EVR BAA. The Participation Account, deposit-direction, automatic-transfer, security interest and UCC filing rights do not become effective unless and until the full $2,400,000 Guaranteed Portion has been paid. Mr. Valdez must also maintain complete and accurate books and records of contracts generating Brand Income, Brand Income earned or received and calculations of Brand Amounts payable to Series EVR, including contracts, pay stubs, earning statements, invoices, bank statements and records of any expenses or deductions claimed under the definition of Brand Income, and must retain those records during the Term and for 12 months after termination or expiration of the Series EVR BAA. In addition, Mr. Valdez must deliver a Semi-Annual Report to the Manager within 10 business days after each June 30 and December 31 during the Term, including the total Brand Income earned or received during the applicable six-month period, the Brand Amount owed to Series EVR, year-to-date summaries and other information reasonably requested by Series EVR, together with supporting documentation. Series EVR, the Manager or their designee may examine, audit and copy relevant books, records and accounts of Mr. Valdez and his Affiliates during the Term and for 12 months after the Term to verify the accuracy of Semi-Annual Reports and Brand Amount payments, subject to the procedures and limitations in the Series EVR BAA.
The Term of the Series EVR BAA commences on the Effective Date and, unless earlier terminated in accordance with its terms, will continue until the earlier of: (i) the date that is two years after Mr. Valdez’s official retirement or permanent cessation from actively engaging in the Principal Business, subject to automatic continuation if he resumes active participation in the Principal Business during such two-year termination tolling period; and (ii) the 25th anniversary of the Effective Date of the Series EVR BAA. The Series EVR BAA may also be terminated earlier by mutual written agreement of the parties (which must be signed by each of the Client, the Player and the Manager on behalf of Series EVR) or for an uncured material breach following the applicable notice and cure period, and certain Collection Failures, deposit instruction failures, Account Control Agreement failures and intentional diversion of Brand Income constitute material breaches. If Mr. Valdez resumes active participation in the Principal Business after the end of the termination tolling period and the Series EVR BAA has terminated, he must pay the Brand Percentage with respect to his Brand Income to a Revenue Share Trust established for the former members of the applicable series, as provided in the Series EVR BAA.
73
If Mr. Valdez voluntarily ceases to engage in the Principal Business prior to the fifth anniversary of the Commencement Date of the Series EVR BAA for any reason other than Good Reason, he must pay to Series EVR, as liquidated damages, the Clawback Repayment Amount, which is the amount necessary, measured as of the date of cessation, to cause Series EVR to have realized a Series IRR of ten percent (10%) per annum on the aggregate Initial Advisory Payment actually paid. The Clawback Repayment Amount shall be reduced by twenty-five percent (25%) for each full year of the Player’s participation in the Principal Business following the Commencement Date, such that the Clawback Repayment Amount shall be reduced to $0 upon the Player’s completion of the fourth full year, and no amount shall be payable if Series EVR has already achieved a Series IRR equal to or greater than ten percent (10%) per annum as of the applicable date. Such payment is due in full within thirty (30) days after the date of cessation. “Good Reason” exists only if Mr. Valdez’s voluntary early cessation of the Principal Business is due to a significant, documented injury, illness, or medical condition (including a documented mental-health condition certified by a licensed mental-health professional) (a “Major Injury”) that either renders him physically or mentally unable to continue performing in the Principal Business or, if he were to continue, would pose a substantial risk of harm to his physical or mental health beyond the ordinary risks of the profession, or if a Major League team fails to offer the Player a Major League Baseball contract. The existence of Good Reason is determined in good faith by the parties, and if the parties disagree, the determination will be made by a qualified independent physician or licensed mental-health professional in accordance with the procedure set forth in the Series EVR BAA.
In addition to the clawback provisions, the Series EVR BAA grants the Client and/or the Player the right, at any time following the Commencement Date and during the remainder of the Term, to buy out Series EVR’s right to receive the Brand Amount and terminate the Continuing Payment Obligations by paying a lump-sum Buyout Price. The Buyout Price is the greatest of: (i) the present value of the projected remaining Brand Amount payments through the end of the Term, as calculated by Series EVR; (ii) the amount necessary to yield Series EVR a Series IRR of ten percent (10%) per annum on the aggregate Initial Advisory Payment actually paid; and (iii) the aggregate Initial Advisory Payment actually funded, less Brand Amounts actually paid. Neither the Buyout Right nor the Buyout Price steps down over time. Upon receipt of the Buyout Price in full, the Continuing Payment Obligations terminate and the Player is fully released, and the clawback provisions do not apply to any cessation of the Principal Business occurring after such payment. In addition, upon a Voluntary Retirement by the Player, if Series EVR has achieved the Target Return (a Series IRR equal to or greater than ten percent (10%) per annum) as of the effective date of such Voluntary Retirement, the Continuing Payment Obligations terminate and the Player is fully and finally released from those obligations, the clawback provisions and the survival and resumption provisions. If the Target Return has not been achieved, no termination or release occurs under this provision and all obligations continue in accordance with the Series EVR BAA.
Athlete Overview
Mr. Valdez is a professional baseball player currently on the active roster of the Pittsburgh Pirates of Major League Baseball, or MLB. Mr. Valdez is a right-handed-hitting, right-handed-throwing outfielder listed at 6 feet 2 inches and 234 pounds, born January 27, 2004, in San Juan de la Maguana, Dominican Republic. He has appeared in right field and left field at the Major League level and also has professional experience at first base, with right field as his primary current position. The Pirates signed Mr. Valdez as an international free agent on January 15, 2021, for a reported signing bonus of $130,000. He advanced through the Pirates’ Dominican Summer League and Florida Complex League affiliates and the Bradenton Marauders, Greensboro Grasshoppers, Altoona Curve and Indianapolis Indians before the Pirates selected his contract and added him to their 40-man roster on November 18, 2025. Mr. Valdez made his MLB debut on May 22, 2026, was optioned to Indianapolis on May 28, 2026, and was recalled on June 11, 2026. As of July 20, 2026, he remained on the Pirates’ active roster. At the time of his initial MLB promotion, MLB Pipeline ranked him as the No. 9 prospect in the Pirates organization, and the ZiPS projection system had ranked him No. 85 among its 2026 Top 100 prospects.
74
Mr. Valdez is employed under the Uniform Player’s Contract framework established by the MLB collective bargaining agreement and has accrued less than one year of Major League service time. He is not currently eligible for salary arbitration or free agency. Players who are not yet eligible for salary arbitration generally earn the MLB minimum salary or a salary modestly above that amount while performing Major League service, unless they have entered into a separate agreement providing for greater compensation. The MLB minimum salary is $780,000 for the 2026 season under the 2022-2026 collective bargaining agreement and is paid on a daily basis for time spent on a Major League roster. Compensation for any period during which Mr. Valdez is optioned to the minor leagues is governed by the applicable minor-league rate in his Uniform Player’s Contract and the collective bargaining agreement. The current collective bargaining agreement expires on December 1, 2026, and the minimum salary and other compensation rules applicable beginning in 2027 will be determined under the next agreement.
In light of the foregoing and due to the terms of the Series EVR BAA, it could take a number of years for investors to recover their initial investment, and if Mr. Valdez’s career as a professional athlete is cut short or his earnings otherwise decrease over time, investors may never recover their initial investment. For example, by way of illustration only, if Mr. Valdez earned $780,000 of qualifying Brand Income during a full season after the Commencement Date, the Brand Amount payable to Series EVR for that season would be approximately $78,000. Before any distributions are made to investors, however, Series EVR must first pay its Operating Expenses and other Series-level obligations, and the Manager may retain additional reserves in its sole discretion. As a result, it could take a significant period of time before investors recover their initial investment in full, and there can be no assurance that Series EVR will generate sufficient Free Cash Flow to begin making distributions to investors within any particular timeframe. As discussed above under Risk Factors, the average career length of a Major League player is around five years, which raises substantial doubt about Mr. Valdez’s ability to generate sufficient Brand Income over the length of his career for investors to recover their initial investment. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Units — Distributions, if any, will vary and may be delayed, reduced, or suspended” and “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Industry — Each series is tied to the career outcomes of a single athlete, creating concentrated exposure to unpredictable events” for more information.
Athlete Statistics
| Season / Level | G | PA | AB | R | H | 2B | 3B | HR | RBI | SB | BB | SO | AVG | OBP | SLG | OPS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Greensboro (High-A), 2025 | 72 | 314 | — | — | — | — | — | 20 | 57 | — | — | — | .303 | .385 | .592 | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Altoona (Double-A), 2025 | 51 | 215 | — | — | — | — | — | 6 | 29 | — | — | — | .260 | .363 | .409 | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2025 Combined | 123 | 529 | 458 | 75 | 131 | 25 | 2 | 26 | 86 | 3 | 56 | 130 | .286 | .376 | .520 | .896 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Salt River (AFL), 2025 | 19 | — | 57 | 19 | 21 | 3 | — | 8 | 27 | — | 19 | 12 | .368 | .513 | .842 | 1.355 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Indianapolis (Triple-A), 2026 | 56 | 237 | 192 | 33 | 49 | 13 | 0 | 13 | 38 | 0 | 41 | 51 | .255 | .388 | .526 | .914 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Pittsburgh (MLB), 2026 | 31 | 118 | 105 | 23 | 32 | 7 | 1 | 12 | 32 | 0 | 12 | 44 | .305 | .373 | .733 | 1.106 |
The foregoing statistics are sourced from MLB’s official player profile and affiliated league records and are current through July 19, 2026.
Mr. Valdez led the Arizona Fall League in home runs, RBI and slugging percentage and was named its Offensive Player of the Year.
75
Manager’s Evaluation of the Series EVR Brand Advisory Agreement
The Manager has determined that the Series EVR BAA represents a compelling economic opportunity for the Series and its investors based on Mr. Valdez’s current MLB roster status, recent on-field performance, independent third-party rankings and evaluations, and potential to generate Brand Income from covered compensation earned in the Principal Business. The Manager considered Mr. Valdez’s promotion to MLB at age 22, demonstrated power at multiple levels, improvement in strikeout rate from 2024 to 2025, plate discipline at Triple-A in 2026 and early MLB production. The Manager also considered his limited MLB experience, current strikeout rate, defensive and positional profile, and the risk that his production or roster role will not be sustained. This evaluation reflects only the Manager’s subjective internal analysis and assumptions as of the date of this Offering Circular and should not be construed as a guarantee or prediction of future performance, continued MLB employment, compensation or Brand Income.
Prospect Rankings and Independent Evaluations
At the time of Mr. Valdez’s May 2026 promotion, MLB Pipeline ranked him as the No. 9 prospect in the Pittsburgh Pirates organization. In February 2026, the ZiPS projection system ranked him No. 85 among its 2026 Top 100 prospects. On June 3, 2026, FanGraphs ranked him as the No. 8 prospect in the Pirates organization and assigned him a Future Value grade of 45.
MLB Pipeline identified power as Mr. Valdez’s strongest tool and reported that his 2025 improvement followed changes to his conditioning, swing and approach that reduced his miss and chase rates. It also reported that he remained vulnerable to higher-velocity fastballs, while expressing increased confidence that he could become an average defensive right fielder. FanGraphs’ 30/35 present/future fielding assessment reflects a materially less favorable evaluation than MLB Pipeline’s outlook. Independent evaluators have therefore identified contact and defensive limitations that may affect Mr. Valdez’s ability to sustain his production and regular playing time.
| Tool | MLB Pipeline (20–80 Scale) | FanGraphs Present | FanGraphs Future | |||||||||
| Hit | 45 | 30 | 40 | |||||||||
| Power (Raw) | 60 | 60 | 60 | |||||||||
| Power (Game) | — | 50 | 55 | |||||||||
| Run | 40 | 40 | 40 | |||||||||
| Arm | 50 | 55 (Throw) | 55 (Throw) | |||||||||
| Field | 45 | 30 | 35 | |||||||||
| Overall | 45 | — | — | |||||||||
| FanGraphs Future Value | — | — | 45 | |||||||||
| FanGraphs Org Rank | — | — | No. 8 (Pirates) | |||||||||
| MLB Pipeline Org Rank | — | No. 9 (Pirates, May 2026) | — | |||||||||
Mr. Valdez’s strikeout rate declined from 30.6% in 2024 to 24.6% in 2025 and to approximately 21% at Triple-A as of the June 2026 report, before rising to 37.3% in his first 118 Major League plate appearances. Investors should not assume that the earlier improvement in contact rate will be sustained at the Major League level.
| Period | Level | K% | ||||
| 2024 | Minor Leagues | 30.6 | % | |||
| 2025 | Minor Leagues (Combined) | 24.6 | % | |||
| 2026 (through June) | Triple-A (Indianapolis) | ~21 | % | |||
| 2026 (through July 19) | MLB (Pittsburgh) | 37.3 | % | |||
Mr. Valdez hit 22 home runs at Single-A Bradenton in 2024 and 26 home runs across High-A and Double-A in 2025. In 2025, he was selected for the All-Star Futures Game, was named the Pirates’ Willie Stargell Slugger of the Year and received South Atlantic League Most Valuable Player and post-season All-Star honors. Following his Arizona Fall League performance, the Pirates selected his contract and added him to their 40-man roster on November 18, 2025. At Triple-A in 2026, he recorded 13 home runs and 41 walks against 51 strikeouts in 237 plate appearances before his June 11 recall to Pittsburgh.
76
Mr. Valdez made his MLB debut on May 22, 2026, and hit a home run for his first MLB hit on May 24, 2026. Through his first 31 MLB games, he became the fourth player in MLB history to record at least 12 home runs and 31 RBI during that span.
| Metric | Value | |||
| Average Exit Velocity | 92.9 mph | |||
| Maximum Exit Velocity | 112.7 mph | |||
| Hard-Hit Rate | 54.8 | % | ||
| Barrel Rate | 27.4 | % | ||
| Strikeout Rate | 37.3 | % | ||
| Plate Appearances | 118 | |||
| Metric | Actual | Expected | Divergence | |||||||
| Weighted On-Base Average | .457 | .354 | +103 points | |||||||
| Batting Average | .305 | .220 | +85 points | |||||||
Early MLB results cover only 31 games and 118 plate appearances. Expected statistics were materially lower than actual results. Expected statistics are calculated based on batted-ball quality and do not fully account for defensive positioning, luck or sample size, but the magnitude of the divergence suggests that early results may not be sustainable at current levels.
Independent evaluators have identified contact and defensive limitations that may affect Mr. Valdez’s ability to sustain his current production and regular playing time. There can be no assurance that Mr. Valdez will remain on an MLB roster, receive regular playing time, sustain his current level of performance or earn any particular level of compensation or Brand Income.
Historical Outcomes for Comparable Early Major League Performance
Through July 19, 2026, Mr. Valdez had recorded 12 home runs and 32 RBI in his first 31 MLB games. He became the fourth player in MLB history to record at least 12 home runs and 31 RBI during his first 31 games, joining Rhys Hoskins, Aristides Aquino and Will Smith. The subsequent outcomes of those three players demonstrate the range of careers that can follow an unusually productive start.
| Comparable Player | Subsequent Professional Outcome | Public Compensation Milestone | ||
| Rhys Hoskins | Established himself as a regular Major League power hitter and reached free agency. | Signed a two-year, $34 million free-agent contract with the Milwaukee Brewers in January 2024. | ||
| Aristides Aquino | Recorded 41 home runs and 108 RBI during his MLB career through 2022, but did not appear in MLB after 2022 and subsequently played in Nippon Professional Baseball and the Mexican League. | Signed a one-year contract with the Chunichi Dragons of Nippon Professional Baseball for a reported $1.2 million plus potential incentives for the 2023 season. | ||
| Will Smith | Established himself as the Los Angeles Dodgers’ regular catcher and became an All-Star. | Signed a ten-year, $140 million extension with the Dodgers in March 2024 covering the period through 2033. |
77
These three players are not a statistically representative cohort, and their outcomes do not establish a probability that Mr. Valdez will follow any particular path. They do demonstrate that comparable early home-run and run-production totals have preceded materially different career durations and compensation outcomes, ranging from a relatively brief MLB career to a long-term nine-figure contract.
MLB Service-Time and Compensation Framework
Mr. Valdez has accrued less than one year of Major League service. The following table describes the compensation stages relevant to his potential Brand Income. The calendar timing of each stage depends on the number of Major League service days he accrues, any optional assignments or other periods without Major League service, the Super Two cutoff and the terms of the collective bargaining agreement that succeeds the current agreement after December 1, 2026.
| Career Stage | General Eligibility or Timing | Compensation Framework | Relevance to Series EVR | |||
| Current 2026 service | Partial first MLB season; less than one year of service | 2026 MLB minimum salary of $780,000, or any greater amount provided by contract, paid based on days of Major League service | Series EVR may receive 10% only of qualifying Brand Income earned after the Commencement Date. | |||
| Pre-arbitration | Generally before three years of Major League service | Club-determined salary subject to the applicable MLB minimum, unless superseded by an extension or other agreement | Brand Amounts may remain limited if compensation remains near the MLB minimum. | |||
| Super Two arbitration | Certain players with between two and three years of service, including at least 86 service days in the immediately preceding season, based on the applicable top-22% service-time cutoff | Salary determined through settlement or arbitration one year earlier than the standard path | Mr. Valdez’s eligibility cannot be determined until the applicable service-time cutoff is established. | |||
| Standard salary arbitration | Generally after three years and before six years of Major League service | Salary determined through settlement or arbitration based on performance and comparable players | Sustained performance and regular playing time may produce material compensation growth. | |||
| Free agency or long-term extension | Free agency generally follows six years of Major League service; an extension may occur earlier | Compensation negotiated with the current club or in the free-agent market | This stage presents the greatest potential for material Brand Income but requires sustained employment and performance. | |||
| 40-man roster with minor-league assignment | Requires club selection for or retention on the 40-man roster; an active-roster assignment is separate | Compensation depends on the applicable player contract and assignment | 40-man status alone would not make compensation Brand Income if the compensation remains attributable to Minor League service. | |||
| Optional assignment or other Minor League service | Periods when Mr. Valdez is not accruing Major League service | Compensation governed by the applicable Minor League rate under his Uniform Player’s Contract and the MLB collective bargaining agreement | Minor League compensation is excluded from Brand Income under the Series EVR BAA. | |||
| Covered foreign major-league-level service | Qualifying professional service in Nippon Professional Baseball, the Korea Baseball Organization or the Mexican League | Compensation depends on the applicable league and player contract | Major-league-level on-field compensation may be Brand Income; developmental or minor-league compensation remains excluded. |
78
Economic Analysis
Under the Series EVR BAA, Series EVR is entitled to receive a Brand Amount equal to 10% of Mr. Valdez’s Brand Income in exchange for the $2,400,000 Guaranteed Portion of the Initial Advisory Payment to Mr. Valdez. The Brand Percentage applies only after Series EVR has paid the Guaranteed Portion in full and the Commencement Date has occurred. Brand Income includes qualifying Major League-level salary, signing bonuses, on-field performance bonuses and awards earned in MLB, Nippon Professional Baseball, the Korea Baseball Organization or the Mexican League, subject to the deductions and allocation provisions of the Series EVR BAA. Brand Income excludes minor league compensation, pre-arbitration bonus pool payments, endorsements, sponsorships, personal appearances, licensing, merchandising, name, image and likeness compensation and other off-field income.
Because Mr. Valdez has already reached MLB, the Series does not bear the same pre-MLB advancement risk presented by an investment tied to a player who remains in the Minor Leagues. The Series nevertheless bears substantial risk as to the duration and quality of Mr. Valdez’s MLB employment. His 2026 MLB season began before the Effective Date of the Series EVR BAA, and only qualifying Brand Income earned after the Commencement Date is subject to the Brand Percentage. As a result, his full-season 2026 salary should not be treated as Brand Income payable to the Series.
The Manager believes the economic return profile of the Series EVR BAA depends primarily on whether Mr. Valdez remains on a Major League roster, receives regular playing time, converts his demonstrated power into sustained offensive production and advances from pre-arbitration compensation to salary arbitration, a long-term extension or free agency. If his compensation remains at or near the MLB minimum, if he is optioned to the Minor Leagues, or if injury, performance decline or roster decisions shorten his Major League career, aggregate Brand Amounts may be insufficient to permit investors to recover their initial investment.
Illustrative Gross Break-Even Analysis
The following discussion illustrates the amount and duration of qualifying Brand Income required for aggregate gross Brand Amounts received by Series EVR to equal the $2,400,000 Guaranteed Portion of the Initial Advisory Payment and the $2,821,000 Series EVR Maximum Offering Amount. This analysis assumes that Series EVR sells 100,000.00 Series EVR Units at $28.21 per Unit and is entitled to receive the Brand Amount equal to 10% of Mr. Valdez’s qualifying Brand Income under the Series EVR BAA.
This analysis compares aggregate gross Brand Amounts against the $2,400,000 Guaranteed Portion of the Initial Advisory Payment and the $2,821,000 Maximum Offering Amount on a gross basis only, and neither amount is investor break-even. It does not deduct Operating Expenses, reserves, the $113,000 Series EVR Negotiation Fee, repayment of the $400,000 Series EVR Manager Promissory Note, Advisory Services costs, the Series EVR Maintenance Fee, taxes or other Series-level obligations. It also does not reflect the timing of distributions, the Manager’s discretion to retain reserves or the time value of money. Actual investor recovery, if any, would require more Brand Income and take longer than the periods shown below.
At a 10% Brand Percentage, Series EVR would need to receive $2,400,000 of aggregate gross Brand Amounts to equal the Guaranteed Portion of the Initial Advisory Payment, which would require Mr. Valdez to generate $24,000,000 of aggregate qualifying Brand Income after the Commencement Date, and $2,821,000 of aggregate gross Brand Amounts to equal the Maximum Offering Amount, which would require $28,210,000 of aggregate qualifying Brand Income after the Commencement Date, in each case before taking into account any Series expenses, reserves or other obligations.
| Illustrative Annual Qualifying Brand Income | Annual Gross Brand Amount at 10% | Full Seasons to Equal the $2,400,000 Guaranteed Portion of the Initial Advisory Payment | Full Seasons to Equal the $2,821,000 Maximum Offering Amount | |||||||
| $ | 780,000 | $ | 78,000 | Approximately 30.8 seasons | Approximately 36.2 seasons | |||||
| $ | 1,000,000 | $ | 100,000 | Approximately 24.0 seasons | Approximately 28.2 seasons | |||||
| $ | 2,000,000 | $ | 200,000 | Approximately 12.0 seasons | Approximately 14.1 seasons | |||||
| $ | 5,000,000 | $ | 500,000 | Approximately 4.8 seasons | Approximately 5.6 seasons | |||||
| $ | 10,000,000 | $ | 1,000,000 | Approximately 2.4 seasons | Approximately 2.8 seasons | |||||
| $ | 20,000,000 | $ | 2,000,000 | Approximately 1.2 seasons | Approximately 1.4 seasons | |||||
79
The foregoing table assumes the same amount of qualifying Brand Income in each full season, with no interruption, and excludes Brand Income earned before the Commencement Date. It is not a projection of Mr. Valdez’s salary or career duration. The 2026 MLB minimum salary is an annual rate, and Mr. Valdez’s actual 2026 qualifying Brand Income will depend on the Commencement Date, his days of Major League service after that date, his contract and any other qualifying compensation.
The following table illustrates, on a gross basis only, the aggregate Brand Amounts that Series EVR would receive at selected levels of aggregate qualifying Brand Income over the course of Mr. Valdez’s career. It assumes a fixed 10% Brand Percentage and no interruption in qualifying Brand Income, and it measures aggregate gross Brand Amounts against the $2,400,000 Guaranteed Portion of the Initial Advisory Payment and the $2,821,000 Series EVR Maximum Offering Amount on a gross basis only. Neither amount is investor break-even, and the deductions and limitations described above apply equally to this table. As described above, no Brand Percentage attaches and no Brand Amount accrues or becomes payable unless and until the full $2,400,000 Guaranteed Portion has been paid in full, and Brand Income excludes all compensation attributable to minor league service regardless of the identity of the payor as well as pre-arbitration salary pool bonuses, so Series EVR will receive no Brand Amounts during any period in which Mr. Valdez is optioned to the minor leagues or is otherwise not on a Major League roster. The figures below are illustrative only and are not projections of Mr. Valdez’s earnings, compensation, career duration or Brand Income.
| Illustrative Career Pattern | Aggregate Qualifying Brand Income | Aggregate Gross Brand Amount at 10% | Relationship to Guaranteed Portion and Maximum Offering Amount | ||||||||
| No qualifying major-league-level compensation | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | Below both | ||||||
| Three full seasons at $780,000 | $ | 2,340,000 | $ | 234,000 | Below both | ||||||
| Six full seasons at $780,000 | $ | 4,680,000 | $ | 468,000 | Below both | ||||||
| Three full seasons at $780,000 followed by three full seasons at $5,000,000 | $ | 17,340,000 | $ | 1,734,000 | Below both | ||||||
| Twenty-five full seasons at $780,000 — i.e., the full Term at the current MLB minimum | $ | 19,500,000 | $ | 1,950,000 | Below both | ||||||
| Twenty-five full seasons at $1,000,000 | $ | 25,000,000 | $ | 2,500,000 | Exceeds the $2,400,000 Guaranteed Portion but below the $2,821,000 Maximum Offering Amount — Series EVR would recover its advance to Mr. Valdez but not the full amount contributed by investors | ||||||
| Aggregate covered major-league-level compensation of $28,210,000 (the amount required for aggregate gross Brand Amounts to equal the Maximum Offering Amount) | $ | 28,210,000 | $ | 2,821,000 | Equals the $2,821,000 Maximum Offering Amount exactly, before Series expenses and other obligations | ||||||
| Aggregate covered major-league-level compensation of $50,000,000 over a sustained major-league career | $ | 50,000,000 | $ | 5,000,000 | Exceeds both amounts before Series expenses and other obligations | ||||||
| Aggregate covered major-league-level compensation of $100,000,000 over an elite major-league career | $ | 100,000,000 | $ | 10,000,000 | Exceeds both amounts by a substantial margin before Series expenses and other obligations | ||||||
80
At the 2026 MLB minimum salary of $780,000, a full season would produce a gross Brand Amount of $78,000. Even if Mr. Valdez earned $780,000 of qualifying Brand Income in each year of the full 25-year Term, aggregate gross Brand Amounts would total approximately $1,950,000, which is below both the $2,400,000 Guaranteed Portion and the $2,821,000 Maximum Offering Amount and does not account for any Series expenses or other obligations. At $1,000,000 of qualifying Brand Income per full season, aggregate gross Brand Amounts over the full 25-year Term would total $2,500,000, which would exceed the Guaranteed Portion but would still fall short of the Maximum Offering Amount. In that circumstance, Series EVR would recover the amount it advanced to Mr. Valdez but not the full amount contributed by investors. Accordingly, aggregate gross Brand Amounts equal to the Maximum Offering Amount would require either average annual qualifying Brand Income above approximately $1,128,400 over the full 25-year Term or higher compensation over a shorter period. Mr. Valdez was optioned to the minor leagues once during his first month at the major-league level, and repeated or extended optional assignments would reduce aggregate Brand Income because minor league compensation is excluded. Investors should not assume that any illustrative career pattern shown above reflects the probable, expected or most likely outcome for Mr. Valdez.
The Manager believes the 25-year term of the Series EVR BAA is an important component of the Series’ economic rationale because it is designed to permit the Series to participate in qualifying Brand Income across Mr. Valdez’s potential pre-arbitration, arbitration, extension and free-agent years. The term does not ensure that Mr. Valdez will remain employed in the Principal Business for 25 years or earn Brand Income throughout that period. Material Brand Amounts generally would require sustained major League-level employment, continued health and performance, roster retention and compensation growth over multiple seasons.
The Manager acknowledges that substantial risks attend an investment tied to the career outcomes of a single athlete. Mr. Valdez has appeared in only 31 MLB games and has a 37.3% strikeout rate in his first 118 plate appearances. His expected statistics are materially lower than his actual results, and independent evaluators have identified contact and defensive limitations. He also faces risks relating to injury, performance adjustment, optional assignment, roster competition, future collective bargaining agreements and the general uncertainty of professional baseball careers.
Before any distributions are made to investors, Series EVR must pay its Operating Expenses and other Series-level obligations, and the Manager may retain additional reserves in its sole discretion. If Mr. Valdez’s career is cut short, his earnings are lower than anticipated, the Commencement Date is delayed, Brand Amounts are not collected or Series expenses materially reduce distributable cash flow, investors may never recover their initial investment. See “Distributions, if any, will vary and may be delayed, reduced, or suspended” under “Risk Factors” and “Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Units,” and “Each series is tied to the career outcomes of a single athlete, creating concentrated exposure to unpredictable events” and “Assumptions regarding a Client’s potential to generate Brand Income may prove inaccurate” under “Risk Factors” and “Risks Related to Our Business and Industry” for more information.
Notwithstanding the foregoing risks, the Manager believes the Series EVR BAA represents a favorable risk-adjusted opportunity based on the following factors taken together: Mr. Valdez has already reached MLB at age 22; he is one of four players in MLB history to record at least 12 home runs and 31 RBI in his first 31 games; his early production includes elite batted-ball measures; he demonstrated power across multiple Minor League levels before his promotion; and the 25-year term permits participation in qualifying Brand Income if he sustains Major League-level employment and advances to higher compensation stages. These factors support the Manager’s economic rationale for the Series EVR BAA, although they do not assure continued MLB employment, material Brand Income, Free Cash Flow or distributions to investors.
Series EVR-Specific Risk Factors
The following are one or more risk factors specific to Series EVR. Such risk factors should be read in conjunction with the risks described elsewhere which are generally applicable to the Company and its series, and each series offering.
Mr. Valdez’s contact and defensive limitations may reduce his Major League role, and an optional assignment would eliminate Brand Amounts during that period.
Through July 19, 2026, Mr. Valdez struck out in 37.3% of his first 118 MLB plate appearances, significantly above the league average, and FanGraphs assigned him present/future scouting grades of only 30/40 for his hit tool in June 2026. Over the same period, his Statcast expected statistics were materially lower than his actual results: his .305 actual batting average exceeded his .220 expected batting average by 85 points, and his .457 weighted on-base average exceeded his .354 expected weighted on-base average by 103 points. Expected statistics are calculated based on batted-ball quality and do not fully account for defensive positioning, luck or sample size, but the divergence suggests that his early results may not be sustainable at current levels. If Mr. Valdez is unable to improve his contact rate or adjust to Major League pitching, if his performance regresses toward his expected statistics, or if pitchers and defenses adjust to his approach, he may experience reduced playing time, optional assignment to the Minor Leagues or a shorter-than-expected Major League career, any of which could materially reduce Brand Income and distributions to investors.
FanGraphs assigned Mr. Valdez present/future scouting grades of 30/35 for his fielding in June 2026, reflecting a below-average defensive profile. Mr. Valdez’s primary position is right field, a position where defensive value is weighted more heavily than at designated hitter. If Mr. Valdez is unable to develop into an average defender or if his offensive production declines, his roster value could be materially diminished. A player with both limited defensive contributions and declining offensive production may face reduced playing time, optional assignment, or release, any of which would negatively affect Brand Income.
81
Brand Income under the Series EVR BAA is limited to compensation earned at the Major League level and expressly excludes Minor League compensation regardless of the identity of the payor. As a result, during any period in which Mr. Valdez is optioned to the Minor Leagues or otherwise removed from a Major League roster, Series EVR will receive no Brand Amounts, and any such period will reduce the aggregate Brand Income payable to the Series over the term of the Brand Advisory Agreement. Mr. Valdez was optioned to Triple-A Indianapolis on May 28, 2026, less than one week after his MLB debut, and was recalled on June 11, 2026. There can be no assurance that Mr. Valdez will not be optioned again, and repeated or extended optional assignments could materially reduce Brand Income available to the Series.
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions Involving Series EVR
The following is a description of all transactions since establishment of Series EVR and currently proposed transactions, if any, to which Series EVR is or is expected to be a party and in which any of our directors, executive officers, promoters, the Manager, affiliates and control persons of our Manager, holders of more than 10% of any Series EVR Units, or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest:
| ● | On July 14, 2026, Series EVR issued a Convertible Promissory Note (the “Series EVR Manager Promissory Note”) to the Manager in the original principal amount of $400,000 in connection with the Manager’s advance of funds for Series purposes, including funding Series EVR’s initial payment obligation under the Series EVR BAA, Offering Expenses and Operating Expenses. The note bears interest at 1.0% per annum, subject to a floor equal to the Applicable Federal Rate for any advance that constitutes an Operating Expense Reimbursement Obligation. During an Event of Default, the applicable rate increases by 6.0 percentage points, subject to the maximum lawful rate. The Maturity Date is the earlier of payment in full of the Initial Advisory Amount or termination of the Offering. For purposes of the note, “Initial Advisory Amount” means the $2,400,000 Guaranteed Portion of the Initial Advisory Amount payable to Mr. Valdez under the Series EVR BAA; the $400,000 initial installment and the $2,000,000 remaining installment are installments of that aggregate amount. Series EVR must repay principal and accrued interest from net Offering proceeds within 14 days after the Maturity Date, but no amount is due until one of those maturity events occurs. Before termination of the Offering, proceeds must first be applied to the unpaid Initial Advisory Amount, with excess proceeds then applied to the note. Interest continues to accrue while payment is stayed. On or after the Maturity Date, Series EVR may prepay principal and accrued interest without premium or penalty. At any time before repayment in full or the Maturity Date, the Manager may, on at least 10 Business Days’ written notice, convert all or part of the outstanding principal and accrued interest into Series EVR Units at the offering price per Unit. The note is unsecured, is an obligation solely of Series EVR, contains negative covenants restricting senior or pari passu indebtedness and security interests without the Manager’s consent, and is governed by Delaware law. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Conflicts of Interest” for more information. |
Series EVR Unitholdings of our Manager and Certain Other Persons
Neither our Manager nor any of its affiliates, representatives or board members owns or proposes to own any Series EVR Units, other than any Series EVR Units that our Manager may acquire upon conversion of the Series EVR Manager Promissory Note. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions Involving Series EVR” for more information.
Agentiq Sports 1 Series Justin Martinez
Agentiq Sports 1 Series Justin Martinez (“Series JM”), a designated series of Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC, was established on August 13, 2026 to allow investors to participate in a contractual right to receive a fixed percentage of the covered on-field professional baseball income generated by Justin Martinez over the course of his professional career, in each case subject to the terms, deductions, exclusions and limitations of the Series JM BAA.
82
Series JM Designation
The following table contains a summary of certain terms of the Series Designation governing Series JM (the “Series JM Designation”) which may be material to a prospective investor’s subscription for the JM Units. The Series JM Designation sets forth the Series-specific terms of Series JM within the Company’s broader series limited liability company structure. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Series JM Designation attached as an exhibit to the Offering Statement of which this Offering Circular forms a part.
| Name of Series: | Agentiq Sports 1 Series Justin Martinez | |
| Effective Date of Establishment: | August 13, 2026 | |
| Manager: | Agentiq Sports, Inc., appointed as Manager of the Series with effect from the Effective Date of the Series and continuing until the earlier of dissolution of the Series or the Manager’s removal or replacement, in each case in accordance with the Operating Agreement. | |
| Series Asset: | All rights, title and interest in and to that certain Brand Advisory Agreement, dated August 13, 2026, by and between Series JM and Justin Martinez (the “Client”). | |
| Authorized Capital; Unit Sales; Broker-Dealer: | Series JM is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Units of membership interest in the Series in one or more offerings. Each Unit is a single legal Unit and may be issued, purchased, held, transferred, converted and recorded in increments of 0.01 Unit. The Manager is authorized to cause Series JM to offer and sell Units on such terms and conditions, including price, quantity and minimum investment amounts, as the Manager may determine in its sole discretion, and may engage, change or replace a broker-dealer to facilitate any such sale and cause Series JM to pay that broker-dealer a commission from the gross proceeds raised from the sale of the Units. | |
| Maintenance Fee: | In connection with each cash distribution by Series JM to holders of Units, the Series shall pay to the Manager a maintenance fee (the “Series JM Maintenance Fee”) for the Manager’s management and administration of the Series, its business, its assets and the Series JM BAA. The Series JM Maintenance Fee shall equal two and one-half percent (2.5%) of the amount actually distributed in cash to holders of Units. For each cash distribution, the Manager shall determine the aggregate amount of cash legally available and designated to fund both the distribution to holders of Units and the related Maintenance Fee, determined after payment of, or reservation for, all Operating Expenses and other deductions required under the Operating Agreement (other than the Maintenance Fee payable in connection with that distribution) and before deduction of that Maintenance Fee (the “Aggregate Distribution Funding Amount”). After the Aggregate Distribution Funding Amount has been allocated among holders of outstanding Units pro rata in accordance with their respective Unit holdings, the amount actually distributed in cash with respect to each Unit shall equal the portion of the Aggregate Distribution Funding Amount allocated to that Unit divided by 1.025, and the Maintenance Fee attributable to that Unit shall equal two and one-half percent (2.5%) of the amount actually distributed in cash with respect to that Unit. The Maintenance Fee shall be paid contemporaneously with the related distribution, solely from and not in addition to the Aggregate Distribution Funding Amount, and shall be treated as an Operating Expense of the Series; provided, that it shall not reduce the Aggregate Distribution Funding Amount a second time. No Maintenance Fee shall accrue, become due or be payable except in connection with, and based on, an amount actually distributed in cash to holders of Units. |
83
| Negotiation Fee: | The Series shall pay to the Manager a one-time negotiation fee in an amount not to exceed $14,000, which amount is inclusive of the Manager’s compensation and associated out-of-pocket costs and expenses described in this section and represents 4.3% of the $325,000 initial advisory payment payable by the Series to the Client under the Brand Advisory Agreement; provided, that if, following the termination or completion of the applicable offering of Units, the amount of such initial advisory payment actually paid to the Client is less than $325,000, the Negotiation Fee shall be adjusted downward to equal 4.3% of the amount actually paid. The Negotiation Fee covers costs and expenses incurred in identifying, sourcing, structuring, negotiating, documenting and closing the Brand Advisory Agreement, including fees and expenses payable to any agent or intermediary of the Client and customary deal expenses such as travel and lodging, diligence and background checks, third-party research, legal and documentation costs and closing-related technology or data-room charges. | |
| Expense Reimbursement: | Subject to the Operating Agreement, the Manager may be reimbursed by the Series for operating expenses assumed or advanced by the Manager on behalf of the Series pursuant to an Operating Expense Reimbursement Obligation or as otherwise determined by the Manager in accordance with the Operating Agreement.
The Manager has waived its right to reimbursement for Offering expenses advanced on behalf of the Series. | |
| Manager/Affiliate Loans: | The Manager (or an affiliate thereof) is authorized, in its sole discretion, to make loans to the Series on such terms, including interest, as the Manager determines. See “— Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions Involving Series JM” for more information. | |
| Distributions: | Distributions of Free Cash Flow, if any, shall be made to holders of Units pro rata in accordance with their respective Unit holdings, subject to the limitations and procedures set forth in the Operating Agreement. No distributions in kind of Series Assets shall be made. |
Brand Advisory Agreement with Justin Martinez
On August 13, 2026, Series JM entered into a Brand Advisory Agreement with Justin Martinez, a professional baseball player (the “Series JM BAA”). Pursuant to the Series JM BAA, Mr. Martinez sold, assigned and granted to us, as of the Commencement Date and continuing through the Term, the contractual right to receive the Brand Amount, which is equal to 1% of his Brand Income. Brand Income under the Series JM BAA means gross monies, compensation or other consideration earned by or payable to Mr. Martinez after the Commencement Date solely as a result of his direct participation, performance or employment as a professional athlete in the Principal Business, including base salary, signing bonuses, performance bonuses, prize or award money and other earnings directly attributable to his on-field activities and services, subject to the Permitted Deductions and exclusions set forth in the Series JM BAA. For purposes of the Series JM BAA, “Principal Business” is limited to Mr. Martinez’s primary professional occupation as a professional baseball player in Major League Baseball, Nippon Professional Baseball in Japan, the Korea Baseball Organization and the Mexican League (Liga Mexicana de Béisbol). Compensation from leagues, tournaments or competitions not listed in the Series JM BAA, including independent leagues, winter leagues and exhibition play, does not constitute Brand Income.
84
Brand Income includes compensation paid by Major League Baseball, any Major League Baseball club, and any affiliated or related entity within the Major League Baseball organization if that compensation is attributable to Mr. Martinez’s covered services as a professional baseball player. Brand Income is calculated net of reasonable, documented legal fees incurred to secure, negotiate or document a contract that generates Brand Income, reasonable, documented travel, lodging and per diem expenses incurred in securing such income and certain self-employment taxes, in each case subject to the limitations in the Series JM BAA. Agent commissions and fees and taxes payable on Mr. Martinez’s gross income are not deductible. Brand Income excludes insurance proceeds, compensation attributable to services performed before the Commencement Date, documented incidental-expense reimbursements and all endorsements, sponsorships, personal appearances, speaking engagements, licensing of name, image or likeness, merchandising and other off-field commercial income.
In consideration of the Brand Percentage to be received by us under the Series JM BAA, Mr. Martinez is entitled to receive an Initial Advisory Payment of $325,000 and Advisory Services. Series JM must pay $25,000 within 30 days following the Effective Date and the remaining $300,000 on or before the Outside Date, which is four months after the Effective Date, either directly or from proceeds of the Series Offering, at the Manager’s election. The Commencement Date is the date on which Series JM first pays any portion of the Initial Advisory Payment, and the payment and other obligations conditioned on the Commencement Date begin automatically upon that first payment. Series JM paid the initial $25,000 installment to Mr. Martinez on [●, 2026], and that date is the Commencement Date under the Series JM BAA. The payment was funded with proceeds of the Series JM Manager Promissory Note. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions Involving Series JM” for more information. Failure of the Initial Closing of the Series Offering to occur by the Outside Date does not, by itself, permit either party to terminate the Series JM BAA, and Series JM remains obligated to fund the Initial Advisory Payment in accordance with the Series JM BAA.
The Advisory Services include strategic brand enhancement and promotional advisory services, including brand-positioning evaluation, fan-engagement planning, sponsorship and endorsement readiness consulting, marketing campaigns and content development and ongoing brand support. Series JM anticipates spending more than $25,000 on advertising and media featuring Mr. Martinez to drive social awareness and grow his social-media following; this Marketing Spend is non-recoupable. During the Term, Mr. Martinez must participate in planning meetings at least twice each year, two Ambassador Activities each year, provide 200 autographed items in the aggregate and participate in one in-person Fan Meet-Up during each calendar year, including a partial calendar year, in each case subject to the scheduling, notice, expense and other limitations in the Series JM BAA.
Mr. Martinez receives Brand Income directly and must maintain an Autopay Authorization directing his bank or other financial institution to transfer the Brand Amount to the Company Account on a recurring basis during each pay cycle. If the Autopay mechanism is unavailable or fails, Mr. Martinez must remit the Brand Amount directly in accordance with the fallback procedures in the Series JM BAA. Mr. Martinez must retain complete and accurate records concerning Brand Income and Brand Amounts during the Term and for 12 months thereafter and deliver a Semi-Annual Report to the Manager within 10 business days after each June 30 and December 31 during the Term. Series JM, the Manager or their designee may examine, audit and copy the relevant records during the Term and for 12 months thereafter, subject to the procedures and limitations in the Series JM BAA.
To secure Mr. Martinez’s payment and performance obligations, the Series JM BAA grants Series JM a continuing security interest in the Brand Amount, Mr. Martinez’s contractual right to receive the Brand Percentage portion of Brand Income, rights arising from the Autopay Authorization and proceeds of the foregoing. The security interest attaches upon Series JM’s payment of any portion of the Initial Advisory Payment, and the Series JM BAA authorizes Series JM to file financing statements. The Collateral does not include Excluded Income or Mr. Martinez’s other assets, and enforcement is subject to the terms and limitations of the Series JM BAA.
85
The Term of the Series JM BAA commences on the Effective Date and, unless earlier terminated in accordance with its terms, continues until the earlier of: (i) two years after Mr. Martinez’s official retirement or permanent cessation from the Principal Business, subject to automatic continuation if he resumes active participation during that two-year Termination Tolling Period; and (ii) the 25th anniversary of the Effective Date. If Mr. Martinez resumes active participation after the Termination Tolling Period and the Series JM BAA has terminated, he must pay the Brand Percentage with respect to Brand Income earned after resumption to a Revenue Share Trust for the former members of Series JM, as provided in the Series JM BAA.
If Mr. Martinez voluntarily ceases to engage in the Principal Business before the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date for a reason other than Good Reason, he must pay Series JM liquidated damages equal to the aggregate Initial Advisory Payment actually received, plus interest at the lesser of the Prime Rate plus 5% per annum, compounded monthly from the Early Termination Date, and the maximum lawful rate, less Brand Amounts previously paid. The amount otherwise payable is reduced by 15% for each of the first six full years of participation in the Principal Business after the Effective Date and by an additional 10% for the seventh full year, and no amount is payable if, as of the Early Termination Date, aggregate Brand Amounts equal or exceed the Initial Advisory Payment plus a 20% annual internal rate of return. The clawback does not apply if the voluntary cessation is for Good Reason, which is limited to a significant, documented physical or mental injury, illness or medical condition satisfying the standards and verification procedures in the Series JM BAA.
Athlete Overview
Justin Martinez is a right-handed pitcher in the Arizona Diamondbacks organization. MLB lists Mr. Martinez at 6 feet 3 inches and 225 pounds, born July 30, 2001 in Bonao, Dominican Republic. He made his Major League debut on July 7, 2023. As of August 13, 2026, MLB listed Mr. Martinez on a rehabilitation assignment. His Major League career totals through that date were 91 games, a 6-8 record, 14 saves, a 3.77 earned run average, 98.0 innings pitched, 127 strikeouts and a 1.41 WHIP.
Mr. Martinez established himself as a high-leverage Major League reliever in 2024, when he was named the Diamondbacks’ Rookie of the Year by the Arizona Chapter of the Baseball Writers’ Association of America after recording a 2.48 ERA, eight saves and 91 strikeouts in 72⅔ innings across 64 games. His 100.3 mph average fastball velocity was the second-fastest by a National League rookie reliever since 2015, and his 413 pitches at 100 mph or faster led the National League and ranked second in Major League Baseball. In 2025, Mr. Martinez made 17 appearances, recorded five saves and struck out 22 batters in 15⅓ innings before a right ulnar collateral ligament injury ended his season.
Mr. Martinez underwent a second Tommy John surgery following the June 2025 injury; his first Tommy John surgery occurred in 2021. He began a rehabilitation assignment with Single-A Visalia on August 4, 2026 and pitched for Triple-A Reno on August 11, 2026. Through August 11, his 2026 rehabilitation results comprised three scoreless innings, no hits allowed, one walk and at least three strikeouts. Those results are a very limited sample and do not establish that he will return to, or remain healthy and effective at, the Major League level.
Athlete Statistics
| Season | G | W-L | SV | ERA | IP | SO | WHIP | Opponent AVG | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2023 | 10 | 0-0 | 1 | 12.60 | 10.0 | 14 | 2.40 | .295 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2024 | 64 | 5-6 | 8 | 2.48 | 72.2 | 91 | 1.31 | .221 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 17 | 1-2 | 5 | 4.11 | 15.1 | 22 | 1.24 | .135 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Career through Aug. 13, 2026 | 91 | 6-8 | 14 | 3.77 | 98.0 | 127 | 1.41 | .218 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
The foregoing Major League statistics are sourced from MLB’s official player profile and are current through August 13, 2026. Career totals include Mr. Martinez’s 2023 Major League season, in which he debuted on July 7, 2023. The 2026 rehabilitation results described above are minor-league rehabilitation statistics and are not included in Mr. Martinez’s Major League career totals.
86
Manager’s Evaluation of the Series JM Brand Advisory Agreement
The Manager believes the Series JM BAA may present an economic opportunity for Series JM and its investors based on Mr. Martinez’s established Major League experience, elite pitch velocity, strikeout and swing-and-miss results, demonstrated performance in high-leverage relief innings and guaranteed contract through 2029. The Manager also considered Mr. Martinez’s second Tommy John surgery, current rehabilitation status, history of shoulder and elbow injuries, elevated walk rates, the year-to-year volatility associated with relief pitching, the contingent nature of the 2030 through 2032 option years and the limited 1% Brand Percentage. This evaluation reflects only the Manager’s subjective internal analysis and assumptions as of the date of this Offering Circular and should not be construed as a guarantee or prediction of Mr. Martinez’s future health, performance, roster status, compensation, Brand Income, Brand Amounts, Free Cash Flow or distributions.
Performance History and Independent Data
Baseball Savant data for 2024 show that Mr. Martinez paired elite velocity and swing-and-miss ability with strong contact suppression. His 2024 expected earned run average was 3.08, his strikeout rate was 29.5%, his hard-hit rate was 31.8%, his barrel rate was 2.8%, his ground-ball rate was 60.3% and his overall whiff rate was 34.5%. Baseball Savant placed his 2024 fastball velocity in the 100th percentile, whiff rate in the 96th percentile, strikeout rate in the 89th percentile, barrel rate in the 99th percentile, hard-hit rate in the 94th percentile and ground-ball rate in the 97th percentile. His 11.7% walk rate ranked in the 10th percentile, identifying command as a material offsetting risk.
In 2025, Mr. Martinez recorded a 32.8% strikeout rate, 17.9% walk rate and 3.21 expected earned run average over a limited 269-pitch sample before his season-ending elbow injury. His whiff rate increased to 37.3%, but his walk rate also increased materially. The 2025 sample is too limited to support a reliable conclusion regarding his expected performance following rehabilitation.
| Season | xERA | K% | BB% | Hard-Hit% | Barrel% | GB% | Whiff% | |||||||||||||||||||||
| 2024 | 3.08 | 29.5 | 11.7 | 31.8 | 2.8 | 60.3 | 34.5 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 3.21 | 32.8 | 17.9 | 23.3 | 3.3 | 56.7 | 37.3 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Publicly Reported Contract and Compensation Framework
In March 2025, the Diamondbacks announced a five-year contract extension with Mr. Martinez covering the 2025 through 2029 seasons and including club options for 2030 and 2031 and a conditional club option for 2032 that is publicly reported to be triggered if Mr. Martinez underwent elbow surgery or spent a specified number of days on the injured list during the term of the extension. The contract is publicly reported as guaranteeing $18 million, consisting of a $2 million signing bonus, a $1.5 million salary for 2025 and the scheduled base salaries for 2026 through 2029 shown below. Series JM is not a party to that contract, and the compensation information below is derived solely from publicly available reports rather than from the governing player contract. Accordingly, the actual terms of Mr. Martinez’s player contract may differ from the amounts shown, and investors should not rely on these figures as a statement of Mr. Martinez’s contractual compensation or of the Brand Income that Series JM will receive.
| Season | Publicly Reported Compensation | Contract Status | Illustrative Brand Amount at 1% | |||||
| 2025 | $2,000,000 signing bonus and $1,500,000 base salary | Guaranteed; earned and paid before the Commencement Date | None; Excluded Income under the Series JM BAA | |||||
| 2026 | $2,000,000 base salary | Guaranteed | $20,000 only if the entire salary were post-Commencement; actual qualifying amount is expected to be lower | |||||
| 2027 | $3,000,000 base salary | Guaranteed | $30,000 | |||||
| 2028 | $4,000,000 base salary | Guaranteed | $40,000 | |||||
| 2029 | $5,500,000 base salary | Guaranteed | $55,000 | |||||
| 2030 | $ | 7,000,000 | Club option | $70,000 if exercised and fully qualifying | ||||
| 2031 | $ | 9,000,000 | Club option | $90,000 if exercised and fully qualifying | ||||
| 2032 | $3,000,000 reported | Conditional club option (reported trigger: elbow surgery or a specified number of injured-list days during the extension) | $30,000 if the reported option is exercised and the compensation fully qualifies | |||||
87
The $2 million signing bonus paid in connection with the 2025 extension and all other compensation attributable to services performed before the Commencement Date are Excluded Income under the Series JM BAA, regardless of the date paid. In addition, only the portion of Mr. Martinez’s 2026 compensation earned after the Commencement Date may constitute Brand Income. No assurance can be given that any club option will be exercised or that any listed amount will be earned, payable or included in Brand Income.
Economic Analysis
Under the Series JM BAA, Series JM is entitled to receive the Brand Amount equal to 1% of Mr. Martinez’s Brand Income in exchange for the $325,000 Initial Advisory Payment and the Advisory Services. Because the Commencement Date does not occur until Series JM first pays a portion of the Initial Advisory Payment, compensation attributable to services performed before that date is excluded. The known guaranteed scheduled base salaries for 2027 through 2029 total $12.5 million and, if fully included in Brand Income without Permitted Deductions, would produce aggregate gross Brand Amounts of $125,000. Even if the full $2 million 2026 base salary were included, the 2026 through 2029 guaranteed scheduled base salaries would total $14.5 million and would produce aggregate gross Brand Amounts of $145,000.
If the publicly reported 2030 and 2031 club options and reported 2032 conditional club option were all exercised and all scheduled base salary for 2026 through 2032 were included in Brand Income, the listed amounts would total $33.5 million and would produce aggregate gross Brand Amounts of $335,000. Actual Brand Amounts attributable to those years would be lower to the extent 2026 compensation was earned before the Commencement Date, compensation is reduced by Permitted Deductions, an option is not exercised or compensation is excluded under the Series JM BAA. Accordingly, the publicly reported contract schedule, even if all reported options are exercised, does not by itself produce gross Brand Amounts equal to the $353,000 Maximum Offering Amount. Gross Brand Amounts at or above that amount would require additional qualifying bonuses, later contracts or other Brand Income, and there can be no assurance that Mr. Martinez will earn any such amounts.
Illustrative Gross Break-Even Analysis
The following discussion illustrates how long it could take Series JM to receive aggregate gross Brand Amounts equal to the $325,000 Initial Advisory Payment and the $353,000 Maximum Offering Amount. This analysis assumes that Series JM sells 10,000.00 JM Units at $35.30 per JM Unit and is entitled to receive a Brand Amount equal to 1% of Mr. Martinez’s Brand Income under the Series JM BAA.
For purposes of this simplified illustration, aggregate gross Brand Amounts are compared with the $325,000 Initial Advisory Payment and the $353,000 Maximum Offering Amount on a gross basis only, and neither amount is investor break-even. The analysis does not deduct Operating Expenses, reserves, Advisory Services costs, the Series JM Maintenance Fee, taxes or other Series-level obligations. It does not give effect to the timing of distributions, the Manager’s discretion to retain reserves, the timing of the Commencement Date, Permitted Deductions or the time value of money. Actual investor recovery through distributions therefore would take longer than the periods shown below, if recovery occurs at all.
At a 1% Brand Percentage, Series JM would need to receive $325,000 of aggregate gross Brand Amounts to equal the Initial Advisory Payment and $353,000 of aggregate gross Brand Amounts to equal the gross proceeds raised in the maximum offering. This would require Mr. Martinez to generate $32.5 million and $35.3 million, respectively, of aggregate qualifying Brand Income after the Commencement Date, before taking into account Series expenses, reserves or other obligations. The two lowest annual income levels shown below are included for comparability with the other series offered hereby and are below Mr. Martinez’s publicly reported scheduled base salaries for 2026 through 2029.
| Illustrative Annual Qualifying Brand Income | Annual Gross Brand Amount at 1% | Full Seasons to Equal the $325,000 Initial Advisory Payment | Full Seasons to Equal the $353,000 Maximum Offering Amount | |||||||||||
| $ | 780,000 | $ | 7,800 | 41.7 years | 45.3 years | |||||||||
| $ | 1,000,000 | $ | 10,000 | 32.5 years | 35.3 years | |||||||||
| $ | 2,000,000 | $ | 20,000 | 16.3 years | 17.7 years | |||||||||
| $ | 3,000,000 | $ | 30,000 | 10.8 years | 11.8 years | |||||||||
| $ | 4,000,000 | $ | 40,000 | 8.1 years | 8.8 years | |||||||||
| $ | 5,500,000 | $ | 55,000 | 5.9 years | 6.4 years | |||||||||
| $ | 7,000,000 | $ | 70,000 | 4.6 years | 5.0 years | |||||||||
| $ | 9,000,000 | $ | 90,000 | 3.6 years | 3.9 years | |||||||||
| $ | 10,000,000 | $ | 100,000 | 3.3 years | 3.5 years | |||||||||
88
The foregoing illustration should not be read to imply that investors will recover their initial investment on any particular date or at all. Series JM may receive little or no material Brand Amounts if Mr. Martinez does not return to sustained Major League employment, experiences further injury or performance decline, earns less compensation than the illustration assumes, does not receive qualifying bonuses or future contracts, or has a shorter-than-expected career. Before any distributions are made, Series JM must pay its Operating Expenses and other Series-level obligations, and the Manager may retain additional reserves in its sole discretion. Actual investor recovery therefore could be substantially later than the periods shown above, and investors may never recover their initial investment.
The Manager believes the 25-year outside term of the Series JM BAA is an important component of the Series’ economic rationale because it is designed to permit participation in qualifying Brand Income across Mr. Martinez’s potential professional career, including the reported option years and any later contract. Nevertheless, the Term may end earlier under the retirement, cessation, death, disability, mutual-termination and breach provisions of the Series JM BAA, and the timing and amount of any Brand Amounts remain materially uncertain.
Series JM-Specific Risk Factors
The following risk factors are specific to Series JM. They should be read in conjunction with the risks described elsewhere in this Offering Circular that are generally applicable to the Company, its series and the offering of each series.
Mr. Martinez is rehabilitating from a second Tommy John surgery, and a delayed, incomplete or unsuccessful return could materially reduce or eliminate Brand Income payable to Series JM.
Mr. Martinez sustained a right ulnar collateral ligament injury in June 2025 and underwent the second Tommy John surgery of his professional career after having undergone the procedure in 2021. Although he began a rehabilitation assignment in August 2026, there can be no assurance that he will return to Major League competition on the expected timetable, regain his prior velocity or command, avoid additional injury, remain on an active roster or continue his professional career for any particular period. Rehabilitation performance is based on a very limited sample and does not eliminate the risk of reinjury, diminished effectiveness or permanent cessation of the Principal Business. Any such outcome could materially reduce or eliminate Brand Income and Brand Amounts payable to Series JM.
Mr. Martinez’s command profile and the inherent volatility of relief pitching may limit his role, roster retention, option exercise and future compensation.
Mr. Martinez’s elite velocity and swing-and-miss results have been accompanied by elevated walk rates, including an 11.7% walk rate in 2024 and a 17.9% walk rate in a limited 2025 sample. Relief pitchers generally work fewer innings and may experience rapid changes in leverage role, save opportunities, roster status and compensation based on performance, health and club strategy. If Mr. Martinez does not maintain sufficient command or effectiveness following rehabilitation, the Diamondbacks may assign him to a lower-leverage role, option or release him, decline one or more club options, or otherwise reduce opportunities that could generate Brand Income.
Even if all publicly reported Series JM salary and option compensation is earned, the resulting gross Brand Amounts may not equal the Maximum Offering Amount, and the reported $2 million signing bonus is excluded from Brand Income.
The publicly reported scheduled base salaries for 2026 through 2029 total $14.5 million, which would generate only $145,000 of aggregate gross Brand Amounts at 1% even if the full 2026 salary qualified. Actual qualifying 2026 compensation is expected to be lower because compensation attributable to services before the Commencement Date is excluded. Even if the reported 2030 and 2031 club options and reported 2032 conditional club option are all exercised and all listed compensation for 2026 through 2032 qualifies, the listed $33.5 million would generate $335,000.00 of aggregate gross Brand Amounts, less than the $353,000 Maximum Offering Amount. The Diamondbacks may decline any option, and although the reported condition on the 2032 option relates to elbow surgery or injured-list time that Mr. Martinez has already experienced, exercise of that option remains at the club’s election. Investor recovery may therefore depend on qualifying bonuses, later contracts or other compensation that Mr. Martinez may never earn.
89
As described under “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Industry — The definition of Brand Income varies among the Brand Advisory Agreements, and Permitted Deductions and exclusions may cause Brand Income to be materially less than a Client’s gross compensation,” the Series JM BAA excludes compensation attributable to services performed before the Commencement Date, regardless of when paid. As a result, the $2 million signing bonus publicly reported in connection with Mr. Martinez’s 2025 contract extension is not expected to constitute Brand Income, and only the portion of his 2026 compensation attributable to services after the Commencement Date may qualify.
Unlike the other series offered hereby, the Series JM BAA does not provide for a Participation Account or an Account Control Agreement, so Series JM has a more limited ability to intercept Brand Income.
The Series JM BAA does not use a Participation Account or an Account Control Agreement. It relies instead on an Autopay Authorization directing Mr. Martinez’s bank or other financial institution to transfer the Brand Amount during each pay cycle, with direct remittance by Mr. Martinez as the only fallback mechanism. Because Series JM does not obtain a controlled account, its ability to intercept Brand Income is more limited than that of the other series offered hereby, and its security interest is limited to the Brand Amount, the contractual right to receive the Brand Percentage portion of Brand Income, related Autopay rights and proceeds, and does not encumber Excluded Income or Mr. Martinez’s other assets. The general risks that payment mechanics and security interests may not perform as intended, and that enforcement may be delayed, contested or unsuccessful, are described under “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Industry — Payment mechanics and security interests may not perform as intended under league, union, or state-level constraints.”
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions Involving Series JM
The following is a description of all transactions since establishment of Series JM and currently proposed transactions, if any, to which Series JM is or is expected to be a party and in which any of our directors, executive officers, promoters, the Manager, affiliates and control persons of our Manager, holders of more than 10% of any Series JM Units, or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest:
| · | On August 13, 2026, Series JM issued a Convertible Promissory Note (the “Series JM Manager Promissory Note”) to the Manager in the original principal amount of $25,000 in connection with the Manager’s advance of funds for Series purposes, including funding Series JM’s initial payment obligation under the Series JM BAA, Offering Expenses and Operating Expenses. The note bears interest at 1.0% per annum, subject to a floor equal to the Applicable Federal Rate for any advance that constitutes an Operating Expense Reimbursement Obligation. During an Event of Default, the applicable rate increases by 6.0 percentage points, subject to the maximum lawful rate. The Maturity Date is the earlier of payment in full of the Initial Advisory Amount or termination of the Offering. For purposes of the note, “Initial Advisory Amount” means the full $325,000 Initial Advisory Payment payable to Mr. Martinez under the Series JM BAA; the $25,000 initial payment and the $300,000 remaining payment are installments of that aggregate amount. Series JM must repay principal and accrued interest from net Offering proceeds within 14 days after the Maturity Date, but no amount is due until one of those maturity events occurs. Before termination of the Offering, proceeds must first be applied to the unpaid Initial Advisory Amount, with excess proceeds then applied to the note. Interest continues to accrue while payment is stayed. On or after the Maturity Date, Series JM may prepay principal and accrued interest without premium or penalty. At any time before repayment in full or the Maturity Date, the Manager may, on at least 10 Business Days’ written notice, convert all or part of the outstanding principal and accrued interest into JM Units at the offering price per Unit. The note is unsecured, is an obligation solely of Series JM, contains negative covenants restricting senior or pari passu indebtedness and security interests without the Manager’s consent, and is governed by Delaware law. See “Risks Related to Conflicts of Interest” under “Risk Factors” for more information. |
Series JM Unitholdings of our Manager and Certain Other Persons
Except for any JM Units that may be issued upon conversion of the Series JM Manager Promissory Note at our Manager’s discretion, neither our Manager nor any of its affiliates, representatives, or board members owns or proposes to own any JM Units. See “— Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions Involving Series JM” for more information.
90
Agentiq Sports 1 Series Carlos Virahonda
Agentiq Sports 1 Series Carlos Virahonda (“Series CV”), a designated series of Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC, was established effective August 22, 2026 to allow investors to participate in a contractual right to receive a fixed percentage of the covered on-field professional baseball income generated by Carlos Virahonda over the course of his professional career, in each case subject to the terms, deductions, exclusions and limitations of the Series CV BAA.
Series CV Designation
The following table contains a summary of certain terms of the Series Designation governing Series CV (the “Series CV Designation”) which may be material to a prospective investor’s subscription for the CV Units. The Series CV Designation sets forth the Series-specific terms of Series CV within the Company’s broader series limited liability company structure. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Series CV Designation attached as an exhibit to the Offering Statement of which this Offering Circular forms a part.
| Name of Series: | Agentiq Sports 1 Series Carlos Virahonda | |
| Effective Date of Establishment: | August 22, 2026 | |
| Manager: | Agentiq Sports, Inc., appointed as Manager of Series CV with effect from the Effective Date of the Series and continuing until the earlier of dissolution of the Series or the Manager’s removal or replacement, in each case in accordance with the Operating Agreement. | |
| Series Asset: | All rights, title and interest in and to that certain Brand Advisory Agreement, dated August 22, 2026, by and between Series CV and Carlos Virahonda (the “Client”). | |
| Authorized Capital; Unit Sales; Broker-Dealer: | Series CV is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Units of membership interest in the Series in one or more offerings. Each Unit is a single legal Unit and may be issued, purchased, held, transferred, converted and recorded in increments of 0.01 Unit. The Manager is authorized to cause Series CV to offer and sell Units on such terms and conditions, including price, quantity and minimum investment amounts, as the Manager may determine in its sole discretion. The Manager may engage a broker-dealer to facilitate any such sale of Units and may cause Series CV to pay such broker-dealer a commission from the gross proceeds raised from the sale of the Units, and may change or replace such broker-dealer at any time, from time to time, in its sole discretion. | |
| Maintenance Fee: | In connection with each cash distribution by Series CV to holders of Units, the Series shall pay to the Manager a maintenance fee (the “Series CV Maintenance Fee”) for the Manager’s management and administration of the Series, its business, its assets and the Brand Advisory Agreement. The Series CV Maintenance Fee shall equal two and one-half percent (2.5%) of the amount actually distributed in cash to holders of Units. For each cash distribution, the Manager shall determine the aggregate amount of cash legally available and designated to fund both the distribution to holders of Units and the related Maintenance Fee, determined after payment of, or reservation for, all Operating Expenses and other deductions required under the Operating Agreement (other than the Maintenance Fee payable in connection with that distribution) and before deduction of that Maintenance Fee (the “Aggregate Distribution Funding Amount”). After the Aggregate Distribution Funding Amount has been allocated in accordance with the provision captioned “Distributions” below, the amount actually distributed in cash with respect to each Unit shall equal the portion of the Aggregate Distribution Funding Amount allocated to that Unit divided by 1.025, and the Maintenance Fee attributable to that Unit shall equal two and one-half percent (2.5%) of the amount actually distributed in cash with respect to that Unit. The Maintenance Fee shall be paid contemporaneously with the related distribution, solely from and not in addition to the Aggregate Distribution Funding Amount, and shall be treated as an Operating Expense of the Series; provided, that it shall not reduce the Aggregate Distribution Funding Amount a second time. No Maintenance Fee shall accrue, become due or be payable except in connection with, and based on, an amount actually distributed in cash to holders of Units. |
91
| Negotiation Fee: | The Series shall pay to the Manager a one-time negotiation fee (the “Series CV Negotiation Fee”) in an amount not to exceed $10,105, which amount is inclusive of the Manager’s compensation and associated out-of-pocket costs and expenses described in this section and represents 4.3% of the $235,000 Initial Advisory Payment payable by the Series to the Client under the Brand Advisory Agreement; provided, that if, following the termination or completion of the applicable offering of Units, the amount of such Initial Advisory Payment actually paid to the Client is less than $235,000, the Negotiation Fee shall be adjusted downward to equal 4.3% of the amount actually paid. The Negotiation Fee covers costs and expenses incurred in identifying, sourcing, structuring, negotiating, documenting and closing the Brand Advisory Agreement, including fees and expenses payable to any agent or intermediary of the Client and customary deal expenses such as travel and lodging, diligence and background checks, third-party research, legal and documentation costs and closing-related technology or data-room charges. The Negotiation Fee shall be payable from the gross proceeds of any offering of Units. | |
| Expense Reimbursement: | Subject to the Operating Agreement, the Manager may be reimbursed by Series CV for operating expenses assumed or advanced by the Manager on behalf of Series CV pursuant to an Operating Expense Reimbursement Obligation or as otherwise determined by the Manager in accordance with the Operating Agreement. The Manager has waived its right to reimbursement for Offering expenses advanced on behalf of Series CV. | |
| Manager and Affiliate Loans: | The Manager (or an affiliate thereof) is authorized, in its sole discretion, to make loans to Series CV (including Operating Expense Reimbursement Obligations) on such terms, including interest, as the Manager determines, consistent with the Operating Agreement. See “— Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions Involving Series CV” for more information. | |
| Distributions: | Distributions of Free Cash Flow, if any, shall be made to holders of CV Units pro rata in accordance with their respective Unit holdings, subject to the limitations and procedures set forth in the Operating Agreement. No distributions in kind of Series Assets shall be made. |
Brand Advisory Agreement with Carlos Virahonda
On August 22, 2026, Series CV entered into a Brand Advisory Agreement with Carlos Virahonda, a professional baseball player (the “Series CV BAA”). Pursuant to the Series CV BAA, Mr. Virahonda sold, assigned and granted to us, as of the Commencement Date and continuing through the Term, the contractual right to receive the Brand Amount, which is equal to 5% of his Brand Income. Brand Income under the Series CV BAA means gross monies, compensation or other consideration earned by or payable to Mr. Virahonda after the Commencement Date solely as a result of his direct participation, performance or employment as a professional athlete in the Principal Business, including base salary, signing bonuses, performance bonuses, prize or award money and other earnings directly attributable to his on-field activities and services, but only to the extent attributable to his services as a professional baseball player at the major-league level within a league included in the Principal Business, and subject to the permitted deductions and exclusions set forth in the Series CV BAA. For purposes of the Series CV BAA, “Principal Business” is limited to Mr. Virahonda’s primary professional occupation as a professional baseball player in Major League Baseball, Nippon Professional Baseball in Japan, the Korea Baseball Organization and the Mexican League (Liga Mexicana de Béisbol). Compensation from leagues, tournaments or competitions not listed in the Series CV BAA, including independent leagues, winter leagues and exhibition play, does not constitute Brand Income.
92
Brand Income includes compensation paid by Major League Baseball or any Major League Baseball club if that compensation is attributable to Mr. Virahonda’s covered major-league services as a professional baseball player, and excludes compensation attributable to minor-league services, including compensation paid by such an entity while he is assigned to or performs services in Minor League Baseball or any affiliated developmental league, regardless of the payor. Brand Income is calculated net of reasonable, documented legal fees incurred to secure, negotiate or document a contract that generates Brand Income, reasonable, documented travel, lodging and per diem expenses incurred in securing such income and certain self-employment taxes, in each case subject to the limitations in the Series CV BAA. Agent commissions and fees and taxes payable on Mr. Virahonda’s gross income are not deductible. Brand Income excludes insurance proceeds, compensation attributable to services performed before the Commencement Date, documented incidental-expense reimbursements and all endorsements, sponsorships, personal appearances, speaking engagements, licensing of name, image or likeness, merchandising and other off-field commercial income.
In consideration of the Brand Percentage to be received by us under the Series CV BAA, Mr. Virahonda is entitled to receive an Initial Advisory Payment of $235,000 and Advisory Services. Series CV must pay $50,000 within 30 days following the Effective Date and the remaining $185,000 on or before January 8, 2027 (the “Final Payment Date”). The Commencement Date is the date on which Series CV has paid the initial installment in full, and the payment and other obligations conditioned on the Commencement Date begin automatically upon that payment. Series CV paid the initial $50,000 installment in full to Mr. Virahonda on August 31, 2026, making that date the Commencement Date under the Series CV BAA. The payment was funded with proceeds of the Series CV Manager Promissory Note. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions Involving Series CV” for more information. Series CV’s obligation to pay the full Initial Advisory Payment is absolute and unconditional and is not tied to any particular source of funds. If Series CV fails to pay an installment when due and does not cure within 30 days after written notice from Mr. Virahonda, the Series CV BAA terminates automatically unless he waives that termination in a signed writing, and that termination is his sole remedy for the funding default.
The Advisory Services include strategic brand enhancement and promotional advisory services, including brand-positioning evaluation, fan-engagement planning, sponsorship and endorsement readiness consulting, marketing campaigns and content development and ongoing brand support. Series CV anticipates spending more than $25,000 on advertising and media featuring Mr. Virahonda to drive social awareness and grow his social-media following; that expenditure is non-recoupable and the Series CV BAA creates no minimum expenditure obligation. During the Term, Mr. Virahonda must participate in planning meetings at least twice each year, two Ambassador Activities each year, provide 300 autographed items in the aggregate and participate in one in-person Fan Meet-Up during each calendar year, including a partial calendar year, in each case subject to the scheduling, notice, expense and other limitations in the Series CV BAA.
From and after the Commencement Date, Mr. Virahonda must deposit all Brand Income into a Participation Account at a Designated Bank, establish and maintain an automatic bi-weekly transfer of the Brand Amount to the Company Account, and execute an Account Control Agreement that acknowledges our security interest and provides for springing exclusive control following a Control Trigger Event. If any component of that collection mechanism is unavailable or fails, Mr. Virahonda must remit the Brand Amount directly in accordance with the fallback procedures in the Series CV BAA. Mr. Virahonda must retain complete and accurate records concerning Brand Income and Brand Amounts during the Term and, to the extent any Brand Amount attributable to Brand Income earned before termination or expiration remains payable, until the earlier of 12 months after the final such Brand Amount is paid and the 25th anniversary of the Commencement Date, and must deliver a Semi-Annual Report to the Manager within 30 days after each June 30 and December 31 during the Term. Series CV, the Manager or their designee may examine and verify the relevant records during that period, subject to the procedures and limitations in the Series CV BAA.
93
To secure Mr. Virahonda’s payment and performance obligations, including Brand Amounts and any Clawback Repayment Amount, the Series CV BAA grants Series CV a continuing security interest in the Brand Amount, Mr. Virahonda’s contractual right to receive the Brand Percentage portion of Brand Income, the Participation Account and funds deposited therein, his rights under the direct-deposit instructions, automatic transfer and Account Control Agreement and proceeds of the foregoing. The security interest arises upon Series CV’s payment of the initial installment of the Initial Advisory Payment in full, and the Series CV BAA authorizes Series CV to file financing statements from and after the Commencement Date. The Collateral does not include Excluded Income, compensation attributable to minor-league services or Mr. Virahonda’s other assets, and enforcement is subject to the terms and limitations of the Series CV BAA.
The Term of the Series CV BAA commences on the Effective Date and, unless earlier terminated in accordance with its terms, continues through the 25th anniversary of the Commencement Date. A Voluntary Retirement generally does not itself terminate the Series CV BAA. If the Retirement Date occurs during the Clawback Period, the agreement becomes dormant and terminates when the Clawback Repayment Amount is fully paid or deemed satisfied. After the Clawback Period, a Voluntary Retirement results in dormancy unless the Section 8.9(b) Target Return termination alternative applies and the 20% Target Return has been achieved on the Retirement Date, in which case the Series CV BAA permanently terminates. Upon an Unretirement while the agreement is dormant, it automatically reinstates in full, and all dormancy, reinstatement, Revenue Share Trust and continuing payment rights expire on the 25th anniversary of the Commencement Date. No reinstatement is available after an actual termination under Section 8.4 or Section 8.9(b). A cessation for Good Reason, death or permanent and total disability permanently terminates the Series CV BAA, with no dormancy, reinstatement or Revenue Share Trust right and no return of any portion of the Initial Advisory Payment, subject to Brand Amounts attributable to Brand Income earned before termination. If Series CV is dissolved, ceases to exist or cannot receive payments while continuing payment rights remain, the Manager must cause a Revenue Share Trust to be established for the persons entitled to those payment rights, and Mr. Virahonda must pay Brand Amounts to the Manager or a designated successor until the trust becomes operational, as provided in the Series CV BAA.
If a Voluntary Retirement by Mr. Virahonda occurs with a Retirement Date during the Clawback Period, which begins on the Commencement Date and ends immediately before the fifth anniversary of the Commencement Date, a Clawback Repayment Amount automatically becomes owing to Series CV as liquidated damages on the Retirement Date, whether or not the Target Return has been achieved. The Base Clawback Amount is the amount that would be required, calculated as of the day immediately preceding the Retirement Date, to cause Series CV to realize a 20% Series IRR on the aggregate Initial Advisory Payment actually paid, and the Clawback Repayment Amount is 100% of that amount before the second anniversary of the Commencement Date, 75% from the second until the third anniversary, 50% from the third until the fourth anniversary and 25% from the fourth until the fifth anniversary. Brand Amounts and other principal amounts actually received from or on behalf of Mr. Virahonda after the Retirement Date are credited dollar-for-dollar against the Clawback Repayment Amount, and any unpaid balance accrues interest at the lesser of the Prime Rate plus 5% per annum, compounded monthly, and the maximum lawful rate. The clawback does not apply if the cessation is for Good Reason, which is limited to a significant, documented physical or mental injury, illness or medical condition satisfying the standards and verification procedures in the Series CV BAA.
Athlete Overview
Mr. Virahonda signed a minor-league contract with the Diamondbacks on January 15, 2023. MLB Pipeline reports that he signed for $200,000. He played in the Dominican Summer League in 2023 and 2024, moved to the United States in 2025 and was named a 2025 Arizona Complex League Post-Season All-Star. His performance has not improved in a straight line. After posting a .304/.401/.482 batting line in 2023, he posted a .156/.279/.231 line in 2024. He then rebounded to a combined .300/.413/.404 line across the Arizona Complex League and Single-A Visalia in 2025. The 2024 batting line was materially lower than his 2023 and 2025 lines, and his professional results have varied by season and level notwithstanding his more recent performance.
94
Through August 30, 2026, Mr. Virahonda had appeared in 94 games for Visalia and High-A Hillsboro and recorded 18 home runs, 90 RBI and a .282/.388/.509 batting line, for an .897 OPS. He posted a .273/.359/.508 line with 10 home runs, 57 RBI and an .867 OPS in 48 games for Visalia, followed by a .293/.420/.510 line with eight home runs, 33 RBI and a .930 OPS in 46 games for Hillsboro after his June 16 promotion. MLB Pipeline’s August 26 report stated that he had reached base in 18 consecutive games while batting .385/.500/.600 with three home runs and an even 10-to-10 strikeout-to-walk ratio during that period. His 18 home runs represented a substantial increase from his previous career high of four. These statistics are minor-league results through a specified date and do not establish that his power, plate discipline or overall production will continue against more advanced competition.
Athlete Statistics
| Season / Level | G | PA | AB | R | H | 2B | 3B | HR | RBI | SB | BB | SO | AVG | OBP | SLG | OPS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| DSL, 2023 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | .304 | .401 | .482 | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| DSL, 2024 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | .156 | .279 | .231 | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| ACL / Visalia (A), 2025 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | .300 | .413 | .404 | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Visalia (A), 2026 | 48 | — | — | — | — | — | — | 10 | 57 | — | — | — | .273 | .359 | .508 | .867 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Hillsboro (High-A), 2026 | 46 | — | — | — | — | — | — | 8 | 33 | — | — | — | .293 | .420 | .510 | .930 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2026 Combined through Aug. 30 | 94 | — | — | — | — | — | — | 18 | 90 | — | — | — | .282 | .388 | .509 | .897 |
Manager’s Evaluation of the Series CV Brand Advisory Agreement
The Series CV BAA provides Series CV with a fixed 5% Brand Percentage in exchange for the $235,000 Initial Advisory Payment, the Advisory Services and the contemplated brand-enhancement initiatives, subject to its terms. Mr. Virahonda has progressed from the Dominican Summer League to High-A, is currently ranked No. 5 in the Arizona Diamondbacks organization by MLB Pipeline and recorded a substantial increase in home-run production in 2026. The Manager has determined that these athlete-specific factors, together with Mr. Virahonda’s defensive profile at catcher, the 25-year Term and the BAA’s contractual reporting, collection and enforcement protections, support a favorable long-term economic opportunity for Series CV and its investors and justify the $235,000 Initial Advisory Payment and the $255,000 Series CV Maximum Offering Amount. This evaluation reflects only the Manager’s subjective internal analysis and assumptions as of the date of this Offering Circular and should not be construed as a guarantee or prediction of future performance, promotion, roster status, Major League employment, compensation, Brand Income, Brand Amounts, Free Cash Flow or distributions.
Prospect Rankings and Independent Evaluations
As of August 31, 2026, MLB Pipeline ranked Mr. Virahonda as the No. 5 prospect in the Arizona Diamondbacks organization, listed him at the High-A level and assigned an estimated arrival date of 2029. MLB Pipeline had ranked him No. 17 in its March 4, 2026 preseason list. Its July 30 update placed him No. 10 in a preliminary list that the publication stated was not a full reranking, and its August 18 full organizational reranking placed him No. 5. MLB Pipeline’s August 26 hot-hitter report and the current Pipeline profile continued to identify him as Arizona’s No. 5 prospect. As of August 31, 2026, he was not listed on MLB Pipeline’s 2026 Top 100 page. Organizational rankings are subjective, can change materially as players develop, are injured, graduate or enter an organization, and do not establish the probability that a player will reach or remain in the Major Leagues.
95
MLB Pipeline assigns Mr. Virahonda scouting grades of 50 for hit, 40 for power, 40 for run, 60 for arm, 55 for field and 45 overall on the 20-to-80 scouting scale. Pipeline describes a short, simple right-handed swing with minimal load, average raw power and below-average speed, while noting some vulnerability to offspeed pitches. Its evaluation is more favorable on defense. Pipeline describes Mr. Virahonda as an above-average and potentially plus defender behind the plate, citing his receiving, blocking, efficient release and plus throwing arm. Pipeline’s evaluation therefore identifies defense as a positive component of his prospect profile, but a favorable defensive evaluation does not assure promotion, regular playing time or qualifying compensation.
The Manager believes that Mr. Virahonda’s progression to High-A at age 20, rise from No. 17 to No. 5 in MLB Pipeline’s organizational rankings, defensive value at catcher, strong on-base results and 2026 power growth provide an athlete-specific factual basis for the Manager’s conclusion that the 5% participation right has meaningful long-term economic potential if he reaches and remains at a covered major-league level. However, investors should note that the ranking trajectory and 2026 performance remain prospective indicators rather than evidence of current Brand Income. They do not establish Major League promotion, contract terms, service time, career duration or any particular level of qualifying compensation.
MLB Service-Time and Compensation Framework
Mr. Virahonda is currently an active catcher for High-A Hillsboro and was not on the MLB 40-man roster as of August 31, 2026. As of that date, he had not appeared in a Major League game or accrued Major League service time. The following table describes the principal career and compensation stages that could affect whether he earns Brand Income under the Series CV BAA. The timing and availability of each stage depend on future promotion, 40-man and active-roster decisions, days of Major League service, optional assignments, performance, health, the Super Two cutoff, club decisions, future player contracts and the terms of the collective bargaining agreement then in effect.
| Career Stage | General Eligibility or Timing | Compensation Framework | Relevance to Series CV | |||
| Current minor-league stage | High-A as of August 31, 2026; no identified MLB service | Compensation under the applicable minor-league contract and labor framework | All compensation attributable to minor-league or developmental-league service is excluded from Brand Income. | |||
| 40-man roster with minor-league assignment | Requires club selection or addition to the 40-man roster; an active-roster promotion is separate | Compensation depends on the applicable player contract and assignment | 40-man status alone would not make compensation Brand Income if the compensation remains attributable to minor-league service. | |||
| Major League pre-arbitration | Generally before three years of Major League service, unless Super Two eligibility applies | Club-determined salary subject to the applicable Major League minimum, unless superseded by another agreement | Qualifying post-Commencement Date salary and covered on-field bonuses may produce Brand Amounts, but early-career amounts may remain near the Major League minimum. | |||
| Super Two arbitration | Certain players with between two and three years of service, including at least 86 service days in the preceding season, based on the top-22% cutoff | Salary determined through settlement or arbitration one year earlier than the standard path | Eligibility cannot be predicted and depends on actual Major League service and the applicable cutoff. | |||
| Standard salary arbitration | Generally after three and before six years of Major League service | Salary determined through settlement or arbitration based in part on performance and comparable players | Sustained Major League employment and performance may result in material compensation growth and larger Brand Amounts. | |||
| Free agency or long-term extension | Free agency generally follows six years of Major League service; an extension may occur earlier | Compensation negotiated with the current club or in the free-agent market | This stage may present the greatest potential for material Brand Income but requires sustained employment, performance and bargaining leverage. | |||
| Covered foreign major-league-level service | Qualifying professional service in Nippon Professional Baseball, the Korea Baseball Organization or the Mexican League | Compensation depends on the applicable league and player contract | Major-league-level on-field compensation may be Brand Income; developmental or minor-league compensation remains excluded. |
96
Under the 2022-2026 MLB collective bargaining agreement, one full year of Major League service generally equals 172 service days. Salary arbitration generally becomes available after three years of Major League service and continues until a player reaches six years, subject to the Super Two exception, and free agency generally follows six years of Major League service unless an extension or other agreement changes the path. The 2026 Major League minimum salary is $780,000, paid based on Major League service. The current Major League collective bargaining agreement expires on December 1, 2026, and the current Minor League collective bargaining agreement expires on December 1, 2027, in each case before MLB Pipeline’s current estimated 2029 arrival date for Mr. Virahonda. Successor agreements may change minimum salaries, service-time rules, bonus programs or other compensation terms before he reaches the Major Leagues, if he reaches them at all.
The $780,000 minimum is therefore used below only as a current benchmark. Mr. Virahonda is not entitled to that salary merely because it is the 2026 Major League minimum. The Series CV BAA includes qualifying major-league-level base salary, signing bonuses, performance bonuses, prize or award money and other on-field earnings, in each case only to the extent earned after the Commencement Date and not otherwise excluded. The illustrations below do not assume or include any pre-arbitration bonus-pool payment. Endorsements, sponsorships, appearances, licensing, merchandising, name, image and likeness compensation and other off-field income are excluded.
The Manager believes the economic return profile of the Series CV BAA depends principally on whether Mr. Virahonda progresses from High-A to a covered major-league level, remains employed there for multiple seasons, receives sufficient playing time to sustain a roster role and advances from initial pre-arbitration compensation to arbitration, an extension, free agency or another covered compensation stage. If he remains in the minor leagues, is placed on a 40-man roster but continues to perform minor-league services, reaches a covered league only briefly, earns compensation near the Major League minimum for a limited period or has his career shortened by injury, performance, roster decisions or other events, aggregate Brand Amounts may be insufficient to equal either the Initial Advisory Payment or the Maximum Offering Amount.
The following table illustrates, on a gross basis only, the Brand Amounts that Series CV would receive at selected compensation levels during each stage of Mr. Virahonda’s career, assuming an illustrative MLB debut in 2029. The 2029 debut year is MLB Pipeline’s estimated arrival date for Mr. Virahonda, used solely for purposes of this illustration, and is not a projection that Mr. Virahonda will in fact reach the major leagues in 2029 or at all. All compensation attributable to minor-league or affiliated developmental-league service is excluded from Brand Income under the Series CV BAA, regardless of the payor. As a result, Series CV would not receive any Brand Amounts during Mr. Virahonda’s minor-league service, even though he may receive minor-league compensation during that period. The illustrations below assume a fixed 5% Brand Percentage, a Commencement Date that has occurred and no interruption in qualifying Brand Income following an MLB debut. The figures below are illustrative only and are not projections of Mr. Virahonda’s earnings, compensation, career duration or Brand Income.
| Career Stage | Illustrative Calendar Year if MLB Debut Occurred in 2029 | Typical Compensation Status | Illustrative Compensation Subject to Brand Amount | Illustrative Brand Amount at 5% | ||||||
| Minor-league period | Before 2029 | Minor-league compensation | Excluded from Brand Income | $0 | ||||||
| MLB Year 1 | 2029 | Pre-arbitration | $780,000 to $1,000,000 | $39,000 to $50,000 | ||||||
| MLB Year 2 | 2030 | Pre-arbitration | $780,000 to $1,250,000 | $39,000 to $62,500 | ||||||
| MLB Year 3 | 2031 | Pre-arbitration(1) | $780,000 to $1,500,000 | $39,000 to $75,000 | ||||||
| MLB Year 4 | 2032 | First arbitration-eligible year | $2,000,000 to $5,000,000 | $100,000 to $250,000 | ||||||
| MLB Year 5 | 2033 | Second arbitration-eligible year | $4,000,000 to $8,000,000 | $200,000 to $400,000 | ||||||
| MLB Year 6 | 2034 | Third arbitration-eligible year | $6,000,000 to $12,000,000 | $300,000 to $600,000 | ||||||
| MLB Year 7 and thereafter | 2035 and thereafter | Free agency or long-term extension | $10,000,000 to $25,000,000 or more | $500,000 to $1,250,000 or more | ||||||
The foregoing illustration is provided for informational purposes only and should not be read to imply that Mr. Virahonda will reach the major leagues in 2029 or at all, or that he will achieve any particular compensation level or career duration. Actual earnings depend on career duration, performance trajectory, arbitration outcomes, free-agent market conditions and the terms of future collective bargaining agreements. The current MLB Collective Bargaining Agreement expires December 1, 2026, and the Minor League Collective Bargaining Agreement expires December 1, 2027, both before the estimated 2029 arrival date, so successor agreements may change minimum salaries, service-time rules, bonus programs or other compensation terms before Mr. Virahonda reaches the major leagues, if he reaches them at all. The $780,000 figure is used only as a current benchmark and Mr. Virahonda is not entitled to that salary merely because it is the 2026 minimum. Catchers bear elevated injury risk, frequently require additional development time, and roster opportunities are limited because clubs typically carry only two catchers. Endorsements, sponsorships, appearances, licensing, merchandising and NIL compensation are excluded from Brand Income. Investors should not assume that any illustrative compensation level shown above reflects the probable, expected or most likely outcome for Mr. Virahonda.
97
Economic Analysis
Under the Series CV BAA, Series CV is entitled to receive a Brand Amount equal to 5% of Mr. Virahonda’s Brand Income in exchange for the $235,000 Initial Advisory Payment, the Advisory Services and the contemplated brand-enhancement initiatives. The Initial Advisory Payment consists of an initial $50,000 installment payable within 30 days after the August 22, 2026 Effective Date and a remaining $185,000 installment payable on or before January 8, 2027. The BAA defines the Commencement Date as the date on which Mr. Virahonda receives the initial installment in full. The Series CV Manager Promissory Note funded the initial installment, and Mr. Virahonda received that installment in full on August 31, 2026, establishing the Commencement Date. The Brand Percentage, Brand Amount, collection mechanism, security interest and UCC filing rights attach as of the Commencement Date. If the remaining $185,000 installment is not paid when due, the Client may provide written notice and a 30-day cure period applies. If the default is not cured, the BAA terminates automatically, the Client retains amounts previously paid and the unpaid installment is extinguished.
Brand Income is limited to qualifying major-league-level on-field compensation earned after the Commencement Date in MLB, Nippon Professional Baseball, the Korea Baseball Organization or the Mexican League. Compensation attributable to minor-league or developmental-league service is excluded regardless of the payor. Compensation attributable to services performed before the Commencement Date is excluded regardless of when it is paid. The BAA also permits specified deductions for documented legal fees, unreimbursed travel, lodging and per diem expenses and capped self-employment taxes. Accordingly, the gross compensation paid under a future player contract could exceed the Brand Income to which the 5% Brand Percentage applies.
At a 5% Brand Percentage, Mr. Virahonda would need to generate $4.7 million of aggregate qualifying Brand Income for gross Brand Amounts to equal the $235,000 Initial Advisory Payment. He would need to generate $5.1 million of aggregate qualifying Brand Income for gross Brand Amounts to equal the $255,000 Maximum Offering Amount. The additional $400,000 of required Brand Income reflects the $20,000 difference between the Initial Advisory Payment and the Maximum Offering Amount. These calculations are mechanical comparisons on a gross basis only. They do not reflect Series expenses, reserves, note interest, taxes, payment timing, collection risk, the time value of money or the difference between Series receipts and distributions to investors.
Illustrative Gross Break-Even Analysis
The following analysis illustrates the amount and duration of qualifying Brand Income required for aggregate gross Brand Amounts received by Series CV to equal the $235,000 Initial Advisory Payment and the $255,000 Maximum Offering Amount. It assumes a fixed 5% Brand Percentage, a Commencement Date that has occurred and no interruption in qualifying Brand Income. The analysis compares aggregate gross Brand Amounts against those two amounts on a gross basis only, and neither amount is investor break-even. For each row, the listed amount is assumed to equal post-Commencement Date Brand Income after application of any Permitted Deductions under the BAA. Greater gross covered compensation may be required to generate the stated Brand Amount. The analysis does not deduct Operating Expenses, reserves, Advisory Services costs, the Negotiation Fee, Manager Note interest, taxes or other Series-level obligations from amounts received by Series CV. It does not reflect collection delays, the timing of distributions, the Manager’s discretion to retain reserves, changes in compensation under future collective bargaining agreements or the time value of money. Actual investor recovery, if any, would require additional Brand Income and would take longer than the periods shown below.
| Illustrative Annual Qualifying Brand Income | Annual Gross Brand Amount at 5% | Full Seasons to Equal the $235,000 Initial Advisory Payment | Full Seasons to Equal the $255,000 Maximum Offering Amount | |||||
| $780,000 | $ | 39,000 | Approximately 6.03 | Approximately 6.54 | ||||
| $1,000,000 | $ | 50,000 | Approximately 4.70 | Approximately 5.10 | ||||
| $2,000,000 | $ | 100,000 | Approximately 2.35 | Approximately 2.55 | ||||
| $5,000,000 | $ | 250,000 | Approximately 0.94 | Approximately 1.02 | ||||
| $10,000,000 | $ | 500,000 | Approximately 0.47 | Approximately 0.51 | ||||
| $20,000,000 | $ | 1,000,000 | Approximately 0.24 | Approximately 0.26 | ||||
98
At the 2026 MLB minimum salary of $780,000, a full season of qualifying Brand Income would produce a gross Brand Amount of $39,000. Six full seasons at that static rate would produce $4.68 million of aggregate qualifying Brand Income and $234,000 of aggregate gross Brand Amounts, which is $1,000 less than the Initial Advisory Payment and $21,000 less than the Maximum Offering Amount. Seven full seasons at that rate would produce $5.46 million of aggregate qualifying Brand Income and $273,000 of aggregate gross Brand Amounts, which would exceed those two amounts by $38,000 and $18,000, respectively, before Series expenses and other obligations.
The following career-pattern illustration separately shows how compensation progression could affect the comparison to the $235,000 Initial Advisory Payment and the $255,000 Maximum Offering Amount. It is not a projection of Mr. Virahonda’s promotion date, service time, salary or career duration. The use of $2 million for a later season is an assumed amount for mathematical illustration only and does not state or imply that he will become arbitration eligible or earn that amount.
| Illustrative Career Pattern | Aggregate Qualifying Brand Income | Aggregate Gross Brand Amount at 5% | Relationship to Initial Advisory Payment and Maximum Offering Amount | |||||||||
| No covered major-league-level compensation | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | Below both | |||||||
| Three full seasons at $780,000 | $ | 2,340,000 | $ | 117,000 | Below both | |||||||
| Six full seasons at $780,000 | $ | 4,680,000 | $ | 234,000 | Below both | |||||||
| Seven full seasons at $780,000 | $ | 5,460,000 | $ | 273,000 | Exceeds both amounts before Series expenses and other obligations. | |||||||
| Three full seasons at $780,000 followed by two full seasons at $2,000,000 | $ | 6,340,000 | $ | 317,000 | Exceeds both amounts before Series expenses and other obligations. | |||||||
| Aggregate covered major-league-level compensation of $20,000,000 over the course of a sustained major-league career | $ | 20,000,000 | $ | 1,000,000 | Exceeds both amounts by a substantial margin before Series expenses and other obligations. | |||||||
| Aggregate covered major-league-level compensation of $50,000,000 over the course of an elite major-league career | $ | 50,000,000 | $ | 2,500,000 | Exceeds both amounts by a substantial margin before Series expenses and other obligations. | |||||||
The foregoing illustrations show why the 5% participation right could produce aggregate gross Brand Amounts exceeding both the $235,000 Initial Advisory Payment and the $255,000 Maximum Offering Amount without compensation at star or superstar levels if Mr. Virahonda has a sufficiently long covered career or later earns compensation above the Major League minimum. They do not establish the probability of any career path, and MLB Pipeline currently lists an estimated 2029 arrival date rather than current Major League employment.
Series CV-Specific Risk Factors
The following risk factors are specific to Series CV. They should be read in conjunction with the risks described elsewhere in this Offering Circular that are generally applicable to the Company, its series and the offering of each series.
Mr. Virahonda’s recent improvement reflects a limited lower-minor-league sample, and his offensive profile and catcher-specific development and injury risks could delay or prevent qualifying Brand Income.
Mr. Virahonda posted a .304/.401/.482 batting line in 2023, a materially lower .156/.279/.231 line in 2024 and a combined .300/.413/.404 line across the Arizona Complex League and Single-A Visalia in 2025. Through August 30, 2026, he had recorded 18 home runs, 90 RBI and a .282/.388/.509 line in 94 games between Single-A Visalia and High-A Hillsboro, and those 18 home runs represented a substantial increase from his previous career high of four. Those results were achieved over a single partial season at the Single-A and High-A levels, and MLB Pipeline assigns him only a 40 grade for power. A return to performance levels closer to his 2024 results, or an inability to sustain his 2026 power and on-base production against more advanced pitching, could delay or prevent his promotion to a covered major-league level and materially reduce or eliminate Brand Income payable to Series CV.
As of August 31, 2026, MLB Pipeline ranked Mr. Virahonda as the No. 5 prospect in the Arizona Diamondbacks organization, and he was not listed on MLB Pipeline’s 2026 Top 100 page. His rise from No. 17 in the March 4, 2026 preseason list to No. 5 in the August 18, 2026 organizational reranking therefore reflects only his standing within a single organization and does not establish that he will reach or remain in the Major Leagues or earn any particular compensation. MLB Pipeline assigns Mr. Virahonda grades of 50 for hit, 40 for power, 40 for run and 45 overall on the 20-to-80 scouting scale, describes average raw power and below-average speed, and notes vulnerability to offspeed pitches. Although Pipeline’s evaluation of his defense behind the plate is more favorable, a favorable defensive evaluation does not assure promotion, regular playing time or qualifying compensation, and offensive limitations could prevent him from generating Brand Income at all.
99
Catchers bear physical demands that are generally greater than those borne by players at other positions, including repeated crouching, foul-tip and collision contact and heavy workloads, and they are subject to a correspondingly elevated risk of injury, reduced playing time and shortened careers. Catchers also frequently require additional development time before reaching the major-league level, and roster opportunities at the position are limited because clubs typically carry only two catchers on an active roster. If Mr. Virahonda’s receiving, blocking, throwing or game-management skills do not continue to develop, if his offensive production does not support a regular role, or if the Diamondbacks or another club elects to move him to another position or to use him in a reserve capacity, his promotion could be delayed, his playing time and compensation could be reduced, and his career could end earlier than anticipated. Any of these outcomes could materially reduce or eliminate Brand Income and Brand Amounts payable to Series CV.
Cessation for Good Reason, death or permanent and total disability would permanently terminate the Series CV BAA without return of any portion of the Initial Advisory Payment and without dormancy, reinstatement or Revenue Share Trust rights.
If Mr. Virahonda ceases participation in the Principal Business for Good Reason, or in the event of his death or permanent and total disability, the Series CV BAA terminates permanently. In those circumstances, no portion of the Initial Advisory Payment is returned, Series CV has no dormancy, reinstatement or Revenue Share Trust right, and its rights are limited to Brand Amounts attributable to Brand Income earned before termination. Any such outcome could eliminate Series CV’s principal source of revenue and result in the loss of all or substantially all of investors’ investment. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Industry — Remedies tied to termination, suspension, or reinstatement may be delayed, disputed, or uncollectible” and “— Brand Advisory Agreement with Carlos Virahonda” for additional information.
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions Involving Series CV
The following is a description of all transactions since establishment of Series CV and currently proposed transactions, if any, to which Series CV is or is expected to be a party and in which any of our directors, executive officers, promoters, the Manager, affiliates and control persons of our Manager, holders of more than 10% of any CV Units, or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest:
| ● | On August 22, 2026, Series CV issued a Convertible Promissory Note (the “Series CV Manager Promissory Note”) to the Manager in the original principal amount of $50,000 for Series purposes, including Offering Expenses and Operating Expenses, as determined by the Manager. The note bears interest at 1.0% per annum, subject to a floor equal to the Applicable Federal Rate for an Operating Expense Reimbursement Obligation. During an Event of Default, the applicable rate increases by 6.0 percentage points, subject to the maximum lawful rate. The Maturity Date is the earlier of payment in full of the Initial Advisory Amount or termination of the Offering. For purposes of the note, “Initial Advisory Amount” means the full $235,000 Initial Advisory Payment payable to Mr. Virahonda under the Series CV BAA; the $50,000 initial payment and the $185,000 remaining payment are installments of that aggregate amount. Series CV must repay principal and accrued interest from net Offering proceeds within 14 days after the Maturity Date, but no amount is due until maturity. Before termination of the Offering, proceeds must first be applied to the unpaid Initial Advisory Amount and then to the note, with interest continuing to accrue while payment is stayed. On or after the Maturity Date, Series CV may prepay without premium or penalty. Before repayment in full or the Maturity Date, the Manager may, on at least 10 Business Days’ written notice, convert all or part of the principal and accrued interest into CV Units at the offering price per Unit. The unsecured note is an obligation solely of Series CV and restricts senior or pari passu indebtedness and security interests without the Manager’s consent and is governed by Delaware law. At the $5.10 offering price, conversion of the $50,000 principal alone would result in approximately 9,803.92 CV Units, representing approximately 16.4% of the 59,803.92 CV Units outstanding if the maximum offering were sold. Accrued interest or a smaller offering would increase that percentage. The note does not specify how to treat a conversion residual smaller than 0.01 Unit. See “Dilution” and “Risks Related to Conflicts of Interest” under “Risk Factors” for more information. |
Series CV Unitholdings of our Manager and Certain Other Persons
Except for any CV Units that may be issued upon conversion of the Series CV Manager Promissory Note at our Manager’s discretion, neither our Manager nor any of its affiliates, representatives, or board members owns or proposes to own any CV Units. See “— Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions Involving Series CV” for more information.
100
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of our operations together with our financial statements and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Offering Circular. This discussion contains forward-looking statements reflecting our current expectations, whose actual outcomes involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results and the timing of events may differ materially from those stated in or implied by these forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including those discussed in the sections entitled “Risk Factors,” “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” and elsewhere in this Offering Circular. Please see the notes to our Financial Statements for information about our Significant Accounting Policies.
Company Overview
Since its formation in November 2025, the Company has been engaged primarily in developing the financial, offering and other materials to begin fundraising. We are considered to be a development stage company, since we are devoting substantially all of our efforts to establishing our business and planned principal operations have only recently commenced.
Emerging Growth Company
We may elect to become a public reporting company under the Exchange Act. If we elect to do so, we will be required to publicly report on an ongoing basis as an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act, under the reporting rules set forth under the Exchange Act. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other Exchange Act reporting companies that are not emerging growth companies, including, but not limited to:
| ● | not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act; |
| ● | being permitted to comply with reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements; and |
| ● | being exempt from the requirement to hold a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. |
In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. As a result, an emerging growth company may delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period. Our financial statements may therefore not be comparable to those of companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.
We would expect to take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would remain an emerging growth company for up to five years, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our total annual gross revenues exceed $1 billion; (ii) the date that we become a large accelerated filer as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common shares that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter; or (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period.
101
Operating Results
Revenues are generated at the series level. As of December 31, 2025, no series has generated any revenues. Series RC is expected to generate revenues immediately.
We have incurred minimal Operating Expenses for the period since inception through December 31, 2025. Each series will be responsible for its own Operating Expenses.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
As of December 31, 2025, the Company had $0.00 in cash and no financial obligations and no series had any cash or cash equivalents or any financial obligations.
Plan of Operations
Our first series, Agentiq Sports 1 Series RC, will be offered in connection with a Brand Advisory Agreement entered into with Ronny Cruz, a professional baseball player. See “Description of the Series and Their Assets Assets — Agentiq Sports 1 Series Ronny Cruz” for more information. The Agentiq Sports 1 Series RC offering is expected to launch upon qualification of this Offering Circular by the SEC, which we anticipate will occur in the second quarter of 2026. Assuming the Minimum Offering Amount for Agentiq Sports 1 Series RC is raised, we intend to close the offering and deploy the Initial Advisory Payment to Mr. Cruz in accordance with the terms of the Brand Advisory Agreement. Agentiq Sports 1 Series RC will then begin collecting Brand Amount payments as and when Brand Income is earned by Mr. Cruz during his professional baseball career.
In addition to Series RC, we are also offering Units of Series EVR and Series JM pursuant to this Offering Circular, and we anticipate launching approximately 10 to 20 additional series during 2026, and approximately 20 additional series during 2027, each in connection with a Brand Advisory Agreement with a separate professional athlete. We intend to focus our initial efforts on early-career athletes in Major League Baseball, though we may expand to other professional sports over time. Our ability to launch additional series will depend on our success in identifying and signing athletes to Brand Advisory Agreements on terms that we believe will be attractive to investors, as well as market conditions, investor demand, and the continued qualification of our offering materials with the SEC.
The proceeds from any offerings closed during the next twelve months will be used to make Client Advance payments to the Clients under Brand Advisory Agreements for the series conducting the offerings, to repay loans for Client Advance payments, if applicable, and to cover Offering Expenses and ongoing Operating Expenses for those series. We expect that our primary operating costs during this period will consist of management fees, legal and accounting expenses, transfer agent fees, platform technology and maintenance costs, and personnel costs borne by the Manager. We do not anticipate that any series will require additional capital beyond the proceeds of its offering to fund its operations during this period.
102
Neither the Company nor any of its series has any employees or directors, and neither the Company nor any of its series is expected to have any employees or directors in the future. The Company and each series are externally managed by the Manager, and all management, advisory, administrative and operational functions for the Company and each series are performed, or arranged to be performed, by the Manager and its officers, directors, employees, affiliates, agents or third-party service providers, as applicable.
The Manager
The Company is managed by Agentiq Sports, Inc., a Delaware corporation, which serves as the sole Manager of the Company and, by designation, the initial Manager of each series. The Manager is responsible for the overall direction and operations of the Company’s business and has full authority under the Operating Agreement and applicable Series Designations to manage each series and the Company’s day-to-day affairs. In its role as Manager, Agentiq Sports, Inc. will perform or arrange for others to perform all managerial functions for each series, including identifying and sourcing potential Brand Advisory Agreement opportunities; conducting due diligence on prospective Clients, such as evaluating an athlete’s career prospects, character, contractual arrangements, compensation history and legal or league-rule considerations; negotiating and executing the Brand Advisory Agreements on behalf of each series; coordinating the launch of each series offering, including regulatory compliance, marketing of the offering and investor relations during the offering period; administering the BAA, including payment, reporting, audit, collection and enforcement rights; and overseeing the provision of Advisory services to each Client during the Term. The Manager will also be responsible for accounting and financial reporting for each series, maintaining separate books and records for each series, managing series bank accounts, and ensuring compliance with ongoing SEC reporting requirements and other laws. Investors will not be involved in management; they are passive members of each series, and the Manager exercises sole decision-making authority for each series pursuant to the Operating Agreement and applicable Series Designations.
The Manager has established a board of directors currently consisting of one member, Zachary Kurtz. The Manager’s sole director and executive officer is an employee of the Manager. The executive offices of the Manager are located at 445 Bryant Street, San Francisco, CA 94107, and the telephone number of the Manager’s executive offices is (201) 918-2945.
Executive Officers & Directors
The following table sets forth certain information with respect to each of the directors and executive officers of the Manager:
| Executive Officer | Age | Position Held with our Company (1) (2) | Position Held with the Manager | |||
| Zachary C. Kurtz | 29 | Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Sole Director | Chief Executive Officer |
| (1) | The current executive officer and director, whose term in office began upon the organization of the Company on November 3, 2025, will serve in these capacities indefinitely, or until his successor is duly elected and qualified. |
| (2) | The executive officer of the Manager is currently devoting a significant amount of his working time to the operations of the Company to satisfy his responsibilities to the management of the Company. |
Zachary C. Kurtz is a fintech operator and entrepreneur with deep experience across product, analytics, and go-to-market functions at venture-backed technology companies, as well as a long-standing background in competitive athletics and the sports business ecosystem. In August 2025, Mr. Kurtz began working full time on Agentiq, where he serves as a founder focused on building technology and financial infrastructure at the intersection of sports, fintech, and athlete monetization. Since January 2019, Mr. Kurtz has also served as the Founder and Chief Executive Officer of LV Lumber Bat Company, a baseball equipment company serving amateur, collegiate, and professional athletes. The business has grown consistently year over year and has relationships with professional players, college NIL athletes, and sports agents. In addition to its commercial operations, LV Lumber Bat Company has organized charitable fundraising initiatives supporting pediatric cancer causes. From April 2023 through May 2025, Mr. Kurtz served as Product & Analytics Lead at Catch, a financial technology company backed by Sequoia Capital, Index Ventures, Bain Capital, and Forerunner Ventures. In that role, he led product strategy and development for Catch’s card-based financial products, managed cross-functional engineering teams, and drove improvements in user growth, onboarding conversion, and retention. From February 2022 through April 2023, he served as Business Operations & Analytics Lead at Catch, where he owned financial modeling, company KPIs, board reporting, and data infrastructure, and partnered closely with the executive team on strategic planning and go-to-market initiatives. Prior to Catch, Mr. Kurtz worked at Unqork from June 2020 to February 2022 in Customer Success Strategy and Analytics, where he focused on customer health modeling, product feedback loops, and enterprise account segmentation. Before that, he was an Associate at Clarify Health Solutions from July 2019 to March 2020, working on healthcare analytics and product implementations for large health systems and biopharmaceutical clients.
103
Mr. Kurtz earned a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration with concentrations in Finance and Economics and a minor in Mathematics from the University of Richmond, graduating in May 2019. While at the University of Richmond, he was a Division I varsity baseball player from 2016 to 2019 and a multi-year academic honor recipient.
The Manager and the Operating Agreement
The Manager’s interests may at times diverge from those of the investors, and the Manager is entitled to certain forms of compensation from each series as described below. As a result, conflicts of interest may arise. For example, the Manager might have an incentive to favor one series over another in allocating a limited investment opportunity, or the Manager or its affiliates may engage in transactions with a series, such as providing services to or selling assets to a series, from which the Manager or its affiliates could indirectly benefit. The Operating Agreement and our policies address some potential conflicts – including requiring allocation of shared expenses or opportunities in accordance with a stated Allocation Policy and disclosing material transactions with affiliates – but not every potential conflict can be eliminated. Investors should refer to “Management” and “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Conflicts of Interest” for further details on the Manager’s role, compensation, and potential conflicts.
The Manager will perform its duties and responsibilities pursuant to the operating agreement. The Manager will maintain a contractual, as opposed to a fiduciary relationship, with us and our investors. Furthermore, we have agreed to limit the liability of the Manager and to indemnify the Manager against certain liabilities.
The operating agreement further provides that our Manager, in exercising its rights in its capacity as the managing member, will be entitled to consider only such interests and factors as it desires, including its own interests, and will have no duty or obligation (fiduciary or otherwise) to give any consideration to any interest of or factors affecting the Company, any Units or any of the Unit holders and will not be subject to any different standards imposed by the operating agreement, the LLC Act or under any other law, rule or regulation or in equity. In addition, the Operating Agreement provides that our Manager will not have any duty (including any fiduciary duty) to the Company, any series or any of the Unit holders. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Conflicts of Interest — Our Manager may act in its own interests and has eliminated fiduciary duties to the fullest extent permitted by law, which may result in decisions that are adverse to us, a series or holders of Units” for more information.
Responsibilities of the Manager
The responsibilities of the Manager include:
| ● | Investment Advisory, Origination and Acquisition Services such as approving and overseeing our overall investment strategy, which will consist of elements such as investment selection criteria, diversification strategies and asset disposition strategies; | |
| ● | Offering Services such as the development of our series offerings, including the determination of their specific terms; | |
| ● | Management Services such as investigating, selecting, and, on our behalf, engaging and conducting business with such persons as the Manager deems necessary to the proper performance of its obligations under the operating agreement, including but not limited to consultants, accountants, lenders, technical Managers, attorneys, corporate fiduciaries, escrow agents, depositaries, custodians, agents for collection, insurers, insurance agents, developers, construction companies, property Managers and any and all persons acting in any other capacity deemed by the Manager necessary or desirable for the performance of any of the services under the operating agreement; | |
| ● | Accounting and Other Administrative Services such as maintaining accounting data and any other information concerning our activities as will be required to prepare and to file all periodic financial reports and returns required to be filed with the SEC and any other regulatory agency, including annual financial statements, and managing and performing the various administrative functions necessary for our day-to-day operations; | |
| ● | Investor Services such as managing communications with our investors, including answering phone calls, preparing and sending written and electronic reports and other communications; |
| ● | Financing Services such as monitoring and overseeing the service of our debt facilities and other financings, if any; and | |
| ● | Disposition Services such as evaluating and approving potential asset dispositions, sales or liquidity transactions. |
104
Manager Compensation
In return for its services, the Manager (and/or its affiliates) will earn fees from each series, as well as be entitled to reimbursement of certain expenses. These arrangements are set forth in our Operating Agreement and will be confirmed for each series in that series’ Series Designation. There are two primary fees payable to the Manager by each series:
| Form of Compensation | Description | |
| Negotiation Fee | Each series shall pay to the Manager a one-time negotiation fee (the “Negotiation Fee”) in an amount equal to between 4% and 8% of the Initial Advisory Payment payable by the series to the Client under the applicable Brand Advisory Agreement, which amount is inclusive of the Manager’s compensation and associated out-of-pocket costs and expenses described in this section; provided, that if, following the termination or completion of the applicable offering, the amount of such Initial Advisory Payment actually paid to the Client is less than the amount initially contemplated, the Negotiation Fee shall be adjusted downward to reflect the percentage specified in the applicable Series Designation applied to the amount actually paid. The Negotiation Fee covers costs and expenses incurred in identifying, sourcing, structuring, negotiating, documenting and closing the Brand Advisory Agreement, including fees and expenses payable to any agent or intermediary of the Client and customary deal expenses such as travel and lodging, diligence and background checks, third-party research, legal and documentation costs and closing-related technology or data-room charges. The Negotiation Fee shall be payable at or promptly following each closing of the applicable offering from the gross proceeds of the offering. | |
| Maintenance Fee | Subject to the revenue condition described below, as an annual, ongoing expense of each series, the series shall pay to the Manager a maintenance fee (the “Maintenance Fee”) for the Manager’s management and administration of the series, its business, its assets and the related Brand Advisory Agreement. The Maintenance Fee shall be equal to between 0.5% and 2.5% per annum of the aggregate capital contributions made to the applicable series, calculated as of the applicable payment date or such other measurement date as the Manager may reasonably determine consistent with the operating agreement. The Maintenance Fee shall be payable quarterly in arrears from funds legally available therefor and shall be treated as an expense of the series. Promptly following the closing of the applicable series offering, the series shall pay to the Manager any portion of the Maintenance Fee that accrued prior to such closing but was not previously paid; provided, that the Maintenance Fee shall be pro-rated for any partial period during which it first becomes payable. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the applicable Series Designation or the operating agreement, the Maintenance Fee shall not accrue, become due or be payable unless and until the series is generating revenues. For the avoidance of doubt, any catch-up payment shall apply only to amounts that accrued in accordance with the revenue condition set forth in the immediately preceding sentence. |
Reimbursement of Expenses
In addition to these fees, the Manager is entitled to be reimbursed by each series for any Operating Expenses that it pays on behalf of that series. Operating Expenses include a wide range of costs related to the series’ business, such as insurance premiums, legal and accounting costs, audit fees, any applicable taxes, filing fees, and other ordinary expenses. See “Description of Business — General Description of Series Level Operations” for more information. Typically, the Manager will advance payment for many of these expenses , particularly during the early life of a series before it generates steady income, and then periodically recover those amounts from the series’ funds as an “Operating Expense Reimbursement Obligation.” The Manager may choose to waive reimbursement or cover certain expenses entirely at its discretion , including to support a new series that has not yet generated income, but it is under no obligation to do so. Any unreimbursed expenses borne by the Manager, or any fees waived, constitute voluntary support that the Manager may discontinue at any time. Investors should understand that the Manager’s ability to collect fees and reimbursements from series, even during periods when a series has little income, could create a financial burden on a series, and the Manager’s interest in receiving its fees might conflict with the investors’ interest in maximizing net distributable cash. These expenses include, but are not limited to:
| ● | expenses associated with the listing of our Units (or any other securities of the Company) on a securities exchange or alternative trading system, if applicable, or with the formation of the Company or any series or subsidiary thereof and the offering, issuance and distribution of our Units (or any other securities of the Company), such as selling commissions and fees, advertising expenses, taxes, legal and accounting fees, listing and registration fees; | |
| ● | expenses of organizing, revising, amending, converting, modifying or terminating the Company or any series or subsidiary thereof; |
105
| ● | the compensation and expenses of our directors and the allocable share of cost of liability insurance under a universal insurance policy covering the Manager or its affiliates and/or us to indemnify our directors and executive officers; | |
| ● | costs associated with the establishment and maintenance of any credit facilities, repurchase agreements, and securitization vehicles or other indebtedness of ours (including commitment fees, accounting fees, legal fees, closing and other similar costs); |
| ● | expenses connected with communications to any lenders and holders of our securities or of our subsidiaries and other bookkeeping and clerical work necessary in maintaining relations with any lenders and holders of such securities and in complying with the continuous reporting and other requirements of governmental bodies or agencies, including, without limitation, all costs of preparing and filing required reports with the SEC, the costs payable by us to any transfer agent and registrar in connection with the listing and/or trading of our Units on any exchange, the fees payable by us to any such exchange in connection with its listing, costs of preparing, printing and mailing our annual report to our investors and proxy materials with respect to any meeting of our investors; | |
| ● | expenses incurred by Managers, officers, personnel and agents of the Manager for travel on our behalf and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Managers, officers, personnel and agents of the Manager in connection with the purchase, origination, financing, refinancing, sale or other disposition of an asset; | |
| ● | costs and expenses incurred with respect to market information systems and publications, pricing and valuation services, research publications and materials, and settlement, clearing and custodial fees and expenses; | |
| ● | compensation and expenses of our custodian and transfer agent, if any; | |
| ● | all other costs and expenses relating to our business operations, including, without limitation, the costs and expenses of acquiring, owning, protecting, maintaining, developing and disposing of assets, including appraisal, reporting, audit and legal fees; | |
| ● | all costs and expenses relating to the development and management of our website; | |
| ● | any judgment or settlement of pending or threatened proceedings (whether civil, criminal or otherwise), including any costs or expenses incurred in connection therewith, against us or any subsidiary, or against any trustee, director or executive officer of us or of any subsidiary in his or her capacity as such for which we or any subsidiary is required to indemnify such trustee, director or executive officer by any court or governmental agency; and | |
| ● | all other expenses actually incurred by the Manager (except as described below) which are reasonably necessary for the performance by the Manager of its duties and functions under the operating agreement. |
The Manager does not receive a performance fee or profit allocation from the series (i.e., there is no “carried interest” or percentage of profits that goes to the Manager beyond the fees described). Instead, the Manager’s economic incentive is primarily through the Negotiation and Maintenance Fees, and potentially through ownership of Units it may acquire. The Manager or its affiliates are allowed (but not required) to invest in Units alongside other investors, either in the initial offering or via open market purchases, subject to any limitations in the Operating Agreement. If the Manager does hold Units, it will share in distributions on the same basis as other investors for those Units, which may align its interests with investors to some degree. However, the Manager could also sell its Units or have different liquidity considerations, so this alignment is not assured.
The Manager is also the owner and operator of the Platform, as described below, through which the series offerings are conducted. The Manager may benefit indirectly from platform-related activities or economies of scale as more series are launched. All material affiliated transactions will be disclosed in this Offering Circular or in subsequent reports. See “Risks Related to Conflicts of Interest” for more information.
106
Compensation of Executive Officers
We do not currently have any employees nor do we currently intend to hire any employees who will be compensated directly by the Company. Each of these individuals receives compensation for his or her services, including services performed for us on behalf of the Manager, from the Manager. Although we will indirectly bear some of the costs of the compensation paid to these individuals, through fees we pay to the Manager, we do not intend to pay any compensation directly to these individuals.
Indemnification of the Manager
The operating agreement provides that none of our Manager, any current or former directors, officers, employees, partners, shareholders, members, controlling persons, agents or independent contractors of our Manager nor persons acting at the request of the Company in certain capacities with respect to other entities will be liable to the Company, any series or any Unit holders for any act or omission taken by them in connection with the business of the Company or any series that has not been determined in a final, non-appealable decision of a court, arbitrator or other tribunal of competent jurisdiction to constitute fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence.
Each series will indemnify these persons out of its assets against all liabilities and losses (including amounts paid in respect of judgments, fines, penalties or settlement of litigation, including legal fees and expenses) to which they become subject by virtue of serving the Company or such series and with respect to any act or omission that has not been determined by a final, non-appealable decision of a court, arbitrator or other tribunal of competent jurisdiction to constitute fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence.
Term and Removal of the Manager
The Manager, Agentiq Sports, Inc., is entrusted with broad authority to manage the Company and each series, and investors cannot readily replace it. Under the Operating Agreement, the Manager will serve for an indefinite term, and removing the Manager requires a “for cause” event, meaning that the Manager has been found by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to have committed fraud in connection with a series or the Company that has a material adverse effect on the Company, and even then, removal would need to be approved by a Super Majority Vote of Unit holders representing at least 80% of the outstanding Units of all series, voting together as a single class. This threshold is exceptionally difficult to satisfy. If the Manager performs poorly , including by making disadvantageous business decisions, failing to effectively support Clients or failing to act in investors’ best interests, but has not engaged in conduct that meets this standard, investors lack a mechanism to remove it. Even in the unlikely scenario where cause for removal exists, coordinating a Super Majority Vote among all Unit holders can be impractical.
Furthermore, the operating agreement provides that upon a for-cause removal of the Manager, investors may choose to liquidate and dissolve all series, which could result in shutting down the business entirely. This means that the only path to removal may come with significant disruption and possibly loss of remaining asset value. The Manager may assign its rights, obligations and title as Manager to an Affiliate of the Manager, and may delegate certain of its duties under the operating agreement to any of its Affiliates, in each case without the approval of our investors.
Investors should not expect to have any practical ability to change the Manager or influence management personnel. The success of your investment will depend on the Manager’s continued service, and if its performance is unsatisfactory, your options as an investor are very limited. The operating agreement does not grant the Manager the right to withdraw immediately as Manager solely because the Company or any series is or may become required to register under the Investment Company Act. Instead, upon any resignation of the Manager, the operating agreement requires the Manager to nominate a successor Manager and to continue serving as Manager until a successor Manager is elected by the vote of a majority of the Units held by Economic Members. The operating agreement separately equips the Manager with tools designed to avoid Investment Company Act exposure, including the ability to refuse to admit additional Members in circumstances that could cause the Company or any series to be required to register under the Investment Company Act and the ability to amend the operating agreement, without the consent of Unit holders, to prevent the Company, the Manager or their respective officers, agents or trustees from becoming subject to the Investment Company Act, the Investment Advisers Act or the “plan asset” regulations under ERISA.
In the event of the removal of the Manager, the Manager will cooperate with us and take all reasonable steps to assist in making an orderly transition of the management function. The Manager will determine whether any succeeding Manager possesses sufficient qualifications to perform the management function.
Other than any accrued fees payable to the Manager, no additional compensation will be paid to the Manager in the event of the removal of the Manager.
107
Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings
Except as set forth below, to our knowledge, none of our current directors or executive officers has, during the past ten years:
| ● | been convicted in a criminal proceeding or been subject to a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offenses); |
| ● | had any bankruptcy petition filed by or against the business or property of the person, or of any partnership, corporation or business association of which he or she was a general partner or executive officer, either at the time of the bankruptcy filing or within two years prior to that time; |
| ● | been subject to any order, judgment, or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any court of competent jurisdiction or federal or state authority, permanently or temporarily enjoining, barring, suspending or otherwise limiting, his involvement in any type of business, securities, futures, commodities, investment, banking, savings and loan, or insurance activities, or to be associated with persons engaged in any such activity; |
| ● | been found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a civil action or by the SEC or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to have violated a federal or state securities or commodities law, and the judgment has not been reversed, suspended, or vacated; |
| ● | been the subject of, or a party to, any federal or state judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree, or finding, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated (not including any settlement of a civil proceeding among private litigants), relating to an alleged violation of any federal or state securities or commodities law or regulation, any law or regulation respecting financial institutions or insurance companies including, but not limited to, a temporary or permanent injunction, order of disgorgement or restitution, civil money penalty or temporary or permanent cease-and-desist order, or removal or prohibition order, or any law or regulation prohibiting mail or wire fraud or fraud in connection with any business entity; or |
| ● | been the subject of, or a party to, any sanction or order, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any self-regulatory organization (as defined in Section 3(a)(26) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act)), any registered entity (as defined in Section 1(a)(29) of the Commodity Exchange Act), or any equivalent exchange, association, entity or organization that has disciplinary authority over its members or persons associated with a member. |
Except as set forth above and in our discussion below in “Security Ownership of Management and Certain Security Holders,” none of our directors or executive officers has been involved in any transactions with us or any of our directors, executive officers, affiliates or associates which are required to be disclosed pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC.
We are not currently a party to any legal proceedings, the adverse outcome of which, individually or in the aggregate, we believe will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results.
108
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF MANAGEMENT AND CERTAIN SECURITYHOLDERS
As of the date of this Offering Circular, neither the Manager nor any of its principals, affiliates or beneficial owners owns any Units. Although we do not currently expect the Manager or any such persons to acquire additional Units, other than upon conversion of a Promissory Note issued to our Manager or an affiliate thereof, the Manager or any of its principals or affiliates may purchase Units in any series on the same terms offered to investors in the applicable series offering. No Broker Fee will be payable on any Units purchased by the Manager or its affiliates.
If the Manager or any of its principals or affiliates acquires any Units, we will disclose such ownership in this section by amendment to this Offering Circular if the acquisition constitutes a fundamental change, or otherwise by supplement to this Offering Circular, in each case to the extent required under applicable securities laws.
109
DESCRIPTION OF THE SECURITIES BEING OFFERED
The following is a summary of the principal terms of, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, our operating agreement, the applicable series designations, and the subscription agreements relating to the purchase of the Units offered hereby, each of which is attached as an exhibit to the offering statement of which this Offering Circular forms a part. Prospective investors should review those documents in their entirety. In the event of any conflict between this summary and the operating agreement, the applicable series designation or the applicable subscription agreement, the terms of those documents will control. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this summary or elsewhere in this Offering Circular have the meanings ascribed to them in the operating agreement.
Description of the Units
The Company is a series limited liability company formed pursuant to Section 18-215 of the LLC Act. The purchase of Units of a series of the Company is an investment only in that particular series and not an investment in the Company as a whole; each Unit represents a denomination of the limited liability company interests in the applicable series. In accordance with the LLC Act, each series is, and any other series if issuing Units in the future will be, a separate series of the Company and not a separate legal entity. The Company has not issued, and does not intend to issue, any class of Units or underlying limited liability company interests of any series entitled to any pre-emptive, preferential or other rights that are not otherwise available to the holders purchasing Units in connection with any offering. The Manager may issue and record fractional Units in 0.01 Unit increments; a fractional Unit is not a separate class or separate security and carries the same rights, preferences, limitations and obligations as a whole Unit in proportion to its Unit balance, including voting rights only when voting is permitted under the governing documents, quorum, distributions, transfers, liquidation, ownership and dilution.
Subject to the provisions of the operating agreement, the Manager can cause the Company to establish one or more series of the Company through the creation of a written series designation for each new series. A series designation relates solely to the series established thereby and shall not be construed: (i) to affect the terms and conditions of any other series, or (ii) to designate, fix or determine the rights, powers, authority, privileges, preferences, duties, responsibilities, liabilities and obligations in respect of Units associated with any other series, or the members associated therewith. The terms and conditions for each series are as set forth in the operating agreement and in the series designation, as applicable. Upon approval of any series designation by the Manager, the series designation is attached to the operating agreement as an exhibit. The series designation establishing a series may: (i) specify a name or names under which the business and affairs of such series may be conducted; (ii) designate, fix and determine the relative rights, powers, authority, privileges, preferences, duties, responsibilities, liabilities and obligations in respect of Units of such series and the members associated therewith (to the extent such terms differ from those set forth in the operating agreement); and (iii) designate or authorize the designation of specific officers to be associated with such series.
A Brand Advisory Agreement will be held by the applicable series of the Company. We intend that each series will hold one Brand Advisory Agreement. An investor who invests in an offering of a series will not have any indirect interest in any Brand Advisory Agreement of any other series unless the investor also participates in a separate series offering associated with that other Brand Advisory Agreement.
Section 18-215(b) of the LLC Act provides that, if specified statutory and governing-document conditions are satisfied and the records maintained for a series account for the assets associated with that series separately from the assets of the Company or any other series, the debts, liabilities, obligations and expenses of that series are enforceable only against the assets of that series and not against the assets of the Company generally or any other series. Accordingly, the Company expects the Manager to maintain separate, distinct records and bank accounts for each series and its associated assets and liabilities.
Section 18-215(c) of the LLC Act provides that a series established in accordance with Section 18-215(b) may carry on any lawful business, purpose or activity, other than the business of banking, and has the power and capacity to, in its own name, contract, hold title to assets (including real, personal and intangible property), grant liens and security interests, and sue and be sued. The Company intends for each series to conduct its business and enter into contracts in its own name to the extent such activities are undertaken with respect to a particular series.
All of the Units offered by this Offering Circular will be duly authorized and validly issued. Upon payment in full of the consideration payable with respect to the Units, as determined by the Manager, such Unit holders will not be liable to the Company to make any additional capital contributions with respect to such Units (except for the return of distributions under certain circumstances as required by Sections 18-215, 18-607 and 18-804 of the LLC Act). Holders of Units have no conversion, exchange, sinking fund, redemption or appraisal rights, no pre-emptive rights to subscribe for any Units and no preferential rights to distributions. Unit balances, including fractional Unit balances, are recorded to two decimal places. A fractional Unit participates proportionately in all rights and obligations associated with the Units, including voting rights only when voting is permitted under the governing documents, quorum, distributions, transfers, liquidation and ownership; 0.01 Unit equals 0.01 vote when a vote is permitted.
110
Further Issuance of Units
Only the Units, which are not annotated as closed, are being offered and sold pursuant to this Offering Circular. The operating agreement provides that the Company may issue Units of each series subject to limitations on the number of beneficial owners (as such term is used under the Exchange Act), including that there generally may not be 2,000 or more beneficial owners of any series’ Units, or 500 or more beneficial owners of any series’ Units that are not “accredited investors” (as defined under the Securities Act), in each case as specified in Section 12(g)(1)(A)(ii) of the Exchange Act and subject to waiver by the Manager in its sole discretion. The Manager, in its sole discretion, has the option to issue additional Units (in addition to those issued in connection with any offering) on the same terms as the Units of applicable series being offered hereunder as may be required from time to time.
Distribution Rights
Distributions, if any, will be made from Free Cash Flow at the Manager’s discretion, except as otherwise limited by law or the operating agreement.
“Free Cash Flow” means, for any period, the net cash generated by the series from its operations (including revenue from its Brand Advisory Agreement), less any accrued and unpaid Operating Expenses of the series for such period, less any Operating Expense Reimbursement Obligations, if any, and less such reserves as the Manager may deem appropriate for the series’ working capital and future expenses or liabilities. The Manager may maintain Free Cash Flow funds in a deposit account or an investment account for the benefit of the series.
The Manager will determine, on the periodic basis set forth in the applicable Series Designation, the amount of Free Cash Flow, if any, available for distribution to Unit holders of that series. Each cash distribution will be allocated using each holder’s exact Unit balance recorded to two decimal places, with 0.01 Unit carrying 0.01 of the applicable economic allocation. Payment amounts will be rounded only to cents, residual pennies will be carried forward, and any final liquidation residual will be allocated by largest fractional-cent remainders. Investors will be required to update their personal information on a regular basis to make sure they receive all allocated distributions.
Any Free Cash Flow generated by a series from the utilization of the property related to such series shall be applied within the series in the following order of priority:
| ● | repay any amounts outstanding under Operating Expense Reimbursement Obligations plus accrued interest; | |
| ● | thereafter to create such reserves as the Manager deems necessary, in its sole discretion, to meet future operating expenses; and | |
| ● | thereafter by way of distribution to Unit holders of such series (net of corporate income taxes applicable to the series), which may include the Manager or any of its affiliates. |
No series will distribute an asset in kind to its Unit holders.
The LLC Act (Section 18-607) provides that a member who receives a distribution with respect to a series and knew at the time of the distribution that the distribution was in violation of the LLC Act shall be liable to the series for the amount of the distribution for three years. Under the LLC Act, a series limited liability company may not make a distribution with respect to a series to a member if, after the distribution, all liabilities of such series, other than liabilities to members on account of their Unit holdings with respect to such series and liabilities for which the recourse of creditors is limited to specific assets of such series, would exceed the fair value of the assets of such series. Under the LLC Act, an assignee who becomes a substituted member of a company is liable for the obligations of his assignor to make contributions to the company, except the assignee is not obligated for liabilities unknown to it at the time the assignee became a member and that could not be ascertained from the operating agreement.
Redemption Provisions
The Units are not redeemable.
Registration Rights
There are no registration rights associated with the Units.
Voting Rights
The Manager is not required to hold an annual meeting of Unit holders. The operating agreement provides that meetings of Unit holders may be called by the Manager and a designee of the Manager shall act as chairman at such meetings. The investor does not have day-to-day management authority and generally has no voting rights as a Unit holder in the Company or a series, except with respect to the matters described below. When a vote is permitted under the governing documents, each Unit carries one vote and fractional Units carry proportionate votes, so that 0.01 Unit equals 0.01 vote:
| (i) | the removal of the Manager and the election of a successor Manager upon the resignation of the Manager; | |
| (ii) | the dissolution of the Company upon the for-cause removal of the Manager, and |
111
| (iii) | an amendment to the operating agreement that would: |
| a. | enlarge the obligations of, or adversely affect, a Unit holder in any material respect; |
| b. | reduce the voting percentage required for any action to be taken by the holders of Units in the Company under the operating agreement; |
| c. | change the situations in which the Company and any series can be dissolved or terminated; |
| d. | change the term of the Company (other than the circumstances provided in the operating agreement); or |
| e. | give any person the right to dissolve the Company. |
When entitled to vote on a matter, each Unit holder will be entitled to one vote per Unit held by it on all matters submitted to a vote of the Unit holders of an applicable series or of the Unit holders of all series of the Company, as applicable, and fractional Unit balances will carry the corresponding fractional vote. Thus, a holder of 0.01 Unit has 0.01 vote. The removal of the Manager as Manager of the Company and all series must be approved by a Super Majority Vote, that is, an affirmative vote of holders of Units of all series representing at least eighty percent (80%) of the total votes that may be cast by all outstanding Units, including fractional Units, voting together as a single class. All other matters to be voted on by the Unit holders must be approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority of the outstanding Units of all series, including fractional Units, voting together as a single class, unless a greater percentage is required under the operating agreement or by Delaware law. In respect of any meeting of the Company, Unit holders holding thirty-three percent (33%) of the total outstanding Unit balances, and in respect of any meeting of any series, Unit holders holding thirty-three percent (33%) of the total outstanding Unit balances in such series, present in person or by proxy, constitute a quorum.
The consent of the holders of a majority of the Units of a series is required for any amendment to the operating agreement that would adversely change the rights of the Unit holders in such series, result in mergers, consolidations or conversions of such series and for any other matter as the Manager, in its sole discretion, determines will require the approval of the holders of the Units of a series voting as a separate class.
The submission of any action of the Company or a series for a vote of the Unit holders shall first be approved by the Manager and no amendment to the operating agreement may be made without the prior approval of the Manager that would decrease the rights of the Manager or increase the obligations of the Manager thereunder. The Manager, if it holds Units, or its affiliates, if they hold Units, may vote as a Unit holder in respect of any matter put to the Unit holders.
The Manager has broad authority to take action with respect to the Company and any series. See “Management” for more information. Except as set forth above, the Manager may amend the operating agreement without the approval of the Unit holders to, among other things, reflect the following:
| ● | the merger of the Company, or the conveyance of all of the assets to, a newly-formed entity if the sole purpose of that merger or conveyance is to effect a mere change in the legal form into another limited liability entity; | |
| ● | a change that the Manager determines to be necessary or appropriate to implement any state or federal statute, rule, guidance or opinion; | |
| ● | a change that the Manager determines to be necessary, desirable or appropriate to facilitate the trading of Units; | |
| ● | a change that the Manager determines to be necessary or appropriate for the Company to qualify as a limited liability company under the laws of any state or to ensure that each series will continue to qualify as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes; | |
| ● | an amendment that the Manager determines, based upon the advice of counsel, to be necessary or appropriate to prevent the Company, the Manager, or the officers, agents or trustees from in any manner being subjected to the provisions of the Investment Company Act, the Investment Advisers Act or “plan asset” regulations adopted under ERISA, whether or not substantially similar to plan asset regulations currently applied or proposed; | |
| ● | any amendment that the Manager determines to be necessary or appropriate for the authorization, establishment, creation or issuance of any additional series; | |
| ● | an amendment effected, necessitated or contemplated by a merger agreement that has been approved under the terms of the operating agreement; | |
| ● | any amendment that the Manager determines to be necessary or appropriate for the formation by the Company of, or its investment in, any corporation, partnership or other entity, as otherwise permitted by the operating agreement; | |
| ● | a change in the fiscal year or taxable year and related changes; and | |
| ● | any other amendments which the Manager deems necessary or appropriate to enable the Manager to exercise its authority under the Agreement. |
112
In each case, the Manager may make such amendments to the operating agreement provided the Manager determines that those amendments:
| ● | do not adversely affect the Unit holders (including any particular series as compared to other series) in any material respect; | |
| ● | are necessary or appropriate to satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation of any federal or state agency or judicial authority or contained in any federal or state statute; | |
| ● | are necessary or appropriate to facilitate the trading of Units, to comply with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any securities exchange on which the Units may be listed for trading, compliance with any of which the Manager deems to be in the best interests of the Company and the Unit holders; | |
| ● | are necessary or appropriate for any action taken by the Manager relating to splits or combinations of Units under the provisions of the operating agreement; or | |
| ● | are required to effect the intent expressed in this Offering Circular or the intent of the provisions of the operating agreement or are otherwise contemplated by the operating agreement. |
Furthermore, the Manager retains sole discretion to create and set the terms of any new series and will have the sole power to acquire, manage and dispose of Brand Advisory Agreements of each series.
Liquidation Rights
The operating agreement provides that the Company shall remain in existence until the earlier of the following: (i) the election of the Manager to dissolve it; (ii) the sale, exchange or other disposition of substantially all of the assets of the Company followed by the Manager’s affirmative election to dissolve it; (iii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Company; (iv) at any time that the Company no longer has any members, unless the business is continued in accordance with the LLC Act; and (v) a vote by a majority of all Unit holders of the Company following the for-cause removal of the Manager. Under no circumstances may the Company be wound up in accordance with Section 18-801(a)(3) of the LLC Act.
A series shall remain in existence until the earlier of the following: (i) the dissolution of the Company, (ii) the election of the Manager to dissolve such series; (iii) the sale, exchange or other disposition of substantially all of the assets of the series, unless the Manager determines not to dissolve the series to allow for the reacquisition of series assets; or (iv) at any time that the series no longer has any members, unless the business is continued in accordance with the LLC Act. Under no circumstances may a series be wound up in accordance with Section 18-801(a)(3) of the LLC Act.
Upon the occurrence of any such event, the Manager (or a liquidator selected by the Manager) is charged with winding up the affairs of the series or the Company as a whole, as applicable, and liquidating its assets. Upon the liquidation of a series or the Company as a whole, as applicable, the series or the Company, as applicable, will be liquidated and any after-tax proceeds distributed: (i) first, to any third party creditors, (ii) second, to any creditors that are the Manager or its affiliates (e.g., payment of any outstanding Operating Expense Reimbursement Obligation (as defined in the operating agreement)), and thereafter, (iii) to the Unit holders of the relevant series, allocated pro rata based on each holder’s exact Unit balance (which may include the Manager and any of its affiliates and which distribution with respect to a series will be made consistent with any preferences which exist within such series). Cash amounts are rounded only to cents, residual pennies are carried forward, and final liquidation residuals are allocated by largest fractional-cent remainders.
Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer
The Units of each series are subject to restrictions on transferability. Except for an ATS Transfer effected through an alternative trading system, or ATS, approved by the Manager in accordance with the operating agreement, a Unit holder may not transfer, assign or pledge its Units without the consent of the Manager. The Manager may withhold consent in its sole discretion, including when the Manager determines that such transfer, assignment or pledge would result in (a) there being more than 2,000 beneficial owners of the series or more than 500 beneficial owners of the series that are not “accredited investors,” (b) the assets of the series being deemed “plan assets” for purposes of ERISA, (c) a change of U.S. federal income tax treatment of the Company and the series, or (d) the Company, the series or the Manager being subject to additional regulatory requirements. An ATS Transfer is not subject to certain otherwise applicable transfer restrictions under the operating agreement, including the Manager’s consent requirement, prior notice requirements, and any right of first refusal, lock-up or similar restriction that may be included in a Series Designation, but remains subject to applicable securities laws and any eligibility, documentation, settlement, trading, transfer agent, anti-money laundering, sanctions, investor suitability, tax, regulatory, or other conditions or procedures that the Manager may establish. The transferring Unit holder is responsible for all costs and expenses arising in connection with any proposed transfer (regardless of whether such sale is completed) including any legal fees incurred by the Company or any broker or dealer, any costs or expenses in connection with any opinion of counsel and any transfer taxes and filing fees. The Manager or its affiliates may acquire Units in each series for their own accounts and may, from time to time and only in accordance with applicable securities laws (which may include filing an amendment to this Offering Circular), transfer these Units, either directly or through brokers, via the Platform, an ATS approved by the Manager or otherwise. Fractional Units may be transferred in 0.01 Unit increments, subject to the same restrictions as whole Units, and all transfers will be recorded to two decimal places without rounding up or down.
113
As described above, unless and until the Units of a Series are listed or eligible for trading through an ATS approved by the Manager, holders’ ability to pledge or transfer Units will remain restricted. There can be no assurance that the Manager will approve any ATS, that any Units will be listed or eligible for secondary trading, that we will, or will be able to, register the Units for resale, or that a liquid market for the Units will develop. Therefore, investors may be required to hold their Units indefinitely. Fractional Units are subject to the same transfer restrictions as whole Units and may be transferred only in 0.01 Unit increments when a transfer is permitted. Please refer to the operating agreement and the subscription agreement for additional information regarding these restrictions. To the extent certificated, the Units issued in each offering will bear a legend setting forth these restrictions on transfer and any legends required by state securities laws.
Secondary Trading; Alternative Trading System
The operating agreement permits, but does not require, the Manager to approve an alternative trading system, or ATS, for secondary trading of Units of a Series. If the Manager approves an ATS for a Series, Units of that Series may be eligible to trade through the approved ATS, subject to applicable law, the rules and procedures of the ATS, the Company’s transfer agent arrangements, and any conditions or procedures established by the Manager from time to time.
Under the operating agreement, a transfer of Units effected through an ATS approved by the Manager is an “ATS Transfer.” An ATS Transfer is not subject to certain otherwise applicable transfer restrictions under the operating agreement, including the Manager’s consent requirement, prior notice requirements, and any right of first refusal, lock-up or similar restriction that may be included in a Series Designation.
Notwithstanding this exception, ATS Transfers remain subject to compliance with applicable securities laws and any eligibility, documentation, settlement, trading, transfer agent, anti-money laundering, sanctions, investor suitability, tax, regulatory, or other conditions or procedures that the Manager may establish. A purchaser in an ATS Transfer will be admitted as a Substitute Economic Member, become the Record Holder of the transferred Units, and be deemed to agree to the operating agreement only when the transfer is recognized in accordance with the procedures established by the Manager and reflected in the Company’s books and records.
The Manager has broad authority under the operating agreement to list Units of a Series on an ATS approved by the Manager; enter into listing, ATS participation, transfer agent, broker, dealer, settlement, custody, escrow, compliance, tax, regulatory and other ancillary agreements and documentation; and take actions the Manager determines are reasonably necessary or appropriate to effect, facilitate, maintain, administer, suspend or terminate any such listing or trading arrangement. Each investor grants the Manager a power of attorney that includes authority to execute documents the Manager determines are necessary or appropriate to list Units on an approved ATS or to effect, facilitate, evidence, settle, record or administer transfers through an approved ATS.
The Manager may suspend, limit or condition transfers through an approved ATS if the Manager determines that doing so is necessary or appropriate to comply with applicable law, protect the Company or any Series, preserve the status of the Company or any Series for tax, regulatory or other purposes, or administer the books and records of the Company or any Series.
Investors should not assume that any ATS will be approved or available, that any Units will be listed or eligible for secondary trading, or that an active, liquid or sustained secondary market for the Units will develop. Even if an ATS is available for a Series, investors may be unable to resell their Units when desired, at an acceptable price, or at all, and any resale may be delayed, restricted, suspended or conditioned by securities law requirements, ATS or transfer agent procedures, investor eligibility requirements, settlement procedures, tax or regulatory considerations, or actions taken by the Manager under the operating agreement.
Agreement to be Bound by the Operating Agreement; Power of Attorney
By purchasing Units, the investor will be admitted as a member of the Company and will be bound by the provisions of, and deemed to be a party to, the operating agreement. Pursuant to the operating agreement, each investor grants to the Manager a power of attorney to, among other things, execute and file documents required for the Company’s qualification, continuance or dissolution. The power of attorney also grants the Manager authority to make certain amendments to the operating agreement, execute documents the Manager determines are necessary or appropriate to list Units on an approved ATS or to effect, facilitate, evidence, settle, record or administer transfers through an approved ATS, and execute and deliver such other documents as may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the provisions or purposes of the operating agreement.
Duties of Officers
The operating agreement provides that, except as may otherwise be provided by the operating agreement, the property, affairs and business of each series will be managed under the direction of the Manager. The Manager has the power to appoint the officers and such officers have the authority and exercise the powers and perform the duties specified in the operating agreement or as may be specified by the Manager.
114
The Company may decide to enter into separate indemnification agreements with the Officers of the Company and the directors and officers of the Manager. If entered into, each indemnification agreement is likely to provide, among other things, for indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by law and the operating agreement against any and all expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement of any claim. The indemnification agreements may also provide for the advancement or payment of all expenses to the indemnitee and for reimbursement to the Company if it is found that such indemnitee is not entitled to such indemnification under applicable law and the operating agreement.
Mandatory Arbitration and Class Action Waiver
The Operating Agreement requires, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that disputes arising out of or relating to the Operating Agreement, the formation, governance, management, operations, capitalization or dissolution of the Company or any series, or the rights, duties or relationships among the Company, any series, the Manager, any member or their respective affiliates in such capacities, be resolved exclusively by binding arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association under the Federal Arbitration Act and the AAA Commercial Arbitration Rules. Arbitration will generally be conducted before a single neutral arbitrator, unless all parties to the dispute agree in writing to a three-arbitrator panel. The seat and venue of arbitration will be Wilmington, Delaware, and hearings may be conducted remotely at the election of the arbitrator after conferring with the parties. By acquiring Units, members waive the right to a trial by jury and the right to litigate covered disputes in court, except for limited requests for temporary, preliminary or emergency injunctive relief or other provisional remedies in Delaware courts and except to the extent applicable law does not permit a particular claim or remedy to be subject to mandatory arbitration. Judgment on an arbitral award may be entered in a state or federal court located in Delaware that has jurisdiction over the parties and the subject matter.
Arbitrations and court proceedings must proceed on an individual basis only. No dispute may be heard or decided as a class, collective, private attorney general, derivative on behalf of other members or other representative proceeding, and claims of two or more persons or entities may not be joined, consolidated or heard together in a single proceeding unless all affected parties agree in writing or the Operating Agreement’s mass arbitration procedures expressly permit administrative batching. If a dispute relates to the management or operations of a particular series, the proceeding is limited to that series, the Company as necessary, the Manager, and the members or other parties whose rights or obligations are directly implicated by the dispute. No award against a series will bind or be enforceable against the assets of any other series unless that other series is a party to the dispute and is specifically found liable.
If a large number of substantially similar arbitration demands asserting related claims are filed within a specified period and are brought by or with the assistance or coordination of overlapping counsel, law firms or litigation funding entities, the Operating Agreement provides for a mass arbitration protocol. That protocol contemplates use of applicable AAA mass arbitration procedures, appointment of a process arbitrator for threshold and procedural issues, organization of cases into tranches, an initial bellwether tranche, stays of non-active cases, tolling of limitation periods for stayed cases, and non-binding mediation after bellwether awards and later tranches. Fees for stayed cases generally are not due until those cases are placed into an active tranche, and the arbitrator or process arbitrator may modify tranche size, sequencing or other procedural matters for efficiency and fairness. The Operating Agreement also requires arbitration proceedings, orders and awards to remain confidential to the fullest extent permitted by law, except as required by law or to enforce an award.
Exclusive Forum
The Operating Agreement provides that Delaware law governs the Operating Agreement, non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it, and the rights and liabilities of members in the Company and each series, except to the extent applicable law requires otherwise. For legal actions or proceedings that are not subject to mandatory arbitration, and for court proceedings related to or in support of arbitration, the Operating Agreement generally requires proceedings to be brought in Delaware courts, subject to applicable federal securities laws and any written consent by the Manager to an alternative forum. The Operating Agreement is not intended to waive compliance with the U.S. federal securities laws or the rules and regulations promulgated under those laws. The arbitration, class action waiver, individual-proceeding and exclusive forum provisions are intended to address forum and procedure only and not to waive any substantive right or remedy available under applicable law. If applicable law does not permit a particular federal securities law claim or remedy to be subject to mandatory arbitration, that claim or remedy may be brought in a court of competent jurisdiction and will not be subject to arbitration to that extent. If any class, collective or representative waiver is held unenforceable with respect to a particular claim or remedy, the Operating Agreement generally provides for that specific claim or remedy to proceed in court while remaining claims and remedies proceed on an individual basis in arbitration or court, as applicable.
These provisions apply to investors who purchase Units in the series offerings directly from the Company as well as to purchasers who may buy Units in the secondary market, as they, as well, will become series members whose rights vis-à-vis the Units will be governed according to the terms of the operating agreement.
115
U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
The following is a summary of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to each of the series’ qualification and the acquisition, holding, and disposition of Units. For purposes of this section, references to “we,” “us” or “the Company” mean each of the series, individually, except as otherwise indicated. This summary is based upon the Internal Revenue Code, the regulations promulgated by the U.S. Treasury Department, current administrative interpretations and practices of the IRS (including administrative interpretations and practices expressed in private letter rulings which are binding on the IRS only with respect to the particular taxpayers who requested and received those rulings) and judicial decisions, all as currently in effect and all of which are subject to differing interpretations or to change, possibly with retroactive effect. No assurance can be given that the IRS would not assert, or that a court would not sustain, a position contrary to any of the tax considerations described below. No advance ruling has been or will be sought from the IRS regarding any matter discussed in this summary. The summary is also based upon the assumption that the operation of the Company, and of any subsidiaries and other lower-tier affiliated entities, will be in accordance with its applicable organizational documents and as described in this Offering Circular. This summary is for general information only, and does not purport to discuss all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to a particular investor in light of its investment or tax circumstances or to investors subject to special tax rules, such as:
| ● | U.S. expatriates; | |
| ● | persons who mark-to-market our Units; | |
| ● | subchapter S corporations; | |
| ● | U.S. investors who are U.S. persons (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar; | |
| ● | financial institutions; | |
| ● | insurance companies; | |
| ● | broker-dealers; | |
| ● | regulated investment companies; | |
| ● | trusts and estates; | |
| ● | holders who receive our Units through the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation; | |
| ● | persons holding our Units as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “short sale,” “conversion transaction,” “synthetic security” or other integrated investment; | |
| ● | non-corporate taxpayers subject to the alternative minimum tax provisions of the Code; | |
| ● | persons holding our interests through a partnership or similar pass-through entity; | |
| ● | persons holding a 10% or more (by vote or value) beneficial interest in the Company; | |
| ● | tax exempt organizations, except to the extent discussed below in “— Treatment of Tax Exempt U.S. investors;” and | |
| ● | non-U.S. persons (as defined below), except to the extent discussed below in “— U.S. Taxation of Non-U.S. investors.” |
Except to a limited extent noted below, this summary does not address state, local or non-U.S. tax considerations. This summary assumes that investors will hold our Units as capital assets, within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code, which generally means as property held for investment.
For the purposes of this summary, a U.S. person is a beneficial owner of our Units who for U.S. federal income tax purposes is:
| ● | a citizen or resident of the United States; | |
| ● | a corporation (including an entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or of a political subdivision thereof (including the District of Columbia); | |
| ● | an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or | |
| ● | any trust if (1) a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) it has a valid election in place to be treated as a U.S. person. |
116
For the purposes of this summary, a U.S. Holder is a beneficial owner of our Units who is a U.S. person. A tax-exempt organization is a U.S. person who is exempt from U.S. federal income tax under Section 401(a) or 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code. For the purposes of this summary, a non-U.S. person is a beneficial owner of our Units who is a nonresident alien individual or a non-U.S. corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and a non-U.S. Holder is a beneficial owner of our Units who is a non-U.S. person. The term “corporation” includes any entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and the term “partnership” includes any entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
The information in this section is based on the current Code, current, temporary and proposed Treasury Regulations, the legislative history of the Internal Revenue Code, current administrative interpretations and practices of the IRS, including its practices and policies as endorsed in private letter rulings, which are not binding on the IRS except in the case of the taxpayer to whom a private letter ruling is addressed, and existing court decisions. Future legislation, regulations, administrative interpretations and court decisions could change current law or adversely affect existing interpretations of current law, possibly with retroactive effect. Any change could apply retroactively. We have not obtained any rulings from the IRS concerning the tax treatment of the matters discussed below. Thus, it is possible that the IRS could challenge the statements in this discussion that do not bind the IRS or the courts and that a court could agree with the IRS.
THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX TREATMENT OF HOLDERS OF OUR UNITS DEPENDS IN SOME INSTANCES ON DETERMINATIONS OF FACT AND INTERPRETATIONS OF COMPLEX PROVISIONS OF U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAW FOR WHICH NO CLEAR PRECEDENT OR AUTHORITY MAY BE AVAILABLE. IN ADDITION, THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF HOLDING OUR UNITS TO ANY PARTICULAR INVESTOR WILL DEPEND ON THE INVESTOR’S PARTICULAR TAX CIRCUMSTANCES. YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, AND NON-U.S. INCOME AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES TO YOU, IN LIGHT OF YOUR PARTICULAR INVESTMENT OR TAX CIRCUMSTANCES, OF ACQUIRING, HOLDING, AND DISPOSING OF OUR UNITS.
You are urged to consult your tax advisor with respect to the application of the United States federal income tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Units arising under the United States federal estate or gift tax rules or under the laws of any United States state or local or any foreign taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.
Tax Classification of the Series
Proposed but not yet finalized Treasury Regulations, as well as certain administrative guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service, indicate that each series of a series limited liability company may be treated as a separate entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes based on its facts and circumstances. The Company intends that each Series be classified and taxed as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and not as a partnership under Subchapter K of the Internal Revenue Code), and expects, but cannot assure, that each such Series will be so treated.
Assuming such treatment, each Series will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on its taxable income at applicable corporate rates (currently 21% for C corporations). Distributions of earnings to investors will be taxable to investors as dividends to the extent of the series’ current and accumulated earnings and profits, rather than being allocated as pass-through items. Investors will not be required to report the series’ income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit on their own income tax returns; instead, they will report only the dividends they actually receive.
The Company has not requested, and does not intend to request, a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service regarding the tax classification of the Series. The U.S. federal income tax treatment of the Series, and the state and local tax treatment thereof, may vary depending on the jurisdiction and the particular facts and circumstances of each Series.
117
Taxation of Distributions to U.S. Holders
A “U.S. Holder” includes a beneficial owner of Units that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, an individual citizen or resident of the United States.
Distributions to U.S. Holders out of each Series’ current or accumulated earnings and profits (which would include any gains derived from the sale or exchange of the assets that will be held by each Series, net of tax paid or accrued thereon) will be taxable to U.S. Holders as dividends. A U.S. Holder who receives a distribution constituting “qualified dividend income” may be eligible for reduced federal income tax rates. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors as to whether any dividends paid by a Series would be “qualified dividend income.” Distributions in excess of the current and accumulated earnings and profits of a Series will not be taxable to a U.S. Holder to the extent that the distributions do not exceed the adjusted tax basis of the U.S. Holder’s Units. Rather, such distributions will reduce the adjusted basis of such U.S. Holder’s Units. Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits that exceed the U.S. Holder’s adjusted basis in its Units will be taxable as capital gain in the amount of such excess if the Units are held as a capital asset. In addition, a 3.8% tax applies to certain investment income (referred to as the 3.8% NIIT). In general, in the case of an individual, this tax is equal to 3.8% of the lesser of (i) the taxpayer’s “net investment income” or (ii) the excess of the taxpayer’s adjusted gross income over the applicable threshold amount ($250,000 for taxpayers filing a joint return, $125,000 for married individuals filing separate returns and $200,000 for other taxpayers). In the case of an estate or trust, the 3.8% tax will be imposed on the lesser of (x) the undistributed net investment income of the estate or trust for the taxable year, or (y) the excess of the adjusted gross income of the estate or trust for such taxable year over a beginning dollar amount (currently $7,500 of the highest tax bracket for such year). Dividends are included as investment income in the determination of “net investment income” under Section 1411(c) of the Code.
Taxation of Dispositions of Units
Upon any taxable sale or other disposition of Units, a U.S. Holder will recognize gain or loss for federal income tax purposes on the disposition in an amount equal to the difference between (i) the amount of cash and the fair market value of any property received on such disposition and (ii) the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Units. A U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Units generally equals his, her or its initial amount paid for the Units and decreased by the amount of any distributions to the investor in excess of current or accumulated earnings and profits. In computing gain or loss, the proceeds that U.S. Holders receive will include the amount of any cash and the fair market value of any other property received for their Units. The gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if the Units are held for more than one year before disposition. Long-term capital gains of individuals, estates and trusts currently are taxed at a maximum rate of 20% (plus any applicable state income taxes) plus the 3.8% NIIT. The deductibility of capital losses may be subject to limitation and depends on the circumstances of a particular U.S. Holder; the effect of such limitation may be to defer or to eliminate any tax benefit that might otherwise be available from a loss on a disposition of the Units. Capital losses are first deducted against capital gains, and, in the case of non-corporate taxpayers, any remaining such losses are deductible against salaries or other income from services or income from portfolio investments only to the extent of $3,000 per year.
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address, and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report will be sent to you.
Payments of dividends or of proceeds on the disposition of the Units made to you may be subject to additional information reporting and under some circumstances to backup withholding at a current rate of 24% unless you establish an exemption. Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the federal income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding is reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.
The preceding discussion of United States federal tax considerations is for general information only. It is not tax advice. Each prospective investor should consult its own tax advisor regarding the particular United States federal, state and local and foreign tax consequences, if applicable, of purchasing, holding and disposing of the Units, including the consequences of any proposed change in applicable laws.
118
Bevilacqua PLLC has acted as our counsel with respect to the preparation of this Offering Circular and the Offering Statement of which it forms a part.
Our audited financial statements as of December 31, 2025 and for the period from November 3, 2025 (inception) to December 31, 2025 included in this Offering Circular have been audited by Artesian CPA, LLC, a certified public accounting firm, as set forth in its report.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a Regulation A Offering Statement on Form 1-A under the Securities Act with respect to the Units offered hereby. This Offering Circular, which constitutes a part of the Offering Statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the Offering Statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information about us and the Units offered hereby, we refer you to the Offering Statement and the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this Offering Circular regarding the contents of any contract or other document that is filed as an exhibit to the Offering Statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Offering Statement. Upon the completion of this Offering, we will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act. The SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, including us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of this site is www.sec.gov.
119
A DELAWARE SERIES LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2025 AND FOR THE PERIOD FROM NOVEMBER 3, 2025 (INCEPTION) TO DECEMBER 31, 2025
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS AND
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2025 AND FOR THE PERIOD FROM NOVEMBER 3, 2025 (INCEPTION) TO DECEMBER 31, 2025
TABLE OF CONTENTS
| Page | |
| Independent Auditor’s Report | F-2 |
| Financial Statements as of December 31, 2025 and for the Period from November 3, 2025 (Inception) to December 31, 2025 | |
| Balance Sheet | F-4 |
| Statement of Operations | F-5 |
| Statement of Changes in Member’s Equity | F-6 |
| Statement of Cash Flows | F-7 |
| Notes to the Financial Statements | F-8 |
F-1

To the Managing Member of
Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC
San Francisco, CA
Opinion
We have audited the accompanying financial statements of Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC (the “Company”) which comprise the balance sheet as of December 31, 2025 and the related statement of operations, changes in member’s equity, and cash flows for the period from November 3, 2025 (inception) to December 31, 2025, and the related notes to the financial statements.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2025 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from November 3, 2025 (inception) to December 31, 2025, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAS). Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements section of our report. We are required to be independent of the Company and to meet our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with the relevant ethical requirements relating to our audits. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.
Substantial Doubt About the Company’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As described in Note 3 to the financial statements, the Company has not yet commenced its planned principal operations, plans to incur significant costs in pursuit of its capital financing plans, has not generated revenues or profits, and has incurred a net loss of $1,162 for the period from November 3, 2025 (inception) to December 31, 2025. The Company is also reliant upon its manager to fund its current and future obligations. These factors, among others, raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 3. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. Our opinion is not modified with respect to this matter.
Responsibilities of Management for the Financial Statements
Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and for the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
Artesian CPA, LLC
1312 17th Street, #462 | Denver, CO 80202
p: 877.968.3330 f: 720.634.0905
info@ArtesianCPA.com | www.ArtesianCPA.com
F-2
In preparing the financial statements, management is required to evaluate whether there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are available to be issued.
Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance but is not absolute assurance and therefore is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control. Misstatements, including omissions, are considered material if there is a substantial likelihood that, individually or in the aggregate, they would influence the judgment made by a reasonable user based on the financial statements.
In performing an audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, we:
| ● | Exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. |
| ● | Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, and design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks. Such procedures include examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. |
| ● | Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control. Accordingly, no such opinion is expressed. |
| ● | Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluate the overall presentation of the financial statements. |
| ● | Conclude whether, in our judgment, there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a reasonable period of time. |
We are required to communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit, significant audit findings, and certain internal control related matters that we identified during the audit.
/s/ Artesian CPA, LLC
Denver, Colorado
January 22, 2026
Artesian CPA, LLC
1312 17th Street, #462 | Denver, CO 80202
p: 877.968.3330 f: 720.634.0905
info@ArtesianCPA.com | www.ArtesianCPA.com
F-3
BALANCE SHEET
As of December 31, 2025
| ASSETS | ||||
| Current assets: | ||||
| Cash & cash equivalents | $ | - | ||
| Deferred offering costs | 25,000 | |||
| Total assets | $ | 25,000 | ||
| LIABILITIES AND MEMBER’S EQUITY | ||||
| Current liabilities: | ||||
| Accounts payable and accrued expenses | $ | - | ||
| Due to related party | - | |||
| Total liabilities | - | |||
| Member’s equity: | ||||
| Member’s capital | 26,162 | |||
| Accumulated deficit | (1,162 | ) | ||
| Total member’s equity | 25,000 | |||
| Total liabilities and member’s equity | $ | 25,000 | ||
See accompanying Independent Auditor’s Report
and accompanying notes,
which are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-4
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
For the period from November 3, 2025 (inception) to December 31, 2025
| Revenues | $ | - | ||
| Operating expenses: | ||||
| General and administrative | 1,162 | |||
| Total operating expenses | 1,162 | |||
| Loss from operations | (1,162 | ) | ||
| Net loss before income taxes | (1,162 | ) | ||
| Income taxes | - | |||
| Net loss | $ | (1,162 | ) | |
| Net loss per membership unit | ||||
| Basic and diluted | N/A |
See accompanying Independent Auditor’s Report
and accompanying notes,
which are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-5
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN MEMBER’S EQUITY
For the period from November 3, 2025 (inception) to December 31, 2025
| Total Member’s Equity | ||||
| Balance at November 3, 2025 | $ | - | ||
| Deemed Contributions | 26,162 | |||
| Net loss | (1,162 | ) | ||
| Balance at December 31, 2025 | $ | 25,000 | ||
See accompanying Independent Auditor’s Report and accompanying notes,
which are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-6
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
For the period from November 3, 2025 (inception) to December 31, 2025
| Cash flows from operating activities: | ||||
| Net loss | $ | (1,162 | ) | |
| Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities: Operating expenses incurred as deemed contribution from Manager | 1,162 | |||
| Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities | - | |||
| Net change in cash | - | |||
| Cash at beginning of period | - | |||
| Cash at end of period | $ | - | ||
| Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information: | ||||
| Cash paid for interest | $ | - | ||
| Cash paid for taxes | $ | - | ||
| Supplemental disclosure of non-cash financing activities: | ||||
| Deferred offering costs incurred as deemed contribution from Manager | $ | 25,000 |
See accompanying Independent Auditor’s Report and accompanying notes,
which are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-7
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2025 and for the period from November 3, 2025 (inception) to December 31, 2025
NOTE 1: NATURE OF OPERATIONS
Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC (the “Company”) is a Delaware series limited liability company formed on November 3, 2025 under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Company was formed to establish and operate one or more separate and distinct series (each, a “Series”) for the purpose of entering into brand advisory and revenue participation arrangements with professional athletes or other talent. Each Series is intended to enter into a brand advisory agreement (“Brand Advisory Agreement”) with a specific athlete or talent (the “Client”), pursuant to which the Series may provide brand advisory and enhancement services and make an upfront payment to the Client in exchange for the contractual right to receive a specified portion of the Client’s future on-field or performance-based compensation and related earnings, as defined in the applicable Brand Advisory Agreement. Each Brand Advisory Agreement, once executed, will constitute the primary asset of the applicable Series.
Agentiq Sports, Inc. (the “Manager”) serves as the manager of the Company and, unless otherwise specified in a Series designation, the manager of each Series. The Manager has full authority to manage the business and affairs of the Company and each Series. Investors in a Series hold units of limited liability company interests in such Series (“Units”) and do not participate in the management or control of the Company or any Series.
As a Delaware series limited liability company, the debts, liabilities, obligations, and expenses incurred with respect to a particular Series are segregated and enforceable only against the assets of that Series, and not against the assets of the Company or any other Series, as provided under Delaware law.
As of December 31, 2025, the Company had not commenced operations and no Brand Advisory Agreements had been executed. Upon commencement of its planned principal operations, the Company expects to incur significant additional expenses. The Company is dependent upon obtaining additional capital resources to commence its planned operations and is subject to risks and uncertainties, including the ability to secure funding and to operate its business profitably.
NOTE 2: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The financial statements present the activities of Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC (the “Company”) from inception on November 3, 2025 through December 31, 2025. The Company has adopted a calendar year as its fiscal year.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures in the financial statements. For the period from inception through December 31, 2025, management’s estimates were limited due to the Company’s minimal activity, and such estimates did not have a material impact on the accompanying financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
F-8
AGENTIQ SPORTS 1 SERIES LLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2025 and for the period from November 3, 2025 (inception) to December 31, 2025
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. As of December 31, 2025, the Company did not hold any cash or cash equivalents. To the extent the Company maintains cash balances in the future, such balances may exceed federally insured limits.
Deferred Offering Costs
The Company accounts for offering costs in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 340-10-S99-1. Offering costs that are directly attributable to an offering of Series Units are capitalized prior to the completion of the offering. The Manager may allocate offering costs to the Series under its allocation policy. Upon the completion of an offering, deferred offering costs are charged against members’ equity. If an offering is not completed, such costs are expensed as incurred. Under the terms of the Company’s operating agreement, if an offering is unsuccessful, all abort costs are borne by the Manager. As of December 31, 2025, the Company has capitalized $25,000 as deferred offering costs. Each Series of the Company will reimburse the Manager for its offering costs up to 2% of the gross offering proceeds.
Fair Market Value of Financial Instruments
Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) guidance specifies a hierarchy of valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques are observable or unobservable. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect market assumptions. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurement) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurement). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:
| Level 1 - | Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity could access at the measurement date. Level 1 primarily consists of financial instruments whose value is based on quoted market prices such as exchange-traded instruments and listed equities. |
| Level 2 - | Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly (e.g., quoted prices of similar assets or liabilities in active markets, or quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active). |
| Level 3 - | Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability. Financial instruments are considered Level 3 when their fair values are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flows or similar techniques and at least one significant model assumption or input is unobservable. |
The carrying amounts reported on the balance sheet approximate their fair value.
Significant Risks and Uncertainties
The Company is a newly formed entity with limited operating history and has not yet commenced its planned principal operations. The Company is subject to risks and uncertainties customary to early-stage entities, including, but not limited to, dependence on the successful execution of brand advisory agreements, the ability to raise capital, competition, regulatory developments, and reliance on the Manager and key personnel. Adverse changes in economic conditions, capital markets, or the professional sports industry could materially affect the Company’s financial condition and future results of operations.
F-9
AGENTIQ SPORTS 1 SERIES LLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2025 and for the period from November 3, 2025 (inception) to December 31, 2025
Revenue Recognition
The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers.” The Company’s primary source of revenue is derived from Brand Advisory Agreements (“BAAs”) with professional athletes. Under these agreements, the Company provides brand enhancement and promotional advisory services to athletes in exchange for a percentage of the athlete’s future on-field earnings, referred to as brand income (“Brand Income”).
Brand Income is defined as any compensation earned by the athlete that is directly attributable to their participation, performance, or employment in their sport, including, but not limited to, salaries, signing bonuses, performance bonuses, prize money, and other compensation related to the athlete’s on-field activities. Brand Income excludes any earnings derived from off-field activities, such as endorsement deals, sponsorships, licensing, merchandising, personal appearances, and other similar income.
Revenue is recognized over time as the athlete earns Brand Income. The Company recognizes its revenue based on the terms of the executed Brand Advisory Agreement, which specifies a fixed percentage (“Brand Percentage”) of the athlete’s Brand Income to be paid to the Company. The Company recognizes revenue as the athlete earns Brand Income in accordance with the terms of the Brand Advisory Agreements.
As of December 31, 2025, the Company had not executed any Brand Advisory Agreement and no revenue was earned or recognized during the period.
Future Earnings Contracts
At the inception of a Brand Advisory Agreement, the Company may make an upfront payment to an athlete in exchange for the contractual right to receive a portion of the athlete’s future Brand Income. Such payments are capitalized as a future earnings contract and recorded as a long-term asset on the Company’s balance sheet.
The future earnings contract is amortized over the term of the applicable Brand Advisory Agreement in a manner consistent with the pattern in which the related Brand Income is earned, which generally corresponds to the recognition of related revenue.
The Company evaluates future earnings contracts for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. If such indicators exist, the Company compares the carrying amount of the asset to the undiscounted expected future cash flows associated with the contract. If the carrying amount exceeds the expected future cash flows, an impairment loss is recognized for the excess of the carrying amount over the asset’s fair value.
Organizational and Operating Costs
Organizational and operating costs are expensed as incurred in accordance with ASC 720. Certain organizational, formation, and offering-related costs incurred on behalf of the Company were paid by the Manager and have been treated as deemed capital contributions. Accordingly, no reimbursement obligation has been recorded by the Company for such costs. Each Series is responsible for all of its own operating expenses, including allocation of such costs, and all costs of termination and winding up of the Series.
Allocation Policy
Pursuant to the Company’s operating agreement, the Manager is responsible for determining whether costs are directly attributable to a specific Series or represent shared costs. Costs that are directly attributable to a particular Series are allocated to that Series. Costs that are not specifically attributable to a single Series may be allocated among the Company’s Series on a reasonable and consistently applied basis, as determined by the Manager in accordance with the operating agreement.
F-10
AGENTIQ SPORTS 1 SERIES LLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2025 and for the period from November 3, 2025 (inception) to December 31, 2025
Income Taxes
The Company is a limited liability company that has elected, or intends to elect, to be classified as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The Company intends for each Series to be classified and taxed as a corporation for U.S. federal and state income tax purposes. Accordingly, each Series will be subject to U.S. federal and applicable state corporate income taxes on its taxable income. The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes, and will recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities arising from temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. Valuation allowances will be established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. For the period from November 3, 2025 (inception) through December 31, 2025, the Company did not recognize any provision for income taxes, as it did not generate taxable income.
The Company evaluates uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740 and recognizes liabilities for such positions when it is more likely than not that the position will not be sustained upon examination. Management has determined that there were no uncertain tax positions requiring recognition as of December 31, 2025. The Company is not currently under examination by any taxing authority.
Net Earnings or Loss per Unit
Net earnings or loss per unit is computed by dividing net income or loss by the weighted-average number of units outstanding during the period, excluding units subject to redemption or forfeiture. The Company presents basic and diluted net earnings or loss per unit. Diluted net earnings or loss per unit reflect the actual weighted average of units issued and outstanding during the period, adjusted for potentially dilutive securities outstanding. Potentially dilutive items are excluded from the computation of the diluted net earnings or loss per unit if their inclusion would be anti-dilutive.
No potentially dilutive items exist and no membership units are outstanding as of December 31, 2025.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
The Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) periodically issues Accounting Standards Updates (“ASUs”) that amend U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Management has reviewed recently issued accounting standards and assessed their applicability to the Company.
In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures, which enhances disclosure requirements related to income taxes, including disaggregation of income tax expense and information about income taxes paid. The amendments are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2024. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.
In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures, which expands disclosure requirements related to reportable segments. The amendments are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2023. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements, as the Company operates as a single reporting segment.
Management has evaluated other recently issued accounting pronouncements that are effective or will be effective in future periods and has determined that such standards are either not applicable to the Company or are not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
F-11
AGENTIQ SPORTS 1 SERIES LLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2025 and for the period from November 3, 2025 (inception) to December 31, 2025
NOTE 3: GOING CONCERN
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. The Company is a business that has not commenced planned principal operations, plans to incur significant costs in pursuit of its capital financing plans and has incurred net loss of $1,162 from November 3, 2025 (inception) to December 31, 2025. The Company is dependent upon its Manager for the continued funding of its cash flow needs. These factors, among others, raise substantial doubt about the ability of the Company to continue as a going concern for a reasonable period of time. The Company’s ability to continue as a going concern in the next twelve months is dependent upon its ability to obtain capital financing from investors sufficient to meet current and future obligations and deploy such capital to produce profitable operating results. No assurance can be given that the Company will be successful in these efforts. The financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or the amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.
NOTE 4: MEMBER’S EQUITY
Membership Units
Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC (the “Company”) is a Delaware series limited liability company. The Company is authorized to issue, with respect to each Series, an unlimited number of limited liability company interests (“Units”) in accordance with the Company’s operating agreement.
The Company is wholly owned by its managing member, Agentiq Sports, Inc. (the “Manager”). No membership units have been issued by the Company to third-party investors as of December 31, 2025.
The Units represent economic interests in the applicable Series and entitle holders to receive distributions and liquidation proceeds of such Series in accordance with the operating agreement. Unit balances, including fractional balances recorded to two decimal places, participate proportionately in distributions, transfers, liquidation and ownership. Units do not provide holders with the right to participate in the day-to-day management of the Company or any Series, and voting is generally not permitted except for specified matters under the governing documents; when permitted, fractional balances vote proportionately.
Management
Unitholders have very limited voting rights. The Company is a manager-managed limited liability company, and each Series is similarly managed as a manager-managed Series. Pursuant to the operating agreement, Agentiq Sports, Inc. serves as the manager of the Company and each Series. The Manager has full, exclusive, and complete authority to manage and control the business and affairs of the Company and each Series, including the use of Series assets, the repayment of obligations, and the negotiation, execution, and performance of contracts and other instruments on behalf of the Company and each Series.
Members do not participate in the day-to-day management of the Company or any Series and have limited voting rights as set forth in the operating agreement.
Capital Contributions
For the period from November 3, 2025 (inception) through December 31, 2025, the Manager made non-cash capital contributions to the Company totaling $26,162. These contributions primarily represent organizational, formation, and offering-related costs incurred on behalf of the Company and paid by the Manager. Such amounts have been treated as deemed capital contributions to the Company.
F-12
AGENTIQ SPORTS 1 SERIES LLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2025 and for the period from November 3, 2025 (inception) to December 31, 2025
NOTE 5: RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC (the “Company”) is managed by Agentiq Sports, Inc. (the “Manager”), which is considered a related party.
Management and Service Fees
In accordance with the Company’s operating agreement, the Manager is entitled to receive certain fees from each Series in connection with services provided. Each Series is required to pay the Manager a negotiation fee for negotiating and executing each Brand Advisory Agreement, which consists of (i) a percentage of the total capital advanced to a professional athlete under such agreement and (ii) reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with such negotiations. In addition, each Series is required to pay the Manager an ongoing maintenance fee for the management and administration of the Series and the related Brand Advisory Agreement.
For the period from inception on November 3, 2025 through December 31, 2025, no Brand Advisory Agreements had been executed, and accordingly, no negotiation fees or maintenance fees were incurred or payable to the Manager during the period.
Brand Advisory Arrangements
In the normal course of business, the Manager or its affiliates may provide administrative, operational, legal, accounting, compliance, marketing, and other services to the Company and its Series. The Company may also enter into Brand Advisory Agreements with professional athletes or other talent, pursuant to which the Company may provide brand advisory services and make upfront payments in exchange for the contractual right to receive a portion of future earnings. For the period from inception on November 3, 2025 through December 31, 2025, no Brand Advisory Agreement had been executed and no related revenue was recognized.
Related Party Advances and Reimbursement
Certain organizational, formation, and offering-related costs incurred on behalf of the Company were paid by the Manager during the period from inception through December 31, 2025. Such costs were treated as deemed capital contributions, and accordingly, no amounts were owed to the Manager as of December 31, 2025.
The Manager may, from time to time, advance funds to the Company or a Series to pay operating expenses, which, unless otherwise designated as capital contributions, would be recorded as related-party liabilities. No related-party advances or payable balances were outstanding as of December 31, 2025.
NOTE 6: COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
The Company may be subject to pending legal proceedings and regulatory actions in the ordinary course of business. The results of such proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, but the Company does not anticipate that the final outcome, if any, arising out of any such matters will have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition or results of operations.
NOTE 7: SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
Management has evaluated all subsequent events through January 22, 2026, the date the financial statements were available to be issued. There are no material events requiring disclosure or adjustment to the financial statements.
F-13
PART III - EXHIBITS
Index to Exhibits
| * | Previously Filed |
III-1
Pursuant to the requirements of Regulation A, the issuer certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 1-A and has duly caused this offering statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on September 4, 2026.
| Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC | ||
| By: Agentiq Sports, Inc., its Manager | ||
| By: | /s/ ZacharyKurtz | |
| Name: | Zachary Kurtz | |
| Title: | Chief Executive Officer | |
POWER OF ATTORNEY
Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Zachary Kurtz as his (or her) true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments (including post-qualification amendments) to this offering statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the foregoing, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his or her substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this offering statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
| Signature | Title | Date | ||
| /s/ ZacharyKurtz | Chief Executive Officer and President of the Manager | September 4, 2026 | ||
| Zachary Kurtz | (principal executive officer and principal financial and accounting officer) |
III-2
Exhibit 2.2
AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OPERATING AGREEMENT
OF
AGENTIQ SPORTS 1 SERIES LLC
(a Delaware Series Limited Liability Company)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
| Page | ||
| ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS | 1 | |
| ARTICLE II. ORGANIZATION | 6 | |
| ARTICLE III. MEMBERS, SERIES, AND INTERESTS | 8 | |
| ARTICLE IV. REGISTRATION AND TRANSFERABILITY | 14 | |
| ARTICLE V. MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF THE COMPANY AND EACH SERIES | 18 | |
| ARTICLE VI. FEES AND EXPENSES | 24 | |
| ARTICLE VII. DISTRIBUTIONS | 24 | |
| ARTICLE VIII. BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS | 25 | |
| ARTICLE IX. TAX MATTERS | 26 | |
| ARTICLE X. REMOVAL OF THE MANAGER | 26 | |
| ARTICLE XI. DISSOLUTION, TERMINATION AND LIQUIDATION | 26 | |
| ARTICLE XII. AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT, SERIES DESIGNATION | 28 | |
| ARTICLE XIII. MEMBER MEETINGS | 30 | |
| ARTICLE XIV. CONFIDENTIALITY | 30 | |
| ARTICLE XV. GENERAL PROVISIONS | 32 |
i
AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OPERATING AGREEMENT
OF
AGENTIQ SPORTS 1 SERIES LLC
(a Delaware Series Limited Liability Company)
This Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement (this “Agreement”) of Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC, a Delaware series limited liability company (the “Company”), is entered into and effective as of July 14, 2026 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Agentiq Sports, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as the Manager, and each Person who hereafter becomes a Member associated with a Series by acquiring Units of such Series and executing or adopting a Form of Adherence.
WHEREAS, the Company was formed as a series limited liability company under the Delaware Act upon the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 3, 2025;
WHEREAS, the Manager and the Members entered into that certain Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of the Company, dated as of November 3, 2025, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the Effective Date (the “Original Agreement”);
WHEREAS, Section 12.1 of the Original Agreement permits the Manager to amend the terms of the Original Agreement, and the Manager has determined to amend and restate the Original Agreement in its entirety on the terms set forth herein; and
WHEREAS, effective as of the Effective Date, the Original Agreement is hereby amended, restated, superseded and replaced in its entirety by this Agreement, and each reference in any Series Designation, Form of Adherence, Offering Document or other instrument to the operating agreement of the Company, or to the Original Agreement, shall be deemed to refer to this Agreement, as it may be further amended, restated or modified from time to time.
NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree that the Original Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
ARTICLE I.
DEFINITIONS
1.1 Definitions. The following definitions shall be for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary, applied to the terms used in this Agreement:
“Abort Costs” means all fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with any Series Asset proposals pursued by the Company, the Manager or a Series that do not proceed to completion.
“Additional Economic Member” means a Person admitted as an Economic Member and associated with a Series in accordance with Article III because of an issuance of Units of such Series to such Person by the Company.
“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the Person in question. As used herein, the term “control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
“Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.
“Alternative Trading System” or “ATS” means an alternative trading system within the meaning of Regulation ATS under the Exchange Act or any successor rule, regulation or requirement, in each case as approved by the Manager for the trading of Units of any Series.
“Allocation Policy” means the allocation policy of the Company adopted by the Manager in accordance with Section 5.1.
“Brand Advisory Agreement” means an agreement entered into between a Series and a Client, pursuant to which the Client agrees to pay to the Series a contractually specified portion of the Client’s Brand Income (as defined in such agreement), in exchange for an upfront payment and brand advisory and enhancement services; for the avoidance of doubt, the scope of income included or excluded shall be as set forth in the applicable Brand Advisory Agreement.
“Broker” means any Person who has been appointed by the Company (and as the Manager may select in its reasonable discretion) and specified in any Series Designation to provide execution and other services relating to an Initial Offering to the Company, or its successors from time to time, or any other broker in connection with any Initial Offering.
“Brokerage Fee” means the fee payable to the Broker for the purchase by any Person of Units in an Initial Offering equal to an amount agreed between the Manager and the Broker from time to time and specified in any Series Designation.
1
“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday, or a day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are authorized or required to close.
“Capital Contribution” means with respect to any Member, the amount of cash and the fair market value of any other property contributed or deemed contributed to the capital of a Series by or on behalf of such Member, reduced by the amount of any liability assumed by such Series relating to such property and any liability to which such property is subject.
“Certificate of Formation” means the Certificate of Formation of the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, dated November 3, 2025.
“Client” means any athlete or other talent who is a party to a Brand Advisory Agreement with a Series of the Company.
“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect from time to time. Any reference herein to a specific section or sections of the Code shall be deemed to include a reference to any corresponding provision of any successor law.
“Company” means Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC, a Delaware series limited liability company, and any successors thereto.
“Conflict of Interest” means any matter that the Manager believes may involve a conflict of interest that is not otherwise addressed by the Allocation Policy.
“Delaware Act” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. C. Section 18-101, et seq.
“DGCL” means the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, 8 Del. C. Section 101, et seq.
“Economic Member” means together, the Investor Members, Additional Economic Members (including any Person who receives Units in connection with any goods or services provided to a Series) and their successors and assigns admitted as Additional Economic Members and Substitute Economic Members, in each case who is admitted as a Member of such Series but shall exclude the Manager in its capacity as Manager. For the avoidance of doubt, the Manager or any of its Affiliates shall be an Economic Member to the extent it purchases Units in a Series.
“Effective Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.
“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
“Expenses and Liabilities” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.4(a).
“Form of Adherence” means, in respect of an Initial Offering or Subsequent Offering, a subscription agreement or other agreement substantially in the form appended to the Offering Document pursuant to which an Investor Member or Additional Economic Member agrees to adhere to the terms of this Agreement or, in respect of a Transfer, a form of adherence or instrument of Transfer, each in a form satisfactory to the Manager from time to time, pursuant to which a Substitute Economic Member agrees to adhere to the terms of this Agreement. Each Form of Adherence shall include the adhering Person’s express consent to be bound by this Agreement, the mandatory arbitration provisions, the class action waiver, electronic communications and notices, applicable tax elections and tax reporting procedures, confidentiality obligations, Transfer restrictions, and the power of attorney granted under Section 2.6.
“Free Cash Flow” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.1.
“Governmental Entity” means any court, administrative agency, regulatory body, commission or other governmental authority, board, bureau, or instrumentality, domestic or foreign and any subdivision thereof.
2
“Indemnified Person” means (a) any Person who is or was an Officer of the Company or associated with a Series, (b) any Person who is or was a Manager, together with its officers, directors, members, shareholders, employees, managers, partners, controlling persons, agents or independent contractors, (c) any Person who is or was serving at the request of the Company as an officer, director, member, manager, partner, fiduciary or trustee of another Person; provided, that, except to the extent otherwise set forth in a written agreement between such Person and the Company or a Series, a Person shall not be an Indemnified Person by reason of providing, on a fee for services basis, trustee, fiduciary, administrative or custodial services, and (d) any Person the Manager designates as an Indemnified Person for purposes of this Agreement.
“Individual Aggregate 12-Month Investment Limit” means, with respect to any individual holder who is not an “accredited investor” as defined under the Securities Act, in any trailing twelve-month period, 10% of the greater of such holder’s annual income or net worth or, with respect to any entity, 10% of the greater of such holder’s annual revenue or net assets at fiscal year-end.
“Initial Offering” means the first offering or private placement and issuance of any Units of a Series.
“Investment Advisers Act” means the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended.
“Investment Company Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
“Investor Members” mean those Persons who acquire Units in an Initial Offering or Subsequent Offering and their successors and assigns admitted as Additional Economic Members.
“Liquidator” means the Manager, or one or more Persons selected by the Manager, to perform the functions described in Section 11.2 as liquidating trustee of the Company or a Series, as applicable, within the meaning of the Delaware Act.
“Maintenance Fee” means an fee payable by each Series to the Manager as specified in the Series Designation for ongoing management and administration of the Series and the related Brand Advisory Agreement, which fee shall be paid in such intervals as specified in the Series Designation.
“Manager” means, as the context requires, the Manager of the Company or the Manager of a Series. The Manager of the Company is appointed pursuant to Section 3.1(h). The manager of each Series shall be the Manager or a third-party, as set forth in the applicable Series Designation.
“Member” means each member of the Company associated with a Series, including, unless the context otherwise requires, the Manager, each Economic Member (as the context requires), each Substitute Economic Member and each Additional Economic Member.
“National Securities Exchange” means an exchange registered with the SEC under Section 6(a) of the Exchange Act.
“Negotiation Fee” means a fee that each Series must pay to the Manager for negotiating and executing each Brand Advisory Agreement, consisting of (i) a percentage of the total capital advanced to a professional athlete under any such agreement, and (ii) reimbursement for the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Series in connection with negotiating any such agreement.
“Offering Document” means, with respect to any Series or the Units of any Series, the prospectus, offering memorandum, offering circular, offering statement, offering circular supplement, private placement memorandum or other offering documents related to an Initial Offering of such Units, in the form approved by the Manager and, to the extent required by applicable law, approved or qualified, as applicable, by any applicable Governmental Entity, including without limitation the SEC.
“Offering Expenses” means in respect of each Series, the following fees, costs and expenses allocable to such Series or such Series pro rata share (as determined by the Allocation Policy, if applicable) of any such fees, costs and expenses allocable to the Company incurred in connection with executing the Offering, consisting of the Issuance Fee, underwriting, legal, accounting, escrow, blue sky filings required in order for such Series to be made available to Economic Members in certain states (unless borne by the Manager, as determined in its sole discretion) and compliance costs related to a specific offering.
3
“Officers” means any president, vice president, secretary, treasurer or other officer of the Company or any Series as the Manager may designate (which shall, in each case, constitute managers within the meaning of the Delaware Act).
“Operating Expense Reimbursement Obligation(s)” has the meaning ascribed in Section 6.3(c).
“Operating Expenses” means in respect of each Series, the following fees, costs, and expenses allocable to such Series or such Series pro rata share (as determined by the Allocation Policy, if applicable) of any such fees, costs, and expenses allocable to the Company: (a) the Maintenance Fee owed to the Manager; (b) any fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with preparing any reports and accounts of each Series of Units, including any blue sky filings required in order for a Series of Unit to be made available to investors in certain states and any annual audit of the accounts of such Series of Units (if applicable) and any reports to be filed with the SEC including periodic reports on Forms 1-K, 1-SA and 1-U; (c) any and all insurance premiums or expenses, including directors and officer’s insurance of the directors and officers of the Manager in connection with the Series Asset; (d) any withholding or transfer taxes imposed on the Company or a Series or any of the Members because of its or their earnings, investments, or withdrawals; (e) any governmental fees imposed on the capital of the Company or a Series or incurred in connection with compliance with applicable regulatory requirements; (f) any legal fees and costs (including settlement costs) arising in connection with any litigation or regulatory investigation instituted against the Company, or a Series in connection with the affairs of the Company or a Series; (g) the fees and expenses of any administrator, if any, engaged to provide administrative services to the Company or a Series; (h) any fees, costs and expenses of a third-party registrar and transfer agent appointed by the Manager in connection with a Series; (i) the cost of the audit of the Company’s annual financial statements and the preparation of its tax returns and circulation of reports to Economic Members; (j) the cost of any audit of a Series annual financial statements, the fees, costs, and expenses incurred in connection with making of any tax filings on behalf of a Series and circulation of reports to Economic Members; (k) any indemnification payments to be made pursuant to Section 5.4; (l) the fees and expenses of the Company’s or a Series counsel in connection with advice directly relating to the Company’s or a Series’ legal affairs; (m) the costs of any other outside, accountants, attorneys or other experts or consultants engaged by the Manager in connection with the operations of the Company or a Series; and (n) any similar expenses that may be determined to be Operating Expenses, as determined by the Manager in its reasonable discretion.
“Original Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.
“Outstanding” means all Units that are issued by the Company and reflected as outstanding on the Company’s books and records as of the date of determination.
“Person” means any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, business association, organization, Governmental Entity, or other entity.
“ATS Transfer” means a Transfer permitted pursuant to Section 4.2(i).
“Platform” means the online investment platform and marketplace operated by the Manager (through its website at www.agentiqsports.com and any associated mobile applications), or any successor thereto, or any other platform through which offerings of Series Units are conducted and through which Investor Members may purchase Units and where Economic Members may access information and updates regarding their investments.
“Preferred Unit Designation” has the meaning ascribed in Section 3.3(f).
“Record Date” means the date established by the Manager for determining (a) the identity of the Record Holders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, any meeting of Members associated with any Series or entitled to exercise rights in respect of any lawful action of Members associated with any Series or (b) the identity of Record Holders entitled to receive any report or distribution or to participate in any offer.
“Record Holder or holder” means the Person in whose name such Units are registered on the books of the Company as of the opening of business on a particular Business Day, as determined by the Manager in accordance with this Agreement.
4
“Revenue Share Trust” has the meaning set forth in the applicable Brand Advisory Agreement.
“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
“Series” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.3(a).
“Series Assets” means, at any particular time, a Brand Advisory Agreement executed between the Series and a Client.
“Series Designation” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.3(a).
“Subsequent Offering” means any further issuance of Units in any Series, excluding any Initial Offering or Transfer.
“Substitute Economic Member” means a Person who is admitted as an Economic Member of the Company and associated with a Series pursuant to Section 4.1(b) because of a Transfer of Units to such Person.
“Super Majority Vote” means, the affirmative vote of the holders of Outstanding Units of all Series representing at least eighty percent (80%) of the total votes that may be cast by all such Outstanding Units, voting together as a single class.
“Transfer” means, with respect to an Unit, a transaction by which the Record Holder of an Unit assigns such Unit to another Person who is or becomes a Member, and includes a sale, assignment, gift, exchange, ATS Transfer, or any other disposition by law or otherwise, including any transfer upon foreclosure of any pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation, or mortgage.
“U.S. GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, as in effect from time to time.
“Unit” means a unit of membership interest in a Series of the Company. Each Unit is a single legal Unit and may be issued, purchased, held, transferred, converted, and recorded in increments of 0.01 Unit. A decimal amount of a Unit is a denomination of that Unit and is not a separate class or security.
1.2 Construction. Unless the context requires otherwise: (a) any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa; (b) references to paragraphs, Articles and Sections refer to paragraphs, Articles and Sections of this Agreement; (c) the term “include” or “includes” means includes, without limitation, and “including” means including, without limitation; (d) the words herein, hereof and hereunder and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision; (e) or has the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase and/or; (f) unless the context otherwise requires, references to agreements and other documents shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments and other modifications thereto; (g) references to any Person shall include all predecessors of such Person, as well as all permitted successors, assigns, executors, heirs, legal representatives and administrators of such Person; (h) any reference in this Agreement to a specific number of Units shall be deemed to refer to such number as appropriately and proportionately adjusted to reflect any Unit split, Unit combination, Unit distribution, recapitalization, or similar event affecting the number of Outstanding Units; and (i) any reference to any statute or regulation includes any implementing legislation and any rules made under that legislation, statute or statutory provision, whenever before, on, or after the date of the Agreement, as well as any amendments, restatements or modifications thereof, as well as all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating or replacing the statute or regulation. This Agreement shall be construed without regard to any presumption or rule requiring construction or interpretation against the party drafting an instrument or causing any instrument to be drafted.
5
ARTICLE II.
ORGANIZATION
2.1 Formation. The Company was formed upon the filing of its Certificate of Formation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 3, 2025. The Company was organized as a series limited liability company pursuant to Section 18-215 of the Delaware Act. Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Agreement, the rights, duties, liabilities and obligations of the Members and the administration, dissolution and termination of the Company and each Series shall be governed by the Delaware Act.
2.2 Name. The name of the Company is Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC. The business of the Company and any Series may be conducted under any other name or names, as determined by the Manager. The Manager may change the name of the Company at any time and from time to time and shall notify the Economic Members of such change in the next regular communication to the Economic Members or by press release or the filing of a report with the SEC disclosing such change.
2.3 Registered Office and Agent; Principal Office and Other Offices. Unless and until changed by the Manager in its sole discretion, the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware shall be as set forth in the Certificate of Formation, and the registered agent for service of process on the Company and each Series in the State of Delaware shall be as set forth in the Certificate of Formation. The principal office of the Company shall be located at 445 Bryant Street, San Francisco, California 90147, or such other place as the Manager may from time to time designate by notice to the Economic Members associated with the applicable Series or by press release or the filing of a report with the SEC disclosing the location of such principal office. The Company and each Series may maintain offices at such other place or places within or outside the State of Delaware as the Manager determines to be necessary or appropriate. The Manager may change the registered office, registered agent, or principal office of the Company or of any Series at any time and from time to time and shall notify the applicable Economic Members of such change in the next regular communication to such Economic Members or by press release or the filing of a report with the SEC.
2.4 Purpose. The purpose of the Company, and unless otherwise provided in the applicable Series Designation, each Series, shall be to promote, conduct, or engage in, directly or indirectly, any business, purpose, or activity that may lawfully be conducted by a series limited liability company organized under the Delaware Act. Such activities shall include, without limitation: (i) providing strategic brand enhancement and promotional advisory services to athletes and other talent pursuant to Brand Advisory Agreements, which may encompass brand positioning, fan engagement initiatives, sponsorship and endorsement readiness, and the development and execution of related marketing campaigns; (ii) making capital payments to Clients in accordance with the terms and conditions of Brand Advisory Agreements in exchange for contractual rights to receive payments based on a portion of the Client’s future revenue (including, without limitation, compensation tied to sports salaries and related earnings, as applicable under the relevant Brand Advisory Agreement); (iii) funding brand-enhancement initiatives; and (iv) conducting any and all activities related or incidental to the foregoing purposes, including the administration of investments and operations through the Platform or a successor, and the engagement of brokers, escrow agents, and other service providers.
2.5 Powers. The Company, each Series thereof, and, subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Manager, shall have the authority to take any and all actions and to do all things that are necessary or appropriate to further and accomplish the purposes set forth in Section 2.4.
6
2.6 Power of Attorney
(a) Each Economic Member hereby constitutes and appoints the Manager and, if a Liquidator shall have been selected pursuant to Section 11.2, the Liquidator, and each of their authorized officers and attorneys in fact, as the case may be, with full power of substitution, as his or her true and lawful agent and attorney in fact, with full power and authority in his or her name, place and stead, to: (i) execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record in the appropriate public offices: (A) all certificates, documents and other instruments (including this Agreement and the Certificate of Formation and all amendments or restatements hereof or thereof) that the Manager, or the Liquidator, determines to be necessary or appropriate to form, qualify or continue the existence or qualification of the Company as a series limited liability company in the State of Delaware and in all other jurisdictions in which the Company or any Series may conduct business or own property; (B) all certificates, documents and other instruments that the Manager, or the Liquidator, determines to be necessary or appropriate to reflect, in accordance with its terms, any amendment, change, modification or restatement of this Agreement; (C) all certificates, documents and other instruments that the Manager or the Liquidator determines to be necessary or appropriate to reflect the dissolution, liquidation or termination of the Company or a Series pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; (D) all certificates, documents and other instruments relating to the admission, withdrawal or substitution of any Economic Member pursuant to, or in connection with other events described in, Article III or Article XI; (E) all certificates, documents and other instruments relating to the determination of the rights, preferences and privileges of any Series of Unit issued pursuant to Section 3.3; (F) all certificates, documents and other instruments that the Manager or Liquidator determines to be necessary or appropriate to maintain the separate rights, assets, obligations and liabilities of each Series; (G) all certificates, documents and other instruments (including agreements and a certificate of merger) relating to a merger, consolidation or conversion of the Company; and (H) all transfer agent agreements, Alternative Trading System participation agreements, listing agreements, trading, settlement, custody, escrow, broker, dealer, compliance, tax, regulatory, and other agreements, certificates, instruments, notices, consents, approvals, waivers or other documents that the Manager determines to be necessary or appropriate to list any Units of a Series on an Alternative Trading System approved by the Manager or to effect, facilitate, evidence, settle, record, or administer any Transfer of Units through such Alternative Trading System; and (ii) execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record all ballots, consents, approvals, waivers, certificates, documents and other instruments that the Manager or the Liquidator determines to be necessary or appropriate to (A) make, evidence, give, confirm or ratify any vote, consent, approval, agreement or other action that is made or given by any of the Members hereunder or is consistent with the terms of this Agreement or (B) effectuate the terms or intent of this Agreement; provided, that when any provision of this Agreement that establishes a percentage of the Members or of the Members of any Series required to take any action, the Manager, or the Liquidator, may exercise the power of attorney made in this Section 2.6(a) only after the necessary vote, consent, approval, agreement or other action of the Members or of the Members of such Series, as applicable.
(b) The foregoing power of attorney is hereby declared to be irrevocable and a power coupled with an interest, and it shall survive and, to the maximum extent permitted by law, not be affected by the subsequent death, incompetency, disability, incapacity, dissolution, bankruptcy or termination of any Economic Member and the transfer of all or any portion of such Economic Member’s Units and shall extend to such Economic Members heirs, successors, assigns and personal representatives. Each such Economic Member hereby agrees to be bound by any representation made by any officer of the Manager, or the Liquidator, acting in good faith pursuant to such power of attorney; and each such Economic Member, to the maximum extent permitted by law, hereby waives any and all defenses that may be available to contest, negate or disaffirm the action of the Manager, or the Liquidator, taken in good faith under such power of attorney in accordance with this Section 2.6. Each Economic Member shall execute and deliver to the Manager, or the Liquidator, within 15 days after receipt of the request therefor, such further designation, powers of attorney and other instruments as any of such Officers or the Liquidator determines to be necessary or appropriate to effectuate this Agreement and the purposes of the Company.
(c) Nothing contained in this Section 2.6 shall be construed as authorizing the Manager, or the Liquidator, to amend, change or modify this Agreement except in accordance with Article XII or as may be otherwise expressly provided for in this Agreement.
7
2.7 Term. The term of the Company commenced on the day on which the Certificate of Formation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Act. The existence of each Series shall commence upon the effective date of the Series Designation establishing such Series, as provided in Section 3.3. The term of the Company and each Series shall be perpetual, unless and until it is dissolved or terminated in accordance with the provisions of Article XI. The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until the cancellation of the Certificate of Formation as provided in the Delaware Act.
2.8 Title to Assets. All Units shall constitute personal property of the owner thereof for all purposes and a Member has no interest in specific assets of the Company or applicable Series Assets. Title to any Series Assets, whether real, personal, or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, shall be deemed to be owned by the Series to which such asset was contributed or by which such asset was acquired, and none of the Company, any Member, Officer, or other Series, individually or collectively, shall have any ownership interest in such Series Assets or any portion thereof. Without limiting the foregoing, the contractual rights of a Series under its Brand Advisory Agreement shall constitute Series Assets of that Series. Title to any or all of the Series Assets may be held in the name of the relevant Series or one or more nominees, as the Manager may determine. All Series Assets shall be recorded by the Manager as the property of the applicable Series in the books and records maintained for such Series, irrespective of the name in which record title to such Series Assets is held.
2.9 Certificate of Formation. The Certificate of Formation has been filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, such filing being hereby confirmed, ratified, and approved in all respects. The Manager shall use reasonable efforts to cause to be filed such other certificates or documents that it determines to be necessary or appropriate for the formation, continuation, qualification, and operation of a series limited liability company in the State of Delaware or any other state in which the Company or any Series may elect to do business or own property. To the extent that the Manager determines such action to be necessary or appropriate, the Manager shall, or shall direct the appropriate Officers, to file amendments to and restatements of the Certificate of Formation and do all things to maintain the Company as a series limited liability company under the laws of the State of Delaware or of any other state in which the Company or any Series may elect to do business or own property, and if an Officer is so directed, such Officer shall be an authorized person of the Company and, unless otherwise provided in a Series Designation, each Series within the meaning of the Delaware Act for purposes of filing any such certificate with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. The Company shall not be required, before or after filing, to deliver or mail a copy of the Certificate of Formation, any qualification document, or any amendment thereto to any Member.
ARTICLE III.
MEMBERS, SERIES, AND INTERESTS
3.1 Members.
(a) Subject to Section 3.1(b), a Person shall be admitted as an Economic Member and Record Holder either as a result of an Initial Offering, Subsequent Offering, a Transfer or at such other time as determined by the Manager, and upon (i) agreeing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement by completing, signing and delivering to the Manager, a completed Form of Adherence, which is then accepted by the Manager, or by satisfying such other procedures as the Manager may establish for an ATS Transfer that require substantially equivalent express consents, (ii) the prior written consent of the Manager, except with respect to an ATS Transfer made in accordance with Section 4.2(i), and (iii) otherwise complying with the applicable provisions of Article III and Article IV.
8
(b) The Manager may withhold its consent to the admission of any Person as an Economic Member where such consent is required for any reason, including when it determines in its reasonable discretion that such admission could: (i) result in there being 2,000 or more beneficial owners (as such term is used under the Exchange Act) or 500 or more beneficial owners that are not accredited investors (as defined under the Securities Act) of any Series of Units, as specified in Section 12(g)(1)(A)(ii) of the Exchange Act (which limitations may be waived by the Manager in its sole discretion), (ii) could adversely affect the Company or a Series or subject the Company, a Series, the Manager or any of their respective Affiliates to any additional regulatory or governmental requirements or cause the Company to be disqualified as a limited liability company, or subject the Company, any Series, the Manager or any of their respective Affiliates to any tax to which it would not otherwise be subject, (iii) cause the Company to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act, (iv) cause the Manager or any of its Affiliates being required to register under the Investment Advisers Act, (v) cause the assets of the Company or any Series to be treated as plan assets as defined in Section 3(42) of ERISA, or (vi) result in a loss of (A) partnership status by the Company for US federal income tax purposes or the termination of the Company for US federal income tax purposes or (B) corporation taxable as an association status for US federal income tax purposes of any Series or termination of any Series for US federal income tax purposes. A Person may become a Record Holder without the consent or approval of any of the Economic Members. A Person may not become a Member without acquiring an Unit.
(c) The name and mailing address of each Member shall be listed on the books and records of the Company and each Series maintained for such purpose by the Company and each Series. The Manager shall update the books and records of the Company and each Series from time to time as necessary to reflect accurately the information therein.
(d) Except as otherwise provided in the Delaware Act and subject to Section 3.1(e) and Section 3.3 relating to each Series, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, and the Members shall not be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member.
(e) Except as otherwise provided in the Delaware Act, the debts, obligations, and liabilities of a Series, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations, and liabilities of such Series, and not of any other Series. In addition, the Members shall not be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation, or liability of any Series solely by reason of being a Member.
(f) Unless otherwise provided herein, and subject to Article XI, Members may not be expelled from or removed as Members of the Company. Members shall not have any right to resign or redeem their Units from the Company; provided that when a transferee of a Units becomes a Record Holder of such Units, such transferring Member shall cease to be a Member of the Company with respect to the Units so transferred and that Members of a Series shall cease to be Members of such Series when such Series is finally liquidated in accordance with Section 11.3
(g) Except as may be otherwise agreed between the Company or a Series, on the one hand, and a Member, on the other hand, any Member shall be entitled to and may have business interests and engage in business activities in addition to those relating to the Company or a Series, including business interests and activities in direct competition with the Company or any Series. None of the Company, any Series or any of the other Members shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement in any such business interests or activities of any Member.
9
(h) Agentiq Sports, Inc. was appointed as the Manager of the Company with effect from the date of the formation of the Company on November 3, 2025 and shall continue as Manager of the Company until the earlier of (i) the dissolution of the Company pursuant to Section 11.1(a), or (ii) its removal or replacement pursuant to Section 4.4 or Article X. Except as otherwise set forth in the Series Designation, the Manager of each Series shall be Agentiq Sports, Inc., or any designee thereof, until the earlier of (i) the dissolution of the Series pursuant to Section 11.1(b) or (ii) its removal or replacement pursuant to Section 4.4 or Article X.
3.2 Capital Contributions.
(a) The minimum number of Units a Member may acquire is one one-hundredth (1/100) of a Unit or such higher amount as the Manager may determine from time to time and as specified in each Series Designation. Persons acquiring Units through an Initial Offering or Subsequent Offering shall make a Capital Contribution to the Company in an amount equal to the per Unit price determined in connection with such Initial Offering or Subsequent Offering and multiplied by the number of Units acquired by such Person in such Initial Offering or Subsequent Offering, as applicable. Persons acquiring Units in a manner other than through an Initial Offering or Subsequent Offering or pursuant to a Transfer shall make such Capital Contribution as shall be determined by the Manager in its sole discretion.
(b) Except as expressly permitted by the Manager, in its sole discretion (i) Capital Contributions to the Company or Series, as applicable, by any Member shall be payable in cash, (ii) in one installment, and (iii) shall be paid prior to the date of the proposed acceptance by the Manager of a Person’s admission as a Member to a Series (or a Member’s application to acquire additional Units) (or within five business days thereafter with the Manager’s approval). No Member shall be required to make an additional capital contribution to the Company or Series but may make an additional Capital Contribution to acquire additional Units in an Offering at such Member’s sole discretion.
(c) Except to the extent expressly provided in this Agreement (including any Series Designation): (i) no Member shall be entitled to the withdrawal or return of its Capital Contribution, except to the extent, if any, that distributions made pursuant to this Agreement or upon dissolution or termination of the Company or any Series may be considered as such by law and then only to the extent provided for in this Agreement; (ii) no Member holding any Units of a Series shall have priority over any other Member holding Units of the same Series either as to the return of Capital Contributions or as to distributions; (iii) no interest shall be paid by the Company or any Series on any Capital Contributions; and (iv) no Economic Member, in its capacity as such, shall participate in the operation or management of the business of the Company or any Series, transact any business on behalf of or in the name of the Company or any Series, or have the power to sign documents for or otherwise bind the Company or any Series by reason of being a Member.
10
3.3 Establishment and Operation of Series.
(a) Establishment of Series. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Manager may, at any time and from time to time and in compliance with Section 3.3(c), cause the Company to establish in writing (each, a “Series Designation”) one or more series as such term is used under Section 18-215 of the Delaware Act (each a “Series”). Each Series, once established, shall constitute a separate and distinct series of the Company, with independent legal existence and operational autonomy. Each Series Designation shall relate solely to the Series established thereby and shall not be construed: (i) to affect the terms and conditions of any other Series, or (ii) to designate, fix or determine the rights, powers, authority, privileges, preferences, duties, responsibilities, liabilities and obligations in respect of Units associated with any other Series, or the Members associated therewith. The terms and conditions for each Series established pursuant to this Section 3.3(a) shall be as set forth in this Agreement and the Series Designation, as applicable, for the Series. Upon approval of any Series Designation by the Manager, such Series Designation shall be attached to this Agreement as an Exhibit until such time as none of such Units of such Series remain Outstanding.
(b) Series Operation. Each of the Series shall operate as if it were a separate limited liability company, with separate bank accounts and books and records.
(c) Series Designation. The Series Designation establishing a Series may: (i) specify a name or names under which the business and affairs of such Series may be conducted; (ii) designate, fix and determine the relative rights, powers, authority, privileges, preferences, duties, responsibilities, liabilities and obligations in respect of Units of such Series and the Members associated therewith (to the extent such terms differ from those set forth in this Agreement) and (iii) designate or authorize the designation of specific Officers to be associated with such Series. A Series Designation (or any resolution of the Manager amending any Series Designation) shall be effective when a duly executed Series Designation is included by the Manager among the permanent records of the Company, and shall be annexed to, and constitute part of, this Agreement (it being understood and agreed that, upon such effective date, the Series described in such Series Designation shall be deemed to have been established and the Units of such Series shall be deemed to have been authorized in accordance with the provisions thereof). The Series Designation establishing a Series may set forth specific provisions governing the rights of such Series against a Member associated with such Series who fails to comply with the applicable provisions of this Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the applicable provisions of such Series Designation). In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and a Series Designation, the terms and conditions of the Series Designation shall prevail.
(d) Segregation of Assets and Liabilities Associated with a Series.
(i) All consideration received by the Company for the issuance or sale of Units of a particular Series, together with all assets in which such consideration is invested or reinvested, and all income, earnings, profits and proceeds thereof, from whatever source derived, including any proceeds derived from the sale, exchange or liquidation of such assets, and any funds or payments derived from any reinvestment of such proceeds, in whatever form the same may be, shall, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, be held for the benefit of the Series or the Members associated with such Series, and not for the benefit of the Members associated with any other Series, for all purposes, and shall be strictly accounted for and recorded upon the books and records of the Series separately from any assets associated with any other Series. In the event that there are any assets in relation to the Company that, in the Managers reasonable judgment, are not readily associated with a particular Series, the Manager shall allocate such assets to, between or among any one or more of the Series, in such manner and on such basis as the Manager deems fair and equitable, and in accordance with the Allocation Policy, and any asset so allocated to a particular Series shall thereupon be deemed to be an asset associated with that Series. Each allocation by the Manager pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.3(d)(i) shall be conclusive and binding upon the Members associated with each and every Series. Separate and distinct records shall be maintained for each and every Series, and the Manager shall not commingle the assets of one Series with the assets of any other Series.
11
(ii) All debts, liabilities, expenses, costs, charges, obligations, and reserves incurred by, contracted for or otherwise existing with respect to a particular Series shall be charged against the assets associated with that Series. In the event that there are any liabilities in relation to the Company that, in the Managers reasonable judgment, are not readily associated with a particular Series, the Manager shall allocate and charge (including indemnification obligations) such liabilities to, between or among any one or more of the Series, in such manner and on such basis as the Manager deems fair and equitable and in accordance with the Allocation Policy, and any liability so allocated and charged to a particular Series shall thereupon be deemed to be a liability associated with that Series. Each allocation by the Manager pursuant to the provisions of this Section 3.3(d)(ii) shall be conclusive and binding upon the Members associated with each and every Series. All liabilities associated with a Series shall be enforceable against the assets associated with that Series only, and not against the assets associated with the Company or any other Series, and except to the extent set forth above, no liabilities shall be enforceable against the assets associated with any Series prior to the allocation and charging of such liabilities as provided above. Any allocation of liabilities that are not readily associated with a particular Series to, between or among one or more of the Series shall not represent a commingling of such Series to pool capital for the purpose of carrying on a trade or business or making common investments and sharing in profits and losses therefrom. The Manager has caused notice of this limitation on inter-series liabilities to be set forth in the Certificate of Formation, and, accordingly, the statutory provisions of Section 18-215(b) of the Delaware Act relating to limitations on inter-series liabilities (and the statutory effect under Section 18-207 of the Delaware Act of setting forth such notice in the Certificate of Formation) shall apply to the Company and each Series. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no distribution on or in respect of Units in a particular Series, including, for the avoidance of doubt, any distribution made in connection with the winding up of such Series, shall be effected by the Company other than from the assets associated with that Series, nor shall any Member or former Member associated with a Series otherwise have any right or claim against the assets associated with any other Series (except to the extent that such Member or former Member has such a right or claim hereunder as a Member or former Member associated with such other Series or in a capacity other than as a Member or former Member)
(e) Ownership of Series Assets. Title to and beneficial interest in Series Assets shall be deemed to be held and owned by the relevant Series and no Member or Members of such Series, individually or collectively, shall have any title to or beneficial interest in specific Series Assets or any portion thereof. Each Member of a Series irrevocably waives any right that it may have to maintain an action for partition with respect to its interest in the Company, any Series, or any Series Assets. Any Series Assets may be held or registered in the name of the relevant Series, in the name of a nominee or as the Manager may determine; provided, however, that Series Assets shall be recorded as the assets of the relevant Series on the Company’s books and records, irrespective of the name in which legal title to such Series Assets is held. Any corporation, brokerage firm or transfer agent called upon to transfer any Series Assets to or from the name of any Series shall be entitled to rely upon instructions or assignments signed or purporting to be signed by the Manager or its agents without inquiry as to the authority of the person signing or purporting to sign such instruction or assignment or as to the validity of any transfer to or from the name of such Series
(f) No Preferred Units. No Units shall entitle any Member to any preemptive, preferential, or similar rights unless such preemptive, preferential, or similar rights are set forth in the applicable Series Designation on or prior to the date of an Initial Offering of any Units of such Series (the designation of such preemptive, preferential, or similar rights with respect to a Series in the Series Designation, the “Preferred Unit Designation”)
12
3.4 Authorization to Issue Units.
(a) The Company may issue Units, including decimal amounts of Units in 0.01 Unit increments, and options, rights and warrants relating to Units, for any Company or Series purpose at any time and from time to time to such Persons for such consideration (which may be cash, property, services, or any other lawful consideration) or for no consideration and on such terms and conditions as the Manager shall determine, all without the approval of the Economic Members. Each Unit shall have the rights and be governed by the provisions set forth in this Agreement (including any Series Designation).
(b) Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Series Designation, the Manager is authorized to issue, in respect of each Series, an unlimited number of Units. All Units issued pursuant to, and in accordance with the requirements of, this Article III shall be validly issued Units in the Company, including Units recorded in 0.01 Unit increments, except to the extent otherwise provided in the Delaware Act or this Agreement (including any Series Designation).
3.5 Voting Rights.
(a) Economic Members shall have voting rights solely with respect to the following matters and no others: (i) the removal of the Manager upon the entry of a final, non-appealable judgment as described in Article X, including, at the meeting called under Article X, the appointment of a replacement Manager by plurality or the election to liquidate and dissolve the Company and each Series as described in Article X and Section 11.1(a)(v); (ii) the election of a successor Manager upon the resignation of the Manager, as described in Section 4.4(c); (iii) the dissolution of the Company following the for-cause removal of the Manager, as described in Article X; and (iv) the approval of amendments to this Agreement that require the consent of Economic Members holding a majority of the Outstanding Units, as described in Article XII, including any amendment that decreases the percentage of Outstanding Units required to take any action hereunder, materially adversely affects the rights of Economic Members, modifies Section 11.1(a) or gives any Person the right to dissolve the Company, or modifies the term of the Company.
(b) With respect to any particular Series, Economic Members shall have such additional voting rights, if any, as are expressly set forth in the applicable Series Designation, as described in Section 3.3(c).
(c) Except as expressly provided in Section 3.5(a) and Section 3.5(b), Economic Members shall have no voting rights on any other matter, and the management and operation of the Company and each Series shall be vested exclusively in the Manager, as described in Section 5.1.
(d) For any matter on which holders of Units are entitled to vote under this Agreement, each Unit carries one vote and each 0.01 Unit carries 0.01 vote. This sentence does not create any additional voting right. Quorum and approval thresholds shall be calculated using the exact decimal Unit balances reflected in the register, without rounding. No provision of this Section 3.5(d) creates voting rights beyond those expressly provided in Sections 3.5(a) and 3.5(b).
3.6 Record Holders. The Company shall be entitled to recognize the Record Holder as the owner of Units, including any decimal amount recorded to 0.01 Unit, and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such Units on the part of any other Person, regardless of whether the Company shall have actual or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law or any applicable rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange, over-the-counter market, or Alternative Trading System on which such Units are listed for trading (if ever). Without limiting the foregoing, when a Person (such as a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation or an agent of any of the foregoing) is acting as nominee, agent or in some other representative capacity for another Person in acquiring or holding Units, as between the Company on the one hand, and such other Persons on the other, such representative Person shall be the Record Holder of such Units.
13
3.7 Splits.
(a) Subject to Section 3.7(c) and Section 3.4, and unless otherwise provided in any Preferred Unit Designation, the Company may make a pro rata distribution of Units of a Series to all Record Holders of such Series, or may effect a subdivision or combination of Units of any Series, in each case, on an equal per Unit basis and so long as, after any such event, any amounts calculated on a per Unit basis or stated as a number of Units are proportionately adjusted. Units may be issued and recorded in 0.01 Unit increments, and each such decimal amount remains a denomination of the same Unit.
(b) Whenever such a distribution, subdivision or combination of Units is declared, the Manager shall select a date as of which the distribution, subdivision or combination shall be effective. The Manager shall send notice thereof at least 20 days prior to the date of such distribution, subdivision, or combination to each Record Holder as of a date not less than 10 days prior to the date of such distribution, subdivision, or combination. The Manager also may cause a firm of independent public accountants selected by it to calculate the number of Units, including decimal amounts to 0.01 Unit, to be held by each Record Holder after giving effect to such distribution, subdivision, or combination. The Manager shall be entitled to rely on any certificate provided by such firm as conclusive evidence of the accuracy of such calculation.
(c) Subject to Section 3.4 and unless otherwise provided in any Series Designation, the Company may issue and record fractional amounts of Units upon any distribution, subdivision, or combination of Units, in 0.01 Unit increments. If an event would otherwise result in an amount of less than 0.01 Unit, the Company shall pay cash in lieu of the residual value of that amount. No issuance or recording shall be rounded up.
3.8 Binding Agreements. The rights of all Members and the terms of all Units are subject to the provisions of this Agreement and any applicable Series Designation.
ARTICLE IV.
REGISTRATION AND TRANSFERABILITY
4.1 Maintenance of a Register. Subject to the restrictions on Transfer and ownership limitations contained below:
(a) The Company shall keep or the Manager shall cause to be kept on behalf of the Company and each Series a register that will set forth the Record Holders of each Unit and each decimal amount of a Unit recorded to 0.01 Unit, together with information regarding the issuance and Transfer of each Unit. The Manager is hereby initially appointed as registrar and transfer agent of the Units, provided that the Manager may appoint such third-party registrar and transfer agent as it determines appropriate in its sole discretion, for the purpose of registering Units and Transfers of such Units as herein provided, including as set forth in any Series Designation.
(b) Upon acceptance by the Manager of the Transfer of any Unit or any portion of a Unit recorded in an increment of 0.01 Unit, or with respect to any ATS Transfer, upon recognition of such Transfer in accordance with the procedures established by the Manager, each transferee of a Unit or portion thereof (i) shall be admitted to the Company as a Substitute Economic Member with respect to the Units so transferred to such transferee when any such transfer or admission is reflected in the books and records of the Company, (ii) shall be deemed to agree to be bound by the terms of this Agreement by completing a Form of Adherence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Manager in accordance with Section 4.2(g)(ii) or satisfying such other procedures as the Manager may establish for an ATS Transfer that require substantially equivalent express consents, (iii) shall become the Record Holder of the Units or portion thereof so transferred, (iv) grants powers of attorney to the Manager and any Liquidator of the Company and each of their authorized officers and attorneys in fact, as the case may be, as specified herein, and (v) makes the consents and waivers contained in this Agreement. No Transfer or other record entry may create or leave a recorded amount of less than 0.01 Unit; the Company shall pay cash in lieu of any residual value below 0.01 Unit. The Transfer of any Units and the admission of any new Economic Member shall not constitute an amendment to this Agreement, and no amendment to this Agreement shall be required for the admission of new Economic Members.
(c) Nothing contained in this Agreement shall preclude the listing, trading or settlement of any transactions involving Units entered into through the facilities of any National Securities Exchange, over-the-counter market, or Alternative Trading System on which such Units are listed for trading, if any, in each case as approved by the Manager and subject to applicable law, Section 4.2(i), Section 4.3 and any conditions established by the Manager.
14
4.2 Ownership Limitations.
(a) Except with respect to any ATS Transfer, no Transfer of any Economic Members Unit, whether voluntary or involuntary, shall be valid or effective, and no transferee shall become a substituted Economic Member, unless the written consent of the Manager has been obtained, which consent may be withheld in its sole and absolute discretion as further described in this Section 4.2. In the event of any Transfer other than a ATS Transfer, all of the conditions of the remainder of this Section 4.2 must also be satisfied. Notwithstanding the foregoing but subject to Section 3.6, assignment of the economic benefits of ownership of Units may be made without the Managers consent, provided that the assignee is not an ineligible or unsuitable investor under applicable law
(b) Except with respect to any ATS Transfer, no Transfer of any Economic Member’s Units, whether voluntary or involuntary, shall be valid or effective unless the Manager determines, after consultation with legal counsel acting for the Company that such Transfer will not, unless waived by the Manager:
(i) cause all or any portion of the assets of the Company or any Series to constitute plan assets for purposes of ERISA;
(ii) adversely affect the Company or such Series, or subject the Company, the Series, the Manager, or any of their respective Affiliates to any additional regulatory or governmental requirements or cause the Company to be disqualified as a limited liability company or subject the Company, any Series, the Manager, or any of their respective Affiliates to any tax to which it would not otherwise be subject;
(iii) require registration of the Company, any Series, or any Units under any securities laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or any other jurisdiction; or
(iv) violate or be inconsistent with any representation or warranty made by the transferring Economic Member.
(c) Except with respect to any ATS Transfer, the transferring Economic Member, or such Economic Members legal representative, shall give the Manager prior written notice before making any voluntary Transfer and notice within thirty (30) days after any involuntary Transfer (unless such notice period is otherwise waived by the Manager), and shall provide sufficient information to allow legal counsel acting for the Company to make the determination that the proposed Transfer will not result in any of the consequences referred to in Section 4.2(b) above. If a Transfer occurs by reason of the death of an Economic Member or assignee, the notice may be given by the duly authorized representative of the estate of the Economic Member or assignee. The notice must be supported by proof of legal authority and valid assignment in form and substance acceptable to the Manager.
(d) In the event any Transfer permitted by this Section 4.2 shall result in beneficial ownership by multiple Persons of any Economic Members interest in the Company, the Manager may require one or more trustees or nominees to be designated to represent a portion of or the entire interest transferred for the purpose of receiving all notices which may be given and all payments which may be made under this Agreement, and for the purpose of exercising the rights which the transferor as an Economic Member had pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.
(e) A transferee shall be entitled to any future distributions attributable to the Units transferred to such transferee and to transfer such Units in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; provided, however, that such transferee shall not be entitled to the other rights of an Economic Member because of such Transfer until he or she becomes a Substitute Economic Member.
15
(f) The Company and each Series shall incur no liability for distributions made in good faith to the transferring Economic Member until, with respect to any Transfer other than a ATS Transfer, a written instrument of Transfer has been received by the Company and recorded on its books and the effective date of Transfer has passed, and, with respect to any ATS Transfer, such Transfer has been recognized in accordance with the procedures established by the Manager.
(g) Any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, any Substitute Economic Member shall be bound by the provisions hereof. Prior to recognizing any Transfer other than a ATS Transfer in accordance with this Section 4.2, the Manager may require, in its sole discretion:
(i) the transferring Economic Member and each transferee to execute one or more deeds or other instruments of Transfer in a form satisfactory to the Manager;
(ii) each transferee to acknowledge its assumption (in whole or, if the Transfer is in respect of part only, in the proportionate part) of the obligations of the transferring Economic Member by executing a Form of Adherence (or any other equivalent instrument as determined by the Manager);
(iii) each transferee to provide all the information required by the Manager to satisfy itself as to anti-money laundering, counter-terrorist financing, and sanctions compliance matters; and
(iv) payment by the transferring Economic Member, in full, of the costs and expenses referred to in Section 4.2(h), and no Transfer other than a ATS Transfer shall be completed or recorded in the books of the Company, and no proposed Substitute Economic Member shall be admitted to the Company as an Economic Member, unless and until each of these requirements has been satisfied or, at the sole discretion of the Manager, waived.
(h) Except with respect to any ATS Transfer (unless otherwise required by the Manager), any transferring Economic Member shall bear all costs and expenses arising in connection with any proposed Transfer, whether or not the Transfer proceeds to completion, including any legal fees incurred by the Company or any broker or dealer, any costs, or expenses in connection with any opinion of counsel, and any transfer taxes and filing fees
(i) Any Transfer of Units of a Series effected through an Alternative Trading System approved by the Manager shall constitute an “ATS Transfer” and shall not be subject to the Manager consent requirements set forth in Section 4.2(a) or the notice requirements set forth in Section 4.2(c); provided, that no ATS Transfer shall be valid or recognized unless such Transfer complies with all applicable securities law requirements, investor eligibility and suitability standards, applicable holding periods and resale limitations, bad-actor disqualification requirements, anti-money laundering, counter-terrorist financing and sanctions requirements, tax withholding, reporting and classification requirements, ERISA and plan asset requirements, and any Series-specific restrictions set forth in the applicable Series Designation or Offering Document. Any waiver of a restriction described in the preceding sentence must be approved through a written controlled compliance waiver procedure established by the Manager that (A) identifies the restriction to be waived, (B) confirms, based on advice of counsel or other appropriate compliance review, that the waiver is permitted by applicable law and would not adversely affect the Company, any Series, the Manager or any Member, (C) is documented in the books and records of the Company or applicable Series, and (D) is applied in a manner consistent with the applicable Offering Document, Series Designation, transfer agent procedures and Alternative Trading System procedures. The Manager may suspend, limit or condition any Transfers through an approved Alternative Trading System if the Manager determines such action is necessary or appropriate to comply with applicable law, protect the Company or any Series, preserve the status of the Company or any Series for tax, regulatory or other purposes, enforce Series-specific restrictions, or administer the books and records of the Company or any Series.
16
4.3 ATS Securities Compliance; Investor Eligibility; Transfer Controls.
(a) The Manager shall establish and maintain procedures reasonably designed to ensure that no Units are issued, sold, transferred or recognized on the books and records of the Company or any Series unless such issuance, sale, Transfer or recognition complies with this Agreement, the applicable Series Designation, the applicable Offering Document, applicable securities laws, and any conditions imposed by the Manager, the Broker, the transfer agent, any applicable Alternative Trading System, or any other service provider engaged in connection with such issuance, sale or Transfer.
(b) Before any issuance of Units or recognition of any Transfer, including any ATS Transfer, the Manager shall, and shall require the Broker, the transfer agent and any applicable Alternative Trading System, as applicable to their respective functions, to take commercially reasonable steps to verify and enforce all applicable investor eligibility requirements, investor suitability standards, investment limits, including the Individual Aggregate 12-Month Investment Limit to the extent applicable, beneficial-owner limits, resale limitations, holding periods, bad-actor disqualification requirements, anti-money laundering, counter-terrorist financing and sanctions requirements, tax withholding and reporting requirements, ERISA and plan asset requirements, and any Series-specific restrictions set forth in the applicable Series Designation or Offering Document.
(c) The Manager shall cause the Company or the applicable Series to maintain, directly or through the transfer agent, Broker, Alternative Trading System or other service provider, books and records sufficient to monitor Record Holders and, to the extent reasonably available to the Company or required by applicable law or the applicable Offering Document, beneficial owners of Units for purposes of compliance with the Exchange Act, the Securities Act, the Investment Company Act, the Investment Advisers Act, ERISA, tax requirements, anti-money laundering and sanctions requirements, and any ownership or transfer limitations applicable to the relevant Series.
(d) The Manager shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause each Offering Document, Series Designation, Form of Adherence, Alternative Trading System procedure and transfer agent procedure to include disclosure and operational terms consistent with this Agreement and shall update or supplement such disclosure and procedures when the Manager determines that an update is necessary or appropriate to reflect material changes in the Company, any Series, the Units, transfer procedures, applicable law or regulatory requirements.
(e) In the event of any conflict between this Agreement, any Series Designation, any Offering Document, any Form of Adherence, any Alternative Trading System procedure or any transfer agent procedure, the provision that imposes the more restrictive compliance, investor eligibility, investment limit, resale, transfer, disclosure, tax, ERISA, anti-money laundering, sanctions or Series-specific requirement shall control, unless the Manager determines, based on advice of counsel, that another provision must control to comply with applicable law or preserve the intended regulatory, tax or liability status of the Company or the applicable Series.
4.4 Certain Obligations of the Manager.
(a) The Manager may Transfer any or all of its Units at any time and from time to time following the closing of an Initial Offering.
(b) The Economic Members hereby authorize the Manager to assign its rights, obligations and title as Manager to an Affiliate of the Manager without the prior consent of any other Person, and, in connection with such transfer, designate such Affiliate of the Manager as a successor Manager provided, that the Manager shall notify the applicable Economic Members of such change in the next regular communication to such Economic Members or by press release or the filing of a report with the SEC disclosing such change.
(c) Except as set forth in Section 4.4(b) above, in the event of the resignation of the Manager of its rights, obligations and title as Manager, the Manager shall nominate a successor Manager and the vote of a majority of the Units held by Economic Members shall be required to elect such successor Manager. The Manager shall continue to serve as the Manager of the Company until such date as a successor Manager is elected pursuant to the terms of this Section 4.4(c).
17
4.5 Remedies for Breach. If the Manager shall at any time determine in good faith that a Transfer or other event has taken place that results in a violation of this Article IV, the Manager shall take such action as it deems advisable to refuse to give effect to or to prevent such Transfer or other event, including, without limitation, causing the Company to redeem Units, refusing to give effect to such Transfer on the books of the Company or instituting proceedings to enjoin such Transfer or other event.
ARTICLE V.
MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF THE COMPANY AND EACH SERIES
5.1 Power and Authority of Manager. Except as explicitly set forth in this Agreement, the Manager, as appointed pursuant to Section 3.1(h) of this Agreement, shall have full power and authority to do, and to direct the Officers to do, all things and on such terms as it determines to be necessary or appropriate to conduct the business of the Company and each Series, to exercise all powers set forth in Section 2.5 and to effectuate the purposes set forth in Section 2.4, in each case without the consent of the Economic Members, including but not limited to the following:
(a) the making of any expenditures, the lending or borrowing of money, the assumption or guarantee of, or other contracting for, indebtedness and other liabilities, the issuance of evidences of indebtedness, including entering into on behalf of a Series, an Operating Expense Reimbursement Obligation, or indebtedness that is convertible into Units, and the incurring of any other obligations;
(b) the making of tax, regulatory and other filings, or rendering of periodic or other reports to governmental or other agencies having jurisdiction over the business or assets of the Company or any Series (including, but not limited to, the filing of periodic reports on Forms 1-K, 1-SA and 1-U with the SEC), and the making of any tax elections;
(c) the acquisition, disposition, mortgage, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation, or exchange of any or all of the assets of the Company or any Series or the merger or other combination of the Company with or into another Person and for the avoidance of doubt, any action taken by the Manager pursuant to this sub-paragraph shall not require the consent of the Economic Members;
(d) the use of the assets of the Company (including cash on hand) for any purpose consistent with the terms of this Agreement, including the financing of the conduct of the operations of the Company and the repayment of obligations of the Company, and the use of the assets of a Series (including cash on hand) for any purpose consistent with the terms of this Agreement, including the financing of the conduct of the operations of such Series and the repayment of obligations of such Series;
(e) the negotiation, execution and performance of any contracts, conveyances, or other instruments (including instruments that limit the liability of the Company or any Series under contractual arrangements to all or particular assets of the Company or any Series);
(f) the negotiation, execution, administration and enforcement of Brand Advisory Agreements and related collateral, payment, reporting, audit, and disclosure instruments on behalf of the applicable Series;
(g) the perfecting, maintaining, and enforcement of security interests securing a Client’s obligations under any Brand Advisory Agreement, including the authority to execute and file initial UCC financing statements, amendments, and continuations; deliver irrevocable payment instructions or payor notices; and pursue collection and enforcement remedies (including cooperating with lawful wage garnishments, court orders, or similar process) with respect to any Brand Advisory Agreement;
(h) the assignment, sale, pledge, or other transfer of a Series’ rights under any Brand Advisory Agreement, including rights to receive the Brand Amount and any related security interests, to an Affiliate, successor, financing vehicle, or acquirer, and the Manager is authorized to execute related consents, notices, and transfer instruments;
18
(i) the action in the manager’s own name or on behalf of the applicable Series to enforce any Brand Advisory Agreement and related rights, to recover amounts due thereunder, and to administer proceeds for the account of such Series and its Members;
(j) the election and removal of Officers of the Company or associated with any Series;
(k) the selection, retention and dismissal of employees, agents, outside attorneys, accountants, consultants and contractors and the determination of their compensation and other terms of employment, retention or hiring, and the payment of fees, expenses, salaries, wages, and other compensation to such Persons;
(l) the solicitation of proxies from holders of any Series of Units issued on or after the date of this Agreement that entitles the holders thereof to vote on any matter submitted for consent or approval of Economic Members under this Agreement;
(m) the maintenance of insurance for the benefit of the Company, any Series and the Indemnified Persons and the reinvestment by the Manager in its sole discretion, of any proceeds received by such Series from an insurance claim in a replacement Series Asset which is substantially similar to that which comprised the Series Asset prior to the event giving rise to such insurance payment;
(n) the formation of, or acquisition or disposition of an interest in, and the contribution of property and the making of loans to, any limited or general partnership, joint venture, corporation, limited liability company or other entity or arrangement;
(o) the control of any matters affecting the rights and obligations of the Company or any Series, including the bringing, prosecuting, and defending of actions at law or in equity and otherwise engaging in the conduct of litigation, arbitration or remediation, and the incurring of legal expense and the settlement of claims and litigation, including in respect of taxes;
(p) the indemnification of any Person against liabilities and contingencies to the maximum extent permitted by law;
(q) the giving of consent of or voting by the Company or any Series in respect of any securities that may be owned by the Company or such Series;
(r) the waiver of any condition or other matter by the Company or any Series;
(s) the listing of any Units of a Series on any National Securities Exchange, over-the-counter market, or Alternative Trading System approved by the Manager, the entering into of listing agreements, Alternative Trading System participation agreements, transfer agent agreements, broker, dealer, settlement, custody, escrow, compliance, tax, regulatory, or other ancillary agreements or documentation in connection therewith, the taking of all actions that the Manager determines to be reasonably necessary or appropriate to effect, facilitate, maintain, administer, suspend or terminate any such listing or trading arrangement, and the delisting of some or all of the Units from, or requesting that trading be suspended on, any such exchange, market, or Alternative Trading System;
(t) the issuance, sale or other disposition, and the purchase or other acquisition, of Units or options, rights or warrants relating to Units;
(u) the registration of any offer, issuance, sale or resale of Units or other securities or any Series issued or to be issued by the Company under the Securities Act and any other applicable securities laws (including any resale of Units or other securities by Members or other security holders);
(v) the execution and delivery of agreements with Affiliates of the Company or other Persons to render services to the Company or any Series;
19
(w) the adoption, amendment, and repeal of the Allocation Policy;
(x) the selection of auditors for the Company and any Series;
(y) the selection of any transfer agent, depositor, Alternative Trading System, broker, dealer, custodian, escrow agent or other service provider for any securities of the Company or any Series, and the entry into such agreements and provision of such other information as shall be required for such Person to perform its applicable functions; and
(z) unless otherwise provided in this Agreement or the Series Designation, the calling of a vote of the Economic Members as to any matter to be voted on by all Economic Members of the Company or if a particular Series, as applicable.
(aa) No Economic Member, by virtue of its status as such, shall have any management power over the business and affairs of the Company or any Series or actual or apparent authority to enter into, execute or deliver contracts on behalf of, or to otherwise bind, the Company or any Series.
5.2 Determinations by the Manager. In furtherance of the authority granted to the Manager pursuant to Section 5.1, the determination as to any of the following matters, made in good faith by or pursuant to the direction of the Manager consistent with this Agreement, shall be final and conclusive and shall be binding upon the Company and each Series and every holder of Units:
(a) the amount of Free Cash Flow of any Series for any period and the amount of assets at any time legally available for the payment of distributions on Units of any Series;
(b) the amount of paid in surplus, net assets, other surplus, annual or other cash flow, funds from operations, net profit, net assets in excess of capital, undivided profits or excess of profits over losses on sales of assets; the amount, purpose, time of creation, increase or decrease, alteration or cancellation of any reserves or charges and the propriety thereof (whether or not any obligation or liability for which such reserves or charges shall have been created shall have been paid or discharged);
(c) any interpretation of the terms, preferences, conversion, or other rights, voting powers or rights, restrictions, limitations as to distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption of any Series;
(d) the number of Units within a Series, including the exact decimal Unit balances reflected in the register and any cash paid in lieu of a residual amount below 0.01 Unit;
(e) any matter relating to the acquisition, holding and disposition of any assets by any Series;
(f) the evaluation of any competing interests among the Series and the resolution of any conflicts of interests among the Series;
(g) each of the matters set forth in Section 5.1(a) through Section 5.1(aa); or
(h) any other matter relating to the business and affairs of the Company or any Series or required or permitted by applicable law, this Agreement or otherwise to be determined by the Manager.
5.3 Delegation. The Manager may delegate to any Person or Persons any of the powers and authority vested in it hereunder and may engage such Person or Persons to provide administrative, compliance, technological and accounting services to the Company, on such terms and conditions as it may consider appropriate.
20
5.4 Exculpation, Indemnification, Advances, and Insurance.
(a) Subject to other applicable provisions of this Article V, the Indemnified Persons shall not be liable to the Company or any Series for any acts or omissions by any of the Indemnified Persons arising from the exercise of their rights or performance of their duties and obligations in connection with the Company or any Series, this Agreement or any investment made or held by the Company or any Series, including with respect to any acts or omissions made while serving at the request of the Company or on behalf of any Series as an officer, director, member, partner, fiduciary or trustee of another Person, other than such acts or omissions that have been determined in a final, non-appealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to constitute fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence. The Indemnified Persons shall be indemnified by the Company and, to the extent Expenses and Liabilities are associated with any Series, each such Series, in each case, to the fullest extent permitted by law, against all expenses and liabilities (including judgments, fines, penalties, interest, amounts paid in settlement with the approval of the Company and counsel fees and disbursements on a solicitor and client basis) (collectively, “Expenses and Liabilities”) arising from the performance of any of their duties or obligations in connection with their service to the Company or each such Series or this Agreement, or any investment made or held by the Company, each such Series, including in connection with any civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other action, suit or proceeding to which any such Person may hereafter be made party by reason of being or having been a manager of the Company or such Series under Delaware law, an Officer of the Company or associated with such Series, or an officer, director, member, partner, fiduciary or trustee of another Person, provided that this indemnification shall not cover Expenses and Liabilities that arise out of the acts or omissions of any Indemnified Party that have been determined in a final, non-appealable decision of a court, arbitrator or other tribunal of competent jurisdiction to have resulted primarily from such Indemnified Persons fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence. Without limitation, the foregoing indemnity shall extend to any liability of any Indemnified Person, pursuant to a loan guaranty or otherwise, for any indebtedness of the Company or any Series (including any indebtedness which the Company or any Series has assumed or taken subject to), and the Manager or the Officers are hereby authorized and empowered, on behalf of the Company or any Series, to enter into one or more indemnity agreements consistent with the provisions of this Section 5.4(a) in favor of any Indemnified Person having or potentially having liability for any such indebtedness. It is the intention of this Section 5.4(a) that the Company and each applicable Series indemnify each Indemnified Person to the fullest extent permitted by law, provided that this indemnification shall not cover Expenses and Liabilities that arise out of the acts or omissions of any Indemnified Party that have been determined in a final, non-appealable decision of a court, arbitrator or other tribunal of competent jurisdiction to have resulted primarily from such Indemnified Persons fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence.
(b) The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent they restrict the duties and liabilities of an Indemnified Person otherwise existing at law or in equity, including Section 5.6, are agreed by each Member to modify such duties and liabilities of the Indemnified Person to the maximum extent permitted by law.
(c) Any indemnification under this Section 5.4 (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by each applicable Series. To the extent, however, that an Indemnified Person has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in defense of any claim, issue, or matter therein, such Indemnified Person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorney fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection therewith.
(d) Any Indemnified Person may apply to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or any other court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Section 5.4(a). The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of the Indemnified Person is proper in the circumstances because such Indemnified Person has met the applicable standards of conduct set forth in Section 5.4(a). Neither a contrary determination in the specific case under Section 5.4(c) nor the absence of any determination thereunder shall be a defense to such application or create a presumption that the Indemnified Person seeking indemnification has not met any applicable standard of conduct. Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to this Section 5.4(d) shall be given to the Company promptly upon the filing of such application. If successful, in whole or in part, the Indemnified Person seeking indemnification shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such application.
21
(e) To the fullest extent permitted by law, expenses (including attorney fees) incurred by an Indemnified Person in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may, at the option of the Manager, be paid by each applicable Series in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Indemnified Person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such Indemnified Person is not entitled to be indemnified by each such Series as authorized in this Section 5.4.
(f) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Section 5.4 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under this Agreement, or any other agreement (including without limitation any Series Designation), vote of Members or otherwise, and shall continue as to an Indemnified Person who has ceased to serve in such capacity and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, assigns and administrators of the Indemnified Person unless otherwise provided in a written agreement with such Indemnified Person or in the writing pursuant to which such Indemnified Person is indemnified, it being the policy of the Company that indemnification of the persons specified in Section 5.4(a) shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. The provisions of this Section 5.4(f) shall not be deemed to preclude the indemnification of any person who is not specified in Section 5.4(a) but whom the Company or an applicable Series has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of the Delaware Act.
(g) The Company and any Series may, but shall not be obligated to, purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any Person entitled to indemnification under this Section 5.4 against any liability asserted against such Person and incurred by such Person in any capacity to which they are entitled to indemnification hereunder, or arising out of such Persons status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power or the obligation to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Section 5.4.
(h) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Section 5.4 shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of any person entitled to indemnification under this Section 5.4.
(i) The Company and any Series may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Manager, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Company or such Series.
(j) If this Section 5.4 or any portion of this Section 5.4 shall be invalidated on any ground by a court of competent jurisdiction each applicable Series shall nevertheless indemnify each Indemnified Person as to expenses (including attorney’s fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit, proceeding or investigation, whether civil, criminal or administrative, including a grand jury proceeding or action or suit brought by or in the right of the Company, to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Section 5.4 that shall not have been invalidated.
(k) Each of the Indemnified Persons may, in the performance of his, her or its duties, consult with legal counsel, accountants, and other experts, and any act or omission by such Person on behalf of the Company or any Series in furtherance of the interests of the Company or such Series in good faith in reliance upon, and in accordance with, the advice of such legal counsel, accountants or other experts will be full justification for any such act or omission, and such Person will be fully protected for such acts and omissions; provided that such legal counsel, accountants, or other experts were selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of such Indemnified Person.
(l) An Indemnified Person shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Section 5.4 because the Indemnified Person had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.
(m) The Manager shall, in the performance of its duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Company and any Series and on such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Company by any of the Officers or employees of the Company or associated with any Series, or by any other Person as to matters the Manager reasonably believes are within such other Persons professional or expert competence.
22
(n) Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 5.4 or any provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the limitations on the liability of or other rights of any indemnitee under this Section 5.4 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted and provided such Person became an indemnitee hereunder prior to such amendment, modification or repeal.
5.5 Duties of Officers.
(a) Except as set forth in Section 5.4 and 5.6, as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or required by the Delaware Act, (i) the duties and obligations owed to the Company by the Officers shall be the same as the duties and obligations owed to a corporation organized under the DGCL by its officers, and (ii) the duties and obligations owed to the Members by the Officers shall be the same as the duties and obligations owed to the stockholders of a corporation under the DGCL by its officers.
(b) The Manager shall have the right to exercise any of the powers granted to it by this Agreement and perform any of the duties imposed upon it thereunder either directly or by or through the duly authorized Officers of the Company or associated with a Series, and the Manager shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence on the part of any such Officer duly appointed or duly authorized by the Manager in good faith.
5.6 Standards of Conduct and Modification of Duties of the Manager. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or under any applicable law, including, without limitation, Section 18-1101(c) of the Delaware Act, the Manager, in exercising its rights hereunder in its capacity as the Manager of the Company, may consider such interests and factors as it deems appropriate, including its own interests. The Manager shall not owe any fiduciary duty to the Company, any Series, any Economic Member, or any other Person, including any fiduciary duty associated with self-dealing or corporate opportunities, all of which are hereby expressly waived to the fullest extent permitted by law; provided, that nothing in this Section shall eliminate or limit the implied contractual covenant of good faith and fair dealing owed by the Manager under applicable law. Additionally, the Manager shall also comply with its obligation under Section 18-215 of the Delaware Act to treat the assets and liabilities of each Series as separate and distinct from the assets and liabilities of the Company and of any other Series. This Section shall not in any way reduce or otherwise limit the specific obligations of the Manager expressly provided in this Agreement or in any other agreement with the Company or any Series.
5.7 Reliance by Third Parties. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any Person dealing with the Company or any Series shall be entitled to assume that the Manager and any Officer of the Company or any Series has full power and authority to encumber, sell or otherwise use in any manner any and all assets of the Company or such Series and to enter into any contracts on behalf of the Company or such Series, and such Person shall be entitled to deal with the Manager or any Officer as if it were the Company’s or such Series sole party in interest, both legally and beneficially. Each Economic Member hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any and all defenses or other remedies that may be available against such Person to contest, negate or disaffirm any action of the Manager or any Officer in connection with any such dealing. In no event shall any Person dealing with the Manager or any Officer or its representatives be obligated to ascertain that the terms of this Agreement have been complied with or to inquire into the necessity or expedience of any act or action of the Manager or any Officer or its representatives. Each and every certificate, document or other instrument executed on behalf of the Company or any Series by the Manager or any Officer or its representatives shall be conclusive evidence in favor of any and every Person relying thereon or claiming thereunder that (a) at the time of the execution and delivery of such certificate, document or instrument, this Agreement were in full force and effect, (b) the Person executing and delivering such certificate, document or instrument was duly authorized and empowered to do so for and on behalf of the Company or any Series and (c) such certificate, document or instrument was duly executed and delivered in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and is binding upon the Company or the applicable Series.
23
ARTICLE VI.
FEES AND EXPENSES
6.1 Offering Expenses. Each Series shall bear the following fees, costs, and expenses incurred in connection with any Initial Offering and the execution of any Brand Advisory Agreement, except as otherwise provided below:
(a) Brokerage Fee;
(b) Offering Expenses;
(c) Negotiation Fee.
If an Offering is unsuccessful, all Abort Costs shall be borne by the Manager. The Manager may, at its discretion and in writing, assume any such expenses otherwise allocable to a Series.
6.2 Operating Expenses. Each Series shall be responsible for all Operating Expenses incurred in the ordinary course of its business, including the Maintenance Fee and all costs and expenses related to the termination and winding up of such Series in accordance with this Agreement and the applicable Series Designation.
6.3 Excess Operating Expenses; Reimbursement Obligations If a Series lacks sufficient cash reserves or revenues to meet its Operating Expenses, the Manager may, in its sole discretion:
(a) Issue additional Units in such Series in accordance with Section 3.4; and/or
(b) Pay such excess Operating Expenses and not seek reimbursement; and/or
(c) Enter into an agreement pursuant to which the Manager loans to the Series an amount equal to the remaining excess Operating Expenses (the “Operating Expense Reimbursement Obligation(s)”). The Manager, in its sole discretion, may impose a reasonable rate of interest (a rate no less than the Applicable Federal Rate (as defined in the Code)) on any Operating Expense Reimbursement Obligation. The Operating Expense Reimbursement Obligation(s) shall become repayable when cash becomes available for such purpose in accordance with Article VII.
6.4 Allocation of Expenses. Any Brokerage Fee, Offering Expenses, Issuance Fee, and Operating Expenses shall be allocated by the Manager in accordance with the Allocation Policy.
6.5 Overhead of the Manager. The Manager shall pay, and the Economic Members shall not bear, the cost of: (a) any annual administration fee to the Broker or such other amount as is agreed between the Broker and the Manager from time to time; (b) all ordinary overhead and administrative expenses of the Manager, including, without limitation, rent, utilities, insurance, office supplies, equipment, payroll taxes, travel, entertainment, salaries, and bonuses, but excluding any Operating Expenses; (c) any Abort Costs; and (d) such other amounts in respect of any Series as the Manager shall agree in writing or as explicitly set forth in any Offering Document.
6.6 Termination Fees. Each Series shall be responsible for its proportionate share of any costs and expenses related to the termination and winding up of the Company, as allocated in accordance with Article XI.
ARTICLE VII.
DISTRIBUTIONS
7.1 Free Cash Flow. The Manager shall determine, on the periodic basis set forth in each Series Designation, the Free Cash Flow, if any, available for distribution to Members of that Series. “Free Cash Flow” means, for any period: (a) The net cash generated by the Series from its operations (including revenue from its Brand Advisory Agreement), (b) Less any accrued and unpaid Operating Expenses of the Series for such period, (c) Less any Operating Expense Reimbursement Obligations, if any, (d) Less such reserves as the Manager may deem appropriate for the Series’ working capital and future expenses or liabilities.
7.2 Distributions. Subject to Section 7.3, Article XI, any Preferred Unit Designation, each applicable Series Designation, and the availability of Free Cash Flow, the Manager shall cause each Series to make distributions to its Economic Members in accordance with the applicable Series Designation. Unless otherwise provided, distributions of Free Cash Flow shall be made pro rata in accordance with Members’ respective exact decimal Unit balances. A holder of 0.01 Unit participates in 0.01 of the per-Unit distribution. Dollar distributions shall be rounded to cents, with residual pennies carried forward to a subsequent distribution. In a final liquidation distribution, any residual pennies shall be allocated by largest fractional-cent remainders, subject to applicable law.
24
7.3 Limitations on Distributions. No distribution shall be made if, after giving effect thereto, the Company or the applicable Series would not be able to pay its debts as they become due in the usual course of business, or if the net assets of the Series would be less than zero. The Manager may defer, adjust, or prohibit any distribution if necessary to comply with applicable law, contractual obligations, or to avoid adverse tax consequences. No distribution shall be made for the specific purpose of withdrawing any Member’s capital contribution.
7.4 Application of Amounts upon the Liquidation of a Series. Subject to Section 7.3 and Article XI and any Preferred Unit Designation, any amounts available for distribution following the liquidation of a Series, net of any fees, costs and liabilities (as determined by the Manager in its sole discretion), shall be applied and distributed in accordance with the order of priority specified in Section 7.2.
7.5 Distributions in Kind. Distributions in kind of the entire or part of a Series Asset to Members are prohibited.
ARTICLE VIII.
BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS
8.1 Records and Accounting.
(a) The Manager shall keep or cause to be kept at the principal office of the Company or such other place as determined by the Manager appropriate books and records with respect to the business of the Company and each Series, including all books and records necessary to provide to the Economic Members any information required to be provided pursuant to this Agreement or applicable law. Any books and records maintained by or on behalf of the Company or any Series in the regular course of its business, including the record of the Members, books of account and records of Company or Series proceedings, may be kept in such electronic form as may be determined by the Manager; provided, that the books and records so maintained are convertible into clearly legible written form within a reasonable period of time. The books of the Company shall be maintained, for tax and financial reporting purposes, on an accrual basis in accordance with U.S. GAAP, unless otherwise required by applicable law or other regulatory disclosure requirement.
(b) Each Member shall have the right, upon reasonable demand for any purpose reasonably related to the Members Unit as a member of the Company (as reasonably determined by the Manager) to such information pertaining to the Company as a whole and to each Series in which such Member has an Unit, as provided in Section 18-305 of the Delaware Act; provided, that prior to such Member having the ability to access such information, the Manager shall be permitted to require such Member to enter into a confidentiality agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Manager. For the avoidance of doubt, except as may be required pursuant to Article X, a Member shall only have access to the information (including any Series Designation) referenced with respect to any Series in which such Member has an Unit and not to any Series in which such Member does not have an Unit.
(c) Except as otherwise set forth in the applicable Series Designation, within 120 calendar days after the end of the fiscal year and 90 calendar days after the end of the semi-annual reporting date, the Manager shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to circulate to each Economic Member electronically by e-mail or made available via the Platform:
(i) a financial statement of such Series prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which includes a balance sheet, profit and loss statement and a cash flow statement; and
(ii) confirmation of the number of Units in each Series Outstanding as of the end of the most recent fiscal year, stated to two decimal places and including any residual cash paid in lieu of an amount below 0.01 Unit; provided, that notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company or any Series is required to disclose financial information pursuant to the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (including without limitations periodic reports under the Exchange Act or under Rule 257 under Regulation A of the Securities Act), then compliance with such provisions shall be deemed compliance with this Section 8.1(c) and no further or earlier financial reports shall be required to be provided to the Economic Members of the applicable Series with such reporting requirement.
25
8.2 Fiscal Year. Unless otherwise provided in a Series Designation, the fiscal year for tax and financial reporting purposes of each Series shall be a calendar year ending December 31 unless otherwise required by the Code. The fiscal year for financial reporting purposes of the Company shall be a calendar year ending December 31.
8.3 Revenue Share Trust Reporting. In the event a Revenue Share Trust is established or post-dissolution receipts are administered under this Agreement and a Brand Advisory Agreement, the Manager shall include in the applicable Series’ financial reporting summaries of receipts and disbursements related thereto consistent with the timing and scope of reporting provided herein and any applicable regulatory reporting obligations.
ARTICLE IX.
TAX MATTERS
The Company intends to be taxed as a partnership or a disregarded entity for federal income tax purposes and will not make any election or take any action that could cause it to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation under Subchapter C of the Code. The Company will make an election on IRS Form 8832 for each Series to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation under Subchapter C of the Code and not as a partnership under Subchapter K of the Code.
ARTICLE X.
REMOVAL OF THE MANAGER
Economic Members of the Company acting by way of a Super Majority Vote may elect to remove the Manager at any time if the Manager is found by a non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to have committed fraud in connection with a Series or the Company and which has a material adverse effect on the Company. The Manager shall call a meeting of all of the Economic Members of the Company within 30 calendar days of such final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, at which the Economic Members may (i) by Super Majority Vote, remove the Manager of the Company and each relevant Series in accordance with this Article X and (ii) if the Manager is so removed, by a plurality, appoint a replacement Manager or approve the liquidation, dissolution and termination of the Company and each of the Series in accordance with Article XI. If the Manager fails to call a meeting as required by this Article X, then any Economic Member shall have the ability to demand a list of all Record Holders of the Company pursuant to Section 8.1(b) and to call a meeting at which such a vote shall be taken. In the event of its removal, the Manager shall be entitled to receive all amounts that have accrued and are then currently due and payable to it pursuant to this Agreement but shall forfeit its right to any future distributions. Prior to its admission as a Manager of any Series, any replacement Manager shall acquire the Units held by the departing Manager in such Series for fair market value and in cash immediately payable on the Transfer of such Units. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Manager is removed as Manager of the Company it shall also cease to be Manager of each of the Series.
ARTICLE XI.
DISSOLUTION, TERMINATION AND LIQUIDATION
11.1 Dissolution and Termination.
(a) The Company shall not be dissolved by the admission of Substitute Economic Members or Additional Economic Members or the withdrawal of a transferring Member following a Transfer associated with any Series. The Company shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up, upon:
| (i) | an election to dissolve the Company by the Manager; |
| (ii) | the sale, exchange, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets and properties of all Series (which shall include the obsolesce of the Series Assets) and the subsequent election to dissolve the Company by the Manager; |
26
| (iii) | the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Act; |
| (iv) | at any time that there are no Members of the Company, unless the business of the Company is continued in accordance with the Delaware Act; or |
| (v) | a vote by the Economic Members to dissolve the Company following the for-cause removal of the Manager in accordance with Article X |
(b) A Series shall not be terminated by the admission of Substitute Economic Members or Additional Economic Members or the withdrawal of a transferring Member following a Transfer associated with any Series. Unless otherwise provided in the Series Designation, a Series shall terminate, and its affairs shall be wound up, upon:
| (i) | the dissolution of the Company pursuant to Section 11.1(a); |
| (ii) | an event set forth as an event of termination of such Series in the Series Designation establishing such Series. |
(b) The dissolution of the Company or any Series pursuant to Section 18-801(a)(3) of the Delaware Act shall be strictly prohibited.
11.2 Liquidator. Upon dissolution of the Company or termination of any Series, the Manager shall act as Liquidator, unless the Manager selects one or more Persons to act as Liquidator. In the case of a dissolution of the Company, (a) the Liquidator shall be entitled to receive compensation for its services as Liquidator; (b) the Liquidator shall agree not to resign at any time without 15 days prior notice to the Manager and may be removed at any time by the Manager; and (c) upon dissolution, death, incapacity, removal or resignation of the Liquidator, a successor and substitute Liquidator (who shall have and succeed to all rights, powers and duties of the original Liquidator) shall within 30 days be appointed by the Manager. The right to approve a successor or substitute Liquidator in the manner provided herein shall be deemed to refer also to any such successor or substitute Liquidator approved in the manner herein provided. Except as expressly provided in this Article XI, the Liquidator approved in the manner provided herein shall have and may exercise, without further authorization or consent of any of the parties hereto, all of the powers conferred upon the Manager under the terms of this Agreement (but subject to all of the applicable limitations, contractual and otherwise, upon the exercise of such powers) necessary or appropriate to carry out the duties and functions of the Liquidator hereunder for and during the period of time required to complete the winding up and liquidation of the Company as provided for herein. In the case of a termination of a Series, other than in connection with a dissolution of the Company, the Manager shall act as Liquidator.
11.3 Liquidation of a Series. In connection with the liquidation of a Series, whether as a result of the dissolution of the Company or the termination of such Series, the Liquidator shall proceed to dispose of the assets of such Series, discharge its liabilities, and otherwise wind up its affairs in such manner and over such period as determined by the Liquidator, subject to Sections 18-215 and 18-804 of the Delaware Act, the terms of any Series Designation and the following:
(a) Subject to Section 11.3(c), the assets may be disposed of by public or private sale on such terms as the Liquidator may determine. The Liquidator may defer liquidation for a reasonable time if it determines that an immediate sale or distribution of all or some of the assets would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Members associated with such Series;
(b) Liabilities of each Series include amounts owed to the Liquidator as compensation for serving in such capacity (subject to the terms of Section 11.2) as well as any Outstanding Operating Expense Reimbursement Obligations and any other amounts owed to Members associated with such Series otherwise than in respect of their distribution rights under Article VII. With respect to any liability that is contingent, conditional or unmatured or is otherwise not yet due and payable, the Liquidator shall either settle such claim for such amount as it thinks appropriate or establish a reserve of Free Cash Flows or other assets to provide for its payment. When paid, any unused portion of the reserve shall be applied to other liabilities or distributed as additional liquidation proceeds; and
27
(c) Subject to the terms of any Series Designation (including, without limitation, the preferential rights, if any, of holders of any other class of Units of the applicable Series), all property and all Free Cash Flow in excess of that required to discharge liabilities as provided in Section 11.3(b) shall be distributed to the holders of the Units of the Series on an equal per Unit basis using each holder’s exact decimal Unit balance. Dollar distributions shall be rounded to cents, residual pennies shall carry forward when practicable, and any final liquidation residual pennies shall be allocated by largest fractional-cent remainders, subject to applicable law.
11.4 Cancellation of Certificate of Formation. In the case of a dissolution of the Company, upon the completion of the distribution of all Free Cash Flow and property in connection the termination of all Series (other than the reservation of amounts for payments in respect of the satisfaction of liabilities of the Company or any Series), the Certificate of Formation and all qualifications of the Company as a foreign limited liability company in jurisdictions other than the State of Delaware shall be canceled and such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Company shall be taken by the Liquidator or the Manager, as applicable.
11.5 Return of Contributions. None of any Member, the Manager or any Officer of the Company or associated with any Series or any of their respective Affiliates, officers, directors, members, shareholders, employees, managers, partners, controlling persons, agents or independent contractors will be personally liable for, or have any obligation to contribute or loan any monies or property to the Company or any Series to enable it to effectuate, the return of the Capital Contributions of the Economic Members associated with a Series, or any portion thereof, it being expressly understood that any such return shall be made solely from Series Assets.
11.6 Waiver of Partition. To the maximum extent permitted by law, each Member hereby waives any right to partition of the Company or Series Assets.
11.7 Revenue Share Trust. If, in accordance with any Brand Advisory Agreement, payments of the Brand Percentage are required to be made after termination to a Revenue Share Trust upon a Client’s post-termination resumption of the Principal Business, the Manager is authorized to establish such trust and to serve as trustee for the benefit of the former Members of the applicable Series. Disbursements from such trust, net of any trust operating costs and expenses, shall be made on the same terms, timing, methodology, and waterfall as provided in such Brand Advisory Agreement. The Manager shall have authority to receive payments, direct payors, keep records, and provide reporting to beneficiaries consistent with this Agreement and the applicable Brand Advisory Agreement.
ARTICLE XII.
AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT, SERIES DESIGNATION
12.1 General. Except as provided in Section 12.2, the Manager may amend any of the terms of this Agreement or any Series Designation as it determines in its sole discretion and without the consent of any of the Economic Members. Without limiting the foregoing, the Manager, without the approval of any Economic Member, may amend any provision of this Agreement or any Series Designation, and execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file, and record whatever documents may be required in connection therewith, to reflect:
(a) a change that the Manager determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with any action taken or to be taken by the Manager pursuant to the authority granted in Article V hereof;
(b) a change in the name of the Company, the location of the principal place of business of the Company, the registered agent of the Company or the registered office of the Company;
(c) the admission, substitution, withdrawal, or removal of Members in accordance with this Agreement, and any Series Designation;
(d) a change that the Manager determines to be necessary or appropriate to qualify or continue the qualification of the Company as a limited liability company under the laws of any state or to ensure that each Series will continue to be taxed as an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes;
28
(e) a change that the Manager determines to be necessary or appropriate to satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation of any federal or state agency or judicial authority or contained in any federal or state statute (including the Delaware Act);
(f) a change that the Manager determines to be necessary, desirable or appropriate to facilitate the trading of the Units (including, without limitation, the division of any class or classes or series of Outstanding Units into different classes or Series to facilitate uniformity of tax consequences within such classes or Series) or comply with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange, over-the-counter market, or Alternative Trading System on which Units are or will be listed for trading, compliance with any of which the Manager deems to be in the best interests of the Company and the Members;
(g) a change that is required to effect the intent expressed in any Offering Document or the intent of the provisions of this Agreement or any Series Designation or is otherwise contemplated by this Agreement or any Series Designation;
(h) a change in the fiscal year or taxable year of the Company or any Series and any other changes that the Manager determines to be necessary or appropriate;
(i) an amendment that the Manager determines, based on the advice of counsel, to be necessary or appropriate to prevent the Company, the Manager, any Officers or any trustees or agents of the Company from in any manner being subjected to the provisions of the Investment Company Act, the Investment Advisers Act, or plan asset regulations adopted under ERISA, regardless of whether such are substantially similar to plan asset regulations currently applied or proposed by the United States Department of Labor;
(j) an amendment that the Manager determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with the establishment or creation of additional Series pursuant to Section 3.3 or the authorization, establishment, creation or issuance of any class or series of Units of any Series pursuant to Section 3.4 and the admission of Additional Economic Members;
(k) any other amendment other than an amendment expressly requiring consent of the Economic Members as set forth in Section 12.2; and
(l) any other amendments substantially similar to the foregoing.
12.2 Certain Amendment Requirements. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 12.1, no amendment to this Agreement shall be made without the consent of the Economic Members holding of a majority of the Outstanding Units, that:
(a) decreases the percentage of Outstanding Units required to take any action hereunder;
(b) materially adversely affects the rights of any of the Economic Members (including adversely affecting the holders of any particular Series of Units as compared to holders of other series of Units);
(c) modifies Section 11.1(a) or gives any Person the right to dissolve the Company; or
(d) modifies the term of the Company.
29
12.3 Amendment Approval Process. If the Manager desires to amend any provision of this Agreement or any Series Designation, other than as permitted by Section 12.1, then it shall first adopt a resolution setting forth the amendment proposed, declaring its advisability, and then call a meeting of the Members entitled to vote in respect thereof for the consideration of such amendment. Amendments to this Agreement or any Series Designation may be proposed only by or with the consent of the Manager. Such meeting shall be called and held upon notice in accordance with Article XIII of this Agreement. The notice shall set forth such amendment in full or a brief summary of the changes to be effected thereby, as the Manager shall deem advisable. At the meeting, a vote of Members entitled to vote thereon shall be taken for and against the proposed amendment. A proposed amendment shall be effective upon its approval by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority of the Units of all Series then Outstanding, voting together as a single class, unless a greater percentage is required under this Agreement or by Delaware law. The Company shall deliver to each Member prompt notice of the adoption of every amendment made to this Agreement or any Series Designation pursuant to this Article XII.
ARTICLE XIII.
MEMBER MEETINGS
13.1 Meetings. The Company shall not be required to hold an annual meeting of the Members. The Manager and only the Manager may, whenever it deems necessary, convene meetings of the Company or any Series. The non-receipt by any Member of a notice convening a meeting shall not invalidate the proceedings at that meeting.
13.2 Quorum. No business shall be transacted at any meeting unless a quorum of Members is present at the time when the meeting proceeds to business. In respect of meetings of the Company, Members holding thirty-three percent (33%) of the Outstanding Units, and in respect of meetings of any Series, Members holding thirty-three percent (33%) of the Outstanding Units in such Series, present in person or by proxy shall be a quorum. Outstanding Units shall be measured using exact decimal balances, and decimal amounts shall count proportionately without rounding. In the event a meeting is not quorate, the Manager may adjourn or cancel the meeting, as it determines in its sole discretion.
13.3 Chairman. Any designee of the Manager shall preside as chairman of any meeting of the Company or any Series.
13.4 Voting Rights. Subject to the provisions of any class or series of Units of any Series then Outstanding, the Members shall be entitled to vote only on those matters provided for under the terms of this Agreement.
13.5 Manager Approval. Other than as provided for in Article X, the submission of any action of the Company or a Series to Members for their consideration shall first be approved by the Manager.
13.6 Action By Members without a Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders of the Units may be taken without a meeting by the written consent of such holders or Members entitled to cast a sufficient number of votes to approve the matter as required by statute or this Agreement, as the case may be.
ARTICLE XIV.
CONFIDENTIALITY
14.1 Confidentiality Obligations. All information contained in the accounts and reports prepared in accordance with Article VIII and any other information disclosed to an Economic Member under or in connection with this Agreement is confidential and non-public and each Economic Member undertakes to treat that information as confidential information and to hold that information in confidence. No Economic Member shall, and each Economic Member shall ensure that every person connected with or associated with that Economic Member shall not, disclose to any person or use to the detriment of the Company, any Series, any Economic Member or any Series Assets any confidential information which may have come to its knowledge concerning the affairs of the Company, any Series, any Economic Member, any Series Assets or any potential Series Assets, and each Economic Member shall use any such confidential information exclusively for the purposes of monitoring and evaluating its investment in the Company.
14.2 Exempted Information. The obligations set out in Section 14.1 shall not apply to any information which:
(a) is public knowledge and readily publicly accessible as of the date of such disclosure;
(b) becomes public knowledge and readily publicly accessible, other than because of a breach of this Article XIV; or
(c) has been publicly filed with the SEC.
30
14.3 Permitted Disclosures. The restrictions on disclosing confidential information set out in Section 14.1 shall not apply to the disclosure of confidential information by an Economic Member:
(a) to any person, with the prior written consent of the Manager (which may be given or withheld in the Managers sole discretion);
(b) if required by law, rule or regulation applicable to the Economic Member (including without limitation disclosure of the tax treatment or consequences thereof), or by any Governmental Entity having jurisdiction over the Economic Member, or if requested by any Governmental Entity having jurisdiction over the Economic Member, but in each case only if the Economic Member (unless restricted by any relevant law or Governmental Entity): (i) provides the Manager with reasonable advance notice of any such required disclosure; (ii) consults with the Manager prior to making any disclosure, including in respect of the reasons for and content of the required disclosure; and (iii) takes all reasonable steps permitted by law that are requested by the Manager to prevent the disclosure of confidential information (including (a) using reasonable endeavors to oppose and prevent the requested disclosure and (b) returning to the Manager any confidential information held by the Economic Member or any person to whom the Economic Member has disclosed that confidential information in accordance with this Section 14.3(b)); or
(c) to its trustees, officers, directors, employees, controlled Affiliates, financing sources, prospective financing sources, legal advisers, accountants, investment managers, investment advisers, other professional consultants, and customary investor representatives who would customarily have access to such information in the normal course of performing their duties, but subject to the condition that each such person is informed of the confidential nature of the information and is bound either by professional duties of confidentiality or by an obligation of confidentiality in respect of the use and dissemination of the information no less protective in all material respects than this Article XIV;
(d) to any transfer agent, Alternative Trading System, broker, dealer, custodian, escrow agent, administrator, Platform administrator, compliance provider, tax service provider, other required service provider, or any participant in an Alternative Trading System, in each case to the extent reasonably necessary to administer an Offering, Transfer, ATS Transfer, settlement, custody, investor eligibility review, investment limit review, tax reporting, regulatory compliance, anti-money laundering, sanctions, or books and records process, provided that each recipient is bound by professional duties of confidentiality, contractual confidentiality obligations, applicable law, or platform or trading-system rules restricting use and disclosure of such information; or
(e) with respect to a Client’s uncured material payment default or other material breach under a Brand Advisory Agreement, including the Client’s identity and the nature of the default, in any filings, reports, or public statements as permitted or required by such Brand Advisory Agreement and applicable law or regulation; provided that any notice and cure requirements in such Brand Advisory Agreement have been observed.
14.4 Protective Orders and Injunctive Relief. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as prohibiting or limiting the right of the Manager, on behalf of the Company or any Series, to seek or obtain a protective order, temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction, or any other form of equitable relief from any court of competent jurisdiction to prevent the threatened or actual disclosure, misuse, or unauthorized dissemination of confidential information (as described in Article XIV) by any Economic Member or any person acting on their behalf. The rights and remedies of the Manager under this Section are in addition to, and not in limitation of, any other rights or remedies available at law or in equity.
31
ARTICLE XV.
GENERAL PROVISIONS
15.1 Addresses and Notices.
(a) Any notice to be served in connection with this Agreement shall be served in writing (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include e-mail) and any notice or other correspondence under or in connection with this Agreement shall be delivered to the relevant party at the address given in this Agreement (or, in the case of an Economic Member, in its Form of Adherence) or to such other address as may be notified in writing for the purposes of this Agreement to the party serving the document and that appears in the books and records of the relevant Series. The Company may make transmissions by electronic means and may also publish notices or reports on a secure electronic application to which all Members have access (including without limitation the Platform or any successor thereto), and any such transmission or publication shall constitute a valid method of serving notices under this Agreement if made in accordance with this Section 15.1.
(b) Except as otherwise expressly required by this Agreement or applicable law, any notice or correspondence shall be deemed to have been served as follows:
(i) in the case of hand delivery, on the date of delivery if delivered before 5:00 p.m. on a Business Day and otherwise at 9:00 a.m. on the first Business Day following delivery;
(ii) in the case of service by U.S. registered mail, on the third Business Day after the day on which it was posted;
(iii) in the case of e-mail, on the date of transmission if transmitted before 5:00 p.m. on a Business Day and otherwise at 9:00 a.m. on the first Business Day following transmission, provided that the sender does not receive an automated bounce-back or other system-generated notice of non-delivery; a read receipt or oral confirmation shall not be required unless this Agreement expressly requires confirmation for the applicable notice;
(iv) in the case of notices published on an electronic application, on the date of publication if published before 5:00 p.m. on a Business Day and otherwise at 9:00 a.m. on the first Business Day following publication, provided that the notice is posted in a manner reasonably designed to be accessible to the intended recipients and the Company sends an e-mail or other electronic alert of such posting to the intended recipients to the extent their contact information is available in the Company’s books and records.
(c) In proving service, it shall be sufficient to prove that the notice or correspondence was properly addressed and delivered, transmitted, posted or mailed in accordance with this Section 15.1, as applicable. If an e-mail is returned as undeliverable, a Platform is unavailable for a material period, or the Manager determines that the notice is material to voting rights, amendments, dissolution, liquidation, removal or replacement of the Manager, Transfer restrictions, default remedies, or any other matter that the Manager determines to be material to Members, the Company shall use a reasonable fallback method, which may include U.S. registered mail, recognized overnight courier, hand delivery, an alternate verified e-mail address, or posting on the Platform when available.
(d) Any notice to the Company (including any Series) shall be deemed given if received by any member of the Manager at the principal office of the Company designated pursuant to Section 2.3 or by any other method or address designated by the Manager for such purpose. The Manager and the Officers may rely and shall be protected in relying on any notice or other document from an Economic Member or other Person if believed by them to be genuine.
15.2 Further Action. The parties to this Agreement shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information, and take or refrain from taking action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.
15.3 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.
15.4 Integration. This Agreement, together with any applicable Series Designation, constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto, including the Original Agreement.
32
15.5 Creditors. None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of, or shall be enforceable by, any creditor of the Company or any Series.
15.6 Waiver. No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement, or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute waiver of any such breach of any other covenant, duty, agreement, or condition.
15.7 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute an agreement binding on all the parties hereto, notwithstanding that all such parties are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart. Each party shall become bound by this Agreement immediately upon affixing its signature hereto (which signature may be provided electronically) or, in the case of a Person acquiring a Unit, upon acceptance of its Form of Adherence.
15.8 Mandatory Arbitration.
(a) To the fullest extent permitted by law, any dispute, claim, or controversy, whether in contract, tort, statute, or otherwise, arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the formation, governance, management, operations, capitalization, or dissolution of the Company or any Series, or the rights, duties, or relationships among the Company, any Series, the Manager, any Member, or any of their respective Affiliates in such capacities (each, a “Dispute”), shall be resolved exclusively by binding arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) under the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. §§ 1–16 (the “FAA”), and pursuant to the AAA Commercial Arbitration Rules then in effect, as modified by this Section 15.8. The arbitration shall be conducted by a single neutral arbitrator, unless all parties to the Dispute (the “Dispute Parties”) agree in writing to a three-arbitrator panel. The seat and venue of the arbitration shall be Wilmington, Delaware, and hearings may be conducted by remote means at the election of the arbitrator after conferring with the Dispute Parties. The arbitrator shall apply the law specified in Section 15.11, without regard to any conflicts-of-law rule that would result in the application of the law of any other jurisdiction, except to the extent preempted by the FAA. The Dispute Parties understand and agree that, by consenting to arbitration, they waive the right to a trial by jury and to litigate Disputes in court, except as expressly provided in this Section 15.8 and in Section 15.10. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Dispute Party may seek temporary, preliminary, or emergency injunctive relief or other provisional remedies from a court of competent jurisdiction within the geographical boundaries of Delaware in aid of arbitration or to protect confidential information or intellectual property, and the filing of such an action shall not be deemed a waiver of arbitration. Judgment on any arbitral award may be entered in any state or federal court located within the geographical boundaries of Delaware that has jurisdiction over the Dispute Parties and the subject matter. The Dispute Parties acknowledge and agree that mandatory arbitration is a forum-selection mechanism and does not waive, diminish, limit, or disclaim any substantive rights or remedies under the U.S. federal securities laws or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Consistent with applicable law and Supreme Court guidance, claims arising under the U.S. federal securities laws are arbitrable, and the arbitrator shall afford the same rights and remedies, including statutory damages, rescission, injunctive relief, attorneys’ fees, and costs where authorized, as would be available in a court of competent jurisdiction. To the extent that applicable law does not permit a particular federal securities law claim or remedy to be the subject of mandatory arbitration, such claim or remedy may be brought in a court of competent jurisdiction as provided in Section 15.10 and is not subject to arbitration to that extent. Nothing in this Section 15.8 shall be construed to waive compliance with the U.S. federal securities laws. Any question relating to the formation, existence, validity, scope, interpretation, or enforceability of this agreement to arbitrate, including the arbitrability of any Dispute and the interpretation or enforceability of the class, collective, and representative action waiver and the Mass Arbitration Protocol set forth below, shall be decided by the arbitrator and not by a court, except that a court of competent jurisdiction shall decide any issue that, as a matter of nonwaivable law, must be decided by a court. The arbitrator shall have authority to award any relief available under applicable law and in equity, including monetary damages; declaratory, injunctive, or other equitable relief; and attorneys’ fees and costs where authorized by statute or contract. Arbitrations shall proceed on an individual basis only. There shall be no class, collective, private attorney general, derivative on behalf of other Members, or other representative arbitration, and claims of two or more persons or entities shall not be joined, consolidated, or heard together in a single arbitration, except with the express written consent of all affected parties or as expressly permitted under Section 15.8(b). For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing does not restrict the arbitrator’s ability to grant public injunctive relief where such relief is nonwaivable under applicable law and is sought for the benefit of a party to the arbitration. If a Dispute is filed that is substantively related to the management or operations of a particular Series, the arbitration shall be limited to that Series, the Company as necessary, the Manager, and the Members or other parties whose rights or obligations are directly implicated by that Dispute. No award against a Series shall bind or be enforceable against the assets of any other Series unless such other Series is a Dispute Party and is specifically found liable by the arbitrator.
33
(b) In the event of twenty-five (25) or more substantially similar arbitration demands asserting related claims against the Company, any Series, or the Manager, and brought by or with the assistance or coordination of the same or overlapping counsel, law firms, or litigation funding entities, and filed within any rolling one hundred eighty (180) day period (a “Mass Arbitration Event”), the following Mass Arbitration Protocol shall apply in lieu of any contrary AAA rule. First, the AAA’s Mass Arbitration Supplementary Rules shall apply to the extent not inconsistent with this Section 15.8, and a Process Arbitrator may be appointed to administer threshold and procedural issues. Second, the Mass Arbitration Event shall be organized into tranches of no more than fifty (50) individual cases per tranche, with an initial bellwether tranche of up to ten (10) cases to proceed to merits hearings. The selection of cases in each tranche shall be made by the AAA using a random, neutral selection method after soliciting input from the Dispute Parties; if the AAA declines to do so, the Process Arbitrator shall conduct the selection. All non-tranche cases shall be stayed, and no filing, case management, or arbitrator fees for stayed cases shall be due or payable until those cases are placed into an active tranche. Third, upon issuance of final awards in the bellwether tranche, the Dispute Parties shall participate in good-faith, non-binding global mediation with a mutually agreed mediator or, failing agreement, a mediator appointed by the AAA. If settlement is not reached within sixty (60) days after the last bellwether award, additional tranches of up to fifty (50) cases each shall proceed sequentially, with periodic good-faith mediations after each tranche unless the Dispute Parties jointly agree otherwise or the Process Arbitrator determines that further mediation would be futile. Fourth, all applicable statutes of limitation and repose for stayed cases shall be tolled from the date of the demand’s filing with the AAA until the stay is lifted for that case, and any contractual limitation period in this Agreement is likewise tolled during the stay. Fifth, the arbitrator or Process Arbitrator shall have authority to modify tranche size, sequencing, or other procedural aspects for efficiency and fairness, provided that no party shall be required to pay AAA or arbitrator fees for more than the number of cases actively proceeding in a then-current tranche. In any Mass Arbitration Event, each individual case shall be assigned to a single arbitrator unless all Dispute Parties agree to a panel. The arbitrator shall decide the case-specific merits and remedies without being bound by outcomes in other cases, except to the extent issue preclusion or claim preclusion would apply under applicable law as between the same parties. The arbitrator may, for efficiency, adopt procedures for coordinated discovery or motion practice across cases within a tranche, provided that each claimant preserves the right to present their individual evidence and arguments and to obtain the individualized relief to which the claimant is entitled under applicable law. The allocation and timing of administrative and arbitrator fees in a Mass Arbitration Event shall follow the AAA’s applicable fee schedules as modified herein, such that fees are due only for cases in an active tranche. The arbitrator may award costs, fees, and sanctions consistent with applicable law and the AAA rules for non-compliant or frivolous demands or defenses, including where a party or its counsel fails to comply with the Process Arbitrator’s case-management orders or engages in bad-faith tactics designed to manufacture or exploit a Mass Arbitration Event. Nothing in this Section 15.8 shall require any Member to pay more in arbitration fees or costs than the Member would be required to pay to file the same claim in a court of competent jurisdiction, where such a limitation is required by applicable law. The arbitrator shall preserve the confidentiality of the proceedings to the fullest extent permitted by law. Except as required by law or to enforce an award, neither the arbitrator nor any Dispute Party shall disclose the existence, content, or results of any arbitration under this Section 15.8, including orders and awards, without the prior written consent of all Dispute Parties. The arbitrator may issue protective orders to safeguard confidential information, trade secrets, personal data, and sensitive business information. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, if the waiver of class, collective, private attorney general, derivative on behalf of other Members, or other representative arbitration in this Section 15.8 is found unenforceable with respect to a particular claim or remedy, then, unless prohibited by non-waivable law, the unenforceable portion shall be severed and that specific claim or remedy shall proceed in a court of competent jurisdiction as provided in Section 15.10, while the remainder of the Dispute proceeds in arbitration on an individual basis. If any other provision of this Section 15.8 is found unenforceable as applied to a particular claim or remedy, the remaining provisions, and the application of such provision to any other claim or remedy, shall remain in full force and effect. This Section 15.8 shall survive any termination of this Agreement and shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Company, each Series, the Manager, the Members, and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
34
15.9 Class Action Waiver. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company, each Series, the Manager, and each Member agree that any Dispute shall be adjudicated or arbitrated, as the case may be, only on an individual basis. No Dispute Party shall have the right to have any Dispute heard or decided as a class, collective, private attorney general, or other representative proceeding, or in any proceeding in which a party acts or proposes to act in a representative capacity, including on behalf of other Members or other persons who are not parties to the proceeding. Unless all Dispute Parties otherwise agree in a signed writing, no arbitration, litigation, or other proceeding shall be consolidated with, coordinated with, or joined to any other arbitration, litigation, or proceeding, and the arbitrator or court shall not have authority to order any such consolidation, coordination, or joinder. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing does not prohibit administrative case-management or batching measures expressly authorized by the Mass Arbitration Protocol in Section 15.8(b), which shall not be deemed consolidation, coordination, joinder, or a representative proceeding for any purpose, and under which each case remains an individual matter. The arbitrator or court shall have no authority to conduct any class, collective, private attorney general, derivative on behalf of other Members, or other representative proceeding, or to award relief on a classwide, collective, or representative basis, or to enter an order that purports to bind or grant relief to any person or entity that is not a party to the arbitration or litigation. Nothing in this Section 15.9 shall be construed to preclude a Dispute Party from seeking public injunctive or other nonwaivable relief to the extent such relief is required by nonwaivable applicable law; any such relief shall be sought and adjudicated on an individual basis in the forum required by applicable law. If a Dispute concerns the management or operations of a particular Series, any adjudication or arbitration shall be limited to that Series, the Company as necessary, the Manager, and the Members or other parties whose rights or obligations are directly implicated by that Dispute, and no award against a Series shall bind or be enforceable against the assets of any other Series unless such other Series is a party and is specifically found liable. To the extent a derivative claim on behalf of the Company or a particular Series is nonwaivable under applicable law, such claim may be brought only in accordance with the governing statute and this Agreement and only on behalf of the Company or the specific Series whose rights are at issue, and not on behalf of any Member or any other Series. The Dispute Parties acknowledge and agree that this Section 15.9 is intended to be separate and independent from Section 15.8 and shall apply in any forum described in Section 15.10. If any court or arbitrator determines that Section 15.8, or any part of Section 15.8, is unenforceable or inapplicable to a particular Dispute, the provisions of this Section 15.9 shall nevertheless govern the conduct of any resulting litigation or other proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by law, such that the Dispute proceeds only on an individual basis and not as a class, collective, private attorney general, or other representative proceeding. The Dispute Parties further acknowledge that agreements requiring individual proceedings and waiving class, collective, or representative procedures, including outside the arbitration context, have been enforced as contractual provisions subject to applicable law, and that such agreements address procedural mechanisms and do not waive, diminish, limit, or disclaim any substantive rights or remedies under the U.S. federal securities laws or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. If the waiver of class, collective, private attorney general, derivative on behalf of other Members, or other representative proceedings in this Section 15.9 is held unenforceable with respect to any claim or remedy for which classwide, collective, or representative relief is sought, then such specific claim or remedy shall proceed exclusively in a court of competent jurisdiction in accordance with Section 15.10, and the arbitration provisions of Section 15.8 shall be inapplicable to that claim or remedy; all remaining claims and remedies shall proceed on an individual basis in arbitration or court, as applicable. To promote efficiency and avoid inconsistent rulings, the arbitrator or court may stay any parallel individual arbitration or litigation of overlapping issues pending resolution of the court proceeding required by this paragraph, to the extent permitted by law. The Dispute Parties expressly agree that this fallback allocation of forum is a material term of this Agreement and would have been agreed even absent the arbitration provisions of Section 15.8. Nothing in this Section 15.9 is intended to waive compliance with any provision of the U.S. federal securities laws or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Consistent with applicable law and the Supreme Court’s guidance that a mandatory arbitration provision is not a waiver of federal securities law rights, the individual-proceeding requirement and class and representative action waiver in this Section 15.9 operate solely as procedural limitations on the manner in which Disputes are brought and resolved, and not as a waiver of any substantive right or remedy available under applicable law. If any provision of this Section 15.9 is found to be unenforceable as applied to a particular claim or remedy, the remaining provisions, and the application of such provision to any other claim or remedy, shall remain in full force and effect. This Section 15.9 shall survive any termination of this Agreement and shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Company, each Series, the Manager, the Members, and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
35
15.10 Exclusive Forum. Except as otherwise required by the arbitration and class action waiver provisions set forth above, and subject to applicable federal securities laws, any legal action or proceeding arising under this Agreement, any Series Designation, any Form of Adherence, or any subscription agreement or other agreement relating to Units of the Company or any Series that is not subject to mandatory arbitration pursuant to Section 15.8, and any court proceedings related to or in support of arbitration, shall be brought exclusively in the federal or state courts located in the State of Delaware, unless the Manager provides written consent to the selection of an alternative forum. Unless the Manager consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware Act, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act to the extent that mandatory arbitration pursuant to Section 15.8 is determined by a court of law not to apply to such complaint, subject to and contingent upon a final adjudication in the State of Delaware of the enforceability of such exclusive forum provision. The provisions of this Section 15.10 are not intended to relieve the Company of its duty to comply with any federal securities laws and regulations, and shall not be construed as a waiver by any Member of compliance with such laws. Each Member acknowledges that the exclusive forum and venue provisions set forth in this Section 15.10, together with the arbitration and class action waiver provisions set forth in Section 15.8 and Section 15.9, may limit such Member's ability to bring a claim in a judicial venue or procedural posture that such Member finds favorable. Any Person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any Unit or other interest in any security of the Company or any Series shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Agreement.
15.11 Applicable Law and Jurisdiction.
(a) This Agreement and the rights of the parties shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware. Non-contractual obligations (if any) arising out of or in connection with this agreement (including its formation) shall also be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware. The rights and liabilities of the Members in the Company and each Series and as between them shall be determined pursuant to the Delaware Act and this Agreement. To the extent the rights or obligations of any Member are different by reason of any provision of this Agreement than they would otherwise be under the Delaware Act in the absence of any such provision, or even if this Agreement is inconsistent with the Delaware Act, this Agreement shall control, except to the extent the Delaware Act prohibits any particular provision of the Delaware Act to be waived or modified by the Members, in which event any contrary provisions hereof shall be valid to the maximum extent permitted under the Delaware Act.
(b) Any suit, action or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, or the transactions contemplated hereby shall be brought in Chancery Court in the State of Delaware and each Member hereby consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Chancery Court in the State of Delaware (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any suit, action or proceeding, and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding in any such court or that any such suit, action or proceeding which is brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum; provided, that if the Chancery Court in the State of Delaware shall not have jurisdiction over such matter, then such suit, action or proceeding may be brought in other federal or state courts located in the State of Delaware. Each Member hereby waives the right to commence an action, suit or proceeding seeking to enforce any provisions of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby in any court outside of the Chancery Court in the State of Delaware. Process in any suit, action or proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of any court. Without limiting the foregoing, each party agrees that service of process on such party by written notice pursuant to Section 15.1 will be deemed effective service of process on such party
(c) EVERY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY OTHER PERSON WHO BECOMES A MEMBER OR HAS RIGHTS AS AN ASSIGNEE OF ANY PORTION OF ANY MEMBER’S MEMBERSHIP INTEREST HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL AS TO ANY MATTER UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, IN CONNECTION WITH SECTION 15.8, SECTION 15.9, SECTION 15.10 AND THIS SECTION 15.11, OR IN ANY OTHER WAY RELATING TO THE COMPANY OR THE RELATIONS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR OTHERWISE AS TO THE COMPANY AS BETWEEN OR AMONG ANY SAID PERSONS.
15.12 Invalidity of Provisions. If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected thereby.
15.13 Consent of Members. Each Member hereby expressly consents and agrees that, whenever in this Agreement it is specified that an action may be taken upon the affirmative vote or consent of less than all of the Members, such action may be so taken upon the concurrence of less than all of the Members and each Member shall be bound by the results of such action.
[Manager Signature Page Follows]
36
MANAGER SIGNATURE PAGE
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Manager of Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC, has executed this Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement as of the Effective Date.
| MANAGER | ||
| Agentiq Sports, Inc. | ||
| By: | /s/ Zach Kurtz | |
| Name: | Zach Kurtz | |
| Title: | Chief Executive Officer | |
37
Exhibit 3.2
AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION
OF
AGENTIQ SPORTS 1 SERIES RONNY CRUZ
(a Designated Series of Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC)
In accordance with the Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC, a Delaware series limited liability company (the “Company”), dated November 3, 2025 (the “Operating Agreement”), and upon the execution of this Amended and Restated Series Designation by Agentiq Sports, Inc., a Delaware corporation, in its capacity as Manager of the Company and of Agentiq Sports 1 Series Ronny Cruz, a designated series of the Company (the “Series”), this Amended and Restated Series Designation shall be attached to, and deemed incorporated in its entirety into, the Operating Agreement, and shall amend and restate in its entirety the original Certificate of Designation of the Series dated May 12, 2026. References to Sections and Articles set forth herein are references to Sections and Articles of the Operating Agreement, as in effect as of the Effective Date of the Series set forth below. Capitalized terms that are not defined herein shall have the meaning given to them in the Operating Agreement.
| Name of Series: | Agentiq Sports 1 Series Ronny Cruz | |
| Effective Date of Establishment: | May 12, 2026 (the “Effective Date”). | |
| Effective Date of Amendment and Restatement: | August 4, 2026 (the “Amendment Effective Date”). The establishment of the Series is not affected by this amendment and restatement, and the Series has been in existence continuously since the Effective Date. | |
| Manager: | Agentiq Sports, Inc. is appointed as the Manager of the Series (the “Manager”) with effect from the Effective Date of the Series and shall continue to act as the Manager of the Series until the earlier of dissolution of the Series pursuant to Section 11.1(b) or removal or replacement pursuant to Section 4.4 or Article X. | |
| Series Asset: | The asset of the Series shall be comprised of all rights, title, and interest in and to that certain Brand Advisory Agreement, dated May 12, 2026 (as amended and restated on June 12, 2026, the “Brand Advisory Agreement”), by and between the Series and Ronny Cruz (the “Client”). | |
| Authorized Capital: | The Series is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Units of membership interest in the Series (the “Units”), in one or more offerings thereof. Each Unit is a single legal Unit and may be issued, purchased, held, transferred, converted, and recorded in increments of 0.01 Unit. | |
| Unit Sales; Broker-Dealer: | The Manager is authorized to cause the Series to offer and sell Units on such terms and conditions, including price, quantity, and minimum investment amounts, as the Manager may determine in its sole discretion. The Manager may engage a broker-dealer to facilitate any such sale of Units and may cause the Series to pay such broker-dealer a commission from the gross proceeds raised from the sale of the Units, and may change or replace such broker-dealer at any time, from time to time, in its sole discretion. |
| Maintenance Fee: | In connection with each cash distribution by the Series to holders of Units, the Series shall pay to the Manager a maintenance fee (the “Maintenance Fee”) for the Manager’s management and administration of the Series, its business, its assets and the Brand Advisory Agreement. The Maintenance Fee shall equal two and one-half percent (2.5%) of the amount actually distributed in cash to holders of Units. For each cash distribution, the Manager shall determine the aggregate amount of cash legally available and designated to fund both the distribution to holders of Units and the related Maintenance Fee, determined before deduction of the Maintenance Fee (the “Aggregate Distribution Funding Amount”). The Aggregate Distribution Funding Amount shall be determined after payment of, or reservation for, all Operating Expenses and other deductions required under Section 7.1 of the Operating Agreement, other than the Maintenance Fee payable in connection with that distribution, and before deduction of that Maintenance Fee. After the Aggregate Distribution Funding Amount has been allocated in accordance with the provision captioned “Distributions” below, the amount actually distributed in cash with respect to each Unit shall equal the portion of the Aggregate Distribution Funding Amount allocated to that Unit divided by 1.025, and the Maintenance Fee attributable to that Unit shall equal two and one-half percent (2.5%) of the amount actually distributed in cash with respect to that Unit. The Maintenance Fee payable in connection with a cash distribution shall equal the aggregate of the amounts attributable to the Units under the preceding sentence and shall be paid contemporaneously with the related distribution. The Maintenance Fee shall be paid solely from, and not in addition to, the Aggregate Distribution Funding Amount. The Maintenance Fee shall be treated as an Operating Expense of the Series; provided, however, that it shall not reduce the Aggregate Distribution Funding Amount a second time. No Maintenance Fee shall accrue, become due or be payable except in connection with, and based on, an amount actually distributed in cash to holders of Units. | |
| Negotiation Fee: | The Series shall pay to the Manager a one-time negotiation fee (the “Negotiation Fee”) in an amount not to exceed $51,600, which amount is inclusive of the Manager’s compensation and associated out-of-pocket costs and expenses described in this section and represents 4% of the $1,200,000 initial advisory payment payable by the Series to the Client under the Brand Advisory Agreement; provided, that if, following the termination or completion of the offering of Units, the amount of such initial advisory payment actually paid to the Client is less than $1,200,000, the Negotiation Fee shall be adjusted downward to equal 4% of the amount actually paid. The Negotiation Fee covers costs and expenses incurred in identifying, sourcing, structuring, negotiating, documenting and closing the Brand Advisory Agreement, including fees and expenses payable to any agent or intermediary of the Client and customary deal expenses such as travel and lodging, diligence and background checks, third-party research, legal and documentation costs and closing-related technology or data-room charges. The Negotiation Fee shall be payable at or promptly following each closing of a sale of Units from the gross proceeds of such sale. | |
| Expense Reimbursement: | Subject to Section 6.3 of the Operating Agreement, the Manager may be reimbursed by the Series for operating expenses assumed or advanced by the Manager on behalf of the Series pursuant to an Operating Expense Reimbursement Obligation or as otherwise determined by the Manager in accordance with the Operating Agreement. |
2
| Manager Loans | The Manager is authorized, in its sole discretion, to make loans to the Series (including Operating Expense Reimbursement Obligations) on such terms, including interest, as the Manager determines, consistent with Article V, Section 5.1(a) and Article VI, Section 6.3 of the Operating Agreement. | |
| Other Offerings; Side Letters: | With respect to any offering of Units other than an offering qualified under Regulation A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (a “Regulation A Offering”), the Manager may, on behalf of the Series and in its sole discretion, establish terms for such offering and enter into side letters or other written agreements with any investor or prospective investor. Terms for such offering may differ from terms applicable to any other offering, and any such side letter or other written agreement may establish terms applicable solely to one or more specified investors that differ from terms applicable to other investors. Any such offering terms, side letter or other written agreement may vary or waive the Maintenance Fee rate or any other fee or expense otherwise applicable to an investor in connection with its acquisition or ownership of, receipt of distributions with respect to, or disposition of Units acquired by that investor in such offering. Any investor-specific fee or expense variation or waiver shall apply solely to the applicable investor and solely with respect to Units acquired by that investor in the applicable offering and shall not constitute or modify any right, power, preference or privilege of any Unit under this Series Designation. No terms established pursuant to this provision shall otherwise modify the rights, powers, preferences or privileges of any Unit under this Series Designation or affect the rights of any investor to whom those terms do not apply. | |
| Distributions: | Distributions of Free Cash Flow, if any, shall first be allocated among holders of outstanding Units pro rata in accordance with their respective Unit holdings, before deduction of any Maintenance Fee and before giving effect to any investor-specific variation or waiver of the Maintenance Fee. After giving effect to that allocation, the amount actually distributed in cash with respect to each Unit and the Maintenance Fee attributable to each Unit shall be determined in accordance with the provisions captioned “Maintenance Fee” and “Other Offerings; Side Letters” above. Subject to the foregoing, distributions shall be made in accordance with Article VII of the Operating Agreement. No distributions in kind of Series Assets shall be made. | |
| Redemption: | Units are not redeemable. | |
| Voting Rights: | As set forth in Article III. | |
| Splits | There shall be no subdivision of the Series Interests other than in accordance with Article III, Section 3.7. | |
| Transferability: | Units may not be transferred except in accordance with Article IV, including the provisions thereof governing ATS Transfers, and, except to the extent Article IV provides otherwise, subject to the consent of the Manager, which may be withheld in its sole discretion, and the Subscription Agreement. |
3
| Officers: | There shall initially be no specific officers, directors, or employees associated with the Series although the Manager may appoint officers of the Series from time to time, in its sole discretion | |
| Governing Law: | This Series Designation shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, as provided in the Operating Agreement. | |
| No Other Rights: | Investors in the Units shall have no equity interest in the Company as a whole, no conversion, exchange, sinking fund, redemption, or appraisal rights, no preemptive rights to subscribe for any securities of the Series or the Company, and no preferential rights to distributions except as otherwise specified in the Operating Agreement. | |
| Information Reporting | As stated in Article VIII, Section 8.1(c). | |
| Dissolution and Termination: | The Series shall terminate, and its affairs shall be wound up, upon the occurrence of any event set forth in Article XI. | |
| Fiscal Year | As stated in Article VIII, Section 8.2. | |
| Amendment and Waiver: | This Series Designation may be amended, or any term hereof waived, in accordance with Article XII. |
[Signature Page Follows]
4
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Manager has caused this Series Designation to be duly executed as of the Amendment Effective Date.
| MANAGER: | ||
| AGENTIQ SPORTS, INC. | ||
| By: | /s/ Zachary Kurtz | |
| Name: | Zachary Kurtz | |
| Title: | Chief Executive Officer | |
Exhibit 3.3
AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION
OF
AGENTIQ SPORTS 1 SERIES ESMERLYN VALDEZ RAMIREZ
(a Designated Series of Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC)
In accordance with the Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC, a Delaware series limited liability company (the “Company”), dated November 3, 2025 (the “Operating Agreement”), and upon the execution of this Amended and Restated Series Designation (this “Series Designation”) by the Company and Agentiq Sports, Inc., a Delaware corporation, in its capacity as Manager of the Company and of Agentiq Sports 1 Series Esmerlyn Valdez Ramirez, a designated series of the Company (the “Series”), this Series Designation shall be attached to, and deemed incorporated in its entirety into, the Operating Agreement. This Series Designation amends, restates, supersedes and replaces in its entirety the Series Designation of the Series originally adopted as of the Effective Date set forth below, and is made as of August 4, 2026. References to Sections and Articles set forth herein are references to Sections and Articles of the Operating Agreement, as in effect as of the Effective Date of the Series set forth below. Capitalized terms that are not defined herein shall have the meaning given to them in the Operating Agreement.
| Name of Series: | Agentiq Sports 1 Series Esmerlyn Valdez Ramirez | |
| Effective Date of Establishment: | July 14, 2026 (the “Effective Date”) | |
| Effective Date of Amendment and Restatement: | August 4, 2026 (the “Amendment Effective Date”), which is the effective date of the Amended and Restated Brand Advisory Agreement. The establishment of the Series is not affected by this amendment and restatement, and the Series has been in existence continuously since the Effective Date. | |
| Manager: | Agentiq Sports, Inc. is appointed as the Manager of the Series (the “Manager”) with effect from the Effective Date of the Series and shall continue to act as the Manager of the Series until the earlier of dissolution of the Series pursuant to Section 11.1(b) or removal or replacement pursuant to Section 4.4 or Article X. | |
| Authorized Capital: | The Series is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Units of membership interest in the Series (the “Units”), in one or more offerings thereof. Each Unit is a single legal Unit and may be issued, purchased, held, transferred, converted, and recorded in increments of 0.01 Unit. | |
| Series Asset: | The asset of the Series shall be comprised of all rights, title, and interest in and to that certain Amended and Restated Brand Advisory Agreement, dated as of August 4, 2026 (the “Brand Advisory Agreement”), by and among the Series, MagicMan 55 LLC, a Florida limited liability company (the “Client”), and Esmerlyn Valdez Ramirez, an individual, in his personal capacity (the “Player”), which amends and restates in its entirety the Brand Advisory Agreement, dated as of July 14, 2026, between the Series and the Player. | |
| Unit Sales; Broker-Dealer: | The Manager is authorized to cause the Series to offer and sell Units on such terms and conditions, including price, quantity, and minimum investment amounts, as the Manager may determine in its sole discretion. The Manager may engage a broker-dealer to facilitate any such sale of Units and may cause the Series to pay such broker-dealer a commission from the gross proceeds raised from the sale of the Units, and may change or replace such broker-dealer at any time, from time to time, in its sole discretion. |
| Maintenance Fee: | In connection with each cash distribution by the Series to holders of Units, the Series shall pay to the Manager a maintenance fee (the “Maintenance Fee”) for the Manager’s management and administration of the Series, its business, its assets and the Brand Advisory Agreement. The Maintenance Fee shall equal two and one-half percent (2.5%) of the amount actually distributed in cash to holders of Units. For each cash distribution, the Manager shall determine the aggregate amount of cash legally available and designated to fund both the distribution to holders of Units and the related Maintenance Fee, determined before deduction of the Maintenance Fee (the “Aggregate Distribution Funding Amount”). The Aggregate Distribution Funding Amount shall be determined after payment of, or reservation for, all Operating Expenses and other deductions required under Section 7.1 of the Operating Agreement, other than the Maintenance Fee payable in connection with that distribution, and before deduction of that Maintenance Fee. After the Aggregate Distribution Funding Amount has been allocated in accordance with the provision captioned “Distributions” below, the amount actually distributed in cash with respect to each Unit shall equal the portion of the Aggregate Distribution Funding Amount allocated to that Unit divided by 1.025, and the Maintenance Fee attributable to that Unit shall equal two and one-half percent (2.5%) of the amount actually distributed in cash with respect to that Unit. The Maintenance Fee payable in connection with a cash distribution shall equal the aggregate of the amounts attributable to the Units under the preceding sentence and shall be paid contemporaneously with the related distribution. The Maintenance Fee shall be paid solely from, and not in addition to, the Aggregate Distribution Funding Amount. The Maintenance Fee shall be treated as an Operating Expense of the Series; provided, however, that it shall not reduce the Aggregate Distribution Funding Amount a second time. No Maintenance Fee shall accrue, become due or be payable except in connection with, and based on, an amount actually distributed in cash to holders of Units. | |
| Negotiation Fee: | The Series shall pay to the Manager a one-time negotiation fee (the “Negotiation Fee”) in an amount not to exceed $113,000, which amount is inclusive of the Manager’s compensation and associated out-of-pocket costs and expenses described in this section and represents an amount equal to approximately four and seven-tenths percent (4.7%) of the $2,400,000 Guaranteed Portion of the Initial Advisory Payment payable by the Series to the Client, the Player or the Client Payment Designee under the Brand Advisory Agreement. The Negotiation Fee covers costs and expenses incurred in identifying, sourcing, structuring, negotiating, documenting and closing the Brand Advisory Agreement, including fees and expenses payable to any agent or intermediary of the Client or the Player and customary deal expenses such as travel and lodging, diligence and background checks, third-party research, legal and documentation costs and closing-related technology or data-room charges. Except as set forth below, the Negotiation Fee shall be payable from the gross proceeds of the offering. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the aggregate gross proceeds raised in the next Unit offering do not exceed $2,020,398 (a “Minimum Offering Closing”), then the Negotiation Fee and any other fees owed or amounts otherwise payable to the Manager in connection with the offering shall not be payable in full at the closing of the offering but shall instead be deferred and paid over time from the revenues generated by the Series. In the event of a Minimum Offering Closing, such deferred amounts shall be paid to the Manager from the revenues of the Series (i) quarterly in arrears, promptly following the end of each fiscal quarter during which the Series generated revenues, (ii) in an amount equal to the lesser of (A) the aggregate unpaid deferred amount then outstanding and (B) fifty percent (50%) of the net revenues of the Series for such quarter (after payment of any Series expenses required to be paid from such revenues), and (iii) prior to any distributions to the holders of Units. For the avoidance of doubt, such deferred payment obligation shall not bear interest, and the Manager’s right to receive such deferred amounts shall be subordinate only to amounts owed to the Client, the Player or the Client Payment Designee under the Brand Advisory Agreement and other ordinary operating expenses of the Series required by law or contract to be paid in priority thereto. |
2
| Expense Reimbursement: | Subject to Section 6.3 of the Operating Agreement, the Manager may be reimbursed by the Series for operating expenses assumed or advanced by the Manager on behalf of the Series pursuant to an Operating Expense Reimbursement Obligation or as otherwise determined by the Manager in accordance with the Operating Agreement. | |
| Manager and Affiliate Loans: | The Manager (or any affiliate thereof) is authorized, in its sole discretion, to make loans to the Series (including Operating Expense Reimbursement Obligations) on such terms, including interest, as the Manager determines, consistent with Article V, Section 5.1(a) and Article VI, Section 6.3 of the Operating Agreement. | |
| Other Offerings; Side Letters: | With respect to any offering of Units other than an offering qualified under Regulation A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Manager may, on behalf of the Series and in its sole discretion, establish terms for such offering and enter into side letters or other written agreements with any investor or prospective investor. Terms for such offering may differ from terms applicable to any other offering, and any such side letter or other written agreement may establish terms applicable solely to one or more specified investors that differ from terms applicable to other investors. Any such offering terms, side letter or other written agreement may vary or waive the Maintenance Fee rate or any other fee or expense otherwise applicable to an investor in connection with its acquisition or ownership of, receipt of distributions with respect to, or disposition of Units acquired by that investor in such offering. Any investor-specific fee or expense variation or waiver shall apply solely to the applicable investor and solely with respect to Units acquired by that investor in the applicable offering and shall not constitute or modify any right, power, preference or privilege of any Unit under this Series Designation. No terms established pursuant to this provision shall otherwise modify the rights, powers, preferences or privileges of any Unit under this Series Designation or affect the rights of any investor to whom those terms do not apply. | |
| Distributions: | Distributions of Free Cash Flow, if any, shall first be allocated among holders of outstanding Units pro rata in accordance with their respective Unit holdings, before deduction of any Maintenance Fee and before giving effect to any investor-specific variation or waiver of the Maintenance Fee. After giving effect to that allocation, the amount actually distributed in cash with respect to each Unit and the Maintenance Fee attributable to each Unit shall be determined in accordance with the provisions captioned “Maintenance Fee” and “Other Offerings; Side Letters” above. Subject to the foregoing, distributions shall be made in accordance with Article VII of the Operating Agreement. No distributions in kind of Series Assets shall be made. |
3
| Redemption: | Units are not redeemable. | |
| Voting Rights: | As set forth in Article III. | |
| Splits: | There shall be no subdivision of the Series Interests other than in accordance with Article III, Section 3.7 | |
| Transferability: | Units or portions of Units may not be transferred except in accordance with Article IV, including the provisions thereof governing ATS Transfers, and, except to the extent Article IV provides otherwise, subject to the consent of the Manager, which may be withheld in its sole discretion, and the Subscription Agreement. | |
| Officers: | There shall initially be no specific officers, directors, or employees associated with the Series although the Manager may appoint officers of the Series from time to time, in its sole discretion | |
| Governing Law: | This Series Designation shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, as provided in the Operating Agreement. | |
| No Other Rights: | Investors in the Units shall have no equity interest in the Company as a whole, no conversion, exchange, sinking fund, redemption, or appraisal rights, no preemptive rights to subscribe for any securities of the Series or the Company, and no preferential rights to distributions except as otherwise specified in the Operating Agreement. | |
| Information Reporting: | As stated in Article VIII, Section 8.1(c). | |
| Dissolution and Termination: | The Series shall terminate, and its affairs shall be wound up, upon the occurrence of any event set forth in Article XI. | |
| Fiscal Year: | As stated in Article VIII, Section 8.2. | |
| Amendment and Waiver: | This Series Designation may be amended, or any term hereof waived, in accordance with Article XII. |
[Signature Page Follows]
4
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Manager has caused this Amended and Restated Series Designation to be duly executed as of the Amendment Effective Date.
| MANAGER: | ||
| AGENTIQ SPORTS, INC. | ||
| By: | /s/ Zachary Kurtz | |
| Name: | Zachary Kurtz | |
| Title: | Chief Executive Officer | |
Exhibit 3.4
CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION
OF
AGENTIQ SPORTS 1 SERIES JUSTIN MARTINEZ
(a Designated Series of Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC)
In accordance with the Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC, a Delaware series limited liability company (the “Company”), dated November 3, 2025 (the “Operating Agreement”), and upon the execution of this Series Designation by the Company and Agentiq Sports, Inc., a Delaware corporation, in its capacity as Manager of the Company and of Agentiq Sports 1 Series Justin Martinez, a designated series of the Company (the “Series”), this Series Designation shall be attached to, and deemed incorporated in its entirety into, the Operating Agreement. References to Sections and Articles set forth herein are references to Sections and Articles of the Operating Agreement, as in effect as of the Effective Date of the Series set forth below. Capitalized terms that are not defined herein shall have the meaning given to them in the Operating Agreement.
| Name of Series: | Agentiq Sports 1 Series Justin Martinez | |
| Effective Date of Establishment: | August 13, 2026 (the “Effective Date”) | |
| Manager: | Agentiq Sports, Inc. is appointed as the Manager of the Series (the “Manager”) with effect from the Effective Date of the Series and shall continue to act as the Manager of the Series until the earlier of dissolution of the Series pursuant to Section 11.1(b) or removal or replacement pursuant to Section 4.4 or Article X. | |
| Series Asset: | The asset of the Series shall be comprised of all rights, title, and interest in and to that certain Brand Advisory Agreement, dated August 13, 2026 (the “Brand Advisory Agreement”), by and between the Series and Justin Martinez (the “Client”). | |
| Authorized Capital: | The Series is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Units of membership interest in the Series (the “Units”), in one or more offerings thereof. Each Unit is a single legal Unit and may be issued, purchased, held, transferred, converted, and recorded in increments of 0.01 Unit. | |
| Unit Sales; Broker-Dealer: | The Manager is authorized to cause the Series to offer and sell Units on such terms and conditions, including price, quantity, and minimum investment amounts, as the Manager may determine in its sole discretion. The Manager may engage a broker-dealer to facilitate any such sale of Units and may cause the Series to pay such broker-dealer a commission from the gross proceeds raised from the sale of the Units, and may change or replace such broker-dealer at any time, from time to time, in its sole discretion. |
| Maintenance Fee: | In connection with each cash distribution by the Series to holders of Units, the Series shall pay to the Manager a maintenance fee (the “Maintenance Fee”) for the Manager’s management and administration of the Series, its business, its assets and the Brand Advisory Agreement. The Maintenance Fee shall equal two and one-half percent (2.5%) of the amount actually distributed in cash to holders of Units. For each cash distribution, the Manager shall determine the aggregate amount of cash legally available and designated to fund both the distribution to holders of Units and the related Maintenance Fee, determined before deduction of the Maintenance Fee (the “Aggregate Distribution Funding Amount”). The Aggregate Distribution Funding Amount shall be determined after payment of, or reservation for, all Operating Expenses and other deductions required under Section 7.1 of the Operating Agreement, other than the Maintenance Fee payable in connection with that distribution, and before deduction of that Maintenance Fee. After the Aggregate Distribution Funding Amount has been allocated in accordance with the provision captioned “Distributions” below, the amount actually distributed in cash with respect to each Unit shall equal the portion of the Aggregate Distribution Funding Amount allocated to that Unit divided by 1.025, and the Maintenance Fee attributable to that Unit shall equal two and one-half percent (2.5%) of the amount actually distributed in cash with respect to that Unit. The Maintenance Fee payable in connection with a cash distribution shall equal the aggregate of the amounts attributable to the Units under the preceding sentence and shall be paid contemporaneously with the related distribution. The Maintenance Fee shall be paid solely from, and not in addition to, the Aggregate Distribution Funding Amount. The Maintenance Fee shall be treated as an Operating Expense of the Series; provided, however, that it shall not reduce the Aggregate Distribution Funding Amount a second time. No Maintenance Fee shall accrue, become due or be payable except in connection with, and based on, an amount actually distributed in cash to holders of Units. | |
| Negotiation Fee: | The Series shall pay to the Manager a one-time negotiation fee (the “Negotiation Fee”) in an amount not to exceed $14,000, which amount is inclusive of the Manager’s compensation and associated out-of-pocket costs and expenses described in this section and represents 4.3% of the $325,000 initial advisory payment payable by the Series to the Client under the Brand Advisory Agreement; provided, that if, following the termination or completion of the applicable offering of Units, the amount of such initial advisory payment actually paid to the Client is less than $325,000, the Negotiation Fee shall be adjusted downward to equal 4.3% of the amount actually paid. The Negotiation Fee covers costs and expenses incurred in identifying, sourcing, structuring, negotiating, documenting and closing the Brand Advisory Agreement, including fees and expenses payable to any agent or intermediary of the Client and customary deal expenses such as travel and lodging, diligence and background checks, third-party research, legal and documentation costs and closing-related technology or data-room charges. The Negotiation Fee shall be payable from the gross proceeds of any offering of Units. | |
| Expense Reimbursement: | Subject to Section 6.3 of the Operating Agreement, the Manager may be reimbursed by the Series for operating expenses assumed or advanced by the Manager on behalf of the Series pursuant to an Operating Expense Reimbursement Obligation or as otherwise determined by the Manager in accordance with the Operating Agreement. | |
| Manager and Affiliate Loans: | The Manager (or any affiliate thereof) is authorized, in its sole discretion, to make loans to the Series (including Operating Expense Reimbursement Obligations) on such terms, including interest, as the Manager determines, consistent with Article V, Section 5.1(a) and Article VI, Section 6.3 of the Operating Agreement. |
2
| Other Offerings; Side Letters: | With respect to any offering of Units other than an offering qualified under Regulation A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Manager may, on behalf of the Series and in its sole discretion, establish terms for such offering and enter into side letters or other written agreements with any investor or prospective investor. Terms for such offering may differ from terms applicable to any other offering, and any such side letter or other written agreement may establish terms applicable solely to one or more specified investors that differ from terms applicable to other investors. Any such offering terms, side letter or other written agreement may vary or waive the Maintenance Fee rate or any other fee or expense otherwise applicable to an investor in connection with its acquisition or ownership of, receipt of distributions with respect to, or disposition of Units acquired by that investor in such offering. Any investor-specific fee or expense variation or waiver shall apply solely to the applicable investor and solely with respect to Units acquired by that investor in the applicable offering and shall not constitute or modify any right, power, preference or privilege of any Unit under this Series Designation. No terms established pursuant to this provision shall otherwise modify the rights, powers, preferences or privileges of any Unit under this Series Designation or affect the rights of any investor to whom those terms do not apply. | |
| Distributions: | Distributions of Free Cash Flow, if any, shall first be allocated among holders of outstanding Units pro rata in accordance with their respective Unit holdings, before deduction of any Maintenance Fee and before giving effect to any investor-specific variation or waiver of the Maintenance Fee. After giving effect to that allocation, the amount actually distributed in cash with respect to each Unit and the Maintenance Fee attributable to each Unit shall be determined in accordance with the provisions captioned “Maintenance Fee” and “Other Offerings; Side Letters” above. Subject to the foregoing, distributions shall be made in accordance with Article VII of the Operating Agreement. No distributions in kind of Series Assets shall be made. | |
| Redemption: | Units are not redeemable. | |
| Voting Rights: | As set forth in Article III. | |
| Splits: | There shall be no subdivision of the Series Interests other than in accordance with Article III, Section 3.7. | |
| Transferability: | Units may not be transferred except in accordance with Article IV. | |
| Officers: | There shall initially be no specific officers, directors, or employees associated with the Series although the Manager may appoint officers of the Series from time to time, in its sole discretion | |
| Governing Law: | This Series Designation shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, as provided in the Operating Agreement. | |
| No Other Rights: | Investors in the Units shall have no equity interest in the Company as a whole, no conversion, exchange, sinking fund, redemption, or appraisal rights, no preemptive rights to subscribe for any securities of the Series or the Company, and no preferential rights to distributions except as otherwise specified in the Operating Agreement. | |
| Information Reporting: | As stated in Article VIII, Section 8.1(c). | |
| Dissolution and Termination: | The Series shall terminate, and its affairs shall be wound up, upon the occurrence of any event set forth in Article XI. | |
| Fiscal Year: | As stated in Article VIII, Section 8.2. | |
| Amendment and Waiver: | This Series Designation may be amended, or any term hereof waived, in accordance with Article XII. |
[Signature Page Follows]
3
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Manager has caused this Series Designation to be duly executed as of the Effective Date.
| MANAGER: | ||
| AGENTIQ SPORTS, INC. | ||
| By: | /s/ Zachary Kurtz | |
| Name: | ZacharyKurtz | |
| Title: | Chief Executive Officer Officer | |
Exhibit 3.5
CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION
OF
AGENTIQ SPORTS 1 SERIES CARLOS VIRAHONDA
(a Designated Series of Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC)
In accordance with the Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC, a Delaware series limited liability company (the “Company”), dated November 3, 2025 (the “Operating Agreement”), and upon the execution of this Series Designation by the Company and Agentiq Sports, Inc., a Delaware corporation, in its capacity as Manager of the Company and of Agentiq Sports 1 Series Carlos Virahonda, a designated series of the Company (the “Series”), this Series Designation shall be attached to, and deemed incorporated in its entirety into, the Operating Agreement. References to Sections and Articles set forth herein are references to Sections and Articles of the Operating Agreement, as in effect as of the Effective Date of the Series set forth below. Capitalized terms that are not defined herein shall have the meaning given to them in the Operating Agreement.
| Name of Series: | Agentiq Sports 1 Series Carlos Virahonda | |
| Effective Date of Establishment: | August 22, 2026 (the “Effective Date”). | |
| Manager: | Agentiq Sports, Inc. is appointed as the Manager of the Series (the “Manager”) with effect from the Effective Date of the Series and shall continue to act as the Manager of the Series until the earlier of dissolution of the Series pursuant to Section 11.1(b) or removal or replacement pursuant to Section 4.4 or Article X. | |
| Series Asset: | The asset of the Series shall be comprised of all rights, title, and interest in and to that certain Brand Advisory Agreement, dated August 22, 2026 (the “Brand Advisory Agreement”), by and between the Series and Carlos Virahonda (the “Client”). | |
| Authorized Capital: | The Series is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Units of membership interest in the Series (the “Units”), in one or more offerings thereof. Each Unit is a single legal Unit and may be issued, purchased, held, transferred, converted, and recorded in increments of 0.01 Unit. | |
| Unit Sales; Broker-Dealer: | The Manager is authorized to cause the Series to offer and sell Units on such terms and conditions, including price, quantity, and minimum investment amounts, as the Manager may determine in its sole discretion. The Manager may engage a broker-dealer to facilitate any such sale of Units and may cause the Series to pay such broker-dealer a commission from the gross proceeds raised from the sale of the Units, and may change or replace such broker-dealer at any time, from time to time, in its sole discretion. |
| Maintenance Fee: | In connection with each cash distribution by the Series to holders of Units, the Series shall pay to the Manager a maintenance fee (the “Maintenance Fee”) for the Manager’s management and administration of the Series, its business, its assets and the Brand Advisory Agreement. The Maintenance Fee shall equal two and one-half percent (2.5%) of the amount actually distributed in cash to holders of Units. For each cash distribution, the Manager shall determine the aggregate amount of cash legally available and designated to fund both the distribution to holders of Units and the related Maintenance Fee, determined before deduction of the Maintenance Fee (the “Aggregate Distribution Funding Amount”). The Aggregate Distribution Funding Amount shall be determined after payment of, or reservation for, all Operating Expenses and other deductions required under Section 7.1 of the Operating Agreement, other than the Maintenance Fee payable in connection with that distribution, and before deduction of that Maintenance Fee. After the Aggregate Distribution Funding Amount has been allocated in accordance with the provision captioned “Distributions” below, the amount actually distributed in cash with respect to each Unit shall equal the portion of the Aggregate Distribution Funding Amount allocated to that Unit divided by 1.025, and the Maintenance Fee attributable to that Unit shall equal two and one-half percent (2.5%) of the amount actually distributed in cash with respect to that Unit. The Maintenance Fee payable in connection with a cash distribution shall equal the aggregate of the amounts attributable to the Units under the preceding sentence and shall be paid contemporaneously with the related distribution. The Maintenance Fee shall be paid solely from, and not in addition to, the Aggregate Distribution Funding Amount. The Maintenance Fee shall be treated as an Operating Expense of the Series; provided, however, that it shall not reduce the Aggregate Distribution Funding Amount a second time. No Maintenance Fee shall accrue, become due or be payable except in connection with, and based on, an amount actually distributed in cash to holders of Units. | |
| Negotiation Fee: | The Series shall pay to the Manager a one-time negotiation fee (the “Negotiation Fee”) in an amount not to exceed $10,105, which amount is inclusive of the Manager’s compensation and associated out-of-pocket costs and expenses described in this section and represents 4.3% of the $235,000 Initial Advisory Payment payable by the Series to the Client under the Brand Advisory Agreement; provided, that if, following the termination or completion of the applicable offering of Units, the amount of such Initial Advisory Payment actually paid to the Client is less than $235,000, the Negotiation Fee shall be adjusted downward to equal 4.3% of the amount actually paid. The Negotiation Fee covers costs and expenses incurred in identifying, sourcing, structuring, negotiating, documenting and closing the Brand Advisory Agreement, including fees and expenses payable to any agent or intermediary of the Client and customary deal expenses such as travel and lodging, diligence and background checks, third-party research, legal and documentation costs and closing-related technology or data-room charges. The Negotiation Fee shall be payable from the gross proceeds of any offering of Units. | |
| Expense Reimbursement: | Subject to Section 6.3 of the Operating Agreement, the Manager may be reimbursed by the Series for operating expenses assumed or advanced by the Manager on behalf of the Series pursuant to an Operating Expense Reimbursement Obligation or as otherwise determined by the Manager in accordance with the Operating Agreement. |
2
| Manager and Affiliate Loans: | The Manager (or any affiliate thereof) is authorized, in its sole discretion, to make loans to the Series (including Operating Expense Reimbursement Obligations) on such terms, including interest, as the Manager determines, consistent with Article V, Section 5.1(a) and Article VI, Section 6.3 of the Operating Agreement. | |
| Other Offerings; Side Letters: | With respect to any offering of Units other than an offering qualified under Regulation A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Manager may, on behalf of the Series and in its sole discretion, establish terms for such offering and enter into side letters or other written agreements with any investor or prospective investor. Terms for such offering may differ from terms applicable to any other offering, and any such side letter or other written agreement may establish terms applicable solely to one or more specified investors that differ from terms applicable to other investors. Any such offering terms, side letter or other written agreement may vary or waive the Maintenance Fee rate or any other fee or expense otherwise applicable to an investor in connection with its acquisition or ownership of, receipt of distributions with respect to, or disposition of Units acquired by that investor in such offering. Any investor-specific fee or expense variation or waiver shall apply solely to the applicable investor and solely with respect to Units acquired by that investor in the applicable offering and shall not constitute or modify any right, power, preference or privilege of any Unit under this Series Designation. No terms established pursuant to this provision shall otherwise modify the rights, powers, preferences or privileges of any Unit under this Series Designation or affect the rights of any investor to whom those terms do not apply. | |
| Distributions: | Distributions of Free Cash Flow, if any, shall first be allocated among holders of outstanding Units pro rata in accordance with their respective Unit holdings, before deduction of any Maintenance Fee and before giving effect to any investor-specific variation or waiver of the Maintenance Fee. After giving effect to that allocation, the amount actually distributed in cash with respect to each Unit and the Maintenance Fee attributable to each Unit shall be determined in accordance with the provisions captioned “Maintenance Fee” and “Other Offerings; Side Letters” above. Subject to the foregoing, distributions shall be made in accordance with Article VII of the Operating Agreement. No distributions in kind of Series Assets shall be made. | |
| Redemption: | Units are not redeemable. | |
| Voting Rights: | As set forth in Article III. | |
| Splits: | There shall be no subdivision of the Series Interests other than in accordance with Article III, Section 3.7. | |
| Transferability: | Units may not be transferred except in accordance with Article IV. | |
| Officers: | There shall initially be no specific officers, directors, or employees associated with the Series although the Manager may appoint officers of the Series from time to time, in its sole discretion | |
| Governing Law: | This Series Designation shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, as provided in the Operating Agreement. | |
| No Other Rights: | Investors in the Units shall have no equity interest in the Company as a whole, no conversion, exchange, sinking fund, redemption, or appraisal rights, no preemptive rights to subscribe for any securities of the Series or the Company, and no preferential rights to distributions except as otherwise specified in the Operating Agreement. | |
| Information Reporting: | As stated in Article VIII, Section 8.1(c). | |
| Dissolution and Termination: | The Series shall terminate, and its affairs shall be wound up, upon the occurrence of any event set forth in Article XI. | |
| Fiscal Year: | As stated in Article VIII, Section 8.2. | |
| Amendment and Waiver: | This Series Designation may be amended, or any term hereof waived, in accordance with Article XII. |
[Signature Page Follows]
3
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Manager has caused this Series Designation to be duly executed as of the Effective Date.
| MANAGER: | ||
| AGENTIQ SPORTS, INC. | ||
| By: | /s/ Zachary Kurtz | |
| Name: | Zachary Kurtz | |
| Title: | Chief Executive Officer | |
Exhibit 4.1
THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAW OF ANY STATE AND ARE BEING OFFERED AND SOLD IN RELIANCE ON EXEMPTIONS FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF SAID ACT AND SUCH LAWS. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT, APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW, AND THE TERMS OF THE OPERATING AGREEMENT OF THE COMPANY AND THE APPLICABLE CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION OF THE SERIES TO WHICH THIS OFFERING RELATES. THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION, NOR HAS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THE OFFERING CIRCULAR. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE. NO SALE MAY BE MADE TO A NON-ACCREDITED INVESTOR IN THIS OFFERING IF THE AGGREGATE PURCHASE PRICE YOU PAY IS MORE THAN 10% OF THE GREATER OF YOUR ANNUAL INCOME OR NET WORTH. DIFFERENT RULES APPLY TO ACCREDITED INVESTORS AND NON-NATURAL PERSONS. BEFORE MAKING ANY REPRESENTATION THAT YOUR INVESTMENT DOES NOT EXCEED APPLICABLE THRESHOLDS, WE ENCOURAGE YOU TO REVIEW RULE 251(D)(2)(I)(C) OF REGULATION A. FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ON INVESTING, WE ENCOURAGE YOU TO REFER TO WWW.INVESTOR.GOV.
SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT
Agentiq Sports 1 Series [_________________]
A Designated Series of Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC
This Subscription Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of the date of the Investor’s electronic execution hereof through the Platform (as defined below), by and among:
| (a) | The individual or entity identified on the Investor Signature Page Counterpart hereto (the “Investor”); |
| (b) | Agentiq Sports 1 Series [_________________], a designated series of Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC, a Delaware series limited liability company formed under 6 Del. C. § 18-215 (the “Company”), established pursuant to the Company’s Operating Agreement, dated as of November 3, 2025 (as amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Operating Agreement”) (the “Series”); and |
| (c) | Agentiq Sports, Inc., a Delaware corporation, the manager of the Company and each series thereof (the “Manager”). |
BACKGROUND
WHEREAS, the Company has filed an offering statement on Form 1-A with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) pursuant to Regulation A (17 C.F.R. §§ 230.251–230.263) under Section 3(b)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (15 U.S.C. § 77c(b)(2)) (the “Securities Act”), which offering statement has been qualified by the SEC (as so qualified, and as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Form 1-A”);
WHEREAS, in connection with the Form 1-A, the Company has prepared an offering circular (together with all amendments and supplements thereto, including any offering circular supplement filed pursuant to Rule 253(g) of Regulation A (17 C.F.R. § 230.253), the “Offering Circular”), which has been qualified by the SEC for the offer and sale of units of series limited liability company interests in the Series (the “Units”) in a Tier 2 offering under Regulation A;
WHEREAS, the rights, preferences, privileges, and limitations of the Units, and the governance of the Series, are set forth in the Certificate of Designation of the Series and the Operating Agreement, which the Investor has received and reviewed;
WHEREAS, the offering of the Units is a continuous offering conducted pursuant to Rule 251(d)(3)(i)(F) of Regulation A (17 C.F.R. § 230.251) exclusively through the Agentiq Sports online platform and application (the “Platform”);
WHEREAS, Andes Capital Group, LLC (the “Broker-Dealer”), a broker-dealer registered with the SEC and a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), is acting solely as the broker-dealer of record in connection with the offering and is not acting as a selling agent, underwriter, or placement agent within the meaning of Section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. § 77b(a)(11)), and will not purchase any Units;
WHEREAS, North Capital Private Securities Corporation (the “Escrow Agent”) will facilitate the holding of all subscription proceeds, through a third-party bank as escrow agent, in a segregated, non-interest-bearing escrow account pending the applicable Closing, under an escrow agreement to which the Manager and the Broker-Dealer are parties and under which proceeds may be released only upon their joint instruction, and where the offering of the Series has a Minimum Offering Amount necessary to close, such proceeds will be held until such Minimum Offering Amount has been raised and an initial Closing occurs, and if such Minimum Offering Amount is not raised prior to the termination of the offering, all subscription proceeds will be returned to investors without interest or deduction;
WHEREAS, by executing this Agreement electronically through the Platform, the Investor desires to irrevocably subscribe for the Units on the terms and conditions set forth herein, subject to acceptance by the Manager on behalf of the Series.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, and intending to be legally bound, the parties agree as follows.
1. Certain Definitions
Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Agreement have the meanings ascribed to them in the Offering Circular or the Operating Agreement, as applicable. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings set forth below.
1.1 “Accredited Investor” means an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D under the Securities Act.
1.2 “Brand Advisory Agreement” or “BAA” means the brand advisory agreement between the Series and the professional athlete identified as the Client of the Series, which constitutes the sole asset held or to be held by the Series.
1.3 “Broker Fee” means the fee equal to 1% of the amount raised through the offering of the Series payable to the Broker-Dealer, except that no such fee is payable on funds raised from the sale of Units to the Manager or its affiliates.
1.4 “Custodian” means, with respect to any Investor investing through a self-directed individual retirement account or other tax-advantaged custodial account, the bank, trust company, or other entity acting as custodian or trustee for such account.
1.5 “Closing” means each closing of the purchase and sale of Units of the Series as described in Section 5.
1.6 “Initial Closing” means, with respect to any Series, the first Closing of the purchase and sale of Units of such Series.
1.7 “Escrow Agent” means North Capital Private Securities Corporation, in its capacity as facilitator of escrow, through a third-party bank as escrow agent, for the offering of the Series.
2
1.8 “Fractional Unit” means a fractional interest in a Unit, in a minimum denomination of 0.01 of a Unit, issued in accordance with Section 2.4.
1.9 “Maximum Offering Amount” and “Minimum Offering Amount” have the meanings set forth in the Series Offering Table of the Offering Circular for the Series.
1.10 “Minimum Subscription Amount” means $[______], being the minimum aggregate Purchase Price for which an Investor may subscribe for Units of the Series.
1.11 “Purchase Price” means the aggregate dollar amount payable by the Investor for the number of Units subscribed for, as set forth on the signature page hereto.
1.12 “Qualified Purchaser” means a “qualified purchaser” within the meaning of Regulation A, comprising an Accredited Investor and any other investor whose aggregate investment in the Units does not exceed 10% of the greater of such investor’s annual income or net worth (for a natural person), or 10% of the greater of annual revenue or net assets at fiscal year-end (for a non-natural person).
1.13 “Subscription Increment” means $[______], representing the cost of 0.01 of a Unit and being the increment in which subscriptions in excess of the Minimum Subscription Amount must be made.
1.14 “Transfer Agent” means Colonial Stock Transfer Company, in its capacity as transfer agent and registrar for the Units of the Series.
2. Subscription for Units
2.1 Subscription
Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Investor hereby irrevocably subscribes for and agrees to purchase the number of Units of the Series, at the price per Unit, and for the Purchase Price, in each case as set forth on the signature page hereto. The Investor must subscribe for Units having a Purchase Price of not less than the Minimum Subscription Amount, and any subscription in excess of the Minimum Subscription Amount must be made in Subscription Increments. Each Unit represents a denomination of the limited liability company interests in the Series and constitutes an investment solely in the Series and not an investment in the Company as a whole or in any other series.
2.2 Irrevocability of Subscription
The Investor acknowledges and agrees that this subscription is irrevocable and that, except as otherwise required by law, the Investor is not entitled to cancel, terminate, or revoke this Agreement or any subscription hereunder. This Agreement shall survive the death, disability, dissolution, or legal incapacity of the Investor and shall be binding upon the Investor’s heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and permitted assigns. This subscription is and shall remain binding on the Investor notwithstanding any subsequent Closing that occurs after the date of the Investor’s electronic execution hereof.
2.3 Continuous Offering
The Investor acknowledges that the offering of the Units is being conducted on a “best efforts” and continuous basis within the meaning of Rule 251(d)(3) of Regulation A, that the Manager may conduct one or more Closings from time to time, and that the Manager anticipates conducting a Closing at least every two to four weeks following the initial Closing of the Series. The Manager may increase the offering price of the Units of the Series by up to 20% above the most recently qualified price by filing an offering circular supplement, with any greater increase or other fundamental change requiring a qualified post-qualification amendment.
2.4 Fractional Units
The Units of the Series may be issued in fractional denominations. The minimum Fractional Unit that may be subscribed for or issued is 0.01 of a Unit. The Investor’s Purchase Price will be applied to the purchase of Units and Fractional Units at the price per Unit set forth on the signature page hereto, and the resulting number of Units will be rounded down to the nearest 0.01 of a Unit, with any residual amount returned to the Investor without interest or deduction. Each Fractional Unit carries the rights, preferences, privileges, and obligations of a whole Unit, including with respect to distributions and any voting rights, in proportion to the fraction of a Unit represented thereby.
3
3. Purchase Price and Payment
3.1 Payment of the Purchase Price
Concurrently with the Investor’s electronic execution of this Agreement through the Platform, the Investor shall fund the full Purchase Price through the integrated online payment provider made available on the Platform, using ACH bank transfer, wire transfer, credit card, or such other method as is then supported on the Platform. The Investor acknowledges that payment by credit card may increase the effective purchase price of the Units through interest and fees, may subject the Investor to the risks inherent in that payment method, and may limit the Investor’s recovery options in the case of disputes where a third-party payment processor is used.
3.2 Handling of Subscription Funds
The Purchase Price will be transferred into a non-interest-bearing escrow account maintained by the Escrow Agent, will not be released to the Series or commingled with any operating account of the Series or the Company, and will be held in escrow until the applicable Closing. During such escrow period, subscription proceeds remain the property of the Investor, subject to disbursement to the Series upon Closing or return to the Investor in accordance with this Agreement. No subscription proceeds will be released from escrow to the Series except upon instruction to the Escrow Agent given jointly by the Manager and the Broker-Dealer. Where the offering of the Series has a Minimum Offering Amount, the subscription proceeds will be held in escrow until the applicable Minimum Offering Amount has been raised and there is an Initial Closing with respect to the Series, and the Escrow Agent will not release any proceeds to the Series until it has received the notice of satisfaction of the Minimum Offering Amount, subscription accounting, and disbursement instructions required under the escrow agreement. Where the offering of the Series does not have a Minimum Offering Amount, the subscription proceeds will be released to the account of the Series upon the joint instruction of the Manager and the Broker-Dealer to the Escrow Agent that the offering will close and the Investor’s subscription has been accepted, without regard to any minimum offering threshold and without the notice of satisfaction of a Minimum Offering Amount described above.
3.3 No Interest
The Investor acknowledges that no interest will accrue or be payable to the Investor on any subscription funds held in escrow, and that any refund of subscription funds will be made without interest or deduction.
3.4 No Chargeback
Where the Investor elects to fund the Purchase Price by credit card, debit, ACH, or other electronic payment method, the Investor authorizes the automatic processing of the charge to, or debit of, the Investor’s account for the full Purchase Price, and agrees that the Investor will not initiate any chargeback, reversal, or stop-payment with respect to such payment on account of any matter arising out of this investment, and acknowledges that the Investor may be liable for any damages resulting from any such chargeback or reversal.
3.5 IRA and Custodial Account Payments
Where the Investor is investing through a self-directed individual retirement account (“IRA”) or other tax-advantaged custodial account, the Investor acknowledges that payment of the Purchase Price must be made by the Custodian from the assets of such account, and that the Investor is responsible for ensuring that the Custodian processes such payment in a timely manner. The Investor further acknowledges that the Manager and the Series are not responsible for any delays or failures in payment processing by the Custodian, and that a subscription may be rejected if the Custodian fails to remit the Purchase Price in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The Units, when issued, will be registered in the name of the Custodian for the benefit of the Investor’s account.
4
4. Acceptance or Rejection of Subscription
4.1 Review and Acceptance
This subscription is subject to review, acceptance, or rejection by the Manager, on behalf of the Series, and to review by the Broker-Dealer. The Manager and the Broker-Dealer will review the subscription documentation completed and signed by the Investor and may request additional information, and the Investor may be contacted directly if further information is required. The Manager accepts subscriptions on a first-come, first-served basis, subject to its right to reject or reduce subscriptions.
4.2 Right to Reject or Reduce
The Manager reserves the right to reject any subscription, in whole or in part, for any reason or for no reason, and to withdraw the offering at any time before a Closing, including if the Manager determines in its sole and absolute discretion that the Investor is not a Qualified Purchaser or that suitability or compliance concerns exist. The Manager anticipates accepting subscriptions only from prospective investors located in states where the Broker-Dealer is registered.
4.3 Refunds
If the Investor’s subscription is rejected in whole or in part, or if the offering of the Series is terminated without an Initial Closing (including where a Minimum Offering Amount is not raised prior to the termination of the offering), or if the SEC or any other federal or state regulatory authority has issued a stop or similar order with respect to the offering that has remained in effect for at least 20 days, or if the Investor’s subscription is cut back due to oversubscription or otherwise, the applicable subscription funds will be returned promptly to the Investor without interest or deduction. Such funds will be returned directly by the Escrow Agent to the Investor within three business days after the Escrow Agent’s receipt of notice of the applicable event and of any payment instructions required from the Investor, provided that funds paid by ACH will be returned only once such funds have settled in the escrow account. The Investor is responsible for keeping its payment information current and for providing any payment instructions the Escrow Agent requires in order to effect a return. Any costs and expenses associated with a terminated offering will be borne by the Manager.
4.4 Notification
Once the review is complete, the Manager will inform the Investor whether the subscription has been approved or denied and, if approved, the number of Units the Investor is entitled to purchase. If the information regarding the Investor’s status as a Qualified Purchaser changes prior to the issuance of Units, the Investor shall notify the Manager immediately in accordance with Section 12.7.
5. Closing; Issuance of Units
5.1 Closings
There will be at least one Closing with respect to the offering of the Series. Prior to the applicable Closing, all subscription funds will be held in escrow by the Escrow Agent and will not be released to the Series. Where the offering of the Series has a Minimum Offering Amount, the Initial Closing will not occur, and no Units will be issued, until the later of (i) the date on which subscriptions for the Minimum Offering Amount have been accepted and (ii) a date determined by the Manager in its sole discretion. Where the offering of the Series does not have a Minimum Offering Amount, the Initial Closing will occur on a date determined by the Manager in its sole discretion, upon acceptance of subscription agreements, and the release of subscription funds from escrow will not be conditioned on any minimum offering threshold. Once an Initial Closing has occurred, additional Closings may be conducted until the earlier of (i) the date on which subscriptions for the Maximum Offering Amount have been accepted and (ii) a date determined by the Manager in its sole discretion.
5
5.2 Termination of the Offering
If an Initial Closing of the Series has not occurred, the offering shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the date that is one year from the date the Offering Circular related to the Series, or amendment thereof, is qualified by the SEC, which period may be extended by an additional six months by the Manager in its sole discretion, notice of which extension will be given to investors whose subscription funds are then held in escrow, and (ii) any date on which the Manager elects to terminate the offering in its sole discretion, which date shall not exceed 18 months from the date such Offering Circular or amendment is qualified by the SEC. Upon such termination without an Initial Closing, all subscription funds held in escrow by the Escrow Agent will be promptly returned to investors without interest or deduction. No series offering may remain open beyond the date that is three years after the initial qualification of the Form 1-A, unless a new offering statement or other required filing is made and qualified or otherwise becomes effective in accordance with applicable law.
5.3 Issuance of Units
If all or part of the Investor’s subscription is accepted, the corresponding Units, including any Fractional Units, will be issued to the Investor upon the applicable Closing, and the subscription funds released from escrow will be applied as consideration for the Units. Upon issuance, the Units, including any Fractional Units, will be recorded on the books and records maintained by the Transfer Agent. All Units, when issued and paid for in accordance with this Agreement, will be duly authorized and validly issued, and, upon payment in full of the consideration payable with respect to the Units, the Investor will not be liable to the Company to make any additional capital contributions with respect to such Units, except for the return of distributions under certain circumstances as required by Sections 18-215, 18-607, and 18-804 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “LLC Act”).
5.4 Conditions to Closing
The obligation of the Series to issue Units at any Closing is subject to the satisfaction, or waiver by the Manager, of the following conditions: (i) the representations and warranties of the Investor in this Agreement being true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing; (ii) the Investor having funded the full Purchase Price; (iii) the Manager and the Broker-Dealer having completed their review and determined the Investor to be a Qualified Purchaser; (iv) where applicable, the Minimum Offering Amount having been raised; and (v) the Manager and the Broker-Dealer having jointly instructed the Escrow Agent to release the applicable subscription proceeds.
6. Representations, Warranties, and Covenants of the Investor
The Investor represents, warrants, and covenants to the Company, the Series, the Manager, and the Broker-Dealer, as of the date of the Investor’s electronic execution hereof and as of each Closing at which Units are issued to the Investor, as follows.
6.1 Qualified Purchaser Status
The Investor is a Qualified Purchaser. If the Investor is not an Accredited Investor, the aggregate Purchase Price the Investor is paying does not exceed 10% of the greater of the Investor’s annual income or net worth (for a natural person), or 10% of the greater of the Investor’s annual revenue or net assets at fiscal year-end (for a non-natural person), calculated in accordance with Rule 251(d)(2)(i)(C) of Regulation A and the “accredited investor” standards of Rule 501 of Regulation D. For purposes of these calculations, net worth is determined excluding the value of the Investor’s primary residence (net of any related indebtedness up to its fair market value, including any indebtedness incurred in the 60 days prior to the date of this Agreement to the extent not used to acquire the primary residence). The information set forth in the subscription information the Investor provides through the Platform and the certificates attached hereto is true, complete, and correct.
6.2 Authority and Due Execution
The Investor has full legal capacity, power, and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform the Investor’s obligations hereunder. This Agreement, when executed and delivered by the Investor through the Platform, will constitute the valid and binding obligation of the Investor, enforceable against the Investor in accordance with its terms. If the Investor is not a natural person, the Investor is duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, and the execution of this Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary action.
6
6.3 Receipt and Review of Disclosure
The Investor has received, carefully read, and understands the Offering Circular, including any current supplement, the risk factors described therein, the Operating Agreement, and the applicable Series Designation, and has had the opportunity to consult with the Investor’s own tax, legal, and financial advisors regarding an investment in the Units. The Investor has had the opportunity to ask questions of, and receive answers from, the Manager concerning the terms and conditions of the offering and to obtain any additional information that the Manager possesses or could acquire without unreasonable effort or expense.
6.4 Investment Intent and Speculative Nature
The Investor is acquiring the Units for the Investor’s own account, for investment purposes only, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. The Investor understands that the Units are highly speculative, involve a high degree of risk, and that the Investor could lose the Investor’s entire investment, and the Investor is able to bear the economic risk of the investment for an indefinite period and to afford a complete loss thereof.
6.5 Escrow of Subscription Funds
The Investor acknowledges and agrees that: (i) all subscription proceeds will be deposited with the Escrow Agent and held in a segregated, non-interest-bearing escrow account until the applicable Closing; (ii) no subscription proceeds will be released from escrow to the Series except upon instruction given jointly by the Manager and the Broker-Dealer; (iii) where the offering of the Series has a Minimum Offering Amount, the Escrow Agent will not release any subscription proceeds to the Series until the Minimum Offering Amount has been achieved and an Initial Closing occurs, and if the Minimum Offering Amount is not raised prior to the termination of the offering, all subscription proceeds will be returned to the Investor without interest or deduction; (iv) where the offering of the Series does not have a Minimum Offering Amount, the Escrow Agent will release the Investor’s subscription proceeds to the Series upon the joint instruction of the Manager and the Broker-Dealer that the offering will close and the Investor’s subscription has been accepted, without regard to any minimum offering threshold; (v) no Units will be issued to the Investor until the applicable Closing; and (vi) the Investor will have no claim against the Manager, the Series, or the Company for any delay in the issuance of Units or in the disbursement or return of subscription proceeds caused by the escrow arrangement, including any suspension of the Escrow Agent’s performance or any deposit of subscription proceeds into court by the Escrow Agent in connection with a dispute or uncertainty as to their disposition, or for any failure of the offering to achieve the Minimum Offering Amount.
6.6 No Registration; Restrictions on Transfer
The Investor understands that the Units have not been registered under the Securities Act or any state securities law and are being offered and sold in reliance on exemptions from registration. The Investor understands that the Units may not be offered, sold, transferred, pledged, or hypothecated except in compliance with the Securities Act, applicable state securities law, and the terms of the Operating Agreement, and that transfers may only be effected pursuant to available exemptions. The Investor acknowledges that the Manager may refuse to permit a transfer if it would result in there being more than 2,000 beneficial owners of the Series, or more than 500 beneficial owners that are not Accredited Investors, or would cause the assets of the Series to be treated as plan assets under ERISA, a change in the U.S. federal income tax treatment of the Company or the Series, or the imposition of additional regulatory requirements on the Company, any series, the Manager, or its affiliates.
6.7 Illiquidity
The Investor understands that no public trading market currently exists for the Units, that the Operating Agreement permits but does not require the Manager to approve an alternative trading system (“ATS”) for secondary trading, and that the Investor should not assume that any ATS will be approved or available, that the Units will be listed or eligible for secondary trading, or that any active, liquid, or sustained secondary market will develop. The Investor should be prepared to hold the Units indefinitely or until the Series is liquidated.
7
6.8 No Guarantee of Return
The Investor understands that distributions, if any, will be made from Free Cash Flow at the Manager’s sole discretion, that the Manager may determine that no distributions be made, and that the return on the Investor’s investment depends on the performance, health, career length, and contract value of the individual Client, all of which are uncertain and outside the Company’s control. The Investor understands that the Series is entitled only to a defined share of the Client’s covered on-field compensation and does not participate in the Client’s endorsement, sponsorship, appearance, licensing, merchandising, or other off-field income.
6.9 Limited Voting Rights; Passive Investment
The Investor understands that the Units are non-voting except with respect to certain limited matters set forth in the Operating Agreement, that the Company and the Series are manager-managed, and that the Investor will be a passive member with no right to participate in the day-to-day management of the Company or the Series. The Investor further understands that it may be difficult or impossible to remove the Manager, even if the Investor is dissatisfied with the Manager’s performance.
6.10 No Reliance
In making the decision to invest, the Investor has relied solely upon the Offering Circular, the Operating Agreement, the applicable Series Designation, and the Investor’s own independent investigation, and has not relied upon any representation, warranty, or statement made by the Company, the Series, the Manager, the Broker-Dealer, or any of their respective affiliates, agents, or representatives that is not expressly set forth in the Offering Circular. The Investor acknowledges that neither the Manager nor the Broker-Dealer has provided the Investor with any investment, tax, or legal advice or any recommendation regarding the suitability of an investment in the Units.
6.11 Anti-Money Laundering; OFAC
The Investor represents that the funds used to purchase the Units were not directly or indirectly derived from activities that contravene applicable anti-money laundering, know-your-customer, or sanctions laws and regulations. The Investor is not, and is not acting on behalf of, a person or entity named on any list of sanctioned persons administered by the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, and the Investor agrees to cooperate fully with, and to provide promptly, such information and documentation as the Manager, the Company, or the Broker-Dealer may from time to time reasonably request to verify the Investor’s identity, beneficial owners, control persons, and source of funds, to conduct or update any anti-money laundering, know-your-customer, sanctions, or other regulatory compliance checks, and to comply with applicable law. The Investor acknowledges and agrees that this obligation is ongoing, is not limited to the initial subscription or onboarding process, and continues for so long as the Investor holds Units, and that the Investor will promptly notify the Manager and the Broker-Dealer if any information previously provided ceases to be true, complete, and correct. The Investor further acknowledges and agrees that if the Investor fails to provide any such requested information or documentation promptly, or if the Manager or the Broker-Dealer determines that the information provided is incomplete or unsatisfactory, the Manager or the Broker-Dealer may be unable to accept or process the Investor’s subscription and may reject the subscription in whole or in part, may suspend or delay any Closing or the issuance of Units to the Investor, may suspend or withhold distributions otherwise payable to the Investor, and may, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and the Operating Agreement, require the transfer of, redeem, repurchase, or otherwise terminate the Investor’s Units and interest in the Series, in each case without interest, penalty, or liability to the Investor.
8
6.12 ERISA
If the Investor is, or is acting on behalf of, an “employee benefit plan” subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), a plan subject to Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code, or an entity whose underlying assets include “plan assets,” the Investor represents that its acquisition and holding of the Units will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code, and the Investor acknowledges that the Manager may impose conditions or restrictions on such investment to preserve the exclusion of the Series’ assets from treatment as plan assets.
6.13 Non-U.S. Investors
If the Investor is located or resident outside the United States, the Investor represents that it has satisfied itself as to the full observance of the laws of the relevant jurisdiction in connection with the purchase of the Units, including obtaining any required governmental or other consents and observing any other applicable formalities, and the Investor acknowledges that the Manager may accept subscriptions from non-U.S. persons only on a case-by-case basis and in compliance with applicable law, including Regulation S under the Securities Act.
6.14 Accuracy of Information; Updates
All information the Investor has provided to the Company, the Manager, and the Broker-Dealer, including through the Platform and in the certificates attached hereto, is true, complete, and correct, and the Company, the Manager, and the Broker-Dealer are entitled to rely on such information for purposes of verifying the Investor’s status as a Qualified Purchaser. The Investor agrees to notify the Manager immediately if any such information changes prior to the issuance of Units to the Investor.
6.15 Tax Matters
The Investor understands that the Company intends that each Series be classified and taxed as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and not as a partnership under Subchapter K of the Internal Revenue Code, so that each Series will be subject to U.S. federal corporate income tax on its taxable income at applicable corporate rates. The Investor understands that distributions, if any, will generally be taxable as dividends to the extent of the Series’ current and accumulated earnings and profits, will not be deductible by the Series, and may result in two levels of taxation. The Investor further understands that investor-level tax obligations may arise even in periods in which the Series makes little or no cash distributions. The Investor agrees to provide a properly completed IRS Form W-9 or applicable IRS Form W-8, together with any other information the Manager, the Broker-Dealer, or the Transfer Agent reasonably requests, to establish the Investor’s tax status and to avoid or reduce backup withholding, which is currently imposed at a rate of 24% absent an established exemption. The Investor acknowledges that it has been urged to consult its own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal, state, local, and non-U.S. tax consequences of acquiring, holding, and disposing of the Units.
6.16 No Redemption, Registration, or Preemptive Rights
The Investor understands that the Units are not redeemable, that there are no registration rights associated with the Units, and that holders of Units have no conversion, exchange, sinking fund, redemption, or appraisal rights, no preemptive rights to subscribe for any Units, and no preferential rights to distributions.
6.17 Distribution Mechanics
The Investor understands that distributions of Free Cash Flow, if any, will be made pro rata among the holders of Units of the Series in accordance with their respective holdings, that no distributions will be made in kind, and that Free Cash Flow will first be applied to repay any Operating Expense Reimbursement Obligations and to fund such reserves as the Manager deems appropriate before any distribution to holders. The Investor agrees to keep its contact and payment information current so that it receives any distributions to which it is entitled.
9
6.18 IRA and Custodial Account Investors
If the Investor is investing through a self-directed IRA or other tax-advantaged custodial account, the Investor represents and warrants that:
(a) the Investor has established a valid self-directed IRA or other qualifying tax-advantaged account with a Custodian that permits alternative investments such as the Units;
(b) the Investor has verified with the Custodian that the investment in the Units is a permissible investment under the terms of the custodial agreement;
(c) the Investor is directing the investment on a self-directed basis, and neither the Manager nor the Broker-Dealer has provided or will provide investment advice to the Investor or the Custodian regarding the investment;
(d) the Investor understands that the Manager, the Series, and the Broker-Dealer will rely on information provided by the Custodian for purposes of recording ownership of the Units, making distributions, and providing tax reporting;
(e) the Investor acknowledges that the Custodian may charge fees in connection with the purchase, holding, and disposition of the Units, and that such fees are the sole responsibility of the Investor; (f) the Investor will ensure that all documentation required by the Custodian, including transfer instructions and account information, is provided to the Manager or the Transfer Agent;
(g) the Investor understands that the acquisition and holding of the Units by the IRA or custodial account will not constitute a “prohibited transaction” within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code and that the Units are not being acquired from, and will not be sold to, a “disqualified person” with respect to such account; and
(h) the Investor acknowledges that the investment in the Units may affect the unrelated business taxable income of the IRA or custodial account if the Series or the Company incurs debt-financed income, and the Investor has consulted with the Investor’s own tax advisor regarding these consequences.
7. Agreement to be Bound by the Operating Agreement; Power of Attorney
7.1 Adoption of the Operating Agreement
By executing this Agreement and purchasing Units, the Investor agrees to be bound by, and to be deemed a party to, the Operating Agreement, as it may be amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, and will be admitted as a member of the Company with respect to the Series. The Investor acknowledges that these provisions apply equally to any subsequent purchaser of the Units in any secondary transaction, who will likewise become a member of the Series subject to the Operating Agreement.
7.2 Power of Attorney
The Investor hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Manager, with full power of substitution, as the Investor’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact, to execute, acknowledge, swear to, file, and deliver, on the Investor’s behalf, such documents as the Manager determines are necessary or appropriate to (i) effect the qualification, continuance, or dissolution of the Company, (ii) make certain amendments to the Operating Agreement as permitted thereunder, and (iii) list the Units on an approved ATS or effect, facilitate, evidence, settle, record, or administer transfers through an approved ATS. The Investor acknowledges that this power of attorney is coupled with an interest, is irrevocable, and survives the Investor’s death, disability, dissolution, or incapacity.
8. Representations and Acknowledgments Regarding the Broker-Dealer
The Investor acknowledges that the Broker-Dealer is acting solely as the broker-dealer of record for the offering, that it will receive the Broker Fee for administrative and compliance-related functions, and that it is not acting as a selling agent, underwriter, or placement agent and will not purchase any Units. The Investor further acknowledges that neither the Manager nor the Platform is a registered broker-dealer or funding portal, that the Platform functions as a technology provider under the oversight of the Broker-Dealer arrangement, and that the Broker-Dealer does not provide investment advice or recommendations to any investor. The Investor consents to the Broker-Dealer’s review of the Investor’s information, including know-your-customer and anti-money-laundering data, and to its recommendation to the Company whether to accept the Investor as a customer. The Investor further acknowledges that the Broker-Dealer is a party to the escrow arrangement with the Escrow Agent and that its instruction, together with that of the Manager, is required before any subscription proceeds may be released from escrow.
10
9. Dispute Resolution; Mandatory Arbitration and Class Action Waiver
9.1 Binding Arbitration
The Investor acknowledges and agrees that, to the fullest extent permitted by law and as provided in the Operating Agreement, any dispute arising out of or relating to the Operating Agreement or the formation, governance, management, operations, capitalization, or dissolution of the Company or the Series, or the rights, duties, or relationships among the Company, the Series, the Manager, any member, or their respective affiliates, shall be resolved exclusively by binding arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association under the Federal Arbitration Act and the AAA Commercial Arbitration Rules. Arbitration will generally be conducted before a single neutral arbitrator, unless all parties agree in writing to a three-arbitrator panel, and the seat and venue of arbitration will be Wilmington, Delaware, although hearings may be conducted remotely at the election of the arbitrator.
9.2 Waiver of Jury Trial; Individual Proceedings
By executing this Agreement, the Investor waives the right to a trial by jury and the right to litigate covered disputes in court, except for limited provisional remedies in Delaware courts and any claim or remedy that applicable law does not permit to be subject to mandatory arbitration. The Investor agrees that disputes shall proceed on an individual basis only and waives the right to participate in any class, collective, private attorney general, derivative, or other representative proceeding, subject to limited exceptions required by non-waivable law.
9.3 Preservation of Federal Securities Law Rights
The Investor acknowledges that the foregoing provisions are intended to address forum and procedure only and are not intended to waive compliance with U.S. federal securities law or any substantive rights or remedies available under those laws, and that to the extent applicable law does not permit a particular federal securities law claim or remedy to be subject to mandatory arbitration, that claim or remedy may be brought in a court of competent jurisdiction.
10. Indemnification
The Investor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Series, the Manager, the Broker-Dealer, the Escrow Agent, and their respective affiliates, members, managers, officers, directors, employees, agents, and representatives from and against any and all losses, liabilities, damages, costs, and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, arising out of or based upon any breach by the Investor of any representation, warranty, covenant, or agreement contained in this Agreement or in any document furnished by the Investor in connection with this subscription. The representations, warranties, covenants, and indemnification obligations of the Investor set forth in this Agreement shall survive the acceptance of this subscription and each Closing.
11. Electronic Delivery, Electronic Signatures, and E-SIGN Act Consent
11.1 Consent to Electronic Delivery
The Investor represents, warrants, and acknowledges that the Investor has affirmatively consented to receive in electronic form all documents, disclosures, notices, communications, and records required to be provided in writing in connection with the offering of the Units, this Agreement, and the Investor’s relationship with the Company, the Manager, and the Broker-Dealer, in accordance with the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act (the “E-SIGN Act”) (15 U.S.C. § 7001). The Investor consents to receive the Offering Circular, any final offering circular or notice of the URL where it may be obtained, all reports required under Regulation A, including annual reports on Form 1-K, semi-annual reports on Form 1-SA, and current reports on Form 1-U, and all other communications electronically through the Platform or by email, and agrees that the Company does not intend to deliver paper copies.
11.2 Pre-Consent Disclosures
The Investor represents, warrants, and acknowledges that, prior to providing consent to electronic delivery, the Investor received the following disclosures as required by 15 U.S.C. § 7001(c)(1)(B): (a) the Investor has the right to receive paper copies of all documents, disclosures, notices, and records required to be provided in writing in connection with this Agreement and the offering; (b) the Investor has the right to withdraw consent to electronic delivery at any time, which withdrawal may be effected by contacting support@agentiqsports.com through the Platform, and which withdrawal may result in the inability of the Investor to complete a subscription or to access certain features of the Platform, but shall not result in any fee or charge to the Investor; (c) the Investor’s consent to electronic delivery applies to all categories of records that may be provided during the Investor’s relationship with the Company, the Manager, and the Broker-Dealer, including this Agreement, the Offering Circular, tax documents, account statements, regulatory notices, and other communications, and is not limited solely to this transaction; (d) the Investor may withdraw consent or update contact information at any time through the Investor’s account settings on the Platform or by contacting support@agentiqsports.com; and (e) the Investor may request paper copies of any electronically delivered records by contacting support@agentiqsports.com, and such paper copies shall be provided without charge.
11
11.3 Hardware and Software Requirements
The Investor represents, warrants, and acknowledges that, prior to providing consent to electronic delivery, the Investor received a disclosure of the hardware and software requirements necessary to access and retain electronic records through the Platform, including: (a) a mobile device running iOS 15.1 or later, or (b) a personal computer or phone capable of connecting to the internet; (c) a valid email address; and (d) sufficient electronic storage capacity to retain electronic records or the ability to print electronic records from the Platform. The Investor represents that the Investor has hardware and software meeting or exceeding the foregoing requirements and has the ability to access and retain electronic records through the Platform.
11.4 Withdrawal of Consent
The Investor acknowledges that the Investor may withdraw consent to electronic delivery at any time; provided, however, that any such withdrawal shall not affect the legal effectiveness, validity, or enforceability of any electronic record, electronic signature, or electronic consent provided prior to such withdrawal.
11.5 Electronic Signatures
The Investor consents to the electronic execution and delivery of this Agreement through the Platform and agrees that electronic signatures, contracts, and records have the same legal force, effect, validity, and enforceability as original ink signatures and paper documents under the E-SIGN Act (15 U.S.C. § 7001(a)) and applicable law.
11.6 Retention and Reproduction of Electronic Records
The Investor acknowledges and agrees that all electronic records provided to the Investor through the Platform in connection with this Agreement and the offering are in a form that is capable of being retained and accurately reproduced for later reference by all parties, as required by 15 U.S.C. § 7001(d), and that the Investor is responsible for retaining copies of all electronic records provided through the Platform, including this Agreement and the Offering Circular.
11.7 Reliance on Electronic Consent
The Company, the Manager, and the Broker-Dealer are entitled to rely on the Investor’s electronic consent to electronic delivery, and on the Investor’s electronic execution of this Agreement, without further inquiry or verification.
11.8 Waiver of Electronic Form Defense
The Investor waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any defense to the formation, enforceability, or validity of this Agreement based solely on the electronic form of this Agreement or the electronic method of its execution.
11.9 Privacy
The Investor further consents to the collection, use, and processing of the Investor’s personal information, including names, addresses, social security numbers for tax reporting, and bank account information, in accordance with the Company’s privacy policy and Regulation S-P.
12
12. Miscellaneous
12.1 Governing Law
This Agreement, and all non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict-of-laws principles, and the rights and liabilities of the members of the Company and each series shall likewise be governed by Delaware law, except to the extent applicable law, including U.S. federal securities law, requires otherwise.
12.2 Series Separateness
The Investor acknowledges that the Series is a separate series of the Company established under Section 18-215 of the LLC Act, that the debts, liabilities, obligations, and expenses of the Series are, subject to the maintenance of statutory separateness formalities, enforceable only against the assets of the Series and not against the assets of the Company generally or any other series, and that the Investor’s Units represent an investment solely in the Series. The Investor further acknowledges the residual risk that series separateness may not be respected in all jurisdictions or in bankruptcy.
12.3 Entire Agreement; Conflicts
This Agreement, together with the Operating Agreement, the applicable Series Designation, and the Offering Circular, constitutes the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and the Operating Agreement or the applicable Series Designation, the terms of the Operating Agreement and the Series Designation will control.
12.4 Amendment and Waiver
This Agreement may not be amended or waived except by a writing signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought, provided that the Investor acknowledges the Manager’s authority to amend the Operating Agreement in the circumstances described therein without the Investor’s separate consent. No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof.
12.5 Assignment
The Investor may not assign or transfer this Agreement or any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Manager, and any purported assignment in violation of this provision shall be void. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and permitted assigns.
12.6 Severability
If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall continue in full force and effect, and the invalid or unenforceable provision shall be modified to the minimum extent necessary to render it valid and enforceable while preserving the parties’ intent.
12.7 Notices
All notices to the Manager, the Company, or the Series shall be given using the contact details set out in the Offering Circular, and all notices to the Investor shall be given through the Platform or to the email address provided by the Investor in the Investor Questionnaire.
12.8 Counterparts
This Agreement may be executed electronically and in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
12.9 Reliance
The Investor acknowledges that the Company, the Series, the Manager, and the Broker-Dealer will rely upon the Investor’s representations, warranties, covenants, and acknowledgments in this Agreement and in the certificates attached hereto in determining whether to accept this subscription.
[Signature Pages Follow]
13
INVESTOR SIGNATURE PAGE COUNTERPART
The Investor hereby elects to subscribe under the Subscription Agreement for the number and price of the Series Units stated below and executes the Subscription Agreement.
PART I: ACCREDITED INVESTOR STATUS
Select one:
| ☐ | The undersigned is an accredited investor (as that term is defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act) because the undersigned meets the criteria set forth in the Accredited Investor Questionnaire attached hereto. |
| ☐ | The Aggregate Purchase Price set forth in Part II below (together with any previous investments in the Units pursuant to this offering) does not exceed 10% of the greater of the undersigned’s net worth or annual income for all investments in this offering. |
PART II: INVESTOR AND SUBSCRIPTION INFORMATION
The Units being subscribed for will be owned by, and should be recorded on the Series’ books as follows:
| Full legal name of Investor (including middle name(s), for individuals): | Number of Units: __________________ | ||||
| Price per Unit: $__________________ | |||||
| Purchase Price: $__________________ | |||||
| TYPE OF OWNERSHIP: | |||||
| If the Investor is an individual: | If the Investor is not an individual: | ||||
| By: | |||||
| (Signature) | ☐ Individual | ☐ Corporation | |||
| ☐ Joint Tenant | ☐ LLC | ||||
| ☐ IRA | ☐ Trust | ||||
| ☐ Tenants in Common | ☐ Other: | ||||
| (Official Capacity or Title, if the Investor is not an individual) | ☐ Community Property | ||||
| (Name of individual whose signature appears above if different than the name of the Investor printed above.) | If interests are to be jointly held: | ||||
|
|
|||||
| (Name of the Joint Investor) | |||||
| (Investor’s Residential Address, including Province/State and Postal/Zip Code) | Check this box if the securities will be held in a custodial account: ☐ | ||||
| (Name of Custodian/Account Provider, if applicable) | |||||
| (E-Mail Address) | (Type of account) | ||||
| (Account provider Address) | |||||
MANAGER SIGNATURE PAGE COUNTERPART
ACCEPTED AND AGREED, as to the number of Units set forth on the applicable Investor Signature Page Counterpart hereto, by the Manager on behalf of the Series:
AGENTIQ SPORTS, INC.
As Manager of Agentiq Sports 1 Series [_________________]
A Designated Series of Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC
| By: | ||
| Name: | ||
| Title: | ||
| Date: | ||
ACCREDITED INVESTOR CERTIFICATE
The Investor hereby represents and warrants that the Investor is an Accredited Investor, as defined by Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933, and Investor meets at least one (1) of the following criteria (check all that apply) or that Investor is an unaccredited investor and meets none of the following criteria:
|
|
☐ | A bank, as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the U.S. Securities Act; a savings and loan association or other institution as defined in Section 3(a)(5)(A) of the U.S. Securities Act, whether acting in its individual or fiduciary capacity; a broker or dealer registered pursuant to Section 15 of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934; An insurance company as defined in Section 2(a)(13) of the U.S. Securities Act; An investment company registered under the United States Investment Company Act of 1940; or A business development company as defined in Section 2(a) (48) of that Act; a Small Business Investment Company licensed by the U.S. Small Business Administration under Section 301 (c) or (d) of the United States Small Business Investment Act of 1958;A plan established and maintained by a state, its political subdivisions or any agency or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions, for the benefit of its employees, if such plan has total assets in excess of US$5,000,000; or an employee benefit plan within the meaning of the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, in which the investment decision is made by a plan fiduciary, as defined in Section 3(21) of such Act, which is either a bank, savings and loan association, insurance company or registered investment adviser, or an employee benefit plan with total assets in excess of U.S. $5,000,000 or, if a self directed plan, with investment decisions made solely by persons that are Accredited Investors; |
| ☐ | A private business development company as defined in Section 202(a)(22) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940; | |
| ☐ | The Investor is either (i) a corporation, (ii) an organization described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, (iii) a trust, or (iv) a partnership, in each case not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, and in each case with total assets in excess of US$5,000,000; | |
| ☐ | a director, executive officer or general partner of the issuer of the securities being offered or sold, or any director, executive officer, or general partner of a general partner of that issuer; | |
| ☐ | The Investor is a natural person (individual) whose own net worth, taken together with the net worth of the Investor’s spouse or spousal equivalent, exceeds US$1,000,000, excluding equity in the Investor’s principal residence unless the net effect of his or her mortgage results in negative equity, the Investor should include any negative effects in calculating his or her net worth; | |
| ☐ | The Investor is a natural person (individual) who had an individual income in excess of US$200,000 (or joint income with the Investor spouse or spousal equivalent in excess of US$300,000) in each of the two previous years and who reasonably expects a gross income of the same this year; | |
| ☐ | A trust, with total assets in excess of US$5,000,000, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, whose purchase is directed by a sophisticated person as described in Rule 506(b)(2)(ii) of the U.S. Securities Act; | |
| ☐ | The Investor is an entity as to which all the equity owners are Accredited Investors. If this paragraph is checked, the Investor represents and warrants that the Investor has verified all such equity owners’ status as an Accredited Investor. | |
| ☐ | a natural person who holds one of the following licenses in good standing: General Securities Representative license (Series 7), the Private Securities Offerings Representative license (Series 82), or the Investment Adviser Representative license (Series 65); |
| ☐ | An investment adviser registered pursuant to Section 203 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 or registered pursuant to the laws of a state; or | |
| ☐ | An investment adviser relying on the exemption from registering with the SEC under Section 203(l) or (m) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940; or | |
| ☐ | A rural business investment company as defined in Section 384A of the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act; | |
| ☐ | An entity, of a type not listed herein, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, owning investments in excess of $5,000,000; | |
| ☐ | A “family office,” as defined in Rule 202(a)(11)(G)-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (17 CFR 275.202(a)(11)(G)-1): |
| ☐ | (i) | With assets under management in excess of $5,000,000, | |
| ☐ | (ii) | That is not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, and | |
| ☐ | (iii) | Whose prospective investment is directed by a person who has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that such family office is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the prospective investment; |
| ☐ | A “family client,” as defined in rule 202(a)(11)(G)-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (17 CFR 275.202(a)(11)(G)-1)), of a family office meeting the requirements in the immediately preceding category and whose prospective investment in the issuer is directed by such family office as referenced above; | |
| ☐ | A natural person who is a “knowledgeable employee,” as defined in rule 3c-5(a)(4) under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (17 CFR 270.3c-5(a)(4)), of the issuer of the securities being offered or sold where the issuer would be an investment company, as defined in Section 3 of such Act, but for the exclusion provided by either Section 3(c)(1) or Section 3(c)(7) of such Act; | |
| ☐ | A corporation, Massachusetts or similar business trust, limited liability company or partnership, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities, with total assets of more than US$5 million; or | |
| ☐ | The Investor is not an Accredited Investor and does not meet any of the above criteria. |
The statements made herein are true and accurate as of the date hereof.
INVESTOR
| (Full Name of Investor) | ||
| By: | ||
| (Signature of Investor) | ||
| Name: | ||
| (If signing on behalf of an entity) | ||
| Title: | ||
| (If signing on behalf of an entity) | ||
| Date: | ||
INTERNATIONAL INVESTOR CERTIFICATE
(For investors resident outside of the United States)
The undersigned (the “Investor”) represents covenants and certifies to the Series that:
|
|
i. | the Investor (and if the Investor is acting as agent for a disclosed principal, such disclosed principal) is not resident in the United States or subject to applicable U.S. securities law; |
| ii. | the issuance of the Units by the Series to the Investor (or its disclosed principal, if any) may be effected by the Series without the necessity of the filing of any document with or obtaining any approval from or effecting any registration with any governmental entity or similar regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Investor (or its disclosed principal, if any); | |
| iii. | the Investor is knowledgeable of, or has been independently advised as to, the applicable securities law of the jurisdiction which would apply to this subscription, if there are any; | |
| iv. | the issuance of the Units to the Investor (and if the Investor is acting as agent for a disclosed principal, such disclosed principal) complies with the requirements of all applicable laws in the jurisdiction of its residence; | |
| v. | applicable securities law does not require the Series to register the Units, file a prospectus or similar document, or make any filings or disclosures or seek any approvals of any kind whatsoever from any regulatory authority of any kind whatsoever in the international jurisdiction; | |
| vi. | the purchase of the Units by the Investor, and (if applicable) each disclosed beneficial subscriber, does not require the Series to become subject to regulation in the Investor’s or disclosed beneficial subscriber’s jurisdiction, nor does it require the Series to attorn to the jurisdiction of any governmental authority or regulator in such jurisdiction or require any translation of documents by the Series; | |
| vii. | the Investor will not sell, transfer or dispose of the Units except in accordance with all applicable laws, including applicable U.S. federal securities law, and the Investor acknowledges that the Series shall have no obligation to register any such purported sale, transfer or disposition which violates applicable United States securities law; and | |
| viii. | the Investor will provide such evidence of compliance with all such matters as the Series or its counsel may request. |
The Investor acknowledges that the Series is relying on this certificate to determine the Investor’s suitability as a purchaser of Units of the Series. The Investor agrees that the representations, covenants and certifications contained in this certificate shall survive any issuance of Units by the Series to the Investor. The statements made in this Form are true and accurate as of the date hereof.
INVESTOR
| Date: | ||||
| (Full Name of Investor) | ||||
| By: | ||||
| (Signature of Investor) | ||||
| Name: | ||||
| (If signing on behalf of an entity) | ||||
| Title: | ||||
| (If signing on behalf of an entity) | ||||
AML CERTIFICATE
By executing this document, the Investor certifies the following with respect to Investor’s purchase of the Series Units:
If an Entity:
1. I am an authorized signatory of the Investor, and as such have knowledge of the matters certified to herein;
2. The Investor has not taken any steps to terminate its existence, to amalgamate, to continue into any other jurisdiction or to change its existence in any way and no proceedings have been commenced or threatened, or actions taken, or resolutions passed that could result in the Investor ceasing to exist;
3. The Investor is not insolvent and no acts or proceedings have been taken by or against the Entity or are pending in connection with the Investor , and the Investor is not in the course of, and has not received any notice or other communications, in each case, in respect of, any amalgamation, dissolution, liquidation, insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization involving the Investor , or for the appointment of a receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, trustee or similar officer with respect to all or any of its assets or revenues or of any proceedings to cancel its certificate of incorporation or similar constating document or to otherwise terminate its existence or of any situation which, unless remedied, would result in such cancellation or termination;
4. The Investor has not failed to file such returns, pay such taxes, or take such steps as may constitute grounds for the cancellation or forfeiture of its certificate of incorporation or similar constating document;
5. If required, the documents uploaded to the Platform are true certified copies of the deed of trust, articles of incorporation or organization, bylaws and other constating documents of the Investor including copies of corporate resolutions or by-laws relating to the power to bind the Entity;
6. The Investor is the following type of entity set forth on the applicable Subscription Agreement signature page.
7. The names and personal addresses as applicable for the Investor in Appendix 1 are accurate.
All subscribers:
If I elect to submit my investment funds by an electronic payment option offered by the Platform, I hereby agree to be bound by the Platform’s Electronic Payment Terms and Conditions (the “Electronic Payment Terms”). I acknowledge that the Electronic Payment Terms are subject to change from time to time without notice.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, an electronic payment made hereunder will constitute unconditional acceptance of the Electronic Payment Terms, and by use of the credit card or ACH/EFT payment option hereunder, I: (1) authorize the automatic processing of a charge to my credit card account or debit my bank account for any and all balances due and payable under this agreement; (2) acknowledge that there may be fees payable for processing my payment; (3) acknowledge and agree that I will not initiate a chargeback or reversal of funds on account of any issues that arise pursuant to this investment and I may be liable for any and all damages that could ensue as a result of any such chargebacks or reversals initiated by myself.
DATED: ___________________
NAME OF INVESTOR: _______________________
By: _______________________
Name of Signing Officer (if entity): ___________________
Title of Signing Officer (if entity): ____________________
APPENDIX 1
INVESTOR INFORMATION
For the Investor and Joint Holder (if applicable)
| Name | Address | Date of Birth (if an Individual) | ||
For a Corporation or entity other than a Trust (Insert names and addresses below or attach a list)
| 1. | One Current control person of the Organization: |
| Name | Address | Date of Birth (if an Individual) | ||
| 2. | Unless the entity is an Estate or Sole Proprietorship, list the Beneficial owners of, or those exercising direct or indirect control or direction over, more than 25% of the voting rights attached to the outstanding voting securities or the Organization: |
| Name | Address | Date of Birth (if an Individual) | ||
For a Trust (Insert names and addresses or attach a list)
| 1. | Current trustees of the Organization: |
| Name | Address | Date of Birth (if an Individual) | ||
TRUSTEE SELF-CERTIFICATION OF TRUSTEE
This form is intended to be used by a trustee, representing a trust who is an investor in the units of Agentiq Sports 1 Series [_______________] (the “Series”) in the Series Regulation A Tier 2 offering. I certify that:
1. I, the undersigned, am the trustee (the “Trustee”) of ______________________________________________ (the “Trust”)
2. On or about _______________,on behalf of the Trust, the Trustee executed a subscription agreement to purchase Units in the Series’ offering;
3. As the Trustee, I have the authority to execute all Trust powers. Among other things, the Trust allocates to the Trustee the power to invest Trust funds for the benefit of the Trust by purchasing securities in private or public companies, regardless of the suitability of the investment for the Trust (“Trust Investment”).
4. With respect to Trust Investments, the Trustee is the only person required to execute subscription agreements to purchase securities.
I certify that the above information is accurate and truthful as of the date below.
Trustee Name:______________________on behalf of the Trust
Signature of Trustee: ________________
Date of Signature: ___________________
Exhibit 6.7
AMENDED AND RESTATED BRAND ADVISORY AGREEMENT
This Amended and Restated Brand Advisory Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made as of the latter date set forth on the signature page hereto (the “Effective Date”), by and among Agentiq Sports 1 Series Esmerlyn Valdez Ramirez (the “Company”), a designated series of Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC, a Delaware series limited liability company (the “Master LLC”), MagicMan 55 LLC, a Florida limited liability company (the “Client”), and Esmerlyn Valdez Ramirez, an individual, in his personal capacity (the “Player”). The Company, the Client, and the Player are referred to herein individually as a “Party” and together as the “Parties.”
WHEREAS, the Master LLC, acting through the Company and Agentiq Sports, Inc. (the “Manager”), is engaged in the business of providing strategic brand enhancement and promotional advisory services, together with upfront capital, to a single athlete or public personality, in each case in exchange for a contractual right to receive a fixed percentage of such person’s future on-field revenue;
WHEREAS, the Player is a professional baseball player engaged in the Principal Business (as defined below) who desires to enhance and develop his personal brand and commercial opportunities and to receive the upfront capital and Advisory Services (as defined below) offered by the Company;
WHEREAS, the Company and the Player previously entered into that certain Brand Advisory Agreement, dated as of July 15, 2026 (the “Original Agreement”), and the Parties desire to amend and restate the Original Agreement in its entirety, such that, upon the effectiveness hereof, this Agreement shall supersede and replace the Original Agreement in its entirety;
WHEREAS, MagicMan 55 LLC is designated as the “Client” for all purposes of this Agreement, and the Player joins this Agreement as a party in his individual capacity so that his personal performance obligations, his personal indemnification of the Company Parties, and all related protections under the Original Agreement are preserved undiminished, as set forth in Section 15 (Personal Obligations of the Player);
WHEREAS, in consideration of the Player’s assignment to the Company of the contractual right to receive an amount equal to the Brand Percentage (as defined below) of the Player’s Brand Income (as defined below) during the Term, the Company has agreed to provide the Advisory Services to the Client and the Player and to pay cash payments aggregating $2,600,000 (the “Initial Advisory Payment”), consisting of the Guaranteed Portion (as defined below) of $2,400,000 and the Incremental Portion (as defined below) of $200,000, to the Client, the Player or the Client Payment Designee, in each case on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein;
WHEREAS, the Guaranteed Portion of $2,400,000 is guaranteed to be paid by the Company to the Client, the Player or the Client Payment Designee, and shall be paid in full no later than the Guaranteed Payment Date (as defined below), and shall be funded as follows: (i) $400,000 of the Guaranteed Portion shall be paid by the Company to the Client, the Player or the Client Payment Designee within thirty (30) days following the Effective Date, which amount shall be credited against the guaranteed $2,400,000 Guaranteed Portion, and (ii) the remaining $2,000,000 balance shall be unconditionally due and payable by the Company on or prior to the Guaranteed Payment Date; and the Incremental Portion of $200,000 is wholly non-guaranteed and discretionary. The Company may, but is not required to, fund all or any portion of the Initial Advisory Payment from the proceeds of an offering of membership interests in the Company conducted pursuant to Regulation A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Series Offering”), in accordance with Section 4.1;
WHEREAS, the Company is a designated series of the Master LLC and operates as a separate legal entity, and Agentiq Sports, Inc. (the “Manager”), the sole manager of the Master LLC and of each series thereof (including the Company), has been duly authorized to act on behalf of the Company in entering into and administering this Agreement.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:
1. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the meanings set forth below. Other terms may be defined contextually elsewhere in the Agreement.
“Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified person or entity, any other person or entity that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such person or entity.
“Account Control Agreement” means the springing participation account control agreement among the Player, the Company or Manager, and the Designated Bank, providing for springing control and otherwise having the terms set forth in Section 4.3(c), in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Company and the Player.
“Brand Amount” means an amount equal to the product of (a) all Brand Income earned by the Player (whether earned by the Player directly or through any third party on the Player’s behalf, such as a personal services company or agent) during the Term, multiplied by (b) the Brand Percentage. For the avoidance of doubt, the Brand Amount and the Brand Percentage attach solely to the Player’s future on-field compensation constituting Brand Income and do not attach to any revenues, income, or assets of the Client or any other income source.
“Brand Income” means any and all gross monies, compensation, or other consideration of any kind earned by or payable to the Player (or the Player’s designee or agent for the Player’s benefit) after the Commencement Date solely as a result of the Player’s direct participation, performance, or employment as a professional athlete at the major league level in the Principal Business, including base salary, prize or award money, and any other earnings directly attributable to the Player’s on-field activities and services as a professional athlete at the major league level. With respect to bonuses, Brand Income includes only on-field bonuses, signing bonuses, and performance bonuses, and expressly excludes any pre-arbitration salary pool bonuses (i.e., any bonus paid to the Player pursuant to the MLB pre-arbitration bonus pool). Brand Income does not include any compensation attributable to the Player’s services at the minor league level, including any compensation paid to the Player by any MLB Organization Entity while the Player is assigned to, or performing services in, Minor League Baseball (MiLB) or any minor league affiliate or developmental league, regardless of the identity of the payor. Brand Income also does not include any compensation, fees, royalties, or other consideration received by the Player for endorsements, sponsorships, appearances, licensing, merchandising, or any other off-field commercial activities, regardless of whether such activities are related to the Player’s persona or reputation as an athlete. In calculating Brand Income, such amounts shall be net of: (i) any reasonable, documented out-of-pocket legal fees incurred by the Player in securing, negotiating, or documenting any contract that generates such income (to the extent not reimbursed by a third party); (ii) any reasonable, documented travel, lodging, and per diem expenses incurred by the Player during the Term in connection with securing such income (to the extent not reimbursed by a third party); and (iii) any self-employment taxes owed by the Player in connection with such income; provided, however, that the aggregate amount deducted under this clause (iii) shall not exceed the amount of taxes that would be imposed on the Player under the Federal Insurance Contributions Act (26 U.S.C. §§ 3101–3128) if the Player were treated as an employee (rather than a self-employed individual) with respect to such income; but without deduction for any commissions or fees payable to agents or representatives, any voluntary or elective deferrals or contributions by the Player, or any taxes payable on the Player’s gross income. If a single contract, payment or consideration includes both Brand Income and Excluded Income, the Parties will allocate such compensation in good faith and on a commercially reasonable basis; provided that, absent manifest error, the Company’s reasonable determination will control pending final resolution, subject to the audit and dispute procedures herein. Any permitted deductions from gross amounts in computing Brand Income must be reasonable, documented, and substantiated by contemporaneous records; deductions not substantiated in an audit shall be disallowed. Compensation paid by teams or leagues to the Player in exchange for on-field services at the major league level is presumed to be Brand Income unless clearly and expressly documented as off-field consideration unrelated to on-field services.
2
“MLB Organization Entity” means Major League Baseball and any Major League Baseball club. For the avoidance of doubt, the term excludes Minor League Baseball (MiLB) and any minor league affiliate, developmental league, or similar entity, and compensation paid to the Player in respect of services at the minor league level shall not constitute Brand Income, regardless of the identity of the payor.
“Brand Percentage” means 10%, the fixed percentage of the Player’s Brand Income that the Player agrees to pay to the Company as the Brand Amount. The Brand Percentage is not subject to any adjustment, reduction, or step-down based on the amount or timing of the Initial Advisory Payment funded or otherwise. For the avoidance of doubt, the Brand Percentage shall not attach, accrue, or become payable, and no Brand Amount shall be due, unless and until the Company has paid the Guaranteed Portion in full to the Client, the Player or the Client Payment Designee pursuant to Section 4.1; after such full payment, the Brand Percentage shall apply only to Brand Income earned on or after the Commencement Date.
“Client” means MagicMan 55 LLC, a [State] limited liability company; provided that, notwithstanding the designation of MagicMan 55 LLC as the Client, the Player remains personally bound as set forth in Section 15 (Personal Obligations of the Player) and the other provisions of this Agreement that require the Player’s personal performance.
“Client Persona” means the Player’s name, likeness, image, voice, signature (including facsimile signature), biography, personal characteristics, and all other indicia of the Player’s identity or persona, including any live, recorded, or photographed performance or appearance by the Player.
“Client Payment Designee” means any person, entity, account, or other payee designated by the Client or the Player in writing to the Company following the Effective Date to receive all or any portion of the Initial Advisory Payment on the Client’s or the Player’s behalf. Any payment of the Initial Advisory Payment to the Client Payment Designee in accordance with such written designation shall be deemed payment to the Client and the Player for all purposes of this Agreement, and no Client Payment Designee shall have any rights under this Agreement solely by reason of such designation.
“Collection Failure” means, from and after the Commencement Date, any failure to establish, maintain, authorize, or give effect to the Participation Account, the direct deposit of one hundred percent (100%) of Brand Income into the Participation Account, the automatic bi-weekly transfer of the Brand Amount to the Company Account, or the Account Control Agreement, including any revocation, modification, redirection, termination, obstruction, suspension, or failure to renew any such direct deposit, automatic transfer, or Account Control Agreement, except to the extent caused solely by the Company’s breach of this Agreement.
“Commencement Date” means the date on which the Company has paid the Guaranteed Portion in full to the Client, the Player or the Client Payment Designee pursuant to Section 4.1. Payment in full of the Guaranteed Portion shall be deemed payment in full of the Initial Advisory Payment for all purposes of every condition precedent to the attachment or effectiveness of the Brand Percentage, the Brand Amount, the collection mechanisms under Section 4.3, the security interest under Section 4.8, and the Company’s UCC filing rights, and nonpayment of the Incremental Portion, in whole or in part, shall not delay or prevent the occurrence of the Commencement Date. For the avoidance of doubt, the Commencement Date shall not occur upon payment of only the initial $400,000 installment or any other partial payment of the Guaranteed Portion, and the Brand Percentage, the Player’s obligation to pay the Brand Amount, the collection mechanisms under Section 4.3, the security interest under Section 4.8, and the Company’s UCC filing rights shall not attach, commence, or become effective before the Commencement Date.
3
“Company” means Agentiq Sports 1 Series Esmerlyn Valdez Ramirez, a designated series of Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC, a Delaware series limited liability company.
“Designated Bank” means the bank or other financial institution designated by the Company or Manager to hold the Participation Account.
“Effective Date” means the latter date set forth on the signature page hereto.
“Excluded Income” means the following categories of income or payments, which are excluded from the definition of Brand Income:
(a) all proceeds paid to the Player (or the Player’s heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns) from any life, disability, or injury insurance policy, or from any insurance policy related to the Player’s status or eligibility to participate in the Principal Business, in each case to the extent such policy is purchased or in effect after the Commencement Date;
(b) all compensation or earnings attributable to services performed by the Player prior to the Commencement Date (including any deferred compensation or contingent payments earned from activities before the Commencement Date), regardless of when such amounts are actually paid; and
(c) any reimbursement or payment for reasonable, documented incidental expenses incurred by the Player (such as travel, lodging, or per diem expenses), or the fair market value or actual payment for any such expenses provided in kind or paid by a third party on the Player’s behalf; and
(d) all compensation, fees, royalties, or other consideration received by the Player for endorsements, sponsorships, personal appearances, speaking engagements, licensing of name, image, or likeness (“NIL”), merchandising, or any other off-field commercial activities, regardless of whether such activities are related to the Player’s persona or reputation as an athlete;
“Incremental Portion” means the Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) by which the aggregate Initial Advisory Payment exceeds the Guaranteed Portion, which amount is wholly non-guaranteed and discretionary as set forth in Section 4.1.
“Initial Advisory Payment” shall have the meaning provided in Section 4.1.
“Initial Closing” shall have the meaning provided in the recitals.
“Manager” means Agentiq Sports, Inc., a Delaware corporation, which is the sole manager of the Master LLC and of each series thereof. The Manager is authorized to act on behalf of the Company as set forth in the Master LLC operating agreement, the Series Designation for the Company and herein.
“Outside Date” means the Guaranteed Payment Date.
4
“Personal Account” means the bank account designated by the Player for receipt of amounts remaining after the Company has swept or caused to be transferred the applicable Brand Amount and any other amounts then due and payable to the Company under this Agreement.
“Participation Account” means the deposit account established by or for the Player at the Designated Bank for the receipt of Brand Income and subject to the Account Control Agreement.
“Player” means Esmerlyn Valdez Ramirez, an individual, in his personal capacity as the professional athlete who personally performs the services and covenants contemplated by this Agreement, personally grants the contractual right to receive the Brand Percentage of his Brand Income under Section 3.1 and the security interest under Section 4.8, personally grants the license to the Client Persona under Section 12.1, and personally indemnifies the Company Parties under Section 10.1. The Player is [a principal/member] of the Client.
“Principal Business” means the Player’s primary professional occupation as a professional athlete in any of the following professional baseball leagues: (i) Major League Baseball, (ii) Nippon Professional Baseball in Japan, (iii) the Korea Baseball Organization, and (iv) the Mexican League (Liga Mexicana de Béisbol). For the avoidance of doubt, compensation earned by the Player from any league, tournament, or competition not listed above (including, without limitation, independent leagues, winter leagues, and exhibition play) shall not constitute Brand Income, specifically limited to the Player’s on-field participation, performance, and services as a player, including receipt of salary, bonuses, and prize money, and excluding any off-field commercial, promotional, or endorsement activities.
“Guaranteed Payment Date” means the earlier of (a) the date that is one hundred twenty (120) days following the Qualification Date and (b) the date that is one hundred fifty (150) days following the Effective Date (the “Backstop Date”). The Guaranteed Payment Date is the date by which the Company must pay the full Guaranteed Portion to the Client, the Player or the Client Payment Designee, and the Backstop Date ensures that the Company’s guaranteed payment obligation is not defeated or deferred if the Series Offering is delayed or never qualified.
“Guaranteed Portion” means the Two Million Four Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,400,000) component of the Initial Advisory Payment that is absolute, unconditional, and guaranteed to be paid by the Company to the Client, the Player or the Client Payment Designee, on the terms, in the amounts, and subject to the payment schedule set forth in Section 4.1.
“Qualification Date” means the date on which the offering statement for the Series Offering is qualified by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
“Release Amount” means, with respect to any Brand Income deposited into the Participation Account, the amount remaining after deduction of the Brand Amount and any other amounts then due and payable to the Company under this Agreement.
“Term” means the period of duration of this Agreement, as defined in Section 8.1 below.
“Series Designation” means the written designation establishing the applicable designated series of the Master LLC, incorporated into and made part of the Master LLC operating agreement, which sets forth the name of the series and its rights, powers, preferences, duties, and other terms, as amended from time to time.
“Series Offering” shall have the meaning provided in the recitals.
5
“Sweep Deadline” means three (3) business days after Brand Income is credited to the Participation Account, or such other period as the Parties may agree in writing.
“Territory” means worldwide, to the extent applicable to the rights and obligations under this Agreement.
2. Advisory Services Provided by the Company
2.1. Commencement of Obligations. The Company’s obligations to commence the Advisory Services under this Section 2, the Player’s obligation to pay the Brand Amount under Sections 3 and 4.3, the collection mechanisms under Section 4.3, the security interest and UCC filing rights under Section 4.8, and all other rights and obligations of the Parties under this Agreement that are expressed to commence on, or that are conditioned upon, the Commencement Date shall become effective and commence automatically only upon the Commencement Date, in each case without the need for any further action, notice, or instrument by any Party. For the avoidance of doubt, payment of less than the full Guaranteed Portion shall not cause the Brand Percentage, the Player’s obligation to pay the Brand Amount, the collection mechanisms, the security interest, or any UCC filing rights to attach, commence, or become effective.
2.2 Services Scope. The Company (acting through the Manager and its affiliates, contractors, and agents) shall provide strategic brand enhancement and promotional advisory services to the Client and the Player (the “Advisory Services”). These services may include, without limitation:
(a) evaluation and development of the Player’s personal brand positioning;
(b) planning and execution of fan engagement initiatives;
(c) preparation and readiness consulting for sponsorships, endorsements, and other commercial opportunities related to the Player’s persona;
(d) development and execution of marketing campaigns and content to increase the Player’s public visibility and marketability; and
(e) ongoing advisory support regarding the Player’s branding and promotional activities.
Nothing herein obligates Player to utilize all or any of the Advisory Services. For the avoidance of doubt, the Advisory Services provided under this Agreement expressly exclude any services that require certification or licensing as a player agent, contract advisor, or similar professional representative under applicable league, players’ association, or regulatory rules. The Company and its representatives will not negotiate, secure, or execute employment contracts, playing contracts, or other agreements on behalf of the Player that require such certification, nor will they represent the Player in employment-related negotiations with teams, leagues, or governing bodies. The Player remains solely responsible for engaging any certified agent or contract advisor as may be required for such matters.
2.3. Brand Initiatives Funding. In connection with the Advisory Services, the Company shall fund brand-enhancement initiatives that may be agreed-upon by the Parties for the benefit of the Player. Such initiatives and the budget or amounts to be expended by the Company (if any) shall be determined by the Manager in consultation with the Client and the Player, consistent with the overall objectives of enhancing the Player’s brand and increasing the Player’s commercial opportunities. The Company shall administer any such funding and initiatives and may engage third-party service providers or partners to carry out specific campaigns or projects. All expenditures by the Company on brand initiatives are at the Company’s discretion (subject to any agreed plan or budget) and shall be part of the Company’s performance of the Advisory Services.
6
2.4. No Guarantee. The Player acknowledges that, while the Advisory Services and funded initiatives are intended to enhance the Player’s brand and earnings potential, the Company has not made and does not make any guarantee or promise of any particular outcome or increase in the Player’s earnings or fame as a result of such services. The Player further acknowledges that the Player’s success in the Principal Business and related commercial endeavors depends on many factors beyond the Company’s control.
2.5. Planning Meetings. During the Term, the Player agrees to meet (which may be via teleconference or videoconference) with representatives of the Company or the Manager on a periodic basis, at least bi-annually (twice a year) to review recent developments and to plan upcoming brand strategy and initiatives. The Parties shall cooperate in good faith to schedule such meetings at mutually convenient times, and the Player shall use reasonable efforts to make himself available for such meetings as part of the collaboration under this Agreement.
2.6 Use of Third Parties. The Player agrees that the Company and the Manager may utilize affiliated or third-party service providers, consultants, and agents to perform some or all of the Advisory Services or brand initiatives and may share necessary information (including Confidential Information and elements of the Client Persona) with such parties for the sole purpose of fulfilling the Company’s obligations under this Agreement. The Company shall remain responsible for the performance of any Advisory Services that it delegates to third parties. The Player and the Client shall have approval rights over any affiliated or third-party service providers, consultants, and agents the Company intends to use for some or all of the Advisory Services or brand initiatives, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed. The Company shall not provide Confidential Information or elements of the Client Persona to any such affiliated or third-party service providers, consultants, or agents without the Player’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed; provided that no approval shall be required for disclosures to the Manager, the Company’s affiliates, or professional advisers who are bound by confidentiality obligations and need such information to perform the Company’s obligations or enforce its rights under this Agreement.
2.7 Advisory Services Commensurate with Full Payment of the Guaranteed Portion. The Parties acknowledge that the scope and extent of the Advisory Services to be provided by the Company under this Agreement are commensurate with the full Guaranteed Portion of $2,400,000, which the Company is obligated to pay in full by the Guaranteed Payment Date. The Company's obligation to provide the Advisory Services under Section 2.2 is based on the full Guaranteed Portion, and no pro rata or proportional reduction in the scope, level of effort, resource commitment, frequency of planning meetings under Section 2.5, or funding of brand-enhancement initiatives under Section 2.3 shall apply by reason of any delay in payment of the Guaranteed Portion. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company shall provide the full Advisory Services contemplated hereunder from and after the Commencement Date, any delay in payment of the Guaranteed Portion shall be addressed solely through the remedy set forth in Section 8.3(a), and, unless and until this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 8.3(a), the Player’s obligation to pay the Brand Amount at the Brand Percentage on Brand Income earned on and after the Commencement Date shall be unaffected.
7
3. Grant of Revenue Sharing Interest
3.1. Assignment of Brand Income Percentage. The Player hereby sells, assigns and grants to the Company, effective only as of the Commencement Date and continuing through the Term, the contractual right to receive a portion of the Player’s future Brand Income equal to the Brand Percentage (a flat ten percent (10%), which is not subject to any downward adjustment under Section 8.3(a) or otherwise based on the amount or timing of the Initial Advisory Payment funded). No such contractual right shall attach before the Commencement Date. In other words, the Player agrees to pay to the Company an amount equal to the Brand Amount from the Player’s Brand Income, as and when such Brand Income is earned or received on or after the Commencement Date, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. The Advisory Services and the Initial Advisory Payment are provided as consideration for the right of the Company to receive the Brand Amount from the Player. The Player’s obligation to pay the Brand Amount on Brand Income earned or received during the Term shall be absolute and unconditional from and after the Commencement Date, and shall exist regardless of whether the Player is employed, contracted, or self-employed in generating the Brand Income and regardless of through whom or how the Brand Income is paid; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Brand Amount is payable only with respect to Brand Income earned or received on or after the Commencement Date, does not constitute a loan or a debt, and is subject to release under Sections 8.3(a), 8.9 and 8.10.
The Client hereby joins in this Section 3.1 to acknowledge and consent to the Player’s sale, assignment and grant to the Company of the contractual right to receive the Brand Percentage of the Player’s Brand Income, and covenants to take all actions reasonably necessary to facilitate the collection of the Brand Amount by the Company, including cooperation with the Participation Account, the direct deposit of Brand Income, the automatic bi-weekly transfer, and the Account Control Agreement under Section 4.3, and shall not take any action intended to, or having the effect of, frustrating, impeding, or circumventing the Company’s collection of the Brand Amount. For the avoidance of doubt, the Brand Percentage and the Brand Amount attach solely to the Player’s future on-field compensation constituting Brand Income and do not attach to any revenues, income, or assets of the Client.
3.2. No Ownership in Persona or Business. The Parties acknowledge and agree that the Company’s rights in the Brand Income are purely contractual. The Company does not acquire any ownership or equity interest in the Player’s persona, brand, publicity rights, or in any entity or enterprise owned or operated by the Player. Except for the share of future revenue explicitly granted hereunder and the related rights necessary to enforce or collect such revenue share, all other rights in the Player’s earnings and assets remain solely those of the Player. Upon Termination of this relationship, Company shall remove any reference to Player from its website and other social media channels.
3.3. Excluded Income. The Company has no right to and makes no claim on any Excluded Income of the Player. The Player shall have no obligation to share with the Company any income or amounts classified as Excluded Income, except that if a single contract or payment includes both Brand Income and Excluded Income components, the Brand Income portion (if reasonably ascertainable) will remain subject to the Brand Percentage. The Parties agree to cooperate in good faith to fairly allocate any mixed sources of compensation between Brand Income and Excluded Income, consistent with the definitions herein.
3.4. Characterization; Intent of the Parties. The Parties intend that the Brand Amount and the Initial Advisory Payment constitute the purchase price and consideration for a contingent contractual right to a share of the Player’s future Brand Income, and not a loan, extension of credit, or debt. The Player’s payment obligations are payable solely out of, and contingent upon, Brand Income actually earned; there is no fixed maturity date and no obligation to repay any principal sum irrespective of Brand Income. For the avoidance of doubt, the absence of any fixed maturity date and the contingent nature of the payment obligations described in this Section 3.4 apply solely to the Player’s contingent obligation to pay the Brand Amount, and do not apply to, limit, or render contingent the Company’s absolute and unconditional obligation to pay the full Guaranteed Portion by the Guaranteed Payment Date under Section 4.1, which obligation is fixed, guaranteed, and not contingent upon Brand Income or the Series Offering. The security interest, late fees, interest, acceleration, and repayment provisions of this Agreement are included solely to secure and enforce the Player’s performance of its contingent obligations from and after the Commencement Date and shall not be construed to create a loan or debtor-creditor relationship or to alter the characterization set forth in this Section.
8
4. Payments and Collection of Brand Amount
4.1. Initial Advisory Payment. As consideration for the rights granted to the Company by the Player hereunder, the Company shall pay cash payments totaling $2,600,000 (such aggregate amount, the “Initial Advisory Payment”) to the Client, the Player or the Client Payment Designee, as specified by the Client or the Player in writing to the Company following the Effective Date, comprised of (a) the Guaranteed Portion in the amount of $2,400,000, subject to the payment schedule and unconditional payment obligations set forth in this Section 4.1, plus (b) the Incremental Portion in the amount of $200,000. The Company’s obligation to pay the full Guaranteed Portion is affirmative, absolute, and unconditional, and is not subject to, or conditioned upon, the qualification, commencement, the occurrence any other closing of the Series Offering, or the availability of proceeds therefrom. The Incremental Portion is wholly non-guaranteed and discretionary: the Company may, but shall have no obligation to, pay all or any portion of the Incremental Portion, and no portion thereof shall be due or payable before, on, or after the Outside Date or at any other time. The failure of the Company to pay all or any portion of the Incremental Portion shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement; shall not constitute a default, Company Payment Default, or other violation by any Party; and shall not give rise to any notice, cure period, right of termination, claim for damages, action for specific performance, or any other remedy at law or in equity, by or on behalf of any Party or any other person or entity. If and to the extent the Company elects, in its sole and absolute discretion, to pay all or any portion of the Incremental Portion to the Client, the Player or the Client Payment Designee, such amount shall, from and after the date of actual payment, be treated as part of the aggregate Initial Advisory Payment actually paid for purposes of Sections 8.4, 8.9, 8.10, and any other provision of this Agreement that uses the concept of the “Initial Advisory Payment actually paid” (or words of similar import) in determining economic calculations; provided, however, that any such payment shall have no effect on the Brand Percentage, which shall remain the flat rate of 10% without adjustment. The Initial Advisory Payment is not a loan and shall not be considered principal on a debt. All payments of the Initial Advisory Payment shall be made via wire transfer or other immediately available funds to an account designated in writing by the Client or the Player, which account may be in the name of the Client, the Player or the Client Payment Designee. Any such designation shall be delivered to the Company in accordance with Section 14.6 or by other written payment instructions acknowledged by the Company, and the Company may rely conclusively on the most recent written designation received from the Client or the Player before the applicable payment is made. Payment to the Client Payment Designee in accordance with such written designation shall constitute payment to the Client and the Player for all purposes of this Agreement. The Player acknowledges that the Initial Advisory Payment (whether paid in one or more installments), together with the funding of brand initiatives and provision of services, constitutes fair and adequate consideration for the rights and payment obligations assumed by the Player under this Agreement. The Company shall pay $400,000 of the Guaranteed Portion to the Client, the Player or the Client Payment Designee within thirty (30) days following the Effective Date, which amount shall be credited against the guaranteed $2,400,000 Guaranteed Portion. The Company shall pay the full remaining balance of the Guaranteed Portion (i.e., $2,000,000) to the Client, the Player or the Client Payment Designee no later than the Guaranteed Payment Date, such that the entire $2,400,000 Guaranteed Portion is paid in full on or prior to the Guaranteed Payment Date. Because the Guaranteed Payment Date is defined as the earlier of (a) one hundred twenty (120) days following the Qualification Date and (b) the Backstop Date, the Company’s guaranteed payment obligation shall not be defeated or deferred if the Series Offering is delayed or never qualified. The Company may fund such remaining balance from the proceeds of the Series Offering, but its obligation to pay the full Guaranteed Portion by the Guaranteed Payment Date shall not be subject to, or conditioned upon, the Qualification Date, the occurrence of the Initial Closing, or any closing of the Series Offering. If the Company fails to pay any portion of the Guaranteed Portion when due, the sole operative consequence of such failure shall be as set forth in Section 8.3(a) (Company Payment Default). No Brand Percentage shall attach, no Brand Amount shall accrue or become payable, no collection mechanism under Section 4.3 shall become effective, and no security interest or UCC filing right under Section 4.8 shall attach or be exercisable unless and until the Guaranteed Portion has been paid in full to the Client, the Player or the Client Payment Designee. All other obligations of the Parties under this Agreement, including the Company’s obligation to provide Advisory Services and the Player’s obligation to pay the Brand Amount, shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall not otherwise be affected by whether the Guaranteed Portion was paid in one or more installments, unless and until this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 8.3(a). For the avoidance of doubt, following payment in full of the Guaranteed Portion, the Company shall have no obligation to pay any proceeds from the Series Offering to the Client or the Player.
9
4.2. Taxes on Initial Advisory Payment. The Client and the Player shall be solely responsible for the payment of all taxes that may be due in relation to the receipt of the Initial Advisory Payment, including any portion paid to a Client Payment Designee at the Client’s or the Player’s written direction. The Company shall not be required to indemnify or “gross up” the Client or the Player for the amount of any such taxes. The Client and the Player shall, jointly and severally, indemnify the Company for and hold it harmless from and against any taxes of the Client or the Player, which may be sought against, imposed upon or suffered by the Company or which the Company may incur as a result of the Company’s failure to deduct and withhold such taxes from the Initial Advisory Payment.
4.3 Collection of Brand Amount. From and after the Commencement Date and during the Term, the Brand Amount shall be collected from the Player’s Brand Income through (i) the deposit of one hundred percent (100%) of the Player’s Brand Income directly into the Participation Account established at the Designated Bank and subject to the Account Control Agreement on a springing-control basis as set forth in Section 4.3(c), and (ii) an automatic recurring transfer, established and maintained by the Player, of the Brand Amount from the Participation Account to an account designated by the Company in the name of Agentiq Sports 1 Series Esmerlyn Valdez Ramirez (the “Company Account”) on a bi-weekly basis as set forth in Section 4.3(e), in each case with the direct remittance obligations set forth in Section 4.3(g) serving as the fallback mechanism. The obligations set forth in this Section 4.3 are personal obligations of the Player, and the Client shall cooperate with the establishment and maintenance of the collection mechanisms described in this Section 4.3 and, if any Brand Income is routed through or received by the Client, the Client shall hold the Brand Amount portion thereof in trust for the Company and shall remit such Brand Amount to the Company in accordance with Section 4.3(g). The timing and procedures for such collections are as follows:
(a) Primary Collection Mechanism. From and after the Commencement Date, as the primary method for collecting Brand Amounts, the Player shall: (i) open and maintain the Participation Account at a bank or financial institution that is willing to execute the Account Control Agreement and is otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Company; (ii) execute and deliver the Account Control Agreement providing for springing control as described in Section 4.3(c); (iii) designate and direct one hundred percent (100%) of the Player’s Brand Income to be deposited directly into the Participation Account, including by establishing direct deposit with, and delivering payment directions to, each team, league, employer, and other current and future payor of Brand Income, and shall promptly provide the Company with documentary proof thereof; and (iv) establish and maintain the automatic bi-weekly transfer of the Brand Amount from the Participation Account to the Company Account as described in Section 4.3(e), and shall promptly provide the Company with documentary proof of the establishment and maintenance of such transfer. The Player shall take all further actions reasonably requested by the Company or the Manager to establish, perfect, maintain, and give effect to the Participation Account, the direct deposit of Brand Income into the Participation Account, the automatic bi-weekly transfer, and the Account Control Agreement.
10
(b) Direct Deposit of Brand Income. From and after the Commencement Date, all Brand Income shall be paid directly into the Participation Account. The Player shall not direct, request, permit, or cause any payor to deposit Brand Income into any other account or to pay Brand Income to the Player directly, except as expressly permitted under Section 4.3(g) or Section 4.3(j).
(c) Account Control Agreement; Springing Control; Company Sweep and Release of Balance. The Account Control Agreement shall be a three-party agreement among the Company (acting through the Manager), the Player, and the Designated Bank, and shall provide that: (1) the Designated Bank acknowledges the Company’s security interest in the Participation Account from and after the later of (A) execution of the Account Control Agreement and (B) the Commencement Date; (2) the Player shall retain ordinary control over the Participation Account, including the right to operate the account and to direct the disposition of funds therein, unless and until a Control Trigger Event occurs; (3) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of a Control Trigger Event, the Company or the Manager may deliver a notice of exclusive control to the Designated Bank, after which the Designated Bank shall comply solely with the instructions of the Company or the Manager and shall not comply with any instructions of the Player concerning the Participation Account; and (4) the Designated Bank subordinates, and agrees not to exercise, any right of setoff, recoupment, or banker’s lien against the Participation Account, except with respect to returned items, chargebacks, and the Designated Bank’s customary account fees and charges. A “Control Trigger Event” means a payment default by the Player under this Agreement that remains uncured beyond the thirty (30) day cure period set forth in Section 4.5. While a notice of exclusive control is in effect, within the Sweep Deadline after any Brand Income is credited to the Participation Account, the Company or the Manager may instruct the Designated Bank to transfer to the Company Account an amount equal to the Brand Amount applicable to such Brand Income, plus any accrued and unpaid amounts then due and payable by the Player to the Company under this Agreement, and, promptly following such transfer, shall instruct the Designated Bank to transfer the Release Amount to the Player’s Personal Account. Once the applicable payment default has been cured, control of the Participation Account shall spring back to the Player and the Company or the Manager shall promptly rescind any notice of exclusive control.
(d) Ministerial Control Over Player Funds. The Company’s control over the Participation Account is solely for collection, verification, sweep, release, and enforcement purposes. The Company has no ownership interest in the Release Amount, and shall cause the Release Amount to be released to the Player’s Personal Account within the period required by Section 4.3(c), subject to returned items, bank holds, payor reversals, bona fide disputes, applicable law, and the terms of the Account Control Agreement.
(e) Automatic Bi-Weekly Transfer of Brand Amount. From and after the Commencement Date, the Player shall establish and maintain an automatic transfer, on a bi-weekly basis (but only during the then applicable baseball season when Player receives W2 income as a professional major league baseball player), of the Brand Amount (i.e., the Brand Percentage of all Brand Income deposited into the Participation Account) from the Participation Account to the Company Account. The Player shall configure such transfer in an amount and with a frequency sufficient to remit the full Brand Amount as and when Brand Income is received, shall not cancel, revoke, reduce, suspend, or modify such transfer without the Company’s prior written consent, and shall provide the Company with reasonable evidence of the establishment and maintenance of such transfer upon request. The Player’s retention of the balance of Brand Income remaining in the Participation Account after each such transfer shall not affect the Company’s security interest in, or right to receive, the Brand Amount.
11
(f) No Revocation or Modification. From and after the Commencement Date, the Player shall not revoke, amend, supersede, replace, terminate, or otherwise interfere with the direct deposit of Brand Income into the Participation Account, the automatic bi-weekly transfer described in Section 4.3(e), the Participation Account, or the Account Control Agreement without the Company’s prior written consent, except to the extent required by applicable law, league rules, collective bargaining agreement requirements, or payor policy. Any change required by such law, rule, or policy shall be implemented in a manner that preserves the Company’s economic and collection rights to the maximum extent practicable.
(g) Fallback Direct Remittance by Player. From and after the Commencement Date, if, for any reason, any Brand Income is not deposited into the Participation Account, or any Brand Amount is not transferred to the Company Account (including by reason of a Collection Failure, the absence of an effective Account Control Agreement, the failure of any payor to deposit Brand Income into the Participation Account, the failure or cancellation of the automatic bi-weekly transfer, or any direction by the Player in contravention of this Section 4.3), the Player shall receive such Brand Income as agent of the Company and shall hold the Brand Amount portion thereof in trust for the Company. In such event, the Player shall, acting as the Company’s agent solely for purposes of receiving and remitting such funds, remit such Brand Amount to the Company by wire transfer in immediately available funds no later than fifteen (15) days after the Player (or any person on the Player’s behalf) receives the corresponding Brand Income payment. This Section 4.3(g) shall apply automatically without any requirement that the Company prove the Player caused or contributed to the failure of direct deposit or transfer, and shall be in addition to (and not in lieu of) the Player’s obligations under Sections 4.3(a) through (f) and the Company’s remedies under this Agreement.
(h) Reconciliation and Overpayments. From and after the Commencement Date, the Company shall reconcile sweeps from the Participation Account against actual Brand Income on a periodic basis. If the Company sweeps more than the Brand Amount properly payable with respect to any Brand Income, the Company shall return or credit the excess to the Player’s Personal Account within ten (10) business days after discovery or final determination of the overage. If the Company sweeps less than the Brand Amount properly payable with respect to any Brand Income (including by reason of a Collection Failure or amounts that bypassed the Participation Account), the Player shall pay the deficiency to the Company in accordance with the procedure set forth in Section 4.3(g).
(i) Bank Fees, Returned Items, and Reversals. As between the Player and the Company, the Player and Company shall each be responsible for one-half of all account opening and maintenance fees, the Player shall be responsible for all returned items, chargebacks, bank holds, reversals, insufficient funds charges, and similar items relating to the Participation Account or to Brand Income deposits, except that the Company shall be responsible for fees and charges attributable solely to its own administrative instructions to the Designated Bank unless otherwise agreed in writing. Allocation of such items as between the Player, the Company or Manager, and the Designated Bank shall be governed by the Account Control Agreement.
(j) Compliance Savings Clause. The collection mechanism set forth in this Section 4.3 shall apply only to the extent permitted by applicable law, league rules, collective bargaining agreement requirements, payroll rules, and payor policies. If any component of the mechanism is not permitted with respect to any payor or payment, the Parties shall cooperate in good faith to implement the closest lawful alternative that preserves the Company’s right to receive the Brand Amount, and the fallback remittance obligation under Section 4.3(g) shall continue to apply with respect to any Brand Income not captured by the Participation Account until such alternative is implemented.
12
(k) No Set-off; Taxes. All amounts payable by the Player to the Company hereunder shall be paid in full without set-off, deduction, or counterclaim, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement. The Player shall be responsible for any taxes applicable to the Player’s receipt of Brand Income (as between the Player and the Company), and the Player’s payments of the Brand Amount shall be made without deduction for taxes, except to the extent that any withholding may be required by law. If the Player is required by law to withhold any portion of a Brand Amount payment as tax and remit such withholding to a taxing authority, the Player shall promptly notify the Company, provide evidence of such withholding and remittance, and cooperate with the Company to ensure the Company receives credit for such tax payment. Any amounts withheld and paid to the government on the Company’s behalf shall be treated as paid to the Company for purposes of the Player’s obligations. The Company (or Manager) will be responsible for its own income taxes on amounts it receives. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold the Player harmless from any taxes imposed on the Company (as a separate taxpayer) that are sought from the Player solely because the Player failed to withhold such taxes from payments to the Company, provided the Player has complied with its obligations under this Section.
4.4 Blocked Payments. From and after the Commencement Date, in the event that the Player, the Company, the Manager, the Designated Bank, or any payor is prohibited by any law, regulation (including currency control regulations), league rule, or other legal or regulatory restriction from establishing, maintaining, or giving effect to the Participation Account, the direct deposit of Brand Income into the Participation Account, the automatic bi-weekly transfer described in Section 4.3(e), the Account Control Agreement, the fallback remittance obligation under Section 4.3(g), or any other component of the collection mechanism, the affected Party shall immediately notify the other Parties. At the Company’s option, the Player shall either: (a) deposit the affected amounts in an interest-bearing account in the name of the Company (or for the benefit of the Company) in a jurisdiction where such deposit is permitted, or (b) cooperate with the Company to promptly find an alternative lawful method to transfer or credit the funds to the Company that preserves the Company’s economic and collection rights to the maximum extent practicable. The Player’s obligation to ultimately pay such amount to the Company shall not be extinguished by the blocking law or restriction, and any such payment shall be made as soon as legally allowed, and any costs of compliance or financial loss due to delay may be allocated as appropriate between the Parties in good faith or pursuant to applicable law.
4.5 Late Payments; Interest; Late Fees. From and after the Commencement Date, time is of the essence in the collection and remittance of Brand Amounts. As used herein, a “payment default” means any failure to deposit Brand Income into the Participation Account, to transfer the Brand Amount to the Company Account, to release the Brand Amount to the Company, or to remit the Brand Amount under Section 4.3(g), in each case when required under this Agreement. The Player shall have a cure period of thirty (30) days after the date the applicable Brand Amount became due to cure any payment default. If a payment default is not cured, the following late fees shall apply, in each case based on the number of days the applicable Brand Amount remains unpaid after its due date, as liquidated damages and not as a penalty: (i) for amounts unpaid for thirty (30) days or fewer, no late fee shall apply (grace period); (ii) for amounts that remain unpaid for more than thirty (30) days, a late fee equal to the greater of $5,000 or five percent (5%) of the unpaid Brand Amount; In addition to the foregoing late fees, the unpaid amount shall accrue interest in favor of the Company from the date due until the date paid at the lesser of: (a) the Prime Rate plus 3% per annum, compounded monthly (where “Prime Rate” means the prime lending rate as published in the Wall Street Journal on the first business day of the applicable month), or (b) the maximum rate permitted by applicable law. Interest on late payments shall be due and payable upon demand. Any late fees and accrued interest payable under this Section 4.5 shall, when owed, constitute amounts due and payable by the Player to the Company under this Agreement, and the Company (or the Manager on its behalf) may deduct and collect such amounts directly from the Participation Account, including by instructing the Designated Bank to transfer such amounts to the Company Account, in the same manner as, and together with, the Brand Amount under Section 4.3(c). The Parties acknowledge that the late fees set forth in this Section 4.5 are a reasonable estimate of the damages the Company would incur (including administrative, monitoring, investor reporting, and enforcement burdens), which would be difficult or impracticable to calculate at the time of contracting. The accrual or payment of interest or late fees under this Section shall not limit any other rights or remedies of the Company due to the Player’s failure to pay amounts when due.
13
4.6 Disclosure of Material Breach. The Player acknowledges that the Company may have investors or stakeholders entitled to information about the Company’s assets and agreements. Accordingly, from and after the Commencement Date, the Player agrees that in the event the Player materially breaches this Agreement, including by reason of any failure to pay any Brand Amount when due, any material Collection Failure, any revocation, modification, or repudiation of the direct deposit of Brand Income or the automatic bi-weekly transfer, or any failure to execute or maintain the Account Control Agreement, in each case that is not cured within any applicable cure period, the Company (or the Manager on the Company’s behalf) shall have the right to disclose the existence of such breach (including the Player’s name and the nature of the default), but only to the extent legally required, in any required filings, reports, or investor communications. The Company shall not make any voluntary public statement regarding such breach beyond what is necessary to comply with applicable law and the Company’s investor-reporting obligations. The Company must give the Player at least fifteen (15) business days’ prior written notice of its intent to make such a disclosure (unless a shorter period is required to comply with law or regulation) and an opportunity within that time to cure the default, and any such disclosure shall be reviewed by the Company’s securities counsel prior to publication. If the Player cures the default within the notice period, the Company shall refrain from publicly disclosing the default. Nothing in this section shall prevent the Company from pursuing any other legal or equitable remedies for breach.
4.7 Payments Upon Dissolution or Non-Existence of the Company. Except to the extent this Agreement has been terminated and released pursuant to Section 8.3(a), in the event that the Company (the designated series of the Master LLC that is a party to this Agreement) is dissolved, ceases to exist, or is otherwise unable to receive payments under this Agreement for any reason after the Commencement Date, the Player’s obligation to pay the Brand Amount and any other amounts due hereunder shall continue in full force and effect. In such event, all such payments shall be made directly to the Manager, on the Company’s members’ behalf in accordance with the procedures specified in Section 8.8(b) or to such other person or entity as the Manager may designate in writing, and the Manager or its designee shall be entitled (i) to enforce all rights and remedies of the Company under this Agreement, (ii) to receive sweeps from the Participation Account in lieu of the Company, and (iii) to issue instructions to the Designated Bank under the Account Control Agreement and to deliver replacement payment directions to payors, in each case as control party or successor servicer. The Player shall be provided with written notice of any such change in payment instructions and shall comply with such instructions promptly upon receipt and shall reasonably cooperate with the Manager or its designee, the Designated Bank, and any payor to give effect to the foregoing.
14
4.8 Security. Effective only as of the Commencement Date, and to secure the prompt and complete payment and performance of all obligations of the Player under this Agreement arising from and after the Commencement Date, the Player hereby grants to the Company a continuing security interest in and to all of the Player’s right, title, and interest in and to all of the following, in each case whether now existing or hereafter arising: (a) the Brand Amount and the Player’s contractual right to receive the Brand Percentage portion of Brand Income; (b) the Participation Account and any successor accounts, and all funds and other property at any time credited to or held therein; (c) all rights of the Player under, in connection with, or arising out of the direct deposit of Brand Income, the automatic bi-weekly transfer, and the Account Control Agreement; and (d) all proceeds of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “Collateral”). The security interest granted hereby shall attach only upon the Commencement Date, and shall not attach upon payment of only the initial $400,000 installment or any other partial payment of the Guaranteed Portion. The security interest shall continue in full force and effect until all obligations of the Player under this Agreement have been satisfied in full, unless earlier released pursuant to Section 8.3(a). For the avoidance of doubt, full payment of the Guaranteed Portion to the Client, the Player or the Client Payment Designee is a condition precedent to the attachment of the security interest and to the Company’s right to file any UCC-1 financing statement or any amendment or continuation thereof in respect of the Collateral. From and after the Commencement Date, the Player authorizes the Company to file one or more UCC-1 financing statements, and any amendments or continuations, in any jurisdiction deemed necessary by the Company, describing the collateral as “all of the Player’s right, title, and interest in and to all (a) the Brand Amount and the Player’s contractual right to receive the Brand Percentage portion of Brand Income; (b) the Participation Account and any successor accounts, and all funds and other property at any time credited to or held therein; (c) all rights of the Player under, in connection with, or arising out of the direct deposit of Brand Income, the automatic bi-weekly transfer, and the Account Control Agreement; and (d) all proceeds of any of the foregoing, in each case as defined in the Amended and Restated Brand Advisory Agreement among the Company, the Client and the Player, dated as of the Effective Date thereof.” The Company shall not file, or cause to be filed, any UCC-1 financing statement before the Commencement Date. From and after the Commencement Date, the Player further agrees to execute and deliver the Account Control Agreement and such other control agreements, account control acknowledgments, financing statements, perfection certificates, and other documents, and to take such further actions, as the Company may reasonably request to perfect, maintain, and enforce the Company’s security interest in the Collateral. The Collateral secures the Player’s obligation to pay the Brand Amount at the flat ten percent (10%) Brand Percentage, and shall not be subject to any downward adjustment or proportionate contraction based on the amount or timing of the Initial Advisory Payment funded. Upon the effective termination of this Agreement for a Company Payment Default, the Company shall promptly file UCC-3 termination statements with respect to all UCC-1 financing statements then on file, terminate the Account Control Agreement, release the Participation Account from the Company’s security interest, and release and relinquish all right, title, and interest in and to any Brand Income earned after the effective date of termination, the Brand Amount with respect to such future Brand Income, and all claims to future Brand Amounts. Furthermore, in the event of a final, non-appealable judgment in favor of the Company for unpaid Brand Amounts or other amounts due under this Agreement, the Player agrees to cooperate with the Company in any lawful process to collect such judgment, including but not limited to providing information regarding the Player’s employers, payors, and income sources, and not contesting any lawful wage garnishment or similar collection proceedings initiated by the Company in accordance with applicable law. In the event of a payment default by the Player under this Agreement that remains uncured after any applicable notice and cure period, the Company (or the Manager on its behalf) shall have the right to notify any third-party payor of Brand Income (including, without limitation, any team, league, employer, or other entity obligated to pay Brand Income to or for the benefit of the Player) of the Company’s security interest in the Brand Income and to enforce the Account Control Agreement and the payment directions in accordance with their respective terms. If the Company obtains a court order, garnishment order, or similar legal process with respect to the Brand Income, the Company may provide such order to the applicable payor, and the payor shall be authorized and directed to comply with such order, including by remitting directly to the Company any amounts specified therein. The Player shall not take any action to interfere with or prevent any payor’s compliance with such notice or order and shall cooperate in good faith with the Company to facilitate the enforcement of the Company’s rights.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.8, the security interest granted hereunder, and the Collateral, shall not extend to, attach to, or otherwise encumber any Excluded Income, any funds held in or credited to the Personal Account, or any other assets, property, income, or rights of the Player that do not constitute the Brand Amount, the Player’s contractual right to receive the Brand Percentage portion of Brand Income, the Participation Account, the rights described in clause (c) above, or the proceeds of any of the foregoing.
15
In addition, and effective only as of the Commencement Date, the Client hereby grants to the Company a continuing security interest in any Brand Income and Brand Amounts held by, routed through, or received by the Client at any time, and all proceeds thereof, which grant is supplemental to, and does not replace or diminish, the security interest granted by the Player under this Section 4.8. The security interest granted by the Client shall not extend to, attach to, or otherwise encumber any other assets, income, revenues, accounts, or property of the Client.
From and after the Commencement Date, the Company shall not exercise any rights or remedies with respect to the security interest granted hereunder—other than taking such actions as are necessary to create, perfect, continue, or maintain the perfection of such security interest—unless and until a payment default has occurred and remains uncured beyond the thirty (30) day cure period set forth in Section 4.5. This limitation mirrors, and is consistent with, the springing-control arrangement applicable to the Participation Account under Section 4.3(c).
For the avoidance of doubt, any UCC-1 financing statement (and any amendment or continuation thereof) filed by the Company in connection with this Agreement shall describe the Collateral solely by reference to the specific categories set forth in this Section 4.8, and shall not describe the Collateral as “all assets,” “all personal property,” or using any similarly broad or generic description.
The Parties acknowledge and confirm that, because the Guaranteed Portion is guaranteed to be paid in full to the Client, the Player or the Client Payment Designee by the Guaranteed Payment Date, full payment of the Guaranteed Portion is a condition precedent to the attachment of the Brand Percentage, the Player’s obligation to pay the Brand Amount, the Company’s security interest in the Collateral, and the Company’s right to initiate any UCC filing. After the Commencement Date and because the Brand Percentage is a flat ten percent (10%), the security interest and the Collateral secure the Brand Amount at the flat ten percent (10%) Brand Percentage and shall not be subject to any downward adjustment or proportionate contraction based on the amount or timing of the Initial Advisory Payment funded.
5. Reporting and Audit Rights
5.1. Books and Records. The Player and the Client (and, to the extent applicable, their respective Affiliates involved in the receipt of Brand Income) shall maintain complete and accurate books and records of all Brand Income Contracts, Brand Income earned or received, and calculations of Brand Amounts payable to the Company, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles or other recognized basis reasonably acceptable to the Company. Such records shall include, without limitation, copies of contracts evidencing Brand Income, pay stubs, earning statements, invoices, bank statements showing receipt of Brand Income, and records of any expenses or deductions claimed under the definition of Brand Income. The Player and the Client shall retain all such records at least throughout the Term and for a period of 12 months following the termination or expiration of this Agreement (or such longer period as may be required by law). This recordkeeping obligation does not apply to periods before the Commencement Date. In addition to the foregoing, the Player shall provide to the Company (or authorize the Company or Manager to obtain directly from the applicable payor or Designated Bank) Participation Account statements, deposit confirmations, payor confirmations of receipt and implementation of the direct deposit of Brand Income, and payroll direct deposit records evidencing the routing of Brand Income into the Participation Account. The Company’s audit rights set forth in Section 5.2 shall extend to any Brand Income that bypasses the Participation Account, regardless of the reason therefor.
16
5.2. Audit Rights. The Company (or the Manager or any designee acting on the Company’s behalf) shall have the right, limited to one (1) time per 12-month period during the Term and limited to one (1) time during the 12 months after the Term (the “Audit Period”), to examine, audit, and copy the relevant books, records, and accounts of the Player, the Client, and their respective Affiliates to verify the accuracy of the payments of the Brand Amount and the Player’s compliance with this Agreement. Any such audit shall be limited to the books, records, and accounts directly related to Brand Income; provided, however, that the Company shall retain the right to audit Brand Income from all sources, including any Brand Income that bypasses or is not deposited into the Participation Account or any other designated payment mechanism. The Company may not audit the same period more than twice, and any audit shall not cover periods earlier than the then-current and two (2) immediately preceding calendar years at the time of audit (except that audits during the Audit Period after termination may cover the entire Term). Any such audit shall be conducted at the Company’s expense, provided that if an audit reveals an underpayment of more than five percent (5%) of the Brand Amount due for the period examined, the Player shall reimburse the Company for the reasonable, documented costs of the audit. If an audit or review reveals that the Player has underpaid the Brand Amount, the Player shall promptly (and in any event within 10 days of notice) pay to the Company the amount of the underpayment plus any applicable interest as set forth in Section 4.5. If an audit reveals the Player overpaid the Brand Amount, the Company shall promptly refund the overpaid amount to the Player (or, at the Player’s election, the Player may credit such overpayment against the next installment(s) of Brand Amount coming due, if any).
5.3. Audit Procedure. The Company shall provide the Player and the Client with at least fourteen (14) days’ advance written notice of its intention to conduct an audit under this Agreement and will reasonably accommodate the Player’s schedule and operations in terms of timing and scope. Any audit shall be conducted by a nationally recognized independent accounting firm or another firm reasonably acceptable to the Player and the Client, during normal business hours at the location(s) where the relevant records are maintained, and in such a manner as not to unreasonably interfere with the Player’s or the Client’s business. The Player or the Client may require the auditor to sign a reasonable non-disclosure agreement if the auditor is not already under a duty of confidentiality to the Company or Manager. The Parties shall direct any third-party payors (such as teams or leagues) to cooperate with requests to provide confirmation of payments made to the Player as needed for the audit.
5.4. Confidentiality of Audit Findings. All information reviewed or obtained by the Company or its auditors during any audit shall be deemed Confidential Information of the Player and the Client, and the Company shall not use or disclose such information for any purpose other than verification of compliance with this Agreement and enforcement of the Company’s rights. The Parties shall, however, be entitled to use the results of any audit in any dispute resolution or legal proceedings concerning this Agreement, subject to appropriate protective orders or confidentiality arrangements.
6. Restrictions and Negative Covenants
6.1. No Circumvention. The Player shall not take any action for the purpose of defeating, reducing, or delaying the Company’s right to receive the Brand Amount. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Player shall not intentionally defer, decline, delay, or otherwise structure any Brand Income, or divert any revenue that would otherwise constitute Brand Income into forms or channels that would constitute Excluded Income or would be paid to a third party (except for legitimate payments to Affiliates or agents as permitted herein), with the primary intent of preventing the Company from receiving the Brand Amount in full. The Player also shall not form or use any corporation, partnership, trust, or other entity or contractual arrangement to hide or shield Brand Income from the Company. Any entity through which the Player earns Brand Income (e.g., if the Player forms a personal services company to receive income) shall be deemed an Affiliate of the Player and the Player shall cause such entity to comply with the Player’s obligations under this Agreement, including payment of Brand Amount and cooperation with audits. For the avoidance of doubt, the Client is such an entity and is deemed an Affiliate of the Player for purposes of this Agreement, the Player shall cause the Client to comply with the Player’s obligations under this Agreement, and the designation of the Client as a party to this Agreement shall not operate to shield, reduce, defer, or otherwise limit any Brand Income that would otherwise be subject to this Agreement.
17
6.2. Limits on Publicity and Fundraising. Neither the Player nor the Client shall use the Company’s or the Manager’s name or trademarks, or refer to this Agreement, in any press release or public statement except as permitted under Section 11.4 or with the Company’s prior written consent. Further, each of the Player and the Client agrees not to promote, market, or solicit investments in any securities of the Company, Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC, or any other Company thereof, or other securities offering related to this Agreement, unless specifically requested or approved in writing by the Company or Manager. Unsolicited inquiries the Player or the Client receives from potential investors or media regarding the Company shall be referred to the Manager.
6.3. Secondary Trading Launch; Automatic Opt-In; Promotional Support. The Company (acting through the Manager) or an affiliate may operate or make available an alternative trading system (the “ATS”) on which the Company’s membership interests may be traded in secondary transactions, subject to applicable law and platform rules. Upon written notice from the Company (acting through the Manager) that secondary trading functionality for the trading of the Company’s membership interests has launched on the ATS (the “Secondary Trading Launch”), the Company’s membership interests, if eligible, will be automatically enabled for secondary trading under applicable platform rules and this Agreement. The Company shall retain the irrevocable right to enable the Company’s membership interests for secondary trading on the ATS. For the avoidance of doubt, such automatic opt-in applies only to the Company’s membership interests and does not create any new obligation for the Player, and the Player shall have no obligation to participate in or promote secondary trading on the ATS absent a separate written agreement. The Parties acknowledge that the Secondary Trading Launch may, in the future, enable the Player to repurchase membership interests in the Company, which shall give him an indirect interest in the Company’s rights to receive and be paid the Brand Percentage. Following the Secondary Trading Launch, any promotional activities by the Player related to the ATS will be documented in a separate agreement or statement of work between the Company and the Player, which will set the specific deliverables, timing, and fees. Such activities will be limited to platform-level awareness and user education, subject to Company guidance and approval, and must comply with applicable law (including broker-dealer/finder restrictions) and clear, conspicuous influencer endorsement disclosures. No compensation will be tied to securities transactions, trading volume, proceeds, or other success-based or transaction-based metrics.
6.4 Compliance with Laws and League Rules. The Player shall use his reasonable efforts to perform his obligations under this Agreement, and shall pursue the Principal Business, in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations, and (if applicable) the rules and policies of any professional league or governing body relevant to the Player. To the extent any provision of this Agreement is deemed to violate a mandatory rule or non-waivable regulation of a league or governing body, the Parties will cooperate in good faith to modify this Agreement as minimally as necessary to comply with such requirement while preserving the Parties’ economic intentions.
6.5. Player Not Issuer, Seller, or Solicitor; No Securities Activities. The Parties acknowledge and agree that neither the Player nor the Client is, or shall be deemed to be, the issuer, promoter, seller, underwriter, placement agent, broker, dealer, finder, or solicitor of any securities in connection with the Series Offering, the ATS, or any other offering of membership interests in the Company, the Master LLC, or any series thereof. The securities offered in the Series Offering are membership interests issued by the Company, and the Series Offering is conducted by the Company through the Manager and its offering partners, including the registered broker-dealer, the transfer agent, and the offering platform engaged by the Company for such purpose. The Company shall not require the Player or the Client to engage in any activity constituting the offer, sale, or solicitation of securities without the prior written consent of the Player or the Client, as applicable, and a separate written agreement compliant with applicable securities laws. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to require the Player or the Client to participate in, promote, or make any statement in connection with any securities offering.
18
7. Representations and Warranties
7.1. Authority and Capacity. Each Party represents and warrants that it has the full right, power, and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. The individual signing this Agreement on behalf of the Company (through the Manager) is duly authorized to do so. If the Player is an individual, the Player is of legal age and capacity to contract in his/her jurisdiction of residence. If the Player has any legal guardian or other person with legal authority over the Player’s affairs (e.g., due to minor status or incapacity), such guardian has approved and co-signed this Agreement (or a separate consent) to validate the Player’s entry into this Agreement. The Client represents and warrants that it is a limited liability company duly formed, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of Florida, that the execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement by the Client have been duly authorized by all necessary limited liability company action, and that the individual signing this Agreement on behalf of the Client is duly authorized to do so.
7.2. Independent Advice. The Player represents as follows: I fully understand the terms and conditions of the Agreement, and I have had the opportunity to be represented by an attorney, tax advisor and other professional representatives of my choosing in the review, negotiation and execution of the Agreement and performance of my obligations hereunder. The Client likewise represents that it fully understands the terms and conditions of the Agreement and that it has had the opportunity to be represented by an attorney, tax advisor and other professional representatives of its choosing in the review, negotiation and execution of the Agreement and performance of its obligations hereunder.
7.3 Binding Obligation. This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation of each Party, enforceable against such Party in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy or similar laws and general principles of equity. Each Party acknowledges that it had the opportunity to obtain independent legal advice with respect to this Agreement and that it has entered into this Agreement voluntarily, and each Party agrees not to challenge the validity or enforceability of this Agreement, except on the grounds of fraud in the inducement.
7.4. No Conflicts. The execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement by the Parties does not and will not: (a) violate, conflict with, or result in a breach of any agreement, contract, or obligation to which such Party is a party or by which it is bound; or (b) require any consent, approval, or notice to any third party (except as has been obtained or provided). The Player specifically represents that he/she is not subject to any agreement or court order (including any with a sports team, league, sponsor, or prior financial partner) that would prohibit or materially impair the Player’s ability to perform this Agreement or to pay the Brand Amount to the Company as required.
7.5. Litigation and Compliance. The Player represents that there are no existing or, to the Player’s knowledge, threatened actions, suits, or proceedings at law or in equity before any court, tribunal, governmental authority or arbitrator that could reasonably be expected to adversely affect the Player’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement. The Player further represents that he/she is not in material violation of any law, regulation, or order applicable to the Player that would impact the Player’s performance or the benefits intended to be conferred on the Company hereunder. The Client further represents that there are no existing or, to the Client’s knowledge, threatened actions, suits, or proceedings at law or in equity before any court, tribunal, governmental authority or arbitrator that could reasonably be expected to adversely affect the Client’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement.
19
7.6. Accuracy of Information. The Player confirms that all information provided by the Player to the Company or Manager regarding the Player’s personal and professional background, current contract(s), compensation, and other facts relevant to this Agreement (including any personal information schedule or disclosure provided as of the Effective Date) is true, correct, and complete in all material respects. The Player will promptly notify the Company of any material changes to such information. The Client likewise confirms that all information provided by the Client to the Company or Manager in connection with this Agreement is true, correct, and complete in all material respects, and the Client will promptly notify the Company of any material changes to such information.
7.7. Brokerage. Each Party represents that it has not engaged or used any broker or finder in connection with the negotiation or execution of this Agreement, and no person or entity is or will be entitled to any brokerage commission, finder’s fee, or similar compensation in connection herewith by reason of any action of that Party. The Player shall be solely responsible for any commission or fee owed to any agent or representative engaged by the Player in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated (including any commission to an agent who assisted the Player in negotiating this Agreement).
7.8. No Prior Income Assignments, Liens, or Security Interests. The Player represents and warrants that, except as disclosed to the Company in writing, the Player has not previously assigned, pledged, granted, or otherwise conveyed any security interest, lien, or other encumbrance in or to any portion of the Player’s Brand Income, future earnings from the Principal Business, or any rights or proceeds relating thereto to any third party. The Player further represents that no person or entity other than the Company has any right, claim, or interest in the Brand Income that would conflict with the rights granted to the Company under this Agreement.
7.9. Intellectual Property. The Player represents that the use of the Client Persona and any other intellectual property provided by the Player for the Company’s use (for example, photographs, logos, or content the Player supplies for marketing) will not infringe or violate the rights of any third party, including any copyright, trademark, privacy, publicity, or contractual rights of others. Use in one instance by the Company shall not be deemed approval in any other form or use.
7.10. Company Representations. The Company represents and warrants that: (a) it is validly formed and in good standing under the laws of Delaware as a designated series of Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC; (b) the Manager has all necessary authority from Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC and under the Company’s governing documents to enter into this Agreement on the Company’s behalf and to perform the obligations herein on behalf of the Company; (c) the execution and performance of this Agreement by the Company has been duly authorized by all necessary company action; and (d) the Company’s provision of Advisory Services to the Player will be performed in a professional and workmanlike manner by individuals or entities appropriately skilled and experienced in such services.
7.11. No Investment Advice. The Company and the Manager are not providing, and have not provided, the Player or the Client with any legal, tax, or investment advice regarding this Agreement. Each of the Player and the Client acknowledges that it has been advised and encouraged to seek independent advice as to the legal and tax implications of this arrangement. The Company makes no representation regarding the tax treatment of the Initial Advisory Payment or the Brand Amount payments as to the Player or the Client.
7.12. No Conflicting Account or Deposit Arrangements. The Player represents and warrants that, as of the Effective Date, the Player has not granted, executed, or delivered any deposit instructions, payment direction, lien, assignment, account control right, or other arrangement with respect to any payor of Brand Income or any deposit account that would conflict with, impair, or prevent the establishment, maintenance, or operation of the Participation Account, the direct deposit of Brand Income, the automatic bi-weekly transfer, or the Account Control Agreement, in each case as contemplated by Section 4.3.
20
8. Term and Termination
8.1. Term. The term of this Agreement (the “Term”) shall commence on the Effective Date and, unless earlier terminated as provided herein, shall continue until the earlier of: (a) the date that is two years after the Player’s official retirement or permanent cessation from actively engaging in the Principal Business (the period beginning on such retirement or cessation and ending on such date, the “Termination Tolling Period”); provided, however, that if the Player resumes actively engaging in the Principal Business at any time during the Termination Tolling Period, this Agreement shall not terminate pursuant to this clause (a) and shall remain in full force and effect; and (b) the 25th anniversary of the Effective Date. The Term may also be terminated earlier by mutual written agreement of the Parties or as otherwise provided below.
8.2. Survival. Subject to the termination-and-release remedy in Section 8.3(a) for a Company Payment Default, notwithstanding the end of the Term by expiration or early termination, the rights and obligations of the Parties with respect to any Brand Income earned by the Player during the Term (even if paid after the Term) shall survive and remain enforceable until fully satisfied. In addition, any provisions of this Agreement that by their nature are intended to survive, including but not limited to, Sections 4, 9.4, 10, 13, 8.4 and 8.8(b), shall survive termination; provided, however, that the survival of Sections 4, 8.4 and 8.8(b) shall be subject to the release provisions of Section 8.3(a) (if this Agreement is terminated for a Company Payment Default), Section 8.10 (if the Target Return has been achieved upon a Voluntary Retirement) and Section 8.9 (if the Player or the Client exercises the Buyout Right and pays the Buyout Price in full).
8.3. Early Termination.
(a) Company Payment Default. The Company’s obligation to pay the full Guaranteed Portion of $2,400,000 to the Client, the Player or the Client Payment Designee by the Guaranteed Payment Date is absolute, unconditional, and guaranteed, and is not conditioned upon the qualification, commencement, or closing of the Series Offering. A “Company Payment Default” means the failure by the Company to pay any portion of the Guaranteed Portion (including the initial $400,000 installment or the $2,000,000 remaining balance) to the Client, the Player or the Client Payment Designee on or before the date such amount is due under Section 4.1, subject to written notice from the Player or the Client and the Company’s thirty (30) day cure period set forth below. For the avoidance of doubt, the failure of the Company to pay all or any portion of the Incremental Portion shall not constitute a Company Payment Default and shall not give rise to any notice, cure period, right of termination, claim for damages, action for specific performance, or any other remedy at law or in equity. Upon a Company Payment Default that is not cured by payment in full of all overdue portions of the Guaranteed Portion to the Client, the Player or the Client Payment Designee, the Player and the Client shall be entitled to the sole operative consequence set forth in Section 8.3(a)(i) (Termination and Release).
(i) Termination and Release. If the Company fails to pay in full all overdue portions of the Guaranteed Portion to the Client, the Player or the Client Payment Designee within thirty (30) days after the Player or the Client gives written notice of a Company Payment Default, the Player or the Client may terminate this Agreement by written notice to the Company, WITHOUT any obligation to repay to the Company any portion of the Initial Advisory Payment or other amounts already received by the Client, the Player or the Client Payment Designee. Upon such termination: (i) the Company shall promptly file UCC-3 termination statements with respect to any UCC-1 financing statements then on file; (ii) the Account Control Agreement shall terminate and the Participation Account shall be released from the Company’s security interest; (iii) the Company shall release and relinquish all right, title, and interest in and to any Brand Income earned after the effective date of termination, the Brand Amount with respect to such future Brand Income, and all claims to future Brand Amounts; and (iv) each Party shall be released from all further obligations under this Agreement except the obligations expressly set forth in this Section 8.3(a)(i) and those provisions that expressly survive termination pursuant to Section 8.2, subject in each case to the release set forth in this Section 8.3(a)(i). The termination, release, and retention-of-payments remedy set forth in this Section 8.3(a)(i) shall be the single operative consequence of an uncured Company Payment Default, without limiting any Party’s right to enforce this Section 8.3(a)(i) or any arbitral award issued with respect thereto. Any Dispute arising under this Section 8.3(a) shall be resolved by arbitration under Section 13, and the state and federal courts located in Delaware shall be the exclusive forum for any court proceedings permitted under Sections 13 and 14.7.
21
(b) Breach of this Agreement. Except with respect to a Company Payment Default, which shall be governed exclusively by Section 8.3(a), if any Party materially breaches this Agreement, the non-breaching Party may give written notice to the breaching Party describing the breach in reasonable detail. The breaching Party shall have 30 days (or 10 days, in the case of a Player payment default, a Collection Failure, or a breach of Section 6.1) from receipt of such notice to cure the breach to the reasonable satisfaction of the non-breaching Party. If the breaching Party fails to cure within the cure period, the non-breaching Party may terminate this Agreement immediately by providing written notice of termination to the breaching Party. Termination of the Agreement for breach shall be without prejudice to any other rights or remedies the non-breaching Party may have, including the right to seek damages or specific performance. If the Company is the non-breaching Party and terminates due to the Player’s breach, (without limiting any other remedy) the Company shall be entitled to seek and recover the Brand Amount on any Brand Income earned by the Player through the date of termination and any additional equitable relief necessary to put the Company in the position it would have been had the Player performed its obligations.
(c) Collection Failures and Diversion. Without limiting Section 8.3(b), from and after the Commencement Date, each of the following shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement by the Player: (i) any Collection Failure that is not cured within seven (7) business days after written notice from the Company; (ii) any revocation, modification, or repudiation of the direct deposit of Brand Income or the automatic bi-weekly transfer in contravention of Section 4.3(f); (iii) any refusal or failure by the Player to execute, deliver, or maintain the Account Control Agreement; and (iv) any intentional diversion, redirection, or instruction to redirect Brand Income away from the Participation Account, which clause (iv) shall be deemed an immediate material breach with no cure period and shall entitle the Company to exercise all remedies under this Agreement, including termination, recovery of unpaid Brand Amounts, and equitable relief.
8.4. Clawback on Voluntary Early Exit. The Player acknowledges that the Company is entering into this Agreement and paying the Initial Advisory Payment (whether in one or more installments) to the Client, the Player or the Client Payment Designee with the expectation of sharing in the Player’s future Brand Income over a multi-year period. Accordingly, if the Player voluntarily ceases to engage in the Principal Business prior to the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Commencement Date (such five-year period, the “Clawback Period,” and the date of such cessation, the “Trigger Date”), for any reason other than Good Reason (as defined below), the Player shall pay to the Company the Clawback Repayment Amount determined under this Section 8.4. The “Clawback Repayment Amount” means the amount necessary, measured as of the Trigger Date, to cause the Company to have realized a Series IRR (as defined in Section 8.10) of ten percent (10%) per annum on the aggregate Initial Advisory Payment actually paid to the Client, the Player or the Client Payment Designee, calculated in accordance with the Series IRR methodology set forth in Section 8.10(b). Such payment shall be due in full within thirty (30) days after the Trigger Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Clawback Repayment Amount shall be reduced by twenty-five percent (25%) for each full year of the Player’s participation in the Principal Business following the Commencement Date and occurring during the Clawback Period, such that the Clawback Repayment Amount shall be reduced to $0 upon the Player’s completion of the fourth (4th) full year of such participation (i.e., during the fifth year of the Clawback Period) and at all times thereafter. For the avoidance of doubt, because the Clawback Repayment Amount is measured as the amount required to achieve a ten percent (10%) Series IRR as of the Trigger Date, no amount shall be payable under this Section 8.4 if, as of the Trigger Date, the Company has already realized a Series IRR equal to or greater than ten percent (10%) per annum. The Parties agree that this payment obligation is a reasonable estimate of a portion of the damages the Company would incur from the loss of anticipated Brand Income, and is not a penalty. If the Player resumes active participation in the Principal Business during the Termination Tolling Period described in Section 8.1(a), any clawback payment obligation under this Section 8.4 shall be suspended and, upon such resumption, shall be deemed never to have arisen. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 8.4, no Clawback Repayment Amount shall be owed if (x) the Player’s early cessation of the Principal Business is for Good Reason; (y) the Player or the Client exercises the Buyout Right under Section 8.9 and pays the Buyout Price in full prior to or concurrently with such cessation; or (z) the Player qualifies for release of the Continuing Payment Obligations under Section 8.10. In the event of any conflict between this Section 8.4 and Sections 8.9 or 8.10, Sections 8.9 and 8.10 shall control.
22
8.5. Definition of Good Reason. “Good Reason” for the Player’s voluntary early cessation of the Principal Business (e.g., retirement from professional athletics) shall exist only if the Player’s exit is due to a documented injury, illness, or medical condition (a “Major Injury”) that either renders the Player physically or mentally unable to continue performing in the Principal Business or which, if the Player were to continue, would pose a substantial risk of harm to the Player’s physical or mental health beyond the ordinary risks of the profession. For the avoidance of doubt, a documented mental-health condition shall constitute a Major Injury and Good Reason if it is certified by a licensed mental-health professional, subject to the same independent verification process set forth below for medical determinations. The existence of Good Reason shall be determined in good faith by the Parties. In the event of a disagreement as to whether a Major Injury constitutes Good Reason, the Parties shall submit the matter for determination by a qualified independent physician or, in the case of a mental-health condition, a qualified independent licensed mental-health professional: the Parties shall jointly select a physician or professional with relevant expertise, or if they cannot agree, each Party shall select one and those two shall jointly select a third with relevant expertise to make a final and binding determination. The Player shall be responsible for any costs of obtaining medical or mental-health evaluations, and the Parties shall share equally any fees of an independent deciding physician or professional. “Good Reason” shall also include failure of a Major League team to offer Player a Major League Baseball contract. Nothing herein obligates Player to play overseas.
8.6. Effect of Death or Incapacity. If the Player dies or becomes permanently and totally disabled during the Term, such that the Player can no longer continue in the Principal Business, the Term shall be deemed to end as of the date of death or determination of permanent disability. In the case of death, the Player’s estate shall be obligated to pay any Brand Amounts due for Brand Income earned up to the date of death (e.g., any salary or bonus earned prior to death but paid after death), but no further Brand Amount shall accrue after death except to the extent payments contractually earned prior to death are made posthumously. In the case of permanent disability or death, the clawback provisions of Section 8.4 shall not apply. Except as provided in Section 8.4, in no event shall the Player, the Player’s legal representative or the Player’s estate, as the case may be, be obligated or otherwise required to return to the Company the Initial Advisory Payment, or any portion thereof, whether paid to the Client, the Player or the Client Payment Designee.
8.7. Mutual Termination. The Parties may at any time mutually agree in writing to terminate this Agreement on an agreed date. In such event, they will also set forth in the termination agreement the handling of any future Brand Income or outstanding obligations. Unless otherwise agreed, if the Agreement is terminated by mutual agreement, the Company will only be entitled to the Brand Amount from Brand Income earned by the Player up to the date of termination, and the Player will have no further obligation to pay Brand Amount on income earned after termination (and no clawback would apply unless expressly agreed as part of the termination provisions). Any mutual termination agreement must be signed by each of the Client, the Player and the Manager on behalf of the Company.
23
8.8 Resumption of Principal Business Before or After Termination.
(a) Resumption within Termination Tolling Period. If the Player resumes active participation in the Principal Business at any time during the Termination Tolling Period: (i) this Agreement shall be deemed not to have terminated pursuant to Section 8.1(a) and shall automatically continue in full force and effect from and after the date of such resumption; and (ii) all payment systems, methods, schedules, and obligations agreed upon under this Agreement-including, without limitation, the Brand Percentage and all related payment, reporting, withholding, and audit obligations-shall be reinstated as of the date of such resumption and shall apply to Brand Income earned on and after such date.
(b) Resumption after Termination Tolling Period. If the Player resumes active participation in the Principal Business after the end of the Termination Tolling Period and, as a result, this Agreement has terminated pursuant to Section 8.1(a), the Player shall, from and after such resumption, pay the Brand Percentage with respect to the Player’s Brand Income to a trust to be established for such purpose (the “Revenue Share Trust”). The Manager shall serve as the sole trustee of the Revenue Share Trust, and the former members of the applicable series shall be the beneficiaries thereof. Disbursements from the Revenue Share Trust, net of any trust operating costs and expenses, if any, shall be made on the same terms, timing, methodology, and waterfall as provided in this Agreement for Brand Percentage payments. The Player shall cooperate in good faith and execute all documents and take all actions reasonably necessary or desirable to establish the Revenue Share Trust and to effect the payment of the Brand Percentage to the Revenue Share Trust (including, where applicable, directing counterparties and payors of Brand Income to remit the Brand Percentage directly to the Revenue Share Trust).
(c) No additional consideration. For the avoidance of doubt, no additional Initial Advisory Payment or other consideration shall be due to the Player upon any continuation or reinstatement under Section 8.8(a) or upon payments to the Revenue Share Trust under Section 8.8(b). The Initial Advisory Payment actually paid to the Client, the Player or the Client Payment Designee shall be deemed full and adequate consideration for the entire Term and for the payment obligations described in this Section 8.8.
(d) Notice. The Player shall provide written notice to the Company of any intention or plan to resume participation in the Principal Business and, in any event, shall notify the Company in writing no later than ten (10) business days after any such resumption. Failure to provide such notice within the required timeframe shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement, entitling the Company to all remedies available under Section 8.3, including, without limitation, equitable relief and the right to enforce the obligations set forth in this Section 8.8.
24
8.9 Buyout Right. At any time following the Commencement Date and during the remainder of the Term, the Client and/or the Player shall have the right, exercisable upon not less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Company (a “Buyout Notice”), to buy out the Company’s right to receive the Brand Amount and to terminate the Player’s Continuing Payment Obligations (as defined below), by paying to the Company a lump-sum amount (the “Buyout Price”). Neither the Buyout Right nor the Buyout Price shall step down, decline, or be reduced by reason of the passage of time or the Player’s continued participation in the Principal Business. As used in this Agreement, “Continuing Payment Obligations” means the obligation to pay the Brand Amount and any obligation to make payments to the Revenue Share Trust under Section 8.8(b). For purposes of this Section 8.9, the Buyout Price means, as of the date of the Buyout Notice, the greatest of: (i) the present value of the projected remaining Brand Amount payments through the end of the Term, as calculated by the Company in accordance with its internal calculations and methodology, which calculation shall be controlling absent manifest error; (ii) the amount necessary, as of the date of payment of the Buyout Price, to yield the Company a Series IRR (as defined in Section 8.10) of ten percent (10%) per annum on the aggregate Initial Advisory Payment actually paid to the Client, the Player or the Client Payment Designee; and (iii) the aggregate Initial Advisory Payment actually funded by the Company to the Client, the Player or the Client Payment Designee, less Brand Amounts actually paid to the Company. The Company shall, within fifteen (15) days following receipt of a Buyout Notice, provide the Player and the Client with a calculation of the Buyout Price, which calculation shall be controlling absent manifest error. For the avoidance of doubt, the amount described in clause (ii) is intended as a minimum floor and shall not be construed as a cap on the Buyout Price, and the Player shall have no right to elect the lower of the amounts used to determine the Buyout Price. Upon the Company’s receipt of the Buyout Price in full, the Continuing Payment Obligations shall terminate and the Player shall be fully and finally released therefrom, and the clawback provisions of Section 8.4 shall not apply to any cessation of the Principal Business occurring after such payment; provided that the Player shall remain obligated to pay all Brand Amounts that accrued, or that relate to Brand Income earned, on or prior to the effective date of such buyout (whether or not then due), which amounts shall be paid as and when otherwise required under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, exercise of the Buyout Right under this Section 8.9 shall supersede and preempt any clawback obligation that would otherwise arise under Section 8.4.
8.10 Termination of Continuing Payment Obligations Upon Voluntary Retirement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 8 (including Section 8.4), upon the Player’s Voluntary Retirement, and provided that the Company has achieved the Target Return as of the effective date of such Voluntary Retirement, the Continuing Payment Obligations shall terminate effective as of the date of such Voluntary Retirement, and the Player shall thereafter be fully and finally released from the Continuing Payment Obligations, the clawback provisions of Section 8.4, and the survival and resumption provisions of Sections 8.1, 8.2, and 8.8; provided that the Player shall remain obligated to pay all Brand Amounts that accrued, or that relate to Brand Income earned, on or prior to the effective date of such Voluntary Retirement (whether or not then due), which amounts shall be paid as and when otherwise required under this Agreement. If the Company has not achieved the Target Return as of the effective date of a Voluntary Retirement, no termination or release shall occur under this Section 8.10, and the Brand Amount and all other obligations of the Player (including the clawback obligation under Section 8.4, if applicable) shall continue in accordance with this Agreement until satisfied in accordance with their terms or until expiration of the Term. For purposes of this Section 8.10: (a) “Voluntary Retirement” means the Player’s bona fide and permanent cessation of active engagement in the Principal Business, with no intention to resume such participation, that is voluntary on the part of the Player and does not result from Good Reason (which, for the avoidance of doubt, includes cessation due to a Major Injury as described in Section 8.5), death, or permanent and total disability, or a Major League Team non tender of a contract; (b) “Series IRR” means, as of any date of determination, the annual internal rate of return realized by the Company on the aggregate Initial Advisory Payment actually paid to the Client, the Player or the Client Payment Designee, calculated by treating each portion of the Initial Advisory Payment as a cash outflow on the date it was paid to the Client, the Player or the Client Payment Designee and each Brand Amount and other amount actually received by the Company from or on behalf of the Player (excluding any late fees and interest under Section 4.5) as a cash inflow on the date received, computed using the XIRR function (or an equivalent standard annualized internal-rate-of-return methodology); and (c) “Target Return” means a Series IRR equal to or greater than ten percent (10%) per annum. The Player shall provide the Company with not less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of any intended Voluntary Retirement, specifying the anticipated effective date thereof (a “Retirement Notice”). The Company shall, within fifteen (15) days following receipt of a Retirement Notice, provide the Player with a reasonably detailed calculation of the Series IRR as of the anticipated effective date of such Voluntary Retirement, which calculation shall be controlling absent manifest error. If the Player disputes the Company’s calculation, the Parties shall attempt in good faith to resolve such dispute within fifteen (15) days, and if unable to do so, any Party may submit the dispute to binding arbitration in accordance with Section 13. If the Player resumes active participation in the Principal Business following any such cessation, such cessation shall be deemed retroactively not to have constituted a Voluntary Retirement, any termination or release under this Section 8.10 shall be void ab initio, and the Continuing Payment Obligations (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the clawback provisions of Section 8.4) shall be reinstated in full effective as of the date of such resumption. Player receives a credit against any future post-reinstatement payments for advanced Target Return paid.
25
9. Additional Covenants of Player
9.1 Professional Conduct. The Player shall use good-faith efforts to maintain an active career in the Principal Business during the Term, subject to the Player’s personal and professional circumstances. While this Agreement does not impose a duty on the Player to achieve any specific performance milestones, the Player agrees not to intentionally take actions that would foreseeably and materially diminish the Player’s ability to generate Brand Income (except as might be reasonable for health or family considerations). The Player agrees to abide by all material contractual obligations the Player has in the Principal Business (e.g., the terms of any team or league contracts) and to conduct himself in a manner consistent with professional standards, to the extent that a failure to do so could cause a material decrease in Brand Income (for example, the Player will not willfully incur a suspension or ban from the Principal Business without good cause). This Section does not grant the Company any control or decision-making power over the Player’s career decisions, personal behavior, or professional training but rather expresses the expectation that the Player will act in good faith not to deliberately undermine the value of the revenue sharing arrangement.
9.2. Further Assurances. From and after the Commencement Date, the Player and the Client shall each execute and deliver such additional documents, and take such further actions, as may be reasonably requested by the Company or Manager to carry out the purpose and intent of this Agreement. This includes, without limitation, executing any certifications or notices needed for the Company to perfect its contractual rights to receive the Brand Amount (such as separate irrevocable payment instruction letters to third-party payors, or UCC financing statements if applicable to establish a security interest to secure payment, in each case subject to Section 4.8). The Player and the Client shall also cooperate with the Company in good faith to adjust the mechanism of payment, or to modify this Agreement, if required by changes in law or regulation (including league rules or collective bargaining outcomes) in order to give effect to the original intent of the Parties in a lawful manner.
9.3. Spousal Consent. If the Player is married or subsequently marries during the Term, the Player shall use best efforts to obtain his/her spouse’s signature on a spousal consent or acknowledgement in a form reasonably requested by the Company. Such consent will acknowledge the spouse’s awareness of this Agreement (including the security interest in the Collateral and the limited power of attorney granted to the Company, acting through the Manager, under Section 4.8) and, to the extent applicable under state marital or community property laws, will confirm that the spouse waives or releases any claim that this Agreement (including such security interest and limited power of attorney) is not fully enforceable against the Player’s share of marital property or community income. If the Player’s spouse declines to sign a consent, the Player shall promptly notify the Company and discuss in good faith whether alternate arrangements (such as additional security or escrow of funds) are necessary to protect the Company’s interests.
26
9.4. Confidentiality of Company Information. Each of the Player and the Client recognizes that, through interaction with the Company and Manager, it may receive or have access to non-public information regarding the Company’s business, financing, investors, and plans. Each of the Player and the Client agrees to hold in confidence any confidential or proprietary information of the Company or Manager provided to it and not to disclose it to any third party (except its advisors who are under duties of confidentiality) without the Company’s consent, except as required by law. Nothing herein limits the Player’s ability to disclose information about his/her own financial arrangements as needed for personal business or tax reasons, so long as the Player takes reasonable steps to ensure any third-party recipients (e.g., financial advisors, accountants) also keep such information confidential.
9.5. Disclosure of Material Events.
(a) The Player shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the occurrence of any Material Event (as defined below) during the Term of this Agreement and for a period of twelve (12) months thereafter, to the extent such Material Event relates to or could reasonably be expected to affect the Player’s performance under this Agreement, the Player’s reputation, or the value of the Company’s rights hereunder.
(b) For purposes of this Agreement, a “Material Event” includes, but is not limited to, the following:
(i) The commencement, threatened commencement, or written notice of any litigation, arbitration, or other legal proceeding involving the Player, whether as a plaintiff, defendant, or witness, that alleges or could reasonably be expected to allege claims of fraud, breach of contract, violation of law, or any other matter that could materially impact the Player’s ability to perform under this Agreement or the Player’s reputation;
(ii) Any actual or alleged breach by the Player of any material contract, including but not limited to employment, endorsement, sponsorship, or agency agreements, or any contract relevant to the Player’s participation in the Principal Business;
(iii) Any written or formal allegation, investigation, or charge by a league, governing body, regulatory authority, or law enforcement agency regarding unlawful activity, rule violations, or misconduct by the Player, including but not limited to allegations of doping, match-fixing, gambling, or other conduct that could result in suspension, fines, or disciplinary action;
(iv) The imposition of any fine, suspension, ban, or other disciplinary measure by any league, team, governing body, or regulatory authority in connection with the Player’s professional activities;
(v) Any public or media allegation of misconduct, unethical behavior, or other conduct that could reasonably be expected to materially harm the Player’s reputation or the value of the Company’s rights under this Agreement;
(vi) Any event or circumstance that results in or could reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect on the Player’s ability to generate Brand Income, including but not limited to injury, illness, or loss of eligibility to participate in the Principal Business (other than as already covered by Section 8.6).
27
(c) The Player shall provide written notice to the Manager of any Material Event as soon as practicable, and in any event within ten (10) business days after the Player becomes aware of such Material Event. The notice shall include reasonable details regarding the nature of the event, the parties involved, the potential or actual consequences, and any steps being taken to address or resolve the matter.
(d) The Player shall keep the Company reasonably informed of any material developments or changes relating to any disclosed Material Event, including the resolution or settlement of any such matter.
(e) The Company agrees to treat all information disclosed pursuant to this Section as Confidential Information, subject to the confidentiality provisions of this Agreement, except to the extent disclosure is required by law, regulation, or as necessary to protect the Company’s interests or enforce its rights under this Agreement.
(f) The failure by the Player to timely disclose a Material Event as required by this Section shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement, entitling the Company to exercise its rights and remedies as set forth herein, including but not limited to the right to terminate the Agreement for cause pursuant to Section 8.3.
9.6 No Grant of Security Interests. During the Term of this Agreement, neither the Player nor the Client shall, without the prior written consent of the Company, grant, assign, pledge, or otherwise convey any security interest, lien, or other encumbrance in or to any portion of the Brand Income or any rights or proceeds relating thereto to any third party. Any attempt to do so shall be null and void and shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement.
9.7 No Diversion of Brand Income. From and after the Commencement Date and during the Term, the Player shall not (a) divert, redirect, or cause to be diverted or redirected any Brand Income away from the Participation Account, (b) instruct, request, or permit any payor to disregard, modify, or fail to honor any direct deposit of Brand Income or payment direction, or (c) take any other action intended or reasonably likely to cause Brand Income to be paid other than directly into the Participation Account, except in each case as expressly permitted under Section 4.3(g) or Section 4.3(j). Any breach of this Section 9.7 shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement.
9.8 Maintenance of Collection Mechanism. From and after the Commencement Date and during the Term, the Player shall: (a) designate and direct one hundred percent (100%) of the Player’s Brand Income to be deposited directly into the Participation Account established under the Account Control Agreement; (b) open and maintain the Participation Account at a bank or financial institution that is willing to execute the Account Control Agreement and is otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Company; (c) establish and maintain an automatic bi-weekly transfer of the Brand Amount from the Participation Account to the Company Account; and (d) not cancel, revoke, reduce, suspend, or modify any such direct deposit designation or automatic transfer, or close or replace the Participation Account, without the Company’s prior written consent. Any unauthorized cancellation, revocation, reduction, suspension, or modification of any of the foregoing shall constitute a Collection Failure and a material breach of this Agreement, entitling the Company to all remedies available under this Agreement, including under Sections 4.5 and 8.3.
28
10. Indemnification
10.1. Indemnification by Client and Player. The Player and the Client shall, jointly and severally, indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Company, the Manager, and their respective affiliates, and each of their officers, directors, employees, and agents (collectively, the “Company Parties”), from and against any and all losses, liabilities, damages, costs, or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) (collectively, “Losses”) arising out of or relating to: (a) any breach by the Player or the Client of any representation, warranty, or covenant in this Agreement; (b) any failure by the Player to pay any required taxes or fulfill other obligations related to the Player’s receipt of Brand Income (except to the extent the failure was due to the Company’s breach of its obligations); (c) any claim by a third party (including any agent or former business partner of the Player or the Client) that it is entitled to any portion of the Brand Amount or that it suffered harm due to the Player’s granting of rights to the Company hereunder; or (d) the Player’s or the Client’s gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of this Agreement or in the Player’s activities generating Brand Income (for example, a third-party personal injury claim arising from the Player’s actions in the Principal Business, to the extent the Company or Manager is named as a defendant solely because of this Agreement). The indemnification obligation of the Player and the Client shall not apply to the extent any Losses are finally determined to result from a Company Party’s own fraud, gross negligence, or willful misconduct. For the avoidance of doubt, the Player’s personal indemnification obligations under this Section 10.1 are identical in scope to the indemnification obligations of the Player in his capacity as the “Client” under the Original Agreement and are not diminished, released, or limited by the designation of MagicMan 55 LLC as the Client.
10.2. Indemnification by Company. The Company (on behalf of itself and the Manager) shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Client and its members, managers, officers, and agents, and the Player and the Player’s heirs, executors, and assigns (the “Client Parties”) from and against any and all Losses arising out of or relating to: (a) any breach or alleged breach by the Company of any representation, warranty, or covenant in this Agreement; (b) any claim by a third party arising from the Company’s use of the Client Persona beyond what is permitted in this Agreement or otherwise from the Company’s marketing or promotional activities for the Player (except to the extent such claim arises from information or materials provided by the Player for such use, in which case the Player will indemnify as provided above); (c) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Company, the Manager, or any of their agents in performing the Advisory Services or other obligations under this Agreement; or (d) any claim, action, or proceeding brought against the Player under federal or state securities laws solely as a result of the Company’s offering activities in connection with the Series Offering, the ATS, any other offering of membership interests in the Company, the Master LLC, or any series thereof, or any capital-raising, disclosure, or regulatory activity conducted by or on behalf of the Company, provided that the Player did not solicit investors, make any offering-related statement, make any misrepresentation or omission, breach this Agreement, or otherwise engage in conduct giving rise to such claim. The indemnification obligation under clause (d) shall be subject to the procedures set forth in Section 10.3, including prompt notice, the Company’s right to control the defense, and no settlement without the Player’s consent. The Company’s indemnification obligation shall not apply to the extent any Losses are determined to result from the Player’s own fraud, gross negligence, or willful misconduct.
10.3. Procedure. A Party seeking indemnification (the “Indemnified Party”) shall promptly notify the Party from whom indemnification is sought (the “Indemnifying Party”) in writing of any third-party claim or action for which indemnification is sought, and shall reasonably cooperate with the Indemnifying Party in the defense of the claim. The Indemnifying Party shall have the right to control the defense and settlement of any such claim, except that it may not settle any claim in a manner that imposes any liability or admission of fault on the Indemnified Party without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld). The Indemnified Party may participate in the defense with its own counsel at its own expense. Failure to promptly notify the Indemnifying Party of a claim shall only relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations to the extent it was materially prejudiced by the delay.
29
10.4. Survival. The provisions of this Section 10 shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement.
11. Confidentiality
11.1. Confidential Information. Each Party acknowledges that in connection with this Agreement it may receive or have access to confidential or proprietary information of any other Party (“Confidential Information”). Confidential Information includes, without limitation, non-public business plans, strategies, financial information, projections, personal or medical information about the Player, the terms and existence of this Agreement (until publicly disclosed by mutual agreement or as required by law), any non-public materials related to the Company’s investors or financing, and any other information designated as confidential or that should reasonably be understood to be confidential given its nature and the circumstances of disclosure.
11.2. Nondisclosure and Use. Each Party agrees that it will not disclose the Confidential Information of any other Party to any third party, and will not use any other Party’s Confidential Information for any purpose outside the scope of this Agreement, without the prior written consent of such other Party. Each Party may share Confidential Information of another Party with its own affiliates, employees, legal or financial advisors, or agents who have a need to know it for purposes of this Agreement, provided they are under obligations of confidentiality at least as protective as those herein. Each Party shall protect the confidentiality of the other Parties’ Confidential Information using the same degree of care as it uses to protect its own confidential information of similar importance, and at least reasonable care.
11.3. Exceptions. The obligations of confidentiality in this Section shall not apply to information which: (a) is or becomes generally available to the public other than through a breach of this Agreement; (b) is received by the receiving Party on a non-confidential basis from a third party who is not known to be bound by a confidentiality obligation to the disclosing Party; (c) was already known or independently developed by the receiving Party without use of the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, as evidenced by the receiving Party’s written records; or (d) is required to be disclosed by law, regulation, or court order, provided that (if legally permitted) the receiving Party gives prompt notice to the disclosing Party of the intended disclosure and cooperates in any effort to limit or protect the disclosure.
11.4. Public Announcements. No Party will issue any press release or public statement regarding this Agreement or the relationship between the Parties without the prior written consent of the other Parties (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). It shall not be a violation of this Section for the Company to include general, non-identifying references to its Brand Advisory Agreement with the Player in routine business descriptions or required regulatory filings (for example, referring to the existence of a contract with “a professional athlete in [Sport] executed on [Date]” without naming the Player, unless such naming is legally required in a filing). Likewise, the Player may disclose the existence of this Agreement in confidence to financial advisors or as necessary for personal business, provided those persons are bound to confidentiality as noted above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Party may disclose this Agreement, or file it to the extent required by applicable securities laws or regulations. Where legally permitted and practicable, the disclosing Party will give the other Parties advance notice, consider good-faith comments and limit disclosure to what is required. Disclosures made in compliance with this paragraph (including disclosures compelled by law or governmental inquiry) do not violate this Section or any confidentiality obligations.
11.5. Remedies. Each Party acknowledges that unauthorized use or disclosure of another Party’s Confidential Information may cause irreparable harm for which monetary damages may be difficult to ascertain or an insufficient remedy. Accordingly, each Party agrees that each other Party shall be entitled to seek injunctive relief (without the necessity of posting bond) to prevent any actual or threatened breach of this Section 11, in addition to any other rights and remedies available at law or in equity.
30
12. Publicity Rights and Use of Client Persona
12.1. License to Use Client Persona. The Player hereby grants to the Company and the Manager a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free right and license to use the Client Persona during the Term, and in any event until this Agreement is terminated or expires, in connection with the Company’s performance under this Agreement and the promotion thereof. This license includes the right for the Company and Manager to use, reproduce, distribute, and publicly display the Player’s name, image, likeness, and other elements of the Client Persona in advertising, marketing, press releases, investor communications, social media, and on the Agentiq Sports online platform or app, solely for the purpose of describing or promoting: (a) the Advisory Services and brand initiatives being performed for the Player; (b) the Player’s association with the Company as a client; and/or (c) the Player’s background and achievements as relevant to the Company’s business. Any such use shall be consistent with professional standards and shall not be disparaging or defamatory toward the Player. Player hereby approves the Company’s ordinary-course use of the Client Persona, biographical information, approved photographs, approved materials, and previously approved quotes in connection with the Company’s platform, investor communications, social media posts, press materials, required or customary regulatory or investor materials, and other routine promotional materials relating to this Agreement and the Company’s business. Player’s prior written consent shall be required for any material new campaign, paid advertisement, endorsement of a third-party product or service, third-party promotional use, or new quote attributed to Player; provided that, with respect to routine uses submitted to Player for review, Player’s approval shall be deemed given if Player does not object in writing within two (2) business days after submission.
12.2. No Endorsement of Third Parties. Except as expressly agreed by the Player, the license granted in Section 12.1 does not include the right to use the Client Persona to endorse or advertise any specific third-party product or service (unrelated to this Agreement or the Company’s own services). The Company will not, for example, use the Player’s persona in a manner that suggests the Player is directly endorsing a product, sponsor, or commercial entity, unless such use is part of a campaign or initiative that has been discussed with and approved by the Player. If the Company desires the Player to participate in any endorsements or promotional events beyond the scope of this Agreement, including any compensation or additional terms for such activities, the Parties may separately agree to any such arrangements in writing.
12.3. Approval of Materials. To avoid conflicts with the Player’s other endorsement deals or personal branding, the Company shall consider in good faith any reasonable request by the Player to modify or remove a specific use of the Client Persona that the Player believes conflicts with the Player’s existing personal brand or contractual commitments, subject to the approval standards set forth in Section 12.1. The Player will notify the Company of any known restrictions (e.g., if the Player has an exclusive apparel sponsor and cannot appear wearing competing logos) so that the Company can take those into account in advance. The Company shall at all times comply with such restrictions in any public-facing materials or events involving the Player.
12.4. Ownership and Goodwill. All goodwill arising from the Company’s authorized use of the Client Persona shall inure to the benefit of the Player. The Company acknowledges that, except for the license rights granted herein, it has no ownership or proprietary interest in the Client Persona. Conversely, the Player acknowledges that any materials (e.g., promotional videos, articles, or content) created by the Company or Manager that include elements of the Client Persona and are used to promote the Company’s business may also include the Company’s or Manager’s intellectual property (logos, trademarks, creative content), and the Company retains ownership of those materials (subject to the Player’s continuing rights in his/her persona). No Party will challenge another Party’s ownership of its pre-existing intellectual prope
31
12.5. Ambassador Activities. At the Company’s reasonable request and subject to the Player’s professional schedule, the Player may participate in two promotional events or media appearances per year (“Ambassador Activities”) to help promote the brand partnership or the Company’s platform (such as interviews, social media live sessions, or client spotlights). The specific nature and timing of any Ambassador Activities shall be mutually agreed, and the Player shall not be obligated to engage in any activity that would unreasonably interfere with the Player’s duties in the Principal Business or other prior commitments. Unless otherwise agreed, the Player will not receive separate compensation for such agreed Ambassador Activities beyond the consideration provided in this Agreement, but the Company will reimburse any reasonable pre-approved travel or lodging expenses incurred for an agreed event.
13. Dispute Resolution
13.1. Negotiation. In the event of any dispute, controversy, or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach thereof (a “Dispute”), the Parties shall first attempt in good faith to resolve the Dispute informally. Any Party may initiate this negotiation process by providing written notice to the other Parties of the issue. The Parties (and their representatives, if applicable) shall meet and confer within 10 business days of such notice (whether in person or by teleconference) to discuss the Dispute and seek a mutually agreeable solution. If the Dispute involves financial calculations or accounting matters, the Parties may involve accountants or advisors in the discussion.
13.2. Arbitration. If the Parties are unable to resolve any Dispute through negotiation within 10 days from the initial notice of the Dispute (or such longer period as they may mutually agree), then the Dispute shall be finally settled by binding arbitration. The arbitration shall be administered by JAMS (or, if JAMS is unavailable, a comparable reputable arbitration organization) and held in a place determined by the Company or virtually, if mutually agreeable to the Parties. The arbitration shall be conducted by a single arbitrator knowledgeable in contract and commercial law, selected by mutual agreement of the Parties from the JAMS panel, or if the Parties cannot agree, then in accordance with the JAMS rules for arbitrator selection. The arbitration shall follow the JAMS Streamlined Arbitration Rules & Procedures (or, if the amount in controversy exceeds $250,000, the Comprehensive Rules) then in effect, except as modified herein.
13.3. Arbitration Procedure. The arbitrator shall allow reasonable discovery, taking into account the needs of the Parties and the importance of the issues. The arbitrator is empowered to grant any remedy or relief that the Parties could have received in court, including injunctive relief and attorney’s fee awards, subject to the limitations of this Agreement. The arbitrator’s award shall be written, shall state the essential findings and conclusions upon which the award is based, and shall be final and binding on the Parties. Judgment on the arbitration award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction.
13.4 Confidentiality of Proceedings. The Parties agree that any arbitration (or negotiation) conducted under this Section 13 shall be confidential. The existence of the arbitration, any non-public information provided in the arbitration, and any oral or written arguments or decisions made in the arbitration shall not be disclosed to any third party, except to the extent necessary to enforce an award, to pursue a legal right, or as required by law.
13.5 Interim Relief. Notwithstanding the foregoing arbitration provisions, any Party may at any time seek interim or preliminary injunctive relief from a court of competent jurisdiction (consistent with Section 14.7) in order to prevent irreparable harm, maintain the status quo, or enforce the confidentiality or intellectual property provisions of this Agreement, pending the outcome of arbitration. Seeking such relief shall not be deemed a waiver of the right to arbitrate.
32
13.6. Fees and Expenses. The Parties shall share equally the administrative fees and arbitrator’s fees of the arbitration. Each Party shall otherwise bear its own attorneys’ fees and costs, provided that the arbitrator may, in his or her discretion, award reasonable costs and attorneys’ fees to the prevailing Party if the arbitrator determines that the positions taken by the non-prevailing Party were frivolous or in bad faith.
14. Miscellaneous Provisions
14.1. Assignment. Neither the Client nor the Player may assign, delegate, or transfer (by operation of law or otherwise) this Agreement or any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Company. Because the Agreement involves personal services and the personal future income of the Player, any attempted assignment by the Client or the Player shall be null and void unless approved by the Company in writing. Subject to any termination and release required under Section 8.3(a), the Company may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement, in whole or in part, to: (a) any Affiliate or successor of the Company; (b) any transferee of all or substantially all of the Company’s rights in the Brand Amount (for example, a collateral assignment to a trust or other entity for the benefit of investors, or a sale of the Company’s interest subject to the Player’s obligations remaining unchanged); or (c) any person or entity that acquires the Company or a controlling interest in the Company (such as through a merger or consolidation of Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC or sale of the Company’s assets), provided that any such assignee agrees in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement. After any permitted assignment by the Company, the Company shall be released from the obligations so assigned, and the assignee shall have all rights (and related obligations) of the Company assigned to it. The security interest granted under Section 4.8 and the limited power of attorney granted thereunder shall, in connection with any such permitted assignment, automatically inure to the benefit of the assignee or successor (and, with respect to the limited power of attorney, the manager of such assignee or successor), without any further action by the Player; provided that, upon the Company’s reasonable request, the Player shall execute and deliver a confirmatory grant of such limited power of attorney in favor of the manager of the assignee or successor. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns.
14.2. Authority of Manager. Subject to any termination and release required under Section 8.3(a), the Company represents that, pursuant to the Company’s governing documents, the Manager has the exclusive authority to manage and control the affairs of the Company, including the administration and enforcement of this Agreement. Accordingly, any rights, elections, consents or actions of the Company under this Agreement may be exercised or performed by the Manager on the Company’s behalf (including the limited power of attorney granted under Section 4.8), and any notice to be given to the Company under this Agreement should be given to the Manager (as provided in the Notice section below). The Player agrees that the Manager is an intended third-party beneficiary of this Agreement to the extent necessary to enable the Manager to enforce the Company’s rights and to perform the Company’s obligations hereunder (including the right to receive payments on the Company’s behalf and the right to act as attorney-in-fact under Section 4.8). If the Manager is replaced, the new Manager shall automatically be substituted as the “Manager” for purposes of this Agreement, including for purposes of the limited power of attorney granted under Section 4.8.
14.3. Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including any exhibits or schedules hereto, which are hereby incorporated by reference) amends and restates in its entirety, and supersedes, the Original Agreement, and constitutes the entire agreement among the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior negotiations, understandings, and agreements, whether written or oral, among the Parties concerning such subject matter. All references to the “Brand Advisory Agreement” in any other document, instrument, or agreement shall be deemed to refer to this Agreement. Each Party acknowledges that it has not relied on any representations, warranties, or covenants not expressly contained in this Agreement in deciding to enter into this Agreement.
33
14.4. Amendment and Waiver. This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by a written instrument executed by each of the Parties (and, with respect to the Company, signed by an authorized officer of the Manager). No waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless set forth in a written waiver signed by the Party waiving the provision. No failure or delay by any Party in exercising any right or remedy under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right preclude any further exercise of that or any other right or remedy.
14.5. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstance is held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable by a court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction, such provision shall be enforced to the maximum extent permissible, and the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby. The Parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify the Agreement to implement the intent of the invalid or unenforceable provision to the fullest extent possible in a valid and enforceable manner.
14.6. Notices. All notices, requests, consents, and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement (each, a “Notice”) shall be in writing and shall be deemed given: (a) on the date of personal delivery, if personally delivered; (b) on the date of confirmed transmission, if emailed (with confirmation of successful transmission and a copy sent by another method for confirmation); (c) one business day after being sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier with tracking; or (d) three days after being sent by registered or certified U.S. mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. Notices shall be sent to the Parties at the addresses (including email addresses) specified below, or such other address as a Party may designate by Notice to the other. Any designation of a Client Payment Designee or payment account for the Initial Advisory Payment must be made in writing by the Client or the Player to the Company following the Effective Date and before the applicable payment is made, and may be delivered by Notice under this Section 14.6 or by other written payment instructions acknowledged by the Company:
If to the Company:
Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC (c/o Agentiq Sports, Inc., Manager)
445 Bryant St,
San Francisco, CA 94107
Email: zach@agentiqsports.com
With a copy to:
Bevilacqua PLLC
800 Connecticut Avenue, N.W., Suite 300
Washington, DC 20036
Attention: Lou Bevilacqua, Esq
lou@bevilacquapllc.com
If to the Client:
MagicMan 55 LLC
[MagicMan Notice Address]
Email: [MagicMan Notice Email]
If to the Player:
To the email address most recently provided in writing by the Player to the Company for notice purposes.
34
Any Party may change its notice address by providing Notice to the other Parties in accordance with this Section. Notices given in electronic form (email) should be supplemented by a physical copy by mail or courier, but failure to send the physical copy will not invalidate the notice if the email is confirmed received.
14.7. Governing Law. This Agreement and any disputes arising under or related to it (including any arbitration proceedings) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any conflict of law principles that would result in the application of the laws of another jurisdiction. Subject to the arbitration provisions above, and for the limited purposes of court actions described in Section 13 or enforcement of arbitration awards, each Party hereby consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in Delaware. Each Party waives any objection based on forum non conveniens or any objection to venue of any such court.
14.8. Relationship of Parties. The Parties are independent contractors, and nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to create a partnership, joint venture, agency, franchise, or employment relationship between the Parties. The Player is not an employee or agent of the Company or Manager, and the Company is not an agent of the Player. No Party has the authority to bind any other Party to any third party, contractually or otherwise, except as explicitly set forth herein. The Player acknowledges that the Company’s role is limited to providing the Advisory Services and receiving the Brand Amount; the Company is not undertaking the management of the Player’s career or assuming the role of a professional agent or manager for the Player.
14.9. No Third-Party Beneficiaries. Except for the Manager and related indemnitees as expressly provided herein (who shall be third-party beneficiaries to the extent stated), this Agreement is for the sole benefit of the Company, the Client and the Player and their permitted successors and assigns. Nothing herein, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other person or entity any legal or equitable right, benefit, or remedy of any nature under or by reason of this Agreement.
14.10. Counterparts and Electronic Signatures. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Signatures delivered by facsimile, email (pdf), or by an electronic signing service (e.g., DocuSign) shall be effective and binding as original signatures. Each Party agrees that the electronic signatures of the Parties, whether digital or encrypted, are intended to authenticate this writing and to have the same force and effect as manual signatures.
14.11. Headings; Interpretation. The headings and section numbers in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect its interpretation. References to “Sections” or “Exhibits” are to sections of or exhibits to this Agreement unless otherwise noted, and the exhibits to this Agreement (including Exhibit A (Client Acknowledgment)) are incorporated into and made part of this Agreement for all purposes. “Including” means “including without limitation.” The Parties have participated in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement.
15. Personal Obligations of the Player
(a) The Player personally and unconditionally agrees to perform all services, covenants, and obligations under this Agreement that by their nature require his personal performance, including, without limitation, Sections 2.5, 3.1, 4.3, 4.8, 6.1, 6.4, 9.1 through 9.8, 10.1 and 12.1 through 12.5 and Exhibit A.
(b) The Player remains personally liable for, and personally indemnifies the Company Parties from and against, all Losses to the same extent and in the same scope as provided under the Original Agreement, notwithstanding the designation of MagicMan 55 LLC as the Client.
35
(c) No protection, right, or remedy of the Company, the Manager, or any Company Party arising from the Player’s status as the “Client” under the Original Agreement (including, without limitation, indemnification obligations, personal performance covenants, liability provisions, the security interest, and the collection mechanisms) is diminished, novated, released, or eliminated by the designation of MagicMan 55 LLC as the Client or by the amendment and restatement of the Original Agreement.
(d) The Player’s obligations under this Agreement are primary and are not conditioned upon the exhaustion of remedies against the Client, and the Company and any Company Party may proceed directly against the Player without first pursuing or obtaining any judgment, award, or remedy against the Client.
(e) The Player acknowledges that he acts both individually and as [a principal/member] of the Client, and any act or omission of the Client in respect of Brand Income shall also be attributable to the Player for purposes of the Company’s rights and remedies under this Agreement.
[Signature Page Follows]
36
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Brand Advisory Agreement as of the last date set forth below.
| COMPANY | ||
| Agentiq Sports 1 Series Esmerlyn Valdez Ramirez, | ||
| a series of Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC | ||
| By and through its Manager, | ||
| Agentiq Sports, Inc. | ||
| By: | /s/ Zachary Kurtz | |
| Name: | Zach Kurtz | |
| Title: | Chief Executive Officer | |
| August 4, 2026 | ||
| (Date) | ||
| CLIENT | |
| MagicMan 55 LLC | |
| /s/ Esmerlyn Valdez Ramirez | |
| (Signature) | |
| Esmerlyn Valdez Ramirez, Manager | |
| (Print Name and Title) | |
| August 4, 2026 | |
| (Date) |
| PLAYER | |
| /s/ Esmerlyn Valdez Ramirez | |
| (Signature) | |
| Esmerlyn Valdez Ramirez | |
| (Print Name) | |
| August 4, 2026 | |
| (Date) |
[Exhibits Follow]
EXHIBIT A
Client Acknowledgment
(See Attached)
CLIENT ACKNOWLEDGMENT
In connection with the Amended and Restated Brand Advisory Agreement (the “Agreement”) among Agentiq Sports 1 Series Esmerlyn Valdez Ramirez, a designated series of Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC (the “Company”), MagicMan 55 LLC (the “Client”), and Esmerlyn Valdez Ramirez (the “Player”), the Player acknowledges and confirms each of the statements below by placing the Player’s initials next to such statement. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Exhibit A have the meanings given to them in the Agreement.
Instructions: Please place your initials in the space provided next to each statement to confirm your understanding.
| 1. By signing the Agreement, you will receive an aggregate Initial Advisory Payment of $2,600,000 USD, consisting of (i) the Guaranteed Portion of $2,400,000 USD, which the Company guarantees to pay in full to you, the Client or your Client Payment Designee no later than the Guaranteed Payment Date, and (ii) the Incremental Portion of $200,000 USD, which is wholly non-guaranteed and discretionary and whose nonpayment is not a breach of the Agreement and gives rise to no remedy. You understand that $400,000 USD is due within thirty (30) days after the Effective Date and will be credited against the guaranteed $2,400,000 USD Guaranteed Portion, and that the remaining $2,000,000 USD is due no later than the Guaranteed Payment Date. | EVR |
| Initial | |
| 2. In exchange for the Initial Advisory Payment, you agree that, from and after the Commencement Date, you will pay the Company the Brand Amount, which is equal to a flat 10% of your Brand Income (as defined in the Agreement) during the Term, with no sliding scale, step-down, or adjustment based on the timing or amount of the Initial Advisory Payment. You understand that the Company has guaranteed to pay you, the Client or your Client Payment Designee the full $2,400,000 Guaranteed Portion no later than the Guaranteed Payment Date, and that if the Company fails to pay any portion of the Guaranteed Portion when due and does not cure by paying in full all overdue portions of the Guaranteed Portion within thirty (30) days after your written notice, you may terminate the Agreement without repaying any amounts you or your Client Payment Designee have received, the Company must file UCC-3 termination statements, terminate the Account Control Agreement, release the Participation Account, release its claims to future Brand Income and Brand Amounts, all as described in Section 8.3(a). | EVR |
| Initial | |
| 3. For example, if the Company pays you or your Client Payment Designee the full Guaranteed Portion of $2,400,000 USD and you earn $10,000,000 USD in Brand Income during the Term after the Commencement Date, you will pay the Company $1,000,000 USD in the aggregate (representing 10% of that Brand Income) as you earn that income. | EVR |
| Initial | |
| 4. From and after the Commencement Date, you will pay the Brand Amount to the Company through the Participation Account, the direct deposit of one hundred percent (100%) of your Brand Income, the automatic bi-weekly transfer of the Brand Amount, and the Account Control Agreement, and otherwise in accordance with the terms of the Agreement. | EVR |
| Initial | |
| 5. You understand that you may not intentionally defer, decline, delay, divert, redirect, or otherwise structure Brand Income for the purpose of defeating, reducing, or delaying the Company’s right to receive the Brand Amount, except as expressly permitted in the Agreement. | EVR |
| Initial | |
| 6. You acknowledge that MagicMan 55 LLC is the Client under the Agreement, that you remain personally bound by your personal performance obligations, your indemnification obligations, the security interest, and all related protections under the Agreement, and that the flat 10% Brand Amount attaches solely to your on-field compensation constituting Brand Income and does not attach to any revenues, income, or assets of the Client. | EVR |
| Initial | |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Player has executed and delivered this Exhibit A (Client Acknowledgment) as of the date set forth below, and hereby confirms that the Player has read and understood each of the acknowledgments set forth above and has initialed each such acknowledgment in the space provided.
| PLAYER: | ||
| /s/ Esmerlyn Valdez Ramirez | ||
| (Signature) | ||
| Esmerlyn Valdez Ramirez | ||
| (Print Name) | ||
| Date: | August 4, 2026 | |
Exhibit 6.8
THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED FOR SALE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AS TO THE SECURITIES UNDER SAID ACT OR OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OR, IN THE ABSENCE THEREOF, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM, SUBSTANCE AND SCOPE CUSTOMARY FOR OPINIONS OF COUNSEL IN COMPARABLE TRANSACTIONS, THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER SAID ACT, OR UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 UNDER SAID ACT. THIS NOTE IS SUBJECT TO THE TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH HEREIN.
CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE
| Note No. 1 |
|
Principal Amount: $400,000 Date: July 31, 2026 |
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Agentiq Sports 1 Series ESMERLYN VALDEZ RAMIREZ (the “Series” or ” Series EVR”), a Series of Agentiq Sports 1 Series, LLC, a Delaware series limited liability company (the “Company”), or its permitted assignees, hereby promise(s) to pay to the order of AGENTIQ SPORTS, INC., the Company’s Manager and manager of Series EVR pursuant to its Certificate of Designation (“Lender”), or its permitted assignees, in lawful money of the United States of America and in immediately available funds, the principal amount of Four Hundred Thousand & 00/100 Dollars ($400,000.00) (the “Principal Amount”), as set forth below in this note (this “Note”).
This Note constitutes the consideration payable to the Lender. The proceeds hereof will be used for Series purposes consistent with the Operating Agreement and applicable Series Designation, including funding Offering Expenses or Operating Expenses as determined by the Manager.
1. Definitions. As used in this Note, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
“Brand Advisory Agreement” means that certain brand advisory agreement entered into by the Series and Esmerlyn Valdez Ramirez, dated July 14, 2026.
“Business Day” means every day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or day on which the banks in the State of New York are required or authorized to close in New York City. “Non-Business Day” means every day that is not a Business Day.
“Maturity Date” shall mean the date on which the earliest of the following occurs: (a) payment in full of the Initial Advisory Amount; or (b) termination of the Offering.
“Initial Advisory Amount” shall mean the initial advisory amount payable pursuant to the Brand Advisory Agreement.
“Person” shall mean any natural person or individual, firm, company, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, joint venture association, corporation, limited liability company, trust, business trust, estate, other legal entity.
“Offering” shall mean the offering of units of membership interest in Series EVR to be conducted by Series EVR following the qualification of the Company’s offering circular contained in its Form 1-A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in accordance with and in compliance with the provisions of Regulation A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
“Offering Start Date” shall mean the date on which the Offering for the Series EVR units commence.
2. Interest; Default Interest; Usury Savings. Except as otherwise provided herein, the unpaid Principal Amount shall bear interest at a per annum rate of 1.0%, computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months, and payable on the Maturity Date or any permitted prepayment; provided that if any advance constitutes an Operating Expense Reimbursement Obligation under the Operating Agreement, the interest rate shall not be less than the Applicable Federal Rate then in effect for instruments of comparable term. Upon and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all outstanding amounts shall bear interest at a per annum rate equal to the rate set forth above plus 6.0%, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall interest or other amounts payable hereunder exceed the maximum lawful rate, and any amounts collected in excess thereof shall be credited against the remaining Principal Amount or refunded.
3. Repayment; Application of Offering Proceeds; Payment Waterfall. Subject to Section 4, the Series shall repay the outstanding Principal Amount and all accrued but unpaid interest from the net proceeds of the Offering within fourteen (14) days after the Maturity Date; provided, however, that no amount under this Note shall be due or payable unless and until either the Initial Advisory Amount has been paid in full or the Offering has terminated, whichever occurs first. If, before termination of the Offering, any closing of the Offering occurs in which the proceeds therefrom exceed the outstanding balance of the Initial Advisory Amount, the Series shall first apply such proceeds to payment in full of the Initial Advisory Amount and then apply such excess proceeds to the repayment of amounts due to the Lender under this Note. Thereafter, the Series shall pay all net proceeds of the Offering, as set forth in the Offering Statement on Form 1-A and the Offering Circular forming a part thereof, to the Series. During any period in which the Series’ payment obligations under this Note are stayed pending payment in full of the Initial Advisory Amount, interest shall continue to accrue on the outstanding Principal Amount and any accrued but unpaid interest in accordance with Section 2. The Company shall apply payments received under this Note in the following order: (a) fees, expenses and other amounts then due hereunder; (b) accrued and unpaid interest; and (c) outstanding principal. Payments shall be made in lawful money of the United States in immediately available funds to the account designated in writing by Lender.
4. Prepayment. Subject to Section 3 and except as otherwise provided in Section 12, the Series may prepay all or any part of the Principal Amount of this Note, together with accrued but unpaid interest, if any, at any time or from time to time on or after the Maturity Date without premium, or penalty of any kind whatsoever.
5. Limited Recourse; Series Separateness; Non-Petition. This Note is an obligation solely of the Series identified herein, enforceable only against the assets associated with such Series, and not against the Company or the assets associated with any other series of the Company. Lender shall not seek, and shall have no recourse to, the assets of the Company generally or any other series thereof. Lender agrees that it shall not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, the Company or any series thereof any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding until at least one year and one day after all obligations hereunder have been paid in full.
6. Negative Covenants. Until all amounts owed under this Note are paid in full, the Company shall not, without the Lender’s prior written consent: (a) create, incur, or permit to exist any security interest, mortgage, pledge, charge, or other encumbrance on any assets of the Series, other than (i) a lien in favor of the Lender, (ii) a lien arising by operation of law that secures amounts not yet due, or (iii) a lien expressly approved in writing by the Lender; (b) incur any debt for borrowed money or any other debt evidenced by a note or a similar instrument that ranks ahead of, or equally with, this Note in right of payment; or (c) declare or make any distribution with respect to equity interests in the Series while any default under this Note has occurred and is continuing, or if making the distribution would cause such a default.
7. Use of Proceeds; Priority. The proceeds of this Note shall be used for Series purposes in a manner consistent with the Operating Agreement and the Series EVR Certificate of Designation. Net proceeds of the Offering for this Series shall be applied to repay this Note only in accordance with Section 3.
8. Events of Default. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall be deemed an “Event of Default”:
(a) The failure to pay any amounts when due hereunder and such failure continues for five (5) Business Days.
2
(b) Breach by the Series of any other term of this Note and, if curable, such breach remains uncured for ten (10) Business Days after written notice
(c) The Series shall: (i) admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due; (ii) make an assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (iii) consent to the appointment of a receiver of itself or of the whole or any substantial part of its property.
(d) The Series shall file a petition or answer seeking reorganization or arrangement under the federal bankruptcy laws or any other applicable law or statute of the United States or any state or district or territory thereof.
(e) A court of competent jurisdiction shall enter an order, judgment or decree appointing, without the consent of the Series, a receiver for the Series or of the whole or any substantial part of its property, or approving a petition filed against the Series seeking reorganization or arrangement under the federal bankruptcy laws or any other applicable law or statute of the United States of America or any state or district or territory thereof, and such order, judgment or decree shall not be vacated or set aside or stayed within thirty (30) days from the date of the entry thereof.
(f) Under the provisions of any other law for the relief or aid of debtors, any court of competent jurisdiction shall assume custody or control of the Series or of the whole or any substantial part of their property, and such custody or control shall not be terminated or stayed within thirty (30) days from the date of assumption of such custody or control.
(g) A final judgment or order for the payment of money, or any final order granting equitable relief, shall be entered against the Series and such judgment or order has or will have a materially adverse effect on the financial condition of the Series.
Subject to Section 3, upon and during any Event of Default, Lender may declare all obligations under this Note immediately due and payable and may pursue any rights or remedies available at law or in equity, including obtaining a money judgment. At Lender’s option, any outstanding principal and accrued interest may be converted, in whole or in part, into Series membership interests on the same terms as the Offering. For the avoidance of doubt, conversion is an optional remedy and is not Lender’s sole remedy.
9. Governing law. THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, EXCLUDING THEIR CONFLICTS OF LAWS PROVISIONS, SHALL GOVERN THIS NOTE IN ALL RESPECTS, INCLUDING CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY, TERMS, PERFORMANCE, AND WAIVER. Any suit, action, or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Note shall be brought exclusively in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (and, if such court lacks jurisdiction, then the state or federal courts located within the State of Delaware), and each party irrevocably submits to such courts’ jurisdiction and waives any objection as to venue or forum non conveniens. In lieu of the foregoing forum clause, disputes shall be resolved by binding arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association in Wilmington, Delaware in accordance with the AAA Commercial Arbitration Rules, with the seat in Delaware, as provided in the Operating Agreement.
10. Successors and Assigns. All of the covenants, stipulations, promises, and agreements in this Note contained by or on behalf of the Series shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not. The Series may not assign this Note without the prior written consent of Lender. This Note may be transferred or assigned by Lender, in whole or in part, to any Person without the prior written consent of the Series, provided that any assignee agrees in writing to be bound by the limited-recourse and series-separateness provisions herein.
11. Headings; Construction. The headings of the sections of this Note are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part hereof. Words used herein of any gender shall be construed to include any other gender where appropriate, and words used herein that are either singular or plural shall be construed to include the other where appropriate.
3
12. Payments. In any case where a payment of principal is due on a Non-Business Day, the Company shall be entitled to delay such payment until the next succeeding Business Day. Each payment or prepayment hereon must be paid at the address of Lender set forth below (or as otherwise notified to the Series in accordance with Section 9) in lawful money as therein specified and may be made at the Series’ election by the Series’ check, by wire transfer, or by bank or cashier’s check. Once due and payable in accordance with this Note, the Series’ obligations to make payments hereunder are absolute and unconditional and shall not be subject to any abatement, reduction, setoff, defense, counterclaim, interruption, deferment or recoupment of any kind.
13. Notices. Any notices required or permitted to be given under this Note by the Company to Lender or by Lender to the Company, as the case may be, shall be given in writing and shall be deemed received (a) when personally delivered to Lender at the address set forth below or to the Company at the address set forth below or (b) if sent by mail, on the third Business Day following the date when deposited in the United States mail, certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, to Lender at the address set forth below.
14. Waiver and Amendments. Except as expressly provided in this Note, the Series does hereby waive presentment and demand for payment, protest, notice of protest and nonpayment, and notice of the intention to accelerate, and agrees that its liability on this Note shall not be affected by any renewal or extension in the time of payment hereof, by any indulgences, or by any release or change in any security for the payment of this Note. No provision of this Note may be amended, waived or otherwise modified unless such amendment, waiver or other modification is in writing and is signed or otherwise approved by the Series and the Lender.
15. Maximum Interest Rate. It is the intention of Lender hereof to conform strictly to applicable usury laws now or hereafter in force, and therefore all agreements between the Series and Lender are expressly limited so that in no contingency or event whatsoever, whether by reason of advancement of the proceeds hereof, acceleration of maturity of the unpaid principal balance hereof, or otherwise, shall the amount paid or agreed to be paid to Lender hereof, for the use, forbearance, or detention of the money to be advanced hereunder exceed the highest lawful rate permitted under the laws of the State of Delaware.
16. Unsecured Obligations. The obligations of the Series under this Note shall be unsecured obligations of the Series.
17. Optional Conversion. At any time prior to repayment in full or the Maturity Date, Lender may, upon not less than ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice, elect to convert all or a portion of the then-outstanding Principal Amount and all accrued but unpaid interest into a number of securities being sold in the Offering by the Series equal to (i) the sum of the outstanding Principal Amount plus all accrued but unpaid interest, divided by (ii) the offering price per security in the Offering.
18. Authority; No Consents. The Series represents that (a) execution, delivery and performance of this Note have been duly authorized by the Manager pursuant to the Operating Agreement and applicable Series Designation, including authority to issue evidences of indebtedness and to borrow money; and (b) no consent of Economic Members is required in connection herewith.
[Signature Page Follows]
4
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Note as of the date first written above.
COMPANY:
AGENTIQ SPORTS 1 SERIES ESMERLYN
VALDEZ RAMIREZ,
A DESIGNATED SERIES OF AGENTIQ SPORTS 1 SERIES, LLC
By: AGENTIQ SPORTS, INC., the Series EVR Manager
| By: | /s/ Zachary Kurtz | |
| Name: | Zachary Kurtz | |
| Title: | Chief Executive Officer |
THE FOREGOING NOTE IS HEREBY
AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED BY THE UNDERSIGNED:
AGENTIQ SPORTS, INC.
| By: | /s/ Zachary Kurtz | |
| Name: | Zachary Kurtz | |
| Title: | Chief Executive Officer of the Manager |
5
Exhibit 6.9
BRAND ADVISORY AGREEMENT
This Brand Advisory Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made as of the latter date set forth on the signature page hereto (the “Effective Date”), by and between Agentiq Sports 1 Series Justin Martinez (the “Company”), a designated series of Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC, a Delaware series limited liability company (the “Master LLC”), and Justin Martinez (the “Client”). The Company and the Client are referred to herein individually as a “Party” and together as the “Parties.”
WHEREAS, the Master LLC, acting through the Company and Agentiq Sports, Inc., the sole manager of Master LLC, and each series thereof (including the Company) (the “Manager”), is engaged in the business of providing strategic brand enhancement and promotional advisory services, together with upfront capital, to a single athlete or public personality, in each case in exchange for a contractual right to receive a fixed percentage of such person’s future on-field revenue;
WHEREAS, the Client is a professional baseball player engaged in the Principal Business (as defined below) who desires to enhance and develop his personal brand and commercial opportunities and to receive the upfront capital and Advisory Services (as defined below) offered by the Company;
WHEREAS, in consideration of the Client’s assignment to the Company of the contractual right to receive an amount equal to the Brand Percentage (as defined below) of the Client’s Brand Income (as defined below) during the Term, the Company has agreed to provide the Advisory Services to the Client and to pay to the Client cash payments in an aggregate amount of THREE HUNDRED TWENTY-FIVE THOUSAND and NO/100 U.S. DOLLARS $325,000.00 (the “Initial Advisory Payment”), in each case on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein;
WHEREAS, the Initial Advisory Payment shall be paid as follows: (i) $25,000 shall be paid by the Company to the Client within thirty (30) days following the Effective Date, and (ii) the remaining $300,000 shall be paid to the Client on or before the Outside Date, either by the Company directly or through the proceeds of the Series Offering, at the Manager’s election, in each case in accordance with Section 4.1;
WHEREAS, the Company is a designated series of the Master LLC and operates as a separate legal entity, and the “Manager” has been duly authorized to act on behalf of the Company in entering into and administering this Agreement.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:
1. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the meanings set forth below. Other terms may be defined contextually elsewhere in the Agreement.
“Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified person or entity, any other person or entity that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such person or entity.
“Autopay Authorization” means the standing authorization and instruction established and maintained by the Client directing the Client’s bank or other financial institution to transfer the Brand Amount from the Client’s designated bank account to the Company Account on a recurring basis each pay cycle, as described in Section 4.3.
“Brand Amount” means an amount equal to the product of (a) all Brand Income earned by the Client (whether earned by the Client directly or through any third party on the Client’s behalf, such as a personal services company or agent) during the Term, multiplied by (b) the Brand Percentage.
“Brand Income” means any and all gross monies, compensation, or other consideration of any kind earned by or payable to the Client (or the Client’s designee or agent for the Client’s benefit) after the Commencement Date solely as a result of the Client’s direct participation, performance, or employment as a professional athlete in the Principal Business (as defined herein), including but not limited to base salary, signing bonuses, performance bonuses, prize or award money, and any other earnings directly attributable to the Client’s on-field activities and services as a professional athlete. For the avoidance of doubt, Brand Income includes all compensation paid to the Client by any MLB Organization Entity (as defined herein), provided that such compensation is attributable to the Client’s services as a professional baseball player within the Principal Business; the identity of the payor entity shall not affect whether such compensation constitutes Brand Income. For the avoidance of doubt, Brand Income does not include any compensation, fees, royalties, or other consideration received by the Client for endorsements, sponsorships, appearances, licensing, merchandising, or any other off-field commercial activities, regardless of whether such activities are related to the Client’s persona or reputation as an athlete. In calculating Brand Income, such amounts shall be net of: (i) any reasonable, documented out-of-pocket legal fees incurred by the Client in securing, negotiating, or documenting any contract that generates such income (to the extent not reimbursed by a third party); (ii) any reasonable, documented travel, lodging, and per diem expenses incurred by the Client during the Term in connection with securing such income (to the extent not reimbursed by a third party); and (iii) any self-employment taxes owed by the Client in connection with such income (collectively, the “Permitted Deductions”); provided, however, that the aggregate amount deducted under this clause (iii) shall not exceed the amount of taxes that would be imposed on the Client under the Federal Insurance Contributions Act (26 U.S.C. §§ 3101–3128) if the Client were treated as an employee (rather than a self-employed individual) with respect to such income; but without deduction for any commissions or fees payable to agents or representatives, or any taxes payable on the Client’s gross income. For the avoidance of doubt, Brand Income expressly excludes any and all amounts received by the Client for off-field activities, including but not limited to endorsements, sponsorships, personal appearances, speaking engagements, licensing of name/image/likeness, and any other commercial activities not directly related to the Client’s on-field performance as a professional athlete. If a single contract, payment or consideration includes both Brand Income and Excluded Income (as defined herein), the Parties will allocate such compensation in good faith and on a commercially reasonable basis; provided that, absent manifest error, the Company’s reasonable determination will control pending final resolution, subject to the audit and dispute procedures herein. Any Permitted Deductions must be reasonable, documented, and substantiated by contemporaneous records; deductions not substantiated in an audit shall be disallowed. Compensation paid by an MLB Organization Entity to Client in exchange for on-field services is presumed to be Brand Income unless clearly and expressly documented as off-field consideration unrelated to on-field services.
“MLB Organization Entity” means Major League Baseball, any Major League Baseball club, and any entity within the Major League Baseball organization, including any minor league affiliate, developmental league, or related entity, regardless of whether such entity is the Client’s direct employer or the payor of compensation to the Client.
“Brand Percentage” means a fixed 1% of the Brand Income that the Client agrees to pay to the Company as the Brand Amount.
“Client Persona” means the Client’s name, likeness, image, voice, signature (including facsimile signature), biography, personal characteristics, and all other indicia of the Client’s identity or persona, including any live, recorded, or photographed performance or appearance by the Client.
“Collection Failure” means any failure to establish, maintain, authorize, or give effect to the Autopay Authorization, or any failure by the Client to pay or remit the Brand Amount to the Company when due under this Agreement, including any cancellation, revocation, reduction, suspension, or modification of the Autopay Authorization without the Company’s prior written consent, except to the extent caused solely by the Company’s breach of this Agreement.
“Commencement Date” means the date on which the Company first pays any portion of the Initial Advisory Payment to the Client.
“Company” means Agentiq Sports 1 Series Justin Martinez, a designated series of Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC, a Delaware series limited liability company.
“Effective Date” means the latter date set forth on the signature page hereto.
2
“Excluded Income” means the following categories of income or payments, which are excluded from the definition of Brand Income:
(a) all proceeds paid to the Client (or the Client’s heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns) from any life, disability, or injury insurance policy, or from any insurance policy related to the Client’s status or eligibility to participate in the Principal Business, in each case to the extent such policy is purchased or in effect after the Commencement Date;
(b) all compensation or earnings attributable to services performed by the Client prior to the Commencement Date (including any deferred compensation or contingent payments earned from activities as a professional athlete in the Principal Business before the Commencement Date), regardless of when such amounts are actually paid; and
(c) any reimbursement or payment for documented incidental expenses incurred by the Client (such as travel, lodging, or per diem expenses), or the fair market value or actual payment for any such expenses provided in kind or paid by a third party on the Client’s behalf; and
(d) all compensation, fees, royalties, or other consideration received by the Client for endorsements, sponsorships, personal appearances, speaking engagements, licensing of name, image, or likeness (“NIL”), merchandising, or any other off-field commercial activities, regardless of whether such activities are related to the Client’s persona or reputation as an athlete;
“Initial Advisory Payment” shall have the meaning provided in Section 4.1.
“Initial Closing” shall have the meaning provided in the recitals.
“Manager” means Agentiq Sports, Inc., a Delaware corporation, which is the sole manager of the Master LLC and of each series thereof. The Manager is authorized to act on behalf of the Company as set forth in the Master LLC operating agreement, the Series Designation for the Company and herein.
“Outside Date” means the date that is four (4) months after the Effective Date.
“Principal Business” means the Client’s primary professional occupation as a professional athlete in any of the following professional baseball leagues: (i) Major League Baseball, (ii) Nippon Professional Baseball in Japan, (iii) the Korea Baseball Organization, and (iv) the Mexican League (Liga Mexicana de Béisbol). For the avoidance of doubt, compensation earned by the Client from any league, tournament, or competition not listed above (including, without limitation, independent leagues, winter leagues, and exhibition play) shall not constitute Brand Income, which shall be specifically limited to the Client’s on-field/court participation, performance, and services as a player, including receipt of salary, bonuses, and prize money, and excluding any off-field commercial, promotional, or endorsement activities.
“Term” means the period of duration of this Agreement, as defined in Section 8.1 below.
“Series Designation” means the written designation establishing the applicable designated series of the Master LLC, incorporated into and made part of the Master LLC operating agreement, which sets forth the name of the series and its rights, powers, preferences, duties, and other terms, as amended from time to time.
“Series Offering” shall have the meaning provided in the recitals.
“Territory” means worldwide, to the extent applicable to the rights and obligations under this Agreement.
2. Advisory Services Provided by the Company
2.1. Commencement of Obligations. The Company’s obligations to commence the Advisory Services under this Section 2, the Client’s obligation to pay the Brand Amount under Sections 3 and 4.3, and all other rights and obligations of the Parties under this Agreement that are expressed to commence on, or that are conditioned upon, the Commencement Date shall become effective and commence automatically upon the Company’s payment to the Client of any portion of the Initial Advisory Payment pursuant to Section 4.1, in each case without the need for any further action, notice, or instrument by either Party.
3
2.2 Services Scope. The Company (acting through the Manager and its affiliates, contractors, and agents) shall provide strategic brand enhancement and promotional advisory services to the Client (the “Advisory Services”). These services may include, without limitation:
(a) evaluation and development of the Client’s personal brand positioning;
(b) planning and execution of fan engagement initiatives;
(c) preparation and readiness consulting for sponsorships, endorsements, and other commercial opportunities related to the Client’s persona;
(d) development and execution of marketing campaigns and content to increase the Client’s public visibility and marketability; and
(e) ongoing advisory support regarding the Client’s branding and promotional activities.
For the avoidance of doubt, the Advisory Services provided under this Agreement expressly exclude any services that require certification or licensing as a player agent, contract advisor, or similar professional representative under applicable league, players’ association, or regulatory rules. The Company and its representatives will not negotiate, secure, or execute employment contracts, playing contracts, or other agreements on behalf of the Client that require such certification, nor will they represent the Client in employment-related negotiations with teams, leagues, or governing bodies. The Client remains solely responsible for engaging any certified agent or contract advisor as may be required for such matters.
2.3. Brand Initiatives Funding. In connection with the Advisory Services, the Company shall fund brand-enhancement initiatives that may be agreed-upon by the Parties for the benefit of the Client. Such initiatives and the budget or amounts to be expended by the Company (if any) shall be determined by the Manager in consultation with the Client, consistent with the overall objectives of enhancing the Client’s brand and increasing the Client’s commercial opportunities. The Company shall administer any such funding and initiatives and may engage third-party service providers or partners to carry out specific campaigns or projects.
Without limiting the foregoing, the Company shall commit advertising and media resources to promote and grow the Client’s personal brand and social-media presence, and the Company anticipates spending in excess of twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000) on advertising and media that feature the Client and are designed to drive social awareness of the Client and his brand and to grow the Client’s social-media following (the “Marketing Spend”). Subject to the foregoing, all expenditures by the Company on brand initiatives are at the Company’s discretion (subject to any agreed plan or budget)shall be non-recoupable by Company, and shall be part of the Company’s performance of the Advisory Services.
2.4. No Guarantee. The Client acknowledges that, while the Advisory Services and funded initiatives are intended to enhance the Client’s brand and earnings potential, the Company has not made and does not make any guarantee or promise of any particular outcome or increase in the Client’s earnings or fame as a result of such services. The Client further acknowledges that the Client’s success in the Principal Business and related commercial endeavors depends on many factors beyond the Company’s control.
2.5. Planning Meetings. During the Term, the Client agrees to meet (which may be via teleconference or videoconference) with representatives of the Company or the Manager on a periodic basis, at least bi-annually (twice a year) to review recent developments and to plan upcoming brand strategy and initiatives. The Parties shall cooperate in good faith to schedule such meetings at mutually convenient times, and the Client shall use reasonable efforts to make himself available for such meetings as part of the collaboration under this Agreement.
4
2.6 Use of Third Parties. The Client agrees that the Company and the Manager may utilize affiliated or third-party service providers, consultants, and agents to perform some or all of the Advisory Services or brand initiatives and may share necessary information (including Confidential Information and elements of the Client Persona) with such parties for the sole purpose of fulfilling the Company’s obligations under this Agreement. The Company shall remain responsible for the performance of any Advisory Services that it delegates to third parties, including any costs incurred in connection with the Advisory Services.
2.7 Advisory Services. The Parties acknowledge that the scope and extent of the Advisory Services to be provided by the Company under this Agreement are commensurate with the full Initial Advisory Payment. The Manager shall determine, in its reasonable discretion and in consultation with the Client, the manner in which the Advisory Services shall be provided, including the frequency of planning meetings under Section 2.5, the budget for brand-enhancement initiatives under Section 2.3, and the breadth of services described in Section 2.2(a) through (e),. For the avoidance of doubt, the Client's obligation to pay the Brand Amount at the Brand Percentage on all Brand Income earned during the Term shall not be affected by the scope of Advisory Services actually provided.
3. Grant of Revenue Sharing Interest
3.1. Assignment of Brand Income Percentage. The Client hereby sells, assigns and grants to the Company, as of the Commencement Date and continuing through the Term, the contractual right to receive the Brand Amount. In other words, the Client agrees to pay to the Company an amount equal to the Brand Amount from the Client’s Brand Income, as and when such Brand Income is earned or received, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. The Advisory Services and the Initial Advisory Payment are provided as consideration for the right of the Company to receive the Brand Amount from the Client. The Client’s obligation to pay the Brand Amount to the Company, which does not constitute a loan or a debt, shall be absolute and unconditional, and shall exist regardless of whether the Client is employed, contracted, or self-employed in generating the Brand Income and regardless of through whom or how the Brand Income is paid.
3.2. No Ownership in Persona or Business. The Parties acknowledge and agree that the Company’s rights in the Brand Income are purely contractual. The Company does not acquire any ownership or equity interest in the Client’s persona, brand, publicity rights, or in any entity or enterprise owned or operated by the Client. Except for the share of future revenue explicitly granted hereunder and the related rights necessary to enforce or collect such revenue share, all other rights in the Client’s earnings and assets remain solely those of the Client.
3.3. Excluded Income. The Company has no right to and makes no claim on any Excluded Income of the Client. The Client shall have no obligation to share with the Company any income or amounts classified as Excluded Income, except that if a single contract or payment includes both Brand Income and Excluded Income components, the Brand Income portion (if reasonably ascertainable) will remain subject to the Brand Percentage. The Parties agree to cooperate in good faith to fairly allocate any mixed sources of compensation between Brand Income and Excluded Income, consistent with the definitions herein.
4. Payments and Collection of Brand Amount
4.1. Initial Advisory Payment to Client. As consideration for the rights granted to the Company by the Client hereunder, the Company shall pay to the Client cash payments totaling $325,000 (such aggregate amount, the “Initial Advisory Payment”), as follows: (i) $25,000 shall be paid by the Company to the Client within thirty (30) days following the Effective Date; and (ii) the remaining $300,000 shall be paid to the Client on or before the Outside Date, either by the Company directly or through the proceeds of the Series Offering, at the Manager’s election. The Company’s obligation to pay the full Initial Advisory Payment on or before the Outside Date shall be absolute and unconditional.
4.2. Taxes on Initial Advisory Payment. The Client shall be solely responsible for the payment of all taxes that may be due in relation to his receipt of the Initial Advisory Payment. The Company shall not be required to indemnify or “gross up” the Client for the amount of any such taxes. The Client shall indemnify the Company for and hold it harmless from and against any taxes of the Client, which may be sought against, imposed upon or suffered by the Company or which the Company may incur as a result of the Company’s failure to deduct and withhold such taxes from the Initial Advisory Payment
5
4.3 Collection of Brand Amount. During the Term, the Brand Amount shall be collected from the Client's Brand Income through an automatic, recurring transfer (the “Autopay”), established and maintained by the Client pursuant to the Autopay Authorization, of the Brand Amount from the Client’s designated bank account to an account designated by the Company in the name of Agentiq Sports 1 Series Justin Martinez (the “Company Account”), with the invoicing and direct-remittance obligations set forth in Section 4.3(g) serving as the fallback mechanism. The Client shall receive and retain all Brand Income directly, and shall remit only the Brand Amount to the Company; the Client is not required to establish, and the Company shall not control, any deposit account of the Client. The timing and procedures for such collections are as follows:
(a) Primary Collection Mechanism. As the primary method for collecting Brand Amounts, the Client shall establish and maintain the Autopay Authorization directing the Client’s bank or other financial institution to transfer the Brand Amount from the Client’s designated bank account to the Company Account on a recurring basis each pay cycle (and in any event no less frequently than the Client receives Brand Income). The Autopay Authorization shall be configured as a transfer equal to the Brand Percentage of each payment of Brand Income, if the Client’s financial institution supports percentage-based transfers; if it does not, the Autopay Authorization shall be configured as a fixed, recurring transfer in an amount equal to the Brand Percentage of the Client’s reasonably anticipated Brand Income for the applicable pay cycle, which amount the Client shall review and adjust no less frequently than annually and upon any material change in the Client’s Brand Income, with any resulting shortfall or overpayment reconciled in accordance with Section 4.3(g) or Section 4.3(h), as applicable. The Client shall configure the Autopay Authorization in an amount and with a frequency sufficient to remit the full Brand Amount with respect to all Brand Income received, and shall promptly provide the Company with reasonable documentary evidence of the establishment and maintenance of the Autopay Authorization upon request. The Client’s obligations under this Section 4.3 are intended to require only one-time setup and ordinary maintenance of the Autopay Authorization, and not active management of individual payments.
(b) Receipt and Retention of Brand Income. The Client shall be entitled to receive all Brand Income directly and to retain all amounts other than the Brand Amount (and any other amounts then due and payable to the Company under this Agreement). Nothing in this Agreement requires the Client to deposit Brand Income into any designated, blocked, or controlled account, except as the Client may voluntarily elect in connection with the Autopay Authorization.
(c) Autopay Transfers. Each Autopay transfer shall be in an amount equal to the Brand Amount applicable to the Brand Income to which such transfer relates, plus any other amounts then due and payable by the Client to the Company under this Agreement. The Client shall cause each Autopay transfer to be made within ten (10) days after the Client (or any person on the Client’s behalf) receives the corresponding Brand Income. The Client’s retention of all Brand Income other than the Brand Amount shall not affect the Company’s right to receive the Brand Amount.
(d) No Control Over Client Funds. The Company shall have no ownership interest in, or control over, the Client’s bank account or any Brand Income other than the Brand Amount, and the Company’s rights under this Section 4.3 are limited to receipt of the Brand Amount through the Autopay or, as applicable, the fallback remittance under Section 4.3(g).
(e) Frequency and Maintenance of Autopay. The Client shall maintain the Autopay Authorization in effect throughout the Term, shall configure it with a frequency sufficient to remit the full Brand Amount as and when Brand Income is received, and shall not cancel, revoke, reduce, suspend, or modify the Autopay Authorization without the Company’s prior written consent, except to substitute a replacement Autopay Authorization from another account that provides the Company with equivalent collection rights. The Client shall provide the Company with reasonable evidence of the establishment and maintenance of the Autopay Authorization upon request.
(f) No Revocation or Modification. The Client shall not revoke, amend, supersede, replace, terminate, or otherwise interfere with the Autopay Authorization without the Company’s prior written consent, except (i) to substitute an equivalent replacement Autopay Authorization as described in Section 4.3(e) or (ii) to the extent required by applicable law, league rules, collective bargaining agreement requirements, or the policies of the Client’s financial institution. Any change required by such law, rule, or policy shall be implemented in a manner that preserves the Company’s right to receive the Brand Amount to the maximum extent practicable, and the Client shall promptly notify the Company and cooperate in good faith to establish an equivalent collection arrangement.
6
(g) Invoicing and Fallback Direct Remittance by Client. If, for any reason, any Brand Amount is not transferred to the Company Account through the Autopay when due (including by reason of a Collection Failure, the failure or cancellation of the Autopay Authorization, or any Brand Income that is not captured by the Autopay), the Company may invoice the Client for the unpaid Brand Amount, and the Client shall pay such Brand Amount to the Company by wire transfer in immediately available funds no later than the later of (i) fifteen (15) days after the Client (or any person on the Client’s behalf) receives the corresponding Brand Income payment and (ii) ten (10) days after the date of any such invoice. To the extent the Client holds any Brand Amount that has not been remitted, the Client shall hold such amount for the benefit of the Company pending remittance. This Section 4.3(g) shall be in addition to (and not in lieu of) the Client’s obligations under Sections 4.3(a) through (f) and the Company’s remedies under this Agreement.
(h) Reconciliation and Overpayments. The Company shall reconcile Autopay transfers against actual Brand Income on a periodic basis. If the Company receives more than the Brand Amount properly payable with respect to any Brand Income, the Company shall return or credit the excess to the Client within ten (10) business days after discovery or final determination of the overage. If the Company receives less than the Brand Amount properly payable with respect to any Brand Income, the Client shall pay the deficiency to the Company in accordance with the procedure set forth in Section 4.3(g).
(j) Compliance Savings Clause. The collection mechanism set forth in this Section 4.3 shall apply only to the extent permitted by applicable law, league rules, collective bargaining agreement requirements, payroll rules, and financial-institution policies. If any component of the mechanism is not permitted with respect to any payment, the Parties shall cooperate in good faith to implement the closest lawful alternative that preserves the Company’s right to receive the Brand Amount, and the fallback remittance obligation under Section 4.3(g) shall continue to apply with respect to any Brand Amount not captured by the Autopay until such alternative is implemented.
(k) No Set-off; Taxes. All amounts payable by the Client to the Company hereunder shall be paid in full without set-off, deduction, or counterclaim, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement. The Client shall be responsible for any taxes applicable to the Client’s receipt of Brand Income (as between the Client and the Company), and the Client’s payments of the Brand Amount shall be made without deduction for taxes, except to the extent that any withholding may be required by law. If the Client is required by law to withhold any portion of a Brand Amount payment as tax and remit such withholding to a taxing authority, the Client shall promptly notify the Company, provide evidence of such withholding and remittance, and cooperate with the Company to ensure the Company receives credit for such tax payment. Any amounts withheld and paid to the government on the Company’s behalf shall be treated as paid to the Company for purposes of the Client’s obligations. The Company (or Manager) will be responsible for its own income taxes on amounts it receives. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold the Client harmless from any taxes imposed on the Company (as a separate taxpayer) that are sought from the Client solely because the Client failed to withhold such taxes from payments to the Company, provided the Client has complied with its obligations under this Section.
4.4 Blocked Payments. In the event that the Client, the Company, the Manager, or any payor is prohibited by any law, regulation (including currency control regulations), league rule, or other legal or regulatory restriction from establishing, maintaining, or giving effect to the Autopay Authorization, the Autopay, the fallback remittance obligation under Section 4.3(g), or any other component of the collection mechanism, the affected Party shall immediately notify the other Party. At the Company’s option, the Client shall either: (a) deposit the affected Brand Amounts in an interest-bearing account in the name of the Company (or for the benefit of the Company) in a jurisdiction where such deposit is permitted, or (b) cooperate with the Company to promptly find an alternative lawful method to transfer or credit the funds to the Company that preserves the Company’s economic and collection rights to the maximum extent practicable. The Client’s obligation to ultimately pay such Brand Amount to the Company shall not be extinguished by the blocking law or restriction, and any such payment shall be made as soon as legally allowed, and any costs of compliance or financial loss due to delay may be allocated as appropriate between the Parties in good faith or pursuant to applicable law.
7
4.5 Late Payments; Interest; Late Fees. Time is of the essence in the remittance of Brand Amounts. As used herein, a “payment default” means any failure by the Client to pay or remit the Brand Amount to the Company when required under this Agreement (whether through the Autopay or the fallback remittance under Section 4.3(g)). For the avoidance of doubt, the late fees, interest, and enforcement provisions of this Agreement are intended solely as backstop protections that apply only upon the Client’s actual failure to pay the Brand Amount when obligated, and shall not be triggered by any administrative, processing, or banking failure of the Autopay that is outside the Client’s reasonable control, so long as the Client remits the affected Brand Amount within the cure period set forth below. The Client shall have a cure period of thirty (30) days after the date the applicable Brand Amount became due to cure any payment default. If a payment default is not cured, the following late fees shall apply, in each case based on the number of days the applicable Brand Amount remains unpaid after its due date, as liquidated damages and not as a penalty: (i) for amounts unpaid for twenty (20) days or fewer, no late fee shall apply (grace period); (ii) for amounts that remain unpaid for more than twenty (20) days but not more than thirty (30) days, a late fee equal to the greater of $5,000 or five percent (5%) of the unpaid Brand Amount; (iii) for amounts that remain unpaid for more than thirty (30) days but not more than sixty (60) days, a late fee equal to the greater of $15,000 or ten percent (10%) of the unpaid Brand Amount; and (iv) for amounts that remain unpaid for more than sixty (60) days, a late fee equal to the greater of $25,000 or fifteen percent (15%) of the unpaid Brand Amount, plus, at the Company’s election, acceleration of all Brand Amount obligations payable in respect of Brand Income reasonably anticipated to be earned by the Client through the end of the then-current calendar year, which accelerated amount shall become immediately due and payable. In addition to the foregoing late fees, the unpaid amount shall accrue interest in favor of the Company from the date due until the date paid at the lesser of: (a) the Prime Rate plus 3% per annum, compounded monthly (where “Prime Rate” means the prime lending rate as published in the Wall Street Journal on the first business day of the applicable month), or (b) the maximum rate permitted by applicable law. Interest on late payments shall be due and payable upon demand. Any late fees and accrued interest payable under this Section 4.5 shall, when owed, constitute amounts due and payable by the Client to the Company under this Agreement and shall be collected together with the Brand Amount through the Autopay or the invoicing and fallback remittance procedure under Section 4.3(g). The Parties acknowledge that the late fees set forth in this Section 4.5 are a reasonable estimate of the damages the Company would incur (including administrative, monitoring, investor reporting, and enforcement burdens), which would be difficult or impracticable to calculate at the time of contracting. The accrual or payment of interest or late fees under this section shall not limit any other rights or remedies of the Company due to the Client’s failure to pay amounts when due.
4.6 Disclosure of Material Breach. The Client acknowledges that the Company may have investors or stakeholders entitled to information about the Company’s assets and agreements. Accordingly, the Client agrees that in the event the Client materially breaches this Agreement, including by reason of any failure to pay any Brand Amount when due, any material Collection Failure, or any revocation, modification, or repudiation of the Autopay Authorization, in each case that is not cured within any applicable cure period, the Company (or the Manager on the Company’s behalf) shall have the right to disclose the existence of such breach (including the Client’s name and the nature of the default), but only to the extent legally required, in any required filings, reports, or investor communications. The Company shall not make any voluntary public statement regarding such breach beyond what is necessary to comply with applicable law and the Company’s investor-reporting obligations. The Company must give the Client at least fifteen (15) days’ prior written notice of its intent to make such a disclosure (unless a shorter period is required to comply with law or regulation) and an opportunity within that time to cure the default, and any such disclosure shall be reviewed by the Company’s securities counsel prior to publication. If the Client cures the default within the notice period, the Company shall refrain from publicly disclosing the default. Nothing in this section shall prevent the Company from pursuing any other legal or equitable remedies for breach.
4.7 Payments Upon Dissolution or Non-Existence of the Company. In the event that the Company (the designated series of the Master LLC that is a party to this Agreement) is dissolved, ceases to exist, or is otherwise unable to receive payments under this Agreement for any reason, the Client’s obligation to pay the Brand Amount and any other amounts due hereunder shall continue in full force and effect. In such event, all such payments shall be made directly to the Manager, on the Company’s members’ behalf in accordance with the procedures specified in Section 8.8(b) or to such other person or entity as the Manager may designate in writing, and the Manager or its designee shall be entitled (i) to enforce all rights and remedies of the Company under this Agreement, (ii) to receive the Brand Amount in lieu of the Company, including by directing the Client to redirect the Autopay to an account designated by the Manager or its designee, and (iii) to invoice the Client and otherwise administer collection of the Brand Amount, in each case as successor servicer. The Client shall be provided with written notice of any such change in payment instructions and shall comply with such instructions promptly upon receipt and shall reasonably cooperate with the Manager or its designee to give effect to the foregoing.
8
4.8 Security. To secure the prompt and complete payment and performance of all obligations of the Client under this Agreement, the Client hereby grants to the Company a continuing security interest in and to all of the Client’s right, title, and interest in and to the following, in each case whether now existing or hereafter arising: (a) the Brand Amount and the Client’s contractual right to receive the Brand Percentage portion of Brand Income; (b) all rights of the Client under, in connection with, or arising out of the Autopay Authorization and any amounts held pending remittance under Section 4.3(g); and (c) all proceeds of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “Collateral”). The security interest granted hereby shall attach immediately upon the Company’s payment to the Client of any portion of the Initial Advisory Payment (including the initial installment under Section 4.1), without regard to whether the full Initial Advisory Payment has been paid, and shall continue in full force and effect until all obligations of the Client under this Agreement have been satisfied in full. For the avoidance of doubt, partial payment of the Initial Advisory Payment shall be sufficient to cause the security interest to attach, and the security interest shall secure all present and future obligations of the Client hereunder, including those arising from subsequent payments of the Initial Advisory Payment. The Client hereby authorizes the Company to file one or more UCC-1 financing statements, and any amendments or continuations, in any jurisdiction deemed necessary by the Company, describing the collateral as “all of the Client’s right, title, and interest in and to (a) the Brand Amount and the Client’s contractual right to receive the Brand Percentage portion of Brand Income; (b) all rights of the Client under, in connection with, or arising out of the Autopay Authorization and any amounts held pending remittance under the Brand Advisory Agreement; and (c) all proceeds of any of the foregoing, in each case as defined in the Brand Advisory Agreement between the Client and the Company, dated as of the Effective Date thereof.” The Client further agrees to execute and deliver such financing statements and other documents, and to take such further actions, as the Company may reasonably request to perfect, maintain, and enforce the Company’s security interest in the Collateral. Furthermore, in the event of a final, non-appealable judgment (or a final arbitration award) in favor of the Company for unpaid Brand Amounts or other amounts due under this Agreement, the Client agrees to reasonably cooperate with the Company in any lawful process to collect such judgment or award. In the event of a payment default by the Client under this Agreement that remains uncured after any applicable notice and cure period, the Company (or the Manager on its behalf) shall have the right to notify any third-party payor of Brand Income of the Company’s security interest in the Brand Income and to enforce its rights in accordance with applicable law. If the Company obtains a court order, garnishment order, or similar legal process with respect to the Brand Income, the Company may provide such order to the applicable payor, and the payor shall be authorized and directed to comply with such order.
In furtherance of the Company’s rights under this Agreement and this Section 4.8, the Client hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Manager, acting on behalf of the Company, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, as the Client’s true and lawful proxy and attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority in the Client’s name, place, and stead, and in the name of the Company or otherwise, to take any and all actions and to make, execute, acknowledge, swear to, deliver, file, record, and publish any and all agreements, instruments, certificates, financing statements (including UCC-1 financing statements and any amendments, continuations, terminations, or assignments thereof), payment directions, notifications to payors, consents, amendments, releases, endorsements, and other writings, as the Manager may determine to be necessary or appropriate to establish, maintain, perfect, continue, protect, preserve, evidence, or enforce the Company’s security interest in, lien on, or other rights with respect to the Collateral, including all rights under the Autopay Authorization, all Brand Income, and all proceeds of any of the foregoing.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Manager is authorized to (a) deliver, replace, renew, or modify payment directions to any payor in accordance with Section 4.3; (b) execute and file any document required to perfect or continue the Company’s security interest in the Collateral in any jurisdiction; and (c) take any other action contemplated by Sections 4.3 or 4.8 of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.8, the foregoing proxy and power of attorney is limited to, and the Manager shall exercise it solely for, the following purposes: (i) filing, maintaining, amending, and continuing UCC financing statements with respect to the Collateral; (ii) executing and delivering payment directions; and (iii) taking ministerial collection actions, but, with respect to clause (iii), only following a payment default that has been adjudicated by a court or determined in arbitration and that remains uncured after any applicable notice and cure period. The Manager shall exercise the proxy and power of attorney only in good faith and for cause. The Client hereby ratifies and confirms, and agrees to ratify and confirm, all actions taken by the Manager in accordance with this proxy and power of attorney.
9
This proxy and power of attorney is coupled with an interest, is granted to secure the performance of the Client’s obligations under this Agreement and to protect the Company’s security interest in the Collateral, and is irrevocable, and shall not be terminated or otherwise affected by the death, disability, incapacity, dissolution, insolvency, or bankruptcy of the Client, by any subsequent revocation or attempted revocation by the Client, or by the expiration or termination of this Agreement, and shall continue in full force and effect until all obligations of the Client under this Agreement have been fully and indefeasibly satisfied. If the Manager is replaced as the manager of the Company or the Master LLC, the successor manager shall automatically be substituted as the proxy and attorney-in-fact under this paragraph. Nothing in this paragraph shall obligate the Manager to take any action, and the Manager shall have no liability to the Client for any action taken or not taken in good faith under this proxy and power of attorney, except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.8, the security interest granted hereunder, and the Collateral, shall not extend to, attach to, or otherwise encumber any Excluded Income, or any other assets, property, income, or rights of the Client that do not constitute the Brand Amount, the Client’s contractual right to receive the Brand Percentage portion of Brand Income, the rights described in clause (b) above, or the proceeds of any of the foregoing.
The Company shall not exercise any rights or remedies with respect to the security interest granted hereunder—other than taking such actions as are necessary to create, perfect, continue, or maintain the perfection of such security interest—unless and until a payment default has occurred and remains uncured beyond the thirty (30) day cure period set forth in Section 4.5.
For the avoidance of doubt, any UCC-1 financing statement (and any amendment or continuation thereof) filed by the Company in connection with this Agreement shall describe the Collateral solely by reference to the specific categories set forth in this Section 4.8, and shall not describe the Collateral as “all assets,” “all personal property,” or using any similarly broad or generic description.
5. Reporting and Audit Rights
5.1. Books and Records. The Client (and, to the extent applicable, the Client’s Affiliates involved in the receipt of Brand Income) shall maintain complete and accurate books and records of all Brand Income Contracts, Brand Income earned or received, and calculations of Brand Amounts payable to the Company, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles or other recognized basis reasonably acceptable to the Company. Such records shall include, without limitation, copies of contracts evidencing Brand Income, pay stubs, earning statements, invoices, bank statements showing receipt of Brand Income, and records of any expenses or deductions claimed under the definition of Brand Income. The Client shall retain all such records at least throughout the Term and for a period of 12 months following the termination or expiration of this Agreement (or such longer period as may be required by law). This recordkeeping obligation does not apply to periods before the Commencement Date. In addition to the foregoing, the Client shall provide to the Company (or authorize the Company or Manager to obtain directly from the applicable payor) confirmations of Brand Income received and records evidencing the establishment and maintenance of the Autopay Authorization. The Company’s audit rights set forth in Section 5.3 shall extend to any Brand Income that is not captured by the Autopay, regardless of the reason therefor.
5.2. Periodic Reporting. Prior to the execution of this Agreement by the Parties, the Client shall provide to the Manager a copy of his contract pursuant to which the Brand Income is earned. Within 10 business days after the June 30th and December 31st during the Term, the Client shall deliver to the Manager a written report (each, a “Semi-Annual Report”) in a format reasonably specified or agreed to by the Company, which shall include: (a) the total Brand Income earned or received by the Client during that six month period (itemized by source or contract, and by payment date and amount); (b) the calculation of the Brand Amount owed to the Company for that six month period (including any deductions permitted under the Brand Income definition, with reasonable detail); (c) year-to-date summaries of Brand Income and Brand Amount; and (d) any other information reasonably requested by the Company and related to the Client’s performance of this Agreement or the Client’s activities in the Principal Business that may affect current or future Brand Income. Together with each Semi-Annual Report, the Client shall provide copies of any documentation evidencing the Brand Income reported, such as copies of pay stubs, remittance advices, royalty statements, or similar documents for that six-month period.
10
5.3. Audit Rights. The Company (or the Manager or any designee acting on the Company’s behalf) shall have the right, during the Term and for 12 months after the Term (the “Audit Period”), to examine, audit, and copy the relevant books, records, and accounts of the Client and the Client’s Affiliates to verify the accuracy of any Semi-Annual Reports and the payments of the Brand Amount. Any such audit shall be limited to the books, records, and accounts directly related to Brand Income; provided, however, that the Company shall retain the right to audit Brand Income from all sources, including any Brand Income that bypasses or is not captured by the Autopay or any other designated payment mechanism. The Company may not audit the same period more than twice, and any audit shall not cover periods earlier than the then-current and two (2) immediately preceding calendar years at the time of audit (except that audits during the Audit Period after termination may cover the entire Term). Any such audit shall be conducted at the Company’s expense, provided that if an audit reveals an underpayment of more than five percent (5%) of the Brand Amount due for the period examined, the Client shall reimburse the Company for the reasonable, documented costs of the audit. If an audit or review reveals that the Client has underpaid the Brand Amount, the Client shall promptly (and in any event within 10 days of notice) pay to the Company the amount of the underpayment plus any applicable interest as set forth in Section 4.5. If an audit reveals the Client overpaid the Brand Amount, the Company shall promptly refund the overpaid amount to the Client (or, at the Client’s election, the Client may credit such overpayment against the next installment(s) of Brand Amount coming due, if any).
5.4. Audit Procedure. The Company shall provide the Client with at least fourteen (14) days’ advance written notice of its intention to conduct an audit under this Agreement and will reasonably accommodate the Client’s schedule and operations in terms of timing and scope. Any audit shall be conducted by a nationally recognized independent accounting firm or another firm reasonably acceptable to the Client, during normal business hours at the location(s) where the relevant records are maintained, and in such a manner as not to unreasonably interfere with the Client’s business. The Client may require the auditor to sign a reasonable non-disclosure agreement if the auditor is not already under a duty of confidentiality to the Company or Manager. The Parties shall direct any third-party payors (such as teams or leagues) to cooperate with requests to provide confirmation of payments made to the Client as needed for the audit.
5.5. Confidentiality of Audit Findings. All information reviewed or obtained by the Company or its auditors during any audit shall be deemed Confidential Information of the Client, and the Company shall not use or disclose such information for any purpose other than verification of compliance with this Agreement and enforcement of the Company’s rights. The Parties shall, however, be entitled to use the results of any audit in any dispute resolution or legal proceedings concerning this Agreement, subject to appropriate protective orders or confidentiality arrangements.
6. Restrictions and Negative Covenants
6.1. Exclusive Relationship; No Similar Agreements. The Client represents and warrants that, as of the Effective Date, the Client has not entered into any contract or arrangement (other than this Agreement) under which the Client has sold, assigned, or otherwise transferred to any third party any right to receive payments or income based on the Client’s future earnings or revenue from the Principal Business. During the Term, the Client shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company, enter into any agreement or transaction with any other party that is similar in nature to this Agreement. Specifically, the Client shall not agree to pay or assign to any third party any portion of the Client’s future Brand Income (or any income substantially similar to Brand Income) in exchange for upfront or ongoing payments or services. This restriction does not prohibit the Client from engaging professional agents, managers, or advisors in the ordinary course of the Client’s career, even if such representatives are paid a percentage of the Client’s income as commission or fees. However, any such arrangement must not conflict with the Client’s obligations to pay the Brand Amount to the Company or diminish the Company’s rights with respect to any installment of the Brand Amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Client receives a bona fide offer from any third party to enter into a transaction that would require consent under this Section 6.1 (a “Third-Party Offer”), the Client shall first deliver to the Company written notice of the material terms thereof, including the identity of the counterparty and all material economic terms (a “ROFR Notice”). The Company shall have fifteen (15) business days following receipt of the ROFR Notice to elect to enter into a transaction with the Client on the same or more favorable terms. If the Company does not timely elect to match, or if the Parties fail to execute a definitive agreement within thirty (30) days of the Company's election, the Client may consummate the transaction with the third party on terms no more favorable to the third party than those in the ROFR Notice, provided such transaction closes within ninety (90) days, after which the Client must re-comply with this process. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 6.1 and the right of first refusal hereunder apply only to a sale, assignment, pledge, or similar monetization of Brand Income or of future on-field income substantially similar to Brand Income, and shall not apply to any ordinary-course agent, management, endorsement, sponsorship, name, image, or likeness, or other off-field commercial arrangement entered into by the Client.
11
6.2. No Circumvention. The Client shall not take any action for the purpose of defeating, reducing, or delaying the Company’s right to receive the Brand Amount. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Client shall not intentionally defer or decline any Brand Income, or divert any revenue that would otherwise constitute Brand Income into forms or channels that would constitute Excluded Income or would be paid to a third party (except for legitimate payments to Affiliates or agents as permitted herein), with the primary intent of preventing the Company from receiving the Brand Amount in full. The Client also shall not form or use any corporation, partnership, trust, or other entity or contractual arrangement to hide or shield Brand Income from the Company. Any entity through which the Client earns Brand Income (e.g., if the Client forms a personal services company to receive income) shall be deemed an Affiliate of the Client and the Client shall cause such entity to comply with the Client’s obligations under this Agreement, including payment of Brand Amount and cooperation with audits.
6.3. Limits on Publicity and Fundraising. The Client shall not use the Company’s or the Manager’s name or trademarks, or refer to this Agreement, in any press release or public statement except as permitted under Section 11.4 or with the Company’s prior written consent. Further, the Client agrees not to promote, market, or solicit investments in any securities of the Company, Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC, or any other Company thereof, or other securities offering related to this Agreement, unless specifically requested or approved in writing by the Company or Manager. Unsolicited inquiries the Client receives from potential investors or media regarding the Company shall be referred to the Manager.
6.4. Secondary Trading Launch; Automatic Opt-In; Promotional Support. The Company (acting through the Manager) or an affiliate may operate or make available an alternative trading system (the “ATS”) on which the Company’s membership interests may be traded in secondary transactions, subject to applicable law and platform rules. Upon written notice from the Company (acting through the Manager) that secondary trading functionality for the trading of the Company’s membership interests has launched on the ATS (the “Secondary Trading Launch”), the Company’s membership interests, if eligible, will be automatically enabled for secondary trading under applicable platform rules and this Agreement. The Company shall retain the irrevocable right to enable the Company’s membership interests for secondary trading on the ATS. For the avoidance of doubt, such automatic opt-in applies only to the Company’s membership interests and does not create any new obligation for the Client, and the Client shall have no obligation to participate in or promote secondary trading on the ATS absent a separate written agreement. The Parties acknowledge that the Secondary Trading Launch may, in the future, enable the Client to repurchase membership interests in the Company, which shall give him an indirect interest in the Company’s rights to receive and be paid the Brand Percentage. Following the Secondary Trading Launch, any promotional activities by the Client related to the ATS will be documented in a separate agreement or statement of work between the Company and the Client, which will set the specific deliverables, timing, and fees. Such activities will be limited to platform-level awareness and user education, subject to Company guidance and approval, and must comply with applicable law (including broker-dealer/finder restrictions) and clear, conspicuous influencer endorsement disclosures. No compensation will be tied to securities transactions, trading volume, proceeds, or other success-based or transaction-based metrics.
6.5 Compliance with Laws and League Rules. The Client shall perform his/her obligations under this Agreement, and shall pursue the Principal Business, in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations, and (if applicable) the rules and policies of any professional league or governing body relevant to the Client. The Client represents that nothing in this Agreement violates or causes a breach of any rule of any league, players’ association, or sanctioning body to which the Client is subject, and if any such conflict arises, the Client will promptly notify the Company. To the extent any provision of this Agreement is deemed to violate a mandatory rule or non-waivable regulation of a league or governing body, the Parties will cooperate in good faith to modify this Agreement as minimally as necessary to comply with such requirement while preserving the Parties’ economic intentions.
12
6.6. Player Not Issuer, Seller, or Solicitor; No Securities Activities. The Parties acknowledge and agree that the Client is not, and shall not be deemed to be, the issuer, promoter, seller, underwriter, placement agent, broker, dealer, finder, or solicitor of any securities in connection with the Series Offering, the ATS, or any other offering of membership interests in the Company, the Master LLC, or any series thereof. The securities offered in the Series Offering are membership interests issued by the Company, and the Series Offering is conducted by the Company through the Manager and its offering partners, including the registered broker-dealer, the transfer agent, and the offering platform engaged by the Company for such purpose. The Company shall not require the Client to engage in any activity constituting the offer, sale, or solicitation of securities without the Client’s prior written consent and a separate written agreement compliant with applicable securities laws. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to require the Client to participate in, promote, or make any statement in connection with any securities offering.
7. Representations and Warranties
7.1. Authority and Capacity. Each Party represents and warrants that it has the full right, power, and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. The individual signing this Agreement on behalf of the Company (through the Manager) is duly authorized to do so. If the Client is an individual, the Client is of legal age and capacity to contract in his/her jurisdiction of residence. If the Client has any legal guardian or other person with legal authority over the Client’s affairs (e.g., due to minor status or incapacity), such guardian has approved and co-signed this Agreement (or a separate consent) to validate the Client’s entry into this Agreement.
7.2. Independent Advice. I fully understand the terms and conditions of the Agreement, and I have had the opportunity to be represented by an attorney, tax advisor and other professional representatives of my choosing in the review, negotiation and execution of the Agreement and performance of my obligations hereunder.
7.3 Binding Obligation. This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation of each Party, enforceable against such Party in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy or similar laws and general principles of equity. Each Party acknowledges that it had the opportunity to obtain independent legal advice with respect to this Agreement and that it has entered into this Agreement voluntarily, and each Party agrees not to challenge the validity or enforceability of this Agreement, except on the grounds of fraud in the inducement.
7.4. No Conflicts. The execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement by the Parties does not and will not: (a) violate, conflict with, or result in a breach of any agreement, contract, or obligation to which such Party is a party or by which it is bound; or (b) require any consent, approval, or notice to any third party (except as has been obtained or provided). The Client specifically represents that he/she is not subject to any agreement or court order (including any with a sports team, league, sponsor, or prior financial partner) that would prohibit or materially impair the Client’s ability to perform this Agreement or to pay the Brand Amount to the Company as required.
7.5. Litigation and Compliance. The Client represents that there are no existing or, to the Client’s knowledge, threatened actions, suits, or proceedings at law or in equity before any court, tribunal, governmental authority or arbitrator that could reasonably be expected to adversely affect the Client’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement. The Client further represents that he/she is not in material violation of any law, regulation, or order applicable to the Client that would impact the Client’s performance or the benefits intended to be conferred on the Company hereunder.
7.6. Accuracy of Information. The Client confirms that all information provided by the Client to the Company or Manager regarding the Client’s personal and professional background, current contract(s), compensation, and other facts relevant to this Agreement (including any personal information schedule or disclosure provided as of the Effective Date) is true, correct, and complete in all material respects. The Client will promptly notify the Company of any material changes to such information.
7.7. Brokerage. Each Party represents that it has not engaged or used any broker or finder in connection with the negotiation or execution of this Agreement, and no person or entity is or will be entitled to any brokerage commission, finder’s fee, or similar compensation in connection herewith by reason of any action of that Party. The Client shall be solely responsible for any commission or fee owed to any agent or representative engaged by the Client in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated (including any commission to an agent who assisted the Client in negotiating this Agreement).
13
7.8. No Other Revenue Assignments. The Client reaffirms that, except as disclosed to the Company in writing, the Client has not previously assigned, pledged, or granted to any person or entity a security interest in, or other lien or claim on, any portion of the Client’s Brand Income or future earnings from the Principal Business.
7.9. Intellectual Property. The Client represents that the use of the Client Persona and any other intellectual property provided by the Client for the Company’s use (for example, photographs, logos, or content the Client supplies for marketing) will not infringe or violate the rights of any third party, including any copyright, trademark, privacy, publicity, or contractual rights of others. To the Client’s knowledge, any statements or endorsements made by the Client as part of the Advisory Services or any campaigns will be truthful and comply with applicable endorsement guidelines or laws.
7.10. Company Representations. The Company represents and warrants that: (a) it is validly formed and in good standing under the laws of Delaware as a designated series of Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC; (b) the Manager has all necessary authority from Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC and under the Company’s governing documents to enter into this Agreement on the Company’s behalf and to perform the obligations herein on behalf of the Company; (c) the execution and performance of this Agreement by the Company has been duly authorized by all necessary company action; and (d) the Company’s provision of Advisory Services to the Client will be performed in a professional and workmanlike manner by individuals or entities appropriately skilled and experienced in such services.
7.11. No Investment Advice. The Company and the Manager are not providing, and have not provided, the Client with any legal, tax, or investment advice regarding this Agreement. The Client acknowledges that he/she has been advised and encouraged to seek independent advice as to the legal and tax implications of this arrangement. The Company makes no representation regarding the tax treatment of the Initial Advisory Payment or the Brand Amount payments as to the Client.
7.12. No Prior Income Assignments, Liens, or Security Interests. The Client represents and warrants that, as of the Effective Date, the Client has not granted, assigned, pledged, or otherwise conveyed any security interest, lien, or other encumbrance in or to any portion of the Brand Income or any rights or proceeds relating thereto to any third party. The Client further represents that no person or entity other than the Company has any right, claim, or interest in the Brand Income that would conflict with the rights granted to the Company under this Agreement.
7.13. No Conflicting Account or Deposit Arrangements. The Client represents and warrants that, as of the Effective Date, the Client has not granted, executed, or delivered any payment direction, lien, assignment, or other arrangement with respect to any payor of Brand Income or any deposit account that would conflict with, impair, or prevent the establishment, maintenance, or operation of the Autopay Authorization, in each case as contemplated by Section 4.3.
8. Term and Termination
8.1. Term. The term of this Agreement (the “Term”) shall commence on the Effective Date and, unless earlier terminated as provided herein, shall continue until the earlier of: (a) the date that is two years after the Client’s official retirement or permanent cessation from actively engaging in the Principal Business (the “Termination Tolling Period”); provided, however, that if the Client resumes actively engaging in the Principal Business at any time during the Termination Tolling Period, this Agreement shall not terminate pursuant to this clause (a) and shall remain in full force and effect; and (b) the 25th anniversary of the Effective Date. The Term may also be terminated earlier by mutual written agreement of the Parties or as otherwise provided below.
8.2. Survival. Notwithstanding the end of the Term by expiration or early termination, the rights and obligations of the Parties with respect to any Brand Income earned by the Client during the Term (even if paid after the Term) shall survive and remain enforceable until fully satisfied. In addition, any provisions of this Agreement that by their nature are intended to survive, including but not limited to, Sections 4, 9.5, 10, 13, 8.4 and 8.8(b), shall survive termination.
14
8.3. Early Termination.
(a) No Termination for Failure of Series Offering. The Parties acknowledge that the Company is obligated to pay the full Initial Advisory Payment to the Client on or before the Outside Date, either directly or through the proceeds of the Series Offering, at the Manager’s election. Neither Party shall have any right to terminate this Agreement solely on account of the failure of the Initial Closing of the Series Offering to occur by the Outside Date. For the avoidance of doubt, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect following the Outside Date in accordance with its terms.
(b) Breach of this Agreement. If either Party materially breaches this Agreement, the non-breaching Party may give written notice to the breaching Party describing the breach in reasonable detail. The breaching Party shall have 30 days (or 10 days, in the case of a payment default or breach of Section 6.1) from receipt of such notice to cure the breach to the reasonable satisfaction of the non-breaching Party. If the breaching Party fails to cure within the cure period, the non-breaching Party may terminate this Agreement immediately by providing written notice of termination to the breaching Party. Termination of the Agreement for breach shall be without prejudice to any other rights or remedies the non-breaching Party may have, including the right to seek damages or specific performance. If the Company is the non-breaching Party and terminates due to the Client’s breach, (without limiting any other remedy) the Company shall be entitled to seek and recover the Brand Amount on any Brand Income earned by the Client through the date of termination and any additional equitable relief necessary to put the Company in the position it would have been had the Client performed its obligations.
(c) Collection Failures and Diversion. Without limiting Section 8.3(b), each of the following shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement by the Client: (i) any Collection Failure that is not cured within seven (7) business days after written notice from the Company; (ii) any revocation, modification, or repudiation of the Autopay Authorization in contravention of Section 4.3(f); and (iii) any intentional action to divert, redirect, or otherwise evade, defeat, or delay the Company’s right to receive the Brand Amount, which clause (iii) shall be deemed an immediate material breach with no cure period and shall entitle the Company to exercise all remedies under this Agreement, including termination, recovery of unpaid Brand Amounts, and equitable relief.
8.4. Clawback on Voluntary Early Exit. The Client acknowledges that the Company is entering into this Agreement and paying the Initial Advisory Payment (whether in one or more installments) with the expectation of sharing in the Client's future Brand Income over a multi-year period. Accordingly, if the Client voluntarily ceases to engage in the Principal Business prior to the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date (the “Early Termination Date”) (for any reason other than Good Reason, as defined below), the Client shall repay to the Company, except as otherwise set forth below, the aggregate amount of the Initial Advisory Payment actually received by the Client by way of liquidated damages. Specifically, in the event of such early voluntary exit, the Client shall pay the Company an amount equal to (a) the aggregate Initial Advisory Payment actually received by the Client (whether in a single payment at Initial Closing or through multiple payments over additional closings), plus the lesser of (i) the Prime Rate plus 5% per annum, compounded monthly from the Early Termination Date to the date of repayment and (ii) the maximum rate permitted by applicable law, (b) minus all Brand Amount payments actually made by the Client to the Company prior to the Early Termination Date. Such repayment shall be due in full within 30 days after the Client's cessation of the Principal Business; provided, that if such Brand Amounts paid to the Company exceeds the sum of (a) above, then no amounts shall be owed to the Company. The Parties agree that this repayment obligation is a reasonable estimate of a portion of the damages the Company would incur from the loss of anticipated Brand Income, and is not a penalty. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the repayment amount otherwise due under this Section 8.4 shall be reduced by fifteen percent (15%) for each of the first six (6) full years of the Client’s participation in the Principal Business following the Effective Date, and by an additional ten percent (10%) for the seventh (7th) full year of such participation, such that no amount shall be repayable under this Section 8.4 from and after the seventh (7th) anniversary of the Effective Date; and, in addition, no amount shall be repayable under this Section 8.4 if, as of the Early Termination Date, the aggregate Brand Amount payments actually made by the Client to the Company equal or exceed the sum of the aggregate Initial Advisory Payment actually received by the Client plus a twenty percent (20%) per annum internal rate of return thereon. This Section 8.4 shall not apply if the Client's early cessation of the Principal Business is for Good Reason.
15
8.5. Definition of Good Reason. “Good Reason” for the Client’s voluntary early cessation of the Principal Business (e.g., retirement from professional athletics) shall exist only if the Client’s exit is due to a significant, documented injury, illness, or medical condition (a “Major Injury”) that either renders the Client physically or mentally unable to continue performing in the Principal Business or which, if the Client were to continue, would pose a substantial risk of permanent harm to the Client’s physical or mental health beyond the ordinary risks of the profession. For the avoidance of doubt, a documented mental-health condition shall constitute a Major Injury and Good Reason if it is certified by a licensed mental-health professional, subject to the same independent verification process set forth below for medical determinations. The existence of Good Reason shall be determined in good faith by the Parties. In the event of a disagreement as to whether a Major Injury constitutes Good Reason, the Parties shall submit the matter for determination by a qualified independent physician or, in the case of a mental-health condition, a qualified independent licensed mental-health professional: the Parties shall jointly select a physician or professional with relevant expertise, or if they cannot agree, each Party shall select one and those two shall jointly select a third with relevant expertise to make a final and binding determination. The Client shall be responsible for any costs of obtaining medical or mental-health evaluations, and the Parties shall share equally any fees of an independent deciding physician or professional.
8.6. Effect of Death or Incapacity. If the Client dies or becomes permanently and totally disabled during the Term, such that the Client can no longer continue in the Principal Business, the Term shall be deemed to end as of the date of death or determination of permanent disability. In the case of death, the Client’s estate shall be obligated to pay any Brand Amounts due for Brand Income earned up to the date of death (e.g., any salary or bonus earned prior to death but paid after death), but no further Brand Amount shall accrue after death except to the extent payments contractually earned prior to death are made posthumously. In the case of permanent disability, the Parties (or the Client’s legal representative) will confer in good faith regarding an equitable resolution of any ongoing obligations, but generally the occurrence of total and permanent disability (as reasonably determined by medical evidence) shall be treated similar to a retirement for Good Reason, and the clawback provisions of Section 8.4 shall not apply. Except as provided in Section 8.4, in no event shall the Client, the Client’s legal representative or the Client’s estate, as the case may be, be obligated or otherwise required to return the Initial Advisory Payment, or any portion thereof, to the Company.
8.7. Mutual Termination. The Parties may at any time mutually agree in writing to terminate this Agreement on an agreed date. In such event, they will also set forth in the termination agreement the handling of any future Brand Income or outstanding obligations. Unless otherwise agreed, if the Agreement is terminated by mutual agreement, the Company will only be entitled to the Brand Amount from Brand Income earned by the Client up to the date of termination, and the Client will have no further obligation to pay Brand Amount on income earned after termination (and no clawback would apply unless expressly agreed as part of the termination provisions). Any mutual termination agreement must be signed by both the Client and the Manager on behalf of the Company.
8.8 Resumption of Principal Business Before or After Termination.
(a) Resumption within Termination Tolling Period. If, the Client resumes active participation in the Principal Business at any time during the Termination Tolling Period: (i) this Agreement shall be deemed not to have terminated pursuant to Section 8.1(a) and shall automatically continue in full force and effect from and after the date of such resumption; and (ii) all payment systems, methods, schedules, and obligations agreed upon under this Agreement-including, without limitation, the Brand Percentage and all related payment, reporting, withholding, and audit obligations-shall be reinstated as of the date of such resumption and shall apply to Brand Income earned on and after such date.
(b) Resumption after Termination Tolling Period. If the Client resumes active participation in the Principal Business after the end of the Termination Tolling Period and, as a result, this Agreement has terminated pursuant to Section 8.1(a), the Client shall, from and after such resumption, pay the Brand Percentage with respect to the Client’s Brand Income to a trust to be established for such purpose (the “Revenue Share Trust”). The manager shall serve as the sole trustee of the Revenue Share Trust, and the former members of the applicable series shall be the beneficiaries thereof. Disbursements from the Revenue Share Trust, net of any trust operating costs and expenses, if any, shall be made on the same terms, timing, methodology, and waterfall as provided in this Agreement for Brand Percentage payments. The Client shall cooperate in good faith and execute all documents and take all actions reasonably necessary or desirable to establish the Revenue Share Trust and to effect the payment of the Brand Percentage to the Revenue Share Trust (including, where applicable, directing counterparties and payors of Brand Income to remit the Brand Percentage directly to the Revenue Share Trust).
16
(c) No additional consideration. For the avoidance of doubt, no additional Initial Advisory Payment or other consideration shall be due to the Client upon any continuation or reinstatement under Section 8.8(a) or upon payments to the Revenue Share Trust under Section 8.8(b). The Initial Advisory Payment made as of the Commencement Date shall be deemed full and adequate consideration for the entire Term and for the payment obligations described in this Section 8.8.
(d) Notice. The Client shall provide written notice to the Company of any intention or plan to resume participation in the Principal Business and, in any event, shall notify the Company in writing no later than ten (10) business days after any such resumption. Failure to provide such notice within the required timeframe shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement, entitling the Company to all remedies available under Section 8.3, including, without limitation, equitable relief and the right to enforce the obligations set forth in this Section 8.8.
9. Additional Covenants of Client
9.1. Right to Purchase Insurance. The Client agrees that the Company (or its designee) shall have the right, at its own expense, to purchase and maintain one or more life insurance and/or disability insurance policies on the life and/or health of the Client. The Company (or its designee) shall be the sole owner and beneficiary of any such policy, and the Company shall be responsible for payment of all premiums associated with such insurance. The Client shall have no right, title, or interest in any such policy or its proceeds. The Client shall cooperate in good faith with the Company and any insurance carrier in connection with the application for and maintenance of such insurance, including by (a) submitting to reasonable medical examinations, (b) providing truthful and complete information as required by the insurer, (c) executing any documents reasonably necessary to effectuate or maintain such insurance, and (d) promptly forwarding to the Company any correspondence, notices, or documents relating to any such policy that the Client may receive. The Company shall be registered as the owner on all such policies. The Company shall have no obligation to purchase or maintain any such insurance, and the decision to do so shall be at the Company’s sole discretion.
9.2 Professional Conduct. The Client shall use good-faith efforts to maintain an active career in the Principal Business during the Term, subject to the Client’s personal and professional circumstances. While this Agreement does not impose a duty on the Client to achieve any specific performance milestones, the Client agrees not to intentionally take actions that would foreseeably and materially diminish the Client’s ability to generate Brand Income (except as might be reasonable for health or family considerations). The Client agrees to abide by all material contractual obligations the Client has in the Principal Business (e.g., the terms of any team or league contracts) and to conduct himself/herself in a manner consistent with professional standards, to the extent that a failure to do so could cause a material decrease in Brand Income (for example, the Client will not willfully incur a suspension or ban from the Principal Business without good cause). This Section does not grant the Company any control or decision-making power over the Client’s career decisions, personal behavior, or professional training but rather expresses the expectation that the Client will act in good faith not to deliberately undermine the value of the revenue sharing arrangement.
9.3. Further Assurances. The Client shall execute and deliver such additional documents, and take such further actions, as may be reasonably requested by the Company or Manager to carry out the purpose and intent of this Agreement. This includes, without limitation, executing any certifications or notices needed for the Company to perfect its contractual rights to receive the Brand Amount (such as separate irrevocable payment instruction letters to third-party payors, or UCC financing statements if applicable to establish a security interest to secure payment). The Client shall also cooperate with the Company in good faith to adjust the mechanism of payment, or to modify this Agreement, if required by changes in law or regulation (including league rules or collective bargaining outcomes) in order to give effect to the original intent of the Parties in a lawful manner. The Client’s obligations under this Section 9.3 are in addition to, and not in limitation of, the irrevocable proxy and power of attorney granted to the Manager under Section 4.8.
17
9.4. Spousal Consent. If the Client is married or subsequently marries during the Term, the Client shall use best efforts to obtain his/her spouse’s signature on a spousal consent or acknowledgement in a form reasonably requested by the Company. Such consent will acknowledge the spouse’s awareness of this Agreement (including the security interest in the Collateral and the irrevocable proxy and power of attorney granted to the Manager under Section 4.8) and, to the extent applicable under state marital or community property laws, will confirm that the spouse waives or releases any claim that this Agreement (including such security interest and proxy and power of attorney) is not fully enforceable against the Client’s share of marital property or community income. If the Client’s spouse declines to sign a consent, the Client shall promptly notify the Company and discuss in good faith whether alternate arrangements (such as additional security or escrow of funds) are necessary to protect the Company’s interests.
9.5. Confidentiality of Company Information. The Client recognizes that, through interaction with the Company and Manager, the Client may receive or have access to non-public information regarding the Company’s business, financing, investors, and plans. The Client agrees to hold in confidence any confidential or proprietary information of the Company or Manager provided to the Client and not to disclose it to any third party (except the Client’s advisors who are under duties of confidentiality) without the Company’s consent, except as required by law. Nothing herein limits the Client’s ability to disclose information about his/her own financial arrangements as needed for personal business or tax reasons, so long as the Client takes reasonable steps to ensure any third-party recipients (e.g., financial advisors, accountants) also keep such information confidential.
9.6. Disclosure of Material Events.
(a) The Client shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the occurrence of any Material Event (as defined below) during the Term of this Agreement and for a period of twelve (12) months thereafter, to the extent such Material Event relates to or could reasonably be expected to affect the Client’s performance under this Agreement, the Client’s reputation, or the value of the Company’s rights hereunder.
(b) For purposes of this Agreement, a “Material Event” includes, but is not limited to, the following:
(i) The commencement, threatened commencement, or written notice of any litigation, arbitration, or other legal proceeding involving the Client, whether as a plaintiff, defendant, or witness, that alleges or could reasonably be expected to allege claims of fraud, breach of contract, violation of law, or any other matter that could materially impact the Client’s ability to perform under this Agreement or the Client’s reputation;
(ii) Any actual or alleged breach by the Client of any material contract, including but not limited to employment, endorsement, sponsorship, or agency agreements, or any contract relevant to the Client’s participation in the Principal Business;
(iii) Any written or formal allegation, investigation, or charge by a league, governing body, regulatory authority, or law enforcement agency regarding unlawful activity, rule violations, or misconduct by the Client, including but not limited to allegations of doping, match-fixing, gambling, or other conduct that could result in suspension, fines, or disciplinary action;
(iv) The imposition of any fine, suspension, ban, or other disciplinary measure by any league, team, governing body, or regulatory authority in connection with the Client’s professional activities;
(v) Any public or media allegation of misconduct, unethical behavior, or other conduct that could reasonably be expected to materially harm the Client’s reputation or the value of the Company’s rights under this Agreement;
(vi) Any event or circumstance that results in or could reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect on the Client’s ability to generate Brand Income, including but not limited to injury, illness, or loss of eligibility to participate in the Principal Business (other than as already covered by Section 8.6).
18
(c) The Client shall provide written notice to the Manager of any Material Event as soon as practicable, and in any event within ten (10) business days after the Client becomes aware of such Material Event. The notice shall include reasonable details regarding the nature of the event, the parties involved, the potential or actual consequences, and any steps being taken to address or resolve the matter.
(d) The Client shall keep the Company reasonably informed of any material developments or changes relating to any disclosed Material Event, including the resolution or settlement of any such matter.
(e) The Company agrees to treat all information disclosed pursuant to this Section as Confidential Information, subject to the confidentiality provisions of this Agreement, except to the extent disclosure is required by law, regulation, or as necessary to protect the Company’s interests or enforce its rights under this Agreement.
(f) The failure by the Client to timely disclose a Material Event as required by this Section shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement, entitling the Company to exercise its rights and remedies as set forth herein, including but not limited to the right to terminate the Agreement for cause pursuant to Section 8.3.
9.7 No Grant of Security Interests. During the Term of this Agreement, the Client shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company, grant, assign, pledge, or otherwise convey any security interest, lien, or other encumbrance in or to any portion of the Brand Income or any rights or proceeds relating thereto to any third party. Any attempt to do so shall be null and void and shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement.
9.8 No Diversion of Brand Income. During the Term, the Client shall not (a) cancel, revoke, reduce, or suspend the Autopay Authorization without the Company’s prior written consent (except to substitute an equivalent replacement Autopay Authorization as permitted under Section 4.3(e)), or (b) take any other action intended or reasonably likely to evade, defeat, or delay the Company’s right to receive the Brand Amount, except in each case as expressly permitted under Section 4.3(g) or Section 4.3(j). Any breach of this Section 9.8 shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement.
9.9 Maintenance of Collection Mechanism. During the Term, the Client shall: (a) establish and maintain the Autopay Authorization as described in Section 4.3; (b) configure the Autopay Authorization in an amount and with a frequency sufficient to remit the full Brand Amount as and when Brand Income is received; and (c) not cancel, revoke, reduce, suspend, or modify the Autopay Authorization without the Company’s prior written consent (except to substitute an equivalent replacement Autopay Authorization as permitted under Section 4.3(e)). Any unauthorized cancellation, revocation, reduction, suspension, or modification of the Autopay Authorization shall constitute a Collection Failure and a material breach of this Agreement, entitling the Company to all remedies available under this Agreement, including under Sections 4.4 and 8.3.
10. Indemnification
10.1. Indemnification by Client. The Client shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Company, the Manager, and their respective affiliates, and each of their officers, directors, employees, and agents (collectively, the “Company Parties”), from and against any and all losses, liabilities, damages, costs, or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) (collectively, “Losses”) arising out of or relating to: (a) any breach or alleged breach by the Client of any representation, warranty, or covenant in this Agreement; (b) any failure by the Client to pay any required taxes or fulfill other obligations related to the Client’s receipt of Brand Income (except to the extent the failure was due to the Company’s breach of its obligations); (c) any claim by a third party (including any agent or former business partner of the Client) that it is entitled to any portion of the Brand Amount or that it suffered harm due to the Client’s granting of rights to the Company hereunder; or (d) the Client’s gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of this Agreement or in the Client’s activities generating Brand Income (for example, a third-party personal injury claim arising from the Client’s actions in the Principal Business, to the extent the Company or Manager is named as a defendant solely because of this Agreement). The Client’s indemnification obligation shall not apply to the extent any Losses are finally determined to result from a Company Party’s own fraud, gross negligence, or willful misconduct.
19
10.2. Indemnification by Company. The Company (on behalf of itself and the Manager) shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Client and the Client’s heirs, executors, and assigns (the “Client Parties”) from and against any and all Losses arising out of or relating to: (a) any breach or alleged breach by the Company of any representation, warranty, or covenant in this Agreement; (b) any claim by a third party arising from the Company’s use of the Client Persona beyond what is permitted in this Agreement or otherwise from the Company’s marketing or promotional activities for the Client (except to the extent such claim arises from information or materials provided by the Client for such use, in which case the Client will indemnify as provided above); (c) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Company, the Manager, or any of their agents in performing the Advisory Services or other obligations under this Agreement; or (d) any claim, action, or proceeding brought against the Client under federal or state securities laws solely as a result of the Company’s offering activities in connection with the Series Offering, the ATS, any other offering of membership interests in the Company, the Master LLC, or any series thereof, or any capital-raising, disclosure, or regulatory activity conducted by or on behalf of the Company, provided that the Client did not solicit investors, make any offering-related statement, make any misrepresentation or omission, breach this Agreement, or otherwise engage in conduct giving rise to such claim. The indemnification obligation under clause (d) shall be subject to the procedures set forth in Section 10.3, including prompt notice, the Company’s right to control the defense, and no settlement without the Client’s consent. The Company’s indemnification obligation shall not apply to the extent any Losses are determined to result from the Client’s own fraud, gross negligence, or willful misconduct.
10.3. Procedure. A Party seeking indemnification (the “Indemnified Party”) shall promptly notify the other Party (the “Indemnifying Party”) in writing of any third-party claim or action for which indemnification is sought, and shall reasonably cooperate with the Indemnifying Party in the defense of the claim. The Indemnifying Party shall have the right to control the defense and settlement of any such claim, except that it may not settle any claim in a manner that imposes any liability or admission of fault on the Indemnified Party without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld). The Indemnified Party may participate in the defense with its own counsel at its own expense. Failure to promptly notify the Indemnifying Party of a claim shall only relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations to the extent it was materially prejudiced by the delay.
10.4. Survival. The provisions of this Section 10 shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement.
11. Confidentiality
11.1. Confidential Information. Each Party acknowledges that in connection with this Agreement it may receive or have access to confidential or proprietary information of the other Party (“Confidential Information”). Confidential Information includes, without limitation, non-public business plans, strategies, financial information, projections, personal or medical information about the Client, the terms and existence of this Agreement (until publicly disclosed by mutual agreement or as required by law), any non-public materials related to the Company’s investors or financing, and any other information designated as confidential or that should reasonably be understood to be confidential given its nature and the circumstances of disclosure.
11.2. Nondisclosure and Use. Each Party agrees that it will not disclose the Confidential Information of the other Party to any third party, and will not use the other Party’s Confidential Information for any purpose outside the scope of this Agreement, without the prior written consent of the other Party. Each Party may share Confidential Information of the other with its own affiliates, employees, legal or financial advisors, or agents who have a need to know it for purposes of this Agreement, provided they are under obligations of confidentiality at least as protective as those herein. Each Party shall protect the confidentiality of the other’s Confidential Information using the same degree of care as it uses to protect its own confidential information of similar importance, and at least reasonable care.
11.3. Exceptions. The obligations of confidentiality in this Section shall not apply to information which: (a) is or becomes generally available to the public other than through a breach of this Agreement; (b) is received by the receiving Party on a non-confidential basis from a third party who is not known to be bound by a confidentiality obligation to the disclosing Party; (c) was already known or independently developed by the receiving Party without use of the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, as evidenced by the receiving Party’s written records; or (d) is required to be disclosed by law, regulation, or court order, provided that (if legally permitted) the receiving Party gives prompt notice to the disclosing Party of the intended disclosure and cooperates in any effort to limit or protect the disclosure.
20
11.4. Public Announcements. Neither Party will issue any press release or public statement regarding this Agreement or the relationship between the Parties without the prior written consent of the other (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). It shall not be a violation of this Section for the Company to include general, non-identifying references to its Brand Advisory Agreement with the Client in routine business descriptions or required regulatory filings (for example, referring to the existence of a contract with “a professional athlete in [Sport] executed on [Date]” without naming the Client, unless such naming is legally required in a filing). Likewise, the Client may disclose the existence of this Agreement in confidence to financial advisors or as necessary for personal business, provided those persons are bound to confidentiality as noted above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Party may disclose this Agreement, or file it to the extent required by applicable securities laws or regulations. Where legally permitted and practicable, the disclosing Party will give the other Party advance notice, consider good-faith comments and limit disclosure to what is required. Disclosures made in compliance with this paragraph (including disclosures compelled by law or governmental inquiry) do not violate this Section or any confidentiality obligations.
11.5. Remedies. Each Party acknowledges that unauthorized use or disclosure of the other’s Confidential Information may cause irreparable harm for which monetary damages may be difficult to ascertain or an insufficient remedy. Accordingly, each Party agrees that the other Party shall be entitled to seek injunctive relief (without the necessity of posting bond) to prevent any actual or threatened breach of this Section 11, in addition to any other rights and remedies available at law or in equity.
12. Publicity Rights and Use of Client Persona
12.1. License to Use Client Persona. The Client hereby grants to the Company and the Manager a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free right and license to use the Client Persona during the Term, and in any event until this Agreement is terminated or expires, in connection with the Company’s performance under this Agreement and the promotion thereof. This license includes the right for the Company and Manager to use, reproduce, distribute, and publicly display the Client’s name, image, likeness, and other elements of the Client Persona in advertising, marketing, press releases, investor communications, social media, and on the Agentiq Sports online platform or app, solely for the purpose of describing or promoting: (a) the Advisory Services and brand initiatives being performed for the Client; (b) the Client’s association with the Company as a client; and/or (c) the Client’s background and achievements as relevant to the Company’s business. Any such use shall be consistent with professional standards and shall not be disparaging or defamatory toward the Client. The Company will consult with the Client on major publicity materials where feasible, but final editorial control remains with the Company for materials it produces.
12.2. No Endorsement of Third Parties. Except as expressly agreed by the Client, the license granted in Section 12.1 does not include the right to use the Client Persona to endorse or advertise any specific third-party product or service (unrelated to this Agreement or the Company’s own services). The Company will not, for example, use the Client’s persona in a manner that suggests the Client is directly endorsing a product, sponsor, or commercial entity, unless such use is part of a campaign or initiative that has been discussed with and approved by the Client. If the Company desires the Client to participate in any endorsements or promotional events beyond the scope of this Agreement, including any compensation or additional terms for such activities, the Parties may separately agree to any such arrangements in writing.
12.3. Public Statements by Client. The Client agrees not to make any public statement or engage in any publicity that disparages or places in a negative light the Company, the Manager, or any of their affiliated entities, or that reveals confidential aspects of this Agreement. The Client may state factual information such as “I have partnered with [Company Name] to build my brand” or similar positive or neutral descriptions. The Client shall refer any media inquiries about the Company or this Agreement to the Manager. The Client’s obligations under this Section shall not restrict the Client’s ability to comment on general industry topics or on his/her personal career outside the scope of this Agreement, and shall not apply to truthful statements made in legal or arbitral proceedings.
12.4. Approval of Materials. To avoid conflicts with the Client’s other endorsement deals or personal branding, the Company agrees to consider in good faith any reasonable requests by the Client to modify or remove specific uses of the Client Persona that the Client believes conflict with the Client’s existing personal brand or contractual commitments. The Client will notify the Company of any known restrictions (e.g., if the Client has an exclusive apparel sponsor and cannot appear wearing competing logos) so that the Company can take those into account in advance. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to accommodate such restrictions in any public-facing materials or events involving the Client.
21
12.5. Ownership and Goodwill. All goodwill arising from the Company’s authorized use of the Client Persona shall inure to the benefit of the Client. The Company acknowledges that, except for the license rights granted herein, it has no ownership or proprietary interest in the Client Persona. Conversely, the Client acknowledges that any materials (e.g., promotional videos, articles, or content) created by the Company or Manager that include elements of the Client Persona and are used to promote the Company’s business may also include the Company’s or Manager’s intellectual property (logos, trademarks, creative content), and the Company retains ownership of those materials (subject to the Client’s continuing rights in his/her persona). Neither Party will challenge the other’s ownership of its pre-existing intellectual property or persona rights.
12.6. Ambassador Activities. At the Company’s reasonable request and subject to the Client’s professional schedule, the Client agrees to participate in two promotional events or media appearances per year (“Ambassador Activities”) to help promote the brand partnership or the Company’s platform (such as interviews, social media live sessions, or client spotlights). The specific nature and timing of any Ambassador Activities shall be mutually agreed, and the Client shall not be obligated to engage in any activity that would unreasonably interfere with the Client’s duties in the Principal Business or other prior commitments. Unless otherwise agreed, the Client will not receive separate compensation for such agreed Ambassador Activities beyond the consideration provided in this Agreement, but the Company will reimburse any reasonable pre-approved travel or lodging expenses incurred for an agreed event.
12.7. Autograph Obligation. During the Term, the Client shall provide the Company or its designee with two hundred (200) autographed items in the aggregate, which may include photographs, memorabilia, trading cards, jerseys, or other items designated by the Company, for use in fan-engagement initiatives and promotional campaigns. The Company or its designee shall provide the items to be signed, bear the costs of obtaining and delivering those items, and coordinate with the Client on a mutually convenient schedule. The Client shall complete each requested group of autographs within a reasonable period after the request. The Company or its designee shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize disruption to the Client’s training and competition schedule.
12.8. Yearly Fan Meet-Up. During each calendar year of the Term, including a partial calendar year, the Client shall participate in one (1) in-person fan-engagement event organized by the Company or its designee (each, a “Fan Meet-Up”). The Company or its designee shall be responsible for all logistics, venue arrangements, and costs associated with the Fan Meet-Up. The Company or its designee shall provide at least sixty (60) days’ prior written notice of the proposed date, time, and location, unless the Client agrees to a shorter notice period. The Company or its designee and the Client shall cooperate in good faith to schedule the Fan Meet-Up at a mutually convenient time and location that does not conflict with the Client’s training, competition, or other professional obligations. A Fan Meet-Up shall not exceed four (4) hours, excluding reasonable travel time. If fewer than sixty (60) days remain in the first partial calendar year of the Term and the Client does not agree to shorter notice, the Fan Meet-Up for that partial year may be held during the first sixty (60) days of the following calendar year; in that event, the single Fan Meet-Up shall satisfy the obligation for both the first partial calendar year and the calendar year in which it is held. A Fan Meet-Up is in addition to the Ambassador Activities required by Section 13.6 unless the Company agrees in writing that it will satisfy one Ambassador Activity for the applicable year. The Client shall have no obligation to participate in more than one (1) Fan Meet-Up during any calendar year under this Section 13.8.
13. Dispute Resolution
13.1. Negotiation. In the event of any dispute, controversy, or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach thereof (a “Dispute”), the Parties shall first attempt in good faith to resolve the Dispute informally. Either Party may initiate this negotiation process by providing written notice to the other Party of the issue. The Parties (and their representatives, if applicable) shall meet and confer within 10 business days of such notice (whether in person or by teleconference) to discuss the Dispute and seek a mutually agreeable solution. If the Dispute involves financial calculations or accounting matters, the Parties may involve accountants or advisors in the discussion.
22
13.2. Arbitration. If the Parties are unable to resolve any Dispute through negotiation within 10 days from the initial notice of the Dispute (or such longer period as they may mutually agree), then the Dispute shall be finally settled by binding arbitration. The arbitration shall be administered by JAMS (or, if JAMS is unavailable, a comparable reputable arbitration organization) and held in a place determined by the Company or virtually, if mutually agreeable to the Parties. The arbitration shall be conducted by a single arbitrator knowledgeable in contract and commercial law, selected by mutual agreement of the Parties from the JAMS panel, or if the Parties cannot agree, then in accordance with the JAMS rules for arbitrator selection. The arbitration shall follow the JAMS Streamlined Arbitration Rules & Procedures (or, if the amount in controversy exceeds $250,000, the Comprehensive Rules) then in effect, except as modified herein.
13.3. Arbitration Procedure. The arbitrator shall allow reasonable discovery, taking into account the needs of the Parties and the importance of the issues. The arbitrator is empowered to grant any remedy or relief that the Parties could have received in court, including injunctive relief and attorney’s fee awards, subject to the limitations of this Agreement. The arbitrator’s award shall be written, shall state the essential findings and conclusions upon which the award is based, and shall be final and binding on the Parties. Judgment on the arbitration award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction.
13.4. No Class Actions. The Parties further agree that any arbitration shall be conducted in their individual capacities only and not as a class action or other representative action, and the Parties expressly waive their right to file a class action or seek relief on a class basis. THE PARTIES AGREE THAT EACH MAY BRING CLAIMS AGAINST THE OTHER ONLY IN ITS INDIVIDUAL CAPACITY, AND NOT AS A PLAINTIFF OR CLASS MEMBER IN ANY PURPORTED CLASS OR REPRESENTATIVE PROCEEDING. If any court or arbitrator determines that the class action waiver set forth in this paragraph is void or unenforceable for any reason or that an arbitration can proceed on a class basis, then the arbitration provision set forth above shall be void in its entirety and the Parties shall be deemed to have not agreed to arbitrate disputes.
13.5 Confidentiality of Proceedings. The Parties agree that any arbitration (or negotiation) conducted under this Section 13 shall be confidential. The existence of the arbitration, any non-public information provided in the arbitration, and any oral or written arguments or decisions made in the arbitration shall not be disclosed to any third party, except to the extent necessary to enforce an award, to pursue a legal right, or as required by law.
13.6 Interim Relief. Notwithstanding the foregoing arbitration provisions, either Party may at any time seek interim or preliminary injunctive relief from a court of competent jurisdiction (consistent with Section 14.7) in order to prevent irreparable harm, maintain the status quo, or enforce the confidentiality or intellectual property provisions of this Agreement, pending the outcome of arbitration. Seeking such relief shall not be deemed a waiver of the right to arbitrate.
13.7. Fees and Expenses. The Parties shall share equally the administrative fees and arbitrator’s fees of the arbitration. Each Party shall otherwise bear its own attorneys’ fees and costs, provided that the arbitrator may, in his or her discretion, award reasonable costs and attorneys’ fees to the prevailing Party if the arbitrator determines that the positions taken by the other Party were frivolous or in bad faith.
23
14. Miscellaneous Provisions
14.1. Assignment. The Client may not assign, delegate, or transfer (by operation of law or otherwise) this Agreement or any of the Client’s rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Company. Because the Agreement involves personal services and the personal future income of the Client, any attempted assignment by the Client shall be null and void unless approved by the Company in writing. The Company may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement, in whole or in part, to: (a) any Affiliate or successor of the Company; (b) any transferee of all or substantially all of the Company’s rights in the Brand Amount (for example, a collateral assignment to a trust or other entity for the benefit of investors, or a sale of the Company’s interest subject to the Client’s obligations remaining unchanged); or (c) any person or entity that acquires the Company or a controlling interest in the Company (such as through a merger or consolidation of Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC or sale of the Company’s assets), provided that any such assignee agrees in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement. After any permitted assignment by the Company, the Company shall be released from the obligations so assigned, and the assignee shall have all rights (and related obligations) of the Company assigned to it. The security interest granted under Section 4.8 and the irrevocable proxy and power of attorney granted thereunder shall, in connection with any such permitted assignment, automatically inure to the benefit of the assignee or successor (and, with respect to the proxy and power of attorney, the manager of such assignee or successor), without any further action by the Client; provided that, upon the Company’s reasonable request, the Client shall execute and deliver a confirmatory grant of such proxy and power of attorney in favor of the manager of the assignee or successor. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns.
14.2. Authority of Manager. The Client acknowledges that the Manager is the sole manager of the Company and that, pursuant to the Company’s governing documents, the Manager has the exclusive authority to manage and control the affairs of the Company, including the administration and enforcement of this Agreement. Accordingly, any rights, elections, consents or actions of the Company under this Agreement may be exercised or performed by the Manager on the Company’s behalf (including the irrevocable proxy and power of attorney granted to the Manager under Section 4.8), and any notice to be given to the Company under this Agreement should be given to the Manager (as provided in the Notice section below). The Client agrees that the Manager is an intended third-party beneficiary of this Agreement to the extent necessary to enable the Manager to enforce the Company’s rights and to perform the Company’s obligations hereunder (including the right to receive payments on the Company’s behalf and the right to act as proxy and attorney-in-fact under Section 4.8). If the Manager is replaced, the new Manager shall automatically be substituted as the “Manager” for purposes of this Agreement, including for purposes of the proxy and power of attorney granted under Section 4.8.
14.3. Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including any exhibits or schedules hereto, which are hereby incorporated by reference) constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior negotiations, understandings, and agreements, whether written or oral, between the Parties concerning such subject matter. Each Party acknowledges that it has not relied on any representations, warranties, or covenants not expressly contained in this Agreement in deciding to enter into this Agreement.
14.4. Amendment and Waiver. This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by a written instrument executed by both Parties (and, with respect to the Company, signed by an authorized officer of the Manager). No waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless set forth in a written waiver signed by the Party waiving the provision. No failure or delay by either Party in exercising any right or remedy under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right preclude any further exercise of that or any other right or remedy.
14.5. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstance is held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable by a court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction, such provision shall be enforced to the maximum extent permissible, and the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby. The Parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify the Agreement to implement the intent of the invalid or unenforceable provision to the fullest extent possible in a valid and enforceable manner.
14.6. Notices. All notices, requests, consents, and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement (each, a “Notice”) shall be in writing and shall be deemed given: (a) on the date of personal delivery, if personally delivered; (b) on the date of confirmed transmission, if emailed (with confirmation of successful transmission and a copy sent by another method for confirmation); (c) one business day after being sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier with tracking; or (d) three days after being sent by registered or certified U.S. mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. Notices shall be sent to the Parties at the addresses (including email addresses) specified below, or such other address as a Party may designate by Notice to the other:
If to the Company:
Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC (c/o Agentiq Sports, Inc., Manager)
445 Bryant St,
San Francisco, CA 94107
Email: zach@agentiqsports.com
24
With a copy to:
Bevilacqua PLLC
800 Connecticut Avenue, N.W., Suite 300
Washington, DC 20036
Attention: Lou Bevilacqua, Esq
lou@bevilacquapllc.com
If to the Client:
To the email address most recently provided in writing by the Client to the Company for notice purposes.
Either Party may change its notice address by providing Notice to the other Party in accordance with this Section. Notices given in electronic form (email) should be supplemented by a physical copy by mail or courier, but failure to send the physical copy will not invalidate the notice if the email is confirmed received.
14.7. Governing Law. This Agreement and any disputes arising under or related to it (including any arbitration proceedings) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any conflict of law principles that would result in the application of the laws of another jurisdiction. Subject to the arbitration provisions above, and for the limited purposes of court actions described in Section 13 or enforcement of arbitration awards, each Party hereby consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in Delaware. Each Party waives any objection based on forum non conveniens or any objection to venue of any such court.
14.8. Relationship of Parties. The Parties are independent contractors, and nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to create a partnership, joint venture, agency, franchise, or employment relationship between the Parties. The Client is not an employee or agent of the Company or Manager, and the Company is not an agent of the Client. Neither Party has the authority to bind the other to any third party, contractually or otherwise, except as explicitly set forth herein. The Client acknowledges that the Company’s role is limited to providing the Advisory Services and receiving the Brand Amount; the Company is not undertaking the management of the Client’s career or assuming the role of a professional agent or manager for the Client.
14.9. No Third-Party Beneficiaries. Except for the Manager and related indemnitees as expressly provided herein (who shall be third-party beneficiaries to the extent stated), this Agreement is for the sole benefit of the Company and the Client and their permitted successors and assigns. Nothing herein, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other person or entity any legal or equitable right, benefit, or remedy of any nature under or by reason of this Agreement.
14.10. Counterparts and Electronic Signatures. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Signatures delivered by facsimile, email (pdf), or by an electronic signing service (e.g., DocuSign) shall be effective and binding as original signatures. Each Party agrees that the electronic signatures of the Parties, whether digital or encrypted, are intended to authenticate this writing and to have the same force and effect as manual signatures.
14.11. Headings; Interpretation. The headings and section numbers in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect its interpretation. References to “Sections” are to sections of this Agreement unless otherwise noted. “Including” means “including without limitation.” Both Parties have participated in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement.
[Signature Page Follows]
25
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Brand Advisory Agreement as of the last date set forth below.
| COMPANY | ||
| Agentiq Sports 1 Series Justin Martinez, | ||
| a series of Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC | ||
| By and through its Manager, | ||
| Agentiq Sports, Inc. | ||
| By: | /s/ Zachary Kurtz | |
| Name: | Zachary Kurts | |
| Title: | Chief Executive Officer | |
| August 13, 2026 | ||
| (Date) | ||
| CLIENT | |
| /s/ Justin Martinez | |
| (Signature) | |
| Justin Martinez | |
| (Print Name) | |
| August 13, 2026 | |
| (Date) |
EXHIBIT A
Client Acknowledgment
(See Attached)
Client Acknowledgements. In connection with the Brand Advisory Agreement (the “Agreement”) between Justin Martinez (the “Client”) and Agentiq Sports 1 Series Justin Martinez, a designated series of Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC (the “Company”), the Client acknowledges and confirms each of the statements below by placing the Client’s initials next to such statement. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Exhibit A have the meanings given to them in the Agreement.
Instructions: Please place your initials in the space provided next to each statement to confirm your understanding.
| 1. By signing the Agreement, you will receive up to $325,000 USD as the Initial Advisory Payment. The Initial Advisory Payment will be paid as follows: (i) $25,000 within thirty (30) days following the Effective Date, and (ii) the remaining $300,000 on or before four (4) months after the Effective Date | |
| /s/ JM | |
| Initial | |
| 2. In exchange for the Initial Advisory Payment, you agree to pay the Company the Brand Amount, which is equal to 1% of your Brand Income (as defined in the Agreement) during the Term. | /s/ JM |
| Initial | |
| 3. For example, if the Company pays you the full Initial Advisory Payment of $325,000 USD and you earn $50,000,000 USD in Brand Income during the Term, you will pay the Company $500,000 USD in the aggregate (representing 1% of that Brand Income) as you earn that income. | |
| /s/ JM | |
| Initial | |
| 4. You will pay the Brand Amount to the Company through the Autopay mechanism established pursuant to the Autopay Authorization, and otherwise in accordance with the terms of the Agreement. | /s/ JM |
| Initial | |
| 5. If you do not pay the Company when required under the Agreement, you will be in material breach of the Agreement, and the Company may seek to enforce the Agreement against you. If the Company is successful, you will be required to pay all amounts owed under the Agreement, including any unpaid Brand Amount, accrued interest on unpaid amounts, and reasonably incurred expenses of enforcement and collection (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and other collection costs). | |
| /s/ JM | |
| Initial | |
| 6. You understand that, in the future, if you propose to transfer or assign any additional interest in any future earnings from the Principal Business that would constitute Brand Income, you must provide the Company with prior written notice of your intent to proceed with the opportunity, and the Company will have the right to evaluate that opportunity and will have a right of first refusal to acquire the additional interest in such earnings on substantially similar terms. | |
| /s/ JM | |
| Initial |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Client has executed and delivered this Exhibit A (Client Acknowledgment) as of the date set forth below, and hereby confirms that the Client has read and understood each of the acknowledgments set forth above and has initialed each such acknowledgment in the space provided.
| /s/ Justin Martinez | ||
| (Signature) | ||
| Justin Martinez | ||
| (Print Name) | ||
| Date: | August 13, 2026 | |
Exhibit 6.10
THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED FOR SALE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AS TO THE SECURITIES UNDER SAID ACT OR OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OR, IN THE ABSENCE THEREOF, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM, SUBSTANCE AND SCOPE CUSTOMARY FOR OPINIONS OF COUNSEL IN COMPARABLE TRANSACTIONS, THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER SAID ACT, OR UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 UNDER SAID ACT. THIS NOTE IS SUBJECT TO THE TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH HEREIN.
CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE
| Note No. 1 |
|
Principal Amount: $25,000 Date: August 13, 2026 |
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Agentiq Sports 1 Series JUSTIN MARTINEZ (the “Series” or “Series JM”), a Series of Agentiq Sports 1 Series, LLC, a Delaware series limited liability company (the “Company”), or its permitted assignees, hereby promise(s) to pay to the order of AGENTIQ SPORTS, INC., the Company’s Manager and manager of Series JM pursuant to its Certificate of Designation (“Lender”), or its permitted assignees, in lawful money of the United States of America and in immediately available funds, the principal amount of Twenty-Five Thousand & 00/100 Dollars ($25,000.00) (the “Principal Amount”), as set forth below in this note (this “Note”).
This Note constitutes the consideration payable to the Lender. The proceeds hereof will be used for Series purposes consistent with the Operating Agreement and applicable Series Designation, including funding Offering Expenses or Operating Expenses as determined by the Manager.
1. Definitions. As used in this Note, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
“Brand Advisory Agreement” means that certain brand advisory agreement entered into by the Series and Justin Martinez, dated August 13, 2026.
“Business Day” means every day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or day on which the banks in the State of New York are required or authorized to close in New York City. “Non-Business Day” means every day that is not a Business Day.
“Maturity Date” shall mean the date on which the earliest of the following occurs: (a) payment in full of the Initial Advisory Amount; or (b) termination of the Offering.
“Initial Advisory Amount” shall mean the initial advisory amount payable pursuant to the Brand Advisory Agreement.
“Person” shall mean any natural person or individual, firm, company, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, joint venture association, corporation, limited liability company, trust, business trust, estate, other legal entity.
“Offering” shall mean the offering of units of membership interest in Series JM to be conducted by Series JM following the qualification of the Company’s offering circular contained in its Form 1-A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in accordance with and in compliance with the provisions of Regulation A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
“Offering Start Date” shall mean the date on which the Offering for the Series JM units commences.
2. Interest; Default Interest; Usury Savings. Except as otherwise provided herein, the unpaid Principal Amount shall bear interest at a per annum rate of 1.0%, computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months, and payable on the Maturity Date or any permitted prepayment; provided that if any advance constitutes an Operating Expense Reimbursement Obligation under the Operating Agreement, the interest rate shall not be less than the Applicable Federal Rate then in effect for instruments of comparable term. Upon and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all outstanding amounts shall bear interest at a per annum rate equal to the rate set forth above plus 6.0%, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall interest or other amounts payable hereunder exceed the maximum lawful rate, and any amounts collected in excess thereof shall be credited against the remaining Principal Amount or refunded.
3. Repayment; Application of Offering Proceeds; Payment Waterfall. Subject to Section 4, the Series shall repay the outstanding Principal Amount and all accrued but unpaid interest from the net proceeds of the Offering within fourteen (14) days after the Maturity Date; provided, however, that no amount under this Note shall be due or payable unless and until either the Initial Advisory Amount has been paid in full or the Offering has terminated, whichever occurs first. If, before termination of the Offering, any closing of the Offering occurs in which the proceeds therefrom exceed the outstanding balance of the Initial Advisory Amount, the Series shall first apply such proceeds to payment in full of the Initial Advisory Amount and then apply such excess proceeds to the repayment of amounts due to the Lender under this Note. Thereafter, the Series shall pay all net proceeds of the Offering, as set forth in the Offering Statement on Form 1-A and the Offering Circular forming a part thereof, to the Series. During any period in which the Series’ payment obligations under this Note are stayed pending payment in full of the Initial Advisory Amount, interest shall continue to accrue on the outstanding Principal Amount and any accrued but unpaid interest in accordance with Section 2. The Company shall apply payments received under this Note in the following order: (a) fees, expenses and other amounts then due hereunder; (b) accrued and unpaid interest; and (c) outstanding principal. Payments shall be made in lawful money of the United States in immediately available funds to the account designated in writing by Lender.
4. Prepayment. Subject to Section 3 and except as otherwise provided in Section 12, the Series may prepay all or any part of the Principal Amount of this Note, together with accrued but unpaid interest, if any, at any time or from time to time on or after the Maturity Date without premium, or penalty of any kind whatsoever.
5. Limited Recourse; Series Separateness; Non-Petition. This Note is an obligation solely of the Series identified herein, enforceable only against the assets associated with such Series, and not against the Company or the assets associated with any other series of the Company. Lender shall not seek, and shall have no recourse to, the assets of the Company generally or any other series thereof. Lender agrees that it shall not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, the Company or any series thereof any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding until at least one year and one day after all obligations hereunder have been paid in full.
6. Negative Covenants. Until all amounts owed under this Note are paid in full, the Company shall not, without the Lender’s prior written consent: (a) create, incur, or permit to exist any security interest, mortgage, pledge, charge, or other encumbrance on any assets of the Series, other than (i) a lien in favor of the Lender, (ii) a lien arising by operation of law that secures amounts not yet due, or (iii) a lien expressly approved in writing by the Lender; (b) incur any debt for borrowed money or any other debt evidenced by a note or a similar instrument that ranks ahead of, or equally with, this Note in right of payment; or (c) declare or make any distribution with respect to equity interests in the Series while any default under this Note has occurred and is continuing, or if making the distribution would cause such a default.
7. Use of Proceeds; Priority. The proceeds of this Note shall be used for Series purposes in a manner consistent with the Operating Agreement and the Series JM Certificate of Designation. Net proceeds of the Offering for this Series shall be applied to repay this Note only in accordance with Section 3.
8. Events of Default. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall be deemed an “Event of Default”:
(a) The failure to pay any amounts when due hereunder and such failure continues for five (5) Business Days.
2
(b) Breach by the Series of any other term of this Note and, if curable, such breach remains uncured for ten (10) Business Days after written notice
(c) The Series shall: (i) admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due; (ii) make an assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (iii) consent to the appointment of a receiver of itself or of the whole or any substantial part of its property.
(d) The Series shall file a petition or answer seeking reorganization or arrangement under the federal bankruptcy laws or any other applicable law or statute of the United States or any state or district or territory thereof.
(e) A court of competent jurisdiction shall enter an order, judgment or decree appointing, without the consent of the Series, a receiver for the Series or of the whole or any substantial part of its property, or approving a petition filed against the Series seeking reorganization or arrangement under the federal bankruptcy laws or any other applicable law or statute of the United States of America or any state or district or territory thereof, and such order, judgment or decree shall not be vacated or set aside or stayed within thirty (30) days from the date of the entry thereof.
(f) Under the provisions of any other law for the relief or aid of debtors, any court of competent jurisdiction shall assume custody or control of the Series or of the whole or any substantial part of their property, and such custody or control shall not be terminated or stayed within thirty (30) days from the date of assumption of such custody or control.
(g) A final judgment or order for the payment of money, or any final order granting equitable relief, shall be entered against the Series and such judgment or order has or will have a materially adverse effect on the financial condition of the Series.
Subject to Section 3, upon and during any Event of Default, Lender may declare all obligations under this Note immediately due and payable and may pursue any rights or remedies available at law or in equity, including obtaining a money judgment. At Lender’s option, any outstanding principal and accrued interest may be converted, in whole or in part, into Series membership interests on the same terms as the Offering. For the avoidance of doubt, conversion is an optional remedy and is not Lender’s sole remedy.
9. Governing law. THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, EXCLUDING THEIR CONFLICTS OF LAWS PROVISIONS, SHALL GOVERN THIS NOTE IN ALL RESPECTS, INCLUDING CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY, TERMS, PERFORMANCE, AND WAIVER. Any suit, action, or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Note shall be brought exclusively in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (and, if such court lacks jurisdiction, then the state or federal courts located within the State of Delaware), and each party irrevocably submits to such courts’ jurisdiction and waives any objection as to venue or forum non conveniens. In lieu of the foregoing forum clause, disputes shall be resolved by binding arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association in Wilmington, Delaware in accordance with the AAA Commercial Arbitration Rules, with the seat in Delaware, as provided in the Operating Agreement.
10. Successors and Assigns. All of the covenants, stipulations, promises, and agreements in this Note contained by or on behalf of the Series shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not. The Series may not assign this Note without the prior written consent of Lender. This Note may be transferred or assigned by Lender, in whole or in part, to any Person without the prior written consent of the Series, provided that any assignee agrees in writing to be bound by the limited-recourse and series-separateness provisions herein.
11. Headings; Construction. The headings of the sections of this Note are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part hereof. Words used herein of any gender shall be construed to include any other gender where appropriate, and words used herein that are either singular or plural shall be construed to include the other where appropriate.
3
12. Payments. In any case where a payment of principal is due on a Non-Business Day, the Company shall be entitled to delay such payment until the next succeeding Business Day. Each payment or prepayment hereon must be paid at the address of Lender set forth below (or as otherwise notified to the Series in accordance with Section 9) in lawful money as therein specified and may be made at the Series’ election by the Series’ check, by wire transfer, or by bank or cashier’s check. Once due and payable in accordance with this Note, the Series’ obligations to make payments hereunder are absolute and unconditional and shall not be subject to any abatement, reduction, setoff, defense, counterclaim, interruption, deferment or recoupment of any kind.
13. Notices. Any notices required or permitted to be given under this Note by the Company to Lender or by Lender to the Company, as the case may be, shall be given in writing and shall be deemed received (a) when personally delivered to Lender at the address set forth below or to the Company at the address set forth below or (b) if sent by mail, on the third Business Day following the date when deposited in the United States mail, certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, to Lender at the address set forth below.
14. Waiver and Amendments. Except as expressly provided in this Note, the Series does hereby waive presentment and demand for payment, protest, notice of protest and nonpayment, and notice of the intention to accelerate, and agrees that its liability on this Note shall not be affected by any renewal or extension in the time of payment hereof, by any indulgences, or by any release or change in any security for the payment of this Note. No provision of this Note may be amended, waived or otherwise modified unless such amendment, waiver or other modification is in writing and is signed or otherwise approved by the Series and the Lender.
15. Maximum Interest Rate. It is the intention of Lender hereof to conform strictly to applicable usury laws now or hereafter in force, and therefore all agreements between the Series and Lender are expressly limited so that in no contingency or event whatsoever, whether by reason of advancement of the proceeds hereof, acceleration of maturity of the unpaid principal balance hereof, or otherwise, shall the amount paid or agreed to be paid to Lender hereof, for the use, forbearance, or detention of the money to be advanced hereunder exceed the highest lawful rate permitted under the laws of the State of Delaware.
16. Unsecured Obligations. The obligations of the Series under this Note shall be unsecured obligations of the Series.
17. Optional Conversion. At any time prior to repayment in full or the Maturity Date, Lender may, upon not less than ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice, elect to convert all or a portion of the then-outstanding Principal Amount and all accrued but unpaid interest into a number of securities being sold in the Offering by the Series equal to (i) the sum of the outstanding Principal Amount plus all accrued but unpaid interest, divided by (ii) the offering price per security in the Offering.
18. Authority; No Consents. The Series represents that (a) execution, delivery and performance of this Note have been duly authorized by the Manager pursuant to the Operating Agreement and applicable Series Designation, including authority to issue evidences of indebtedness and to borrow money; and (b) no consent of Economic Members is required in connection herewith.
[Signature Page Follows]
4
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Note as of the date first written above.
COMPANY:
AGENTIQ SPORTS 1 SERIES JUSTIN
MARTINEZ,
A DESIGNATED SERIES OF AGENTIQ SPORTS 1 SERIES, LLC
By: AGENTIQ SPORTS, INC., the Series JM Manager
| By: | /s/ Zachary Kurtz | |
| Name: | Zachary Kurtz | |
| Title: | Chief Executive Officer |
THE FOREGOING NOTE IS HEREBY
AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED BY THE UNDERSIGNED:
AGENTIQ SPORTS, INC.
| By: | /s/ Zachary Kurtz | |
| Name: | Zachary Kurtz | |
| Title: | Chief Executive Officer of the Manager |
5
Exhibit 6.11
BRAND ADVISORY AGREEMENT
This Brand Advisory Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made as of the latter date set forth on the signature page hereto (the “Effective Date”), by and between Agentiq Sports 1 Series Carlos Virahonda (the “Company”), a designated series of Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC, a Delaware series limited liability company (the “Master LLC”), and Carlos Virahonda (the “Client”). The Company and the Client are referred to herein individually as a “Party” and together as the “Parties.”
WHEREAS, the Master LLC, acting through the Company and Agentiq Sports, Inc. (the “Manager”), is engaged in the business of providing strategic brand enhancement and promotional advisory services, together with upfront capital, to a single athlete or public personality, in each case in exchange for a contractual right to receive a fixed percentage of such person’s future on-field revenue;
WHEREAS, the Client is a professional baseball player engaged in the Principal Business (as defined below) who desires to enhance and develop the Client’s personal brand and commercial opportunities and to receive the upfront capital and Advisory Services (as defined below) offered by the Company;
WHEREAS, in consideration of the Client’s assignment to the Company of the contractual right to receive an amount equal to the Brand Percentage (as defined below) of the Client’s Brand Income (as defined below) during the Term, the Company has agreed to provide the Advisory Services to the Client and to pay to the Client cash payments aggregating $235,000 (the “Initial Advisory Payment”), in each case on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein;
WHEREAS, the Initial Advisory Payment shall be funded as follows: (i) an initial installment of $50,000 shall be paid by the Company to the Client within thirty (30) days following the Effective Date, and (ii) the remaining $185,000 shall be paid to the Client on or before January 8, 2027 (the “Final Payment Date”), in each case in accordance with Section 4.1;
WHEREAS, the Company is a designated series of the Master LLC and operates as a separate legal entity, and Agentiq Sports, Inc. (the “Manager”), the sole manager of the Master LLC and of each series thereof (including the Company), has been duly authorized to act on behalf of the Company in entering into and administering this Agreement.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:
1. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the meanings set forth below. Other terms may be defined contextually elsewhere in the Agreement.
“Account Control Agreement” means the participation account control agreement among the Client, the Company or Manager, and the Designated Bank that acknowledges the security interest arising on the Commencement Date and provides for springing exclusive control on the terms set forth in Section 4.3(c), in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Company and the Client.
“Active Participation” (and the correlative terms “actively engaging in the Principal Business” and “actively engage in the Principal Business”) means holding an active roster position, injured-list or disabled-list designation, reserve-list status, or a comparable active contractual status with a club or team in any league constituting the Principal Business. The Client shall not be deemed to have ceased Active Participation, or to have retired, solely by reason of injury, the off-season, a suspension, or a temporary assignment or option to a level or league outside the Principal Business, in each case for so long as the Client intends to resume, and is contractually or practically able to resume, participation in the Principal Business.
“Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified person or entity, any other person or entity that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such person or entity.
“Brand Amount” means, with respect to any item of Brand Income, an amount equal to the product of (a) that Brand Income earned by the Client (whether earned by the Client directly or through any third party on the Client’s behalf, such as a personal services company or agent) during the Term, multiplied by (b) the Brand Percentage in effect when that Brand Income is earned.
“Brand Income” means any and all gross monies, compensation, or other consideration of any kind earned by or payable to the Client (or the Client’s designee or agent for the Client’s benefit) after the Commencement Date solely as a result of the Client’s direct participation, performance, or employment as a professional athlete in the Principal Business, including base salary, signing bonuses, performance bonuses, prize or award money, and any other earnings directly attributable to the Client’s on-field activities and services as a professional athlete. Brand Income includes only compensation attributable to the Client’s services as a professional baseball player at the major-league level within a league included in the Principal Business. It excludes compensation attributable to minor-league services, including compensation paid by an MLB Organization Entity while the Client is assigned to or performs services in Minor League Baseball or any affiliated developmental league, regardless of the payor. Brand Income under the Major-League-Only Scope includes on-field signing and performance bonuses. For the avoidance of doubt, Brand Income does not include compensation, fees, royalties, or other consideration received for endorsements, sponsorships, appearances, licensing, merchandising, or any other off-field commercial activities, regardless of whether related to the Client’s persona or reputation as an athlete. In calculating Brand Income, such amounts shall be net of: (i) reasonable, documented out-of-pocket legal fees incurred by the Client in securing, negotiating, or documenting a contract that generates such income, to the extent not reimbursed by a third party; (ii) reasonable, documented travel, lodging, and per diem expenses incurred by the Client during the Term in connection with securing such income, to the extent not reimbursed by a third party; and (iii) self-employment taxes owed by the Client in connection with such income; provided that the aggregate deduction under clause (iii) shall not exceed the taxes that would be imposed under the Federal Insurance Contributions Act (26 U.S.C. §§ 3101–3128) if the Client were treated as an employee with respect to such income. No deduction shall be made for agent or representative commissions or fees, voluntary or elective deferrals or contributions, or taxes payable on the Client’s gross income. If a single contract, payment, or item of consideration includes both Brand Income and Excluded Income, the Parties shall allocate it in good faith and on a commercially reasonable basis; absent manifest error, the Company’s good-faith determination shall control pending final resolution under the audit and dispute procedures. Any permitted deduction must be reasonable, documented, and substantiated by contemporaneous records. Compensation paid in exchange for on-field services within the applicable scope selected above is presumed to be Brand Income unless clearly and expressly documented as off-field consideration unrelated to on-field services.
“Brand Percentage” means a fixed five percent (5)% of Brand Income.
“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are authorized or required by law to close.
2
“Client Persona” means the Client’s name, likeness, image, voice, signature (including facsimile signature), biography, personal characteristics, and all other indicia of the Client’s identity or persona, including any live, recorded, or photographed performance or appearance by the Client.
“Collection Failure” means a failure within the Client’s control to establish, maintain, authorize, or give effect to the Participation Account, direct deposit of Brand Income, automatic bi-weekly transfer, or Account Control Agreement, including an unauthorized revocation, modification, redirection, termination, obstruction, suspension, or failure to renew any such arrangement. A bank, payor, processing, or technical failure outside the Client’s control shall not constitute a Collection Failure if the Client promptly notifies the Company, cooperates in good faith to correct the issue, and uses the fallback direct-remittance procedure in Section 4.3(g). An intentional diversion or obstruction by the Client shall constitute an immediate Collection Failure without a cure period.
“Commencement Date” means the date on which the Company has paid the initial installment of the Initial Advisory Payment in full to the Client in accordance with Section 4.1. The Brand Percentage, Brand Amount, applicable Collection Mechanism, security interest, and UCC filing rights shall not attach, accrue, commence, or become effective before the Commencement Date.
“Company” means Agentiq Sports 1 Series Carlos Virahonda, a designated series of Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC, a Delaware series limited liability company.
“Designated Bank” means the bank or other financial institution designated by the Company or Manager to hold the Participation Account.
“Effective Date” means the latter date set forth on the signature page hereto.
“Excluded Income” means the following categories of income or payments, which are excluded from the definition of Brand Income:
(a) all proceeds paid to the Client (or the Client’s heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns) from any life, disability, or injury insurance policy, or from any insurance policy related to the Client’s status or eligibility to participate in the Principal Business, in each case to the extent such policy is purchased or in effect after the Commencement Date;
(b) all compensation or earnings attributable to services performed by the Client prior to the Commencement Date (including any deferred compensation or contingent payments earned from activities before the Commencement Date), regardless of when such amounts are actually paid; and
(c) any reimbursement or payment for reasonable, documented incidental expenses incurred by the Client (such as travel, lodging, or per diem expenses), or the fair market value or actual payment for any such expenses provided in kind or paid by a third party on the Client’s behalf; and
(d) all compensation, fees, royalties, or other consideration received by the Client for endorsements, sponsorships, personal appearances, speaking engagements, licensing of name, image, or likeness (“NIL”), merchandising, or any other off-field commercial activities, regardless of whether such activities are related to the Client’s persona or reputation as an athlete;
“Initial Advisory Payment” shall have the meaning provided in Section 4.1.
“Initial Closing” shall have the meaning provided in the recitals.
3
“Manager” means Agentiq Sports, Inc., a Delaware corporation, which is the sole manager of the Master LLC and of each series thereof. The Manager is authorized to act on behalf of the Company as set forth in the Master LLC operating agreement, the Series Designation for the Company and herein.
“MLB Organization Entity” means Major League Baseball and any Major League Baseball club. The term excludes Minor League Baseball and any minor-league affiliate, developmental league, or similar entity. Compensation is attributable to major-league services to the extent paid under a Major League Uniform Player’s Contract (or successor form) for a period during which the Client is on a Major League Baseball club’s active roster or major-league injured list, regardless of the payor; a signing bonus or guaranteed compensation under such contract shall be allocated to the major-league level except to the extent expressly designated as compensation for minor-league services.
“Participation Account” means the deposit account established by or for the Client at the Designated Bank for the receipt of Brand Income and subject to the Account Control Agreement.
“Personal Account” means the bank account designated by the Client for receipt of amounts remaining after the Company has swept or caused to be transferred the applicable Brand Amount and any other amounts then due and payable to the Company under this Agreement.
“Principal Business” means the Client’s primary professional occupation as a professional baseball player in any of the following leagues: Major League Baseball (MLB), Nippon Professional Baseball (NPB), the Korea Baseball Organization (KBO), and the Mexican League (Liga Mexicana de Béisbol).
“Release Amount” means, with respect to any Brand Income deposited into the Participation Account, the amount remaining after deduction of the Brand Amount and any other amounts then due and payable to the Company under this Agreement.
“Retirement” means the Client’s actual cessation of Active Participation in the Principal Business accompanied by written notice to the Company that the Client is retiring or ceasing such participation. The effective date of a Retirement (the “Retirement Date”) is the later of the date of actual cessation and the date the Client delivers that written notice. A Retirement is a defined event only and does not, by itself, cause this Agreement to become dormant or terminate; the consequences of each Retirement are governed by the applicable provisions of Section 8. A Retirement need not be proven permanent, and a later Unretirement shall not retroactively invalidate the Retirement; instead, Section 8.8 applies where applicable.
“Series Designation” means the written designation establishing the applicable designated series of the Master LLC, incorporated into and made part of the Master LLC operating agreement, which sets forth the name of the series and its rights, powers, preferences, duties, and other terms, as amended from time to time.
“Series Offering” shall have the meaning provided in the recitals.
“Term” means the period of duration of this Agreement, as defined in Section 8.1 below.
“Unretirement” means the earliest, following a Retirement, of (a) the Client entering into a binding agreement to resume Active Participation in the Principal Business, (b) the Client actually resuming such Active Participation, and (c) the Client receiving Brand Income attributable to resumed Active Participation.
4
“Voluntary Retirement” means a Retirement voluntarily elected by the Client that does not result from a Major Injury, Good Reason, death, or permanent and total disability, each of which is addressed separately in this Agreement.
2. Advisory Services Provided by the Company
2.1 Commencement of Obligations. The Parties’ obligations conditioned on the Commencement Date shall commence upon the Client’s receipt in full of the initial installment of the Initial Advisory Payment. Commencement shall occur automatically without further action, notice, or instrument.
2.2 Services Scope. The Company (acting through the Manager and its affiliates, contractors, and agents) shall provide strategic brand enhancement and promotional advisory services to the Client (the “Advisory Services”). These services may include, without limitation:
(a) evaluation and development of the Client’s personal brand positioning;
(b) planning and execution of fan engagement initiatives;
(c) preparation and readiness consulting for sponsorships, endorsements, and other commercial opportunities related to the Client’s persona;
(d) development and execution of marketing campaigns and content to increase the Client’s public visibility and marketability; and
(e) ongoing advisory support regarding the Client’s branding and promotional activities.
For the avoidance of doubt, the Advisory Services provided under this Agreement expressly exclude any services that require certification or licensing as a player agent, contract advisor, or similar professional representative under applicable league, players’ association, or regulatory rules. The Company and its representatives will not negotiate, secure, or execute employment contracts, playing contracts, or other agreements on behalf of the Client that require such certification, nor will they represent the Client in employment-related negotiations with teams, leagues, or governing bodies. The Client remains solely responsible for engaging any certified agent or contract advisor as may be required for such matters.
2.3 Brand Initiatives Funding. In connection with the Advisory Services, the Company may fund brand-enhancement initiatives agreed upon by the Parties for the Client’s benefit. The Manager shall determine the nature, amount, timing, and allocation of any such expenditures in consultation with the Client, consistent with the objective of enhancing the Client’s brand and commercial opportunities, and may engage third-party service providers or partners. As of the Effective Date, the Company intends to commit advertising and media resources to promote the Client’s personal brand and social-media presence and presently anticipates spending in excess of $25,000 on such efforts. This statement describes only the Company’s present intention, creates no minimum expenditure obligation, and may be adjusted by the Company in its discretion based on campaign performance, available opportunities, and other relevant circumstances. All expenditures made by the Company on brand initiatives shall be non-recoupable and shall constitute part of the Advisory Services.
2.4 No Guarantee. The Client acknowledges that, while the Advisory Services and funded initiatives are intended to enhance the Client’s brand and earnings potential, the Company has not made and does not make any guarantee or promise of any particular outcome or increase in the Client’s earnings or fame as a result of such services. The Client further acknowledges that the Client’s success in the Principal Business and related commercial endeavors depends on many factors beyond the Company’s control.
5
2.5 Planning Meetings; Promotional Deliverables. During the Term, the Client agrees to meet (which may be via teleconference or videoconference) with representatives of the Company or the Manager on a periodic basis, at least two (2) times per year to review recent developments and to plan upcoming brand strategy and initiatives. The Parties shall cooperate in good faith to schedule such meetings at mutually convenient times, and the Client shall use reasonable efforts to make himself available for such meetings as part of the collaboration under this Agreement.
(a) Autograph Obligation. During the Term, the Client agrees to provide to the Company three hundred (300) autographed items (which may include, without limitation, photographs, memorabilia, trading cards, jerseys, or other items designated by the Company) for use by the Company in connection with fan engagement initiatives, promotional campaigns, or the Series Offering. The Company shall provide the items to be signed and shall coordinate with the Client on a mutually convenient schedule for the execution of such autographs. The Client shall complete the autograph obligation within a reasonable period following the Company’s request, and the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize disruption to the Client’s training and competition schedule.
(b) Annual Fan Meet-Up. During each calendar year of the Term (or partial calendar year, as applicable), the Client agrees to participate in one (1) in-person fan engagement event(s) organized by the Company (each, a “Fan Meet-Up”). The Company shall be responsible for all logistics, venue arrangements, and costs associated with the Fan Meet-Up. The Company shall provide the Client with at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of the proposed date, time, and location of each Fan Meet-Up, and the Parties shall cooperate in good faith to schedule such event at a mutually convenient time and location that does not conflict with the Client’s training, competition, or other professional obligations. Each Fan Meet-Up shall not exceed four (4) hours in duration (excluding reasonable travel time). For the avoidance of doubt, the Client shall have no obligation to participate in more than two (2) Fan Meet-Up(s) per calendar year under this Section.
2.6 Use of Third Parties. The Client agrees that the Company and the Manager may utilize affiliated or third-party service providers, consultants, and agents to perform some or all of the Advisory Services or brand initiatives and may share necessary information (including Confidential Information and elements of the Client Persona) with such parties for the sole purpose of fulfilling the Company’s obligations under this Agreement. The Company shall remain responsible for the performance of any Advisory Services that it delegates to third parties.
2.7 Advisory Services; Funding Adjustment; Exclusive Remedies. No proportional reduction of the Advisory Services shall apply. Subject to the minimum planning meetings and any promotional obligations selected in this Agreement, the Manager shall determine, in its reasonable discretion and in consultation with the Client, the manner in which the Advisory Services are provided. The Client’s obligation to pay the Brand Amount shall not be suspended, reduced, set off, excused, or terminated based on the scope, timing, or extent of Advisory Services actually provided, and no deficiency shall require repayment of any portion of the Initial Advisory Payment. The Client’s exclusive remedies for an uncured material failure to provide the Advisory Services are specific performance or direct damages finally determined under Section 13; no such failure permits termination of this Agreement, withholding or setoff of any Brand Amount, or a refund of the Initial Advisory Payment.
6
3. Grant of Revenue Sharing Interest
3.1 Assignment of Brand Income Percentage. The Client hereby sells, assigns and grants to the Company, as of the Commencement Date and continuing through the Term, the contractual right to receive a portion of the Client’s future Brand Income equal to the Brand Percentage. In other words, the Client agrees to pay to the Company an amount equal to the Brand Amount from the Client’s Brand Income, as and when such Brand Income is earned or received, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. The Advisory Services and the Initial Advisory Payment are provided as consideration for the right of the Company to receive the Brand Amount from the Client. The Client’s obligation to pay the Brand Amount to the Company, which does not constitute a loan or a debt, shall be absolute and unconditional, and shall exist regardless of whether the Client is employed, contracted, or self-employed in generating the Brand Income and regardless of through whom or how the Brand Income is paid.
3.2 No Ownership in Persona or Business. The Parties acknowledge and agree that the Company’s rights in the Brand Income are purely contractual. The Company does not acquire any ownership or equity interest in the Client’s persona, brand, publicity rights, or in any entity or enterprise owned or operated by the Client. Except for the share of future revenue explicitly granted hereunder and the related rights necessary to enforce or collect such revenue share, all other rights in the Client’s earnings and assets remain solely those of the Client.
3.3 Excluded Income. The Company has no right to and makes no claim on any Excluded Income of the Client. The Client shall have no obligation to share with the Company any income or amounts classified as Excluded Income, except that if a single contract or payment includes both Brand Income and Excluded Income components, the Brand Income portion (if reasonably ascertainable) will remain subject to the Brand Percentage. The Parties agree to cooperate in good faith to fairly allocate any mixed sources of compensation between Brand Income and Excluded Income, consistent with the definitions herein.
4. Payments and Collection of Brand Amount
4.1 Initial Advisory Payment to Client. As consideration for the rights granted to the Company by the Client, the Company shall pay to the Client cash payments totaling $235,000 (the “Initial Advisory Payment”) on the following terms. The Initial Advisory Payment is not a loan or principal on a debt. Each payment shall be made by wire transfer or other immediately available funds to an account designated by the Client. The Initial Advisory Payment actually paid, together with the funding of brand initiatives and provision of services, constitutes fair and adequate consideration for the rights and obligations assumed by the Client. The Company shall pay (i) an initial installment of $50,000 within thirty (30) days following the Effective Date and (ii) the remaining $185,000 on or before January 8, 2027 (the “Final Payment Date”). The Company may pay the remaining balance in one or more installments before the Final Payment Date, and no default shall arise from the timing or amount of any voluntary interim installment so long as the entire remaining balance is paid on or before the Final Payment Date. Subject to the exclusive default consequences in Section 8.3(a), the Company’s obligation to pay the full Initial Advisory Payment is absolute and unconditional and is not tied to any particular source of funds.
All obligations conditioned on the Commencement Date shall commence upon receipt in full of the initial installment. The Company’s payment of the remaining balance before the Final Payment Date shall not otherwise alter the Parties’ obligations.
4.2 Taxes on Initial Advisory Payment. The Client shall be solely responsible for the payment of all taxes that may be due in relation to his receipt of the Initial Advisory Payment. The Company shall not be required to indemnify or “gross up” the Client for the amount of any such taxes. The Client shall indemnify the Company for and hold it harmless from and against any taxes of the Client, which may be sought against, imposed upon or suffered by the Company or which the Company may incur as a result of the Company’s failure to deduct and withhold such taxes from the Initial Advisory Payment.
7
Carlos VirahondaDuring the Term, the Brand Amount shall be collected through (i) deposit of all Brand Income into the Participation Account, (ii) an automatic recurring transfer of the Brand Amount to the Company Account in the name of Agentiq Sports 1 Series Carlos Virahonda, and (iii) the Account Control Agreement, with direct remittance under Section 4.3(g) as the fallback. The collection method set forth in this Section is the “Collection Mechanism.” The timing and procedures are as follows:
(a) Establishment and Primary Collection Mechanism. Within ten (10) business days after the Commencement Date, the Client shall: (i) open the Participation Account at a financial institution willing to execute the Account Control Agreement and reasonably acceptable to the Company; (ii) execute and deliver the Account Control Agreement; (iii) direct all current payors of Brand Income to deposit Brand Income into the Participation Account and provide reasonable documentary proof; and (iv) establish the automatic bi-weekly transfer described in Section 4.3(e). The Client shall take further actions reasonably requested to establish and maintain those arrangements. Until all components are operational, and whenever any component is temporarily unavailable, the Client shall make direct payments under Section 4.3(g).
(b) Direct Deposit of Brand Income. All Brand Income shall be paid directly into the Participation Account. The Client shall not direct, request, permit, or cause any payor to deposit Brand Income into any other account or to pay Brand Income to the Client directly, except as expressly permitted under Section 4.3(g) or Section 4.3(j).
(c) Account Control Agreement; Springing Exclusive Control; Sweep and Release. The Account Control Agreement shall provide that: (1) the Designated Bank acknowledges the Company’s security interest arising on the Commencement Date in the Participation Account and deposited funds; (2) the Client retains ordinary control unless and until a Control Trigger Event occurs; (3) following a Control Trigger Event, the Company or Manager may deliver a notice of exclusive control, after which the Designated Bank shall comply solely with its instructions; and (4) the Designated Bank subordinates any setoff, recoupment, or banker’s lien except for returned items, chargebacks, and customary fees. A “Control Trigger Event” means either (A) a payment default that remains fully uncured through the thirtieth (30th) day after its due date, provided the Company has given written notice and that notice does not restart the default clock, or (B) a nonmonetary Collection Failure remaining uncured for seven (7) business days after written notice. While exclusive control is effective, the Company or Manager shall, within three (3) business days after deposited Brand Income has cleared, instruct the Designated Bank both (x) to transfer the applicable Brand Amount and other amounts then due to the Company Account and (y) to transfer the Release Amount to the Personal Account. The Company’s beneficial and enforcement rights in the Participation Account and deposited funds are limited to the Brand Amount and other amounts then due; the balance is the Release Amount. Within two (2) business days after full cure, the Company or Manager shall rescind the notice of exclusive control, and ordinary control shall resume when the Designated Bank processes the rescission.
(d) Limited Control Over Client Funds. Any control exercised by the Company or Manager is solely for collection, verification, sweep, release, and enforcement. Neither has a beneficial ownership interest in the Release Amount, and both sweep and release instructions must be given within the period required by Section 4.3(c), subject to returned items, bank holds, reversals, bona fide disputes, applicable law, and the Account Control Agreement.
(e) Automatic Bi-Weekly Transfer and Due Date. The Client shall establish and maintain an automatic bi-weekly transfer of the Brand Amount from the Participation Account to the Company Account. Each Brand Amount is due on the first scheduled bi-weekly transfer date following deposit of the corresponding Brand Income and, in all events, no later than fourteen (14) calendar days after that deposit. The Client shall not cancel, revoke, reduce, suspend, or modify the transfer without the Company’s prior written consent, except as permitted under Section 4.3(f), and shall provide reasonable evidence of its maintenance upon request.
8
(f) No Revocation or Modification. The Client shall not revoke, amend, replace, terminate, close, or interfere with the direct deposit, automatic transfer, Participation Account, or Account Control Agreement without the Company’s prior written consent, except as required by applicable law, league or collective-bargaining rules, payor policy, or financial-institution policy. The Client shall promptly notify the Company, cooperate in good faith to establish the closest lawful replacement, and use direct remittance under Section 4.3(g) until the replacement is operational.
(g) Fallback Direct Remittance. If Brand Income is not deposited into the Participation Account or a Brand Amount is not transferred to the Company Account, including while an initial or replacement account, direct-deposit instruction, transfer, or Account Control Agreement is not operational, the Client shall pay the Brand Amount directly by wire transfer no later than fourteen (14) calendar days after the Client or any person on the Client’s behalf receives the corresponding Brand Income, or, if the Brand Income was deposited into the Participation Account, no later than fourteen (14) calendar days after deposit. This fallback applies automatically and is additional to the Client’s maintenance obligations and the Company’s remedies.
(h) Reconciliation and Overpayments. The Company shall reconcile sweeps from the Participation Account against actual Brand Income on a periodic basis. If the Company sweeps more than the Brand Amount properly payable with respect to any Brand Income, the Company shall return or credit the excess to the Client’s Personal Account within ten (10) business days after discovery or final determination of the overage. If the Company sweeps less than the Brand Amount properly payable with respect to any Brand Income (including by reason of a Collection Failure or amounts that bypassed the Participation Account), the Client shall pay the deficiency to the Company in accordance with the procedure set forth in Section 4.3(g).
(i) Bank Fees, Returned Items, and Reversals. As between the Client and the Company, the Client and Company shall each be responsible for one-half of all account opening and maintenance fees, the Client shall be responsible for all returned items, chargebacks, bank holds, reversals, insufficient funds charges, and similar items relating to the Participation Account or to Brand Income deposits, except that the Company shall be responsible for fees and charges attributable solely to its own administrative instructions to the Designated Bank unless otherwise agreed in writing. Allocation of such items as between the Client, the Company or Manager, and the Designated Bank shall be governed by the Account Control Agreement.
(j) Compliance Savings Clause. The collection mechanism set forth in this Section 4.3 shall apply only to the extent permitted by applicable law, league rules, collective bargaining agreement requirements, payroll rules, payor policies, and financial-institution policies. If any component of the Participation Account, direct-deposit instructions, automatic transfer, or Account Control Agreement is not permitted with respect to any payment, the Parties shall cooperate in good faith to implement the closest lawful replacement that preserves the Company’s economic and collection rights to the maximum extent practicable, and the fallback remittance obligation under Section 4.3(g) shall continue to apply until that replacement is operational.
(k) Blocked Payments. In the event that the Client, the Company, the Manager, the Designated Bank, or any payor is prohibited by any law, regulation (including currency control regulations), league rule, or other legal or regulatory restriction from establishing, maintaining, or giving effect to the Participation Account, the direct deposit of Brand Income into the Participation Account, the automatic bi-weekly transfer described in Section 4.3(e), the Account Control Agreement, the fallback remittance obligation under Section 4.3(g), or any other component of the collection mechanism, the affected Party shall immediately notify the other Party. At the Company’s option, the Client shall either: (a) deposit the affected amounts in an interest-bearing account in the name of the Company (or for the benefit of the Company) in a jurisdiction where such deposit is permitted, or (b) cooperate with the Company to promptly find an alternative lawful method to transfer or credit the funds to the Company that preserves the Company’s economic and collection rights to the maximum extent practicable. The Client’s obligation to ultimately pay such amount to the Company shall not be extinguished by the blocking law or restriction, and any such payment shall be made as soon as legally allowed, and any costs of compliance or financial loss due to delay may be allocated as appropriate between the Parties in good faith or pursuant to applicable law.
9
4.4 No Set-off; Taxes. All amounts payable by the Client to the Company hereunder shall be paid in full without set-off, deduction, or counterclaim, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement. The Client shall be responsible for any taxes applicable to the Client’s receipt of Brand Income (as between the Client and the Company), and the Client’s payments of the Brand Amount shall be made without deduction for taxes, except to the extent that any withholding may be required by law. If the Client is required by law to withhold any portion of a Brand Amount payment as tax and remit such withholding to a taxing authority, the Client shall promptly notify the Company, provide evidence of such withholding and remittance, and cooperate with the Company to ensure the Company receives credit for such tax payment. Any amounts withheld and paid to the government on the Company’s behalf shall be treated as paid to the Company for purposes of the Client’s obligations. The Company (or Manager) will be responsible for its own income taxes on amounts it receives. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold the Client harmless from any taxes imposed on the Company (as a separate taxpayer) that are sought from the Client solely because the Client failed to withhold such taxes from payments to the Company, provided the Client has complied with its obligations under this Section.
4.5 Late Payments; Interest; Cumulative Late Fees. Time is of the essence in paying Brand Amounts and other principal payment obligations. A “payment default” is the Client’s failure to pay a Brand Amount or other principal payment obligation when due, whether through the applicable Collection Mechanism, fallback remittance, or another payment method expressly required by this Agreement. This Section applies only to Client payment and collection defaults and does not apply to any Company funding obligation. Administrative, bank, payor, processing, or technical failures outside the Client’s control do not trigger late fees if the Client promptly cooperates and makes the required fallback payment. Interest accrues from the due date solely on unpaid principal, and not on late fees, at the lesser of the Prime Rate plus five percent (5%) per annum, compounded monthly, or the maximum lawful rate. “Prime Rate” means the rate published in The Wall Street Journal on the first business day of the applicable month. The following late fees are cumulative and are calculated using unpaid principal remaining on the applicable threshold date after crediting partial principal payments: (i) through day twenty (20), no late fee; (ii) on day twenty-one (21), the greater of $5,000 or five percent (5%); (iii) if the default remains uncured, on day thirty-one (31), an additional fee equal to the greater of $15,000 or ten percent (10%); and (iv) if the default remains uncured, on day sixty-one (61), an additional fee equal to the greater of $25,000 or fifteen percent (15%). Cure before a later threshold prevents that later fee but does not eliminate a fee already accrued. Full cure requires payment of all unpaid principal, accrued interest, and accrued late fees. Written notice does not restart the foregoing day count. A payment default, standing alone, does not permit termination of this Agreement. If written notice has been given and the default remains fully uncured on day thirty-one (31), the Company may exercise any applicable springing-control and security-enforcement rights. On day sixty-one (61), the Company may also accelerate a good-faith estimate of Brand Amounts expected through the end of the then-current calendar year. Accelerated amounts shall be credited against actual Brand Amounts for that year and reconciled after year-end; the Company shall refund or credit any excess, and the Client shall pay any deficiency through the ordinary Collection Mechanism. The Parties agree that the cumulative late fees are reasonable liquidated damages and not a penalty. Accrued interest and late fees shall be collected with the applicable principal obligation and do not limit other remedies expressly available under this Agreement.
10
4.6 Disclosure of Uncured Material Breach. The Company or Manager may disclose the Client’s identity and the nature of an uncured material breach, including an uncured failure involving the applicable Collection Mechanism, only to the extent legally required in a filing, report, or investor communication. Any disclosure shall be reviewed by the Company’s securities counsel and limited to what applicable law requires. Unless law requires a shorter period, the Company shall give the Client at least fifteen (15) days’ prior written notice. That notice does not restart or extend any cure period. If the breach is fully cured before disclosure, the Company shall not disclose it unless disclosure remains legally required. Nothing in this Section limits otherwise available remedies.
4.7 Payments Upon Dissolution or Non-Existence of the Company. If the Company is dissolved, ceases to exist, or cannot receive payments while continuing payment rights remain, the Client’s obligations shall continue unchanged. The Manager shall cause a revenue share trust (the “Revenue Share Trust”) to be established within a commercially reasonable time after dissolution. The beneficiaries shall be the persons or entities legally entitled, immediately before dissolution, to the continuing payment rights under this Agreement, including any permitted assignees, in the same proportions as their respective rights to those payments; membership in the Company alone does not determine beneficiary status. Until the Revenue Share Trust is operational, the Client shall make payments directly to the Manager or a designated successor under the existing payment deadlines; each such payment shall be treated as received by the Company for all purposes, including Series IRR. Once operational, the Revenue Share Trust shall become the payment recipient and the applicable Collection Mechanism shall be redirected accordingly. Detailed trust-administration provisions shall be set forth in the trust instrument rather than this Agreement, except to the extent applicable law requires otherwise. The Client shall receive written payment instructions and shall cooperate in good faith to implement them without changing the economics or timing of this Agreement.
4.8 Security. From and after the Commencement Date, to secure the Client’s payment and performance obligations, including Brand Amounts and the Clawback Repayment Amount (collectively, the “Secured Obligations”), the Client grants the Company a continuing security interest in: (a) the Brand Amount as determined under this Agreement and the Client’s contractual right to receive the Brand Percentage portion of Brand Income; (b) the Participation Account, all funds deposited therein, and the Client’s rights under the direct-deposit instructions, automatic transfer, and Account Control Agreement, provided that the Company’s beneficial and enforcement rights are limited to Secured Obligations then due and that all remaining funds are the Release Amount; and (c) proceeds of the foregoing (collectively, the “Collateral”). They arise only upon receipt in full of the initial installment. The Company shall not file a financing statement before the Commencement Date. The Client authorizes financing statements describing the collateral as “all of the Client’s right, title, and interest in and to the Brand Amount as determined under the Brand Advisory Agreement, the Client’s contractual right to receive the applicable Brand Percentage portion of Brand Income, the applicable collection rights and accounts described in Section 4.8 of that Agreement, and proceeds of the foregoing.” The Client shall execute documents and take reasonable actions requested to perfect, maintain, or enforce the security interest. The Company may enforce the security interest only following an applicable payment or Collection Failure trigger under Sections 4.5 and 8.3(c), and any action against a third-party payor requires applicable legal process except as otherwise permitted by the Account Control Agreement. Subject to those triggers, the applicable Collection Mechanism may be used to collect a Secured Obligation only to the extent legally and operationally available and, following death, only to the extent permitted by applicable estate-administration law. The Client appoints the Manager as proxy and attorney-in-fact, coupled with an interest and irrevocable until all Secured Obligations are indefeasibly satisfied, solely to file, maintain, amend, continue, terminate, or assign UCC financing statements and to take ministerial collection actions after an enforceable uncured default. The Manager shall act only in good faith and for cause and shall have no liability except for gross negligence or willful misconduct. A successor Manager is automatically substituted. Following any termination, the Collection Mechanism and security interest shall continue only to the extent necessary to collect the unpaid Clawback Repayment Amount and Brand Amounts attributable to Brand Income earned before termination. Promptly after all such obligations are fully satisfied, the Company shall terminate the applicable collection arrangements, release its security interest, and file any required UCC-3 termination statement.
11
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 4.8, the Collateral does not include Excluded Income or any property that does not constitute the Brand Amount, the contractual right to receive the Brand Percentage portion of Brand Income, the applicable collection rights described in Section 4.8, or proceeds thereof. compensation attributable to minor-league services is excluded. No financing statement may describe the Collateral as “all assets,” “all personal property,” or by a similarly broad description.
5. Reporting and Audit Rights
5.1 Books and Records. The Client shall maintain reasonably complete and accurate records of contracts generating Brand Income, Brand Income earned or received, Brand Amount calculations, and permitted deductions. Ordinary-course documentation is sufficient and need not comply with generally accepted accounting principles. The Client shall retain the records throughout the Term and, to the extent any Brand Amount attributable to Brand Income earned before termination or expiration remains payable, until the earlier of (i) twelve (12) months after the final such Brand Amount is paid and (ii) the twenty-fifth (25th) anniversary of the Commencement Date. This obligation does not apply before the Commencement Date. Upon reasonable request, the Client shall provide reasonable evidence of transfers or direct remittances made through the applicable Collection Mechanism and the Brand Income to which they relate.
5.2 Periodic Reporting. Prior to the execution of this Agreement by the Parties, the Client shall provide to the Manager a copy of the contract pursuant to which the Brand Income is then earned. Within 30 days after each of June 30th and December 31st during the Term, the Client shall deliver to the Manager a written report (each, a “Semi-Annual Report”) in a format reasonably specified or agreed to by the Company, which shall include: (a) the total Brand Income earned or received by the Client during that six-month period (itemized by source or contract, and by payment date and amount); (b) the calculation of the Brand Amount owed to the Company for that six-month period (including any deductions permitted under the Brand Income definition, with reasonable detail); (c) year-to-date summaries of Brand Income and Brand Amount; and (d) any other information reasonably requested by the Company and related to the Client’s performance of this Agreement or the Client’s activities in the Principal Business that may affect current or future Brand Income. Together with each Semi-Annual Report, the Client shall provide copies of documentation evidencing the Brand Income reported, such as pay stubs, remittance advices, royalty statements, or similar documents for that six-month period. The reporting frequency selected above continues after termination or expiration solely to report and verify Brand Income earned before termination or expiration and any surviving Brand Amount, until the earlier of (i) twelve (12) months after the final surviving Brand Amount is paid and (ii) the twenty-fifth (25th) anniversary of the Commencement Date.
12
5.3 Audit Rights. The Company (or the Manager or a designee acting on the Company’s behalf) shall have the right, during the Term and, to the extent necessary to verify any surviving Brand Amount, until the earlier of (i) twelve (12) months after the final surviving Brand Amount is paid and (ii) the twenty-fifth (25th) anniversary of the Commencement Date (the “Audit Period”), to examine and verify the relevant records of the Client directly related to Brand Income, solely to verify the accuracy of any Semi-Annual Report and the payments of the Brand Amount. The Company may conduct no more than one (1) audit in any twelve (12) month period, may not audit the same period more than once, and any audit shall not cover periods earlier than the then-current and two (2) immediately preceding calendar years at the time of audit. Any such audit shall be conducted at the Company’s expense, provided that if an audit reveals an underpayment of more than ten percent (10%) of the Brand Amount due for the period examined, the Client shall reimburse the Company for the reasonable, documented costs of the audit. If an audit reveals that the Client has underpaid the Brand Amount, the Client shall promptly (and in any event within thirty (30) days of notice) pay to the Company the amount of the underpayment plus any applicable interest as set forth in Section 4.5. If an audit reveals that the Client overpaid the Brand Amount, the Company shall promptly refund the overpaid amount to the Client (or, at the Client’s election, credit such overpayment against the next Brand Amount coming due, if any).
5.4 Audit Procedure. The Company shall provide the Client with at least thirty (30) days’ advance written notice of its intention to conduct an audit under this Agreement and will reasonably accommodate the Client’s schedule in terms of timing and scope. Any audit shall be conducted by the Company or by a reputable independent accounting firm reasonably acceptable to the Client, during normal business hours and in such a manner as not to unreasonably interfere with the Client’s activities. The Client may require the auditor and the Company to keep all information reviewed confidential and, if requested, to sign a reasonable non-disclosure agreement. An audit may be conducted remotely based on records the Client provides electronically, and the Client shall not be required to host any in-person examination at the Client’s residence.
5.5 Confidentiality of Audit Findings. All information reviewed or obtained by the Company or its auditors during any audit shall be deemed Confidential Information of the Client, and the Company shall not use or disclose such information for any purpose other than verification of compliance with this Agreement and enforcement of the Company’s rights. The Parties shall, however, be entitled to use the results of any audit in any dispute resolution or legal proceedings concerning this Agreement, subject to appropriate protective orders or confidentiality arrangements.
6. Restrictions and Negative Covenants
6.1 Exclusive Relationship; No Similar Agreements. The Client represents and warrants that, as of the Effective Date, the Client has not entered into any contract or arrangement (other than this Agreement) under which the Client has sold, assigned, or otherwise transferred to any third party any right to receive payments or income based on the Client’s future earnings or revenue from the Principal Business. During the Term, the Client shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company, enter into any agreement or transaction with any other party that is similar in nature to this Agreement. Specifically, the Client shall not agree to pay or assign to any third party any portion of the Client’s future Brand Income (or any income substantially similar to Brand Income) in exchange for upfront or ongoing payments or services. This restriction does not prohibit the Client from engaging professional agents, managers, or advisors in the ordinary course of the Client’s career, even if such representatives are paid a percentage of the Client’s income as commission or fees. However, any such arrangement must not conflict with the Client’s obligations to pay the Brand Amount to the Company or diminish the Company’s rights with respect to any installment of the Brand Amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Client receives a bona fide offer from any third party to enter into a transaction that would require consent under this Section 6.1 (a “Third-Party Offer”), the Client shall first deliver to the Company written notice of the material terms thereof, including the identity of the counterparty and all material economic terms (a “ROFR Notice”). The Company shall have fifteen (15) business days following receipt of the ROFR Notice to elect to enter into a transaction with the Client on the same or more favorable terms. If the Company does not timely elect to match, or if the Parties fail to execute a definitive agreement within thirty (30) days of the Company’s election, the Client may consummate the transaction with the third party on terms no more favorable to the third party than those in the ROFR Notice, provided such transaction closes within ninety (90) days, after which the Client must re-comply with this process. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 6.1 and the right of first refusal hereunder apply only to a sale, assignment, pledge, or similar monetization of Brand Income or of future on-field income substantially similar to Brand Income, and shall not apply to any ordinary-course agent, management, endorsement, sponsorship, name, image, or likeness, or other off-field commercial arrangement entered into by the Client.
13
6.2 No Circumvention. The Client shall not take any action for the purpose of defeating, reducing, or delaying the Company’s right to receive the Brand Amount. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Client shall not intentionally defer or decline any Brand Income, or divert any revenue that would otherwise constitute Brand Income into forms or channels that would constitute Excluded Income or would be paid to a third party (except for legitimate payments to Affiliates or agents as permitted herein), with the primary intent of preventing the Company from receiving the Brand Amount in full. The Client also shall not form or use any corporation, partnership, trust, or other entity or contractual arrangement to hide or shield Brand Income from the Company. Any entity through which the Client earns Brand Income (e.g., if the Client forms a personal services company to receive income) shall be deemed an Affiliate of the Client and the Client shall cause such entity to comply with the Client’s obligations under this Agreement, including payment of Brand Amount and cooperation with audits.
6.3 Limits on Publicity and Fundraising. The Client shall not use the Company’s or the Manager’s name or trademarks, or refer to this Agreement, in any press release or public statement except as permitted under Section 11.4 or with the Company’s prior written consent. Further, the Client agrees not to promote, market, or solicit investments in any securities of the Company, Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC, or any other Company thereof, or other securities offering related to this Agreement, unless specifically requested or approved in writing by the Company or Manager. Unsolicited inquiries the Client receives from potential investors or media regarding the Company shall be referred to the Manager.
6.4 Compliance with Laws and League Rules. The Client shall perform his obligations under this Agreement, and shall pursue the Principal Business, in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations, and (if applicable) the rules and policies of any professional league or governing body relevant to the Client. The Client represents that nothing in this Agreement violates or causes a breach of any rule of any league, players’ association, or sanctioning body to which the Client is subject, and if any such conflict arises, the Client will promptly notify the Company. To the extent any provision of this Agreement is deemed to violate a mandatory rule or non-waivable regulation of a league or governing body, the Parties will cooperate in good faith to modify this Agreement as minimally as necessary to comply with such requirement while preserving the Parties’ economic intentions.
6.5 Client Not Issuer, Seller, or Solicitor; No Securities Activities. The Parties acknowledge and agree that the Client is not, and shall not be deemed to be, the issuer, promoter, seller, underwriter, placement agent, broker, dealer, finder, or solicitor of any securities in connection with any securities offering. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to require the Client to participate in, promote, or make any statement in connection with any securities offering.
6.6 Secondary Trading Launch; Automatic Opt-In; Promotional Support. The Client acknowledges that the Company may, in the future, list the membership interests of the Company for secondary trading on a FINRA-registered alternative trading system or other trading venue approved by the Manager (the “ATS”). Upon such listing, the Client’s membership interests in the Company shall automatically be eligible for secondary trading on the ATS without further action or consent by the Client, and the Client hereby consents in advance to such listing and to the transfer of membership interests in accordance with the operating agreement of the Company and applicable securities laws. The Client agrees that the Client shall not independently solicit, promote, or facilitate secondary trading of the Company’s membership interests outside the ATS or in a manner inconsistent with the Company’s or Manager’s policies. The Company and Manager shall have no obligation to list the membership interests on the ATS, and no representation is made regarding the timing, availability, or liquidity of any secondary trading market. The Client shall acknowledge and be paid the Brand Percentage. Following the Secondary Trading Launch, the Client shall cooperate in good faith with reasonable requests by the Company or Manager related to the secondary trading market, including executing any amendments to this Agreement or the operating agreement of the Company reasonably necessary to facilitate secondary trading, provided that no such amendment shall materially and adversely affect the Client’s economic rights under this Agreement without the Client’s written consent.
14
6.7 Nature of Promotional Obligations. The Parties acknowledge and agree that the autograph obligation under Section 2.5(a), the annual Fan Meet-Up under Section 2.5(b) the Ambassador Activities under Section 12.6 and any similar promotional or advisory obligations of the Client under this Agreement are brand-advisory promotional obligations forming part of the Advisory Services, and are not promotional obligations relating to the offer, sale, or solicitation of securities. Such obligations support the development of the Client’s personal brand and the value of the Advisory Services, and shall not be construed as the offer, sale, or solicitation of any securities.
7. Representations and Warranties
7.1 Authority and Capacity. Each Party represents and warrants that it has the full right, power, and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. The individual signing this Agreement on behalf of the Company (through the Manager) is duly authorized to do so. If the Client is an individual, the Client is of legal age and capacity to contract in his jurisdiction of residence. If the Client has any legal guardian or other person with legal authority over the Client’s affairs (e.g., due to minor status or incapacity), such guardian has approved and co-signed this Agreement (or a separate consent) to validate the Client’s entry into this Agreement.
7.2 Independent Advice. The Client represents and warrants that the Client fully understands the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and that the Client has had the opportunity to be represented by an attorney, tax advisor, and other professional representatives of the Client’s choosing in the review, negotiation, and execution of this Agreement and performance of the Client’s obligations hereunder.
7.3 Binding Obligation. This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation of each Party, enforceable against such Party in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy or similar laws and general principles of equity. Each Party acknowledges that it had the opportunity to obtain independent legal advice with respect to this Agreement and that it has entered into this Agreement voluntarily, and each Party agrees not to challenge the validity or enforceability of this Agreement, except on the grounds of fraud in the inducement.
7.4 No Conflicts. The execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement by the Parties does not and will not: (a) violate, conflict with, or result in a breach of any agreement, contract, or obligation to which such Party is a party or by which it is bound; or (b) require any consent, approval, or notice to any third party (except as has been obtained or provided). The Client specifically represents that he is not subject to any agreement or court order (including any with a sports team, league, sponsor, or prior financial partner) that would prohibit or materially impair the Client’s ability to perform this Agreement or to pay the Brand Amount to the Company as required.
7.5 Litigation and Compliance. The Client represents that there are no existing or, to the Client’s knowledge, threatened actions, suits, or proceedings at law or in equity before any court, tribunal, governmental authority or arbitrator that could reasonably be expected to adversely affect the Client’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement. The Client further represents that he is not in material violation of any law, regulation, or order applicable to the Client that would impact the Client’s performance or the benefits intended to be conferred on the Company hereunder.
15
7.6 Accuracy of Information. The Client confirms that all information provided by the Client to the Company or Manager regarding the Client’s personal and professional background, current contract(s), compensation, and other facts relevant to this Agreement (including any personal information schedule or disclosure provided as of the Effective Date) is true, correct, and complete in all material respects. The Client will promptly notify the Company of any material changes to such information.
7.7 Brokerage. Each Party represents that it has not engaged or used any broker or finder in connection with the negotiation or execution of this Agreement, and no person or entity is or will be entitled to any brokerage commission, finder’s fee, or similar compensation in connection herewith by reason of any action of that Party. The Client shall be solely responsible for any commission or fee owed to any agent or representative engaged by the Client in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated (including any commission to an agent who assisted the Client in negotiating this Agreement).
7.8 No Other Revenue Assignments. The Client reaffirms that, except as disclosed to the Company in writing, the Client has not previously assigned, pledged, or granted to any person or entity a security interest in, or other lien or claim on, any portion of the Client’s Brand Income or future earnings from the Principal Business.
7.9 Intellectual Property. The Client represents that the use of the Client Persona and any other intellectual property provided by the Client for the Company’s use (for example, photographs, logos, or content the Client supplies for marketing) will not infringe or violate the rights of any third party, including any copyright, trademark, privacy, publicity, or contractual rights of others. To the Client’s knowledge, any statements or endorsements made by the Client as part of the Advisory Services or any campaigns will be truthful and comply with applicable endorsement guidelines or laws.
7.10 Company Representations. The Company represents and warrants that: (a) it is validly formed and in good standing under the laws of Delaware as a designated series of Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC; (b) the Manager has all necessary authority from Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC and under the Company’s governing documents to enter into this Agreement on the Company’s behalf and to perform the obligations herein on behalf of the Company; (c) the execution and performance of this Agreement by the Company has been duly authorized by all necessary company action; and (d) the Company’s provision of Advisory Services to the Client will be performed in a professional and workmanlike manner by individuals or entities appropriately skilled and experienced in such services.
7.11 No Investment Advice. The Company and the Manager are not providing, and have not provided, the Client with any legal, tax, or investment advice regarding this Agreement. The Client acknowledges that he has been advised and encouraged to seek independent advice as to the legal and tax implications of this arrangement. The Company makes no representation regarding the tax treatment of the Initial Advisory Payment or the Brand Amount payments as to the Client.
7.12 No Prior Income Assignments, Liens, or Security Interests. The Client represents and warrants that, as of the Effective Date, the Client has not granted, assigned, pledged, or otherwise conveyed any security interest, lien, or other encumbrance in or to any portion of the Brand Income or any rights or proceeds relating thereto to any third party. The Client further represents that no person or entity other than the Company has any right, claim, or interest in the Brand Income that would conflict with the rights granted to the Company under this Agreement.
16
7.13 No Conflicting Account or Deposit Arrangements. The Client represents and warrants that, as of the Effective Date, the Client has not granted, executed, or delivered any deposit instructions, payment direction, lien, assignment, account control right, or other arrangement with respect to any payor of Brand Income or any deposit account that would conflict with, impair, or prevent the establishment, maintenance, or operation of the Participation Account, the direct deposit of Brand Income, the automatic bi-weekly transfer, or the Account Control Agreement, in each case as contemplated by Section 4.3.
8. Term and Termination
8.1 Term. The term of this Agreement (the “Term”) commences on the Effective Date and, unless earlier terminated under this Agreement, continues through the twenty-fifth (25th) anniversary of the Commencement Date. A dormant period arising from a Voluntary Retirement under Section 8.8 does not itself end the Term. All dormancy, reinstatement, Revenue Share Trust, continuing payment rights expire on the twenty-fifth (25th) anniversary of the Commencement Date. If the Commencement Date never occurs, the applicable termination provision in Section 8.3(a) controls.
8.2 Survival. Unless a specific termination provision states otherwise, the Parties’ rights and obligations concerning Brand Income earned before termination or expiration survive until fully satisfied, even if paid afterward. Related reporting, recordkeeping, audit, tax, indemnification, confidentiality, dispute-resolution, enforcement, collection-termination, security-release, and UCC-termination duties survive only to the extent and for the periods necessary to implement the applicable termination. The Collection Mechanism and security interest shall continue only for unpaid surviving Brand Amounts, any unpaid Clawback Repayment Amount, and other payment obligations that expressly survive, and shall be terminated and released promptly after those amounts are fully satisfied. Sections 8.4, 8.8, and 8.9 survive only to the extent expressly stated in those Sections.
8.3 Early Termination.
(a) Funding Outcomes. If the Company fails to pay an installment when due, the Client may give written notice describing the default. The Company has thirty (30) days after receipt to cure by paying the overdue installment in full. If it does not, this Agreement terminates automatically at the end of the cure period unless the Client waives that termination in a signed writing. Termination is the Client’s sole remedy for the funding default; the Client may not compel payment or recover the unpaid installment. Amounts previously paid remain with the Client as nonrefundable consideration and not as liquidated damages. Upon termination, any unpaid installment is extinguished, Brand Amounts attributable to Brand Income earned before termination remain payable, and all future obligations are released. The Collection Mechanism and security interest shall remain in effect only to collect those surviving Brand Amounts and shall then be promptly terminated and released, including by filing any required UCC-3 termination statement.
(b) Other Material Breach. Except for matters governed exclusively by Sections 2.7, 4.5, 8.3(a), or 8.3(c), a non-breaching Party may give written notice describing a material breach in reasonable detail. The breaching Party has thirty (30) days, or ten (10) days for a breach of Section 6.1, after receipt to cure to the reasonable satisfaction of the non-breaching Party. If not cured, the non-breaching Party may terminate by written notice without prejudice to other remedies. If the Client is the breaching Party, the Company may instead elect by written notice either (i) to keep the Agreement’s economic, reporting, collection, and security rights in force while suspending the Company’s future Advisory Services, planning-meeting obligations, and promotional obligations until full cure, or (ii) to terminate the Agreement and seek in arbitration direct benefit-of-the-bargain damages, including the provable value of the lost future Brand Amount stream. All Brand Amounts and other recoveries received by the Company shall be credited to prevent double recovery. This election does not create a termination remedy for a payment default governed exclusively by Section 4.5. A failure by the Company to provide Advisory Services is governed solely by Section 2.7 and never permits termination, withholding, setoff, or refund.
17
(c) Collection Failures and Diversion. A failure within the Client’s control to establish or maintain the Participation Account, direct-deposit instructions, automatic transfer, or Account Control Agreement, or another nonmonetary Collection Failure, is a material breach if it remains uncured for seven (7) business days after written notice. After that period, the Company may exercise either election in Section 8.3(b) and activate exclusive control under Section 4.3(c). A bank, payor, processing, or technical failure outside the Client’s control is not a breach if the Client promptly cooperates and uses fallback direct remittance. An intentional diversion, redirection, or obstruction intended to evade payment is an immediate material breach without cure and permits the Company to exercise either election in Section 8.3(b), activate exclusive control, recover unpaid Brand Amounts, and seek equitable relief.
8.4 Mandatory Clawback Liquidated Damages During Clawback Period. If a Voluntary Retirement occurs and the Retirement Date is during the period beginning on the Commencement Date and ending immediately before the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Commencement Date (the “Clawback Period”), the Clawback Repayment Amount automatically becomes owing on the Retirement Date, whether or not the Target Return has been achieved. No notice or election by the Client is required. The Agreement becomes dormant on the Retirement Date as provided in Section 8.8 and, subject to any intervening Unretirement, remains dormant until the Clawback Repayment Amount is fully satisfied. The “Base Clawback Amount” is the amount that would be required, calculated as of the last day immediately preceding the Retirement Date using the Series IRR methodology in Section 8.9, to cause the Company to realize a twenty percent (20%) Series IRR on the aggregate Initial Advisory Payment actually paid to the Client. The “Clawback Repayment Amount” is the following percentage of the Base Clawback Amount: (i) one hundred percent (100%) before the second anniversary of the Commencement Date; (ii) seventy-five percent (75%) from the second anniversary until the third anniversary; (iii) fifty percent (50%) from the third anniversary until the fourth anniversary; and (iv) twenty-five percent (25%) from the fourth anniversary until the fifth anniversary. The applicable percentage is determined on the Retirement Date and remains fixed thereafter. A Retirement Date after the Clawback Period does not create a Clawback Repayment Amount. Brand Amounts and other principal amounts actually received from or on behalf of the Client after the Retirement Date that count as cash inflows for Series IRR shall be credited dollar-for-dollar against the fixed Clawback Repayment Amount; late fees, interest, enforcement costs, and expense reimbursements are excluded. If those credits reduce the balance to zero, the Clawback Repayment Amount is deemed fully satisfied upon the Company’s verification of the credits. The Parties acknowledge that, as of the Effective Date, the Company’s anticipated loss from a Voluntary Retirement during the Clawback Period, including the loss of the bargained-for opportunity to receive future Brand Amounts, would be uncertain and difficult or impracticable to determine with precision. The Clawback Repayment Amount, including the Series IRR methodology, credits, and time-based reductions in this Section, is the Parties’ reasonable, good-faith estimate of a portion of those anticipated losses, constitutes liquidated damages and not a penalty, and does not constitute repayment of a loan. Within fifteen (15) business days after the Retirement Date, the Company shall deliver its calculation, and the Client shall pay the remaining amount in full within thirty (30) days after delivery, even if that payment deadline falls after the Clawback Period. A delay in the Company’s delivery does not waive or reduce the obligation, and an unpaid amount does not lapse when the Clawback Period expires. An unpaid Clawback Repayment Amount accrues interest at the rate stated in Section 4.5, but the cumulative late fees and acceleration in Section 4.5 do not apply to it; the Company may recover reasonable, documented enforcement and collection costs. If, before full satisfaction, the Client enters into an executed agreement, accepts an offer, reaches an agreement in principle to resume the Principal Business, or actually resumes, the Clawback Repayment Amount remains due and is not waived, reduced, discharged, or delayed by the renewed participation. The Agreement automatically reinstates under Section 8.8, and amounts actually received from or on behalf of the Client continue to be credited only as expressly provided above. The Client shall promptly disclose the new arrangement and provide information reasonably requested by the Company to determine the reinstatement date and applicable credits. Failure to provide that notice or information is a material breach but does not delay reinstatement or alter the Clawback Repayment Amount. Upon full payment or deemed satisfaction of the Clawback Repayment Amount, this Agreement permanently terminates as of that satisfaction date, except for provisions that expressly survive, and every dormancy, reinstatement, and Revenue Share Trust right is extinguished. The Collection Mechanism and security interest shall continue only for surviving amounts and shall be released as required by Sections 4.8 and 8.2 after those amounts are fully satisfied. The Clawback Repayment Amount is the Company’s exclusive monetary remedy arising solely from the Voluntary Retirement and resulting termination under this Section, except for surviving pre-retirement Brand Amounts, interest and enforcement costs expressly permitted by this Section, and obligations that expressly survive. Target Return termination under Section 8.9(b) is unavailable for a Retirement Date during the Clawback Period, and expiration of the Clawback Period does not convert that Retirement into one eligible for Target Return termination.
18
8.5 Definition and Effect of Good Reason. “Good Reason” for the Client’s cessation of the Principal Business exists only if the exit results from a significant, documented injury, illness, or medical condition (a “Major Injury”) that renders the Client unable to continue or would expose the Client to a substantial risk of permanent harm beyond the ordinary risks of the profession. A documented mental-health condition qualifies if certified by a licensed mental-health professional. The Parties shall determine Good Reason in good faith. If they disagree, they shall jointly select a qualified independent physician or licensed mental-health professional; if they cannot agree, each Party shall select one and those two shall select a third to make a final and binding determination. The Client bears the cost of the Client’s evaluations, and the Parties share the deciding professional’s fees equally. A cessation for Good Reason permanently terminates this Agreement as of the later of actual cessation and written notice, without any clawback, Target Return requirement, or repayment or return of any portion of the Initial Advisory Payment, subject to accrued pre-termination obligations and the applicable collection and release duties under Section 8.2. If the Company establishes in a final arbitration award or judgment permitted under Section 13 that the asserted Good Reason or the supporting notice or evidence was procured by the Client’s fraud, intentional material misrepresentation, or intentional concealment of a material fact, the Company may obtain retroactive reinstatement of this Agreement as of the purported termination date and any other relief available under this Agreement or applicable law. Upon retroactive reinstatement, the Client’s obligations, including Brand Amounts attributable to the intervening period, shall be treated as having remained in effect and shall become due in accordance with the reporting, audit, and collection provisions. The Company shall not be in default for failing to perform or fund during the purported termination period; the Company’s unperformed funding and service obligations shall resume prospectively upon reinstatement, and each applicable Company performance deadline shall be tolled for the purported termination period.
8.6 Effect of Death or Permanent Disability. Death or permanent and total disability that prevents the Client from continuing in the Principal Business permanently terminates this Agreement as of the date of death or determination of disability, regardless of Series IRR. No clawback, Target Return requirement, dormancy, reinstatement, or Revenue Share Trust right applies. The Client, legal representative, or estate remains responsible for Brand Amounts attributable to Brand Income earned before termination, even if paid later, and for provisions that expressly survive. No portion of the Initial Advisory Payment must be returned. Good Reason is governed separately by Section 8.5.
8.7 Mutual Termination. The Parties may at any time mutually agree in writing to terminate this Agreement on an agreed date. In such event, they will also set forth in the termination agreement the handling of any future Brand Income or outstanding obligations. Unless otherwise agreed, if the Agreement is terminated by mutual agreement, the Company will only be entitled to the Brand Amount from Brand Income earned by the Client up to the date of termination, and the Client will have no further obligation to pay Brand Amount on income earned after termination (and no clawback would apply unless expressly agreed as part of the termination provisions). Any mutual termination agreement must be signed by both the Client and the Manager on behalf of the Company.
19
8.8 Voluntary Retirement; Dormancy and Reinstatement.
(a) Dormancy Following Voluntary Retirement. A Voluntary Retirement does not itself terminate this Agreement. If the Retirement Date is during the Clawback Period, this Agreement becomes dormant on the Retirement Date and, while the Retirement continues, remains dormant until the Clawback Repayment Amount is fully satisfied, at which time Section 8.4 terminates this Agreement. If the Retirement Date is after expiration of the Clawback Period, this Agreement becomes dormant unless the executed Agreement includes the Target Return termination alternative in Section 8.9(b) and the conditions of that alternative are satisfied. If that alternative is not included or its conditions are not satisfied, this Agreement remains dormant while the Retirement continues. A Retirement Date during the Clawback Period remains governed by Section 8.4, and expiration of the Clawback Period does not make that Retirement eligible for Target Return termination. During dormancy, no new Advisory Services, planning meetings, promotional obligations, or Brand Amounts accrue, except that Brand Amounts attributable to Brand Income earned before the Retirement Date remain payable and the related reporting, recordkeeping, audit, collection, and enforcement provisions continue. The Client shall complete the initial post-retirement true-up within ninety (90) days, but that period is a settlement deadline and not a forfeiture cutoff; any pre-retirement Brand Amount discovered later remains payable.
(b) Automatic Reinstatement. Upon an Unretirement while this Agreement is dormant, this Agreement automatically reinstates in full as of the earliest reinstatement trigger in the definition of Unretirement, without further action. The Brand Percentage, applicable Collection Mechanism, reporting, audit, Advisory Services, and all other active-period obligations apply to Brand Income earned and activities occurring from and after reinstatement. Any Clawback Repayment Amount triggered by the earlier Retirement Date remains due, and Section 8.4 continues to govern its payment and credits. No reinstatement is available after this Agreement has actually terminated under Section 8.4 or Section 8.9(b). Achievement of the Target Return while the Client is actively participating does not itself terminate this Agreement.
(c) Collection Following Reinstatement; No Additional Consideration. If the Company continues to exist, the Collection Mechanism selected in Section 4.3 resumes upon reinstatement. If that mechanism is unavailable, direct remittance applies until an equivalent replacement becomes operational. If the Company has dissolved, Section 4.7 governs payment to the Manager, successor, or Revenue Share Trust. No additional Initial Advisory Payment or other consideration is due solely because of reinstatement.
(d) Notice; Outside Limit. The Client shall give written notice of any plan or intention to resume and, in all events, no later than ten (10) business days after an Unretirement. Failure to give timely notice is a separate material breach but does not delay automatic reinstatement or prevent Brand Amounts from accruing. All dormancy, reinstatement, Revenue Share Trust, and continuing payment rights expire on the twenty-fifth (25th) anniversary of the Commencement Date.
20
8.9 Series IRR and Post-Clawback-Period Target Return Election. Section 8.9(a) defines Series IRR and Target Return for purposes of Section 8.4 and any Target Return termination alternative included under Section 8.9(b). Section 8.9(b) contains the separate execution-time election whether to include post-Clawback-Period Target Return termination.
(a) Series IRR and Target Return. “Series IRR” means the annual internal rate of return realized by the Company on the aggregate Initial Advisory Payment actually paid to the Client. Each payment by the Company is a cash outflow on its payment date, and each Brand Amount, clawback payment, or other principal amount actually received from or on behalf of the Client is a cash inflow on its receipt date. Payments received by the Revenue Share Trust, Manager, or successor under Section 4.7 are treated as received by the Company. Late fees, interest, enforcement costs, and expense reimbursements are excluded. Series IRR is computed using XIRR or an equivalent standard annualized methodology applied to actual dated cash flows. “Target Return” means a Series IRR of at least twenty percent (20%) per annum.
(b) Post-Clawback-Period Target Return Election. If a Voluntary Retirement occurs with a Retirement Date after expiration of the Clawback Period and the Target Return has been achieved on the Retirement Date, this Agreement permanently terminates on that date, subject only to Brand Amounts attributable to pre-retirement Brand Income and the limited survival provisions in Section 8.2. No dormancy, Revenue Share Trust, or reinstatement right survives. If the Target Return has not been achieved on the Retirement Date, this Agreement becomes dormant under Section 8.8. The Company shall recalculate Series IRR to include Brand Amounts attributable to pre-retirement Brand Income received during the ninety-day true-up or discovered and paid later. If those receipts cause the Target Return to be achieved while this Agreement is dormant, this Agreement then permanently terminates on the date the Target Return is achieved, without awaiting an Unretirement or another Retirement. The Collection Mechanism and security interest shall continue only for surviving pre-retirement Brand Amounts and any other payment obligation that expressly survives and shall be promptly terminated and released after those amounts are fully satisfied. This alternative does not apply to a Retirement Date during the Clawback Period, even after the Clawback Period later expires, and does not discharge any Clawback Repayment Amount previously triggered by an earlier Retirement Date.
(c) Repeated Retirement and Reinstatement. A Retirement that results in dormancy remains valid during dormancy and is not retroactively invalidated by an Unretirement. Upon reinstatement, all active-period obligations resume under Section 8.8. Each later Voluntary Retirement is governed by its own Retirement Date: Section 8.4 applies if that date is during the Clawback Period, and Section 8.8 and, only if included in the executed Agreement, Section 8.9(b) apply if that date is after the Clawback Period. Any Clawback Repayment Amount previously triggered remains due unless fully satisfied. Achievement of the Target Return while the Client is actively participating does not itself terminate this Agreement.
(d) Calculation of Series IRR; Disputes. Upon the Client’s reasonable request following a Voluntary Retirement, and at each calculation time expressly required by Section 8.4 or an included Target Return termination alternative in Section 8.9(b), the Company shall provide a reasonably detailed Series IRR calculation using actual dated cash flows. The calculation is controlling absent manifest error. Any dispute concerning whether a Voluntary Retirement occurred, whether the Target Return was achieved where applicable, or the arithmetic application of the Series IRR methodology shall be resolved under Section 13.
(e) Relationship to Other Provisions. Full satisfaction of the Clawback Repayment Amount terminates this Agreement as provided in Section 8.4. Target Return termination is available only if the TARGET RETURN TERMINATION INCLUDED alternative in Section 8.9(b) is included in the executed Agreement and only for a Retirement Date after expiration of the Clawback Period. It does not apply to or later convert a Retirement Date during the Clawback Period, and it does not discharge a Clawback Repayment Amount triggered by an earlier Retirement Date. None of those terminations relieves the Client of Brand Amounts attributable to Brand Income earned before the effective termination date or other obligations that expressly survive. Good Reason, death, and permanent disability are governed separately by Sections 8.5 and 8.6.
21
9. Additional Covenants of Client
9.1 Right to Purchase Insurance. The Client agrees that the Company (or its designee) shall have the right, at its own expense, to purchase and maintain one or more life insurance and/or disability insurance policies on the life and/or health of the Client. The Company (or its designee) shall be the sole owner and beneficiary of any such policy, and the Company shall be responsible for payment of all premiums associated with such insurance. The Client shall have no right, title, or interest in any such policy or its proceeds. The Client shall cooperate in good faith with the Company and any insurance carrier in connection with the application for and maintenance of such insurance, including by (a) submitting to reasonable medical examinations, (b) providing truthful and complete information as required by the insurer, (c) executing any documents reasonably necessary to effectuate or maintain such insurance, and (d) promptly forwarding to the Company any correspondence, notices, or documents relating to any such policy that the Client may receive. The Company shall be registered as the owner on all such policies. The Company shall have no obligation to purchase or maintain any such insurance, and the decision to do so shall be at the Company’s sole discretion. Any insurance policy obtained under this Section shall be held for the benefit of the Company and any proceeds therefrom shall be considered assets of the Company. No such proceeds shall be payable to the Client or any of the Client’s Affiliates, representatives, heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns.
9.2 Professional Conduct. The Client shall use good-faith efforts to maintain an active career in the Principal Business during the Term, subject to the Client’s personal and professional circumstances. While this Agreement does not impose a duty on the Client to achieve any specific performance milestones, the Client agrees not to intentionally take actions that would foreseeably and materially diminish the Client’s ability to generate Brand Income (except as might be reasonable for health or family considerations). The Client agrees to abide by all material contractual obligations the Client has in the Principal Business (e.g., the terms of any team or league contracts) and to conduct himself in a manner consistent with professional standards, to the extent that a failure to do so could cause a material decrease in Brand Income (for example, the Client will not willfully incur a suspension or ban from the Principal Business without good cause). This Section does not grant the Company any control or decision-making power over the Client’s career decisions, personal behavior, or professional training but rather expresses the expectation that the Client will act in good faith not to deliberately undermine the value of the revenue sharing arrangement.
9.3 Further Assurances. The Client shall execute and deliver such additional documents, and take such further actions, as may be reasonably requested by the Company or Manager to carry out the purpose and intent of this Agreement. This includes, without limitation, executing any certifications or notices needed for the Company to perfect its contractual rights to receive the Brand Amount (such as separate irrevocable payment instruction letters to third-party payors, or UCC financing statements if applicable to establish a security interest to secure payment). The Client shall also cooperate with the Company in good faith to adjust the mechanism of payment, or to modify this Agreement, if required by changes in law or regulation (including league rules or collective bargaining outcomes) in order to give effect to the original intent of the Parties in a lawful manner. The Client’s obligations under this Section 9.3 are in addition to, and not in limitation of, the irrevocable proxy and power of attorney granted to the Manager under Section 4.8.
22
9.4 Spousal Consent. If the Client is married or subsequently marries during the Term, the Client shall use best efforts to obtain his spouse’s signature on a spousal consent or acknowledgement in a form reasonably requested by the Company. Such consent will acknowledge the spouse’s awareness of this Agreement (including the security interest in the Collateral and the irrevocable proxy and power of attorney granted to the Manager under Section 4.8) and, to the extent applicable under state marital or community property laws, will confirm that the spouse waives or releases any claim that this Agreement (including such security interest and proxy and power of attorney) is not fully enforceable against the Client’s share of marital property or community income. If the Client’s spouse declines to sign a consent, the Client shall promptly notify the Company and discuss in good faith whether alternate arrangements (such as additional security or escrow of funds) are necessary to protect the Company’s interests.
9.5 Confidentiality of Company Information. The Client recognizes that, through interaction with the Company and Manager, the Client may receive or have access to non-public information regarding the Company’s business, financing, investors, and plans. The Client agrees to hold in confidence any confidential or proprietary information of the Company or Manager provided to the Client and not to disclose it to any third party (except the Client’s advisors who are under duties of confidentiality) without the Company’s consent, except as required by law. Nothing herein limits the Client’s ability to disclose information about his own financial arrangements as needed for personal business or tax reasons, so long as the Client takes reasonable steps to ensure any third-party recipients (e.g., financial advisors, accountants) also keep such information confidential.
9.6 Disclosure of Material Events.
(a) The Client shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the occurrence of any Material Event (as defined below) during the Term of this Agreement and for a period of twelve (12) months thereafter, to the extent such Material Event relates to or could reasonably be expected to affect the Client’s performance under this Agreement, the Client’s reputation, or the value of the Company’s rights hereunder.
(b) For purposes of this Agreement, a “Material Event” includes, but is not limited to, the following:
(i) The commencement, threatened commencement, or written notice of any litigation, arbitration, or other legal proceeding involving the Client, whether as a plaintiff, defendant, or witness, that alleges or could reasonably be expected to allege claims of fraud, breach of contract, violation of law, or any other matter that could materially impact the Client’s ability to perform under this Agreement or the Client’s reputation;
(ii) Any actual or alleged breach by the Client of any material contract, including but not limited to employment, endorsement, sponsorship, or agency agreements, or any contract relevant to the Client’s participation in the Principal Business;
(iii) Any written or formal allegation, investigation, or charge by a league, governing body, regulatory authority, or law enforcement agency regarding unlawful activity, rule violations, or misconduct by the Client, including but not limited to allegations of doping, match-fixing, gambling, or other conduct that could result in suspension, fines, or disciplinary action;
(iv) The imposition of any fine, suspension, ban, or other disciplinary measure by any league, team, governing body, or regulatory authority in connection with the Client’s professional activities;
23
(v) Any public or media allegation of misconduct, unethical behavior, or other conduct that could reasonably be expected to materially harm the Client’s reputation or the value of the Company’s rights under this Agreement;
(vi) Any event or circumstance that results in or could reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect on the Client’s ability to generate Brand Income, including but not limited to injury, illness, or loss of eligibility to participate in the Principal Business (other than as already covered by Section 8.6).
(c) The Client shall provide written notice to the Manager of any Material Event as soon as practicable, and in any event within ten (10) business days after the Client becomes aware of such Material Event. The notice shall include reasonable details regarding the nature of the event, the parties involved, the potential or actual consequences, and any steps being taken to address or resolve the matter.
(d) The Client shall keep the Company reasonably informed of any material developments or changes relating to any disclosed Material Event, including the resolution or settlement of any such matter.
(e) The Company agrees to treat all information disclosed pursuant to this Section as Confidential Information, subject to the confidentiality provisions of this Agreement, except to the extent disclosure is required by law, regulation, or as necessary to protect the Company’s interests or enforce its rights under this Agreement.
(f) The failure by the Client to timely disclose a Material Event as required by this Section shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement, entitling the Company to exercise its rights and remedies as set forth herein, including but not limited to the right to terminate the Agreement for cause pursuant to Section 8.3.
9.7 No Grant of Security Interests. From and after the Commencement Date and during the Term, the Client shall not, without the Company’s prior written consent, grant, assign, pledge, or otherwise convey to a third party a security interest, lien, or other encumbrance in the Brand Amount, the Client’s contractual right to receive the Brand Percentage portion of Brand Income, the applicable collection rights described in Section 4.8, or proceeds thereof. Any attempted grant in violation of this Section is void to the fullest extent permitted by law and constitutes a material breach.
9.8 No Diversion of Brand Income. During the Term, the Client shall not divert Brand Income away from the Participation Account, interfere with a required direct-deposit or transfer instruction, or take any action intended to evade, defeat, or delay payment of a Brand Amount, except as expressly permitted by Section 4.3. A failure outside the Client’s control is governed by the cooperation and fallback provisions of Section 4.3. An intentional diversion or obstruction intended to evade payment is an immediate material breach without cure.
9.9 Maintenance of Collection Mechanism. The Client shall, within ten (10) business days after the Commencement Date, establish the Participation Account, required direct-deposit instructions, automatic bi-weekly transfer, and Account Control Agreement described in Section 4.3, and shall maintain them during the Term. The Client shall not close or replace the account or cancel, revoke, reduce, suspend, or modify an instruction, transfer, or control agreement without the Company’s prior written consent, except as permitted by Section 4.3. While any arrangement or replacement is not operational, the Client shall use fallback direct remittance. A failure within the Client’s control is a Collection Failure governed by Sections 4.3 and 8.3(c).
24
10. Indemnification
10.1 Indemnification by Client. The Client shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Company, the Manager, and their respective affiliates, and each of their officers, directors, employees, and agents (collectively, the “Company Parties”), from and against any and all losses, liabilities, damages, costs, or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) (collectively, “Losses”) actually incurred by the Company Parties in connection with any third-party claim, action, or proceeding arising out of or relating to: (a) any material breach by the Client of any representation, warranty, or covenant in this Agreement; (b) any failure by the Client to pay any required taxes related to the Client’s receipt of Brand Income (except to the extent the failure was due to the Company’s breach of its obligations); (c) any claim by a third party (including any agent or former business partner of the Client) that it is entitled to any portion of the Brand Amount or that it suffered harm due to the Client’s granting of rights to the Company hereunder; or (d) the Client’s gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of this Agreement or in the Client’s activities generating Brand Income (for example, a third-party personal injury claim arising from the Client’s actions in the Principal Business, to the extent the Company or Manager is named as a defendant solely because of this Agreement). For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 10.1 applies only to Losses arising from third-party claims and does not entitle any Company Party to recover its attorneys’ fees or other costs from the Client in any dispute between the Client and any Company Party, which fees and costs shall instead be governed by Section 13.7. The Client’s indemnification obligation shall not apply to the extent any Losses are determined to result from a Company Party’s own fraud, gross negligence, willful misconduct, or breach of this Agreement, and shall be subject to the procedures set forth in Section 10.3.
10.2 Indemnification by Company. The Company (on behalf of itself and the Manager) shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Client and the Client’s heirs, executors, and assigns (the “Client Parties”) from and against any and all Losses arising out of or relating to: (a) any breach or alleged breach by the Company of any representation, warranty, or covenant in this Agreement; (b) any claim by a third party arising from the Company’s use of the Client Persona beyond what is permitted in this Agreement or otherwise from the Company’s marketing or promotional activities for the Client (except to the extent such claim arises from information or materials provided by the Client for such use, in which case the Client will indemnify as provided above); (c) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Company, the Manager, or any of their agents in performing the Advisory Services or other obligations under this Agreement; or (d) any claim, action, or proceeding brought against the Client under federal or state securities laws solely as a result of the Company’s offering activities in connection with the Series Offering, any other offering of membership interests in the Company, the Master LLC, or any series thereof, or any capital-raising, disclosure, or regulatory activity conducted by or on behalf of the Company, provided that the Client did not solicit investors, make any offering-related statement, make any misrepresentation or omission, breach this Agreement, or otherwise engage in conduct giving rise to such claim. The indemnification obligation under clause (d) shall be subject to the procedures set forth in Section 10.3, including prompt notice, the Company’s right to control the defense, and no settlement without the Client’s consent. The Company’s indemnification obligation shall not apply to the extent any Losses are determined to result from the Client’s own fraud, gross negligence, or willful misconduct.
10.3 Procedure. A Party seeking indemnification (the “Indemnified Party”) shall promptly notify the other Party (the “Indemnifying Party”) in writing of any third-party claim or action for which indemnification is sought, and shall reasonably cooperate with the Indemnifying Party in the defense of the claim. The Indemnifying Party shall have the right to control the defense and settlement of any such claim, except that it may not settle any claim in a manner that imposes any liability or admission of fault on the Indemnified Party without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld). The Indemnified Party may participate in the defense with its own counsel at its own expense. Failure to promptly notify the Indemnifying Party of a claim shall only relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations to the extent it was materially prejudiced by the delay.
10.4 Survival. The provisions of this Section 10 shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement.
25
11. Confidentiality
11.1 Confidential Information. Each Party acknowledges that in connection with this Agreement it may receive or have access to confidential or proprietary information of the other Party (“Confidential Information”). Confidential Information includes, without limitation, non-public business plans, strategies, financial information, projections, personal or medical information about the Client, the terms and existence of this Agreement (until publicly disclosed by mutual agreement or as required by law), any non-public materials related to the Company’s investors or financing, and any other information designated as confidential or that should reasonably be understood to be confidential given its nature and the circumstances of disclosure.
11.2 Nondisclosure and Use. Each Party agrees that it will not disclose the Confidential Information of the other Party to any third party, and will not use the other Party’s Confidential Information for any purpose outside the scope of this Agreement, without the prior written consent of the other Party. Each Party may share Confidential Information of the other with its own affiliates, employees, legal or financial advisors, or agents who have a need to know it for purposes of this Agreement, provided they are under obligations of confidentiality at least as protective as those herein. Each Party shall protect the confidentiality of the other’s Confidential Information using the same degree of care as it uses to protect its own confidential information of similar importance, and at least reasonable care.
11.3 Exceptions. The obligations of confidentiality in this Section shall not apply to information which: (a) is or becomes generally available to the public other than through a breach of this Agreement; (b) is received by the receiving Party on a non-confidential basis from a third party who is not known to be bound by a confidentiality obligation to the disclosing Party; (c) was already known or independently developed by the receiving Party without use of the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, as evidenced by the receiving Party’s written records; or (d) is required to be disclosed by law, regulation, or court order, provided that (if legally permitted) the receiving Party gives prompt notice to the disclosing Party of the intended disclosure and cooperates in any effort to limit or protect the disclosure.
11.4 Public Announcements. Neither Party will issue any press release or public statement regarding this Agreement or the relationship between the Parties without the prior written consent of the other (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). It shall not be a violation of this Section for the Company to include general, non-identifying references to its Brand Advisory Agreement with the Client in routine business descriptions or required regulatory filings (for example, referring to the existence of a contract with “a professional athlete in baseball executed on the Effective Date” without naming the Client, unless such naming is legally required in a filing). Likewise, the Client may disclose the existence of this Agreement in confidence to financial advisors or as necessary for personal business, provided those persons are bound to confidentiality as noted above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Party may disclose this Agreement, or file it to the extent required by applicable securities laws or regulations. Where legally permitted and practicable, the disclosing Party will give the other Party advance notice, consider good-faith comments and limit disclosure to what is required. Disclosures made in compliance with this paragraph (including disclosures compelled by law or governmental inquiry) do not violate this Section or any confidentiality obligations.
26
11.5 Remedies. Each Party acknowledges that unauthorized use or disclosure of the other’s Confidential Information may cause irreparable harm for which monetary damages may be difficult to ascertain or an insufficient remedy. Accordingly, each Party agrees that the other Party shall be entitled to seek injunctive relief (without the necessity of posting bond) to prevent any actual or threatened breach of this Section 11, in addition to any other rights and remedies available at law or in equity.
12. Publicity Rights and Use of Client Persona
12.1 License to Use Client Persona. The Client hereby grants to the Company and the Manager a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free right and license to use the Client Persona during the Term, and in any event until this Agreement is terminated or expires, in connection with the Company’s performance under this Agreement and the promotion thereof. This license includes the right for the Company and Manager to use, reproduce, distribute, and publicly display the Client’s name, image, likeness, and other elements of the Client Persona in advertising, marketing, press releases, investor communications, social media, and on the Agentiq Sports online platform or app, solely for the purpose of describing or promoting: (a) the Advisory Services and brand initiatives being performed for the Client; (b) the Client’s association with the Company as a client; and/or (c) the Client’s background and achievements as relevant to the Company’s business. Any such use shall be consistent with professional standards and shall not be disparaging or defamatory toward the Client. The Company will consult with the Client on major publicity materials where feasible, but final editorial control remains with the Company for materials it produces.
12.2 No Endorsement of Third Parties. Except as expressly agreed by the Client, the license granted in Section 12.1 does not include the right to use the Client Persona to endorse or advertise any specific third-party product or service (unrelated to this Agreement or the Company’s own services). The Company will not, for example, use the Client’s persona in a manner that suggests the Client is directly endorsing a product, sponsor, or commercial entity, unless such use is part of a campaign or initiative that has been discussed with and approved by the Client. If the Company desires the Client to participate in any endorsements or promotional events beyond the scope of this Agreement, including any compensation or additional terms for such activities, the Parties may separately agree to any such arrangements in writing.
12.3 Public Statements by Client. The Client agrees not to make any public statement or engage in any publicity that disparages or places in a negative light the Company, the Manager, or any of their affiliated entities, or that reveals confidential aspects of this Agreement. The Client may state factual information such as “I have partnered with Agentiq Sports to build my brand” or similar positive or neutral descriptions. The Client shall refer any media inquiries about the Company or this Agreement to the Manager. The Client’s obligations under this Section shall not restrict the Client’s ability to comment on general industry topics or on his personal career outside the scope of this Agreement, and shall not apply to truthful statements made in legal or arbitral proceedings.
12.4 Approval of Materials. To avoid conflicts with the Client’s other endorsement deals or personal branding, the Company agrees to consider in good faith any reasonable requests by the Client to modify or remove specific uses of the Client Persona that the Client believes conflict with the Client’s existing personal brand or contractual commitments. The Client will notify the Company of any known restrictions (e.g., if the Client has an exclusive apparel sponsor and cannot appear wearing competing logos) so that the Company can take those into account in advance. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to accommodate such restrictions in any public-facing materials or events involving the Client.
27
12.5 Ownership and Goodwill. All goodwill arising from the Company’s authorized use of the Client Persona shall inure to the benefit of the Client. The Company acknowledges that, except for the license rights granted herein, it has no ownership or proprietary interest in the Client Persona. Conversely, the Client acknowledges that any materials (e.g., promotional videos, articles, or content) created by the Company or Manager that include elements of the Client Persona and are used to promote the Company’s business may also include the Company’s or Manager’s intellectual property (logos, trademarks, creative content), and the Company retains ownership of those materials (subject to the Client’s continuing rights in his persona). Neither Party will challenge the other’s ownership of its pre-existing intellectual property or persona rights.
12.6 Ambassador Activities. At the Company’s reasonable request and subject to the Client’s professional schedule, the Client shall participate in two (2) promotional events or media appearances per calendar year (or partial calendar year, as applicable) to promote the brand partnership or the Company’s platform (the “Ambassador Activities”), such as interviews, social-media live sessions, or client spotlights. Ambassador Activities are separate from, and cumulative with, any Fan Meet-Up obligation under Section 2.5(b). The specific nature and timing shall be mutually agreed, and the Client is not required to participate in an activity that would unreasonably interfere with duties in the Principal Business or prior commitments. Unless otherwise agreed, no separate compensation is due, but the Company shall reimburse reasonable, pre-approved travel and lodging expenses.
13. Dispute Resolution
13.1 Negotiation. In the event of any dispute, controversy, or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach thereof (a “Dispute”), the Parties shall first attempt in good faith to resolve the Dispute informally. Either Party may initiate this negotiation process by providing written notice to the other Party of the issue. The Parties (and their representatives, if applicable) shall meet and confer within ten (10) Business Days of such notice (whether in person or by teleconference) to discuss the Dispute and seek a mutually agreeable solution. If the Dispute involves financial calculations or accounting matters, the Parties may involve accountants or advisors in the discussion.
13.2 Arbitration. If the Parties are unable to resolve any Dispute through negotiation within ten (10) Business Days from the initial notice of the Dispute (or such longer period as they may mutually agree), then the Dispute shall be finally settled by binding arbitration. The arbitration shall be administered by JAMS (or, if JAMS is unavailable, a comparable reputable arbitration organization) and held in a place determined by the Company or virtually, if mutually agreeable to the Parties. The arbitration shall be conducted by a single arbitrator knowledgeable in contract and commercial law, selected by mutual agreement of the Parties from the JAMS panel, or if the Parties cannot agree, then in accordance with the JAMS rules for arbitrator selection. The arbitration shall follow the JAMS Streamlined Arbitration Rules & Procedures (or, if the amount in controversy exceeds $250,000, the Comprehensive Rules) then in effect, except as modified herein.
13.3 Arbitration Procedure. The arbitrator shall allow reasonable discovery, taking into account the needs of the Parties and the importance of the issues. The arbitrator is empowered to grant any remedy or relief that the Parties could have received in court, including injunctive relief and attorney’s fee awards, subject to the limitations of this Agreement. The arbitrator’s award shall be written, shall state the essential findings and conclusions upon which the award is based, and shall be final and binding on the Parties. Judgment on the arbitration award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction.
13.4 No Class Actions. The Parties further agree that any arbitration shall be conducted in their individual capacities only and not as a class action or other representative action, and the Parties expressly waive their right to file a class action or seek relief on a class basis. THE PARTIES AGREE THAT EACH MAY BRING CLAIMS AGAINST THE OTHER ONLY IN ITS INDIVIDUAL CAPACITY, AND NOT AS A PLAINTIFF OR CLASS MEMBER IN ANY PURPORTED CLASS OR REPRESENTATIVE PROCEEDING. If any court or arbitrator determines that the class action waiver set forth in this paragraph is void or unenforceable for any reason or that an arbitration can proceed on a class basis, then the arbitration provision set forth above shall be void in its entirety and the Parties shall be deemed to have not agreed to arbitrate disputes.
28
13.5 Confidentiality of Proceedings. The Parties agree that any arbitration (or negotiation) conducted under this Section 13 shall be confidential. The existence of the arbitration, any non-public information provided in the arbitration, and any oral or written arguments or decisions made in the arbitration shall not be disclosed to any third party, except to the extent necessary to enforce an award, to pursue a legal right, or as required by law.
13.6 Interim Relief. Notwithstanding the foregoing arbitration provisions, either Party may at any time seek interim or preliminary injunctive relief from a court of competent jurisdiction (consistent with Section 14.7) in order to prevent irreparable harm, maintain the status quo, or enforce the confidentiality or intellectual property provisions of this Agreement, pending the outcome of arbitration. Seeking such relief shall not be deemed a waiver of the right to arbitrate.
13.7 Fees and Expenses. The Parties shall share equally the administrative fees and arbitrator’s fees of the arbitration. Each Party shall otherwise bear its own attorneys’ fees and costs, provided that the arbitrator may, in his or her discretion, award reasonable costs and attorneys’ fees to the prevailing Party if the arbitrator determines that the positions taken by the other Party were frivolous or in bad faith.
14. Miscellaneous Provisions
14.1 Assignment. The Client may not assign, delegate, or transfer, by operation of law or otherwise, this Agreement or any right or obligation under it without the Company’s prior written consent. Because this Agreement involves personal services and the Client’s personal future income, any attempted assignment by the Client without that consent is void. The Company may assign its rights and obligations, in whole or in part, to: (a) an Affiliate or successor of the Company; (b) a transferee of all or substantially all of the Company’s rights in the Brand Amount, including a collateral assignment to a trust or other entity for investors or a sale of the Company’s interest that leaves the Client’s obligations unchanged; or (c) a person or entity that acquires the Company or a controlling interest in it, including through a merger or consolidation of Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC or a sale of the Company’s assets, provided that the assignee agrees in writing to be bound by this Agreement. After a permitted assignment, the Company is released from the obligations assigned, and the assignee succeeds to the corresponding rights and obligations. The security interest and the proxy and power of attorney granted under Section 4.8 automatically inure to a permitted assignee or successor and, as applicable, its manager; upon reasonable request, the Client shall execute a confirmatory instrument. This Agreement binds and benefits the Parties and their permitted successors and assigns.
14.2 Authority of Manager. The Client acknowledges that the Manager is the sole manager of the Company and that, pursuant to the Company’s governing documents, the Manager has the exclusive authority to manage and control the affairs of the Company, including the administration and enforcement of this Agreement. Accordingly, any rights, elections, consents or actions of the Company under this Agreement may be exercised or performed by the Manager on the Company’s behalf (including the irrevocable proxy and power of attorney granted to the Manager under Section 4.8), and any notice to be given to the Company under this Agreement should be given to the Manager (as provided in the Notice section below). The Client agrees that the Manager is an intended third-party beneficiary of this Agreement to the extent necessary to enable the Manager to enforce the Company’s rights and to perform the Company’s obligations hereunder (including the right to receive payments on the Company’s behalf and the right to act as proxy and attorney-in-fact under Section 4.8). If the Manager is replaced, the new Manager shall automatically be substituted as the “Manager” for purposes of this Agreement, including for purposes of the proxy and power of attorney granted under Section 4.8.
29
14.3 Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including any exhibits or schedules hereto, which are hereby incorporated by reference) constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior negotiations, understandings, and agreements, whether written or oral, between the Parties concerning such subject matter. Each Party acknowledges that it has not relied on any representations, warranties, or covenants not expressly contained in this Agreement in deciding to enter into this Agreement.
14.4 Amendment and Waiver. This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by a written instrument executed by both Parties (and, with respect to the Company, signed by an authorized officer of the Manager). No waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless set forth in a written waiver signed by the Party waiving the provision. No failure or delay by either Party in exercising any right or remedy under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right preclude any further exercise of that or any other right or remedy.
14.5 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstance is held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable by a court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction, such provision shall be enforced to the maximum extent permissible, and the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby. The Parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify the Agreement to implement the intent of the invalid or unenforceable provision to the fullest extent possible in a valid and enforceable manner.
14.6 Notices. All notices, requests, consents, and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement (each, a “Notice”) shall be in writing and shall be deemed given: (a) on the date of personal delivery, if personally delivered; (b) on the date of confirmed transmission, if emailed (with confirmation of successful transmission and a copy sent by another method for confirmation); (c) one business day after being sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier with tracking; or (d) three days after being sent by registered or certified U.S. mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. Notices shall be sent to the Parties at the addresses (including email addresses) specified below, or such other address as a Party may designate by Notice to the other:
If to the Company:
Agentiq
Sports 1 Series LLC c/o Agentiq Sports, Inc., Manager
445 Bryant St,
San Francisco, CA 94107
Email: zach@agentiqsports.com
With a copy to:
Bevilacqua PLLC
800 Connecticut Avenue, N.W., Suite 300
Washington, DC 20036
Attention: Lou Bevilacqua, Esq
lou@bevilacquapllc.com
If to the Client:
To the email address most recently provided in writing by the Client to the Company for notice purposes.
30
Either Party may change its notice address by providing Notice to the other Party in accordance with this Section. Notices given in electronic form (email) should be supplemented by a physical copy by mail or courier, but failure to send the physical copy will not invalidate the notice if the email is confirmed received.
14.7 Governing Law. This Agreement and any disputes arising under or related to it (including any arbitration proceedings) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any conflict of law principles that would result in the application of the laws of another jurisdiction. Subject to the arbitration provisions above, and for the limited purposes of court actions described in Section 13 or enforcement of arbitration awards, each Party hereby consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in Delaware. Each Party waives any objection based on forum non conveniens or any objection to venue of any such court.
14.8 Relationship of Parties. The Parties are independent contractors, and nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to create a partnership, joint venture, agency, franchise, or employment relationship between the Parties. The Client is not an employee or agent of the Company or Manager, and the Company is not an agent of the Client. Neither Party has the authority to bind the other to any third party, contractually or otherwise, except as explicitly set forth herein. The Client acknowledges that the Company’s role is limited to providing the Advisory Services and receiving the Brand Amount; the Company is not undertaking the management of the Client’s career or assuming the role of a professional agent or manager for the Client.
14.9 No Third-Party Beneficiaries. Except for the Manager and related indemnitees as expressly provided herein (who shall be third-party beneficiaries to the extent stated), this Agreement is for the sole benefit of the Company and the Client and their permitted successors and assigns. Nothing herein, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other person or entity any legal or equitable right, benefit, or remedy of any nature under or by reason of this Agreement.
14.10 Counterparts and Electronic Signatures. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Signatures delivered by facsimile, email (pdf), or by an electronic signing service (e.g., DocuSign) shall be effective and binding as original signatures. Each Party agrees that the electronic signatures of the Parties, whether digital or encrypted, are intended to authenticate this writing and to have the same force and effect as manual signatures.
14.11 Headings; Interpretation. The headings and section numbers in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect its interpretation. References to “Sections” or “Exhibits” are to sections of or exhibits to this Agreement unless otherwise noted, and the exhibits to this Agreement (including Exhibit A (Client Acknowledgment)) are incorporated into and made part of this Agreement for all purposes. “Including” means “including without limitation.” Both Parties have participated in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement.
[Signature Page Follows]
31
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Brand Advisory Agreement as of the last date set forth below.
| COMPANY | |
| Agentiq Sports 1 Series Carlos Virahonda, | |
| a series of Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC | |
| By and through its Manager, | |
| Agentiq Sports, Inc. |
| By: | /s/ Zachary Kurtz | |
| Name: | Zachary Kurtz | |
| Title: | Chief Executive Officer | |
| August 22, 2026 | ||
| (Date) | ||
| CLIENT | |
| /s/ Carlos Virahonda | |
| (Signature) | |
| Carlos Virahonda | |
| (Print Name) | |
| August 22, 2026 | |
| (Date) |
[Exhibits Follow]
EXHIBIT A
Client Acknowledgment
(See Attached)
CLIENT ACKNOWLEDGMENT
In connection with the Brand Advisory Agreement (the “Agreement”) between Carlos Virahonda (the “Client”) and Agentiq Sports 1 Series Carlos Virahonda, a designated series of Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC (the “Company”), the Client acknowledges and confirms each of the statements below by placing the Client’s initials next to such statement. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Exhibit A have the meanings given to them in the Agreement.
Instructions: Please place your initials in the space provided next to each statement to confirm your understanding.
| 1. The Company has agreed to pay you a total Initial Advisory Payment of $235,000, consisting of an initial installment of $50,000 within thirty (30) days after the Effective Date and a remaining $185,000 on or before January 8, 2027 (the “Final Payment Date”), subject to the terms of the Agreement. | /s/ CV |
| Initial | |
| 2. In exchange for the Initial Advisory Payment, you agree to pay the Company the Brand Amount, equal to five percent (5)% of your Brand Income (as defined in the Agreement) during the Term. The Brand Percentage does not adjust based on the timing or amount of any installment. | /s/ CV |
| Initial | |
| 3. For example, if the Company pays you the full Initial Advisory Payment of $235,000 USD and you earn $5,000,000 USD in Brand Income during the Term, you will pay the Company $250,000 USD in the aggregate (representing 5% of that Brand Income) as you earn that income. | /s/ CV |
| Initial | |
| 4. If the Company does not pay an installment when due, you may give written notice and the Company has thirty (30) days after receipt to cure. If the Company does not cure, the Agreement terminates automatically unless you waive termination in a signed writing. You may keep amounts previously paid, but may not compel or recover the unpaid installment, all as provided in Section 8.3(a). | /s/ CV |
| Initial | |
| 5. You will pay the Brand Amount to the Company through the Participation Account, the direct deposit of one hundred percent (100%) of your Brand Income, the automatic transfer of the Brand Amount as provided in Section 4.3(e), and the Account Control Agreement, and otherwise in accordance with the terms of the Agreement. | /s/ CV |
| Initial | |
| 6. If you do not pay the Company when required under the Agreement, the Company may seek to enforce the Agreement against you. You may be required to pay all amounts owed, including any unpaid Brand Amount or applicable Clawback Repayment Amount, interest, applicable late fees, and enforcement or collection costs recoverable under the Agreement. An ordinary Brand Amount payment default does not itself permit termination, although the Company may exercise applicable collection, security, and acceleration rights. | /s/ CV |
| Initial | |
| 7. You understand that, in the future, if you propose to transfer or assign any additional interest in any future earnings from the Principal Business that would constitute Brand Income, you must provide the Company with prior written notice of your intent to proceed with the opportunity, and the Company will have the right to evaluate that opportunity and will have a right of first refusal to acquire the additional interest in such earnings on substantially similar terms. | /s/ CV |
| Initial | |
| 8. You understand that a Voluntary Retirement with a Retirement Date during the Clawback Period makes the Clawback Repayment Amount automatically owing as liquidated damages, without any election by you. The Agreement becomes dormant on the Retirement Date and terminates only after that amount is fully paid or deemed satisfied, subject to provisions that expressly survive. A Retirement Date during the Clawback Period cannot qualify for Target Return termination merely because the Clawback Period later expires. After the Clawback Period, a Voluntary Retirement ordinarily makes the Agreement dormant. | /s/ CV |
| Initial | |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Client has executed and delivered this Exhibit A (Client Acknowledgment) as of the date set forth below, and hereby confirms that the Client has read and understood each of the acknowledgments set forth above and has initialed each such acknowledgment in the space provided.
| CLIENT: | |
| /s/ Carlos Virahonda | |
| (Signature) | |
| Carlos Virahonda | |
| (Print Name) | |
| August 22, 2026 | |
| (Date) |
Exhibit 6.12
THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED FOR SALE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AS TO THE SECURITIES UNDER SAID ACT OR OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OR, IN THE ABSENCE THEREOF, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM, SUBSTANCE AND SCOPE CUSTOMARY FOR OPINIONS OF COUNSEL IN COMPARABLE TRANSACTIONS, THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER SAID ACT, OR UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 UNDER SAID ACT. THIS NOTE IS SUBJECT TO THE TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH HEREIN.
CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE
| Note No. 1 |
Principal Amount: $50,000 Date: August 22, 2026 |
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Agentiq Sports 1 Series CARLOS VIRAHONDA (the “Series” or ” Series CV”), a Series of Agentiq Sports 1 Series, LLC, a Delaware series limited liability company (the “Company”), or its permitted assignees, hereby promise(s) to pay to the order of AGENTIQ SPORTS, INC., the Company’s Manager and manager of Series CV pursuant to its Certificate of Designation (“Lender”), or its permitted assignees, in lawful money of the United States of America and in immediately available funds, the principal amount of Fifty Thousand & 00/100 Dollars ($50,000.00) (the “Principal Amount”), as set forth below in this note (this “Note”).
This Note constitutes the consideration payable to the Lender. The proceeds hereof will be used for Series purposes consistent with the Operating Agreement and applicable Series Designation, including funding Offering Expenses or Operating Expenses as determined by the Manager.
1. Definitions. As used in this Note, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
“Brand Advisory Agreement” means that certain brand advisory agreement entered into by the Series and Carlos Virahonda, dated August 22, 2026.
“Business Day” means every day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or day on which the banks in the State of New York are required or authorized to close in New York City. “Non-Business Day” means every day that is not a Business Day.
“Maturity Date” shall mean the date on which the earliest of the following occurs: (a) payment in full of the Initial Advisory Amount; or (b) termination of the Offering.
“Initial Advisory Amount” shall mean the initial advisory amount payable pursuant to the Brand Advisory Agreement.
“Person” shall mean any natural person or individual, firm, company, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, joint venture association, corporation, limited liability company, trust, business trust, estate, other legal entity.
“Offering” shall mean the offering of units of membership interest in Series CV to be conducted by Series CV following the qualification of the Company’s offering circular contained in its Form 1-A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in accordance with and in compliance with the provisions of Regulation A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
“Offering Start Date” shall mean the date on which the Offering for the Series CV units commences.
2. Interest; Default Interest; Usury Savings. Except as otherwise provided herein, the unpaid Principal Amount shall bear interest at a per annum rate of 1.0%, computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months, and payable on the Maturity Date or any permitted prepayment; provided that if any advance constitutes an Operating Expense Reimbursement Obligation under the Operating Agreement, the interest rate shall not be less than the Applicable Federal Rate then in effect for instruments of comparable term. Upon and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all outstanding amounts shall bear interest at a per annum rate equal to the rate set forth above plus 6.0%, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall interest or other amounts payable hereunder exceed the maximum lawful rate, and any amounts collected in excess thereof shall be credited against the remaining Principal Amount or refunded.
3. Repayment; Application of Offering Proceeds; Payment Waterfall. Subject to Section 4, the Series shall repay the outstanding Principal Amount and all accrued but unpaid interest from the net proceeds of the Offering within fourteen (14) days after the Maturity Date; provided, however, that no amount under this Note shall be due or payable unless and until either the Initial Advisory Amount has been paid in full or the Offering has terminated, whichever occurs first. If, before termination of the Offering, any closing of the Offering occurs in which the proceeds therefrom exceed the outstanding balance of the Initial Advisory Amount, the Series shall first apply such proceeds to payment in full of the Initial Advisory Amount and then apply such excess proceeds to the repayment of amounts due to the Lender under this Note. Thereafter, the Series shall pay all net proceeds of the Offering, as set forth in the Offering Statement on Form 1-A and the Offering Circular forming a part thereof, to the Series. During any period in which the Series’ payment obligations under this Note are stayed pending payment in full of the Initial Advisory Amount, interest shall continue to accrue on the outstanding Principal Amount and any accrued but unpaid interest in accordance with Section 2. The Company shall apply payments received under this Note in the following order: (a) fees, expenses and other amounts then due hereunder; (b) accrued and unpaid interest; and (c) outstanding principal. Payments shall be made in lawful money of the United States in immediately available funds to the account designated in writing by Lender.
4. Prepayment. Subject to Section 3 and except as otherwise provided in Section 12, the Series may prepay all or any part of the Principal Amount of this Note, together with accrued but unpaid interest, if any, at any time or from time to time on or after the Maturity Date without premium, or penalty of any kind whatsoever.
5. Limited Recourse; Series Separateness; Non-Petition. This Note is an obligation solely of the Series identified herein, enforceable only against the assets associated with such Series, and not against the Company or the assets associated with any other series of the Company. Lender shall not seek, and shall have no recourse to, the assets of the Company generally or any other series thereof. Lender agrees that it shall not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, the Company or any series thereof any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding until at least one year and one day after all obligations hereunder have been paid in full.
6. Negative Covenants. Until all amounts owed under this Note are paid in full, the Company shall not, without the Lender’s prior written consent: (a) create, incur, or permit to exist any security interest, mortgage, pledge, charge, or other encumbrance on any assets of the Series, other than (i) a lien in favor of the Lender, (ii) a lien arising by operation of law that secures amounts not yet due, or (iii) a lien expressly approved in writing by the Lender; (b) incur any debt for borrowed money or any other debt evidenced by a note or a similar instrument that ranks ahead of, or equally with, this Note in right of payment; or (c) declare or make any distribution with respect to equity interests in the Series while any default under this Note has occurred and is continuing, or if making the distribution would cause such a default.
7. Use of Proceeds; Priority. The proceeds of this Note shall be used for Series purposes in a manner consistent with the Operating Agreement and the Series CV Certificate of Designation. Net proceeds of the Offering for this Series shall be applied to repay this Note only in accordance with Section 3.
8. Events of Default. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall be deemed an “Event of Default”:
(a) The failure to pay any amounts when due hereunder and such failure continues for five (5) Business Days.
2
(b) Breach by the Series of any other term of this Note and, if curable, such breach remains uncured for ten (10) Business Days after written notice
(c) The Series shall: (i) admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due; (ii) make an assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (iii) consent to the appointment of a receiver of itself or of the whole or any substantial part of its property.
(d) The Series shall file a petition or answer seeking reorganization or arrangement under the federal bankruptcy laws or any other applicable law or statute of the United States or any state or district or territory thereof.
(e) A court of competent jurisdiction shall enter an order, judgment or decree appointing, without the consent of the Series, a receiver for the Series or of the whole or any substantial part of its property, or approving a petition filed against the Series seeking reorganization or arrangement under the federal bankruptcy laws or any other applicable law or statute of the United States of America or any state or district or territory thereof, and such order, judgment or decree shall not be vacated or set aside or stayed within thirty (30) days from the date of the entry thereof.
(f) Under the provisions of any other law for the relief or aid of debtors, any court of competent jurisdiction shall assume custody or control of the Series or of the whole or any substantial part of their property, and such custody or control shall not be terminated or stayed within thirty (30) days from the date of assumption of such custody or control.
(g) A final judgment or order for the payment of money, or any final order granting equitable relief, shall be entered against the Series and such judgment or order has or will have a materially adverse effect on the financial condition of the Series.
Subject to Section 3, upon and during any Event of Default, Lender may declare all obligations under this Note immediately due and payable and may pursue any rights or remedies available at law or in equity, including obtaining a money judgment. At Lender’s option, any outstanding principal and accrued interest may be converted, in whole or in part, into Series membership interests on the same terms as the Offering. For the avoidance of doubt, conversion is an optional remedy and is not Lender’s sole remedy.
9. Governing law. THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, EXCLUDING THEIR CONFLICTS OF LAWS PROVISIONS, SHALL GOVERN THIS NOTE IN ALL RESPECTS, INCLUDING CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY, TERMS, PERFORMANCE, AND WAIVER. Any suit, action, or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Note shall be brought exclusively in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (and, if such court lacks jurisdiction, then the state or federal courts located within the State of Delaware), and each party irrevocably submits to such courts’ jurisdiction and waives any objection as to venue or forum non conveniens. In lieu of the foregoing forum clause, disputes shall be resolved by binding arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association in Wilmington, Delaware in accordance with the AAA Commercial Arbitration Rules, with the seat in Delaware, as provided in the Operating Agreement.
10. Successors and Assigns. All of the covenants, stipulations, promises, and agreements in this Note contained by or on behalf of the Series shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not. The Series may not assign this Note without the prior written consent of Lender. This Note may be transferred or assigned by Lender, in whole or in part, to any Person without the prior written consent of the Series, provided that any assignee agrees in writing to be bound by the limited-recourse and series-separateness provisions herein.
11. Headings; Construction. The headings of the sections of this Note are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part hereof. Words used herein of any gender shall be construed to include any other gender where appropriate, and words used herein that are either singular or plural shall be construed to include the other where appropriate.
3
12. Payments. In any case where a payment of principal is due on a Non-Business Day, the Company shall be entitled to delay such payment until the next succeeding Business Day. Each payment or prepayment hereon must be paid at the address of Lender set forth below (or as otherwise notified to the Series in accordance with Section 9) in lawful money as therein specified and may be made at the Series’ election by the Series’ check, by wire transfer, or by bank or cashier’s check. Once due and payable in accordance with this Note, the Series’ obligations to make payments hereunder are absolute and unconditional and shall not be subject to any abatement, reduction, setoff, defense, counterclaim, interruption, deferment or recoupment of any kind.
13. Notices. Any notices required or permitted to be given under this Note by the Company to Lender or by Lender to the Company, as the case may be, shall be given in writing and shall be deemed received (a) when personally delivered to Lender at the address set forth below or to the Company at the address set forth below or (b) if sent by mail, on the third Business Day following the date when deposited in the United States mail, certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, to Lender at the address set forth below.
14. Waiver and Amendments. Except as expressly provided in this Note, the Series does hereby waive presentment and demand for payment, protest, notice of protest and nonpayment, and notice of the intention to accelerate, and agrees that its liability on this Note shall not be affected by any renewal or extension in the time of payment hereof, by any indulgences, or by any release or change in any security for the payment of this Note. No provision of this Note may be amended, waived or otherwise modified unless such amendment, waiver or other modification is in writing and is signed or otherwise approved by the Series and the Lender.
15. Maximum Interest Rate. It is the intention of Lender hereof to conform strictly to applicable usury laws now or hereafter in force, and therefore all agreements between the Series and Lender are expressly limited so that in no contingency or event whatsoever, whether by reason of advancement of the proceeds hereof, acceleration of maturity of the unpaid principal balance hereof, or otherwise, shall the amount paid or agreed to be paid to Lender hereof, for the use, forbearance, or detention of the money to be advanced hereunder exceed the highest lawful rate permitted under the laws of the State of Delaware.
16. Unsecured Obligations. The obligations of the Series under this Note shall be unsecured obligations of the Series.
17. Optional Conversion. At any time prior to repayment in full or the Maturity Date, Lender may, upon not less than ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice, elect to convert all or a portion of the then-outstanding Principal Amount and all accrued but unpaid interest into a number of securities being sold in the Offering by the Series equal to (i) the sum of the outstanding Principal Amount plus all accrued but unpaid interest, divided by (ii) the offering price per security in the Offering.
18. Authority; No Consents. The Series represents that (a) execution, delivery and performance of this Note have been duly authorized by the Manager pursuant to the Operating Agreement and applicable Series Designation, including authority to issue evidences of indebtedness and to borrow money; and (b) no consent of Economic Members is required in connection herewith.
[Signature Page Follows]
4
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Note as of the date first written above.
COMPANY:
AGENTIQ
SPORTS 1 SERIES CARLOS VIRAHONDA,
A DESIGNATED SERIES OF AGENTIQ SPORTS 1 SERIES, LLC
By: AGENTIQ SPORTS, INC., the Series CV Manager
| By: | /s/ Zachary Kurtz | |
| Name: | Zachary Kurtz | |
| Title: | Chief Executive Officer |
THE FOREGOING NOTE IS HEREBY
AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED BY THE UNDERSIGNED:
AGENTIQ SPORTS, INC.
| By: | /s/ Zachary Kurtz | |
| Name: | Zachary Kurtz | |
| Title: | Chief Executive Officer of the Manager |
Exhibit 8.1

ESCROW AGREEMENT
This Escrow Agreement (this “Agreement”), effective as of the effective date set forth on the signature page hereto (“Effective Date”), is entered into by the following:
| (i) | the issuer set forth on the signature page hereto (“Issuer”); and |
| (ii) | the broker-dealer for Issuer’s offering set forth on the signature page hereto (“Manager”); and |
| (iii) | North Capital Private Securities Corporation, a Delaware corporation, as the facilitator of escrow as set forth herein through the institution in Section 1(d) below as escrow agent (“NCPS”). |
For purposes of this Agreement: (a) the above parties other than and excluding NCPS are referred to herein as “Issuer Party”; (b) references to “Issuer Party” in this Agreement shall include references to each Issuer Party individually, together and collectively, jointly and severally; and (c) Issuer Party, collectively with NCPS, are referred to herein as the “Parties” and each, a “Party”.
The following Exhibits are incorporated by reference into this Agreement:
Exhibit A – Contingent Offering (if applicable)
Exhibit B – Fees and Expenses
Recitals
| A. | NCPS is a broker-dealer registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) and the Securities Investor Protection Corporation (“SIPC”). |
| B. | Issuer Party is engaging NCPS to serve as the facilitator of escrow as set forth herein through the institution in Section 1(d) below as escrow agent in connection with Issuer’s sale of debt, equity or hybrid securities (“Securities”) in an offering exempt from registration under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Securities Act”), pursuant to Rule 506(b) of Regulation D, 506(c) of Regulation D, Regulation A or Regulation Crowdfunding, as indicated on the signature page hereto (“Offering”). |
| C. | In accordance with the private placement memorandum, offering memorandum, Form 1-A or Form C applicable to the Offering provided by Issuer Party for dissemination to investors in connection with the Offering (“Offering Document”), subscribers to the Securities (“Subscribers”) will be required to submit full payment for their respective investments at the time they enter into subscription agreements. |
| D. | In accordance with the Offering Document, all payments by Subscribers subscribing for Securities required to be held in escrow shall be sent directly to NCPS as the facilitator of escrow as set forth herein through the institution in Section 1(d) below as escrow agent, and NCPS by this Agreement agrees to accept, hold and promptly disburse or transmit such funds deposited with it with respect thereto (“Escrow Funds”) in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and in compliance with Rule 15c2-4 of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), and in the case of an Offering pursuant to Regulation Crowdfunding, Regulation Crowdfunding Rule 303(e), as applicable, and related SEC guidance and FINRA rules. |
| E. | If the Offering is being made by Issuer on an “all-or-none” basis or on any other basis that contemplates payments to be made to Issuer only upon the occurrence of some further event or contingency as set forth in Exhibit A, as applicable, NCPS will promptly deposit any and all Escrow Funds NCPS receives into a separate bank escrow account as set forth in Section 1(d) below, for the persons or entities with a beneficial interest therein, until the appropriate event or contingency has occurred, at which time the Escrow Funds will be promptly transmitted to Issuer, else promptly returned to the persons or entities entitled thereto pursuant to Section 3 and 4 below. |
| F. | NCPS will be a participant in the Offering for the limited purpose of facilitating escrow described in this Agreement, and if required by an Offering pursuant to Regulation Crowdfunding, NCPS will be the “qualified third party”, as defined in Regulation Crowdfunding Rule 303(e)(2). NCPS accepts no other role and assumes no other responsibilities related to the Offering, such as managing broker-dealer, placement agent, selling group member or referring broker-dealer, unless and until the roles and responsibilities are expressly delineated in a separately executed placement, managing broker, selling or referral agreement, as the case may be, if any. |
| Standard NCPS Escrow Only Agreement for Securities Offerings (v.2026.1) – Issuer-Broker (Third Party BD) |
| 1 |
In consideration of the mutual representations, warranties and covenants contained in this Agreement, the Parties, intending to incorporate the foregoing Recitals into this Agreement and to be legally bound, agree as follows:
Agreement
1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall have the meanings as set forth below:
| (a) | “ACH” means Automated Clearing House. |
| (b) | “Business Day” means a calendar day other than Saturday, Sunday or any public holiday when banks are closed for business in Delaware, Pennsylvania or Utah. |
| (c) | “Cash Investment” means an amount in US Dollars equal to (i) the number of Securities to be purchased by a Subscriber, multiplied by (ii) the offering price per Security as set forth in the Offering Document. |
| (d) | “Cash Investment Instrument” means, in full payment of the Cash Investment for the Securities to be purchased by a Subscriber, a check, money order or similar instrument made payable by Subscriber to the order of or endorsed to the order of: |
| NCPS at TriState Capital Bank/ | ______________/ | ______________ | - Escrow Account | |
| (Offering Name*) | (Subscriber Name**) |
or wire transfer or ACH transmitted by Subscriber to the following account (“Escrow Account”):
Institution: TriState Capital Bank
ABA: 043019003
Account Name: North Capital Private Securities Corporation
Account Number: 0220003339
| For Further Credit To: | ________________________ | ||
| (Offering Name*) | |||
| ________________________ | |||
| (Subscriber Name**) |
or, if applicable to the Offering, funds transmission by credit or debit card or ACH through and subject to the terms and conditions of NCPS’s payment processing facilitation services; all instruments of payment must be payable to the institution as set forth above as escrow agent until any applicable minimum contingency requirement is met.
| * | Offering Name as set forth on the signature page hereto. |
| ** | Subscriber Name as completed by Subscriber. |
| (e) | “Expiration Date” means 12 months from the Effective Date, unless mutually extended by the Parties in writing (which may be via email). |
| (f) | “Instruction Letter” means written instructions in a form acceptable to NCPS and executed by Issuer Party with Issuer Party directing NCPS to promptly disburse the Escrow Funds to Issuer pursuant to Section 4(a). |
| (g) | “Minimum Offering” has the meaning as set forth on the signature page hereto. |
| (h) | “Minimum Offering Notice” means, if applicable to an Offering, a written notification in a form acceptable to NCPS and signed by Issuer Party with Issuer Party representing to NCPS that: (i) subscriptions for at least the Minimum Offering have been received by Issuer; (ii) to the best of Issuer Party’s knowledge after due inquiry and review of Issuer Party’s records, Cash Investment Instruments in full payment for that number of Securities equal to or greater than the Minimum Offering have been received, deposited with and collected by NCPS; (iii) such subscriptions have not been withdrawn, rejected or otherwise terminated; and (iv) Subscribers have no statutory or regulatory rights of rescission without cause or all such rights have expired. |
| (i) | “NACHA” means National Automated Clearing House Association. |
| Standard NCPS Escrow Only Agreement for Securities Offerings (v.2026.1) – Issuer-Broker (Third Party BD) |
| 2 |
| (j) | “Subscription Accounting” means an accounting of all subscriptions for Securities received and accepted by Issuer Party as of the date of such accounting, indicating for each subscription Subscriber’s name and address, the number and total purchase price of subscribed Securities, the date of receipt by Issuer of the Cash Investment Instrument and notations of any nonpayment of the Cash Investment Instrument submitted with such subscription, any withdrawal of such subscription by Subscriber, any rejection of such subscription by Issuer Party or other termination, for whatever reason, of such subscription. |
2. Appointment of Facilitator of Escrow. Issuer Party hereby appoints NCPS to serve as the facilitator of escrow as set forth herein through the institution in Section 1(d) as escrow agent, and NCPS hereby accepts such appointment, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Issuer Party shall take all necessary steps to assure that all funds necessary to consummate the Offering and required by the Offering Document or Law (as defined below) to be deposited into the Escrow Account are deposited in the Escrow Account. Issuer Party shall not receive interest on the Escrow Funds and the Escrow Account shall be a non-interest bearing account as to Issuer Party.
3. Deposits into Escrow Account.
(a) Issuer Party shall direct Subscribers to, and Subscribers shall, directly deliver to NCPS all Cash Investment Instruments for deposit in the Escrow Account as required by the Offering Document or Law, which shall be deposited into the Escrow Account. Any other Cash Investment Instruments transmitted to NCPS in respect of the Offering shall be deposited into the Escrow Account. Each such direction shall be accompanied by a Subscription Accounting.
ALL FUNDS DEPOSITED INTO THE ESCROW ACCOUNT PURSUANT TO THIS SECTION 3 SHALL REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF EACH SUBSCRIBER ACCORDING TO SUCH SUBSCRIBER’S INTEREST AND SHALL NOT BE SUBJECT TO ANY LIEN OR CHARGE BY NCPS, THE INSTITUTION IN SECTION 1(D) OR BY JUDGMENT OR CREDITORS’ CLAIMS AGAINST ISSUER PARTY UNTIL ELIGIBLE TO BE RELEASED TO ISSUER IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 4(a). IF ESCROW IS REQUIRED BY THE OFFERING DOCUMENT OR LAW, ISSUER PARTY SHALL NOT RECEIVE CASH INVESTMENT INSTRUMENTS DIRECTLY FROM SUBSCRIBERS.
(b) Issuer Party understands and agrees that all Cash Investment Instruments received by NCPS pursuant to this Agreement are subject to collection requirements of presentment, clearing and final settlement and payment, and that the funds represented thereby cannot be drawn upon or disbursed until such time as final payment has been made and is no longer subject to dishonor. NCPS shall process each Cash Investment Instrument for collection promptly upon receipt, and the proceeds thereof shall be held as part of the Escrow Funds until disbursed in accordance with Section 4. If, upon presentment for payment, any Cash Investment Instrument is dishonored, NCPS’s sole obligation shall be to notify Issuer Party of such dishonor and, if applicable, to promptly return such Cash Investment Instrument to Subscriber. Notwithstanding, if for any reason any Cash Investment Instrument is uncollectible or returned after payment or disbursement of the funds represented thereby has been made by NCPS, Issuer Party shall immediately reimburse NCPS upon receipt from NCPS of written notice thereof, including, without limitation, any fees or expenses with respect thereto, which NCPS may collect from Issuer Party pursuant to Section 10.
(c) Upon receipt of any Cash Investment Instrument that represents payment of an amount less than or greater than the Cash Investment, NCPS’s sole obligation shall be to notify Issuer Party, depending upon the source of the Cash Investment Instrument, of such fact and to pay to Subscriber by the same method the amount of the Cash Investment received by NCPS from such Subscriber or promptly return to Subscriber such Subscriber’s Cash Investment Instrument upon receipt from Subscriber of any required payment instructions; provided that amounts are settled as contemplated in subsection (b) above; provided further that amounts in excess of $25,000 will be returned via wire transfer upon confirmation by NCPS of Subscriber’s account information.
(d) NCPS shall not be obligated to accept, or present for payment, any Cash Investment Instrument that is not properly made payable or endorsed as set forth in Section 1(d).
(e) Issuer Party shall, or cause Subscriber to, provide NCPS with information sufficient to effect such return to Subscriber as outlined in this Section 3, including, without limitation, updated payment information in the event a return to Subscriber for any reason cannot be made by the same method as received by NCPS.
| Standard NCPS Escrow Only Agreement for Securities Offerings (v.2026.1) – Issuer-Broker (Third Party BD) |
| 3 |
(f) In the event any party other than NCPS receives a Cash Investment Instrument required by the Offering Document or Law to be deposited into escrow, Issuer Party agrees to promptly, and in no event later than one Business Day after receipt, deliver or cause to be delivered such Cash Investment Instrument to NCPS for deposit into the Escrow Account.
4. Disbursement of Escrow Funds.
(a) Subject to Section 3(b) and Section 10, NCPS shall promptly disburse in accordance with the Instruction Letter the liquidated value of the Escrow Funds from the Escrow Account to Issuer by wire transfer (or by method as otherwise agreed by NCPS) no later than one Business Day following receipt of the following documents:
| (i) | Minimum Offering Notice; |
| (ii) | Subscription Accounting substantiating the fulfillment of the Minimum Offering; |
| (iii) | Instruction Letter; and |
| (iv) | such other certificates, notices or other documents as NCPS may reasonably require; |
provided that NCPS shall not be obligated to disburse the liquidated value of the Escrow Funds to Issuer if NCPS has reason to believe that (A) Cash Investment Instruments in full payment for that number of Securities equal to or greater than the Minimum Offering have not been received, deposited with and collected by NCPS, or (B) any of the information or the certifications, representations, warranties or opinions set forth in the Minimum Offering Notice, Subscription Accounting, Instruction Letter or other certificates, notices or other documents are incorrect or incomplete. Once the Minimum Offering contingency has been met and after the initial disbursement of Escrow Funds to Issuer pursuant to this Section 4(a), subject to Section 3(b) and Section 10, NCPS shall promptly disburse any additional funds received with respect to the Securities to Issuer by wire transfer (or by method as otherwise agreed by NCPS) no later than one Business Day after NCPS receives (1) Issuer’s request for closing via NCPS’s online portal, (2) Issuer’s written verification that the subscriptions therefor are in good order and (3) a notice and instruction letter including notifications, confirmations, representations and warranties, as applicable, as set forth in the Minimum Offering Notice, Subscription Accounting, Instruction Letter.
Any ACH transaction must comply with all applicable laws, rules, regulations, codes and orders of applicable governmental, regulatory, judicial and law enforcement authorities and self-regulatory authorities (collectively, “Law”), including, without limitation, NACHA’s operating rules that apply to the ACH network as in effect from time to time. NCPS is not responsible for errors in the completion, accuracy or timeliness of any transfer properly initiated by NCPS in accordance with joint written instructions occasioned by the acts or omissions of any third party financial institution or a party to the transaction, or the insufficiency or lack of availability of funds on deposit in any account.
FOR PURPOSES OF FULFILLING RETURNS IN SECTION 3 ABOVE AND THIS SECTION 4 WITH RESPECT TO A SUBSCRIBER’S PAYMENT OF A CASH INVESTMENT MADE VIA ACH AS THE CASH INVESTMENT INSTRUMENT (“ACH SUBSCRIBER”), NCPS SHALL PROCESS A RETURN OF AN ACH SUBSCRIBER’S CASH INVESTMENT AMOUNT PROMPTLY AS SOON AS SUCH FUNDS TRANSMITTED BY ACH HAVE SETTLED IN THE ESCROW ACCOUNT.
(b) No later than three Business Days after receipt from Subscriber of any required payment instructions and receipt by NCPS of written notice: (i) from Issuer Party that Issuer Party intends to reject or return a Subscriber’s subscription; (ii) from Issuer Party that there will be no closing of the sale of Securities to Subscribers; (iii) from any federal or state regulatory authority that any application by Issuer to conduct banking business has been denied; or (iv) from the SEC or any other federal or state regulatory authority that a stop or similar order has been issued with respect to the Offering Document and has remained in effect for at least 20 days, NCPS shall pay to such Subscriber in (i) and each Subscriber in (ii)-(iv) by the same method the amount of the Cash Investment received by NCPS from such Subscriber or promptly return to Subscriber such Subscriber’s Cash Investment Instrument; provided that amounts are settled as contemplated in Section 3(b); provided further that amounts in excess of $25,000 will be returned via wire transfer upon confirmation by NCPS of Subscriber’s account information.
| Standard NCPS Escrow Only Agreement for Securities Offerings (v.2026.1) – Issuer-Broker (Third Party BD) |
| 4 |
(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if NCPS shall not have received an Instruction Letter and a Minimum Offering Notice (as applicable to the Offering) on or before the Expiration Date or the Termination Date (as defined below), subject to Section 5, NCPS shall, within three Business Days after such Expiration Date or Termination Date and receipt from Subscriber of any required payment instructions, and without any further instruction or direction from Issuer Party, pay to each Subscriber by the same method the amount of the Cash Investment received by NCPS from such Subscriber or promptly return to Subscriber such Subscriber’s Cash Investment Instrument; provided that amounts are settled as contemplated in Section 3(b); provided further that amounts in excess of $25,000 will be returned via wire transfer upon confirmation by NCPS of Subscriber’s account information. For purposes of this Agreement, “Termination Date” means, if the Offering is a contingent Offering, the date on which the minimum offering contingencies are required to have been met, as such date may be amended as provided in the Offering Document.
(d) Issuer Party shall, or cause Subscriber to, provide NCPS with information sufficient to effect such payment or return to Subscriber as outlined in this Section 4, including, without limitation, updated payment information in the event a payment or return to Subscriber for any reason cannot be made by the same method as received by NCPS.
ISSUER PARTY IS RESPONSIBLE FOR AND SHALL PAY ALL AMOUNTS, FEES AND EXPENSES (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, PAYMENT FOR OR REIMBURSEMENT OF ANY UNCOLLECTIBLE OR RETURNED CASH INVESTMENT INSTRUMENTS OR PAYMENT METHOD CHARGEBACKS, REVERSALS OR OTHER AMOUNTS) IMMEDIATELY UPON NCPS’S DEMAND.
5. Suspension of Performance or Disbursement Into Court. If, at any time, (a) there shall exist any dispute between Issuer Party, NCPS, any Subscriber or any other person with respect to the holding or disposition of all or any portion of the Escrow Funds or any other obligations of NCPS hereunder, or (b) NCPS is unable to determine, to NCPS’s reasonable satisfaction, the proper disposition of all or any portion of the Escrow Funds or NCPS’s proper actions with respect to its obligations hereunder, or (c) Issuer Party has not within 30 days of NCPS’s notice of resignation pursuant to Section 7 appointed a successor provider of escrow services or agent to act hereunder, then NCPS may, in its reasonable discretion, take either or both of the following actions: (i) suspend the performance of any of its obligations (including, without limitation, any disbursement obligations) under this Agreement until such dispute or uncertainty shall be resolved to the sole satisfaction of NCPS or until a successor provider of escrow services or agent shall have been appointed (as the case may be); or (ii) petition (by means of an interpleader action or any other appropriate method) any court of competent jurisdiction in any venue convenient to NCPS, for instructions with respect to such dispute or uncertainty, and to the extent required or permitted by Law, pay into such court all funds held by it in the Escrow Funds for holding and disposition in accordance with the instructions of such court. NCPS shall have no liability to Issuer Party, any Subscriber or any other person with respect to any such suspension of performance or disbursement into court, specifically including any liability or claimed liability that may arise, or be alleged to have arisen, out of or as a result of any delay in the disbursement of the Escrow Funds or any delay in or with respect to any other action required or requested of NCPS.
6. No Commingling, Investment of Funds or Interest to Issuer Party. NCPS shall not: (a) commingle Escrow Funds received by it in escrow with funds of others that are not Escrow Funds, including funds received by NCPS in escrow in connection with any other offering of debt, equity or hybrid securities; or (b) invest such Escrow Funds. The Escrow Funds will be held in the Escrow Account, which shall not accrue interest in favor of Issuer Party or any Subscriber.
7. Resignation of NCPS. NCPS may resign and be discharged from the performance of its duties hereunder at any time by giving 30 days prior written notice to Issuer Party specifying a date when such resignation shall take effect. Upon any such notice of resignation, or upon any termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 17, Issuer Party shall appoint a successor provider of escrow services or agent hereunder prior to the effective date of such resignation or termination. NCPS shall transmit all records pertaining to the Escrow Funds and shall pay all Escrow Funds to the successor provider of escrow services or agent, after making copies of such records as NCPS deems advisable. After NCPS’s resignation or the termination of this Agreement, as applicable, and the fulfillment of NCPS’s obligations with respect thereto, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was the facilitator of escrow under this Agreement.
| Standard NCPS Escrow Only Agreement for Securities Offerings (v.2026.1) – Issuer-Broker (Third Party BD) |
| 5 |
8. Role of NCPS as Facilitator of Escrow.
(a) NCPS’s sole responsibility as a participant in the Offering under this Agreement is as the facilitator of escrow as set forth herein through the institution in Section 1(d) as escrow agent to facilitate the safekeeping with, and disbursement by, the escrow agent of the Escrow Funds, in accordance with the terms hereto. NCPS shall have no implied duties or obligations and shall not be charged with knowledge or notice of any fact or circumstance not specifically set forth herein. NCPS may rely upon any notice, instruction, request or other instrument, not only as to its due execution, validity and effectiveness, but also as to the truth and accuracy of any information contained therein, which NCPS shall believe to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the person or parties purporting to sign the same. NCPS shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith except to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines by final unappealed or non-appealable order pursuant to Section 20(a) that NCPS’s fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence was the primary cause of any Losses (as defined below) to Issuer Party (“Ineligible Losses”).
(b) NCPS shall not be obligated to take any legal action or commence any proceeding in connection with the Escrow Funds, any account in which Escrow Funds are deposited, this Agreement or the Offering Document, or to appear in, prosecute or defend any such legal action or proceeding.
(c) NCPS shall have no liability under and no duty to inquire as to the provisions of any agreement other than this Agreement, including, without limitation, the Offering Document. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, NCPS shall not be responsible for or required to enforce any of the terms or conditions of any subscription agreement with any Subscriber or any other agreement between Issuer Party or any Subscriber. NCPS shall not be responsible or liable in any manner for the performance by Issuer or any Subscriber of their respective obligations under any subscription agreement nor shall NCPS be responsible or liable in any manner for the failure of Issuer Party or any third party (including any Subscriber) to honor any of the provisions of this Agreement.
(d) NCPS is authorized, in its sole discretion, to comply with orders issued or process entered by any court with respect to the Escrow Funds, without determination by NCPS of such court’s jurisdiction in the matter. If any portion of the Escrow Funds is at any time attached, garnished or levied upon under any court order, or in case the payment, assignment, transfer, conveyance or delivery of any such property shall be stayed or enjoined by any court order, or in case any order, judgment or decree shall be made or entered by any court affecting such property or any part thereof, then and in any such event, NCPS is authorized, in its reasonable discretion, to rely upon and comply with any such order, writ, judgment or decree which it is advised by legal counsel selected by it is binding upon it without the need for appeal or other action; and if NCPS complies with any such order, writ, judgment or decree, it shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person or entity by reason of such compliance even though such order, writ, judgment or decree may be subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside or vacated. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent legally permissible, NCPS shall provide Issuer Party with prompt notice of any such court order or similar demand and the opportunity to interpose an objection or obtain a protective order.
(e) NCPS may consult legal counsel selected by it in the event of any dispute or question as to the construction of any of the provisions hereof or of any other agreement or of its duties hereunder, or relating to any dispute involving any party hereto, and shall incur no liability and shall be fully indemnified from any liability whatsoever in acting in accordance with the opinion or instruction of such counsel. Issuer Party shall promptly pay, upon demand, the reasonable fees and expenses of any such counsel. NCPS will use reasonable efforts to provide Issuer Party with written notice prior to incurring fees and expenses of counsel pursuant to this Section 8(e).
(f) By this Agreement, Subscribers are not customers of NCPS and NCPS shall have no obligation to determine a Subscriber’s suitability to participate in the Offering, whether the Offering complies with Law, verify a Subscriber’s identity or perform anti-money laundering, know your customer or other due diligence, such responsibilities being obligations of Issuer Party or Issuer Party’s agents. Notwithstanding, NCPS may ask Issuer Party to provide, and Issuer Party shall provide promptly upon NCPS’s request, certain information about Subscribers, including, but not limited to, name, physical address, tax identification number, organizational documents, certificates of good standing, financial statements, licenses to do business and other information that will help NCPS to identify and verify a Subscriber’s identity. Any further participation by NCPS in the Offering (if any) other than to facilitate escrow as set forth in this Agreement shall be governed by separate agreement.
| Standard NCPS Escrow Only Agreement for Securities Offerings (v.2026.1) – Issuer-Broker (Third Party BD) |
| 6 |
(g) NCPS makes no representation, warranty or covenant as to the compliance of any transaction related to the escrow with any Law. NCPS shall not be responsible for the application or use of any funds released from the Escrow Account pursuant to this Agreement.
9. Indemnification of NCPS.
(a) Issuer Party (including Issuer Party’s affiliates, collectively, the “Indemnifying Party”) agrees (and agrees to cause the other Indemnifying Parties) jointly and severally and at their own cost and expense to release, indemnify, defend and hold harmless NCPS and its affiliates and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, representatives, advisors and consultants, and their respective successors and assigns (each, an “NCPS Parties”), to the fullest extent permitted by Law, from and against (and no NCPS Party shall be liable for) any Losses, joint or several, in connection with all actions (including equity owner actions), claims, disputes, inquiries, indemnification, proceedings, investigations and other legal process regardless of the source (including NCPS Parties) (collectively, “Actions”) arising out of or relating to the offering and sale of securities, this Agreement, the provision of NCPS’s services hereunder or the engagement of NCPS hereunder (including, without limitation, any breach or alleged breach of this Agreement or any representation, warranty or covenant herein, any breach or alleged breach of Law or any rejection of a Cash Investment, or the suspension of performance or disbursement into court or to a successor provider of escrow services or agent pursuant to Section 5), and will reimburse NCPS Parties for all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) as they are incurred by NCPS Parties in connection with investigating, preparing, defending or appearing as a third party witness in connection with any such Action whether or not related to a pending or threatened Action in which NCPS is a party. Notwithstanding, Issuer Party will not be responsible for any Ineligible Losses, and NCPS agrees to immediately refund any indemnification payments made to an NCPS Party upon such determination. “Losses” means any and all losses, damages, liabilities, deficiencies, claims, actions, judgments, settlements, interest, awards, penalties, fines, costs or expenses of whatever kind, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, the costs of enforcing any right hereunder, the costs of pursuing any insurance providers, the costs of collection and the costs of defending against or appearing as a witness, whether direct, indirect, consequential or otherwise. Indemnifying Parties shall pay to NCPS Parties all amounts due under this Section 9 promptly after written demand therefor.
(b) Promptly after the receipt by any NCPS Party of notice of the commencement of any Action, NCPS shall, if a claim with respect thereto is or may be made against the Indemnifying Party, give the Indemnifying Party written notice of the commencement of such Action. The failure to give such notice shall not relieve any Indemnifying Party of any of its indemnification obligations, except where, and solely to the extent that, such failure actually and materially prejudices the rights of such Indemnifying Party. With respect to any Action in which a NCPS Party may be entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, the Indemnifying Party may by written notice to NCPS request to assume the defense of any such Action with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the NCPS Party. If NCPS agrees to the assumption by the Indemnifying Party of the defense of any such Action, the NCPS Party shall have the right to participate in such Action and to retain its own counsel, but the Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for any fees or expenses of other counsel subsequently incurred by such NCPS Party in connection with the defense thereof unless: (i) the Indemnifying Party has agreed to pay such fees and expenses; (ii) the Indemnifying Party shall have failed to employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to the NCPS Party in a timely manner; or (iii) the NCPS Party shall have been advised by counsel that there are actual or potential conflicting interests between the Indemnifying Party and the NCPS Party, including situations in which there are one or more legal defenses available to the NCPS Party that are different from or additional to those available to the Indemnifying Party. No Indemnifying Party shall settle any Action on behalf of a NCPS Party without the prior written consent of such NCPS Party.
(c) In the event NCPS performs any service not specifically provided hereinabove, or that there is any assignment or attachment of any interest in the subject matter of this escrow or any modification thereof, or that any controversy arises hereunder, or that NCPS is made a party to, or intervenes in, any dispute pertaining to this escrow or the subject matter hereof, NCPS shall be reasonably compensated therefor and reimbursed for all costs and expenses occasioned thereby; and Issuer Party hereto agree jointly and severally to pay the same and to jointly and severally and at their own cost and expense release, indemnify, defend and hold harmless the NCPS Parties pursuant to subsection (a) above, it being understood and agreed that NCPS may interplead the subject matter of this escrow into any court of competent jurisdiction, and the act of such interpleader shall immediately relieve NCPS of any duties, liabilities or responsibilities.
| Standard NCPS Escrow Only Agreement for Securities Offerings (v.2026.1) – Issuer-Broker (Third Party BD) |
| 7 |
(d) For the sole purpose of enforcing and otherwise giving effect to the provisions of this Section 9, Issuer Party hereby consents to personal jurisdiction and service and venue in any court in which any claim that is subject to this Agreement is brought against any NCPS Party.
(e) If an Action is commenced or threatened and is ultimately settled, Issuer Party shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause NCPS and the other NCPS Parties, by name or description, to be included in any release or settlement agreement, whether or not NCPS and the other NCPS Parties are named as defendants in such Action.
10. Compensation to NCPS.
(a) Issuer Party shall pay or cause to be paid to NCPS for its services as the facilitator of escrow as outlined in Exhibit B, which may be updated from time to time by NCPS by providing written notice to Issuer Party. Issuer Party’s obligation to pay such fees to NCPS and reimburse NCPS for such expenses is not conditioned upon a successful closing. Upon Issuer Party’s request, NCPS will provide Issuer Party with copies of all relevant invoices, receipts or other evidence of such expenses. The obligations of Issuer Party under this Section 10 shall survive any termination of this Agreement and the resignation or removal of NCPS.
(b) All of the compensation and reimbursement obligations shall be payable by Issuer Party upon demand by NCPS and will be charged automatically by NCPS to the credit card or other payment method separately provided or as otherwise agreed by the Parties. Issuer Party consents to NCPS retaining and using Issuer Party’s payment information for future invoices and as provided in this Agreement. Issuer Party agrees and acknowledges that NCPS and its third party vendors may retain and use Issuer Party’s payment information to facilitate the payments provided for in this Agreement. Issuer Party agrees to provide NCPS written notice (which may be via email) of any update or changes to Issuer Party’s payment information. Absent current payment information, Issuer Party shall make, or cause to be made, all payments to NCPS within 10 days of receiving an invoice therefor. All payments made to NCPS shall be in US dollars in immediately available funds.
(c) If Issuer Party fails to make any payment when due then, in addition to all other remedies that may be available: (a) NCPS may charge interest on the past due amount at the rate of 1.5% per month, calculated daily and compounded monthly, or if lower, the highest rate permitted under Law, which Issuer Party shall pay; such interest may accrue after as well as before any judgment relating to collection of the amount due; and (b) Issuer Party shall reimburse, or cause to be reimbursed, NCPS for all costs incurred by NCPS in collecting any late payments or interest, including attorneys’ fees, court costs and collection agency fees; provided that cumulative late payments are subject to the overall limits as may be required by Law as set forth in Exhibit B.
(d) Only upon the fulfillment of the Minimum Offering, and only when Escrow Funds are eligible to be released to Issuer in accordance with Section 4(a), and otherwise in compliance with Law, NCPS is authorized to and may disburse from time to time, to itself or to any NCPS Party from the Escrow Funds (but only to the extent of Issuer’s rights thereto), the amount of any compensation and reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses due and payable hereunder (including any amount to which NCPS or any NCPS Party is entitled to seek indemnification pursuant to Section 9 hereof). NCPS shall notify Issuer Party in advance of any disbursement from the Escrow Funds to itself or to any NCPS Party in respect of any compensation or reimbursement hereunder and shall furnish to Issuer copies of all related invoices and other statements.
(e) Only upon the fulfillment of the Minimum Offering, and only when Escrow Funds are eligible to be released to Issuer in accordance with Section 4(a), and otherwise in compliance with Law, Issuer shall grant to NCPS and the NCPS Parties a security interest in and lien upon such Escrow Funds (but only to the extent of Issuer’s rights thereto) to secure all obligations hereunder, and NCPS and the NCPS Parties shall have the right to offset the amount of any compensation or reimbursement due any of them hereunder (including any claim for indemnification pursuant to Section 9 hereof) against the Escrow Funds (but only to the extent of Issuer’s rights thereto). If for any reason the Escrow Funds available to NCPS and the NCPS Parties pursuant to such security interest or right of offset are insufficient to cover such compensation and reimbursement, Issuer Party shall promptly pay such amounts to NCPS and the NCPS Parties upon receipt of an itemized invoice.
| Standard NCPS Escrow Only Agreement for Securities Offerings (v.2026.1) – Issuer-Broker (Third Party BD) |
| 8 |
11. Representations and Warranties.
(a) Issuer Party jointly and severally represents, warrants and covenants to NCPS as of the Effective Date and at all times during the Term, including, without limitation, at the time of any deposit to or disbursement from the Escrow Funds:
(i) Issuer Party is an entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state where it was formed. Issuer Party has all requisite power and authority to own those properties and conduct those businesses presently owned or conducted by it. Issuer Party is duly qualified and properly licensed and registered to do business and is in good standing in all jurisdictions in which its ownership of property or the character of its business requires such qualification, licensure or registration, except where the failure to do so would not have a material adverse effect on Issuer Party or Issuer Party’s business.
(ii) Manager is a broker-dealer registered with the SEC and a member of FINRA and SIPC. Manager has implemented, and complies with, a written know-your-customer (KYC) and anti-money laundering (AML) compliance program reasonably designed to comply with the applicable requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act and Bank Secrecy Act and the implementing regulations promulgated thereunder, including policies that could be reasonably expected to detect and cause the reporting of suspicious transactions (“Requirements”). Manager maintains in its files documentation supporting these representations and warranties as required by the Requirements, and shall make such information available to NCPS upon reasonable request.
(iii) Issuer Party has full power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement. This Agreement has been duly executed by Issuer Party and constitutes the legal, valid, binding, and enforceable obligation of Issuer Party, enforceable against Issuer Party in accordance with its terms. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement does not and will not: (A) conflict with or violate any of the terms of any organizational or governance document, stakeholder agreement, any court order or administrative ruling or decree to which it is a party or any of its property is subject, any agreement, contract, indenture, or other binding arrangement to which it is a party or any of its property is subject or any Law; or (B) conflict with, or result in a breach or termination of any of the terms of, or result in the acceleration of any indebtedness or obligations under, any agreement, obligation or instrument by which Issuer Party is bound or to which any property of Issuer Party is subject, or constitute a default thereunder. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement is consistent with and accurately described in the Offering Document as set forth in Section 4(b) and Section 4(c) and has been properly described therein.
(iv) Issuer Party acknowledges that the status of NCPS is that of agent only for the limited purposes set forth herein to facilitate escrow as set forth herein through the institution in Section 1(d) as escrow agent, and if required by an Offering pursuant to Regulation Crowdfunding, NCPS will be the “qualified third party”, as defined in Regulation Crowdfunding Rule 303(e)(2), and hereby represents and covenants that no representation or implication shall be made that NCPS has investigated the desirability or advisability of investment in the Securities or has approved, endorsed or passed upon the merits of the investment therein and that the name of NCPS has not and shall not be used in any manner in connection with the offer or sale of the Securities other than to state that NCPS has agreed to serve as the facilitator of escrow for the limited purposes set forth herein. Issuer Party shall comply with all Law in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities. By this Agreement, NCPS accepts no other role and assumes no other responsibilities related to the Offering, including, without limitation, managing broker-dealer, placement agent, selling group member or referring broker-dealer.
(v) Issuer Party has the obligation to, and shall, determine a Subscriber’s suitability to participate in the Offering, make sure the Offering complies with Law and the Offering Document, verify a Subscriber’s identity and perform anti-money laundering, know your customer and any other due diligence in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Offering. The Offering and any offer or sale in the Offering complies with or is exempt from all applicable registrations or qualification requirements, including, without limitation, those of the SEC or state securities regulatory authorities.
(vi) No person or entity other than the Parties and the prospective Subscribers have, or shall have, any lien, claim or security interest in the Escrow Funds or any part thereof. No financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code is on file in any jurisdiction claiming a security interest in or describing (whether specifically or generally) the Escrow Funds or any part thereof.
| Standard NCPS Escrow Only Agreement for Securities Offerings (v.2026.1) – Issuer-Broker (Third Party BD) |
| 9 |
(vii) Any deposit with NCPS by Subscriber and/or Issuer Party of Cash Investment Instruments pursuant to Section 3 shall be deemed a representation and warranty by Issuer Party that such Cash Investment Instrument represents a bona fide sale to such Subscriber of the amount of Securities set forth therein in accordance with the terms of the Offering Document.
(viii) In the event Issuer is a Series LLC and/or a series of a Series LLC, Issuer Party shall allocate and/or cause to be allocated any disbursement of Escrow Funds under this Agreement to the appropriate series, and perform any reporting and sub-accounting, all as required by and in compliance with Law and the Offering Document.
(ix) To the extent Issuer Party will be sharing personal or financial information of a third party with NCPS in connection with this Agreement, Issuer Party shall maintain and obtain the agreement of each such third party, which shall permit the sharing of such third party’s information with NCPS and its affiliates and service providers for NCPS and its affiliates and service providers to use, disclose and retain it in connection with this Agreement and the provision of the services hereunder and as required by Law. NCPS shall be a third party beneficiary to such agreement.
(x) Issuer Party’s representations, warranties and covenants are continuing and deemed to be reaffirmed each time Issuer Party provides NCPS with any instructions in connection with the Escrow Account. Issuer Party shall immediately notify NCPS if any representation, warranty or covenant ceases to be true, correct, accurate and complete.
(xi) Issuer Party shall provide NCPS with immediate notice of any Action (as defined above), threatened Action or facts or circumstances that could lead to any Action involving any NCPS Party, the escrow agent or this Agreement.
(b) NCPS represents, warrants and covenants to Issuer Party as of the Effective Date and at all times during the Term, including, without limitation, at the time of any deposit to or disbursement from the Escrow Funds:
(i) NCPS is an entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. NCPS is a broker-dealer registered with the SEC and a member of FINRA and SIPC. NCPS is duly qualified and properly licensed and registered to do business and is in good standing in all jurisdictions in which its obligations herein require such qualification, license or registration, except where the failure to do so would not have a material adverse effect on NCPS’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement.
(ii) NCPS has full power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement. This Agreement has been duly executed by NCPS and constitutes the legal, valid, binding, and enforceable obligation of NCPS, enforceable against NCPS in accordance with its terms. NCPS shall comply with Law in all material respects in performing its obligations under this Agreement.
(iii) NCPS’s representations, warranties and covenants are continuing and deemed to be reaffirmed each time Issuer Party provides NCPS with any instructions in connection with the Escrow Account. NCPS shall promptly notify Issuer Party if any representation, warranty or covenant ceases to be true, correct, accurate and complete.
12. Disclaimer of Advice. Issuer Party is NCPS’s sole customer pursuant to this Agreement. By this Agreement, NCPS is not undertaking to provide any recommendations or advice to any party, including any Subscriber who may be a retail investor, in connection with any offering and sale of securities, NCPS’s engagement hereunder or its provision of the services contemplated by this Agreement (including, without limitation, business, investment, solicitation, legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice). Issuer Party understands that it will be solely responsible for ensuring that any offering and any sale of securities complies with all Law. Issuer Party acknowledges and agrees that it will rely on its own judgment in using NCPS’s services.
13. Survival. Notwithstanding the expiration or termination of this Agreement or the resignation or removal of NCPS as the facilitator of escrow, the Parties shall continue to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement that reasonably require some action or forbearance (or are required to implement such action or forbearance) after such expiration or termination, including, but not limited to, those related to fees and expenses, indemnities, limitations of and exclusions to liability, warranties, choice of law, jurisdiction and dispute resolution and such provisions shall remain operative and in full force and effect and shall survive any disbursement of Escrow Funds and the expiration or termination of this Agreement. Except as the context otherwise requires, all representations, warranties and covenants of a Party contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to be representations, warranties and covenants during the Term, and such representations, warranties and covenants shall remain operative and in full force and effect and shall survive the sale of, and payment for, the securities and the expiration or termination of this Agreement to the extent required for the enforcement thereof.
| Standard NCPS Escrow Only Agreement for Securities Offerings (v.2026.1) – Issuer-Broker (Third Party BD) |
| 10 |
14. Assignment. Except as provided in Section 17, no Party shall assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights, or delegate or otherwise transfer any of its obligations or performance, under this Agreement, in each case whether voluntarily, involuntarily, by operation of law or contract or otherwise, without each other Party’s prior written consent; provided NCPS may assign or otherwise transfer its rights, or delegate or otherwise transfer its obligations or performance, under this Agreement pursuant to Section 7 or to an affiliated provider of escrow services or agent without any other Party’s consent. Any purported assignment, delegation or transfer in violation of this Section 14 is void. Subject to this Section 14, this Agreement is binding upon and inures to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns irrespective of any change with regard to the name of or the personnel of any Party.
15. Entirety. This Agreement incorporates by reference NCPS’s and its affiliates’ data privacy policies and website terms of use, as posted on NCPS’s and its affiliates’ website from time to time, with which Issuer Party shall, and shall cause investors to, comply. This Agreement (including all exhibits, all schedules and NCPS’s and its affiliates’ data privacy policies and website terms of use) constitutes the sole and entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the acceptance, collection, holding, investment and disbursement of the Escrow Funds and sets forth in their entirety the obligations and duties of NCPS with respect to the Escrow Funds and supersedes and merges all prior and contemporaneous proposals, understandings, agreements, representations and warranties, both written and oral, between the Parties relating to such subject matter.
16. Amendment; Waiver. Except as set forth in Section 7, Section 14 and Section 22, no amendment to or modification of this Agreement will be effective unless it is in writing and signed by an authorized representative of each Party. No waiver by any Party of any of the provisions hereof shall be effective unless explicitly set forth in writing and signed by the Party so waiving. No failure to exercise, or delay in exercising, any rights, remedy, power or privilege arising from this Agreement shall operate or be construed as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.
17. Term and Termination.
(a) The term of this Agreement commences as of the Effective Date and, unless terminated earlier pursuant to any of this Agreement’s express provisions, will continue in effect until the first to occur of the final closing of the Offering and/or the disbursement of all amounts in the Escrow Funds or deposit of all amounts in the Escrow Funds into court or to a successor provider of escrow services or agent pursuant to Section 5 or Section 8 hereof (“Term”), at which time this Agreement shall terminate and NCPS shall have no further obligation or liability whatsoever with respect to the Escrow Funds.
(b) Notwithstanding, NCPS may terminate this Agreement for cause immediately without notice to Issuer Party upon: (i) fraud, malfeasance or willful misconduct by Issuer Party or any of their affiliates; (ii) conduct by Issuer Party or any of their affiliates that may jeopardize NCPS’s current business, prospective business or professional reputation; (iii) any material breach by Issuer Party of this Agreement if such breach is not cured within 10 days of receipt of written notice thereof (to the extent it can be cured), including, but not limited to, any failure to pay any amount under this Agreement when due; or (iv) if Issuer Party ceases regular operations or files any petition or commences any case or proceeding under any provision or chapter of the Federal Bankruptcy Act, the Federal Bankruptcy Code, or any other federal or state law relating to insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization; the adjudication that Issuer Party is insolvent or bankrupt or the entry of an order for relief under the Federal Bankruptcy Code with respect to Issuer; an assignment for the benefit of creditors; the convening by Issuer Party of a meeting of its creditors, or any class thereof, for purposes of effecting a moratorium upon or extension or composition of its debts; or the failure of Issuer Party generally to pay its debts on a timely basis (“Bankruptcy Event”). Notwithstanding, Issuer Party may terminate this Agreement: (i) for cause immediately with notice to NCPS upon: (A) NCPS’s fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence; (B) any material breach by NCPS of this Agreement if such breach is not cured within 10 days of receipt of written notice thereof (to the extent it can be cured); or (C) upon a Bankruptcy Event of NCPS; or (ii) with 30 days’ prior written notice to NCPS in the event of any increase in the amount of fees or expenses pursuant to Section 10(a) and Exhibit B and such increase is not either applicable to NCPS’s escrow services customers generally or reasonably related to the specific services being provided to Issuer Party. Any Party may terminate this Agreement for any other or no reason with 90 days’ prior written notice to each other Party.
| Standard NCPS Escrow Only Agreement for Securities Offerings (v.2026.1) – Issuer-Broker (Third Party BD) |
| 11 |
(c) No termination or expiration of this Agreement shall affect the ongoing obligations of Issuer Party to make payments to NCPS in accordance with the terms hereunder and such obligations shall survive. Issuer Party shall pay or shall cause to be paid all previously-accrued but not yet paid fees on receipt of NCPS’s invoice therefor or as otherwise set forth in Exhibit B, Section 9 or Section 10. In addition, Issuer Party shall remove any and all references to NCPS from any Offering Document, cease use of NCPS intellectual property and no longer refer to NCPS in connection with the Offering.
18. Dealings. NCPS and any stockholder, director, officer or employee of NCPS may buy, sell and deal in any of the securities of Issuer Party and become pecuniarily interested in any transaction in which Issuer Party may be interested, and contract and lend money to Issuer and otherwise act as fully and freely as though it were not the facilitator of escrow under this Agreement. Nothing herein shall preclude NCPS from acting in any other capacity for Issuer Party or any other entity.
19. Compliance with Law; Further Assurances. The Parties expressly agree that, to the extent that the existing law relating to this Agreement changes, and such change affects this Agreement, they will reform the affected portion of this Agreement to comply with the change. Each Party agrees to perform such further acts and execute such further documents as are necessary to effectuate the purposes of this Agreement.
20. Choice of Law, Jurisdiction and Dispute Resolution.
(a) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to its choice of law, conflict of laws or “borrowing”, statutes, rules, principles and precedent. The Parties irrevocably consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in the State of New York, County of New York.
(b) Each Party acknowledges and agrees that a breach or threatened breach by a Party of any of its obligations under this Agreement may cause any other Party irreparable harm for which monetary damages may not be an adequate remedy and agrees that, in the event of such breach or threatened breach, any other Party will be entitled to seek equitable relief, including a restraining order, an injunction, specific performance and any other relief that may be available from any court, without any requirement to post a bond or other security, or to prove actual damages or that monetary damages are not an adequate remedy. Such remedies and any other remedies set forth in this Agreement are not exclusive and are cumulative in addition to all other remedies that may be available at law, in equity or otherwise.
(c) TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, EXCEPT FOR INELIGIBLE LOSSES, THE COLLECTIVE AGGREGATE LIABILITY OF THE NCPS PARTIES UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ITS SUBJECT MATTER, TO ISSUER PARTY, ANY OTHER PARTY OR THIRD PARTY, UNDER ANY LEGAL OR EQUITABLE THEORY, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), BREACH OF CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, INDEMNIFICATION, BREACH OF STATUTORY DUTY, BREACH OF WARRANTY, RESTITUTION OR OTHERWISE, WHETHER BROUGHT DIRECTLY OR AS A THIRD PARTY CLAIM, SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE LESSER OF (A) $1,000 OR (B) THE AMOUNT OF FEES PAID BY ISSUER PARTY TO AND RECEIVED BY NCPS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT DURING THE SIX MONTHS PRECEDING THE DATE OF THE EVENT GIVING RISE TO THE ACCRUAL OF THE ACTION.
(d) Each party irrevocably and unconditionally waives any right it may have to a trial by jury in respect of any ACTION arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. To the full extent permitted by law, no legal proceeding shall be joined with any other or decided on a class-action basis.
(e) Subject to Section 20(c), in any Action, by which one Party either seeks to enforce this Agreement or seeks a declaration of any rights or obligations under this Agreement, the non-prevailing Party will pay the prevailing Party’s costs and expenses, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees.
| Standard NCPS Escrow Only Agreement for Securities Offerings (v.2026.1) – Issuer-Broker (Third Party BD) |
| 12 |
(f) None of the NCPS Parties shall be liable to any Issuer Party or to anyone else for any special, exemplary, indirect, incidental, consequential or punitive damages of any kind or for any costs of procurement of substitution of services or any lost profits, lost business, trading losses, loss of use of data or interruption of business or services arising out of this Agreement, including, without limitation, any breach of this Agreement or any services performed, regardless of the basis of liability.
(g) All rights and remedies of any Party in this Agreement will be in addition to all other rights and remedies available at law or in equity.
21. Notices; Consent to Electronic Communications. All notices, requests, consents, claims, demands, waivers and other communications under this Agreement (“notices”) have binding legal effect only if in writing and addressed to a Party as set forth on the signature page hereto (or to such other address that such Party may designate from time to time in accordance with this Section 21). Notices sent in accordance with this Section 21 will be deemed effectively given: (a) when received, if delivered by hand, with signed confirmation of receipt; (b) when received, if sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier, signature required; (c) on the third day after the date mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (d) upon receipt by recipient’s email system, if sent by email.
22. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. Upon such determination that any provision is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement be consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.
23. Relationship of the Parties. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as creating any agency, partnership, joint venture or other form of joint enterprise, employment or fiduciary relationship between the Parties, and no Party shall have authority to contract for or bind any other Party in any manner whatsoever.
24. No Third Party Beneficiaries. Except as otherwise set forth in Section 9, this Agreement is for the sole benefit of the Parties and, subject to Section 14, their respective successors and assigns. Nothing herein, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other person or entity any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement. NCPS Parties shall be third party beneficiaries as set forth in Section 9.
25. Interpretation; Headings and References. The Parties intend this Agreement to be construed without regard to any presumption or rule requiring construction or interpretation against the Party drafting an instrument or causing any instrument to be drafted. Further, the headings used in this Agreement and the references throughout to the policies and documents constituting this Agreement are for convenience only and are not intended to be used as an aid to interpretation. All such references are subject to the full text of such policies and documents.
| Standard NCPS Escrow Only Agreement for Securities Offerings (v.2026.1) – Issuer-Broker (Third Party BD) |
| 13 |
26. Gender; Number. Words used herein, regardless of the number and gender specifically used, shall be deemed and construed to include any other number, singular or plural, and any other gender, masculine, feminine or neuter, as the context indicates is appropriate. If one or more persons or entities constitute “Issuer Party”, as defined in the introductory paragraph, references to “Issuer Party” in this Agreement shall include references to each Issuer Party individually, together and collectively, jointly and severally. Notwithstanding, with respect to an Issuer that is a Series LLC or a series of a Series LLC, any reference to joint and several liability of Issuer Party and its affiliates shall not include other Series LLCs or series of Series LLCs under common control with Issuer Party.
27. Intellectual Property; Confidential Information. All trademarks, service marks, patents, copyrights, trade secrets, confidential information, and other proprietary rights of each Party shall remain the exclusive property of such Party, whether or not specifically recognized or perfected under Law. No Party shall use, disclose or retain confidential information (including personally identifiable information or other account information) of any other Party or any third parties that such Party or its affiliates or their employees, directors, officers, consultants, independent contractors, advisors and auditors may receive or otherwise have access to in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement except as contemplated by this Agreement or the performance hereof. Each Party may retain copies of and disclose any data or information collected from or on behalf of any other Party as required in connection with legal, financial or regulatory filings, audits, discussions or examinations or as required by Law.
28. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which is deemed an original, but all of which together are deemed to be one and the same agreement. Upon execution and delivery of a counterpart to this Agreement by the Parties, each Party shall be bound by this Agreement. A signed copy of this Agreement by facsimile, email or other means of electronic transmission or signature is deemed to have the same legal effect as delivery of an original signed copy of this Agreement.
29. Anti-Money Laundering.
(a) Issuer Party acknowledges that NCPS is subject to U.S. federal Law, including the CIP requirements under the USA PATRIOT Act and its implementing regulations, pursuant to which NCPS must obtain, verify and record information that allows NCPS to identify customers of NCPS opening accounts. Accordingly, NCPS will ask Issuer Party to provide, and Issuer Party shall provide upon NCPS’s request, certain information, including, but not limited to, name, physical address, tax identification number, organizational documents, certificates of good standing, financial statements, licenses to do business and other information that will help NCPS to identify and verify a person’s identity.
(b) The Parties agree to comply with all applicable anti-money laundering Law and government guidance, including the reporting, recordkeeping and compliance requirements of the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by the International Money Laundering Abatement and Financial Anti-Terrorism Act of 2002, Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act, its implementing regulations, and related SEC, state regulatory organizations and FINRA rules. Each Party shall comply with all other anti-money laundering Law outside of the U.S. applicable to such Party or such Party’s activities under this Agreement. NCPS is entitled to rely on Issuer Party’s CIP, anti-money laundering program and OFAC Sanctions Compliance Program, and upon NCPS’s request, Issuer Party shall provide customary certifications with respect thereto.
| Standard NCPS Escrow Only Agreement for Securities Offerings (v.2026.1) – Issuer-Broker (Third Party BD) |
| 14 |
30. Privacy.
(a) Each Party agrees any non-public personal information (as defined in Regulation S-P of the SEC) disclosed to it in connection with this Agreement is being disclosed for the specific purpose of permitting such Party to perform such Party’s obligations and the services set forth in this Agreement. Each Party agrees that, with respect to such information, it will comply with all applicable U.S. privacy Law (including, without limitation, as applicable to the Party, Regulation S-P of the SEC and the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (15 U.S.C § 6801 et seq.)) and it will not disclose any non-public personal information received in connection with this Agreement to any other party (except to the other Party), except to the extent required to carry out this Agreement or as otherwise permitted or required by Law. Each Party shall comply with all other privacy Law outside of the U.S. applicable to such Party or such Party’s activities in connection with this Agreement.
(b) In relation to each Party’s performance of this Agreement, each Party shall, as applicable to such Party: (a) comply with all applicable requirements of Data Privacy Law (as defined below), when collecting, using, retaining or disclosing personal information; (b) limit personal information collection, use, retention and disclosure to activities reasonably necessary and proportionate to the performance of this Agreement or other compatible operational purpose; (c) only collect, use, retain or disclose personal information collected in connection with this Agreement; (d) not collect, use, retain, disclose, sell or otherwise make personal information available for such Party’s own commercial purposes or in a way that does not comply with Data Privacy Law; (e) promptly comply with another Party’s request or instruction requiring such Party to provide, amend, transfer or delete the personal information, or to stop, mitigate, or remedy any unauthorized processing; (f) reasonably cooperate and assist another Party in meeting any compliance obligations and responding to related inquiries, including responding to verifiable consumer requests, taking into account the nature of such Party’s processing and the information available to such Party; and (g) notify each other Party immediately if it receives any complaint, notice or communication that directly or indirectly relates to any Party’s compliance in connection with this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, “Data Privacy Law” means applicable local, state, national and international laws, rules, regulations and orders of any governmental, judicial, regulatory or enforcement authority or self-regulatory organization regarding consumer data privacy rights.
31. Citations. Any reference to Law are current citations. Any changes in the citations (whether or not there are any changes in the text of such Law) shall be automatically incorporated into this Agreement.
[Signatures appear on following page(s).]
| Standard NCPS Escrow Only Agreement for Securities Offerings (v.2026.1) – Issuer-Broker (Third Party BD) |
| 15 |
In witness whereof, the Parties have duly executed this Agreement effective as of the Effective Date.
Effective Date: _______________________
Offering Name: ______________________
Minimum Offering: ___________________
Total Offering Amount: ________________
Offering Exemption: ☐ Rule 506(b) of Regulation D ☐ Rule 506(c) of Regulation D ☐ Regulation A
☐ Regulation Crowdfunding
ISSUER (If a Series LLC, include both the Series and the Series LLC):
| Entity Name: | Entity Name: | |||
| Jurisdiction: | Jurisdiction: | |||
| By: | By: | |||
| (Signature) | (Signature) | |||
| Name: | Name: | |||
| Title: | Title: | |||
| Date: | Date: | |||
| Email: | Email: | |||
| With a copy to: | With a copy to: | |||
| Address: | Address: | |||
| Phone No.: | Phone No.: | |||
| MANAGER: | NCPS: | |||
| Entity Name: | North Capital Private Securities Corporation | |||
| Jurisdiction: | Jurisdiction: | Delaware | ||
| By: | By: | |||
| (Signature) | (Signature) | |||
| Name: | Name: | |||
| Title: | Title: | |||
| Date: | Date: | |||
| Email: | Email: | jdowd@northcapital.com | ||
| Address: | With a copy to: | lharkness@northcapital.com | ||
| dwatson@northcapital.com | ||||
| Phone No.: | escrow-ops@northcapital.com | |||
| Address: | 623 E. Fort Union Boulevard, Suite 101 | |||
| Midvale, Utah 84047 | ||||
| Standard NCPS Escrow Only Agreement for Securities Offerings (v.2026.1) – Issuer-Broker (Third Party BD) |
| 16 |
EXHIBIT A
CONTINGENT OFFERING
If the Offering is a contingent offering as this term is referenced under Rule 15c2-4 of the Exchange Act (“Rule”), the distribution is being made with the express understanding that Escrow Funds are not to be released to Issuer until some further event or contingency occurs, as described in this Exhibit A, in accordance with the Rule.
Investor funds will be promptly deposited in a separate bank escrow account, with NCPS serving as agent for the persons who have the beneficial interests therein, until the appropriate event or contingency has occurred.
Upon certification that all contingencies have been met, the Escrow Funds will be promptly distributed to Issuer. If the contingencies fail to be satisfied as required by the Offering, the Escrow Funds will be returned to the persons or entities entitled thereto.
The following contingencies apply to the Offering (please check all that apply):
| ☐ | None. |
| ☐ | Issuer KYC, AML, and Bad Actor Check screening are complete for Issuer and all Control Persons of Issuer. |
| ☐ | Certain listed events will have occurred prior to closing (please specify): | |
| Subscriptions for at least the Minimum Offering of $_________________ (amount) to be received by (date), as such amount and date may be amended as provided in the Offering Document. |
| ☐ | Other contingencies (please describe): | |
| Standard NCPS Escrow Only Agreement for Securities Offerings (v.2026.1) – Issuer-Broker (Third Party BD) |
| 17 |
EXHIBIT B
FEES AND EXPENSES
Base Fees
| Escrow Administration Fee:* | $575 set-up and administration for 12 months (or partial period) due at signing; $250 for each additional 12 months (or partial period) | |
| Out-of-Pocket Expenses:** | Billed at cost | |
| Check Handling: | $10.00 per check (incoming/outgoing) | |
| Transactional Costs:*** | $100.00 for each additional escrow break | |
| $150.00 for each escrow agreement amendment | ||
| $100.00 for reprocessing a closing | ||
| $250.00 per hour for extraordinary return reconciliation and processing | ||
| Wire Handling: | $25.00 per domestic wire (incoming/outgoing) | |
| $45.00 per international wire (incoming/outgoing) | ||
| ACH Dispute/Chargeback: | $50.00 per reversal/chargeback | |
| Bad Actor Checks:**** | $100.00 per covered person | |
| Optional Fees | ||
| Issuer Routable Account Number:***** | $150 per month | |
| Online ACH Transaction Fee: ****** | 0.15% on the amount transferred | |
| ACH Failure Return Fee:****** | $1.50 per failure/return | |
| Plaid Bank Verification Fee:****** | $1.80 per linkExternalAccount function call | |
| Credit Card Transaction Fees Percentage Rate:****** | 3.15% on the amount transferred | |
| Credit Card Transaction Fees Base Rate:****** | $0.70 per each transaction | |
| Credit Card Dispute/Chargeback Fee:****** | $50.00 per reversal/chargeback |
Issuer Party shall pay NCPS the Escrow Administration Fee upon execution of this Agreement. In the event the escrow is not funded, the Fee and all related expenses, including attorneys’ fees, remain due and payable, and once paid, will not be refunded. Annual fees cover a full year in advance, or any part thereof, and thus are not pro-rated in the year of termination.
Issuer Party shall pay all fees and expenses (including, without limitation, payment for or reimbursement of any uncollectible Cash Investment Instruments or chargebacks, reversals or other amounts) immediately upon NCPS’s demand, or at NCPS’s option, NCPS may deduct such fees from any disbursement of Escrow Funds from the Escrow Account as provided in Section 10(d).
The fees quoted in this schedule apply to services ordinarily rendered in the administration of an Escrow Account and are subject to reasonable adjustment based on final review of documents, or when NCPS is called upon to undertake unusual duties or responsibilities, or as changes in law, procedures, or the cost of doing business demand. Services in addition to and not contemplated in this Agreement, including, but not limited to, document amendments and revisions, non-standard cash and/or investment transactions, calculations, notices and reports and legal fees, will be billed as extraordinary expenses and capped at $15,000 (except as provided by Section 8(e) and Section 9).
Extraordinary fees are payable to NCPS for duties or responsibilities not expected to be incurred at the outset of the transaction, not routine or customary, and not incurred in the ordinary course of business. Payment of extraordinary fees is appropriate where particular inquiries, events or developments are unexpected, even if the possibility of such things could have been identified at the inception of the transaction.
| Standard NCPS Escrow Only Agreement for Securities Offerings (v.2026.1) – Issuer-Broker (Third Party BD) |
| 18 |
Unless otherwise indicated, the above fees relate to the establishment of one escrow account. Additional sub-accounts governed by the same Escrow Agreement may incur an additional charge. Transaction costs include charges for wire transfers, ACHs, checks, internal transfers and securities transactions.
NCPS may increase the amounts set forth in this Exhibit B by providing written notice to Issuer Party such increase to be effective as of such notice, and the fees will be deemed amended accordingly without further notice or consent; provided that Issuer Party may terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 17.
NCPS may submit any payment information provided to it by an Issuer Party in connection with this Agreement against any fees due from such Issuer Party. Each Issuer Party consents to NCPS retaining and using such payment information for future invoices and as provided in this Agreement. All payments shall be in US dollars in immediately available funds.
| * | Escrow Administration Fee includes KYC and AML due diligence for up to three entities for a single escrow account. If the escrow account under review has more than two control entities associated with the issuing entity, a $25 fee will be assessed for each additional entity review. |
| ** | Out-Of-Pocket Expenses include any custom features or additional work that the North Capital team may need to perform. These fees are uncommon and will be disclosed in such cases prior to invoicing. |
| *** | Reprocessing fees apply if a closing is submitted, but not ready to be processed (including, but not limited to, Flow of Funds not complete or funds not settled in escrow). |
| **** | Covered persons include, but are not limited to, the issuer, directors, general partners, managing members, executive officers, 20% beneficial owners, and promoters connected to the issuer. A complete list of covered persons can be found at https://www.sec.gov/info/smallbus/secg/bad-actor-small-entity-compliance-guide#part2. |
| ***** | Upon Issuer Party’s request for a separate routable account number. |
| ****** | If applicable to the Offering and subject to the terms and conditions for NCPS’s payment processing facilitation services, including a deposit. |
The fees payable under this Agreement, plus the other relevant fees, attributable to any public offering (including any interest thereon), shall be capped at an aggregate amount not to exceed as permitted by applicable FINRA rules.
ALL FEES AND EXPENSES PAID TO NCPS ARE NON-REFUNDABLE ABSENT ERROR OR MISTAKE.
| Standard NCPS Escrow Only Agreement for Securities Offerings (v.2026.1) – Issuer-Broker (Third Party BD) |
| 19 |
Exhibit 11.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITOR
We consent to the use in the Offering Circular constituting a part of this Offering Statement on Form 1-A, as it may be amended, of our Independent Auditor’s Report dated January 22, 2026 relating to the financial statements of Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC as of December 31, 2025 and for the period from November 3, 2025 (inception) to December 31, 2025, and the related notes to the financial statements.
/s/ Artesian CPA, LLC
Denver, CO
September 4, 2026
Artesian CPA, LLC
1312 17th Street, #462 | Denver, CO 80202
p: 877.968.3330 f: 720.634.0905
info@ArtesianCPA.com | www.ArtesianCPA.com
Exhibit 12.1
![]() | 800 Connecticut Avenue NW, Suite 300 Washington, DC 20006 | (202) 869-0888 bevilacquapllc.com |
September 4, 2026
Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC
445 Bryant Street
San Francisco, CA 94107
| Re: | Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC — Regulation A Offering Statement on Form 1-A |
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We have acted as U.S. corporate and securities counsel to Agentiq Sports 1 Series LLC, a Delaware series limited liability company (the "Company"), in connection with the preparation and filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") of the Company's Offering Statement on Form 1-A, as amended (the "Offering Statement"), under Regulation A promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). The Offering Statement relates to the offer and sale, on a best-efforts basis, of: (i) up to 100,000 units of limited liability company membership interest in Agentiq Sports 1 Series Ronny Cruz ("Series RC") at an offering price of $12.90 per unit (the "Series RC Units"), (ii) up to 100,000 units of limited liability company membership interest in Agentiq Sports 1 Series Esmerlyn Valdez Ramirez ("Series EVR") at an offering price of $28.21 per unit (the "Series EVR Units"), (iii) up to 10,000 units of limited liability company membership interest in Agentiq Sports 1 Series Justin Martinez ("Series JM") at an offering price of $35.30 per unit (the "Series JM Units"), and (iv) up to 50,000 units of limited liability company membership interest in Agentiq Sports 1 Series Carlos Virahonda ("Series CV") at an offering price of $5.10 per unit (the "Series CV Units" and, together with the Series RC Units, the Series EVR Units and the Series JM Units, the "Units"), each of Series RC, Series EVR, Series JM and Series CV being a designated series of the Company. For purposes of this opinion, references to "Units" include fractional Units recorded in increments of 0.01 Unit, each of which represents a proportionate interest in the applicable series and does not constitute a separate class or series of limited liability company interests.
In rendering the opinion set forth below, we have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of (i) the Certificate of Formation of the Company, as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware,(ii) the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of the Company, as amended or supplemented to the date hereof (the "Operating Agreement"), (iii) the Amended and Restated Series Designation of Agentiq Sports 1 Series Ronny Cruz, dated August 4, 2026, the Amended and Restated Series Designation of Agentiq Sports 1 Series Esmerlyn Valdez Ramirez, dated August 4, 2026, the Series Designation of Agentiq Sports 1 Series Justin Martinez and the Series Designation of Agentiq Sports 1 Series Carlos Virahonda (collectively, the "Series Designations"), (iv) the form of Subscription Agreement relating to the Units (the “Subscription Agreement”), (v) the Offering Statement and the offering circular forming a part thereof (the “Offering Circular”), and (vi) such resolutions, records, certificates, instruments and other documents, and such questions of law, as we have considered necessary or appropriate for purposes of this opinion.
For purposes of this opinion, we have assumed, without independent investigation, (i) the legal capacity of all natural persons, (ii) the genuineness of all signatures, (iii) the authenticity and completeness of all documents submitted to us as originals, (iv) the conformity to authentic originals and completeness of all documents submitted to us as copies, (v) the accuracy and completeness of all certificates and other statements of fact delivered to us by officers or other representatives of the Company or the Manager, (vi) that the Company’s Certificate of Formation, the Operating Agreement and the Series Designations are in full force and effect and have not been amended except as reflected in the documents examined by us, and (vii) that the Company, the Manager and each other party to the documents examined by us will perform their respective obligations thereunder in accordance with their terms.
We have further assumed that, prior to the issuance of any Units, (i) the Offering Statement will have been qualified by the Commission and such qualification will remain in effect, (ii) the Manager will have duly authorized the issuance and sale of the applicable Units on the terms described in the Offering Statement, the Operating Agreement and the applicable Series Designation, (iii) the applicable Subscription Agreement will have been duly executed and delivered by the subscriber and accepted by the Manager on behalf of the applicable series, (iv) the applicable series will have received the consideration required for the Units, (v) the issuance of the Units and admission of each purchaser as a member associated with the applicable series will have been duly reflected in the Company’s books and records, in each case in accordance with the Offering Statement, the Operating Agreement, the applicable Series Designation and the Subscription Agreement, and (vi) with respect to any series offering having a Minimum Offering Amount, that subscriptions for the applicable Minimum Offering Amount will have been accepted and the related subscription funds released from escrow to the applicable series in accordance with the Offering Statement and the applicable escrow arrangements.
Our opinion is limited to the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. C. § 18-101 et seq. (the “DLLCA”), as in effect on the date hereof, and the reported judicial decisions interpreting the DLLCA. We express no opinion as to the laws of any other jurisdiction or as to any federal or state securities, tax, antitrust, investment company, investment adviser, broker-dealer or other regulatory laws, rules or regulations. We express no opinion with respect to any Units that may be issued upon conversion of any convertible securities described in the Offering Statement.
|
PG. 2 September 4, 2026 |
![]() |
Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that, when the Units have been issued and sold in the manner described in the Offering Statement, the Operating Agreement, the applicable Series Designation and the Subscription Agreement, and upon receipt by the applicable series of the consideration required therefor, the Units will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable limited liability company interests in the applicable series of the Company. Holders of the Units will have no obligation to make further capital contributions to the applicable series solely by reason of their ownership of the Units, except as may be required by the DLLCA or the Operating Agreement, including with respect to the return of distributions made in violation thereof.
This opinion is furnished solely in connection with the filing of the Offering Statement and may not be relied upon for any other purpose or by any other person without our prior written consent. No opinion may be inferred or implied beyond the matters expressly stated herein.
We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as Exhibit 12.1 to the Offering Statement and to the reference to our firm under the caption “Legal Matters and Auditors” in the Offering Circular. This consent is included in this opinion for purposes of Exhibit 11.2 to the Offering Statement.
This opinion speaks only as of its date. We assume no obligation to update or supplement this opinion to reflect any facts or circumstances that may hereafter come to our attention or any changes in law that may hereafter occur.
| Very truly yours, | ||
| Bevilacqua PLLC | ||
| By: | /s/ Lou Bevilacqua | |
| Louis A. Bevilacqua | ||
| Managing Member | ||
